CSP Com 5 - I0r17tr09002p

MD Helicopters, Inc.
MAINTENANCE MANUAL
MD HELICOPTERS, INC.
CSPCOM5
COMPONENT OVERHAUL MANUAL
FOR
MDHI 369D/E/FF 500/600N HELICOPTERS

ISSUED: 17 AUGUST 1991
NOTE
This manual has been reprinted and now contains
Revisions 1 through 17 (28 July 2007),
Temporary Revision TR07001 (14 November 2007),
Temporary Revision TR08001 (2 October 2008),
Temporary Revision TR09001 (25 March 2009) and
Temporary Revision TR09002 (24 August 2009)
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
MDHI MODEL HELICOPTERS
MODELS 369D/E/FF 500/600N
CSPCOM5
4555 East McDowell Road
Mesa, Arizona 852159734
Issued: August 17, 1991

Copyright E 19992007 by MD Helicopters, Inc.
All rights reserved under the copyright laws. Revision No. 17: July 28, 2007
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS NOTICE
The technical data and information contained in this publication is the property of
and proprietary to MD Helicopters, Inc. and is not to be disclosed or reproduced in
whole or in part without the written consent of MD Helicopters, Inc.
RESTRICTED USE
MDHI provides this manual for use by owners, operators and maintainers of MDHI
products and authorized parts. Use by STC or PMA applicants or holders as
documentation to support their certificates is not an authorized use of this manual
and is prohibited. MDHI takes no responsibility for customers use of parts
manufactured under an STC or PMA when this manual is used as documentation with
the Federal Aviation Administration to justify the STC or PMA. Use of unauthorized
parts on MDHI products will void the MDHI warranty offered to the customer on
components and may void the warranty on the helicopter.
MD HELICOPTER, INC.
TECHNICAL MANUAL RECOMMENDED CHANGE REPORT
This manual has been prepared and distributed by the Technical Publications Department and is
intended for use by personnel responsible for the maintenance of MDHI Helicopters. Periodic revision
of this manual will be made to incorporate the latest information. If, in the opinion of the reader, any
information has been omitted or requires clarification, please direct your comments to this office via
this form (or a duplicate). An endeavor will be made to include such information in future revisions.
Bldg 615 M/S G048
4555 East McDowell Road
Mesa, AZ 85215-9734
Telephone: (800) 310-8539
Technical Publications Order Desk: (480) 346-6372; FAX: (480) 346-6821
Technical Publications Changes: (480) 346-6212; FAX: (480) 346-6809
Date:
Originator:
Address:
E- Mail:
Manual Title: Page Number(s):
Chapter Title: Paragraph Number(s):
ATA Section Number: Step Number(s):
Issue Date:
Figure Number(s):
Revision No. and Date: Table Number(s):
Remarks / Instructions:
Page CRi
Page CRii
MD HELICOPTERS INC.
RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS
MANUAL TITLE: CSPCOM5 COMPONENT OVERHAUL MANUAL
REV. DATE REMOVED BY REV. DATE REMOVED BY

NO. INSERTED BY INCORPORATING NO. INSERTED BY INCORPORATING
93001
93002
93003 Revision 2
93004
93005
94001
94002
Revision 3
94003
97001
98001 Revision 9
99001
Revision 10
99002
00001 15 Dec 00
Revision 12
01001 29 Jan 01
01002 15 Oct 01
02001 28 Jan 02 Revision 13
02002 19 Mar 02
03001 26 Mar 03
Revision 14
03002 12 Sept 03
04001 12 Aug 04 Revision 15
07001 14 Nov 07
08001 02 Oct 08 T.O.
09001 25 Mar 09 T.O.
09002 24 Aug 09 G.H.
Page 1
TR TR09002
Page 2
Revision 16 TR
MD Helicopters, Inc. CSPCOM5
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

INSERT LATEST CHANGE PAGES, DESTROY SUPERSEDED PAGES
The highest revision number indicates pages changed, added or removed by the current change.
Date of original and revision pages are:
Original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 August 1991 Revision 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 November 1998
Revision 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 August 1992 Revision 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 September 1999
Revision 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 April 1994 Revision 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 November 2000
Revision 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 July 1997 Revision 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 July 2001
Revision 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 August 1997 Revision 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 December 2002
Revision 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 November 1997 Revision 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 July 2004
Revision 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 February 1998 Revision 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Aug 2005
Revision 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 June 1998 Revision 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 April 2007
Revision 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 July 1998 Revision 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 July 2007
Cover/Title 715/(716 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12

Cover/Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17 901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
Change Request 902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
CRi and CRii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . No Date 903 and 904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
Temporary Revision
1002 thru 1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
321015
List of Effective Pages
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
A thru F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
Table of Contents 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 301 and 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
010000 401 and 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
i/(ii blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
1 ............................... Revision 11 601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
2 ............................... Revision 12 701 thru 709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
321010 710 thru 713/(714 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10
i thru iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 903/(904 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 1002 and 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
301 thru 303/(304 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 623010
501 and 502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 a and b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
503/(504 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
701 thru 708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 3 and 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5 301 thru 303/(304 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
710 thru 713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 401 and 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
Page A
LOEP Revision 17
CSPCOM5 MD Helicopters, Inc.
502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3

503 and 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 603/(604 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 701 and 702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 703/(704 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
703 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 902 and 903/(904 blank) . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
705/(706 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5 1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 1002 and 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
902 thru 904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 631015
1002 thru 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 a and b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
623060 i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
a and b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 2 thru 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 301 and 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
2 and 3/(4 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 6
301 and 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 501 thru 510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 6
401 and 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 6
502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
702 thru 704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
503 and 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
902 and 903/(904 blank) . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
1001 thru 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
703 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
632000
704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
i thru vi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
903/(904 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
3 thru 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
1002 and 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
7 and 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
9 thru 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
631010 301 thru 306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 401 and 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 403/(404 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 501 thru 522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
2 and 3/(4 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
301 and 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10
401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 604 thru 607 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8 608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 6
502 thru 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 609 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 610 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
506 thru 509 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 611 and 612 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 701 thru 707 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
511/(512 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
Page B
Revision 17 LOEP
709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 501 thru 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13

710 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
713 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10 1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
715 and 716 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 1003 and 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
717 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 632025
718 thru 722 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17 a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
901 thru 904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 i thru vi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
905 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
906 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
907 and 908 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 5 thru 9/(10 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
1002 thru 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 11 thru 16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
1006 thru 1008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 18 thru 20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
1009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 21 and 22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
1010 thru 1012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 23 thru 25/(26 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 9
1013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 301 thru 306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
1014 and 1015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 401 thru 405/(406 blank) . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
1018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
632001
702 thru 705 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
706 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
707 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
301/(302 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
710 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
711 thru 715 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
501 and 502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
716 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
601/(602 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
717 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
718 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 731 and 732 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
1002 and 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 733 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 734 and 735/(736 blank) . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
632002 901 thru 905/(906 blank) . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
a and b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 1001 and 1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
1 and 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
301 and 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 1005 thru 1007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
401 and 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 1008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
Page C
LOEP Revision 17
1009 and 1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 1002 thru 1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15

632026 1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 632520
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 a and b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
1/(2 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 i thru iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
301/(302 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
501 and 502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
601/(602 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
701 thru 704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 6 and 7/(8 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
901 and 902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
1001 and 1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 302 and 303/(304 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
1003 and 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7
632027
501 thru 513/(514 blank) . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10
i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
602 and 603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
1/(2 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
301/(302 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
701 and 702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
703 thru 713/(714 blank) . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17
501 and 502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
601/(602 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
701 thru 704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
901 and 902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
904 and 905/(906 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
1001 thru 1003/(1004 blank) . . . . . . . Revision 11
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
632510 1002 and 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
a and b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 1004 and 1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
i thru iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17 1006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 632530
2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5 i thru iii/(iv blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
6 and 7/(8 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 2 thru 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
301 thru 303/(304 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 301/(302 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
401 and 402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 401 thru 403/(404 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
501 thru 514 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17 501 thru 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10 505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11
602 and 603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 7 506 thru 509/(510 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
604 thru 608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
702 thru 714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 8
901 and 902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 701 and 702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10 705 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
906 and 907/(908 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 707 thru 714 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
Page D
Revision 17 LOEP
902 and 903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10 701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4

1001 and 1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 703 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16 704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
642010 904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
i thru iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 1002 thru 1008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 643000
2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 17 a and b . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
3 thru 5/(6 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
301 thru 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10
501 thru 505 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 301/(302 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
601 thru 604 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
605 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
503/(504 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
606 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
601 and 602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
607 and 608 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
701 and 702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
701 thru 703 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
703 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10
704 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
705 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
706 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12
707 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13
903/(904 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
708 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
709/(710 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
901 and 902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12 1002 and 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
904 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16 671010
1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
1002 thru 1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 i and ii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
642020 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15
a/(b blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
i thru iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 301 and 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15 401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
2 thru 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
301 thru 304 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 502 thru 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
401/(402 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 601/(602 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
501 thru 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 701 thru 706 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4
506 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 11 901 and 902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 5
507/(508 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
601 thru 603 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16 1002 and 1003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 16
604 thru 607/(608 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4 1004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14
Page E/(F blank)

LOEP Revision 17
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Cover
Technical Manual Recommended Change Report
Record of Temporary Revisions
List of Effective Pages
01-00-00 . INTRODUCTION
32-10-10 . . LANDING GEAR DAMPER (369D26300 / 369D26301)
32-10-15 . . LANDING GEAR DAMPER (600N6050)
62-30-10 . . MAIN ROTOR SWASHPLATE (FIVE-BLADED) (369D27609)
62-30-60 . . MAIN ROTOR SWASHPLATE (SIX-BLADED) (600N7632)
63-10-10 . . OVERRUNNING CLUTCH (369A5350-603)
63-10-15 . . OVERRUNNING CLUTCH (369F5450)
63-20-00 . . MAIN TRANSMISSION (369D25100)
63-20-01 . . LUBRICATION PUMP (369D25167)
63-20-02 . SCAVENGE PUMP (369A5266)
63-20-25 . . MAIN TRANSMISSION (369F5100)
63-20-26 . . LUBRICATION PUMP (369F5135)
63-20-27 . . SCAVENGE PUMP (369F5136)
63-25-10 . . TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION (369D25400)
63-25-20 . . TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION (369D25300)
63-25-30 . FAN TRANSMISSION (500N5400)
64-20-10 . . TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY (TWO-BLADED) (369D21600)
64-20-20 . . TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY (FOUR-BLADED) (369D21610)
64-30-00 . . PITCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY (TWO AND FOUR-BLADED) (369D21800 / 369D21820)
67-10-10 . . ONE-W AY LOCK (369A7010)
Page i
Contents Revision 13
Page ii
Revision 13 Contents
Section
01-00-00
Introduction
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 11
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Para/Figure/Table Title Page
010000 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1. Proprietary Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Use of This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. ATA Numbering System and Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Division of Subject Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Page Number Blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
C. Figure and Table Numbering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5. MDHI Publications Changes and Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
A. Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
B. Reissue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6. Application of Notes, Cautions and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7. Service and Operations Report Form 853A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 1. ATA Numbering System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
010000 Page i/(ii blank)
INTRODUCTION
DESCRIPTION
1. Proprietary Rights three elements, which consist of two digits
each (Ref. Figure 1). The chapter and section
MD Helicopters, Inc. proprietary rights are elements (subassembly 10, 20, 30, etc.) are
included in the information disclosed herein. assigned by ATA100. Subject/Unit element
Recipient, by accepting this document, agrees numbers are assigned by MDHI.
that neither this document nor any part
thereof shall be reproduced or transferred to A. Division of Subject Matter
other documents or used or disclosed to others This Component Overhaul Manual is con
for manufacturing or any other purpose, tained in accordance with ATA Specification
except as specifically authorized in writing by 100, 112, Page 2.
MD Helicopters, Inc. All rights are reserved
under the copyright laws by MD Helicopters, B. Page Number Blocks
Inc.
Page number blocks used for each section in
2. Introduction the Component Overhaul Manual logically
arrange the material as follows:
This manual provides complete or specific
repair of the major helicopter components (1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1
listed in the table of contents. (2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Procedures given are applicable to those (3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
components used on models 369D/E/FF
500/600N Series helicopters. All helicopters (4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
described in this manual are manufactured by (5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
MD Helicopters, Inc. (MDHI), Mesa, Arizona.
(6). Reassembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Use of This Manual
(7). Special Tools, Fixtures &
This manual is only to be used for overhaul or Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
repair of standard components of 369D/E/FF
(8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
500/600N Series helicopters. For procedures
provides a parts list supplement to
applicable to optional equipment, refer to
identify part numbers and configura
appropriate Optional Equipment Supplement
tion differences for the main transmis
(CSP) for the specific equipment. Do not use
sion lubrication pump.
this manual for overhaul or repair of compo
nents used on any other model helicopter. C. Figure and Table Numbering
B. Organization Illustrations and tables use the same number
ing as the page block in which they appear.
Each section of this manual contains complete For example, Figure 302 would be the second
instructions for disassembly, cleaning, inspec figure in the Disassembly section. When
tion, repair, reassembly and testing of a referring to a figure or table within the same
specific component. section, it is referenced as follows; (Ref. Table
601).
3. ATA Numbering System and Format
4. Reference Data
This MDHI Component Overhaul Manual and
associated MDHI manuals are prepared in Reference is made throughout the Overhaul
general compliance with Air Transport Manual to the PFM, CSPHMI2 and
Association Specification for Manufacturers CSPHMI3. These manuals should be used
Technical Data (ATA100). The uniform as noted throughout the overhaul/repair. The
numbering system provides a means for Illustrated Parts Catalog (CSPIPC4) should
dividing material into Chapter, Section, be used for ordering any replacement parts
Subject and Page. The number is composed of required.
Page 1
010000 Revision 11
5. MDHI Publications Changes and use of Notes, Cautions and Warnings

Revisions are defined by the following:
Changes in the helicopter, equipment, proce (2). A NOTE may appear in the text either
dures and additional information developed by before or after instructions to which it
experience affect manual content. To ensure applies, depending on the relative
that MDHI manuals continue to reflect significance of the information.
current changes, revised information is
provided by one or more of the following Operating procedures and
communications.
WARNING practices which, if not
strictly observed, may result in person
A. Revision al injury, or loss of life.
Alteration of portions of the manual by the Operating procedures and prac
replacement, addition and/or deletion of pages CAUTION tices which, if not strictly ob
is accomplished by revision. The List of served, may result in damage to or destruc
Effective pages (A page) that accompany each tion of equipment.
revision identifies all affected pages. Such
pages should be removed from the manual and NOTE: An operating procedure or condition
destroyed. Added or replaced pages should be that is essential to highlight.
inserted and checked against the A page.
7. Service and Operations Report Form
B. Reissue 853A
When large numbers of changes are involved, MDHI Service and Operations Report Form
the manual is reissued. The preceding issue of 1601 may be used to report to MD Helicopters,
the manual then becomes obsolete and should Inc. in detail, any service difficulties encoun
be discarded. tered with any MDHI helicopter.
6. Application of Notes, Cautions and (1). Use of the form is encouraged and
Warnings recommended to enable MDHI to
provide owners and operators improved
Throughout this manual, and associated service, support and product improve
MDHI manuals, Notes, Cautions and Warn ments.
ings are used to emphasize instructions or
information considered to be unusual or (2). The form also serves as a convenient
critical. detailed record for owners and opera
tors.
(1). CAUTION and WARNING state
ments are always placed before the (3). Copies of the form may be procured by
information or instructions to which contacting the Product Support Dept.
they apply. The conditions that warrant Technical Publications, Mesa, Arizona.
2ND ELEMENT
1ST ELEMENT 3RD ELEMENT
32 10 10
CHAPTER/SYSTEM LANDING SUBJECT/UNIT

GEAR SYSTEM SECTION/SUBASSEMBL Y LAND LANDING GEAR DAMPER
ING GEAR
Figure 1. ATA Numbering System
Page 2
Revision 12 010000
Section
32-10-10
Landing Gear
Damper
Part Number
369D26300-BSC, -11, -21, -31, -41, -61, -71, -81, -91, -101,
-1 11, 121, -131, -141, -151, -161, 171, -181, -191, 201, -211,
-221, -231, -241, -251
369D26301-BSC, -11, -21, -31, -41, -61, -71, -81, -91, -101,
-1 11, 121, -131, -141, -151, -161, 171, -181, -191, 201, -211,
-221, -231, -241, -251
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 4
MD Helicopters, Inc. CSP-COM-5
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
TABLE OF CONTENTS
321010 Landing Gear Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Damper Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Gas Pressure BleedOff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Gas BleedOff Schrader Valve Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
B. Gas BleedOff (NonSchrader Valve Damper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 301. Use of Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
3. Damper Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Figure 401. Paint, Torque Stripe and
Decal/Plate Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
A. Poppet and Poppet Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. Disassembled Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Landing Gear Damper and Associated
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 502. Process Inspection Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Poppet and Poppet Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Piston Replating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
D. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Upper and Lower Cap Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Schrader Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
3. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 601. Replating of Landing Gear Damper Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
321010 Page i
CSP-COM-5 MD Helicopters, Inc.
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont.)
Assembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Table 701. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End Ambient Service Standard
Landing Gear Damper P/N 369D26300BSC, 61, 111, 161,
or 211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Table 702. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End Winterized Service Standard
Landing Gear Damper P/N 369D2630011, 21, 71, 81, 121,
131, 171, 181, 221 or 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Table 703. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End MidTemp Service Standard
151, 191, 201, 241, or 251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Table 704. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End Ambient Service Extended
Landing Gear Damper P/N 369D26301BSC, 61, 111, 161
or 211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Table 705. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End Winterized Service Extended
131, 171, 181 221, or 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Table 706. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End MidTemp Service Extended
151, 191, 201, 241, or 251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Figure 701. Damper Assembly CrossSection View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Figure 702. Damper Assembly Barrel Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
3. Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
A. NonSchrader Valve Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
B. Schrader Valve Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Figure 703. Servicing Schrader Valve Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Table 707. Nitrogen Charge Ambient Service Standard Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D26300BSC, 61, 111, 161 or 211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
Table 708. Nitrogen Charge Winterized Service Standard Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D2630011, 21, 71, 81, 121, 131, 171, 181, 221,
or 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
Table 709. Nitrogen Charge MidTemp Standard Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D2630031, 41, 91, 101, 141, 151, 191, 201, 241
or 251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Table 710. Nitrogen Charge Ambient Service Extended Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D26301BSC, 61, 111, 161, or 211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Table 711. Nitrogen Charge Winterized Service Extended Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D2630111, 21, 71, 81, 121, 131, 171, 181, 221
or 231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Table 712. Nitrogen Charge MidTemp Extended Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D2630131, 41, 91, 101, 141, 151, 191, 201, 241
or 251 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
4. Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
Page ii 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
5. Packing and Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
6. Damper Application Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
Table 713. 369D26300 and 369D26301 Landing Gear Damper Application . . . 715
Special Tools, Fixtures & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. Damper Overhaul Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
2. Special Tool Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 903. Repair Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 901. Special Tools Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Damper Assembly 369D/E/FF/500N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
321010 Page iii

P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Page iv 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over replacement information and autho
haul of this component, ensure the required rized modifications for the landing gear
special tools and processes are available to damper.
assure completion of the work.
(6). Assembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
1. General provides landing gear damper reas
sembly, procedures for charging the
This section of the Overhaul Manual describes landing gear damper with dry nitrogen
overhaul procedures for the 369D26300 and gas and testing the damper for leaks,
369D26301 Series Landing Gear Dampers. and shipping instructions.
Procedures given are the approved methods to
be used for specific repair or complete overhaul (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
of the component. The procedures apply to all & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
versions of the 369D26300 and 369D26301 provides procedures for fabricating
series landing gear dampers, except as noted. special tools required for overhaul of
the landing gear damper.
2. Organization
(8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
The landing gear damper section of the provides a parts list supplement to
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of identify part numbers and configura
seven parts, listed below. This section contains tion differences for the landing gear
complete instructions for disassembly, clean damper.
ing, inspection, repair, reassembly and testing
of the component. Page number blocks used for
this section in the Component Overhaul 3. Reference Data
Manual logically arrange the material as
follows: (1). Reference is made throughout this part
of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 HMI2. This manual should be used as
provides a description and operation of noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
the component and describes proce Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
dures for complete use of the landing (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
gear damper section. replacement parts for 369D26300 and
369D26301 series damper assemblies.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
gives procedures for complete disassem (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
bly of the landing gear damper specifications, and when appropriate,
procurement information, regarding
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 special tools and equipment, and
contains cleaning and painting require expendable items and materials
ments for landing gear damper compo required for overhaul/repair. Torque
nents and parts. values are contained in Table 903.
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of a

provides visual and dimensional landing gear damper, with all parts
inspection requirements. indexed. The index numbers are used
throughout the text with the part
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 nomenclature to make part identifica
provides allowable repairs and parts tion easier.
Page 1
321010 Revision 15
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
2
1 33
(NOTE 3)
34
(NOTE 3)
36 *
(NOTE 3)
35 3
(NOTE 3) 4* 15 *
32 *
(NOTE 3) 5* 16 *
17
15 *
18
19 *
13 *
8
20 *
14 *
21
6
28 *
(NOTE 1)
29
11 * 7
30
12
31
26
10
(NOTE 1)
27
25
9
24
23
22
NOTES:
1. DRAIN HOLE.
2. ASTERISK (*) INDICATES ITEM IS PART OF OVERHAUL KIT.
3. SCHRADER VALVE DAMPER ONLY. H321004
Figure 1. Damper Assembly
Page 2
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Legend (Ref. Figure 1)
1. UPPER CAP ASSEMBLY 19. *SCRAPER RING
2. UPPER CAP BEARING 20. *SEAL
3. PLUG 21. BARREL
4. *PACKING 22. MAIN POPPET RETAINING RING
5. *PACKING 23. RETAINER
6. LOWER CAP ASSEMBLY 24. SPRING
7. LOWER CAP BEARING 25. MAIN POPPET
8. PISTON 26. REBOUND POPPET RETAINING RING
9. SPRING 27. REBOUND POPPET
10. HOUSING 28. *SERVICE DECAL
11. *PACKING 29. SERIAL NUMBER PLATE
12. BAFFLE 30. WARNING PLATE
13. *LOWER BACKUP RING 31. CAUTION DECAL
14. *PACKING 32. *SIGHT GLASS (SCHRADER VALVE DAMPER)
15. *UPPER BACKUP RING 33. SCHRADER VALVE UPPER CAP ASSY
16. *PACKING 34. *PLUG (SCHRADER VALVE DAMPER)
17. RETAINER RING 35. SCHRADER VALVE
18. WASHER 36. *O-RING
*Parts requiring replacement during overhaul, for most current M50032 overhaul kit, (Ref.
Illustrated Parts List).
Page 3
321010 Revision 15
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Page 4
Revision 15 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
DISASSEMBLY
1. General (6). Remove sight glass (32) from upper
barrel (21).
This section describes procedures for complete
disassembly of the landing gear damper. When (7). Remove seal (5) from upper piston (8).
specific repair of the damper requires only
partial disassembly, follow procedures to the B. Gas Bleed-Off (Non-Schrader Valve
point required. Damper)
A charged landing gear (1). For standard landing gear damper,

WARNING damper is under high gas place damper in cylinder holding block
pressure and must be treated cautious (6, Table 901) as shown in. Place block
ly or personal injury may result. Before in vise with damper in vertical position,
beginning disassembly, read entire gas upper cap assembly (1, Figure 1)
bleedoff procedures and then bleed off upward.
gas from landing gear damper.
NOTE: Gas may escape from damper when up
2. Gas Pressure Bleed-Off per cap assembly is loosened if plug packing
(4) is damaged.
Bleedoff gas pressure from schrader and
nonschrader valve landing gear dampers prior (2). Engage wrench flats on piston (8) with
to disassembly, as follows: piston wrench (6, Table 901). Place
wrench adapter (4) on upper cap
Wear face shield or safety assembly (1, Figure 1) and slowly
WARNING eyeglasses. Read the follow unscrew and remove cap assembly,
ing instructions thoroughly before be while holding piston. Do not remove
ginning bleed off procedure. Do not packing (5) from piston at this time.
deviate from procedures given.
(3). Thread charging tool (3, Table 901) onto
A. Gas Bleed-Off - Schrader Valve Damper exposed piston threads and tighten
securely.
(1). Place damper in cylinder holding block
(5, Table 901) as shown in Figure 301. (4). Install short length of hose between
Place block in vise with damper in charging tool gas port and waste
vertical position, upper cap assembly (1, container for hydraulic fluid. Secure
Figure 1) up. end of hose to waste container to
prevent whipping when gas pressure is
(2). Install a piece of tygon tubing over released.
schrader valve gas outlet and other end
into a suitable waste container, to allow (5). Press down and rotate Thandle of
overflow of damper fluid when valve is charging tool until slot in head of plug
opened. (3, Figure 1) is engaged.
(3). Carefully open valve, allowing gas (6). Slowly loosen plug (3) until damper gas
pressure to bleedoff slowly. pressure begins to escape through drain
hose. Do not loosen plug too quickly;
(4). Remove schrader valve (35) from upper escaping gas can cause hose to whip.
cap (33) and discard Oring (36).
(7). After all gas is discharged, remove
(5). Remove upper cap assembly (33, charging tool and drain hose; remove
Figure 1) using torque wrench adapter damper from vise and cylinder holding
(4, Table 901) and wrench (6). block.
Page 301
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
WRENCH ADAPTER
CHARGING TOOL
(GAS PORT)
CYLINDER
HOLDING
BLOCK
CYLINDER
HOLDING
BLOCK
PISTON WRENCH
HOUSING
SPANNER WRENCH
H321006
Figure 301. Use of Special Tools
Page 302
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
3. Damper Disassembly (6). Using housing spanner wrench (4,
Table 901) and piston wrench (6),
Disassemble the landing gear damper as loosen and unthread housing (10,
follows: Figure 1) and its attached parts from
Ensure all gas pressure in piston.
WARNING damper has been bled off
Do not remove poppets and re
prior to disassembly, according to (Ref. CAUTION lated parts (22 through 27) at
Gas Pressure BleedOff). this time. Poppets must be removed one at a
NOTE: During disassembly, place all parts in a time during inspection procedure.
clean container to prevent damage from im (7). Remove packing (11) and baffle (12)
proper handling or exposure. Wrap piston, from housing.
barrel, housing and cap assemblies in pro
tective cloth to prevent damage. Discard all (8). Remove two backup rings (15) and
packings, oil seals and backup rings at re packing (16) from housing grooves.
moval.
(9). Remove backup ring (13) and packing
(1). Remove damper from vise and cylinder (14) from lower cap assembly grooves,
holding block. and packing (5) from piston (8).
(2). Unthread plug (3, or 34 Figure 1) and (10). Remove retaining ring (17), washer (18)
packing (4); drain hydraulic fluid into and scraper ring (19) from barrel (21).
waste container by inverting damper.
(11). Remove seal (20) from groove inside
(3). Install damper in cylinder holding block mouth of barrel (21).
(5, Table 901); clamp block in vise with
open end of piston down. NOTE: Poppets and related parts (22 through
27) are to be removed at inspection (Ref. In
(4). Using wrench adapter (4), loosen and spection/Check). Bearings (2 and 7) and de
remove lower cap assembly (6, Figure 1) cals (28 through 31) should not be removed
from barrel (21). Remove damper from or detached unless replacement is neces
vise and cylinder holding block; invert sary.
damper over waste container to drain
oil. (12). Discard seal (20), scraper ring (19),
Oring back up rings (13, 15) and
(5). With damper still over waste container, Orings (4, 11, 14, 5, and 1).
carefully push piston (8) and attached
parts out of barrel (21); do not allow (13). Clean and inspect parts which may be
rebound spring (9) to drop. reused (Ref. Cleaning and Inspection).
Page 303/(304 blank)

321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning 3. Markings
Clean all parts of the disassembled landing Install new service decal, warning plate or
gear damper as follows: caution decal, when necessary, as follows:
Most cleaning solvents are (1). Clean mounting surface with solvent (4,
WARNING flammable and must be kept Table 903), or equivalent.
away from heat or open flame. Avoid
inhalation of fumes and extended con (2). Place replacement decal/plate at
tact with skin. approximate location shown in
Figure 401.
(1). Clean upper cap assembly (1 or 33
Figure 1), schrader valve (34) and lower (3). Press decal/plate firmly to mounting
cap assembly (6) using cloth dampened surface.
with solvent (4, Table 903) or naphtha
(4). Seal edges of decal/plate with fillet of
(5). If bearings are installed in caps, do
plastic epoxy adhesive (10, Table 903).
not submerge caps in solvent.
(2). Submerge remaining parts in solvent NOTE 2 TORQUE STRIPE
(4) or naphtha (5). (NOTE 1)
(3). Using bristle brush, remove clinging

residue from parts. Pay particular
attention to packing grooves and
PISTON
threaded areas.
0.370.62 INCH
(4). Dry parts with clean cloth or com (9.415.7 MM)
pressed air.
(5). Wrap cleaned parts to prevent contami
BARREL
nation between work operations. SERVICE
DECAL
2. Painting SERIAL
NUMBER CAUTION
Touch up or repaint damper assembly, as PLATE DECAL
necessary. Repaint damper original color to
maintain distinction between standard (white) WARNING
and extended (black) landing gear dampers. PLATE
Keep upper and lower cap bear

CAUTION ings clean and free of paint.
0.370.62 INCH
(1). Prepare surface for painting (Ref. (9.415.7 MM)
CSPHMI2).
TORQUE STRIPE
(2). Paint standard landing gear dampers NOTE 2 (NOTE 1)
white (11, Table 903) and extended
landing gear dampers black (12) (Ref. NOTES:
1. TORQUE STRIPES PAINTED CONTRASTING BLACK
CSPHMI2).
OR WHITE, AS APPLICABLE.
2. BEARINGS NOT TO BE PAINTED. H32.1010A
(3). Paint torque stripe on damper caps,
piston and barrel, Figure 401, using Figure 401. Paint, Torque Stripe and
contrasting white or black lacquer. Decal/Plate Requirements

321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection Do not remove both rebound
CAUTION poppets at the same time. Rein
Inspect landing gear damper parts after stall one before removing the other.
cleaning as described in the following proce
dures. (3). Remove one retaining ring (26) and
rebound poppet (27).
A. Poppet and Poppet Seats
Inspect main poppet (25, Figure 1), rebound (4). Inspect poppet and housing seating
poppets (27), and poppet seats in housing (10) surfaces; full uninterrupted 360 degree
as follows: seat should be evident on each part. If
seat surfaces are satisfactory, reinstall
(1). Remove main poppet retaining ring rebound poppet (27) and retaining ring
(22), retainer (23), spring (24) and main (26) in housing seat. If seat surfaces are
poppet (25) from housing (10). not satisfactory, reseat poppet (Ref.
Repair).
(2). Inspect main poppet seating surface
and mating housing seat; full, uninter (5). Repeat steps (3). and (4). for second
rupted 360 degree seat should be rebound poppet.
evident on each part. If seat surfaces
are satisfactory, reassemble main B. Disassembled Parts
poppet (25), spring (24), retainer (23)
and ring (22) before removing rebound Inspect all disassembled landing gear damper
poppet. If seat surfaces are not satisfac parts according to Table 501. Perform process
tory, reseat poppet (Ref. Repair). inspections according to Table 502.
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Landing Gear Damper and Associated Parts
Maximum Maximum
Inspect Index No. Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE: All inspections are visual inspections unless otherwise indicated. For items listed in inspect column, see
Figure 1. After honing, lapping or abrasive polishing, re-clean parts.
Bearings (2 and 7, Figure 1) for:
Play or roughness be None allowed Not repairable Replace defective
tween bearing races (feel) bearing.
Rust, corrosion or binding None allowed Not repairable Replace defective
bearing.
Piston (8) for:
Nicks, scratches, and cuts None allowed Light scratches to 0.001 Polish with crocus cloth
inch (0.025 mm) depth (8, Table 903).
may be reworked
Hard Chrome; diameter OD: 1.308-1.310 inch Not to exceed hard Replate piston (Ref.
worn or damaged (3.322-3.327 cm) chrome thickness (Ref. Repair).
Figure 601)
Damaged threads None allowed Minor damage Re-thread with same size
tap and die.
Damper barrel (21) for:
Worn ID of bore ID: 2.180-2.182 inch Not repairable Replace barrel
(5.537-5.542 mm)
Page 501
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Landing Gear Damper and Associated Parts (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Light scratches in barrel None allowed Light scratches to 0.010 Polish with crocus cloth
bore inch (0.254 mm) depth (8, Table 903).
may be reworked
Exterior corrosion, None allowed Light scratches may be Polish with crocus cloth
scratches removed (8).
Damaged threads None allowed Minor thread damage Re-thread with same size
die.
Clogged or plugged drain Clear hole.
hole
Sharp edges around bleed Break sharp edges.
holes in lower barrel assy.
Upper and lower cap assembly for:
Scratches, pits, cracks, None allowed Shallow defects may be Polish with crocus cloth
gouges removed (8).
Worn or scratched surface None allowed Treat with chemical film
anodizing (6, Table 903) and zinc
chromate primer (7).
Worn bearing bore None allowed Not repairable Replace cap assembly.
(bearing loose)
Clogged or plugged drain Clear hole.
hole
Rotational drag between:
Upper cap (33) schrader None allowed Minor thread damage Re-thread with same size
valve bore threads for die, chase threads with
burrs, nicks, or scratches same size tap.
Piston (8) and upper cap Nylon pellets in piston and Not repairable Replace defective part.
(1 or 33), Piston (8) and barrel threads must create
piston plug (3 or 34), enough rotational drag to
Piston (8) and housing prevent hand tightening of
(10), Barrel (21) and lower mating parts
cap (6)
Page 502
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 502. Process Inspection Requirements
*Magnetic Particle (ASTM E1444) Fluorescent Penetrant (ASTM E1417)
Item Index No. (Ref. Figure 1) Item Index No. (Ref. Figure 1)
Piston 8 Upper cap assembly 1, 33
Spring 9 Plug 3, 34
Lower cap assembly 6
Barrel 21
NOTES:
* Paint removal is not required for magnetic particle inspection, but is necessary on nonferrous parts for
fluorescent penetrant inspection. Complete removal of epoxy primer is not required on normal overhaul.
When inspecting for or after crash damage, all areas should be visually inspected using minimum of
5-power magnifying glass and all suspected areas should have epoxy primer removed locally with paint
remover for added inspection. Prevent entry of paint remover into joint lines of bearings, bushings or
inserts still assembled with the part requiring paint removal.

321010 Revision 11
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair (3). Cadmium plate threaded area accord
ing to spec. QQP416, class 3 type II
Repair procedures described in the following (Figure 601).
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for
landing gear damper parts and components. (4). Hard chrome plate center section per
Prior to making repairs on any part or spec QQC320 class 2, type II. Hard
component, ensure that the part or component chrome plate shall be 1.3161.315 inch
is within repairable limits (Ref. Cleaning and (3.3433.340 cm) dia. (Figure 601).
Inspection). After repairs are completed, the (5). Finish grind center section to
part or component must meet the dimensions 1.3101.308 inch (3.3273.322 cm) dia.
specified for the part (Ref. Inspection).
(6). Embrittlement relieve piston after
A. Poppet and Poppet Seat plating according to plating specifica
tions QQP416 and QQP320.
Repair poppets (25 and 27, Figure 1) and
poppet seats as follows: C. Barrel
Repair minor scratches, nicks or light scoring
When lapping poppets, do not
CAUTION permit lapping compound to en
on barrel (21, Figure 1) as follows:
ter other assembled poppets. (1). Remove damage from barrel (21,
Figure 1) by light honing.
(1). Lightly and carefully lap poppet and
seat using fine (220 grit) lapping (2). Reclean part (Ref. Cleaning).
compound (9, Table 903), until 360 D. Housing
degree contact is made between seat
and mating portion of poppet. Avoid Remove scratches from housing (10, Figure 1)
excess lapping and do not allow lapping as follows:
compound to contact sides of poppet. (1). Polish out scratches using crocus cloth
(8, Table 903).
(2). Wash housing and poppet with solvent
(9) or naphtha (5); dry with compressed (2). Reclean housing and poppets to remove
air. all traces of abrasive material.
(3). Coat poppet and seat with hydraulic (3). Treat reworked, external, anodized
fluid (1 or 2) and reinstall poppet with aluminum surfaces with chemical film
attaching parts. (6) and zinc chromate primer (7). Do not
treat internal surfaces.
B. Piston Replating
2. Parts Replacement
Repair worn or damaged plating (Ref. All parts and components not meeting
Figure 601) as follows: specifications (Ref. Inspection), which cannot
NOTE: The following procedures cover cad be repaired, must be replaced. Additionally, all
mium and chrome plating of threaded and parts marked with an asterisk (Ref. Figure 1)
center sections of piston. in key must be replaced. These parts are
included in the landing gear damper overhaul
(1). Strip existing plating of damaged area kit. The following procedures describe replace
by reverse current method. Diameter ment of parts which cannot be replaced as part
prior to replating shall be 1.3061.305 of the reassembly procedure.
inch (3.3173.315 cm). A. Upper and Lower Cap Bearings
(2). Magnetic particle inspect (MPI) per Replace upper and lower cap bearings (1, and
MILSTD1949 with plating removed. 7, Figure 1) as follows:
Page 601
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
(1). Using arbor press and suitable adapter. (7). Apply 100 pound (445 N) force on
press on bearing outer race to remove bearing outer race to load bearing
bearing from cap. against stakes. Outer race must not
move.
(2). Remove any burrs or staking marks
from removal side of cap bore edge. B. Schrader Valve
(3). Coat outer race of replacement bearing Replacement of schrader valve at overhaul is
and cap bearing bore with zinc chro required only if it is suspected of being faulty
mate primer (7, Table 903). or inoperative.
NOTE: Install bearing in removal side of cap. (1). Using a suitable wrench, remove
defective schrader valve (35, Figure 1)
(4). While primer is wet, press bearing into from upper cap (33).
cap bore, using arbor press and adapter.
Do not press against bearing inner race.
(2). Install and lubricate (use damper oil)
Bearing must be installed flush to 0.005
new Oring (36) on replacement
inch (0.127 mm) below staking surface.
schrader valve (34).
(5). Check that bearing cannot be pressed
from cap bore with hand pressure. (3). Install schrader valve in upper cap
bore. Torque to 80 85 inchpounds
(6). Stake bearing in four places radially (9.04 9.60 Nm) and lockwire.
around cap. Stake grooves must be
approximately 0.250 inch (6.35 mm) 3. Modification
long, 0.060 inch (1.524 mm) from edge
of bore and 0.020 inch (0.508 mm) deep. Not applicable.
DIAMETER PRIOR TO PLATING 1.3051.306 INCH (3.3153.317 CM) DIA.
HARD CHROME PLATE 1.3161.315 INCH (3.3433.340 CM) DIA.
4 FINISH GRIND 1.3101.308 INCH (3.3273.322 CM) DIA.
1 5/16 12 UN 3A
THREAD
0.002 INCH
B (0.051 MM) T.I.R B
NOTE 5 NOTE 4
NOTES:
1. REPAIRABLE DAMAGE NOT TO EXCEED HARD CHROME THICKNESS.
2. STRIP EXISTING PLATING BY REVERSE CURRENT.
3. MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECT PER MILSTD1949 WITH PLATING REMOVED.
4. HARD CHROME PLATE PER QQC320 CLASS 2 TYPE II.
5. CADMIUM PLATE PER QQP416, CLASS 3, TYPE I.
6. EMBRITTLEMENT RELIEVE AFTER PLATING PER SPECIFICATIONS
(MATERIAL 4340 STEEL RC 3236). H321007A
Figure 601. Replating of Landing Gear Damper Piston
Page 602
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. General (a). Place rubber (elastomer) in groove
and position as shown in Figure 701
Only dampers which, view C.
One have been stored less than 9 months,
Two have satisfactorily passed shelflife NOTE: Do not crease TFE seal ring during in
testing or stallation.
Three have been recharged, shall be (b). Collapse TFE seal ring as shown in
installed on helicopters or shipped as spare Figure 701 view A.
parts.
(c). Place TFE seal ring into groove as
NOTE: shown in Figure 701 view C.
D Assemble damper in a clean area free of (d). Using fingers, carefully smooth out
any grinding, cutting, filing or similar op I.D. of the TFE seal ring.
erations.
(e). Push while twisting installation tool
D Ambient room temperature should be (Ref. Figure 701 view B) into bore.
6085 F (1629 C) while reassembling Remove installation tool after one
damper. minute.
D Use hydraulic oil (1, Table 903) to fill
damper. Filter oil through a 10 micron (f). Repeat step (5). one time, to complete
filter prior to use. Keep oil container installation of TFE seal.
tightly covered when not in use. (6). Install new scraper ring (19, Figure 1)
D Replace all parts marked with an asterisk in barrel upper end, scraper edge
(Ref. Figure 1) at reassembly. Lubricate upward, at seal (20) ID. Secure scraper
packings with clean petroleum jelly (13, ring in position with washer (18) and
Table 903) prior to installation. retainer ring (17).
(7). Install packing (4) on piston plug (3).
2. Reassembly
(8). Install packing (5) in groove at piston
The following procedures cover both schrader (8), upper end.
and nonschrader valve damper. Reassemble
(9). Install packing (14) and backup ring
the landing gear damper as follows:
(13) in lower cap assembly (6) groove.
(1). Place baffle (12, Figure 1) in housing Packing must be located at innermost
(10) and position as shown. side (bottom) and backup ring at
outermost side (top) of groove.
(2). Install packing (11) in housing bore, If air is allowed to enter the
against baffle. CAUTION damper assembly while per
forming steps (10). thru (12). which follow,
(3). Thread piston (8) into housing. Using the damper cannot be correctly charged. To
spanner (2, Table 901) and piston prevent entry of air, keep all parts totally
wrenches (6), torque housing 400 450 and continually submerged in five gallon
inchpounds (45.19 50.84 Nm). container (minimum size) of hydraulic fluid
(1 or 2, Table 903) throughout the proce
(4). Install two new backup rings (15, dure.
Figure 1) in housing groove; install
packing (16) between rings. (10). Place spring (9, Figure 1) inside barrel
(21) and submerge parts in container of
(5). Install new seal (20) in barrel (21) hydraulic fluid. Tilt and rotate sub
internal groove. merged barrel to expel any trapped air.
Page 701
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Use care when inserting piston Figure 1) to 500 600 inchpounds
CAUTION through seal (20). Piston (56.49 67.79 Nm).
threads can damage seal lip.
(18). Rotate damper assembly in vise so
(11). Submerge assembled piston (8) and piston plug is up and damper is verti
housing (10) in assembly container; cal.
rotate parts while tapping to remove
any trapped air. Insert piston inside (19). Remove plug from damper assembly.
spring and barrel, and through seal (20)
until lower edge of housing is flush (20). Slowly compress piston by hand until
with, or just inside, lower end of barrel. piston bottoms. Tap piston gently with
mallet to ensure it is completely
(12). Submerge lower cap assembly (6) in bottomed.
assembly container, open side up; tap
Pushing piston into barrel
gently to remove any air bubbles. CAUTION causes slight out flow of fluid
Thread cap onto barrel hand tight.
from piston. Fluid must be bubble free. If
(13). Submerge plug (3) or (34) with packing bubbles are present in fluid, damper must
(4) installed in assembly container; be disassembled and reassembled to ensure
rotate and tap part to expel trapped air. no air is in the damper.
Thread plug into piston finger tight.
(21). Using an eyedropper, small syringe or
(14). With damper assembly still submerged, similar tool, remove hydraulic fluid
measure and record hydraulic fluid until required level, determined in step
temperature. o., is reached. (Fluid level is distance
between upper surface (edge) of piston
Steps (15). thru (20). must be ac (8) and surface of fluid in piston.)
CAUTION complished within 15 minutes
after measuring hydraulic fluid tempera (22). Reinstall piston plug in accordance with
ture. If time limit is exceeded, resubmerge the following paragraphs:
damper in fluid container for thirty minutes
and re measure hydraulic fluid tempera (a). Install piston plug (3) on piston,
ture before accomplishing the following engaging one full thread only. Port
steps. through threads and wall of plug
must be clear to allow passage of
NOTE: Damper assembly hydraulic fluid level charging gas into piston.
is governed by hydraulic fluid temperature
at time of filling and temperature range at (b). Install piston plug (34) on piston (8)
which damper is intended to be used. Prior (for schrader valve equipped damp
to accomplishing step (14)., determine type ers). Torque to 20 30 inchpounds
service for which damper is being prepared (2.26 3.39 Nm).
and reference Table 701 thru Table 706 to
be used for determining damper fluid level. Damper Usage Chart
(Refer to chart which follows). Standard Extended
(15). Find hydraulic fluid temperature, (White) (Black)
recorded in step (14)., in appropriate Ambient: Table 701 Table 704
table and read corresponding oil level +10 to +125F
required for damper. (-12 to +52C)
(16). Remove damper assembly from hydrau Winterized: Table 702 Table 705
lic fluid and install in cylinder holding -40 to +70F
block (5, Table 901) and vise, with (-40 to +21.1C)
piston plug (3, Figure 1) down. Mid Temp: Table 703 Table 706
(17). Using wrench adapter (4, Table 901) -25 to +95F
torque cap assembly on barrel (21, (-32 to +35C)
Page 702
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 701. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End - Ambient Service - Standard Landing Gear
Damper P/N 369D26300-BSC, -61, -111, -161, or -211
Hydr Fluid Temp Oil Level Hydr Fluid Temp Oil Level
F (C) In.* (mm)** F (C) In.* (mm)**
50 (10.0) 1.66 (42.1) 76 (24.4) 1.54 (39.0)
52 (11.1) 1.65 (41.9) 78 (25.6) 1.53 (38.7)
54 (12.2) 1.64 (41.7) 80 (26.7) 1.52 (38.5)
56 (13.3) 1.63 (41.4) 82 (27.8) 1.51 (38.2)
58 (14.4) 1.62 (41.2) 84 (28.9) 1.50 (37.9)
60 (15.6) 1.61 (40.9) 86 (30.6) 1.49 (37.7)
62 (16.7) 1.60 (40.6) 88 (31.1) 1.48 (37.4)
64 (17.8) 1.59 (40.4) 90 (32.2) 1.47 (37.2)
66 (18.9) 1.58 (40.1) 92 (33.3) 1.47 (37.2)
68 (20.0) 1.57 (40.0) 94 (34.4) 1.46 (36.7)
70 (21.1) 1.57 (40.0) 96 (35.6) 1.45 (36.4)
72 (22.2) 1.56 (39.5) 98 (36.7) 1.44 (36.2)
74 (23.3) 1.55 (39.2) 100 (37.8) 1.43 (35.9)
*0.020 inch
**0.51 mm
Table 702. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End - Winterized Service - Standard Landing Gear
Damper P/N 369D26300-11, -21, -71, -81, -121, -131, -171, -181, -221 or -231
F (C) In.* (mm)** F (C) In.* (mm)**
50 (10.0) 1.39 (35.3) 76 (24.4) 1.25 (31.7)
52 (11.1) 1.38 (35.1) 78 (25.6) 1.24 (31.5)
54 (12.2) 1.37 (34.8) 80 (26.7) 1.23 (31.2)
56 (13.3) 1.36 (34.5) 82 (27.8) 1.22 (31.0)
58 (14.4) 1.35 (34.3) 84 (28.9) 1.21 (30.7)
60 (15.6) 1.34 (34.0) 86 (30.6) 1.20 (30.5)
62 (16.7) 1.33 (33.8) 88 (31.1) 1.19 (30.2)
64 (17.8) 1.32 (33.5) 90 (32.2) 1.18 (30.0)
66 (18.9) 1.31 (33.3) 92 (33.3) 1.17 (29.7)
68 (20.0) 1.30 (33.0) 94 (34.4) 1.16 (29.5)
70 (21.1) 1.29 (32.8) 96 (35.6) 1.15 (29.2)
72 (22.2) 1.28 (32.5) 98 (36.7) 1.14 (29.0)
74 (23.3) 1.26 (32.0) 100 (37.8)
*0.020 in.
**0.51 mm
Page 703
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 703. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End - Mid-Temp Service - Standard Landing Gear
Damper P/N 369D26300-31, -41, -91, -101, -141, -151, -191, -201, -241, or -251
F (C) In.* (mm)** F (C) In.* (mm)**
50 (10) 1.46 (36.7) 76 (24.4) 1.29 (32.8)
52 (11.1) 1.45 (36.4) 78 (25.6) 1.28 (32.5)
54 (12.2) 1.43 (35.9) 80 (26.7) 1.27 (32.3)
56 (13.3) 1.42 (36.1) 82 (27.8) 1.25 (31.7)
58 (14.4) 1.41 (35.9) 84 (28.9) 1.24 (31.5)
60 (15.6) 1.39 (35.3) 86 (30.6) 1.23 (31.2)
62 (16.7) 1.38 (35.1) 88 (31.1) 1.21 (30.7)
64 (17.8) 1.37 (34.8) 90 (32.2) 1.20 (30.5)
66 (18.9) 1.36 (34.5) 92 (33.3) 1.19 (30.2)
68 (20.0) 1.34 (34.0) 94 (34.4) 1.18 (30.0)
70 (21.1) 1.33 (33.8) 96 (35.6) 1.16 (29.5)
72 (22.2) 1.32 (33.5) 98 (36.7) 1.15 (29.2)
74 (23.3) 1.30 (33.0) 100 (37.8) 1.14 (29.0)
*0.020 in.
**0.51mm
Table 704. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End - Ambient Service Extended Landing Gear
Damper P/N 369D26301-BSC, -61, -111, -161 or -211
F (C) In.* (mm)** F (C) In.* (mm)**
50 (10.0) 2.60 (66.0) 76 (24.4) 2.48 (63.0)
52 (11.1) 2.59 (65.8) 78 (25.6) 2.47 (62.7)
54 (12.2) 2.58 (65.5) 80 (26.7) 2.46 (62.5)
56 (13.3) 2.58 (65.5) 82 (27.8) 2.45 (62.2)
58 (14.4) 2.57 (65.3) 84 (28.9) 2.44 (62.0)
60 (15.6) 2.56 (65.0) 86 (30.6) 2.43 (61.7)
62 (16.7) 2.55 (64.8) 88 (31.1) 2.42 (61.5)
64 (17.8) 2.54 (64.5) 90 (32.2) 2.41 (61.2)
66 (18.9) 2.53 (64.3) 92 (33.3) 2.41 (61.2)
68 (20.0) 2.52 (64.0) 94 (34.4) 2.40 (61.0)
70 (21.1) 2.51 (63.8) 96 (35.6) 2.39 (60.7)
72 (22.2) 2.50 (63.5) 98 (36.7) 2.38 (60.5)
74 (23.3) 2.49 (63.2) 100 (37.8) 2.37 (60.2)
*0.020 in.
**0.51 mm
Page 704
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 705. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End - Winterized Service Extended Landing Gear
Damper P/N 369D263010-11, -21, -71, -81, -121, -131, -171, -181 -221, or -231
F (C) In.* (mm)** F (C) In.* (mm)**
50 (10.0) 2.28 (57.9) 76 (24.4) 2.22 (56.4)
52 (11.1) 2.27 (57.7) 78 (25.6) 2.21 (56.1)
54 (12.2) 2.27 (57.7) 80 (26.7) 2.20 (55.9)
56 (13.3) 2.27 (57.7) 82 (27.8) 2.19 (55.6)
58 (14.4) 2.26 (57.4) 84 (28.9) 2.17 (55.1)
60 (15.6) 2.26 (57.4) 86 (30.6) 2.16 (54.9)
62 (16.7) 2.26 (57.4) 88 (31.1) 2.15 (54.6)
64 (17.8) 2.25 (57.2) 90 (32.2) 2.14 (54.4)
66 (18.9) 2.25 (57.2) 92 (33.3) 2.13 (54.1)
68 (20.0) 2.25 (57.1) 94 (34.4) 2.12 (53.8)
70 (21.1) 2.25 (57.1) 96 (35.6) 2.11 (53.6)
72 (22.2) 2.24 (56.9) 98 (36.7) 2.10 (53.3)
74 (23.3) 2.23 (56.6) 100 (37.8)
*0.020 in.
**0.51 mm
Table 706. Fluid Level Below Piston Rod End - Mid-Temp Service Extended Landing Gear
Damper P/N 369D263010-31, -41, -91, -101, -141, -151, -191, -201, -241, or -251
F (C) In.* (mm)** F (C) In.* (mm)**
50 (10) 2.40 (61.0) 76 (24.4) 2.26 (57.4)
52 (11.1) 2.39 (60.7) 78 (25.6) 2.24 (56.7)
54 (12.2) 2.38 (60.5) 80 (26.7) 2.23 (56.6)
56 (13.3) 2.37 (60.2) 82 (27.8) 2.22 (56.4)
58 (14.4) 2.36 (60.0) 84 (28.9) 2.21 (56.1)
60 (15.6) 2.34 (59.4) 86 (30.6) 2.20 (55.9)
62 (16.7) 2.33 (59.2) 88 (31.1) 2.19 (55.6)
64 (17.8) 2.32 (58.9) 90 (32.2) 2.18 (55.4)
66 (18.9) 2.31 (58.7) 92 (33.3) 2.17 (55.1)
68 (20.0) 2.30 (58.4) 94 (34.4) 2.16 (54.9)
70 (21.1) 2.29 (58.2) 96 (35.6) 2.14 (54.4)
72 (22.2) 2.28 (57.9) 98 (36.7) 2.13 (54.1)
74 (23.3) 2.27 (57.7) 100 (37.8)
*0.020 in.
**0.51 mm
Page 705
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
UPPER CAP
ASSEMBLY

PLUG
ORING

NOTE 2

RETAINING

WASHER

RING

SCRAPER

SEAL RING
PISTON

SIGHT GLASS
(NOTE 2)
BARREL

BAFFLE

MAIN
POPPET SPRING

SPRING

HOUSING
SPRING

RETAINING
RETAINER RING
GASKET

BACKUP RING

LOWER BACKUP
RING
LOWER CAP
ASSEMBLY
UPPER BACKUP
RING
REBOUND
POPPET
RETAINING
NOTES: RING
1. DAMPER ASSEMBLY SHOWN COMPRESSED.
2. FOR SCHRADER VALVE EQUIPPED DAMPERS. H321008
Figure 701. Damper Assembly - Cross-Section View
Page 706
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
TFE SEAL RING FREE FORM TFE SEAL RING COLLAPSED FORM
VIEW A
U
P
ONE PIECE GLAND SEAL

AND RING INSTALLED
ELASTOMER
20
TFE SEAL RING
PRESSURE SIDE
369H6314 BARREL
ASSY. (REF)
10.00 INCH
VIEW C VIEW B (25.4 CM)
INSTALLATION TOOL P/N 369D29938*
*NYLON LP410 TYPEOPTIONAL
1.30 0.001 INCH

(33.02 0.0254 MM)
H321009A
Figure 702. Damper Assembly - Barrel Seal Installation
Page 707
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
3. Charging NOTE:
D Prior to accomplishing step (3)., deter
Procedures for charging the landing gear mine type service for which damper is be
damper with dry nitrogen gas and testing the ing prepared and (Ref. Table 707 thru
damper for leaks are described in the following Table 712) to be used for determining
paragraphs. charging pressure, using the following
chart.
Damper Usage Chart D If piston does not extend when gas pres
Standard Extended sure is increased, engage charging tool
(White) (Black) handle and loosen plug (3, Figure 1) slow
ly until piston begins to extend.
Ambient Service Table 707 Table 710
+10 to +125 F (4). Recheck damper for correct pressure.
(-12 to +52 C) Slowly, bleed off excess pressure.
Winterized Table 708 Table 711 If nitrogen is bled off quickly, for
-40 to +70 F CAUTION any reason, reassembly of the
(-40 to +21 C)
damper, beginning with (Ref. Reassembly)
Mid Temp Table 709 Table 712 step (11)., must be reaccomplished.
-25 to +95 F
(-32 to +35 C) (5). Once correct pressure is established,
engage slot of piston plug with charging
A. Non-Schrader Valve Damper tool handle and tighten plug until it
bottoms; do not tighten excessively.
The following procedure is for dampers (6). Set nitrogen gas pressure regulator to
without schrader valves. Charge the reas zero pressure. Raise Thandle of
sembled damper with dry nitrogen gas (3, charging tool and remove from damper.
Table 903). The correct charging pressure is
determined by the type service for which the (7). Torque piston plug to 18 22 inch
damper is being prepared and the temperature pounds (2.03 2.49 Nm).
of the room in which the damper is being
charged. Charge the damper as follows: (8). Using solvent (4, Table 903), thoroughly
clean threads of upper cap assembly (1,
Figure 1), mating piston threads and
Use dry nitrogen only, for charg
CAUTION ing damper. Store nitrogen
packing (5) dry thoroughly.
bottle in same room or area where charging (9). Install upper cap assembly on piston.
is to occur for minimum of 12 hours prior to Using wrench (6, Table 901) and
charging. wrench adapter (4), torque cap assem
bly to 500 600 inchpounds (56.49
(1). Verify that packing (5, Figure 1) is 67.79 Nm).
correctly positioned on piston (8).
(10). Wash entire damper assembly, except
(2). Thread charging tool (3, Table 901) onto end cap bearings (2 and 7, Figure 1),
piston threads; tighten securely, using using solvent (4, Table 903 ) or naphtha
wrench if necessary. Ensure that (5). Detach retaining ring (17, Figure 1)
charging tool Thandle is pulled out from recess, and carefully lift washer
(up) and has not engaged slot of piston (18) and scraper ring (19) along piston
plug (3, Figure 1). to allow complete cleaning.
(11). Blot any solvent from bearings and
(3). Connect nitrogen charging hose to gas allow remainder of damper to complete
port of charging tool; do not tighten ly dry.
connection. Ensure that low pressure
side of nitrogen regulator gage (1, (12). Reinstall scraper ring, washer and
Table 901) is at zero pressure. retainer ring.
Page 708
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
B. Schrader Valve Damper (7). Slowly turn regulator control until
nitrogen begins to flow at the loose
The following procedure is for nitrogen service servicing hoseschrader valve connec
of schrader valve equipped dampers. tion.
(1). Install sight glass (32) over piston on (8). Tighten servicing hose while nitrogen is
upper end of barrel. flowing. Allow nitrogen pressure to
(2). Install seal (5) on the outside of piston build to the valve according to dash
rod. number and part number of damper
(Ref. Table 707 thru Table 712).
(3). Install and lubricate (use damper oil)
To prevent damage to damper or
new Oring (36) on schrader valve (34). CAUTION loss of damper fluid, do not open
Install schrader valve in upper cap
bore. Torque to 80 85 inchpounds schrader valve without pressurizing the
(9.04 10.17 Nm) and lockwire. servicing line. If fluid loss occurs, damper
will require overhaul.
(4). Screw upper cap assembly (33) on the
piston rod. Using torque adapter (4, (9). Once pressure level is reached open
Table 901), torque upper cap to 500 schrader valve by turning outside nut
600 inchpounds (56.49 67.79 Nm) counter clockwise, allowing system and
plus runin torque. damper pressure to equalize for a
minimum of 2 minutes. If slightly over
NOTE: For installation or replacement of pressurized, bleed off excess very
schrader valve (Ref. Repair). slowly.
(5). Remove cap from schrader valve and (10). Close schrader valve by turning the
connect servicing hose, but do not outside nut clockwise. Torque nut to 60
tighten (Figure 703). inchpounds (6.78 Nm) and safety
wire.
(6). Ensure low side of nitrogen pressure
regulator is backed off to the unpres (11). Reduce charge pressure to zero, and
surized position. Slowly open the high remove servicing hose. Install cap on
pressure nitrogen bottle valve. schrader valve.
Page 709
321010 Revision 5
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
DAMPER
CAP
OUTSIDE NUT
SCHRADER
VALVE
SERVICING HOSE
HIGH
PRESSURE
VALVE
REGULATOR
CONTROL
H321011
Figure 703. Servicing Schrader Valve Damper
Page 710
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 707. Nitrogen Charge - Ambient Service Standard Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D26300-BSC, -61, -111, -161 or -211
Ambient Temperature Nitrogen Pressure Ambient Temperature Nitrogen Pressure
F (C) Psig (kPa) F (C) Psig (kPa)
50 (10) 857 (5,910) 76 (24) 920 (6,340)
52 (11) 862 (5,943) 78 (26) 924 (6,373)
54 (12) 867 (5,976) 80 (27) 929 (6,406)
56 (13) 872 (6,009) 82 (28) 934 (6,439)
58 (14) 876 (6,042) 84 (29) 939 (6,473)
60 (16) 881 (6,075) 86 (30) 994 (6,506)
62 (17) 886 (6,109) 88 (31) 948 (6,539)
64 (18) 891 (6,142) 90 (32) 953 (6,572)
66 (19) 896 (6,175) 92 (33) 958 (6,605)
68 (20) 900 (6,208) 94 (34) 963 (6,638)
70 (21) 905 (6,241) 96 (36) 968 (6,671)
72 (22) 910 (6,274) 98 (37) 972 (6,704)
74 (23) 915 (6,307) 100 (38) 977 (6,737)
Table 708. Nitrogen Charge - Winterized Service Standard Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D26300-11, -21, -71, -81, -121, -131, -171, -181, -221, or -231
50 (10) 999 (6,888) 76 (24) 1,091 (7,523)
52 (11) 1,006 (6,937) 78 (26) 1,098 (7,572)
54 (12) 1,013 (6,986) 80 (27) 1,105 (7,621)
56 (13) 1,020 (7,035) 82 (28) 1,112 (7,669)
58 (14) 1,027 (7,084) 84 (29) 1,119 (7,718)
60 (15) 1,035 (7,133) 86 (30) 1,127 (7,767)
62 (17) 1,042 (7,181) 88 (31) 1,134 (7,816)
64 (18) 1,049 (7,230) 90 (32) 1,141 (7,865)
66 (19) 1,056 (7,279) 92 (33) 1,148 (7,914)
68 (20) 1,063 (7,328) 94 (34) 1,155 (7,962)
70 (21) 1,070 (7,377) 96 (36) 1,162 (8,011)
72 (22) 1,077 (7,425) 98 (37) 1,169 (8,060)
74 (23) 1,084 (7,474) 100 (38) 1,176 (8,109)
Page 711
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 709. Nitrogen Charge - Mid-Temp Standard Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D26300-31, -41, -91, -101, -141, -151, -191, -201, -241 or -251
50 (10) 983 (6,778) 76 (24) 1,067 (7,356)
52 (11) 990 (6,823) 78 (26) 1,073 (7,400)
54 (12) 996 (6,867) 80 (27) 1,080 (7,444)
56 (13) 1,002 (6,912) 82 (28) 1,086 (7,489)
58 (14) 1,009 (6,956) 84 (29) 1,093 (7,533)
60 (16) 1,015 (7,000) 86 (30) 1,099 (7,578)
62 (17) 1,022 (7,045) 88 (31) 1,106 (7,622)
64 (18) 1,028 (7,089) 90 (32) 1,112 (7,666)
66 (19) 1,035 (7,134) 92 (33) 1,118 (7,711)
68 (20) 1,041 (7,178) 94 (34) 1,125 (7,755)
70 (21) 1,048 (7,222) 96 (36) 1,131 (7,800)
72 (22) 1,054 (7,267) 98 (37) 1,138 (7,844)
74 (23) 1,060 (7,311) 100 (38) 1,144 (7,888)
Table 710. Nitrogen Charge- Ambient Service Extended Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D26301-BSC, -61, -111, -161, or -211
50 (10) 1,277 (8,806) 76 (24) 1,370 (9,448)
52 (11) 1,284 (8,855) 78 (26) 1.377 (9,497)
54 (12) 1,292 (8,905) 80 (27) 1,385 (9,546)
56 (13) 1299 (8,954) 82 (28) 1,392 (9,596)
58 (14) 1,306 (9,003) 84 (29) 1,399 (9,645)
60 (16) 1,313 (9,053) 86 (30) 1,406 (9,695)
62 (17) 1,320 (9,102) 88 (31) 1,413 (9,744)
64 (18) 1,327 (9,152) 90 (32) 1,420 (9.793)
66 (19) 1,335 (9,201) 92 (33) 1,428 (9,843)
68 (20) 1,342 (9,250) 94 (34) 1,435 (9,892)
70 (21) 1,349 (9,300) 96 (36) 1,442 (9,941)
72 (22) 1,356 (9,349) 98 (37) 1,449 (9.991)
74 (23) 1,363 (9,398) 100 (38) 1,456 (10,040)
Page 712
Revision 4 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 711. Nitrogen Charge - Winterized Service Extended Landing Gear Damper
P/N 369D26301-11, -21, -71, -81, -121, -131, -171, -181, -221 or -231
50 (10) 1,391 (9,589) 76 (24) 1,513 (10,434)
52 (11) 1,400 (9,654) 78 (26) 1,523 (10,499)
54 (12) 1,410 (9,719) 80 (27) 1,532 (10,564)
56 (13) 1,419 (9,784) 82 (28) 1,542 (10,629)
58 (14) 1,428 (9,849) 84 (29) 1,551 (10,694)
60 (16) 1,438 (9,914) 86 (30) 1,560 (10,759)
62 (17) 1,447 (9,979) 88 (31) 1,570 (10,824)
64 (18) 1,457 (10,044) 90 (32) 1,579 (10,890)
66 (19) 1,466 (10,109) 92 (33) 1,589 (10,956)
68 (20) 1,476 (10,174) 94 (34) 1,598 (11,020)
70 (21) 1,485 (10,239) 96 (36) 1,608 (11,085)
72 (22) 1,494 (10,304) 98 (37) 1,617 (11,150)
74 (23) 1,503 (10,379) 100 (38)
Table 712. Nitrogen Charge - Mid-Temp Extended Landing Gear Damper

P/N 369D26301-31, -41, -91, -101, -141, -151, -191, -201, -241 or -251
50 (10) 1,258 (8,675) 76 (24) 1,356 (9,349)
52 (11) 1,266 (8,727) 78 (26) 1,364 (9,401)
54 (12) 1,273 (8,799) 80 (27) 1,371 (9,453)
56 (13) 1,281 (8,831) 82 (28) 1,379 (9,505)
58 (14) 1,288 (8,883) 84 (29) 1,386 (9,557)
60 (15) 1,296 (8,934) 86 (30) 1,394 (9,608)
62 (17) 1,303 (8,986) 88 (31) 1,401 (9,660)
64 (18) 1,311 (9,038) 90 (32) 1,409 (9,712)
66 (19) 1,318 (9,090) 92 (33) 1,416 (9,764)
68 (20) 1,326 (9,142) 94 (34) 1,424 (9,816
70 (21) 1,333 (9,194) 96 (36) 1,431 (9,868)
72 (22) 1,341 (9,246) 98 (37) 1,439 (9,920)
74 (23) 1,349 (9,297) 100 (38) 1,446 (9,971)
Page 713
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
4. Testing (a). Wrap and package damper in suit
able material for protection from dirt
Test the overhauled damper for hydraulic fluid and moisture. Identify damper by
leakage as follows: part number and intended climatic
(1). Place damper on its side, on a clean dry service (summer, winterized or
surface, for approximately four hours. midtemp).
(2). Inspect entire assembly for leakage, (b). Apply a light layer of corrosion
particularly around piston scraper ring preventative (14, Table 903) and
(19, Figure 1). package or cover to keep dust off.
NOTE: Traces of fluid at lower cap (6) drain (2). Store damper in a clean dry area.
hole, or at piston (8) and scraper ring may be (3). Upon removal from storage or at
present. Such fluid may be residual fluid installation, reinspect damper for
trapped during reassembly and is not neces leakage.
sarily leakage. Wipe away fluid and observe
for further seepage. NOTE: Traces of fluid at lower cap (6, Figure 1)
drain hole, or at piston (8) and scraper ring
(3). If any leakage is noted, overhaul (19) may be present.
procedure must be repeated, beginning
with (Ref. Disassembly). (4). Residual fluid may be present during
reassembly and is not necessarily
5. Packing and Storage leakage.
If overhauled damper is not to be used (5). Wipe away fluid and observe for further
immediately, package and store the damper as seepage.
follows:
(6). If any leakage is noted, overhaul
(1). Protect damper with one of the follow procedure must be repeated in entirety,
ing methods. (Ref. Disassembly).
Page 714
Revision 5 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
6. Damper Application Matrix
The following is an application matrix for both
the schrader valve equipped dampers and the
nonschrader valve equipped dampers.
Table 713. 369D26300 and 369D26301 Landing Gear Damper Application
Ambient (1) Model Winter (1) Model Mid-T emp (1) Model
-BSC . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E/FF -21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E/FF -31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E/FF
-1 1 (4) . . . . . . . . D -81 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E/FF -91 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E/FF
-41 (3) . . . . . . . . FF -131 . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E/FF -141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E/FF
-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E -181 (2) . . . . . . . . D/E/FF -191 (2) . . . . . . . . D/E/FF
-71 (4) . . . . . . . . D -231 (2) . . . . . . . . D/E/FF -241 (2) . . . . . . . . D/E/FF
-101 (3) . . . . . . . . FF -251 (2,3) . . . . . . D/E/FF/N
-1 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . D/E
-121 (4) . . . . . . . . D
-151 (3) . . . . . . . . D/E/FF
-161 (2) . . . . . . . . D/E
-171 (2, 4) . . . . . . D
-201 (2, 3) . . . . . . D/E/FF
-21 1 (2) . . . . . . . . D/E/FF/N
-221 (2, 4) . . . . . . D
-251 (2, 3) . . . . . . D/E/FF/N
NOTE:
(1) 369H6322 Decal dash number: -3 Ambient . . . . . 10 F to 125 F
-5 Winter . . . . . . -40 F to 70 F
-7 Mid Temp . . . . -25 F to 90 F
(2) Schrader valve configuration.
(3) Mid-T emperature charge pressure approved for ambient temperature application.
(4) Winter charge pressure approved for ambient temperature application (3550 Configuration).

321010 Revision 12
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
SPECIAL TOOLS, FIXTURES & EQUIPMENT
1. Damper Overhaul Kit cylinder holding block (5) and piston
wrench (6) may be locally fabricated.
A damper overhaul kit (PN M50032) is Figure 901 illustrates requirement for
available for use when overhauling a landing fabrication of these tools.
gear damper. The kit contains damper parts
which must be replaced at overhaul. Each kit
contains parts required for one damper. (Ref. (2). Table 901 and Table 903 provide
Figure 1 for parts included in M50032 damper specifications, and when appropriate,
overhaul kit.) procurement information, regarding
special tools and equipment, and
2. Special Tool Fabrication expendable items and materials
required for overhaul/repair. Torque
(1). Torque wrench adapter (4, Table 901), values are contained in Table 902.
Table 901. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
No. Nomenclature Part No. Manufacturer
1 Pressure Gage, 0-2000 psi (0-14000 kPa) in Commercial
10-psi (0-50 kPa) increments
2 Housing Spanner Wrench 369H6340-80901 MDHI
3 Charging Tool 369D26300-80901 MDHI
4 Wrench Adapter 369A6300-80906 MDHI
(Locally fabricated;
Ref. Fig. 901)
5 Cylinder Holding Block (Locally fabricated;
Ref. Fig. 901)
6 Piston Wrench (Locally fabricated;
Ref. Fig. 901)
7 Seal Installation Tool 369D29938 MDHI
(Locally fabricated;
Ref. Fig. 702)
Table 902. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. (In.-Lb.) (Nm)
Upper Cap Assembly 1 500600 56.49 - 67.79
Lower Cap Assembly 6 500600 56.49 - 67.79
Piston Plug 3 1822 2.03-2.49
*Schrader Valve Piston Plug 34 2030 2.26-3.39
Damper Housing 10 400450 45.19 - 50.84
*For schrader valve equipped landing gear dampers.
Page 901
321010 Revision 4
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 903. Repair Materials
Item
No. Material Specification No. Name/No. Manufacturer No.
1 Hydraulic oil, petroleum base MIL-H-5606 PQ Hydraulic oil American Oil

Company
Brayco 756C Bray Oil Company
Brayco 756D Bray Oil Company

3126 Hydraulic oil Exxon Co.
AeroShell fluid 4 Shell Oil Company
PED 3337 Standard Oil Compa-
ny
2 Preservative oil, hydraulic MIL-H-6083 UNIVIS PJ-44 Exxon Co.
Type I
Brayco 783 Bray Oil Company
3 Dry nitrogen (3)
4 Dry cleaning solvent P-D-680 (3)
5 Naptha TT-N-95 (3)
6 Chemical film xinc MIL-C-5541, (3)

Class 2
7 Primer MIL-P-85582 (3)
8 Crocus cloth P-C-458 (3)
9 Lapping compound, fine 220 Grit Commercial
10 Adhesive, epoxy MIL-A-52194 Scotch Weld EC1838 3M Company

(nonstructural) (Parts A and B)
11 Paint, white, lusterless Fed Std 595

(Color 17875)
12 Paint, black, semigloss Fed Std 595

(Color 27038)
13 Petrolatum VV-P-236 (3)

(petroleum jelly, white)
Page 902
Revision 12 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Table 903. Repair Materials (Cont.)
Item
No. Material Specification No. Name/No. Manufacturer No.
14 Corrosion Preventative MIL-C-81309 Corrosion X Corrosion Technolo-
Type II gies Corp.
Fluid Film Eureka Chemical Co.
NOTES:
(1) Numbers are U. S. A. Specifications and Standards. The prefix symbols are defined as follows:
AMS - American Material Standard; MS - Military Standard; MIL - Military Specification; single, double
or triple alpha prefix of the same letter - Federal Specification; AN - Air Force-NavyAeronautical
Standard; NAS - National Aerospace Standard.
(2) Primary selection. Any equivalent material may be used as an alternate selection.
(3) Use the best equivalent commercial grade material when the conformity of available materials of the
same type with the listed U. S. A. Specification No. cannot be determined.
Page 903
321010 Revision 5
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
0.75 INCH 1.25 INCH
(19.05 MM) (3.175 CM) 0.280 INCH
0.06 INCH 0.88 INCH (7.112 MM)
(1.524 MM) R (22.35 MM) SLOT

DIAMETER
1.88 INCH

(4.78 CM)

DIAMETER

1.50 INCH
(3.81 CM)
0.06 INCH
(1.524 MM) X 0.50 INCH SQUARE SOCKET 0.13 INCH
45 CHAMFER FIT TO TORQUE WRENCH (3.302 MM) X
(ORIENTATION NOT CRITICAL) 45 CHAMFER
TORQUE WRENCH ADAPTER UPPER END CAP

(MAKE FROM 2.00 INCH (5.08 CM) DIAMETER X 2.50 INCH (6.35 CM) IIA1 TOOL STEEL)
0.20 INCH
(5.08 MM)
2.38 INCH
(6.045 CM) 3.20 INCH
DIAMETER (8.128 CM)
0.180 INCH
(0.4.572 MM)
JAW THICKNESS
4.0 INCH
(10.16 CM)
PISTON WRENCH
(MAKE FROM 1 1/16 OPEN END WRENCH)
1.50 INCH
(3.81 CM)
CYLINDER HOLDING BLOCK

(MAKE FROM MAPLE OR EQUIVALENT HARDWOOD)
H32-1005A
Figure 901. Special Tools Fabrication
Page 904
Revision 5 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
ILLUSTRATED PARTS LIST
1. General Explanations of codes and abbreviations used
in this illustrated parts list can be found by
This section contains an illustrated parts list referring to the Introduction section of
to be used in conjunction with the 369D26300 CSPIPC4.
and 369D26301 Landing Gear Damper
overhaul manual. Correct part numbers and
nomenclature can be identified for specific 2. Indenture Level
configurations and effectivities.
Item numbers in this parts list refer to the The indenture level to a higher assembly is
figure preceding the parts list table. An item indicated by the amount of bullets in front of
number may be the same or different from the each item in the description column. An item
same part shown in a different illustration that has one more bullet than the part above it
elsewhere in the overhaul manual. is a sub part of that assembly.
Page 1001
321010 Revision 14
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
2
2
1 3
(NOTE 3)
17
(NOTE 3)
4*
(NOTE 3)
5
(NOTE 3) 18
19* 31*
6*
(NOTE 3) 20* 32*
7
31*
8
9* 33*
21
10*
34*
11 35
12*
(NOTE 1)
13 **
22* 36
14 **
23
15
25
24
(NOTE 1)
26
27 **
16
28
29
30
NOTES:
1. DRAIN HOLE.
2. ASTERISK ( * ) INDICATES ITEM IS PART OF OVERHAUL KIT.
3. SCHRADER VALVE DAMPER ONLY
4 DOUBLE ASTERISK ( ** ) INDICATES DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 369D26300 AND 369D26301 SERIES DAMPERS. H321020
Figure 1001. Damper Assembly - 369D/E/FF/500N
Page 1002
Revision 15 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Qty.
Fig. &
Part Number Description per
Index
Assy.
1001- 369D26300-251 Damper Assy, (Color White) (Air Valve Turned 90 Degrees) . . . . . . . REF
369D26301-251 Damper Assy Extended Gear (Color Black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
(Air Valve Turned 90 Degrees)
369D26300-241 Damper Assy, (Color White) (Air Valve Turned 90 Degrees) . . . . . . . REF
Mid Temperature
(Air Valve Turned 90 Degrees) Mid Temperature
Winterized Temp
(Air Valve Turned 90 Degrees) Winterized Temp
369D26300-21 1 Damper Assy, (Color White) (Air Valve Turned 90 Degrees) . . . . . . . REF
369D26301-21 1 Damper Assy Extended Gear (Color Black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D26300-201 Damper Assy, (Color White) (Cap With Added Air Valve) . . . . . . . . . . REF
(Cap With Added Air Valve)
Mid Temperature
(Cap With Added Air Valve) Mid Temperature
Winterized Temp
(Cap With Added Air Valve) Winterized Temp
369D26300-151 Damper Assy, (Color White) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D26300-141 Damper Assy, (Color White) Mid Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Mid Temperature
369D26300-131 Damper Assy, (Color White) Winterized Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D26301-131 Damper Assy Extended Gear (Color Black) Winterized Temp . . . . . . REF
369D26300-1 11 Damper Assy, (Color White) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Page 1003
321010 Revision 15
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
369D26301-91 Damper Assy Extended Gear (Color Black) Mid Temperature . . . . . . REF
369D26301-31 Damper Assy Extended Gear (Color Black) Mid Temperature . . . . . . REF
369D26300-21 Damper Assy, (Color White) Winterized Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D26301-21 Damper Assy Extended Gear (Color Black) Winterized Temp . . . . . . REF
369D26300-1 1 Damper Assy, (Color White) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D26300-BSC Damper Assy, (Color White) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D26301-BSC Damper Assy Extended Gear (Color Black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 369H6310-BSC Cap Assy (W/O Valve Assy Port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
(Used On -111 Thru -151 L/G Damper Replaced By 369H6310-9
Cap Assy
2 369A7951-49 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369H6310-BSC/ -5/ -9 Cap Assy
3 369H6310-5 Cap Assy (W/Valve Assy Port) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Used On -161 Thru -201 L/G Damper Replaced By 369H6310-9
3 369H6310-9 Cap Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
(W/Valve Assy Port Turned 90) Used On -211 Thru -251 L/G
Damper
4 MS28775-015 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On -161 Thru -251 L/G Damper
5 MS28889-2 Air Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 G1901 Sight Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTCH
6 369D26305-1 Sight Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 MS16625-181 Retainer Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369H6306 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 S-1 1065-14-5 Scraper Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 369D26304-BSC Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By S34851-219P99 Seal
Page 1004
Revision 15 321010
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
10 7219FS-972-P4 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1
Replaced By S34851-219P99 Seal
10 S34851-219P99 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 369H6314 Barrel Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 369H6322-3 Decal (Amb Temp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With -BSC / -11 / -41 / -61 / -71 / -101 / -111 / -121 / -161 /
-171 / -201 / -211 / -221 And -251 L/G Damper
12 369H6322-5 Decal (Cold Temp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With -21 / -81 / -131 / -181 And -231 L/G Damper
12 369H6322-7 Decal (Mid Temp) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With -31 / -91 / -141 / -191 And -241 L/G Damper
13 369D24000 Plate (Ser No) (used on 369D26300 series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 369D24001 Plate (Ser No) (used on 369D26301 series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369H92017-5 Decal (Used On 369D26300 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369H92017-3 Decal (Used On 369D26301 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369H6319 Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 369H92133-3 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 369D26303-3 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Used On 369D26300-161 Thru 369D26300-251 L/G Damper
18 369A6303 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D26303-BSC Used On 369D26300-BSC Thru
369D26300-151 L/G Damper
18 369D26303-BSC Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Used On 369D26300-BSC Thru 369D26300-151 L/G Damper
19 MS28778-8 Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 MS2775-1 18 Gasket Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTCH
7118MR-964N Is Perferred Part
20 7118MR-964-N Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 369H6312-BSC Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369H6312-3 Piston
21 369H6312-3 Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 MS28775-025 Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 369H6307 Baffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 369H6311 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 MS16625-43 Retainer Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
26 369H6309 Rebound Poppet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
27 369H6316 Main Poppet (Used On 369D26300 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 369H92132 Main Poppet (Used On 369D26301 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 369H6313 Poppet Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 369H6308 Spring Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 MS16625-56 Retainer Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 MS28774-136 Back-Up Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
32 MS28775-136 Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 MS27595-142 Back-Up Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1005
321010 Revision 15
P/N 369D26300/369D26301
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
34 MS28775-142 Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 369H6305-BSC Cap Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On -BSC Thru -41 L/G Damper Replaced By 369H6305-5
Cap Assy
35 369H6305-5 Cap Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 369A7951-49 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369H6305-BSC / -5 Cap Assy
M50032 Damper Overhaul Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Not Procurable. Not Illustrated
M50032-3 Damper Overhaul Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
(Kit W/O Air Valve) Contains Parts And Instructions For Overhaul
Of Standard Hydarulic L/G Damper Part Numbers -BSC / -11 / -21
/ -31 / -41 / -61 / -71 / -81 / -91 / -101 / -111 / -121 / -131 / -141
/ -151 Replaced By M50032-7 O/H Kit. Not Illustrated
(Kit With Air Valve) Contains Parts And Instructions For Overhaul
And Modification Of Standard L/G Dampers From 369D26300 (All
Version) To: -161 / -171 / -181 / -191 / -201 Damper Assembly
Replaced By M50032-9 O/H Kit. Not Illustrated
(Kit W/O Air Valve) Contains Parts And Instructions For Overhaul
Of Standard L/G Dampers Part Numbers -BSC / -11 / -21 / -31 /
-41 / -61 / -71 / -81 / -91 / -101 / -111 / -121 / -131 / -141 /
-151. Not Illustrated
(Cap With Air Vave Turned 90 Degree) Contains Parts And
Instructions For Overhaul And Modification Of Standard L/G
Dampers From 369D26300 (All Version) To: -211 / -221 / -231 /
-241 / -251 Damper Assy. Not Illustrated
Page 1006
Revision 15 321010
Section
32-10-15
Landing Gear
Damper
Part Number
600N6050-31, -33
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
TABLE OF CONTENTS
321015 Landing Gear Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Damper Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Gas Pressure BleedOff Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3. Damper Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 301. Use of Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Figure 401. Paint, Torque Stripe and Identification Plate Requirements . . . . . . 402
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
A. Disassembled Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Landing Gear Damper and Associated
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Piston Replating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Barrel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Air Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
3. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 601. Replating of Landing Gear Damper Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Table 701. Additional Hydraulic Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 701. Damper Assembly CrossSection View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 702. Damper Assembly Barrel Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
321015 Page i
P/N 600N6050
3. Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Table 702. Nitrogen Charge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Figure 703. Servicing Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
4. Acceptance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
A. Leakage Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
B. LoadStroke Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Table 703. Allowable Compression Load at Initial Deflection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Table 704. Allowable Compression Load at 2.50 Inch (6.35 cm) Deflection . . . . 711
6. ReCharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Table 705. Nitrogen Recharge Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
1. Damper Overhaul Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
2. Special Tools and Repair Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
Figure 901. Special Tools Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Damper Assembly 600N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 321015
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over (6). Assembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
haul of this component, ensure the required provides landing gear damper reas
special tools and processes are available to sembly, procedures for charging the
assure completion of the work. landing gear damper with dry nitrogen
gas and testing the damper for leaks.
1. General Also included in this section are
packing, storage and shipping instruc
This section of the Overhaul Manual describes tions.
overhaul procedures for the 600N6050
Landing Gear Dampers. Procedures given are (7). Special Tools, Fixtures & Equip. . . . 901
the approved methods to be used for specific provides procedures for fabricating
repair or complete overhaul of the component. special tools required for overhaul of
the landing gear damper.
2. Organization
The landing gear damper section of the (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of provides a parts list supplement to
seven parts, listed below. This section contains identify part numbers and configura
complete instructions for disassembly, clean tion differences for the landing gear
ing, inspection, repair, reassembly and testing damper.
of the component. Page number blocks used for
this section, in the Component Overhaul
Manual, logically arrange the material as 3. Reference Data
follows:
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 (1). Reference is made throughout this part
provides a description and operation of of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
the component and describes proce HMI2. This manual should be used as
dures for complete use of the landing noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
gear damper section. Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
(CSPIPC4) when ordering any
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 replacement parts for the 600N6050
gives procedures for complete disassem series damper assembly.
bly of the landing gear damper
(2). Table 901 and Table 903 provide
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 specifications, and when appropriate,
contains cleaning and painting require procurement information regarding
ments for landing gear damper compo special tools, equipment, expendable
nents and parts. items and materials required for
overhaul/repair. Torque values are
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 contained in Table 902.
provides visual and dimensional
inspection requirements.
(3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of a
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 landing gear damper, with all parts
provides allowable repairs and parts indexed. The index numbers are used
replacement information and autho throughout the text with the part
rized modifications for the landing gear nomenclature to make part identifica
damper. tion easier.
Page 1
321015 Revision 15
P/N 600N6050
1. UPPER CAP
2. *O-RING
2* 1 3. LOCKWIRE
3 4. AIR VALVE ASSEMBLY
5* 5. *O-RING
6. *SCRAPER
6* 7. *SEAL
8. BARREL
7* 9. IDENTIFICATION (I.D.) PLATE
10. PISTON
4
11. NUT
12. WASHER
13. WASHER
8 14. HOUSING
9 15. *BEARING
16. NOZZLE
17. *BACKUP RING
18. *O-RING
19. LOWER CAP
*Parts requiring replacement during overhaul,

for most current K600N6050 overhaul kit,
(Ref. Illustrated Parts List).
10
12
11
13
14
15*
16
17*
18*
19
NOTE:
ASTERISK (*) INDICATES ITEM
IS PART OF OVERHAUL KIT. H321012
Figure 1. Damper Assembly
Page 2
Revision 15 321015
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
DISASSEMBLY
1. General Ensure all gas pressure in
WARNING damper has been bled off
This section describes procedures for complete prior to disassembly, according to (Ref.
disassembly of the landing gear damper. When Gas Pressure BleedOff Procedure).
specific repair of the damper requires only
partial disassembly, follow procedures to the NOTE: During disassembly, place all parts in a
point required. clean container to prevent damage from im
proper handling or exposure. Wrap piston,
A charged landing gear barrel, housing and cap assemblies in pro
WARNING damper is under high gas tective cloth to prevent damage. Discard all
pressure and must be treated cautious scrapers, seals and backup rings upon re
ly or personal injury may result. Before moval.
beginning disassembly, read entire gas
bleedoff procedures and then bleed off (1). Remove and discard lockwire wire (3,
gas from landing gear damper. Figure 1) from air value (4).
2. Gas Pressure Bleed-Off Procedure (2). Remove air valve from upper cap
assembly (1) and discard Oring (2).
Bleedoff gas pressure from landing gear
dampers prior to disassembly, as follows: (3). Remove upper cap using piston wrench
(3, Table 901) and torque wrench
Wear face shield or safety adapter (9).
WARNING eyeglasses. Read the follow
ing instructions thoroughly before be (4). Drain hydraulic fluid into waste
ginning bleed off procedure. Do not container by inverting damper.
deviate from procedures given.
(1). Place damper in cylinder holding block (5). Remove lower cap assembly (19,
as shown in Figure 301. Place block in Figure 1) using torque wrench adapter
vise with damper in vertical position, (9, Table 901).
upper cap (1, Figure 1) upward.
(6). With damper still over waste container,
(2). Remove dust cap from air valve assem separate piston assembly (10, Figure 1)
bly (4). from barrel assembly (8).
(3). Install a piece of tygon tubing over (7). Remove housing assembly (14) from
valve (gas outlet) and other end into a piston using piston wrench (3,
suitable waste container, to allow Table 901) and torque wrench adapter
overflow of damper fluid when valve is (8).
opened.
(8). Remove nozzle (16, Figure 1) from
(4). Carefully open air valve (4) in a counter housing.
clockwise direction, allowing gas
pressure to bleedoff slowly. (9). Upon removal, discard used Orings,
scraper ring, back up rings, seal and
3. Damper Disassembly bearing.
Disassemble the landing gear damper as (10). Clean and inspect parts which may be
follows: reused (Ref. Cleaning and Inspection).
Page 301
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
CYLINDER
HOLDING BLOCK
CYLINDER
HOLDING BLOCK
PISTON WRENCH
H321015
Figure 301. Use of Special Tools
Page 302
Revision 4 321015
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning 2. Painting
Touch up or repaint damper assembly, as
Clean all parts of the disassembled landing necessary. Repaint damper original color to
gear damper as follows: maintain distinction between standard (white)
and extended (black) landing gear dampers.
Keep upper and lower cap bear
Most cleaning solvents are CAUTION
WARNING flammable and must be kept ings clean and free of paint.
away from heat or open flame. Avoid (1). Prepare surface for painting (Ref.
inhalation of fumes and extended con CSPHMI2).
tact with skin.
(2). Paint standard landing gear dampers
white (9, Table 903) and extended
(1). Clean upper cap assembly (1, Figure 1), landing gear dampers black (10) (Ref.
air valve assembly (4) and lower cap CSPHMI2).
assembly (19) using cloth dampened
with naphtha (5, Table 903) or equiva (3). Paint torque stripe on damper caps,
lent solvent. If bearings are installed in piston and barrel, using contrasting
caps, do not submerge caps in solvent. white or black lacquer.
3. Markings
(2). Submerge remaining parts in naphtha Install new identification plate (9, Figure 1),
or equivalent solvent. when necessary, as follows:
(1). Type on new I.D. plate (9), part number
(3). Using bristle brush, remove clinging and serial number as shown on original
residue from parts. Pay particular I.D. plate. Discard original plate.
attention to packing grooves and
threaded areas. (2). Clean mounting surface with naphtha
(5, Table 903), or equivalent solvent.
(4). Dry parts with clean cloth or com (3). Place replacement plate at approximate
pressed air. location shown in Figure 401.
(4). Press plate firmly to mounting surface.
(5). Wrap cleaned parts to prevent contami (5). Seal edges of plate with fillet of plastic
nation between work operations. epoxy adhesive (8, Table 903).
Page 401
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
(NOTE 2) TORQUE STRIPE
(NOTE 1)
PISTON
0.370.62 INCH
(9.3915.75 MM)
I.D. PLATE
BARREL
0.370.62 INCH
(9.3915.75 MM)
TORQUE STRIPE
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. TORQUE STRIPES PAINTED CONTRASTING BLACK
OR WHITE, AS APPLICABLE.
2. BEARINGS NOT TO BE PAINTED. H321016
Figure 401. Paint, Torque Stripe and Identification Plate Requirements
Page 402
Revision 4 321015
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection A. Disassembled Parts
Inspect landing gear damper parts after Inspect all disassembled landing gear damper
cleaning, as described in the following proce parts according to Table 501. Perform process
dures. inspections according to Table 502.
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Landing Gear Damper and Associated Parts
Maximum Maximum
NOTE: All inspections are visual inspections unless otherwise indicated. For items listed in inspect column, see
Figure 1. After honing, lapping or abrasive polishing; re-clean parts.
Piston (10, Figure 1) for:
Nicks, and cuts on None allowed Light scratches to 0.005 Blend out defect
non-sealing surfaces inch depth may be
repaired
Hard Chrome, worn OD: 1.873-1.871 inch Not to exceed hard Replate piston (Ref.
(4.757-4.752 cm) chrome thickness (Ref. Repair)
Figure 601)
Hard Chrome, nicked, None allowed Not to exceed hard Replate piston (Ref.
scratched or cut chrome thickness (Ref. Repair)
Figure 601)
Damaged threads Repair all damage within Length of damaged thread Re-thread with same size
limits not to exceed 0.20 inch die
(5.08 mm) per 360
degrees of full thread
Damaged O-ring groove None allowed Light scratches to 0.001 Replace piston
inch (0.025 mm) Dents not
repairable (Ref. Repair)
Barrel (8, Figure 1) for:
Worn ID of bore ID: 2.250-2.243 inch Not repairable Replace barrel
(5.715-5.697 mm)
Light scratches in barrel None allowed Light scratches to 0.010 Polish with crocus cloth
bore inch (0.254 mm) depth
may be repaired
Exterior corrosion, Dents to 0.030 inch (0.762 Light scratches to 0.030 Polish with crocus cloth
scratches or dents mm) depth inch (0.762 mm) depth
may be repaired
Damaged threads Repair all damage within Length of damaged thread Re-thread with same size
limits not to exceed 0.30 inch die
(7.62 mm) per 360
degrees of full thread
Page 501
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Landing Gear Damper and Associated Parts (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Clogged or plugged bleed Clear hole
holes
Upper and lower cap assembly (1, 19, Figure 1) for:

Scratches, pits, cracks, None allowed Shallow defects to 0.030 Polish with crocus cloth
gouges inch (0.762 mm) depth
may be removed
Worn or scratched surface None allowed Treat with chemical film

anodizing (6, Table 903) and zinc
chromate primer (7)
Loose or cracked bearing No freeplay Cap bore dia. not to Remove and replace
exceed 0.9054 inch bearing. Proof load to 100
(22.9972 mm) lbs. (444.8 N)
Clogged or plugged bleed Clear hole

holes
Upper cap air valve bore None allowed Not repairable Replace defective part
threads for burrs, nicks, or
scratches
Rotational drag between:

Piston (10) and upper cap Nylon pellets in piston and Replace nylon pellets
(1), Piston (10) and barrel threads must create
housing (14), Barrel (8) enough rotational drag to
and lower cap (19) prevent hand tightening of
mating parts

Item Index No. (Figure 1) Item Index No. (Figure 1)
Piston 10 Upper cap assembly 1
Barrel 8
Housing 14
Lower cap assembly 19
NOTES:
* Paint must be removed for magnetic particle inspection but is not necessary on nonferrous parts for
fluorescent inspection. Complete removal of epoxy primer is not required on normal overhaul. For added
inspection, when inspecting for or after crash damage, all areas should be visually inspected using
minimum of 5-power magnifying glass and all suspected areas should have epoxy primer removed
locally with paint remover. Prevent entry of paint remover into joint lines of bearings, bushings or inserts
still assembled with part requiring paint removal.
Page 502
Revision 11 321015
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair B. Barrel
Repair procedures described in the following Repair minor scratches, nicks or light scoring
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for on barrel (1, Figure 1) as follows:
landing gear damper parts and components.
Prior to making repairs on any part or (1). Blend out damaged area.
component, ensure that the part or component
is within repairable limits (Ref. Cleaning and (2). Reclean part (Ref. Cleaning).
Inspection). After repairs are completed, the
part or component must meet the dimensions C. Housing
specified for the part (Ref. Inspection).
Remove scratches from housing (3, Figure 1)
A. Piston Replating as follows:
Repair worn or damaged plating (Ref.
Figure 601) as follows: (1). Polish out scratches using crocus cloth.
NOTE: The following procedures cover cad (2). Reclean housing to remove all traces of
mium and chrome plating of threaded and abrasive material.
center sections of piston.
(3). Treat reworked, anodized aluminum
(1). Strip existing plating of damaged area surfaces with chemical film (6,
by reverse current method. Diameter Table 903).
prior to replating shall be 1.8671.864
inch (4.7424.735 cm). 2. Parts Replacement
(2). Magnetic particle inspect (MPI) per
MILSTD1949 with plating removed. All parts and components not meeting
specifications (Ref. Inspection), which cannot
(3). Cadmium plate threaded area accord be repaired, must be replaced. The following
ing to spec. QQP416, class 3 type II procedures describe replacement of parts
(Figure 601). which cannot be replaced as part of the
reassembly procedure.
(4). Hard chrome plate center section per
spec QQC320 class 2, type II. Hard A. Air Valve
chrome plate shall be 1.8821.878 inch
(4.7804.770 cm) dia. (Figure 601). Replacement of air valve at overhaul is
(5). Finish grind center section to required only if it is suspected of being faulty
1.8731.871 inch (4.7574.752 cm) dia. or inoperative (Ref. Assembly).
(6). Embrittlement relieve piston after 3. Modification

plating according to plating specifica
tions QQP416 and QQP320. Not applicable.
Page 601
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
DIAMETER PRIOR TO PLATING 1.3051.306 INCH (3.3153.317 CM) DIA.
HARD CHROME PLATE 1.3161.315 INCH (3.3433.340 CM) DIA.
4 FINISH GRIND 1.3101.308 INCH (3.3273.322 CM) DIA.
1 5/16 12 UN 3A
THREAD
0.002 INCH
B (0.051 MM) T.I.R B
NOTE 5 NOTE 4
NOTES:
1. REPAIRABLE DAMAGE NOT TO EXCEED HARD CHROME THICKNESS.
2. STRIP EXISTING PLATING BY REVERSE CURRENT.
3. MAGNETIC PARTICLE INSPECT PER MILSTD1949 WITH PLATING REMOVED.
4. HARD CHROME PLATE PER QQC320 CLASS 2 TYPE II.
5. CADMIUM PLATE PER QQP416, CLASS 3, TYPE I.
6. EMBRITTLEMENT RELIEVE AFTER PLATING PER SPECIFICATIONS
(MATERIAL 4340 STEEL RC 3236). H321007A
Figure 601. Replating of Landing Gear Damper Piston
Page 602
Revision 4 321015
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. General 2, Table 903) and install into lower cap
assembly (19, Figure 1).
Only dampers which,
One have been stored less than 9 months, (5). Examine the elastomeric seal ring and
Two have satisfactorily passed shelflife plastic seal ring components (Ref.
testing or Figure 702) of seal (7, Figure 1) for
Three have been recharged, shall be nicks, scratches or other damages.
installed on helicopters or shipped as spare
parts. (6). Lubricate both components of seal (7)
with hydraulic oil.
NOTE:
(a). Install the elastomeric component of
D Assembly and testing of damper shall be ring into barrel (8) and position as
accomplished in an area of minimum con shown in Figure 702.
tamination, free of any grinding, cutting,
filing or similar contaminant producing NOTE: Care should be taken not to crease plas
operations. tic ring component during installation.
D Clean all equipment and damper compo (b). Collapse plastic ring component and
nents with naphtha or equivalent solvent place into barrel as shown in
as required to prevent contamination of Figure 702. Use fingers to smooth the
the damper assembly. inside diameter of seal ring.
D Ambient room temperature should be 60
85F (16 29C) while reassembling (7). Lubricate sizing tool (7, Table 901) with
damper. hydraulic oil and insert into bore of
barrel (8, Figure 1) with a twisting
D Oil shall be kept clean and free from con motion (Ref. Figure 702).
taminants and shall be filtered through a
10micron filter for a minimum of 15 min (8). After one minute, remove tool by
utes prior to filling each lot of dampers. pushing it out of opposite end of barrel
D Use hydraulic oil (1 or 2, Table 903) to fill with a twisting motion.
damper.
NOTE: Repeat procedure in steps (7). and (8).
D Lubricate packings with clean hydraulic again.
oil prior to installation.
(9). Examine the elastomeric scraper ring
2. Reassembly and plastic scraper ring components
(Ref. Figure 702) of scraper (6,
(1). Assemble housing (14, Figure 1), nozzle Figure 1) for nicks, scratches or other
(16), washer (13) and nut (11). Torque damages.
to 30 40 inchpounds (3.39 4.51
Nm) plus drag torque. (10). Lubricate both components of scraper
with hydraulic oil.
(2). Install bearing (15) onto housing
assembly. (a). Install the elastomeric component of
ring into barrel (8) and position as
(3). Assemble piston (10) and washer (12) shown in Figure 702.
into housing assembly. Torque to 400
450 inchpounds (45.18 50.83 Nm) NOTE: Care should be taken not to crease plas
plus drag torque, using torque wrench tic ring component during installation.
adapter (8, Table 901) and piston
wrench (3). (b). Collapse plastic ring component and
place into barrel as shown in
(4). Lubricate Oring (18, Figure 1) and Figure 702. Use fingers to smooth the
backup ring (17) with hydraulic oil (1 or inside diameter of scraper ring.
Page 701
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
(11). Place piston assembly (10) and barrel (b). Remove bolt from piston and extend
assembly into a container filled with piston approximately one inch (2.54
hydraulic oil. cm).
(a). With both assemblies immersed, (c). Determine the temperature of the
insert the piston into the barrel so fluid in the damper and add fluid in
that housing (14) is flush or below accordance with Table 701.
the end surface of barrel.
(b). With the unit still immersed, thread NOTE: Deviation from the fluid volume listed
on lower cap (19) ensuring that no air in Table 701 is allowed, but not recom
is trapped between the outer wall of mended.
piston and inner wall of barrel.
(15). With the unit still in fixture, lubricate
(12). Remove unit from container and install Oring (5, Figure 1) with hydraulic oil
extension cap (10, Table 901) over the (1 or 2, Table 903) and install onto
piston to prevent contamination. upper end of piston.
(13). Place unit in clamping fixture (4, (16). Install upper cap (1) and torque to 500
Table 901) and torque lower cap (19, 600 inchpounds (56.48 67.77
Figure 1) to 500 600 inchpounds Nm) plus drag torque, using piston
(56.48 67.77 Nm) plus drag torque, wrench (3, Table 901) and torque
using torque wrench adapter (9, wrench adapter (9).
Table 901).
(17). Lubricate Oring (2, Figure 1) with
(14). Remove extension cap and insert bolt hydraulic oil and insert onto air valve
(15, Table 901) into top of piston. (4).
NOTE: Alternate bolt may be used provided it
is 9/16 inch (14.28 mm) in diameter, and the (18). Install air valve (4) into upper cap and
overall length minus the head length is torque to 80 85 inchpounds (9.03
2.0222.042 inch (5.1365.187 cm) and the 9.60 Nm). Safety wire air valve to cap
shank has no holes. assembly with lockwire (3, Table 903).
(a). Fully compress piston by pushing (19). Clean damper assembly with naphtha
down on bolt. (5) or equivalent solvent.
Page 702
Revision 4 321015
P/N 600N6050
Table 701. Additional Hydraulic Fluid
600N6050-33 600N6050-31
Hydr Fluid Temp Fluid Volume Fluid Volume
F ( C) Oz 0.020 (cc 0.5) Oz 0.020 (cc 0.5)
50 (10.0) 0.216 (6.4) 0.125 (3.7)
52 (11.1) 0.223 (6.6) 0.135 (4.0)
54 (12.2) 0.233 (6.9) 0.145 (4.3)
56 (13.3) 0.243 (7.2) 0.156 (4.6)
58 (14.4) 0.254 (7.5) 0.166 (4.9)
60 (15.6) 0.263 (7.8) 0.172 (5.1)
62 (16.7) 0.274 (8.1) 0.183 (5.4)
64 (17.8) 0.281 (8.3) 0.193 (5.7)
66 (18.9) 0.291 (8.6) 0.203 (6.0)
68 (20.0) 0.301 (8.9) 0.213 (6.3)
70 (21.1) 0.311 (9.2) 0.220 (6.5)
72 (22.2) 0.321 (9.5) 0.230 (6.8)
74 (23.3) 0.331 (9.8) 0.240 (7.1)
76 (24.4) 0.338 (10.0) 0.250 (7.4)
78 (25.6) 0.348 (10.3) 0.260 (7.7)
80 (26.7) 0.358 (10.6) 0.271 (8.0)
82 (27.8) 0.369 (10.9) 0.277 (8.2)
84 (28.9) 0.379 (11.2) 0.287 (8.5)
86 (30.6) 0.389 (11.5) 0.298 (8.8)
88 (31.1) 0.396 (11.7) 0.308 (9.1)
90 (32.2) 0.406 (12.0) 0.318 (9.4)
Page 703
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
UPPER CAP ASSEMBLY
ORING
SCHRADER VALVE
ASSEMBLY
ORING
SCRAPER
ELASTOMER
SEAL
ELASTOMER
BARREL
PISTON
HOUSING
WASHER
NUT
WASHER
NOTE:
DAMPER ASSEMBLY SHOWN COMPRESSED.
BACKUP RING
ORING
BEARING
NOZZLE
LOWER CAP ASSEMBLY

H321013
Figure 701. Damper Assembly - Cross-Section View
Page 704
Revision 4 321015
P/N 600N6050
COLLAPSED PLASTIC RINGS
PLASTIC SCRAPER RING

BARREL

ELASTOMERIC
SCRAPER RING
TWIST

ELASTOMERIC
SEAL RING
PLASTIC SEAL RING
SIZING TOOL
H321014
Figure 702. Damper Assembly - Barrel Seal Installation
Page 705
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
3. Charging (a). While the gas is still flowing, tighten
coupling and slowly increase the
Procedures for charging the landing gear nitrogen pressure by turning the
damper with dry nitrogen gas and testing the regulator control.
damper for leaks are described in the following
paragraphs. NOTE: As the pressure increases, the piston
rod will extend from the cylinder. Allow am
NOTE: Onaircraft charging of installed damp ple room for full extension of the damper as
ers shall be performed as specified in Ap sembly.
pendix A (Ref. Table 705).
(b). When the pressure reaches the
The following steps shall be performed when desired level stipulated in Table 702
charging the unit before installation on in accordance with temperature, stop
aircraft. increasing pressure and allow two
Use dry nitrogen only, for charg minutes for the pressure to stabilize.
CAUTION ing damper. Store nitrogen
(6). Recheck the correct pressure.
bottle in same room or area where charging
is to occur for minimum of 12 hours prior to (7). If the damper is slightly over pressur
charging. Failure to observe these precau ized, bleed off the excess nitrogen very
tions may result in injury to personnel. slowly by reducing the regulator
pressure slightly and loosening cou
(1). Connect coupling (5, Table 901) on the
pling.
charging hose to air valve (4, Figure 1)
but do not tighten (Ref. Figure 703). If nitrogen is bled off quickly, re
CAUTION sulting in loss of oil, back off the
(2). Ensure the low side of the gas pressure
regulator has been backed off to the low side of the pressure regulator to the un
unpressurized position. pressurized position. Close the high pres
sure bottle valve, close the damper air valve
(3). Open air valve by turning the outside (4, Figure 1) and disconnect the charging
nut counterclockwise. hose. The damper assembly shall be dis
charged, disassembled and reassembled.
(4). Slowly open the highpressure bottle
valve. (8). Close air valve by turning the outside
nut clockwise. Torque nut to 50 60
(5). Slowly turn regulator control until inchpounds (5.64 6.77 Nm).
there is a flow of gas at the loose
coupling. Allow this flow to continue for (9). Reduce the system charge pressure to
approximately 30 seconds to purge air zero and remove the charging hose from
from system. the air valve.
Page 706
Revision 4 321015
P/N 600N6050
Table 702. Nitrogen Charge Pressure
600N6050-33 600N6050-31
Ambient Temperature Nitrogen Pressure Nitrogen Pressure
F ( C) Psig (kPa) Psig (kPa)
50 (10.0) 372 (2565) 202 (1393)
52 (11.1) 374 (2579) 203 (1400)
54 (12.2) 376 (2592) 205 (1413)
56 (13.3) 379 (2613) 206 (1420)
58 (14.4) 381 (2627) 208 (1434)
60 (15.6) 384 (2648) 209 (1441)
62 (16.7) 386 (2661) 210 (1448)
64 (17.8) 389 (2682) 211 (1455)
66 (18.9) 391 (2696) 213 (1469)
68 (20.0) 394 (2717) 214 (1475)
70 (21.1) 396 (2730) 215 (1482)
72 (22.2) 399 (2751) 217 (1496)
74 (23.3) 401 (2765) 218 (1503)
76 (24.4) 404 (2785) 219 (1510)
78 (25.6) 406 (2799) 221 (1524)
80 (26.7) 409 (2820) 222 (1531)
82 (27.8) 411 (2834) 223 (1538)
84 (28.9) 414 (2854) 225 (1551)
86 (30.0) 416 (2868) 226 (1558)
88 (31.1) 419 (2889) 227 (1565)
90 (32.2) 422 (2910) 229 (1579)
Page 707
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
CAP
UPPER
DAMPER CAP
COUPLING
OUTSIDE
AIR NUT
VALVE
HIGH PRESSURE
VALVE
REGULATOR
CONTROL
H321017
Figure 703. Servicing Damper
Page 708
Revision 4 321015
P/N 600N6050
4. Acceptance Testing (1). Install damper assembly into the load
test fixture (11, Table 901).
All damper assemblies shall be tested in
accordance with the following procedures. (2). Set and activate the load measurement
Failure to meet these requirements shall be system (13).
cause for rejection. Complete records of all
testing and recharging of each damper (3). Slowly compress damper assembly until
assembly shall be permanently retained in a load of 57006300 pounds
inspection files. (2535428022 N) is obtained.
High pressures will be gen NOTE: The recommended time to compress is

WARNING erated in the damper assem 30 seconds.
bly throughout the acceptance testing.
Do not exceed a load of 6300
Observe proper safety precautions to CAUTION pounds (28022 N). Failure to ob
prevent injury.
serve this precaution may result in damage
A. Leakage Test to equipment and failure of parts.
(1). Using the cycle fixture (6, Table 901), (4). Slowly extend damper assembly until
cycle each damper assembly through 50 the compression load is completely
compression strokes of 1.201.80 inch removed
(3.044.57 cm), while in a vertical
position. NOTE: The recommended time to extend is 30
seconds.
(2). All compression strokes shall be
accomplished within 30 seconds. (5). Remove damper assembly from the test
fixture.
NOTE: Do not pull the unit on the extension
stroke. NOTE:
(3). After cycling, place the assembly on a D Examine the loadversusstroke plot for
clean surface in a position best suited to irregularities. The extension curve shall
note leakage past the main piston seal. closely follow the compression curve, ex
cept for hysteresis, and both curves shall
(4). Check for leakage after a minimum of 1 be smooth and regular.
hour. D If jerkiness or irregularity on either the
extension or compression curve is ob
NOTE: Minor seepage (wetting of the surface)
served, damper assembly shall be dis
shall be considered normal and shall not be
charged and disassembled to determine
cause for rejection.
the cause of binding.
B. Load-Stroke Test D Examine the loadversusstroke plot for
load values. Compare the actual initial
NOTE: deflection load with the minimum and
D A load versus stroke plot shall be maximum allowable loads listed in
created for each damper assembly while Table 703, for the appropriate tempera
in a vertical position. ture. The actual initial deflection load for
D A permanent record shall be made of both the compression and extension stroke
the compression and extension strokes. shall be within the allowable load limits.
D The record shall be identified with the se D Compare the actual 2.50 inch (6.35 cm)
rial number, lot number, and temperature deflection load with the minimum and
of the damper assembly. The record shall maximum allowable loads listed in
be permanently retained in the inspection Table 704, for the appropriate tempera
files. ture. The actual 2.50 inch (6.35 cm)
deflection load for the compression and
Perform the loadversusstroke test as extension stroke shall be within the al
follows: lowable load limits.
Page 709
321015 Revision 4
P/N 600N6050
(6). If the damper assembly fails the
loadstroke test, recharge in accordance
with Table 705 and repeat the loadver
susstroke test. Damper assemblies
that have been recharged a second time
and fail the loadversusstroke test,
shall have all seals replaced.
Table 703. Allowable Compression Load at Initial Deflection
600N6050-33 600N6050-31
Ambient Temperature lbs. (N) lbs. (N)
F ( C) min.-max. min.-max.
50 (10.0) 804-1064 (3576-4733) 442-584 (1966-2598)
52 (11.1) 809-1070 (3598-4759) 445-589 (1979-2620)
54 (12.2) 814-1076 (3621-4786) 448-592 (1993-2633)
56 (13.3) 819-1083 (3643-4817) 450-596 (2002-2651)
58 (14.4) 824-1090 (3665-4848) 454-600 (2019-2669)
60 (15.6) 830-1097 (3692-4879) 457-604 (2033-2687)
62 (16.7) 835-1 104 (3714-4911) 459-607 (2042-2700)
64 (17.8) 840-1 111 (3736-4942) 462-61 1 (2055-2718)
66 (18.9) 845-1 118 (3759-4973) 465-615 (2068-2736)
68 (20.0) 850-1 125 (3781-5004) 468-619 (2082-2753)
70 (21.1) 856-1 132 (3807-5035) 471-623 (2095-2771)
72 (22.2) 861-1 139 (3830-5066) 474-627 (2108-2789)
74 (23.3) 866-1 145 (3852-5093) 477-630 (2122-2802)
76 (24.4) 871-1 152 (3874-5124) 480-635 (2135-2824)
78 (25.6) 877-1 159 (3901-5155) 483-638 (2148-2838)
80 (26.7) 882-1 166 (3923-5186) 486-643 (2162-2860)
82 (27.8) 888-1 174 (3950-5222) 489-646 (2175-2873)
84 (28.9) 893-1 181 (3972-5253) 491-650 (2184-2891)
86 (30.0) 898-1 188 (3994-5284) 495-654 (2202-2909)
88 (31.1) 903-1 195 (4017-5315) 497-658 (2211-2927)
90 (32.2) 910-1203 (4048-5351) 501-662 (2228-2945)
Page 710
Revision 5 321015
P/N 600N6050
Table 704. Allowable Compression Load at 2.50 Inch (6.35 cm) Deflection
600N6050-33 600N6050-31
Ambient Temperature lbs. (N) lbs. (N)
F ( C) min.-max. min.-max.
50 (10.0) 3261-4313 (14505-19184) 1797-2376 (7993-10568)
52 (11.1) 3300-4364 (14678-19411) 1817-2404 (8082-10693)
54 (12.2) 3340-4417 (14856-19647) 1838-2431 (8175-10813)
56 (13.3) 3380-4470 (15034-19883) 1860-2460 (8273-10942)
58 (14.4) 3422-4525 (15221-20127) 1882-2489 (8371-11111)
60 (15.6) 3463-4580 (15403-20372) 1904-2519 (8469-11205)
62 (16.7) 3506-4637 (15595-20625) 1927-2548 (8571-11334)
64 (17.8) 3549-4693 (15786-20874) 1950-2578 (8674-11467)
66 (18.9) 3592-4751 (15977-21132) 1973-2609 (8776-11605)
68 (20.0) 3637-4809 (16177-21390) 1997-2640 (8883-11743)
70 (21.1) 3682-4869 (16378-21657) 2020-2671 (8985-11881)
72 (22.2) 3728-4930 (16582-21929) 2044-2704 (9092-12027)
74 (23.3) 3774-4991 (13787-22200) 2069-2736 (9203-12170)
76 (24.4) 3822-5054 (17000-22480) 2094-2769 (9314-12317)
78 (25.6) 3870-51 18 (17214-22765) 2121-2805 (9434-12477)
80 (26.7) 3918-5182 (17427-23050) 2145-2837 (9541-12619)
82 (27.8) 3968-5247 (17650-23339) 2171-2872 (9657-12775)
84 (28.9) 4017-5313 (17868-23632) 2198-2907 (9777-12930)
86 (30.0) 4069-5381 (18099-23935) 2225-2943 (9897-13090)
88 (31.1) 4168-5512 (18539-24517) 2253-2980 (10021-13255)
90 (32.2) 4174-5520 (18566-24553) 2281-3016 (10146-13415)
Page 711
321015 Revision 5
P/N 600N6050
5. Packing and Storage (2). Connect charging hose to air valve (4,
Figure 1), but do not tighten.
Overhauled dampers that will not be used
immediately should be packaged and stored as (3). Ensure low side of gas pressure
follows: regulator has been backed off to the
unpressurized position. Slowly open the
(1). After each completed shipset has been high pressure bottle valve.
tested and found satisfactory, each
damper assembly shall be packaged in (4). Slowly turn regulator control until
a sealed transparent container until there is a flow of gas at the loose
installation on the aircraft. A tag shall connection between the hose and air
be attached to each damper showing valve.
date of test.
Do not open air valve without
CAUTION pressurizing the charge line.
(2). Each damper assembly removed from
storage for use in production aircraft or Opening the air valve without pressurizing
for shipment as spares, shall be tested the charge line will cause loss of damper
in accordance with the loadstroke test, fluid. If loss of fluid occurs, damper assem
when the unit has been in storage for bly must be overhauled.
more than 9 months.
(a). While gas is flowing, tighten hoseair
(3). If the unit meets test requirements, valve connection and slowly increase
repackage in accordance with step the nitrogen pressure by turning
5.(1)., above. If the unit fails, proceed as regulator control.
specified in step B.(6). (b). Before opening air valve, allow
6. Re-Charging pressure to increase to the level
stipulated in Table 705.
NOTE: These procedures shall be used only as (5). Open air valve by turning the outside
specified in this section. Initial damper
nut counterclockwise, allowing system
charging shall be performed per the Charg
and damper pressures to equalize.
ing procedure (Ref. Charging).
(a). If damper assembly is slightly over
The need to increase damper charge pressure pressurized, bleed off excess nitrogen
shall be determined by damper extension very slowly by reducing regulator
checks in accordance with the Acceptance pressure slightly and loosening hose
Testing procedure (Ref. Acceptance Testing). coupling (5, Table 901).
Do not attempt to recharge a
CAUTION damper that shows evidence of
(6). Close air valve by turning the outside
nut clockwise. Torque nut to 50 60
leaking. Recharging a leaking damper will inchpounds (5.64 6.77 Nm).
cause further leakage of both gas and damp
er fluid and may pose a danger to the air (7). Back off low side of pressure regulator
craft and/or personnel. to the unpressurized position, close
high pressure bottle valve and discon
(1). If damper is installed on aircraft, place nect the charging hose.
the aircraft on jacks so that the damper
assemblies are in full extension. (8). After 2 hours, inspect for leakage.
Page 712
Revision 5 321015
P/N 600N6050
Table 705. Nitrogen Recharge Pressure
Ambient Temperature 600N6050-33 600N6050-31
F ( C) Psig (kPa) Psig (kPa)
-40 (-40) 263 (1813) 151 (1041)
-35 (-37) 268 (1848) 153 (1055)
-30 (-34) 272 (1875) 156 (1076)
-25 (-32) 277 (1910) 158 (1089)
-20 (-29) 281 (1937) 161 (1110)
-15 (-26) 286 (1972) 163 (1124)
-10 (-23) 291 (2006) 166 (1145)
-5 (-21) 295 (2034) 169 (1165)
0 (-18) 300 (2068) 171 (1179)
5 (-15) 305 (2103) 174 (1200)
10 (-12) 310 (2137) 177 (1220)
15 (-9) 315 (2172) 179 (1234)
20 (-7) 320 (2206) 182 (1255)
25 (-4) 325 (2241) 185 (1276)
30 (-1) 330 (2275) 188 (1296)
35 (2) 335 (2310) 191 (1317)
40 (4) 340 (2344) 194 (1338)
45 (7) 345 (2379) 197 (1358)
50 (10) 351 (2420) 199 (1372)
55 (13) 356 (2455) 202 (1393)
60 (16) 361 (2489) 205 (1413)
65 (18) 367 (2530) 208 (1434)
70 (21) 372 (2565) 211 (1455)
75 (24) 378 (2606) 215 (1482)
80 (27) 383 (2641) 218 (1503)
85 (29) 389 (2682) 221 (1524)
90 (32) 395 (2723) 224 (1544)
95 (35) 400 (2758) 227 (1565)
100 (38) 406 (2799) 230 (1586)
105 (41) 412 (2841) 234 (1613)
110 (43) 418 (2882) 237 (1634)
115 (46) 424 (2923) 240 (1655)
120 (49) 430 (2965) 244 (1682)
125 (52) 436 (3006) 247 (1703)

321015 Revision 5
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
1. Damper Overhaul Kit wrench may be locally fabricated.
Figure 901 illustrates requirement for
A damper overhaul kit (PN K600N6050) is fabrication of these tools.
available for use when overhauling a landing
gear damper. The kit contains damper parts
which must be replaced at overhaul. Each kit (2). Table 901 and Table 903 provide
contains parts required for one damper. (Ref. specifications, and when appropriate,
Figure 1 for parts included in K600N6050 procurement information, regarding
damper overhaul kit.) special tools and equipment, and
2. Special Tools and Repair Materials expendable items and materials
(1). Cylinder holding block and piston values are contained in Table 902.
Table 901. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
1 Pressure Gage, 0-2000 psi (0-14000 kPa) in Commercial
10-psi (0-50 kPa) increments
2 Charging Tool 369D26300-80901 MDHI
3 Piston Wrench 600N6052-1-A TP1 MDHI
4 Clamping Fixture 600N6051-1-CF1 MDHI
5 Coupling SK2043C Ryder System Company
Avial Branch
215 S. 28th St.
Phoenix, AZ 85034
6 Cycle Test Fixture 269A3103-32501
7 Sizing Tool 600N6051-1-A TP1 MDHI
8 Torque Wrench Adapter 600N6053-1-A TP1 MDHI
9 Torque Wrench Adapter 600N6054-1-A TP1 MDHI
10 Extension Cap 600N6052-1-A TP2 MDHI
11 Load Test Fixture 269A3103-32502
12 Load Fixture Adapter 600N6050-1-A TP1 MDHI
13 Load Measurement System 600N6050-1-A TP2 MDHI
14 Cycle Fixture Adapter 600N6050-1-A TP3 MDHI
15 Bolt NAS6209-23 or Locally Available
NAS6209-23H
Page 901
321015 Revision 10
P/N 600N6050
Table 902. Landing Gear Damper Assembly Special Torques
Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. (In.-Lb.) (Nm)
Upper Cap Assembly 4 500 - 600 56.49 - 67.79
Lower Cap Assembly 9 500 - 600 56.49 - 67.79
Air Valve 16 80 - 85 9.04 - 9.60
Housing 3 400 - 450 45.19 - 50.84

Item
No. Material Specification No. Name/No. Manufacturer
1 Hydraulic
y Fluid (oil),
( ) MIL-H-5606 PQ Hydraulic oil American Oil Co.
petroleum
l base
b
Brayco 756C Bray Oil Company
Brayco 756D Bray Oil Company
3126 Hydraulic oil Exxon Company
AeroShell fluid 4 Shell Oil Company
PED 3337 Standard Oil Co.
2 Hydraulic
y Fluid (oil),
( ) MIL-H-6083 UNIVIS PJ-44 Exxon Company
preservation
i and d operation
i Type
T I
Brayco 783 Bray Oil Company
3 Dry nitrogen (pressure regulated) Ultra Pure, Grade 5 (3)
or equivalent
5 Naphtha TT-N-95 (3)
6 Chemical film zinc MIL-C-5541, (3)
Class 2
8 Adhesive, epoxy MIL-A-52194 Scotch Weld EC1838 3M Company
(nonstructural) (Parts A and B)
9 Paint, white, lusterless Fed Std 595 (3)
(Color 17875)
10 Paint, black, semigloss Fed Std 595 (3)
(Color 27038)
11 Filter, 10 micrometer
Page 902
Revision 12 321015
P/N 600N6050
Item
Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:
AMS - American Material Standard; MS - Military Standard; MIL - Military Specification; single, double or
triple alpha prefix of the same letter - Federal Specification; AN - Air Force-NavyAeronautical Standard;
NAS - National Aerospace Standard.
0.10 INCH
(0.254 MM)
2.52 INCH 3.20 INCH

(6.40 CM) DI (8.13 CM)
AMETER
4.0 INCH
(10.16 CM) 0.215 INCH
(5.461 MM)
JAW THICKNESS
1.50 INCH
(3.81 CM)
CYLINDER HOLDING BLOCK PISTON WRENCH

(MAKE FROM MAPLE OR EQUIVALENT HARDWOOD) (MAKE FROM 1 1/2 INCH (38 MM)
OPEN END WRENCH)
H3210051
Figure 901. Special Tools Fabrication

321015 Revision 5
P/N 600N6050
LANDING GEAR DAMPER
to be used in conjunction with the 600N3050 CSPIPC4.
Landing Gear Damper overhaul manual.
Correct part numbers and nomenclature can
be identified for specific configurations and 2. Indenture Level
effectivities.
Page 1001
321015 Revision 14
P/N 600N6050
9
6
10
11
7
13
18
12
16
15
17
14
321021
Figure 1001. Damper Assembly - 600N
Page 1002
Revision 15 321015
P/N 600N6050
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 600N6050-33 Damper, Assy, Aft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
600N6050-31 Damper Assy, Fwd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 MS28889-2 Air Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 MS28775-015 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 600N6054-5 Cap Assy, Upr Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 600N6050-31
3 600N6054-1 Cap Assy, Upr Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 600N6050-33
4 MS28775-1 18 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 600N6052-1 Piston, Damper - L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 S32925-20G99 Scraper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 S34851-225BAK99 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 600N6057-3 Washer, Damper - L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 MS21042L4 Nut, Self Locking, Reduced Hexagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 600N6057-1 Washer, Damper - L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 600N6055-1 Nozzle, Damper - L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 S34546-328-04-8 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 600N6053-19 Housing, Damper - L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 600N6050-33
13 600N6053-15 Housing, Damper - L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 600N6050-35
14 600N6059-1 Cap Assy, Lwr Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 MS27595-144 Backup Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 MS28775-144 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 600N6058-7 Plate, I.D. - L/G Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 600N6050-31
17 600N6058-5 Plate, I.D. - L/G Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 600N6050-33
18 600N6051-1 Barrel, Damper - L/G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
K600N6050 Damper Overhaul Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Page 1003
321015 Revision 15
P/N 600N6050
Page 1004
Revision 14 321015
Section
62-30-10
Main Rotor
Swashplate
Part Number
369D27609-BSC, -501, -503
Page a
Revision 14
Page b
Revision 14
P/N 369D27609
TABLE OF CONTENTS
623010 Main Rotor Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Main Rotor Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General Disassembly Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Double Row Ball Bearing Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3. Main Rotor Swashplate Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
4. Double Row Ball Bearing Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Figure 301. Main Rotor Swashplate Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Figure 302. Main Rotor Swashplate CrossSection View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Preparation and Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning Main Rotor Swashplate Parts and Components . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 402. Painting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Service Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
1. General Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Minor Nicks, Scratches and Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Surface Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Rotating and Stationary Swashplate Repair Rodend Bolt Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
4. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 601. Rotating and Stationary Swashplate RepairRodend Bolt
Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
1. Swashplate Bearing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Regreasing Swashplate Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
3. Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
623010 Page i
P/N 369D27609
4. Counterweight and Interrupter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
5. RunIn Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 701. Regreasing Bearing with Regreasing Tool Exploded View . . . . . . 703
Figure 702. Bearing Installation Rotating Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 704. Swashplate Bearing Disassembly Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
1. Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Bearing Regreasing Tool Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Main Rotor Control Swashplate Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 623010
P/N 369D27609
MAIN ROTOR SWASHPLATE
haul of this component, ensure the required rized modifications for the main rotor
special tools and processes are available to swashplate.
1. General provides main rotor swashplate
reassembly and shipping instructions.
This section of the Overhaul Manual describes
overhaul procedures for the Main Rotor (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
Swashplate Assembly used in conjunction with & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
the fivebladed main rotor system. Procedures provides procedures for fabricating
given are the approved methods to be used for special tools required for overhaul of
specific repair or complete overhaul of the the main rotor swashplate.
component. (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
A. Organization provides a parts list supplement to
The Main Rotor Swashplate section of the tion differences for the main rotor
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of swashplate.
seven parts, listed below. These sections
contain complete instructions for disassembly, B. Reference Data
cleaning, inspection, repair, reassembly and (1). Reference is made throughout this
testing of the component. The following section of the Overhaul Manual to
describes the topic and content of each part CSPHMI2. This manual should be
with appropriate page numbers: used as noted throughout the overhaul/
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 repair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog
describes procedures for complete use of (CSPIPC4) should be used for
the main rotor swashplate section. ordering any replacement parts
required.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
gives procedures for complete disassem
specifications, and when appropriate,
bly of the main rotor swashplate.
procurement information regarding
contains cleaning requirements for expendable items and materials
main rotor swashplate components and required for overhaul and repair.
parts. Torque values are in Table 902.
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of the

provides visual and dimensional main rotor swashplate assembly, with
inspection requirements. all parts indexed. The index numbers
are used throughout the text with the
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 part nomenclature to make part
provides allowable repairs and parts identification easier.
Page 1
623010 Revision 15
P/N 369D27609
5
26
6
24
8
3
23
4
22
9
11
23 9 10
24 14
15 12
(NOTE 4)
25 13
(NOTE 2) 16
26 18
16 17
15 13
(NOTE 4) (NOTE 2)
19
(NOTE 3)
13 (NOTE 1)
(NOTE 2) 17
14 18
10
11
21
13 7
(NOTE 2)
12 20
NOTES: 1 2 2
1. INTERRUPTER USED AT THIS LOCATION IS NOT PART
OF SWASHPLATE: INSTALLED AT INSTALLATION OF 1
SWASHPLATE ON HELICOPTER.
2. MARK INTERRUPTERS FOR CORRECT REINSTALLED.
3. INSTALL ROTATING SWASHPLATE LIP SIDE DOWN.
4. COUNTERWEIGHTS ARE INSTALLED ON CURRENT
MODEL SWASHPLATES. IF COUNTERWEIGHTS ARE TO
BE REMOVED, MAIN ROTOR HUB IS TO BE REBALANCED. H623011D
Figure 1. Main Rotor Swashplate
Page 2
Revision 15 623010
P/N 369D27609
1. NUT (BEARING FLANGE) 14. BOLT
2. WASHER 15. COUNTERWEIGHTS
3. BOLT 16. WASHER
4. BOLT 17. NUT (COUNTERWEIGHT)
5. NUT (BEARING RETAINER) 18. COTTER PIN
6. WASHER 19. ROTATING SWASHPLATE
7. BOLT 20. STATIONARY SWASHPLATE
8. BEARING RETAINER 21. IDENTIFICATION
9. BEARING ASSEMBLY 22. ROLLER BEARING
10. NUT (INTERRUPTER) 23. SEAL
11. WASHER 24. SNAP RING
12. BOLT 25. SPHERICAL BEARING
13. INTERRUPTER 26. SNAP RING
Page 3
623010 Revision 14
P/N 369D27609
Page 4
Revision 14 623010
P/N 369D27609
DISASSEMBLY
1. General Disassembly Information When bolts (3 and 4, Figure 1)
CAUTION are removed, bearing assembly
(9) must be swiveled. Use care when swivel
This section describes procedures for complete ing bearing to prevent dirt and foreign mat
disassembly of the main rotor swashplate. ter from entering between balls and Teflon
When specific repair of the swashplate liner.
requires only partial disassembly, follow the
procedures to the point required. (1). Remove four nuts (1), washers (2) and
close tolerance bolts (3 and 4) attaching
flange of bearing assembly (9) to
2. Double Row Ball Bearing Check
stationary swashplate (20).
Prior to disassembly, check bearing assembly NOTE: It may be necessary to heat swashplate
(9, Figure 1) for axial or radial play as follows: assembly to 27525 (135C 12) when
disassembling. Heat gun may be used, en
sure heat is not localized on one area of
(1). Clamp stationary swashplate (20) to swashplate. Use gloves to protect hands
prevent movement. when handling heated components.
NOTE: The slotted bushing used in each clevis (2). Position stationary swashplate tool (1,
of main rotor swashplate to attach upper Table 901) against lower end of bearing
end of mixer links (CSPHMI2) must be in assembly (9, Figure 1) as shown in
stalled when checking double row ball bear Figure 301. Press on stationary swash
ing for axial and radial play. plate arms to separate rotating swash
plate and bearing assembly from
stationary swashplate. Little pressure
(2). Using dial gage, measure axial play is required except in cases of corroded
between one arm of rotating swashplate or damaged parts.
and slotted bushing in stationary
swashplate. (3). Remove four nuts (5, Figure 1), washers
(6), bolts (7) and bearing retainer (8).
(3). Using dial gage, measure radial play
Bearing assembly will be dam
between one arm of rotating swashplate CAUTION aged if pressure is applied to
and slotted bushing in stationary
swashplate. bearing inner race while pressing bearing
assembly out of rotating swashplate.
NOTE: If measurable axial or radial play ex (4). Position rotating swashplate tool (2,
ists, double row bearings are not serviceable Table 901) against lower side of bearing
and replacement is required. assembly (9) outer race as shown in
Figure 301. Carefully press bearing
assembly from sealed position in
(4). Remove slotted bushing from clevis and
rotating swashplate (19, Figure 1).
unclamp stationary swashplate.
NOTE: Mark interrupters (13) to ensure reas
3. Main Rotor Swashplate Disassembly sembly on same swashplate arm.
(5). Remove cotter pins (18), nuts (17),

Disassemble the main rotor swashplate washers (16), bolts (14) and interrupt
assembly as follows: ers (13).
Page 301
623010 Revision 3
P/N 369D27609
NOTE: (7). Remove nuts (10), washers (11), bolts
D If installed, mark or tag counterweights (12) and interrupters (13).
and all attaching hardware at removal.
Counterweight is matched (balanced) 4. Double Row Ball Bearing Disassembly
with rotating swashplate and must be re
installed in same swashplate arm with Disassemble bearing assembly (9, Figure 1) as
hardware removed. follows:
D Counter weights can be removed from
swashplate, but main rotor hub must be NOTE: Do not use excessive force when remov
rebalanced per CSPHMI2. ing snap ring.
D If installing new counterweights, a com
bination of one thin and one thick coun (1). Remove the upper snap ring from
terweight is recommended (this will get bearing assembly using screw driver
balance within 5 15 grams); Main rotor (Ref. Figure 704).
hub must be rebalanced.
(2). Position bearing assembly on a suitable
(6). If counterweights (15) show evidence of press. Apply force to outer race of
corrosion or looseness in bore, remove spherical bearing to separate from
using suitable press and adapters. roller bearing (Ref. Figure 704).
PRESS DOWNWARD
AGAINST STATIONARY
SWASHPLATE ARMS
PRESS AGAINST OUTER RACE

OF BALL BEARING ASSY
ROTATING SWASHPLATE
STATIONARY SWASHPLATE BEARING TOOL (2, TABLE 901)
TOOL (1, TABLE 901)
0.15 IN. (3.81 MM) 0.25 IN. (6.35 MM)
WALL THICKNESS WALL THICKNESS
4.28 IN. 5.10 IN.

(10.87 CM) OD (12.95 CM) OD
BEARING REMOVAL WITH STATIONARY BEARING REMOVAL FROM
SWASHPLATE INSTALLED ROTATING SWASHPLATE
CAUTION: Figure 301. Main Rotor Swashplate - Replacement

USED TO AVOID NICKING OR DENTING SPHERICAL BALL.
H623012
Page 302
Revision 3 623010
P/N 369D27609
NO ROTATION AT
THIS SURFACE IDENTIFICATION PLATE
ROTATING SWASHPLATE
DOUBLE ROW
BALL BEARING
SPHERICAL BALL BEARING STATIONARY SWASHPLATE

H623013
Figure 302. Main Rotor Swashplate - Cross-Section View

623010 Revision 3
P/N 369D27609
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning 2. Preparation and Painting
Clean all reusable swashplate assembly parts Prepare and paint assembly surfaces specified
and components as described in Table 401. in Table 402 as follows.
(1). Using acetone (6, Table 903), clean

Most cleaning solvents are external surface of rotating and
WARNING flammable and must be kept stationary swashplates (19 and 20,
away from heat or open flame. Avoid Figure 1).
inhalation of fumes and extended con
tact with skin. (2). Using masking tape (12, Table 903),
mask off all bearing bores, bolt and
Do not use over 50 psig (3.52 bushing holes.
CAUTION kgm) air pressure for abrasive
cleaning method. Mask or shield threaded (3). Paint according to Table 402. (For
areas or surfaces where damage may result corrosion control and paint touchup
from abrasive blasting. procedures, Ref. CSPHMI2).
Table 401. Cleaning Main Rotor Swashplate Parts and Components

Nomenclature (Ref. Figure 1) Cleaning Method (Ref.Table 903 ) Remarks
All parts except bearing assembly Use agitated immersion, pressure Protect all cleaned parts by
(9) spray and vapor de-greasing wrapping in paper and storing in
equipment for general cleaning. Dry safe place.
with compressed air.
Rotating and stationary swashplate Solvent (2) and bristle brush. Remove oil sludge and other
assemblies (19 and 20) foreign materials.
Poly bead blast (20) or paint Remove damaged paint
remover (1)
NOTE: Complete removal of epoxybased primer is unnecessary. Stripping of paint is necessary on nonfer
rous parts that are to be fluorescent penetrant inspected.
Bearing assembly (9) Cloth moistened with alcohol (10) Wipe clean.
Do not allow solvents of any type to enter bearing double row balls or spherical race area. Dirt
CAUTION may be washed into bearings causing damage.
Paint remover (1) Carefully remove zinc chromate
primer residue from bearing flange.
Comply with preceding caution.
Spherical ball (25) Remove locking compound with Clean mating surface, outer race of
cloth dampened in Oakite 156 (17). spherical ball.
Then wipe spherical ball using cloth
moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
Roller bearing (22) Remove locking compound. Wipe Clean mating surface, inner race
with cloth dampened in Oakite 156 roller bearing
(17)
Page 401
623010 Revision 3
P/N 369D27609
Table 402. Painting Requirements
Item Name Method of No. of
(Ref. Figure 1) Paint Type and Specification (Ref. Table 903) Application Coats
Rotating swash- Primer (7) Spray 1
plate (19)
Stationary Primer (7) Spray 1
swashplate (20)
Bearing retainer Nonspecular black acrylic lacquer (9) Spray 2
(9)
Page 402
Revision 3 623010
P/N 369D27609
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection limits are shown in Figure 501. Process
Visual and dimensional inspection require inspection requirements are described in
ments are described in Table 501 and service Table 502.
Table 501. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning

Maximum Maximum
Rotating and stationary swashplates (19 and 20, Figure 1) for surface defects as follows:
All surfaces (FPI) No cracks Not repairable Replace part
Flat machined surfaces Minor surface defect 0.015 inch (0.381 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
(except fork inner ear material removed Repair)
surfaces)
Fork ear inner surface Minor surface defect (Ref. Figure 501) Repair damage (Ref.
wear caused by rod end Repair)
abrasion
Forged or cast surfaces Minor surface defect 0.020 inch (0.508 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
(except parting line ridge) material removed Repair)
Forged or cast surfaces at Minor surface defect Complete removal of Repair damage (Ref.
parting line ridge parting line ridge plus Repair)
0.020 inch(0.508 mm) of
material
Intersecting edges (corner Minor surface defect 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
edges except edges of material removed Repair)
bolt and bushing holes)
Edges of bolt and bushing Minor surface defect 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) Repair damage (Ref.
holes chamfer Repair)
Bolt and bushing bores Minor surface defect 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) of If rework area of
material removed with unbushed bore exceeds
rework area limited to these figures, ream bore,
15% radially and 50% fabricate and install plain
axially of hole bore. (Ref. bushing (Ref. Repair)
Figure 501) (Ref. Repair).
Inside bore (center) of Minor surface defect 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
both swashplates localized material Repair)
removed
Bearing assembly (9, Figure 1) for wear and damage:
Radial or axial play in No measurable play Not repairable Replace double row
double row ball bearing bearing
(checked prior to
disassembly by turning
rotating swashplate.
Wobble or axial play
between rotating and
stationary swashplates
indicates faulty bearings).
Page 501
623010 Revision 3
P/N 369D27609
Table 501. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Spherical bearing axial 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
play in Teflon liner (between spherical ball
and Teflon liner)
Spherical bearing ID 3.010 inch (7.645 cm) Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
(bore) max
Spherical bearing fabric No visible defects Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
liners
Spherical bearing preload. Torque should be no more Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
(Secure ball flats in than 30 inch-pounds
padded vise and use (3.39 Nm) at 68 6 with
spring scale to rotate spherical race in motion.
spherical race.) (Average four readings
taken 90 apart on
spherical bearing.)
Spherical ball for nicks Minor surface defects any Not applicable Stone (15, Table 903) off
and dents width on ball flats not raised metal and smooth
more than 0.10 inch (2.54 edges only within
mm) deep from edge of serviceability limits.
flats, and that do not Replace spherical bearing
deform ID of ball chamfer with more extensive
(Ref. Figure 501). damage. Take care not to
remove more hard
anodize than necessary.
Touch up bare surface
with Alodine (13)
Spherical ball for None deeper than 0.010 Not repairable Stone (15) off high spots,
scratches inch (0.254 mm) or wider take care not to remove
than 0.060 inch (1.524 more hard anodize than
mm), or that do not necessary. Touch up bare
increase rotational torque metal with Alodine (13).
or harm Teflon liner. No
more than two scratches
in an area one inch wide
are allowed
Double row ball bearing Seals in place and Not repairable Replace seal
grease seals for unbroken
serviceability
Double row ball bearing Chipped lip edges not Not applicable Use very fine rat-tail file
grease seal retainer lip for more than 0.50 inch or stone (15) to smooth
breaks (12.70 mm) in length in out sharp edges and
any 1 inch of circumfer- corners or replace seal.
ence. Maximum of five Use care to avoid
chipped areas per side damaging grease seal and
(top and bottom) (Ref. prevent filings or dust from
Figure 501). entering races.
Page 502
Revision 14 623010
P/N 369D27609
Maximum Maximum
Double row ball bearing Bearing to rotate smoothly Lack of lubrication Not Regrease bearing
for correct operation and and without roughness or repairable assembly Replace double
lubrication evidence of lack of row bearing.
lubrication
Double row ball bearing No rotation permitted. No Not applicable Replace spherical
(I.D. surface) for vertical play permitted bearing.
movement against the
spherical ball bearing
outer race (O.D. surface).
Ensure penetrant solution does not permeate bearings.
CAUTION
NOTE: If indications of cracks are discovered by dye penetrant inspection that cannot be confirmed, reinspect
using magnetic particle method.
Cracks; particularly No cracks Not repairable Replace bearing assembly
around mounting holes on
sleeve using dye
penetrant method.
Bearing retainer (9) for:
Cracks (FPI) No cracks Not repairable Replace retainer
Nicks and dents Minor surface defects Minor surface repair Repair damage (Ref.
Repair)

*Magnetic Particle (ASTM E1444) *Fluorescent Penetrant (ASTM E1417)
Item Index No. Item Index No.
CAUTION
Bearing retainer 8, Figure 1
Bearing assembly 9, Figure 1
Rotating swashplate 19, Figure 1
Stationary swashplate 20, Figure 1
NOTES:
5-power magnifying glass and all suspected areas should have epoxy primer removed locally with Poly
bead blast (19, Table 903) or paint remover (1) for added inspection. Prevent entry of paint remover into
joint lines of bearings, bushings or inserts still assembled with the part requiring paint removal.
Page 503
623010 Revision 12
P/N 369D27609
ROD END ABRASION

60 MAX ANY SECTOR OF
CIRCLE AROUND CL OF HOLE
SMOOTH TRANSITION WITH

0.250 IN. (6.35 MM) RADIUS MIN
0.020 IN. (0.508 MM) MAX.

MATERIAL REMOVAL
FORK INNER EAR SURFACE (TYPICAL)
50% MAX AXIALLY
0.010 IN. (0.254 MM)

MAX EDGE CHAM
FERALL BOLT AND
15% MAX RADIALLY BUSHING BORES
MAX 0.003 IN. (0.076 MM) DEPTH
BORE REWORK (TYPICAL)

CHAMFER I.D.
(NO DEFORMATION)
0.50 IN. (12.70 MM) MAX

(PER IN.) AND FIVE
BREAKS MAX PER SIDE
0.10 IN. (2.54 MM) MAX

DAMAGE DEPTH
FROM EDGE OF FLAT
SEAL RETAINER LIP BREAKS FLAT
SPHERICAL BALL SURFACE

H623014A
Figure 501. Service Limits
Page 504
Revision 12 623010
P/N 369D27609
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. General Repair Information with chemical film solution (13,
Table 903) according to CSPHMI2.
This section describes allowable repairs and
parts replacement for the main rotor swash C. Rotating and Stationary Swashplate
plate. Repair - Rodend Bolt Holes
2. Repair (1). Ream oversized bolt hole of swashplate

clevis (unbushed side) to 0.3140.315
The repair procedures which follow are the in. (7.9768.001 mm) (Figure 601).
only repairs authorized for main rotor swash
(2). Fabricate plain bushing from alumi
plate parts and components. Prior to making
num alloy (21, Table 903).
repairs on any part or component, ensure that
the part or component is within the repairable Use protective gloves when
limits given in (Ref. Inspection/Check). After WARNING handling heated parts.
repairs are completed, the part or component
must meet the dimensions specified for the (3). Heat swashplate oversized bolt hole to
part in (Ref. Inspection/Check). 275 25F (135 12C).
A. Minor Nicks, Scratches and Corrosion (4). Cool fabricated bushing.
Remove and repair minor nicks, scratches, (5). Coat O.D. of bushing with zinc chro
corrosion and other surface defects from mate primer and install while still wet.
stationary swashplate (20, Figure 1), rotating Bushing must be flush both sides
swashplate (19) and bearing retainer (8) as +0.000/0.001 in. (+0.000/0.025mm).
follows:
(1). Using abrasives (3, 4 and 5, Table 903),
remove damage and blend damaged (1). At reassembly of the main rotor
area into adjacent surfaces; eliminate swashplate assembly, replace all parts
sharp edges. that do not meet specifications in
Table 501 and Figure 501. Repair main
(2). Reclean repaired area (Ref. Cleaning). rotor swashplate assembly according to
Table 501 and the procedures in the
(3). Apply surface treatment to bare metal Repair section.
(Ref. Surface Treatment).
NOTE: If replacement of a large number of
B. Surface Treatment parts is required, consider replacement of
the complete swashplate assembly.
Treat all bare metal surfaces according to (1).
(magnesium) or (2). (aluminum) which follows: 4. Modification
(1). Treat all reworked (bare metal) areas of The current swashplates are now being
magnesium alloy stationary swashplate produced with counterweights installed.
(20, Figure 1) with chromic acid
solution (14, Table 903) according to (1). To modify to a balanced swashplate,
CSPHMI2. bond one thin and one thick counter
weight in place (any position) using
(2). Treat all reworked (bare metal) areas of adhesive (8, Table 903).
aluminum alloy rotating swashplate
(19, Figure 1) and bearing retainer (8) (2). Rebalance main rotor hub.
Page 601
623010 Revision 3
P/N 369D27609
OVERSIZED REAM TO 0.3140.315 IN.

(7.9768.001 MM) DIA
IN LINE WITH SLOTTED HOLE
WITHIN 0.002 IN. (0.051 MM)
SWASHPLATES
(ROTATING AND STATIONARY)
SLOTTED BUSH
ING SIDE
SWASHPLATE
FORK
(NOTE 3)

0.00050.0015 IN.

(0.01270.0381 MM) 0.24950.2505 IN.
LARGER THAN (6.33736.3627 MM) DIA

REAMED HOLE
FABRICATED BUSHING
NOTES:
1. MATERIAL ALUMINUM ALLOY 2024T4.
2. BREAK SHARP EDGES 0.001/0.005.
3. MACHINE FINISH 63 RMS.
4. BUSHING COCENTRIC TO O.D. +0.000/0.001 IN. (+0.000/0.0254 MM). 623015
Figure 601. Rotating and Stationary Swashplate Repair - Rodend Bolt Holes
Page 602
Revision 3 623010
P/N 369D27609
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Swashplate Bearing Assembly Do not intermix different types
CAUTION of grease. When regreasing
Do not allow solvents or any swashplate bearing, ensure old grease is
CAUTION type of cleaning fluids to contact completely purged from bearings.
bearings or spherical ball.
(1). Use the following procedure for regreas
(1). Clean spherical bearing (Figure 704) ing swashplate bearings using special
outer race and roller bearing inner race regreasing tool (Figure 701):
mating surfaces as specified in
Table 401. Next wipe mating surfaces (a). Lubricate packing in greasing tool
with a cloth dampened in solvent (16, with grease (11, Table 903).
Table 903).
(b). Install tool over bearing, long inner
Do not allow primer or locking race skirt, so that lower packing
CAUTION compound to contact roller bear
engages bearing.
ing or spherical ball.
(c). Position and hold bearing to allow
(2). Apply surface primer (18) to mating hand rotation of inner race during
surfaces of spherical bearing and roller regreasing.
bearing. Allow primer to air dry for 30
minutes minimum at ambient tempera (d). Pump grease through tool grease
ture. fitting while rotating bearing inner
race, until clean grease is forced out
(3). Apply locking compound (19) to mating from bearing upper seal area.
surfaces of roller bearing and spherical
bearing. (e). Remove bearing from greasing tool.
(4). Install lower snap ring on bottom side (f). While holding one bearing race,
of spherical bearing. rapidly spin the other race; remove
any excess grease that is forced out.
(5). Position roller bearing on a suitable Continue alternate spinning and
press top side down. While locking grease removal until grease no longer
compound is still wet, aline spherical surfaces when bearing race is spun.
ball within roller bearing. Press on
outer race of spherical bearing until (g). Using thin piece of wood or similar
firmly seated within roller bearing. material, carefully remove grease
from between outer race and cage of
Uneven pressure on the race of
CAUTION the roller bearing may crack
bearing.
flange in the area of the seal snap ring. (h). Apply thin coat of grease to seals and
retainer surfaces; install seals and
(6). Install upper snap ring on the top side secure with retainers.
of spherical bearing. Allow 2 hours
minimum cure time for bearing assem (2). Use the following procedure for regreas
bly prior to installation in swashplate. ing swashplate bearings by hand
packing:
2. Regreasing Swashplate Bearing
(a). Position and hold bearing to permit
Prior to reassembly of the swashplate, remove hand rotation of bearing inner race.
seal retainers and bearing seals from swash
plate bearing assembly and regrease bearings (b). While rotating bearing inner race,
as follows: (Use procedure (1). when using hand pack bearings with grease until
special greasing tool and procedure (2). when clean grease is forced from seal
hand packing bearings). around bearing.
Page 701
623010 Revision 7
P/N 369D27609
(c). While holding one bearing race, mating holes in bearing assembly and
rapidly spin the other race; remove stationary swashplate, then press on
any excess grease that is forced out. outer race of bearing assembly using
Continue alternate spinning and stationary swashplate tool (1,
grease removal until grease no longer Table 901) as shown in Figure 703.
surfaces when bearing is spun.
(5). Position bearing retainer (8, Figure 1)
(d). Using thin piece of wood or similar over bearing assembly (9); install using
material, carefully remove grease bolts (7), washers (6) and nuts (5).
from between outer race and cage of Torque nuts to 50 70 inchpounds
bearing. (5.56 7.91 Nm).
(e). Apply thin coating of grease to seals (6). Install bolts (3 and 4), washers (2) and
and retainer surfaces; install seals nuts (1) with wet primer. Install two
and secure with retainers. shorter bolts then longer bolts. Torque
nuts (1) to 30 40 inchpounds (3.39
3. Bearing Installation 4.52 Nm).
Install bearing assembly (9, Figure 1) in NOTE: When installing bolts (3 and 4) Check
swashplate assembly as follows: for interference between bolt heads and
Protect Teflon liner in spherical counterbore of bearing skirt. If required in
CAUTION bearing bore during reassembly. stall washers under head of bolt.
Ensure that bearing assembly is started (7). Check spherical bearing preload. Hook
straight and is not cocked while being spring scale over one bolt securing
pressed into position. stationary swashplate to bearing
(1). Clean outside diameter (OD) of bearing flange. With rotating swashplate in
assembly (9) and inner diameter (ID) of motion, drag should be 2 30 pounds
rotating swashplate (19) using clean (0.91 13.61 kg). (Use average of two
cloth dampened with acetone (6, readings 90 degrees apart.)
Table 903). (8). Turn rotating swashplate to align arm
(2). Apply coat of primer (7) to bearing with arm of stationary swashplate.
assembly (9, Figure 1) OD and rotating Check vertical movement between arms
swashplate (19) ID; air dry 5 10 at control bolt in stationary swashplate;
minutes. maximum of 0.015 inch (0.381 mm)
total vertical movement is allowable.
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat swashplate
assembly to 275 F 25 F (135 C 12 C) 4. Counterweight and Interrupter Installation
when assembling. Heat gun may be used,
ensure heat is not localized on one area of Install counterweights and interrupters as
swashplate. Use gloves to protect hands follows:
when handling heated components. NOTE:
(3). Using rotating swashplate bearing D Counterweights and washers removed at
installation tool (2, Table 901), install disassembly must be reinstalled in the
bearing assembly in bore of swashplate same position from which they were re
until bearing contacts retaining lip in moved to ensure rotating swashplate bal
bottom of bearing bore as shown in ance.
Figure 702. Apply pressure to bearing D If counter weights are removed from
outer race only. Remove any excess swashplate main rotor hub must be reba
primer and ensure primer does not lanced per CSPHMI2.
enter bearing race.
D If counterweights are to be added, one
(4). Apply primer (7, Table 903) to bore of thick and one thin (any position) is recom
stationary swashplate (20, Figure 1). mended for ease of balancing; Hub must
While primer is wet, carefully align be rebalanced.
Page 702
Revision 14 623010
P/N 369D27609
(1). Apply coat of adhesive (8, Table 903) to (2). Install interrupters (13), beveled edges
counterweight OD. Reinstall weight inboard, with bolts (14), washers (16),
with smaller hole outboard, using nuts (17) and new cotter pins (18). Coat
dummy bolt to align weight to rotating bolts with grease (11, Table 903) prior
swashplate (19, Figure 1). Remove bolt to installation. Torque nuts to 30 60
and allow adhesive to cure according to inchpounds (3.39 6.79 Nm).
container instructions.
(3). Install interrupters (13) using bolts
NOTE: Ensure interrupters are installed with (12), washers (11) and nuts (10); torque
same type and number of washers removed nuts to 15 20 inchpounds (1.69
at disassembly, and that correct part num 2.26 Nm).
ber interrupter is installed in each swash
plate arm. (Ref. CSP HMI 2 and CSP 5. Run-In Inspection Procedures
IPC 4 for correct part numbers and
corresponding locations). Not applicable.
RETAINER
SEAL
SEAL AREA
BEARING
SEAL
LONG SKIRT
RETAINER BEARING GREASING TOOL
ORING SEAL
LOCATIONS
GREASE FITTING
H623016
Figure 701. Regreasing Bearing with Regreasing Tool - Exploded View
Page 703
623010 Revision 3
P/N 369D27609
5.10 IN. 0.25 IN.
(12.95 CM) OD (6.35 MM)

INSTALLATION TOOL
(2, TABLE 901)



ROTATING SWASHPLATE
H623017A
Figure 702. Bearing Installation Rotating Swashplate

NO ROTATION AT
ROTATING SWASHPLATE
DOUBLE ROW
BALL BEARING

H623013
Page 704
Revision 14 623010
P/N 369D27609

SNAP RING

NOTE

NOTE

INSTALL THIS DIRECTION

NOTE NOTE

REMOVE SPHERICAL

BEARING THIS DIRECTION
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
APPLY SURFACE PRIMER AND LOCKING COMPOUND TO THESE AREAS. 623018
Figure 704. Swashplate Bearing Disassembly - Assembly

6. Packing and Storage (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven
If overhauled swashplate assembly is not to be tative (22, Table 903) and package or
used immediately, package and store the cover to keep dust off.
swashplate as follows:

623010 Revision 5
P/N 369D27609
1. Reference (2). Table 901 provides specifications, and
when appropriate, procurement
(1). Reference is made throughout this information regarding special tools and
section of the Overhaul Manual to equipment required for overhaul and
CSPHMI2. This should be used as repair. Torque values are in Table 902.
noted throughout the overhaul. The
Illustrated Parts Catalog (CSPIPC4) (3). Figure 901 shows fabrication of a
should be used for ordering any bearing regreasing tool for use at
replacement parts required. overhaul.
Table 901. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Overhaul Special Tools
Item
1 Stationary swashplate tool Fabricate locally
See Figure 301.
2 Rotating swashplate bearing tool Fabricate locally
See Figure 301.
3 Bearing regreasing tool Fabricate locally
See Figure 901.
Table 902. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. (In.Lb.) (Nm)
Bearing flange nuts 1 30 40 3.39 4.52
Bearing retainer nuts 5 50 70 5.65 7.91
Interrupter nuts 10 15 20 1.69 2.26
Counterweight nuts 17 30 60 3.39 6.78

Item
1 Paint remover TTR248 Turco 5351 Turco products, Inc.,
Westminster, CA
926843600
No. A202 CeeBee Chemical
Co. Downey, CA
2 Solvent, drycleaning PD680 (3)
3 India stone (fine) (3)
4 Cloth, abrasive, crocus grade PC458 (3)
5 Cloth, abrasive, aluminum PC451 (3)
oxide (grade No. 320 or 400)
6 Acetone OA51 (3)
Page 901
623010 Revision 3
P/N 369D27609
Item
7 Primer MILP85582 (3)
8 Adhesive (epoxy) EA9330.3 Hysol Division
Dexter Corporation
P.O. Box 312
Pittsburg, CA
9 Flat black lacquer (color No. Fed Std 595 (3)
37038)
10 Alcohol, isopropyl TTI735 (3)
11 Grease, aircraft and instrument MILPRF81322 Mobil Grease 28 Mobil Oil Co.
(4) Aero Shell 22 Shell Oil Company
Braycote 622 Castrol Industrial
12 Masking tape MILT23397 (3)
13 Chemical conversion film solution MILC5541 Iridite 142 Richardson Co.,
(Iridite, Alodine or equivalent) Class 2 Alcoat AlliedKelite
Product Div.
2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
Iridite 142 Alcoat
14 Chromic acid solution (pH 2.6 to MILM3171 Dow #19 Dow Chemical Co.
3.4) Type VI or equivalent
15 Arkansas polishing stone (3)
16 Trichloroethane OT620 (3)
17 Loctite remover Oakite 156 Oakite Products Inc.
50 Valley Road
Berkley Heights, NJ
079222712
18 Surface primer, Locking MILS22473 Locquic Loctite, Inc.
Compound (grade and form 705 N. Mountain Rd.
optional) Newington, CT 06111
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
4073224000
19 Sealing, locking and retaining MILR46082 Loctite R/C 609 Loctite Inc.
compounds, single component or No. 35
(grade as noted)
Page 902
Revision 16 623010
P/N 369D27609
Item
20 Plastic bead, spherical 2030 Poly Plus 20/30 Polyrock Company
mesh 4763 Murrita Ave
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
21 Aluminum Alloy 2024T4 (3)
22 Corrosion Preventative MILC81309 Corrosion X Corrosion Technolo-
Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:
AMS American Material Standard; MS Military Standard; MIL Military Specification; single, double or
triple alpha prefix of the same letter Federal Specification; AN Air ForceNavy Aeronautical Standard;
NAS National Aerospace Standard.
(4) Do not intermix grease from different manufacturers or grease of different types. Thoroughly clean all
components/bearings before relubricating with grease from a different manufacturer or a different type
grease.
Page 903
623010 Revision 16
P/N 369D27609
6.000 IN. (15.24 CM) DIAMETER
MS9021354 5.000 IN. (12.700CM) DIAMETER

ORING 0.100 IN. 0.1520.162 IN.
0.500 IN.
0.100 IN. (2.54 MM) (12.70 MM) 0.255 IN. (3.8614.115 MM)

(2.54 MM) (6.477 MM)

1.500 IN.

3.81 CM)

MS28775349
ORING
HOLE FOR
LUBRICATION
FITTING (FOR
THREADED OR
4.5024.510 IN. (11.43511.455 CM) DIAMETER PRESS FIT)
4.8694.871 IN. (12.36712.372 CM) DIAMETER
H623010
Figure 901. Bearing Regreasing Tool Fabrication
Page 904
Revision 16 623010
P/N 369D27609
Main Rotor Swashplate overhaul manual.
effectivities.
Page 1001
623010 Revision 14
P/N 369D27609
1
19
3
18
25
24
17
23
15
10
17 11
18 8
9
12
16 5
3
19 14
3 1
12 2 6
(NOTE 3)
20
(NOTE 2)
4 (NOTE 1)
1
2
8 14
11
10
22
7 13
9 21
NOTES: 1 3 3
1. INTERRUPTER USED AT THIS LOCATION IS NOT PART
OF SWASHPLATE: INSTALLED AT INSTALLATION OF 1
SWASHPLATE ON HELICOPTER.
2. INSTALL ROTATING SWASHPLATE LIP SIDE DOWN.
3. COUNTERWEIGHTS ARE INSTALLED ON CURRENT
MODEL SWASHPLATES. IF COUNTERWEIGHTS ARE TO
BE REMOVED, MAIN ROTOR HUB IS TO BE REBALANCED.
H623022
Figure 1001. Main Rotor Control Swashplate Assembly
Page 1002
Revision 15 623010
P/N 369D27609
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 369D27609-503 Swashplate Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Replaced By 369D27609-501 (Returned To -501
Mixer-Swashplate Configuration With Counter Weights)
369D27609-501 Swashplate Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D27609-BSC Swashplate Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Replaced By 369D27609-501
Use On 369D27609-503 Swash Plate Assy With No Weight
Installed
2 MS17826-4 Nut, Self-Locking, Castellated, Hexagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Installed 369D27609-501 With Weight
2 AN320-4 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Intrch With MS17826-4
3 AN960KD416L Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
4 369D29946-903 Interrupter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
(-101, -111, -121, -131, -141)
4 369D29946-101 Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaces -31 Interrupter
5 369D29946-1 11 Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 369D29946-121 Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D29946-141 Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 NAS6204-42D Bolt, Hex Head, Close Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Install 369D27609-501 With Weight -40D, -41D, -44D Alternates
For Balancing Purposes Only
8 NAS6204-10 Bolt, Hex Head, Close Tolerance, Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D27609-503 With No Weight Installed
9 NAS1303-8 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 NAS1103-8 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
11 MS21042L3 Nut, Self-Locking, Reduced Hexagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 MS21044N3 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Intrch With MS21042L3
12 369D27614-3 Counter Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
12 369D27614 Counter Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 NAS517-4-23 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
14 MS24665-153 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 369A7003-9 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369A7003-3
15 369A7003-3 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 369A7013 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 BMC 12417-2 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18 BMC 12417-1 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
19 PSB420CD Ring, Snap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 1003
623010 Revision 15
P/N 369D27609
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
20 369D27611-BSC Swashplate, Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 369D27611-501 Swashplate, Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 369D27611-503 Swashplate, Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 369A7612 Swashplate, Stationary (Mag) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369N2628
21 369N2628 Swashplate, Stationary (Alum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
Intrch With 369A7612
22 369A4007-87 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 NAS6204-15 Bolt, Hex Head, Nonlockin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
23 NAS1104-15 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
24 NAS6204-16 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
24 NAS1104-16 Bolt, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
25 369A7615 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1004
Revision 15 623010
Section
62-30-60
Main Rotor
Swashplate
Part Number
600N7632-1
Page a
Revision 14
Page b
Revision 14
P/N 600N7632
TABLE OF CONTENTS
623060 Main Rotor Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Main Rotor Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Double Row Ball Bearing Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
4. Double Row Ball Bearing Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 301. Main Rotor Swashplate Bearing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning Main Rotor Swashplate Parts and Components . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Service Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
1. General Repair Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Surface Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Stationary Swashplate Repair Rodend Bolt Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 601. Stationary Swashplate RepairRodend Bolt Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
1. Swashplate Bearing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Regreasing Swashplate Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
3. Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
4. Interrupter Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
623060 Page i
P/N 600N7632
5. RunIn Inspection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 701. Regreasing Bearing with Regreasing Tool Exploded View . . . . . . 703
Figure 702. Bearing Installation Rotating Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 704. Swashplate Bearing Disassembly Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
1. Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Bearing Regreasing Tool Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Main Rotor Control Swashplate Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 623060
P/N 600N7632
haul of this component, ensure the required rized modifications for the main rotor
special tools and processes are available to swashplate.
1. General provides main rotor swashplate
reassembly and shipping instructions.
overhaul procedures for the Main Rotor (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
Swashplate Assembly used in conjunction with & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
the sixbladed main rotor system. Procedures provides procedures for fabricating
given are the approved methods to be used for special tools required for overhaul of
specific repair or complete overhaul of the the main rotor swashplate.
component. (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
A. Organization provides a parts list supplement to
The Main Rotor Swashplate section of the tion differences for the main rotor
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of swashplate.
contain complete instructions for disassembly, B. Reference Data
cleaning, inspection, repair, reassembly and (1). Reference is made throughout this
testing of the component. The following section of the Overhaul Manual to
describes the topic and content of each part CSPHMI2. This manual should be
with appropriate page numbers: used as noted throughout the overhaul/
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 repair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog
describes procedures for complete use of (CSPIPC4) should be used for
the main rotor swashplate section. ordering any replacement parts
required.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
bly of the main rotor swashplate.
main rotor swashplate components and required for overhaul and repair.
parts. Torque values are in Table 902.
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of the

provides visual and dimensional main rotor swashplate assembly, with
inspection requirements. all parts indexed. The index numbers
are used throughout the text with the
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 part nomenclature to make part
provides allowable repairs and parts identification easier.
Page 1
623060 Revision 15
P/N 600N7632
2
24
4
23
22
9
21
6 5
22
15
(NOTE 1)
23 17 4
2 4 16
25 10
11
12
4
24
19
13
4 14
1 18 20
(NOTE 2)
3 4
NOTES:
1. INTERRUPTER AT THIS LOCATION IS USED AS BALANCE
WEIGHT IN THIS INSTALLATION.
2. INSTALL ROTATING SWASHPLATE LIP SIDE DOWN. H623019
Figure 1. Main Rotor Swashplate
Page 2
Revision 3 623060
P/N 600N7632
1. ROTATING SWASHPLATE 14. INTERRUPTER
2. NUT 15. INTERRUPTER
3. NUT 16. BOLT
4. WASHER 17. BALANCE WEIGHT
5. BOLT 18. IDENTIFICATION PLATE
6. BOLT 19. FLANGED BUSHING
7. STATIONARY SWASHPLATE 20. BUSHING
8. BOLT 21. DOUBLE-ROW BALL BEARING
9. BEARING RETAINER 22. SEAL
10. BEARING ASSEMBLY 23. SNAP RING
11. NUT 24. SNAP RING
12. COTTER PIN 25. SPHERICAL BALL
13. BOLT
Page 3/(4 blank)

623060 Revision 3
P/N 600N7632
DISASSEMBLY
1. General NOTE: It may be necessary to heat swashplate
assembly to 27525 (135C 12) when
This section describes procedures for complete disassembling. Heat gun may be used, en
disassembly of the main rotor swashplate. sure heat is not localized on one area of
When specific repair of the swashplate swashplate. Use gloves to protect hands
requires only partial disassembly, follow the when handling heated components.
procedures to the point required.
(2). Position stationary swashplate tool (1,
2. Double Row Ball Bearing Check Table 901) against lower end of bearing
assembly (10, Figure 1) as shown in
Prior to disassembly, check bearing assembly Figure 301. Press on stationary swash
(10, Figure 1) for axial or radial play as plate arms to separate rotating swash
follows: plate and bearing assembly from
stationary swashplate. Little pressure
(1). Clamp stationary swashplate (7) to is required except in cases of corroded
prevent movement. or damaged parts.
(3). Remove four nuts (2, Figure 1), washers
NOTE: The slotted bushing used in each clevis (4), bolts (8) and bearing retainer (9).
of main rotor swashplate to attach upper
end of mixer links (Ref. CSPHMI2) must Bearing assembly will be dam
be installed when checking double row ball CAUTION aged if pressure is applied to
bearing for axial and radial play. bearing inner race while pressing bearing
assembly out of rotating swashplate.
(2). Using dial gage, measure axial and
radial play between one arm of rotating (4). Position rotating swashplate tool (2,
swashplate and slotted bushing in Table 901) against lower side of bearing
stationary swashplate. assembly (10, Figure 1) outer race as
shown in Figure 301. Carefully press
NOTE: If measurable axial or radial play ex bearing assembly from sealed position
ists, double row bearings (21) are not ser in rotating swashplate (1, Figure 1).
viceable and replacement is required.
NOTE: Mark interrupters (14 and 15) to ensure
(3). Remove slotted bushing from clevis and reassembly on same swashplate arms.
unclamp stationary swashplate. (5). Remove cotter pin (12), nuts (2 and 11),
washers (4), bolts (13 and 16) and
3. Disassembly interrupters (14 and 15).
Disassemble the main rotor swashplate 4. Double Row Ball Bearing Disassembly
assembly as follows:
Disassemble bearing assembly (10, Figure 1)
When bolts (5 and 6, Figure 1) as follows:
CAUTION are removed, bearing assembly
(10) must be swiveled. Use care when swiv NOTE: Do not use excessive force when remov
eling bearing to prevent dirt and foreign ing snap ring.
matter from entering between balls and Te (1). Remove the upper snap ring (24) from
flon liner. bearing assembly (Ref. Figure 704).
(1). Remove four nuts (3), washers (4) and (2). Position bearing assembly on a suitable
bolts (5 and 6) from attaching flange of press. Apply force to outer race of
bearing assembly (10) to stationary spherical bearing to separate from
swashplate (7). roller bearing.
Page 301
623060 Revision 3
P/N 600N7632
PRESS DOWNWARD
AGAINST STATIONARY
SWASHPLATE ARMS

ROTATING SWASHPLATE
STATIONARY SWASHPLATE BEARING TOOL (2, TABLE 901)
TOOL (1, TABLE 901)
0.15 IN. (3.81 MM) 0.25 IN. (6.35 MM)
WALL THICKNESS WALL THICKNESS
4.28 IN. 5.10 IN.

(10.87 CM) OD (12.95 CM) OD
BEARING REMOVAL WITH STATIONARY BEARING REMOVAL FROM
SWASHPLATE INSTALLED ROTATING SWASHPLATE
CAUTION: Figure 301. Main Rotor Swashplate Bearing Removal

USED TO AVOID NICKING OR DENTING SPHERICAL BALL.
H623012
NO ROTATION AT
ROTATING SWASHPLATE
DOUBLE ROW
BALL BEARING

H623013
Page 302
Revision 3 623060
P/N 600N7632
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning in Table 402 as follows.
Clean all reusable swashplate assembly parts
and components as described in Table 401.
(1). Using acetone (6, Table 903), clean
Most cleaning solvents are external surface of rotating and
WARNING flammable and must be kept stationary swashplates (1 and 7,
away from heat or open flame. Avoid Figure 1).
tact with skin.
Do not use over 50 psig (3.52 (2). Using masking tape (11, Table 903),
CAUTION kgm) air pressure for abrasive mask off all bearing bores, bolt and
cleaning method. Mask or shield threaded bushing holes.
areas or surfaces where damage may result
from abrasive blasting.
(3). Paint according to Table 402. (For
2. Preparation and Painting
corrosion control and paint touchup
Prepare and paint assembly surfaces specified procedures, Refer to CSPHMI2).
Table 401. Cleaning Main Rotor Swashplate Parts and Components

Nomenclature (Ref. Figure 1) Cleaning Method (Ref. Table 903) Remarks
All parts except bearing assembly Use agitated immersion, pressure Protect all cleaned parts by
(10) spray and vapor de-greasing wrapping in paper and storing in
equipment for general cleaning. Dry safe place.
with compressed air.
Rotating and stationary swashplate Solvent (2) and bristle brush. Remove oil sludge and other
assemblies (1 and 7) foreign materials.
Poly bead blast (19) or paint Remove damaged paint
remover (1)
NOTE: Complete removal of epoxy-based primer is unnecessary. Stripping of paint is necessary on
nonferrous parts that are to be fluorescent penetrant inspected.
Bearing assembly (10) Cloth moistened with alcohol (9) Wipe clean.
Do not allow solvents of any type to enter bearing double row balls or spherical race area. Dirt
CAUTION may be washed into bearings causing damage.
Paint remover (1) Carefully remove zinc chromate
primer residue from bearing flange.
Comply with preceding caution.
Spherical ball (25) Remove locking compound with Clean mating surface, outer race of
cloth dampened in Oakite 156 (17). spherical ball.
Then wipe spherical ball using cloth
moistened with isopropyl alcohol.
Bearing (21) Remove locking compound. Wipe Clean mating surface, inner race
with cloth dampened in Oakite 156 roller bearing.
(17)
Page 401
623060 Revision 3
P/N 600N7632
Item Name Method of No. of
(Ref. Figure 1) Paint Type and Specification (Ref. Table 903) Application Coats
Rotating Primer (7) Spray 1
swashplate (1)
Stationary Primer (7) Spray 1
swashplate (7)
Bearing retainer Nonspecular black acrylic lacquer (8) Spray 2
(9)
Page 402
Revision 3 623060
P/N 600N7632
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection limits are shown in Figure 501. Process
Visual and dimensional inspection require inspection requirements are described in
ments are described in Table 501 and service Table 502.

Maximum Maximum
Rotating and stationary swashplates (1 and 7, Figure 1) for surface defects as follows:
All surfaces (FPI) No cracks Not repairable Replace part
Flat machined surfaces Minor surface defect 0.015 inch (0.381 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
(except fork inner ear material removed Repair)
surfaces)
Fork ear inner surface Minor surface defect (Ref. Figure 501) Repair damage (Ref.
wear caused by rod end Repair)
abrasion
Forged or cast surfaces Minor surface defect 0.020 inch (0.508 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
(except parting line ridge) material removed Repair)
Forged or cast surfaces at Minor surface defect Complete removal of Repair damage (Ref.
parting line ridge parting line ridge plus Repair)
0.020 inch (0.508 mm) of
material
Intersecting edges (corner Minor surface defect 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
edges except edges of material removed Repair)
bolt and bushing holes)
Edges of bolt and bushing Minor surface defect 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) Repair damage (Ref.
holes chamfer Repair)
Bolt and bushing bores Minor surface defect 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) of If rework area of
material removed with unbushed bore exceeds
rework area limited to these figures, ream bore,
15% radially and 50% fabricate and install plain
axially of hole bore. (Ref. bushing (Ref. Repair)
Figure 501) (Ref. Repair).
Inside bore (center) of Minor surface defect 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) of Repair damage (Ref.
both swashplates localized material Repair)
removed
Bearing assembly (9, Figure 1) for wear and damage:
Radial or axial play in No measurable play Not repairable Replace double row
double row ball bearing bearing
(checked prior to
disassembly by turning
rotating swashplate.
Wobble or axial play
between rotating and
stationary swashplates
indicates faulty bearings)
Page 501
623060 Revision 3
P/N 600N7632
Maximum Maximum
Spherical bearing axial 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
play in Teflon liner (between spherical ball
and Teflon liner)
Spherical bearing ID 3.010 inch (7.645 cm) Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
(bore) max
Spherical bearing fabric No visible defects Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
liners
Spherical bearing preload. Torque should be no more Not repairable Replace spherical bearing
(Secure ball flats in than 30 inch-pounds
padded vise and use (3.39 Nm) at 68 6 with
spring scale to rotate spherical race in motion.
spherical race.) (Average four readings
taken 90 apart on
spherical bearing.)
Spherical ball for nicks Minor surface defects any Not applicable Stone (14, Table 903) off
and dents width on ball flats not raised metal and smooth
more than 0.10 inch (2.54 edges only within
mm) deep from edge of serviceability limits.
flats, and that do not Replace spherical bearing
deform ID of ball chamfer. with more extensive
(Ref. Figure 501). damage. Take care not to
remove more hard
anodize than necessary.
Touch up bare surface
with Alodine (12)
Spherical ball for None deeper than 0.010 Not repairable Stone (14) off high spots,
scratches inch (0.254 mm) or wider take care not to remove
than 0.060 inch (1.524 more hard anodize than
mm), or that do not necessary. Touch up bare
increase rotational torque metal with Alodine (12).
or harm Teflon liner. No
more than two scratches
in an area one inch wide
are allowed
Double row ball bearing Seals in place and Not repairable Replace seal
grease seals for unbroken
serviceability
Double row ball bearing Chipped lip edges not Not applicable Use very fine rat-tail file
grease seal retainer lip for more than 0.50 inch or stone (14) to smooth
breaks (12.70 mm) in length in out sharp edges and
any 1 inch of circumfer- corners or replace seal.
ence. Maximum of five Use care to avoid
chipped areas per side damaging grease seal and
(top and bottom) (Ref. prevent filings or dust from
Figure 501). entering races.
Page 502
Revision 14 623060
P/N 600N7632
Maximum Maximum
Double row ball bearing Bearing to rotate smoothly Lack of lubrication Regrease bearing
for correct operation and and without roughness or assembly
lubrication evidence of lack of Not repairable Replace double row
lubrication bearing.
Double row ball bearing No radial play permitted. Not applicable Replace spherical
(I.D. surface) for No axial play permitted. bearing.
movement against the
spherical bearing outer
race (O.D. surface).
CAUTION
NOTE: If indications of cracks are discovered by dye penetrant inspection that cannot be confirmed, reinspect
using magnetic particle method.
Cracks; particularly No cracks Not repairable Replace bearing assembly
around mounting holes on
sleeve using dye
penetrant method.
Cracks (FPI) No cracks Not repairable Replace retainer
Nicks and dents Minor surface defects Minor surface repair Repair damage (Ref.
Repair)

CAUTION
Rotating swashplate 1, Figure 1
Stationary swashplate 7, Figure 1
Bearing retainer 9, Figure 1
Bearing assembly 10, Figure 1
NOTES:
Page 503
623060 Revision 12
P/N 600N7632
ROD END ABRASION

60 MAX ANY SECTOR OF
CIRCLE AROUND CL OF HOLE
SMOOTH TRANSITION WITH

0.250 IN. (6.35 MM) RADIUS MIN
0.020 IN. (0.508 MM) MAX.

MATERIAL REMOVAL
FORK INNER EAR SURFACE (TYPICAL)
50% MAX AXIALLY
0.010 IN. (0.254 MM) MAX

EDGE CHAMFER ALL BOLT
AND BUSHING BORES
15% MAX RADIALLY
MAX 0.003 IN. (0.076 MM) DEPTH
BORE REWORK (TYPICAL)

CHAMFER I.D.
(NO DEFORMATION)
0.50 IN. (12.70 MM) MAX

(PER IN.) AND FIVE
BREAKS MAX PER SIDE
0.10 IN. (2.54 MM) MAX

DAMAGE DEPTH FROM
EDGE OF FLAT
SEAL RETAINER LIP BREAKS FLAT
SPHERICAL BALL SURFACE

H623020A
Figure 501. Service Limits
Page 504
Revision 12 623060
P/N 600N7632
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. General Repair Information with chromic acid solution (13,
Table 903) according to CSPHMI2.
This section describes allowable repairs and
parts replacement for the main rotor swash (2). Treat all reworked (bare metal) areas of
plate. aluminum alloy rotating swashplate (1,
Figure 1) and bearing retainer (9) with
2. Repair chemical film solution (12, Table 903)
according to CSPHMI2.
The repair procedures which follow are the
only repairs authorized for main rotor swash C. Stationary Swashplate Repair - Rodend
plate parts and components. Prior to making Bolt Holes
repairs on any part or component, ensure that (1). Ream oversized bolt hole of swashplate
the part or component is within the repairable clevis (unbushed side) to 0.3140.315
limits given in (Ref. Inspection/Check). After in. (7.9768.001 mm) (Ref. Figure 601).
repairs are completed, the part or component
must meet the dimensions specified for the (2). Fabricate plain bushing from alumi
part in (Ref. Inspection/Check). num alloy (20, Table 903).
A. Minor Nicks, Scratches and Corrosion Use protective gloves when

WARNING handling heated parts.
Remove and repair minor nicks, scratches,
corrosion and other surface defects from (3). Heat swashplate oversized bolt hole to
stationary swashplate (7, Figure 1), rotating 275 25F (135 12C).
swashplate (1) and bearing retainer (9) as (4). Cool fabricated bushing.
follows:
(5). Coat O.D. of bushing with zinc chro
(1). Using abrasives (3, 4 and 5, Table 903), mate primer and install while still wet.
remove damage and blend damaged Bushing must be flush both sides
area into adjacent surfaces; eliminate +0.000/0.001 in. (+0.000/0.025mm).
sharp edges.
(2). Reclean repaired area (Ref. Cleaning).
(1). At reassembly of the main rotor
(3). Apply surface treatment to bare metal swashplate assembly, replace all parts
(Ref. Surface Treatment). that do not meet specifications in
Table 501 and Figure 501. Repair main
B. Surface Treatment rotor swashplate assembly according to
Table 501 and the procedures in the
Treat all bare metal surfaces according to (1). Repair section.
(magnesium) or (2). (aluminum) which follows:
NOTE: If replacement of a large number of
(1). Treat all reworked (bare metal) areas of parts is required, consider replacement of
stationary swashplate (7, Figure 1) the complete swashplate assembly.
Page 601
623060 Revision 3
P/N 600N7632
SWASHPLATES
(ROTATING AND STATIONARY)
OVERSIZED REAM TO 0.3140.315

IN. (7.9768.001 MM) DIA
IN LINE WITH SLOTTED HOLE
WITHIN 0.002 IN. (0.051 MM)
SLOTTED
BUSHING SIDE
SWASHPLATE
FORK
(NOTE 3)
0.00050.0015 IN.

(0.01270.0381 MM) 0.24950.2505 IN.
LARGER THAN (6.33736.3627 MM) DIA

REAMED HOLE
FABRICATED BUSHING
NOTES:
1. MATERIAL ALUMINUM ALLOY 2024T4.
2. BREAK SHARP EDGES 0.001/0.005.
3. MACHINE FINISH 63 RMS.
4. BUSHING COCENTRIC TO O.D. +0.000/0.001 IN. (+0.000/0.0254 MM). H623021
Figure 601. Stationary Swashplate Repair - Rodend Bolt Holes
Page 602
Revision 3 623060
P/N 600N7632
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Swashplate Bearing Assembly Do not intermix different types
CAUTION of grease. When regreasing
Do not allow solvents or any swashplate bearing, ensure old grease is
CAUTION type of cleaning fluids to contact completely purged from bearings.
bearings or spherical ball.
(1). Use the following procedure for regreas
(1). Clean spherical bearing (Ref. ing swashplate bearings using special
Figure 704) outer race and roller regreasing tool (Ref. Figure 701):
bearing inner race mating surfaces as
specified in Table 401. Next wipe (a). Lubricate packing in greasing tool
mating surfaces with a cloth dampened with grease (10, Table 903).
in solvent (15, Table 903).
(b). Install tool over bearing, long inner
Do not allow primer or locking race skirt, so that lower packing
CAUTION compound to contact roller bear
engages bearing.
ing or spherical ball.
(c). Position and hold bearing to allow
(2). Apply surface primer (17) to mating hand rotation of inner race during
surfaces of spherical bearing and roller regreasing.
bearing. Allow primer to air dry for 30
minutes minimum at ambient tempera (d). Pump grease through tool grease
ture. fitting while rotating bearing inner
race, until clean grease is forced out
(3). Apply locking compound (17) to mating from bearing upper seal area.
surfaces of roller bearing and spherical
bearing. (e). Remove bearing from greasing tool.
(4). Install lower snap ring on bottom side (f). While holding one bearing race,
of spherical bearing. rapidly spin the other race; remove
any excess grease that is forced out.
(5). Position roller bearing on a suitable Continue alternate spinning and
press top side down. While locking grease removal until grease no longer
compound is still wet, aline spherical surfaces when bearing race is spun.
ball within roller bearing. Press on
outer race of spherical bearing until (g). Using thin piece of wood or similar
firmly seated within roller bearing. material, carefully remove grease
from between outer race and cage of
Uneven pressure on the race of
CAUTION the roller bearing may crack
bearing.
flange in the area of the seal snap ring. (h). Apply thin coat of grease to seals and
retainer surfaces; install seals and
(6). Install upper snap ring on the top side secure with retainers.
of spherical bearing. Allow 2 hours
minimum cure time for bearing assem (2). Use the following procedure for regreas
bly prior to installation in swashplate. ing swashplate bearings by hand
packing:
2. Regreasing Swashplate Bearing
(a). Position and hold bearing to permit
Prior to reassembly of the swashplate, remove hand rotation of bearing inner race.
seal retainers and bearing seals from swash
plate bearing assembly and regrease bearings (b). While rotating bearing inner race,
as follows: (Use procedure (1). when using hand pack bearings with grease until
special greasing tool and procedure (2). when clean grease is forced from seal
hand packing bearings). around bearing.
Page 701
623060 Revision 3
P/N 600N7632
(c). While holding one bearing race, mating holes in bearing assembly and
rapidly spin the other race; remove stationary swashplate, then press on
any excess grease that is forced out. outer race of bearing assembly using
Continue alternate spinning and stationary swashplate tool (1,
grease removal until grease no longer Table 901) as shown in Figure 703.
surfaces when bearing is spun.
(5). Position bearing retainer (9, Figure 1)
(d). Using thin piece of wood or similar over swashplate bearing (10); install
material, carefully remove grease using bolts (8), washers (4) and nuts
from between outer race and cage of (2). Torque nuts to 50 60 inch
bearing. pounds (5.56 6.78 Nm) plus drag
torque.
(e). Apply thin coating of grease to seals
and retainer surfaces; install seals (6). Install bolts (5 and 6), washers (4)
and secure with retainers. (under nuts) and nuts (3) with wet
primer. Install two shorter bolts then
3. Bearing Installation longer bolts. Torque nuts to 30 40
inchpounds (3.39 4.52 Nm) plus
Install bearing assembly (10, Figure 1) in drag torque.
swashplate assembly as follows:
NOTE: Check for interference between bolt
Protect Teflon liner in spherical heads (5 and 6) and counterbore of bearing
CAUTION bearing bore during reassembly. skirt.
Ensure that bearing assembly is started
straight and is not cocked while being (7). Check spherical bearing preload. Hook
pressed into position. spring scale over one bolt securing
stationary swashplate to bearing
(1). Clean outside diameter (OD) of bearing flange. With rotating swashplate in
assembly (10) and inner diameter (ID) motion, drag should be 2 30 pounds
of rotating swashplate (1) using clean (0.91 13.61 kg). (Use average of two
cloth dampened with acetone (6, readings 90 degrees apart.)
Table 903). (8). Turn rotating swashplate to align arm
(2). Apply coat of primer (7) to bearing with arm of stationary swashplate.
assembly (10, Figure 1) OD and Check vertical movement between arms
rotating swashplate (1) ID; air dry 5 at control bolt in stationary swashplate;
10 minutes. maximum of 0.015 inch (0.381 mm)
total vertical movement is allowable.
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat swashplate
assembly to 275 F 25 F (135 C 12 C)
when assembling. Heat gun may be used, 4. Interrupter Installation
ensure heat is not localized on one area of Install interrupters as follows:
swashplate. Use gloves to protect hands
when handling heated components. NOTE: Ensure interrupters are installed with
same type and number of washers removed
(3). Using rotating swashplate bearing at disassembly, and that correct part num
installation tool (2, Table 901), install ber interrupter is installed in each swash
bearing assembly in bore of swashplate plate arm. (Ref. CSP HMI 2 and CSP
until bearing contacts retaining lip in IPC 4 for correct part numbers and
bottom of bearing bore as shown in corresponding locations).
Figure 702. Apply pressure to bearing
outer race only. Remove any excess (1). Install interrupter (14, Figure 1),
primer and ensure primer does not beveled edges inboard, with bolt (13),
enter bearing race. washers (4), nut (11). Coat bolt with
grease (10, Table 903) prior to installa
(4). Apply primer (7, Table 903) to bore of tion. Torque nut to 15 20 inch
stationary swashplate (7, Figure 1). pounds (1.69 2.26 Nm) and install
While primer is wet, carefully align cotter pin (12, Figure 1).
Page 702
Revision 13 623060
P/N 600N7632
(2). Install interrupter (15), beveled edges 6.78 Nm) plus drag torque.
inboard, and balance weight (17) with
5. Run-In Inspection Procedures
bolt (16), washers (4), nut (2). Torque
nut to 50 60 inchpounds (5.56 Not applicable.
RETAINER
SEAL
SEAL AREA
BEARING
SEAL
LONG SKIRT
RETAINER BEARING GREASING TOOL
ORING SEAL
LOCATIONS
GREASE FITTING
H623016
Figure 701. Regreasing Bearing with Regreasing Tool - Exploded View
5.10 IN. 0.25 IN.

(12.95 CM) OD (6.35 MM)

INSTALLATION TOOL
(2, TABLE 901)


ROTATING SWASHPLATE
H623017A
Figure 702. Bearing Installation Rotating Swashplate
Page 703
623060 Revision 14
P/N 600N7632
NO ROTATION AT
ROTATING SWASHPLATE
DOUBLE ROW
BALL BEARING

H623013
SNAP RING

NOTE NOTE

INSTALL THIS DIRECTION

NOTE NOTE

REMOVE SPHERICAL
BEARING THIS DIRECTION
REMOVAL
INSTALLATION
NOTE:
APPLY SURFACE PRIMER AND LOCKING COMPOUND TO THESE AREAS. 623018
Figure 704. Swashplate Bearing Disassembly - Assembly

If overhauled swashplate assembly is not to be tative (21, Table 903) and package or
Page 704
Revision 5 623060
P/N 600N7632
1. Reference (2). Table 901 provides specifications, and
when appropriate, procurement
(1). Reference is made throughout this information regarding special tools and
section of the Overhaul Manual to equipment required for overhaul and
CSPHMI2. This should be used as repair. Torque values are in Table 902.
noted throughout the overhaul. The
Illustrated Parts Catalog (CSPIPC4) (3). Figure 901 shows fabrication of a
should be used for ordering any bearing regreasing tool for use at
replacement parts required. overhaul.
Table 901. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Overhaul Special Tools
Item
1 Stationary swashplate tool Fabricate locally
See Figure 301.
2 Rotating swashplate bearing tool Fabricate locally
See Figure 301.
3 Bearing regreasing tool Fabricate locally
See Figure 901.
Table 902. Main Rotor Swashplate Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. (In.Lb.) (Nm)
Interrupter nut 11 50 60 5.65 6.78
Interrupter nut 2 15 20 1.69 2.26
Bearing retainer nuts 2 50 60 5.65 6.78
Bearing flange nuts 3 30 40 3.39 4.52

Item
1 Paint remover TTR248 Turco 5351 Turco products, Inc.,
Westminster, CA
926843600
No. A202 CeeBee Chemical
Co. Downey, CA
2 Solvent, drycleaning PD680 (3)
4 Cloth, abrasive, crocus grade PC458 (3)
5 Cloth, abrasive, aluminum PC451 (3)
6 Acetone OA51 (3)
Page 901
623060 Revision 3
P/N 600N7632
Item
7 Primer MILP85582 (3)
8 Flat black lacquer (color No. Fed Std 595 (3)
37038)
9 Alcohol, isopropyl TTI735 (3)
10 Grease, aircraft and instrument MILPRF81322 Mobil Grease 28 Mobil Oil Co.
(4) Aero Shell 22 Shell Oil Company
Braycote 622 Castrol Industrial
11 Masking tape MILT23397 (3)
12 Chemical conversion film solution MILC5541 Iridite 142 Richardson Co.,
(Iridite, Alodine or equivalent) Class 2 Alcoat AlliedKelite
Product Div.
2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
13 Chromic acid solution MILM3171 Dow #19 Dow Chemical Co.
(pH 2.6 to 3.4) Type VI or equivalent
14 Arkansas polishing stone (3)
15 Trichloroethane OT620 (3)
16 Loctite remover Oakite 156 Oakite Products Inc.
50 Valley Road
Berkley Heights, NJ
079222712
17 Surface primer, Locking MILS22473 Locquic Loctite, Inc.
Compound (grade and form 705 N. Mountain Rd.
optional) Newington, CT 06111
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
4073224000
18 Sealing, locking and retaining MILR46082 Loctite R/C 609 Loctite Inc.
compounds, single component or No. 35
(grade as noted)
19 Plastic bead, spherical 2030 Poly Plus 20/30 Polyrock Company
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
20 Aluminum Alloy 2024T4 (3)
Page 902
Revision 16 623060
P/N 600N7632
Item
Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:
(4) Do not intermix grease from different manufacturers or grease of different types. Thoroughly clean
all components/bearings before relubricating with grease from a different manufacturer or a
different type grease.
MS9021354 5.000 IN. (12.700CM) DIAMETER

ORING 0.100 IN. 0.1520.162 IN.
0.500 IN.
0.100 IN. (2.54 MM) (12.70 MM) 0.255 IN. (3.8614.115 MM)
(2.54 MM) (6.477 MM)

1.500 IN.
3.81 CM)

MS28775349
ORING
HOLE FOR
LUBRICATION
FITTING (FOR
THREADED OR
4.5024.510 IN. (11.43511.455 CM) DIAMETER PRESS FIT)
4.8694.871 IN. (12.36712.372 CM) DIAMETER
H623010
Figure 901. Bearing Regreasing Tool - Fabrication

623060 Revision 5
P/N 600N7632
to be used in conjunction with the 600N7632 CSPIPC4.
Main Rotor Swashplate overhaul manual.
effectivities.
Page 1001
623060 Revision 14
P/N 600N7632
20
7
21
8
9
11
15 16
9 5
14
(NOTE 1)
8 13 21
20 21 17
5
6
23
22
21
7 25
19
21 12
1 24 2
(NOTE 2)
18
10
21
20
20 21
NOTES:
1. INTERRUPTER AT THIS LOCATION IS USED AS BALANCE
WEIGHT IN THIS INSTALLATION.
2. INSTALL ROTATING SWASHPLATE LIP SIDE DOWN. H623023A
Figure 1001. Main Rotor Control Swashplate Assembly
Page 1002
Revision 15 623060
P/N 600N7632
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 600N7630-3 Swashplate Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 600N7632-1 Swashplate Assy, M/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 NAS75-4-1 1 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 NAS75-4-10 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Replaced By NAS75-4-11
3 NAS77-4-023 Bushing-Flanged, Press Fit, Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
4 NAS77-4-032 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369A7003-9 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 369A7013 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 PSB420CD Ring, Snap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 BMC-12417-1 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 BMC-12417-2 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 369N2628-BSC Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 369N2628-3 Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALT
11 369A7615-BSC Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 369D29946-131 Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 600N7631-1 Balance Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369D29946-1 11 Interrupter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 NAS6204-15 Bolt, Hex Head, Non-locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
16 NAS6204-16 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 NAS6204-14 Bolt, Hex Head, Close Tolerance, Alloy Steel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 NAS517-4-23 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 NAS6204-26D Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 NAS1149D0416K Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
22 MS24665-153 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 HS4951-1 I.D. Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 HS626-4-400 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1003
623060 Revision 15
P/N 600N7632
Page 1004
Revision 14 623060
Section
63-10-10
Overrunning Clutch
Part Number
369A5350-603, -605
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 11
P/N 369A5350
TABLE OF CONTENTS
631010 Overrunning Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Overrunning Clutch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 301. Clutch Assembly Cutaway View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
A. General Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
B. Component Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2. Ball Bearing Inspection and Grease Repack (300 Hour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
3. Overrunning Clutch Sprag Inspection (300 Hour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
4. Inspection Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Table 501. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (with 369A5364 Sprag
Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Figure 501. Service Limits Clutch Outer Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Figure 502. Service Limits Clutch Inner Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Figure 503. Service Limits Clutch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Figure 504. Sprag Torque Load Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Table 503. Detailed Inspection after Cleaning (369D25351 Sprag
Assembly) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Figure 505. Inspection Requirements of 369D25351 Sprag Assembly . . . . . . . . . 510
Figure 506. Dimension Criteria for 369A535031, 41 or 51 Overrunning
Clutch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
1. General Repair and Modification Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Removal of Minor Nicks, Scratches and Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
631010 Page i
P/N 369A5350
B. General Part Replacement Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
4. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Seal Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Overrunning Clutch Modification, Early to Current 51 Configuration . . . . . . . 601
Table 601. Overrunning Clutch Configuration Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Table 602. Overrunning Clutch Modification Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Table 603. Overrunning Clutch Oil Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 601. Overrunning Clutch Assembly Cutaway View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
1. Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
3. Final Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
4. RunIn Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
A. Torque Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 701. Clutch Reassembly of Races . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
5. Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
1. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Overrunning Clutch Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Overrunning Clutch Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Overrunning Clutch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 631010
Revision 15
Contents
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over rized modifications for the overrunning
haul of this component, ensure the required clutch.
special tools and processes are available to
assure completion of the work. (6). Reassembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
provides overrunning clutch reassembly
1. General and procedures for runin of the
overhauled overrunning clutch.
overhaul procedures for the 369A5350 (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
Overrunning Clutch Assembly. Procedures & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
given are the approved methods to be used for provides procedures for fabricating
specific repair or complete overhaul of the special tools required for overhaul of
component. the overrunning clutch.
A. Organization (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

The Overrunning Clutch section of the identify part numbers and configura
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of tion differences for the overrunning
seven parts, listed below. These sections clutch.
contain complete instructions for disassembly,
cleaning, inspection, repair, reassembly and B. Reference Data
testing of the component. The following (1). Reference is made throughout this Part
describes the topic and content of each part of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
with appropriate page numbers: HMI2. This manual should be used as
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
describes procedures for complete use of Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
the overrunning clutch section. (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
replacement parts for 369A5350603
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 overrunning clutch assembly.
bly of the overrunning clutch.
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 procurement information, regarding
contains cleaning and painting require special tools and equipment, and
ments for the overrunning clutch expendable items and materials
components and parts. required for overhaul/repair. Torque
values are contained in Table 902.
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
provides visual and dimensional (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of the
inspection requirements. overrunning clutch, with all parts
indexed. The index numbers are used
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 throughout the text with the part
provides allowable repairs and parts nomenclature to make part identifica
replacement information and autho tion easier.
Page 1
631010 Revision 15
P/N 369A5350
NOTE 3
NOTES: NOTE 4
1. BONDED IN PLACE IN NUT (10).
2. ONLY FOR SHIPPING AND STORAGE.THREADED
PLUG OR CAP PLUG MAY BE USED.
3. FORMSPRAG 369D25351 INSTALL WITH 22
DIRECTIONAL ARROW TOWARDS SPLINES (NOTE 5)
ON SHAFT 18.
4. BORGEWARNER 269A5364 INSTALL WITH
FLANGED END TOWARDS SPLINES ON SHAFT 18.
5. 51 CONFIGURATION ONLY.
CAUTION: DO NOT USE 369A5363 BEARING,
MARKED SKF/MRC, P/N R12, IN 51 CONFIGURATION.
16
2 15
14
19 (CAUTION:)
12
11
9 6
8 21
(NOTE 2)
10
5
(NOTE1)
13
17
18 5
8 20
9
1
3
4
H631016C
Figure 1. Overrunning Clutch Assembly
Page 2
Revision 3 631010
P/N 369A5350
1. RETAINER RING 12. LOCKWASHER
2. CLUTCH HOUSING 13. PACKING
3. CLUTCH RETAINER 14. BALL BEARING
4. PACKING 15. SPRAG ASSEMBLY
5. SEAL (2) 16. RING SPACER
6. BEARING CARRIER 17. BALL BEARING
7. BALL BEARING 18. CLUTCH INNER RACE
8. SLEEVE SPACER (2) 19. IDENTIFICATION PLATE
9. PACKING (2) 20. PACKING
10. RETAINING NUT 21. SHIPPING PLUG OR CAP PLUG
11. CLUTCH OUTER RACE 22. WAVE WASHER (-51 CONFIGURATION ONLY)
Page 3/(4 blank)

631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
DISASSEMBLY
1. General Disassembly Information outboard sleeve spacer (8), from output
shaft of clutch inner race.
Information given in this section provides
procedures for complete disassembly of the Prying on outer race of bearing
CAUTION when removing from bearing
overrunning clutch assembly. Many specific
repairs require only partial disassembly, follow carrier can damage bearing.
(9). Press ball bearing from bearing carrier.
2. Disassembly (10). Secure input shaft of clutch outer race
(11) in aluminum jawed vise or equiva
Disassemble the overrunning clutch according lent spline holding fixture.
to the following procedure and as shown in
Figure 1 and Figure 301. (11). Remove crimps (5 places) in lockwasher
(12). Using strap wrench, loosen, but do
(1). Secure input shaft or clutch outer race not remove retaining nut (10).
(Figure 301) in aluminum jawed vise or
equivalent spline holding fixture. (12). Pull out and remove inboard sleeve
spacer (8). Remove packing (9) from
(2). If installed, remove shipping plug or sleeve spacer; discard packing.
cap (21, Figure 1), and packing (20)
from output shaft of clutch inner race (13). Remove retaining nut and lockwasher
(18). from clutch outer race; discard lock
washer.
(3). Remove clutch from vise or holding
fixture and drain oil; reinstall clutch in Use care when prying seal (5)
CAUTION out of retaining nut. Nut must
vise or retaining fixture.
be replaced if seal groove is damaged.
(4). Using snap ring pliers, remove retain
ing ring (1) from housing (2); remove (14). Remove packing (13) and seal (5) from
clutch from vise. retaining nut. Seal is bonded in groove
of nut and must be pryed free.
(5). Holding output shaft of clutch inner
race, remove housing from clutch (15). Rotate output shaft of clutch outer race
subassembly . counterclockwise and remove outer race
from inner race; remove outer race from
Use care when prying seal (5) vise.
CAUTION out of clutch retainer (3). Re
(16). On 51 clutches, remove wave washer
tainer must be replaced if seal groove is
(22).
damaged.
(17). Remove bearing (14).
(6). Remove sleeve spacer (8) from clutch
retainer; remove packing (9) from If any sprags or clips fall out of
sleeve spacer; discard packing. CAUTION cages when sprag assembly (15)
is removed, sprag assembly must be re
(7). Remove packing (4) and carefully pry placed.
seal (5), which is bonded in groove, from
retainer. (18). Remove sprag assembly (15) and ring
spacer (16) from clutch inner race.
(8). Using arbor press and bearing puller (1,
Table 901), remove bearing carrier (6, (19). Using suitable bearing puller, remove
Figure 1) with ball bearing (7) and ball bearing (17) from clutch inner race.
Page 301
631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
W1593018 WAVE WASHER

NOTES 1 AND 2 (51 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY)
CLUTCH INNER CLUTCH OUTER

RACE RACE
OUTPUT DRIVE INPUT DRIVE
NOTES:
1. 51 SAME AS 41 EXCEPT FOR 369A53525 OUTER RACE
AND W1593018 WAVE WASHER.
2. 369A53525 OUTER RACE CAN BE USED IN OTHER CLUTCH
SUBASSEMBLIES PROVIDED WAVE WASHER IS USED.
H631017A
Figure 301. Clutch Assembly - Cutaway View
Page 302
Revision 3 631010
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (1). Clutch Housing (2, Figure 1)
Clean all parts except those to be replaced (a). Remove all oil sludge and any other
prior to inspection as follows: foreign materials from exposed parts.
A. General Cleaning (b). Remove paint as required using
plastic bead blast (17, Table 903) or
The following cleaning information applies to paint remover (1).
all reuseable parts and components of the
overrunning clutch assembly. (c). Rinse thoroughly in clean water after
paint removal.
Most cleaning solvents are
WARNING flammable and must be kept (2). Clutch Retainer (3, Figure 1)
away from heat or open flame. Avoid (a). Clean seal groove using cotton swab
inhalation of fumes and extended con and MEK (15, Table 903).
tact with skin.
(3). Retaining Nut (10, Figure 1)
(1). Use agitated immersion, pressure spray
or vapor degreasing to clean all compo (a). Clean seal groove using cotton swab
nents. and MEK (15, Table 903).
(2). Dry all parts with compressed air after (b). Clean nut using ultrasonic method
cleaning. and cleaning solvent (2).
(3). Wrap all cleaned parts in suitable paper (4). All Metal Parts
or store in a safe place while not in use.
(a). Rinse in dry cleaning solvent (2).
B. Component Cleaning
Cleaning requirements for specific parts of the
Prepare and paint the overhauled overrunning
overrunning clutch are described in the
clutch as follows:
following paragraphs.
(1). Clean external housing (2, Figure 1)
Do not use over 50 psig air pres
CAUTION sure for abrasive cleaning meth
surface (Ref. Cleaning).
od. Mask or shield threaded areas or critical (2). Using masking tape (14, Table 903),
surfaces where damage may result from mask off input drive, output drive, seal
abrasive blasting. areas and flange mating surfaces at
each end of housing.
NOTE: Complete removal of epoxybased prim
er is unnecessary. Stripping is necessary on (3). Paint according to Table 401. For
nonferrous parts that are to be fluorescent corrosion control and painting proce
penetrant inspected. dures, (Ref. CSPHMI2).
Method of No. of
Item Name Paint Type and Specification Application Coats
Housing Primer (9, Table 903) Spray 1
(2, Figure 1)
Non-specular black acrylic lacquer (10, Table 903) Spray 2

631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection (d). Repack grease on riveted cage side of
bearing by hand and rotate bearing.
Inspect all overrunning clutch components and Repeat procedure until grease is
parts that are not to be replaced according to visibly working its way out other side
the following instructions. of bearing.
2. Ball Bearing Inspection and Grease (e). Fill void in clutch retainer 75 percent
Repack (300 Hour) full with grease.
(6). Open Faced 369A5361 Ball Bearing
(1). Remove clutch assembly per CSP
HMI2. (a). Check open faced ball bearing for
excessive loss of grease.
(2). Temporarily install coupling bolt, to
maintain internal fluid. NOTE: If excessive loss of grease is noted in
ball bearing, perform enginetotransmis
(3). Remove clutch retainer (3, Figure 1) to sion alignment check per Structural Repair
expose ball bearing (7). Manual. Remedy cause of misalignment
where noted.
NOTE: There are two different 369A5361 ball
bearings currently in use. One type has an (b). If ball bearing is dry or grease is
open face where the cage and bearings are caked, inspect bearing as follows:
visible, the other type has a brass riveted
cage. 1). Clean bearing with solvent and
brush.
(4). Remove bearing from clutch inner race
(18). 2). Inspect for roughness, pitting,
scoring or overheat discoloration.
(5). Riveted Cage 369A5361 Ball Bearing Replace bearing if any of the above
are noted.
(a). On riveted cage ball bearing rotate
3). Check for bearing radial play. If no
and check for binding or roughness.
radial play is discerned in the
If roughness or binding is apparent,
bearing, remove bearing (Ref
replace bearing.
Disassembly), and measure journal
outer diameter. If outside diameter
(b). Check for bearing radial play. If no
of journal exceeds 1.2505 inch
radial play is discerned in the
(3.1763 cm), return clutch subas
bearing, remove bearing (Ref Disas
sembly to MDHS for rework.
sembly), and measure journal outer
diameter. If outside diameter of (c). Using solvent (2, Table 903) and
journal exceeds 1.2505 inch (3.1763 brush, thoroughly remove existing
cm), return clutch subassembly to grease from both bearing and retain
MDHS for rework. er. (Do not use compressed air to
remove grease from ball bearing).
(c). Inspect seal (5) in retainer. Replace if
cracked, broken, worn or shows (d). Inspect bearing for roughness,
evidence of excessive heat. pitting, scoring or discoloration
(Table 501).
NOTE: Installation of 369A53683 seal (with
out garlock spring) upgrades 369A535011 (e). Inspect seal (5, Figure 1) in retainer.
clutch subassembly to 21 configuration, re Replace if cracked, broken, worn or
identify ID plate if necessary. shows evidence of excessive heat.
Page 501
631010 Revision 8
P/N 369A5350
NOTE: Installation of 369A53683 seal (with surface measurement is less than 0.050
out garlock spring) upgrades 369A535011 inch (1.27 mm) or outer surface mea
clutch subassembly to 21 configuration, re surement is less than 0.070 inch (1.78
identify ID plate if necessary. mm), the sprag assembly must be
replaced.
(f). Repack bearing 50 percent of capac
ity with grease (8, Table 903), by (5). On the sprag inner contact surface, of
packing open side of bearing level all the sprags in a sprag assembly, the
without forcing grease through variation in distance from edge of sprag
bearing cage. to load pattern should not exceed 0.030
inch (0.76 mm) (Ref. Figure 504).
(g). Fill void in clutch retainer 75 percent
full with grease. (6). Using an outside micrometer, check
dimension of inner race (369A5353),
(h). Reinstall retainer ring: flat side of 1.4990 inch (3.807 cm) minimum.
retainer ring faces unit; bevel side is
out. (7). Using an inside micrometer, check
dimension of outer race (369A5352),
3. Overrunning Clutch Sprag Inspection (300 2.1565 inch (5.4775 cm) maximum.
Hour)
(8). Using a 4x magnifying lens, visually
The following inspection is forhelicopters inspect inner and outer races for
equippedwitha cargohook (Ref. Table 503 brinelling, scoring or pitting.
for 369D25351 Inspection).
NOTE: On the inner race, pay particular atten
(1). Visually inspect sprag assembly, tion to area around drain holes for cracks.
Table 501, for broken drag clips, broken No defects are allowed. If any are found, re
drag strips, cracked cages, broken or place inner race or outer race as applicable.
distorted ribbon spring or cracked,
If the 369A5364 sprag assembly
broken or missing sprags. CAUTION is replaced for any reason other
Do not remove sprags and clips than broken drag clips or drag strips of dis
CAUTION from sprag assembly. Removal torted ribbon springs, magneflux inner race
requires replacement of sprag assembly. and outer race per Table 502. Disclosure of
any defect requires replacement of inner
(2). Inspect cages, Table 501, for peening or race or outer race as applicable.
wear; maximum permissible width
across inner cage and outer cage (9). Record compliance of this inspection in
windows is 0.208 inch (5.283 mm) (Ref. helicopter log book.
Figure 504).
4. Inspection Requirements
NOTE: The most pronounced inner and outer Table 501 and Table 503 contains visual and
cage wear occurs in the outside diameter dimensional inspection requirements for
corners of the crossbars. Wear should be overrunning clutch parts. Serviceable dimen
measured at the worst point. sions for parts and components, and service
(3). Using 4x magnifying lens, inspect sprag ability criteria for clutch inner and outer races
load surfaces, Table 501, for flats, are shown in Figure 501 thru Figure 504
scoring, heavy pitting or scratches (Ref. (when using Table 501) and Figure 505 and
Figure 504). Figure 506 (when using Table 503). Parts
requiring magnetic particle inspection (MPI)
(4). Measure distance from edge of sprags or fluorescent penetrant inspection (FPI) are
to load pattern, Figure 504. If inner listed in Table 502.
Page 502
Revision 3 631010
P/N 369A5350
Table 501. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (with 369A5364 Sprag Assembly)
Maximum Maximum
NOTE: All inspections are visual inspections unless otherwise specified.
Retaining ring (1, Figure 1) for:
Cracks No defects Not repairable Replace ring.
Nicks or burrs Minor surface defects Minor surface repair Polishing.
Clutch retainer (3) for:
Seal groove damage Not repairable Replace Retainer.
Nicks, burrs, or corrosion Minor surface repair Polishing.
Sleeve spacers (8) for:
Cracks No defects Not repairable Replace sleeve.
Seal surface damage Not repairable Replace sleeve.
Nicks, scratches or burrs Minor surface repair Polishing.
Ball bearings (7, 14 and 17) for:
Pitting or scoring Not repairable Replace bearing.
Discoloration from Not repairable Replace bearing.
overheating
Bearing carrier (6) for:
Damage to bearing mating Only bearing removal Not repairable Replace carrier.
surfaces marks allowed
Nicks, pitting or gouges Minor surface repair Polishing.
Cracks (FPI) No defects Not repairable Replace carrier.
Retaining nut (10) for:
Cross-threading or No defects Not repairable Replace nut.
damaged threads
Seal groove damage Burnishing allowed Not repairable Replace nut.
Nicks, burrs or minor Minor surface repair Polishing.
scoring
Clutch outer race (11) for:
Worn splines, bearing If wear is evident, Minor nicks, scratches or Dress with stone.
bores and clutch race (Figure 501) burrs
Cracks (MPI) No defects Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
Damage to large end No defects Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
sealing face
Wear on functional If wear is evident, for Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
surfaces tolerances (Figure 501)
Brinelling, scoring or No defects Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
pitting
Page 503
631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
Table 501. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (with 369A5364 Sprag Assembly) (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Do not remove sprags and clips from sprag assembly. Removal requires replacement of sprag
CAUTION assembly.
Sprag assembly (15) for:
NOTE: Use 4X magnifying lens for inspection.
Evidence of overheating No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
Galling and scoring No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
Distorted or broken drag No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
clips or drag strips
Broken or distorted ribbon No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
springs
Cages for any cracks No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
peening, or damage
Edge of cage or flange for No indications None Replace sprag assembly.
wear
Cage windows for wear max width across inner Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
and outer cage window is
0.208 inch (5.283 mm)
(Figure 504)
Cracked, broken or No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
missing sprags
Incorrect sprag torque No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
load pattern on inner and
outer surface (Figure 504)
Sprag load surface for None None Replace sprag assembly.
flats, scoring, heavy pitting
or scratches
Load pattern width Not more than 0.030 inch None Replace sprag assembly.
variation (0.762 mm) difference
from any sprag to load
pattern
Ring spacer (16) for:
Scoring, nicks, cracks, No defects Minor nicks, scratches or Dress with stone.
scratches or burrs on burrs
mating surfaces
Clutch inner race (18) for:
Worn splines, bearing If wear is evident, Minor nicks scratches or Dress with stone.
journals and clutch race (Figure 502) burrs
Cross-threading or No defects Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.
damaged threads
Wear or functional If wear is evident, Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.
surfaces (Figure 502)
Page 504
Revision 3 631010
P/N 369A5350
Table 501. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (with 369A5364 Sprag Assembly) (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Clogged oil holes Not required Not required Cleaning.
On inner race, pay particular attention to area around oil drain holes for cracks.
CAUTION
Cracks (MPI) No defects Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.
Brinelling, scoring or No defects Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.
pitting
Housing (2) for:
NOTE: Engine must be removed to inspect housing.
Cracks (FPI) No defects Not repairable Replace housing.
Paint damaged No defects Not required Repaint.
Identification plate (19) No defects Not repairable Replace plate.
damage or illegible
condition
Mating surfaces damaged If defects are evident, Not repairable Replace housing.
(Figure 503)
Minor nicks, scratches or No defects Minor repair Polishing.
gouges

Clutch inner race 18 Clutch housing 2
Clutch outer race 11 Bearing carrier 6
NOTES:
Page 505
631010 Revision 11
P/N 369A5350
1.62561.6250 IN
(4.12904.1275 CM)
0.75050.7501 IN
1.25051.2501 IN (19.062719.0525 CM)
(3.17633.1753 CM) 1.50001.4990 IN
(3.81003.8075 CM)
2.25072.2500 IN 2.15502.1565 IN
(5.71685.7150 CM) (5.47375.4775 CM) PIN DIAMETER 0.096 IN (2.438 MM)
PIN DIAMETER 0.0864 IN (2.1946 MM)
1.2891 IN (3.2743 CM) MIN

MEASURE OVER PINS
1.3054 IN (3.3157 CM) MIN

MEASURE OVER PINS
PIN DIAMETER 0.096 IN (2.438 MM)
PIN DIAMETER 0.0864 IN (2.1946 MM) H631018A H631019A
Figure 501. Service Limits - Clutch Outer Figure 502. Service Limits - Clutch Inner

Race Race

2.9022.900 IN 2.5002.501 IN
(7.3717.366 CM) (6.3506.3525 CM)

H631020A
Figure 503. Service Limits - Clutch Housing
Page 506
Revision 3 631010
P/N 369A5350
OUTER INNER
CAGE CAGE DRAG CLIP
(3 REQD)
SPRAG 18 REQD
(REFER TO CAUTION) DRAG STRIP OUTER CAGE FLANGE
(3 REQD)
RIBBON SPRING
0.208 IN (5.283 MM) MAX

(NOTE 1, 2)
TORQUE LOAD PATTERN REFER TO CAUTION
INNER SURFACE
TORQUE LOAD
OUTER CAGE PATTERN OUTER
INNER CAGE FLANGE SURFACE
0.208 IN (5.283 MM) MAX FLANGE
(NOTE 1, 2)
CROSS BAR
CROSS
BAR
WINDOW
DRAG CLIP
WINDOW CHECK FOR WEAR 0.070 IN (1.778 MM) MIN

DRAG STRIP ON EDGE OF CAGE
0.50 IN (12.70MM) MIN
INNER CAGE INNER DIAMETER OUTER CAGE OUTER DIAMETER
NOTE: CAUTION:
1. SPRAG REMOVED FOR CLARITY, REFER TO CAUTION. DO NOT REMOVE SPRAGS AND CLIPS FROM SPRAG
2. GREATEST WEAR OCCURS IN OUTSIDE DIAMETER ASSEMBLY. REMOVAL REQUIRES REPLACEMENT OF
CORNERS OF CROSSBARS. MEASURE WEAR AT THE SPRAG ASSEMBLY.
WORST POINT.
H631021
Figure 504. Sprag Torque Load Pattern
Page 507
631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
Table 503. Detailed Inspection after Cleaning (369D25351 Sprag Assembly)
Maximum Maximum
NOTE: This table is for inspection of the 369D25351 sprag assembly only. For inspection requirements of
complete clutch assembly, refer to Table 501.
Do not remove more than one sprag from sprag assembly at a time. Sprags must stay in the
CAUTION same windows because of wear patterns. Interchanging of sprags requires replacement of
sprag assembly.
Sprag assembly (15) for:
Cross bar straightness No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
and uniformity
Retainer assembly for Must slip into outer race Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
roundness without forcing
Retainer flanges for No defects Minor surface repair Polishing.
excessive gouging or
steps from adjacent
contact surfaces
Outside diameter of No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
retainer contact surface
with outer race sprag
diameter for excessive
wear
Sprags for freedom of No binding allowed Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
movement in slots
Sprag retainer spring No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
(installed) for separation
of coils, kinking, and
corrosion
NOTE: Lightly polished areas are acceptable. Do not reinstall sprag assembly if one sprag is not acceptable.
Window surfaces on 0.004 inch (0.102 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
flange and bar surfaces max from original flat
on retainer for wear surface and/or sharp
corner wear at interface
of bars to flanges
Sprags (Figure 505) for:

NOTE: It is common to see some flaking or spalling of Formchrome on sprag surfaces after some service hours
at the higher area of load cam. Formchrome is a very thin diffusion layer and this flaking condition does
not alter the sprag geometry as long as the change to surface contour is not over 0.0002 inch (0.0051 mm).
Bare surfaces altered by scoring, scrubbing, or other severe clutch conditions is cause for sprag rejection.
Chips or surface break None None Replace sprag retainer
up (resulting from assembly.
scuffing or scoring) that
do not conform to
original cam profile
(Figure 505)
Page 508
Revision 3 631010
P/N 369A5350
Table 503. Detailed Inspection after Cleaning (369D25351 Sprag Assembly) (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Flat wear bands at 0.020 inch (0.508 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
overrunning cam portion max assembly.
of sprag
Sprags and retainer for None Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
corrosion assembly.
Sprag retainer spring None Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
(removed) for kinks or assembly.
circular arcs
Spring coil sprag contact Wear must not exceed 30 Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
surface for wear percent of wire section assembly.
Sprags for chips or loss of 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
material on profile max from original assembly.
surface on front flat and
back bumper
Inner race sprag cam for 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
working or loading of max at high load corner assembly.
high loading corner
Sprag inner race and/or None Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
other supporting surfaces assembly.
for wear and loss of
clutch concentricity
Page 509
631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
SPRING
CHECK FOR CHIPPED

CORNERS OR LOSS
OF MATERIAL
SEE ITEM C
FOR DETAIL
ITEM B
ITEM A

INNER RACE OF
INDIVIDUAL SPRAG

0.004 IN (0.0102 MM) MAX.
WEAR FROM ORIGINAL
FLAT SURFACE (NOTE)

ITEM C
0.030 MINIMUM
0.004 IN (0.0102 MM) MAX. WEAR

FROM ORIGINAL FLAT SURFACE

AND/OR SHARP CORNERS (NOTE)

0.004 IN (0.0102 MM) MAX.

(NOTE)
STEP CAUSED BY WEAR
(NOTE)
ITEM E

NOTE: USE TOOL (3, TABLE 901) FOR
INSPECTING OF SPRAG WINDOW WEAR.
ITEM D
H631022C
Figure 505. Inspection Requirements of 369D25351 Sprag Assembly
Page 510
Revision 12 631010
P/N 369A5350
*1.50001.4991 IN
(*3.81003.8077 CM)
1.25051.2501 IN

(3.17633.1753 CM)

0.75050.7501 IN
(19.062719.0525 CM)

MAXIMUM TAPER OVER LENGTH
IS 0.0010 IN (0.0254 MM)
NOTE
2.25072.2500 IN

(5.71685.7150 CM)

1.62561.6250 IN
(4.12904.1275 CM)

2.1550*2.1564 IN
(5.4737*5.4773 CM)
*NEW DIMENSION CRITERIA
NOTE:
DIMENSIONS FOR IDENTIFICATION OF THE OUTER RACE ONLY
369A5352BSC 1.271 INCH (3.228 CM)
369A53525 1.311 INCH (3.329 CM).
H631023C
Figure 506. Dimension Criteria for 369A5350-31, -41 or -51 Overrunning Clutch Assembly

631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. General Repair and Modification 3. Parts Replacement
Information
The following paragraph contains part
This section provides allowable repairs and replacement requirements.
part replacement requirements and modifica (1). Replace all packings and seals.
tion upgrades for overhaul of the overrunning
clutch. (2). Replace lockwasher (12, Figure 1).
2. Repair (3). Replace all parts not within tolerances

specified in Table 501 and Figure 501
The only repairs authorized for overrunning thru Figure 503.
clutch components are those given in the NOTE: If a large number of clutch parts are be
following paragraph. yond tolerance, consider replacement of the
complete clutch subassembly.
A. Removal of Minor Nicks, Scratches and
Corrosion 4. Modification
All parts must meet the tolerances specified in A. Seal Modification
Table 501 and Figure 501 thru Figure 503
after repair. All parts are to be recleaned and New 369A5368 seals may be upgraded to
spot painted as required (Ref. CSPHMI2) 369A53683 configuration by removal of
prior to reassembly. garlock spring from seal.
Used seals may not be reworked
(1). Splines CAUTION to the 369A5368 3 configura
tion.
(a). Dress minor nicks, scratches and
burrs with fine India stone (3, B. Overrunning Clutch Modification, Early to
Table 903). Current -51 Configuration
(2). Nonsealing Ferrous Parts Modify an early overrunning clutch to the
most current configuration by performing all
(a). Polish out minor scoring with crocus applicable modifications listed by item
cloth (4). numbers in Table 601. All parts to be removed
and replaced are listed by part number in
(3). Aluminum Parts Table 602. Ensure that all parts listed in
Table 602 for removal and replacement are
(a). Polish out minor scoring with abra accomplished. Removal procedures for the
sive cloth (5). Apply chemical film parts are furnished in (Ref. Disassembly).
(13) to polish surface (Ref. CSP Similarly, replacement procedures, are in (Ref.
HMI2). Repair) and reassembly procedures are in (Ref.
Assembly).
B. General Part Replacement Requirements
Do not use 369A5363 bearing,
Replace the following parts with new parts at CAUTION marked SKF/MRC, P/N R12,
reassembly of the overrunning clutch: when converting to 51 configuration.
Page 601
631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
Table 601. Overrunning Clutch Configuration Conversions
369A5350-( ) Configuration Modification Required
From To (Item No. Table 602)
-1 1 -51 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
-21 -51 1, 3, 4, 5, 6
-31 -51 3, 4, 5, 6
-41 -51 5, 6
Table 602. Overrunning Clutch Modification Criteria

Item Parts to be Parts to be
No. Quantity Removed Installed Nomenclature
1 1 369A5364 369D25351 Sprag Assembly
2 1 369A5368 369A5368-3 Seal, Oil (Note)
3 1 369A5365 369A5365-3 Nut Retainer
4 1 369A5353 369A5353-3 Race, Inner Clutch
5 1 369A5352 369A5352-5 Race, Outer Clutch
6 1 W1593-018 Washer, Wave
Do not use 369A5363 bearing, marked SKF/MRC, P/N R12, when converting to -51 configura-
CAUTION tion.
NOTE: Conversion of -11 configuration to -51 configuration overrunning clutch requires the 369A5368 oil seal on
inner race be removed and replaced by 369A5368-3 oil seal (Ref. Figure 601).
Table 603. Overrunning Clutch Oil Capacity

Overrunning Clutch Capacity
1 1, 21, 31 1.52 U.S. Oz. (45 cc)
41, 51 1.01 U.S. Oz. (30 cc)
Page 602
Revision 11 631010
P/N 369A5350
WAVE WASHER
(51 CLUTCH ONLY)
NUT RETAINER (CAUTION:)
OIL SEAL (NOTE)
SPRAG
CLUTCH OUTER RACE

CLUTCH INNER RACE
OUTPUT DRIVE INPUT DRIVE
NOTE:
REMOVE AND REPLACE THIS SEAL ON 11 CONFIGURATION
CLUTCH. REFER TO TABLE 602, ITEM 2.
CAUTION:
DO NOT USE 369A5363 BEARING, MARKED SKF, P/N R12,
WHEN CONVERTING TO 51 CONFIGURATION. H631024C
Figure 601. Overrunning Clutch Assembly - Cutaway View

631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Seal Installation bearing level without forcing grease
through bearing cage.
Prior to reassembly of overrunning clutch
parts and subassemblies, install new seals (5, (2). Lubricate all packings with oil (12).
Figure 1) in potting compound applied in seal
grooves of retaining nut (10) and clutch (3). Install packing (4, Figure 1) in retainer
retainer (3) as follows: (3); one packing (9) in each sleeve
spacer (8); and packing (13) in retaining
(1). Ensure seal grooves in retaining nut nut (10).
and clutch retainer are clean (Ref.
(4). Apply light film of oil (12, Table 903) to
Cleaning).
sprag assembly (15, Figure 1).
NOTE: Mix potting compound (6, Table 903), (5). Press bearing (17) on clutch inner race
one ounce compound to 60 drops hardener. (18) until bearing inner race bottoms on
Apply compound in seal grooves evenly. shoulder of clutch inner race.
Avoid excess application. Allow potting com
pound to dry at room temperature, accord (6). Install ring spacer (16) on clutch inner
ing to container instructions. race (18).
(2). Apply potting compound in seal groove (7). Install sprag assembly on clutch inner
of retaining nut. race (Ref. Figure 1).
(3). Install one seal in potting compound (a). For 369A5364 sprag assembly, install
with lip of seal toward threads of nut. with flanged end of clutch assembly
Ensure seal is correctly seated against toward splined end of race.
gland seat and that side and inside
diameter is free of potting compound. (b). For 369D25351 sprag assembly,
install with arrow toward splines,
(4). Wipe away any potting compound facing in a clockwise direction.
squeeze out.
Do not use 369A5363 bearing,
CAUTION marked, SKF/MRC, P/N R12,
(5). Apply potting compound in seal groove
of clutch retainer. when converting to 51 configuration.
(6). Install one seal in potting compound (8). Press bearing (14) on clutch inner race
with seal lip toward packing. Ensure until bearing inner race bottoms on
seal is correctly seated against gland shoulder of clutch inner race.
seat and side and inside diameter is (9). Install new lockwasher (12) on threads
free of potting compound. of clutch outer race (11).
(7). Wipe away any potting compound NOTE: A small amount of oil (12, Table 903) in
squeeze out. clutch outer race housing aids reassembly.
2. Reassembly (10). Clamp splined shaft of clutch outer race
in aluminum jawed vise.
Reassemble the overrunning clutch as follows:
(11). On 51 clutches, insert wave washer
NOTE: Packing bearing to 50 percent of its ca (22, Figure 1) into clutch outer race
pacity, applies only to the open face bearing. (ensure wave washer seats into inner
recess).
(1). Pack ball bearing (7, Figure 1) to 50
percent of its capacity with grease (8, (12). Using waxed cord to compress outer
Table 903), by packing open side of diameter of sprag assembly, and while
Page 701
631010 Revision 3
P/N 369A5350
rotating clutch inner race counterclock 3. Final Inspection
wise, insert clutch inner race into
clutch outer race. After reassembly, perform a final inspection as
follows. Repair any damage as required (Ref.
(13). Apply antiseize compound (16, Repair).
Table 903) to threads of retaining nut (1). Visually inspect clutch assembly
(10, Figure 1) and install nut on clutch exterior for damage.
outer race (11). Ensure packing remains
in gland seat of nut during installation. (2). Check attachment of identification
plate.
(14). Using standard strap wrench. Torque
retaining nut (10) to 100 150 inch (3). Check splines on inner and outer races
pounds (11.30 16.95 Nm); back nut for chips or burrs.
off and retorque. Do not crimp lock
washer (12) at this time. 4. Run-In Procedures
Runin and test the overhauled overrunning
(15). Slide inner sleeve spacer (8) on shaft,
clutch according to the following procedures.
with flange toward splines of clutch
inner race. Press sleeve spacer past seal A. Torque Test
lip until it seats against inner race of
bearing (17). The following torque test is the only runin
and test required for the overrunning clutch.
(16). Press bearing (7) grease packed side up,
(1). Lock output shaft, and using socket and
into bearing carrier (6).
anchor assembly (2, Table 901), apply
(17). Press bearing carrier on clutch inner 218 55 footpounds (24.63 6.21
race (18) until bearing seats against Nm) torque to input shaft. There must
inner sleeve spacer. be no clutch slippage.
(18). Install outer sleeve spacer (8) with NOTE:

flange against bearing (7). D When initially servicing an overhauled or
new overrunning clutch, the recom
(19). Fill void of clutch retainer (3) 75 mended amount of lubricant must be
percent full with grease (8, Table 903); used. This will overfill the assembly, but
install retainer on outer sleeve spacer. after 30 minutes of helicopter operation
the lubricant level should drop to the nor
To prevent damage to lockwash
CAUTION er when crimping, do not use
mal level.
sharp tools or excessive force. D The 11, 21 and 31 clutch assembly oil
capacity is 1.52 U.S. Oz. (45cc).
(20). Crimp lockwasher (12, Figure 1) into D The 41 and 51 clutch assembly oil ca
notches (5 places) in clutch outer race pacity is 1.01 U.S. Oz. (30cc).
(11) and retaining nut (10). Inspect
crimped areas for cracks with a 10X (2). Install clutch in helicopter; service
glass. Replace lockwasher if cracked. clutch with lubricating oil (12,
Table 903), (Ref. CSPHMI2).
(21). Coat clutch splines with grease (8,
Table 903). Helicopter must be operated
WARNING in accordance with ap
NOTE: Flat side of retaining ring (1, Figure 1) proved Rotorcraft Flight Manual.
faces unit; bevel side is out.
(3). Run helicopter at 100 percent N2 for 5
(22). Carefully insert subassembly into minutes. Shut down helicopter and
housing (2); secure with retaining ring. examine clutch for leakage. If oil
leakage is evident at seals, assembly
(23). Reattach identification plate (19), if joint lines, or housing drain holes,
removed, by bonding to clutch housing remove and disassemble clutch for
with adhesive (11, Table 903). inspection and rework as required.
Page 702
Revision 3 631010
P/N 369A5350
NOTE: Leakage from clutch housing drain
holes may be caused by engine lubricant
leaking past engine shaft seals. Check en
gine shaft seals for leakage prior to disas
sembly of the overhauled overrunning
clutch.
OUTER CLUTCH RACE
WAVE WASHER
(51 CONFIGURATION ONLY)
LOCKWASHER
(NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. USE WAXED CORD TO COMPRESS SPRAGS. INNER CLUTCH RACE
2. ROTATE COUNTERCLOCKWISE WHILE INSERTING (NOTE 2)
INTO OUTER CLUTCH RACE. H631025A
Figure 701. Clutch - Reassembly of Races

5. Shipping 6. Packing and Storage
If clutch is to be stored or shipped, remove If overhauled clutch is not to be used immedi
from helicopter (Ref. CSPHMI2). Drain ately, package and store the clutch as follows:
lubricant and flush clutch with corrosion
preventive oil (7, Table 903). Install packing (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven
(20, Figure 1) and cap plug (21) on end of tative (18, Table 903) and package or
shaft. cover to keep dust off.

631010 Revision 5
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
1. Reference Data tion, regarding special tools and equipment,
and expendable items and materials required
Table 901 and Table 903 provide specifications, for overhaul/repair. Torque values are con
and when appropriate, procurement informa tained in Table 902.
Table 901. Overrunning Clutch Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
1 Bearing Puller 950 Owatonna Tool Company
2 Socket and Anchor Assembly SWE12046 B.K. Sweeney Mfg. Co.,
Denver, Colo.
3 Sprag window wear inspection tool RBT18612 Red Barn Machine Inc.
4681 Isabelle St.
Eugene, OR 97402
Phone: (541) 344-9953
FAX: (541) 344-3863
Table 902. Overrunning Clutch Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. In.-Lb. Nm
Bearing Retaining Nut 10 100150 11.30 16.95

Item
1 Paint remover TT-R-248 Turco 5351 Turco Products, Inc.,
Westminster, CA
92684-3600
No. A202 Cee-Bee Chemical Co.
2 Solvent, dry-cleaning P-D-680 (3)
4 Cloth, abrasive, crocus grade P-C-458 (3)
5 Cloth, abrasive, aluminum P-C-451 (3)
6 Potting compound SAE-AMS-S-8802 (3)
7 Corrosion preventive oil MIL-C-8188 (3)
8 Grease MIL-G-81322 Mobile 28 Mobile Oil Co.
Page 901
631010 Revision 15
P/N 369A5350
Item
9 Primer, catalyzed epoxy MIL-P-23377B Material Description: Andrew Brown Co.,
(yellow) HMS 15-1082 Los Angeles, CA
W.P. Fuller & Co.
Los Angeles, CA
Sherwin-Williams,
Los Angeles, CA
10 Paint, acrylic lacquer MIL-L-81352 Material Description: Andrew Brown Co.
(AML-P95) (color 27038) HMS 15-1083 Los Angeles, CA
DeSoto Chemical
Coatings
Berkely, CA
W.P. Fuller & Co.
Los Angeles, CA
Sherwin-Williams,
Los Angeles, CA
11 Adhesive MIL-A-8623 A-1 177-B B.F. Goodrich
12 Lubricating oil MIL-L-23699 (3)
13 Chemical film and chemical film MIL-C-5541 Iridite 14-2 Richardson Co.
materials for aluminum and (Class 2, unless Al-coat Allied-Kelite
aluminum alloys noted. Grade and Products Div.
type optional) 2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
14 Masking tape MIL-T-23397 (3)
15 Methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK) TT-M-261 (3)
16 Anti-seize compound MIL-L-25681 (3)
17 Plastic bead, spherical Poly Plus 20/30 Polyrock Company
20-30 mesh 4763 Murrita Ave
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
Page 902
Revision 12 631010
P/N 369A5350
Item
18 Corrosion Preventative MIL-C-81309 Corrosion X Corrosion Technologies
Type II Corp.
NOTES:

631010 Revision 12
P/N 369A5350
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
to be used in conjunction with the 369A5350 CSPIPC4.
Overrunning Clutch overhaul manual. Correct
part numbers and nomenclature can be
identified for specific configurations and 2. Indenture Level
effectivities.
Page 1001
631010 Revision 14
P/N 369A5350
21
22
19
23
20
3
1
2
12
13
11
10
14
15
16
9
17
4
18
7
8
9
10
11
H631038B
Page 1002
Revision 16 631010
P/N 369A5350
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001 369A5350603 Clutch Assy, Overrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Replaced By 369A5350605 Over Running Clutch Assy
369A5350605 Clutch Assy, Overrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 369A53515 Housing, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 369A5369 Plate, Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369A5350603 Clutch Assy
Intrch With 369A53695 Indent Plate. Use On 369A5350605
Clutch Assy
Intrch With 369A53693 Indent Plate. Use On 369A5350605
Clutch Assy
Intrch With 369A53705 Ident Plate
Intrch With 369A53503 Ident Plate
4 N5002315 Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369A535011 Clutch SubAssy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369A535021. Not Illustrated
5 369A535021 Clutch SubAssy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369A535031 Clutch SubAssy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369A535041 Clutch SubAssy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369A535051. Not Illustrated
369A535051 Is Preferred Part
5 369A535051 Clutch SubAssy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369A535041. Not Illustrated
Used On 369A5350605 Clutch Assy
6 369A5366 Retainer, Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 M83248/1035 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369A53683 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369A535021 / 31 / 41 / 51 Clutch SubAssy
(W/O Lip Spring)
9 369A5368 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369A535011 (With Lip Spring)
10 369A5367 Sleeve, Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 M83248/1026 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
12 369A5361 Bearing, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 369A5355 Carrier, Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369A53653 Nut, Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369A5358 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 M83248/1141 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 369A5362 Bearing, Fwd, Sprag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 369A5353 Race, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369A535011 / 21 / 31 Clutch SubAssy
Page 1003
631010 Revision 16
P/N 369A5350
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
18 369A53533 Race, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369A535041 / 51 Clutch SubAssy
19 369A5360 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 369D25351 Sprag Assy, Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 369A5363 Bearing, Aft Sprag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 W1593018 Wave Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 369A535051 Clutch SubAssy
23 369A5352 Race, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 369D535011 / 21 / 31 / 41 Clutch SubAssy
23 369A53525 Race, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 369A535051 Clutch SubAssy
Page 1004
Revision 15 631010
Section
63-10-15
Overrunning Clutch
Part Number
369F5450-501, -503, -505
H631027
Page a
Revision 13
Page b
Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
TABLE OF CONTENTS
631015 Overrunning Clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Overrunning Clutch Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 301. Clutch Assembly Cutaway View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
A. General Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
B. Component Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2. Ball Bearing Grease Repack (300 Hour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
3. Inspection Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Service Limits Clutch Outer Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Figure 502. Service Limits Clutch Inner Race . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Figure 503. Service Limits Clutch Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Figure 504. Service Limits Clutch Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Table 503. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (369F5456 Sprag Assembly) . . 506
Figure 505. Inspection Requirements of 369F5456 Sprag Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 509
1. Repair and Modification Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Clutch Coupling Wear Sleeve Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Table 601. Overrunning Clutch Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Table 602. Overrunning Clutch Configuration Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Table 603. Overrunning Clutch Modification Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
1. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
631015 Page i
P/N 369F5450
Figure 701. Clutch Coupling Shimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
3. RunIn Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
A. Torque Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 702. Clutch Inner and Outer Race Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
5. Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
1. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Overrunning Clutch Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Overrunning Clutch Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Overrunning Clutch Assembly 369F5450 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 631015
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over rized modifications for the overrunning
haul of this component, ensure the required clutch.
provides overrunning clutch reassembly
1. General and procedures for runin of the
overhauled overrunning clutch.
overhaul procedures for the 369F5450 Over (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
running Clutch Assembly. Procedures given & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
are the approved methods to be used for provides procedures for fabricating
component. the overrunning clutch.

The Overrunning Clutch section of the identify part numbers and configura
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of tion differences for the overrunning
seven parts, listed below. These sections clutch.
contain complete instructions for disassembly,
testing of the component. The following (1). Reference is made throughout this Part
describes the topic and content of each part of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
with appropriate page numbers: HMI2. This manual should be used as
the overrunning clutch section. (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
replacement parts for 369F5450
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 overrunning clutch assembly.
bly of the overrunning clutch.
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 procurement information, regarding
contains cleaning and painting require special tools and equipment, and
ments for the overrunning clutch expendable items and materials
components and parts. required for overhaul/repair. Torque
inspection requirements. overrunning clutch, with all parts
Page 1
631015 Revision 15
P/N 369F5450
8
18 6
17 5
16 4
3
15 2
14
13 1
25
24
12
11
23
27
22 10
26
21 9
369F5450501 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY

20
19
8
18
17 7
16
15 6
14 5
13 4
25 12 3
2 30
24 29
9
11 1
10
23
27 28
22
21
26
20
369F5450503, 505 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
19
NOTE:
ITEM 22 NOT USED AT REASSEMBLY. H631028C
Page 2
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
1. CLUTCH HOUSING 16. BALL BEARING
2. CLUTCH OUTER RACE 17. PACKING
3. WAVESPRING 18. SEAL
4. BALL BEARING 19. CLUTCH RETAINER
5. SPRAG ASSEMBLY 20. RETAINER RING
6. CLUTCH INNER RACE 21. SHIM
7. WASHER
22. PACKING (NOT USED AT REASSEMBLY)
8. BALL BEARING
23. COUPLING
9. SEAL
24. PACKING
10. LOCK SPACER
11. PACKING 25. BOLT
12. RETAINING NUT 26. IDENTIFICATION PLATE
13. PACKING 27. SCREWS
14. SLEEVE SPACER 28. TEE BOLT (369F5450-503, -505)
15. BEARING CARRIER (369F5450-501 ONLY) 29. WASHER (369F5450-503, -505)
RETAINING RING (369F5450-503, -505 ONLY) 30. NUT (369F5450-503, -505)
Page 3
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
Page 4
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
DISASSEMBLY
1. General Disassembly Information (a). Remove retainer ring (15) from
retainer (19).
Information given in this section provides
procedures for complete disassembly of the (b). Press bearing (16) from clutch
369F5450 Overrunning Clutch Assembly. retainer.
Many specific repairs require only partial
(c). Remove packing (17) from retainer.
disassembly, follow procedures to the point
required. Use care when prying seal (18)
CAUTION from clutch retainer (19), re
2. Disassembly tainer must be replaced if seal groove is
damaged.
(1). Using snap ring pliers, remove retain
ing ring (20, Figure 1) from housing (1); (9). Carefully pry seal (18), which is bonded
remove clutch from housing. in groove, from retainer (19).
(2). On 503 clutches only, remove nut (30), (10). Remove crimps (5 places) in lock spacer
washer (29) and TBolt (28) from (10).
housing.
(11). Using strap wrench, remove retaining
(3). Secure input shaft or clutch outer race nut (12), packing (11) and lock spacer
in aluminum jawed vise or equivalent from clutch outer race (2); discard lock
spline holding fixture. spacer.
Use care when prying seal (9)
(4). Remove bolt (25) with packing (24), CAUTION from retaining nut (12). Nut
coupling (23), packing (22) (if installed)
must be replaced if seal groove is damaged.
and Shim (21).
(12). Remove packing (11) and carefully pry
(5). Remove clutch from vise or holding seal (9), which is bonded in groove, from
fixture and drain oil. nut (12).
(6). Using arbor press and plate support (13). Rotate output shaft of clutch inner race
tool, which picks up lip on sleeve spacer (6) counterclockwise and remove from
(14), remove the sleeve and clutch outer race (2); remove outer race from
retainer assembly. vise.
(7). Disassemble clutch retainer for 501 If any sprags fall out of retainer
clutch assembly as follows: CAUTION when sprag assembly is re
moved, sprag assembly must be replaced.
(a). Press bearing carrier (15) from
bearing (16). (14). Remove washer (7), sprag assembly (5)
and wavespring (3) from clutch outer
(b). Press bearing from clutch retainer. race (2).
(c). Remove packing (17) from retainer. (15). Using suitable bearing puller, remove
bearings (4) and (8) from clutch inner
(8). Disassemble clutch retainer for 503 race (6). Do not press across rolling
and 505 clutch assembly as follows: elements.
Page 301
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
CLUTCH INNER RACE
CLUTCH OUTER RACE
NOTE
INPUT SHAFT
(ENGINE SIDE)
OUTPUT SHAFT
(XMSN SIDE)
369F5450501 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
CLUTCH INNER RACE
CLUTCH OUTER RACE
NOTE
NOTE INPUT SHAFT

(ENGINE SIDE)
OUTPUT SHAFT
(XMSN SIDE)
369F5450503, 505 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY
NOTE:
PACKING NOT USED AT REASSEMBLY. H631029C
Figure 301. Clutch Assembly - Cutaway View
Page 302
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (1). Housing (1, Figure 1)
Clean all parts except those to be replaced (a). Remove all oil sludge and any other
prior to inspection as follows: foreign materials from exposed parts.
A. General Cleaning (b). Remove paint as required using

plastic bead blast (17, Table 902) or
The following cleaning information applies to paint remover (1).
all reuseable parts and components of the
overrunning clutch assembly. (c). Rinse thoroughly in clean water after
paint removal.
WARNING flammable and must be kept (2). Clutch Retainer (19, Figure 1)
away from heat or open flame. Avoid (a). Clean seal groove using cotton swab
inhalation of fumes and extended con and MEK (15, Table 902).
tact with skin.
(3). Retaining Nut (12, Figure 1)
(1). Use agitated immersion, pressure spray
or vapor degreasing to clean all compo (a). Clean seal groove using cotton swab
nents. and MEK.
(2). Dry all parts with compressed air after (b). Clean nut using ultrasonic method
cleaning. and cleaning solvent (2).
(3). Wrap all cleaned parts in suitable paper (4). All Metal Parts
or store in a safe place while not in use.
(a). Rinse in dry cleaning solvent (2).
B. Component Cleaning
Cleaning requirements for specific parts of the
Prepare and paint the overhauled overrunning
overrunning clutch are described in the
clutch as follows:
following paragraphs.
(1). Clean external housing (1, Figure 1)
Do not use over 50 psig (345
CAUTION kPa) air pressure for abrasive surface (Ref. Cleaning).
cleaning method. Mask or shield threaded (2). Using masking tape (14, Table 902),
areas or critical surfaces where damage may mask off input drive, output drive, seal
result from abrasive blasting. areas and flange mating surfaces at
each end of housing.
NOTE: Complete removal of epoxybased prim
er is unnecessary. Stripping is necessary on (3). Paint according to Table 401. For
nonferrous parts that are to be fluorescent corrosion control and painting proce
penetrant inspected. dures, refer to CSPHMI2.
Method of No. of
Item Name Paint Type and Specification Application Coats
Housing Primer (9, Table 902) Spray 1

(1, Figure 1)
Non-specular black acrylic lacquer (10, Table 902) Spray 2

631015 Revision 6
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection (9). Inspect seal (18, Figure 1) in retainer.
Replace if cracked, broken, worn or
Inspect all overrunning clutch components and shows evidence of excessive heat.
parts that are not to be replaced according to
the following instructions. (10). Measure out 18 1 cc of grease (8,
Table 903).
2. Ball Bearing Grease Repack (300 Hour)
(11). Repack bearing 50 percent of capacity
(1). Remove clutch subassembly per with grease by packing open side of
CSPHMI2. bearing level without forcing grease
(2). Using solvent (2, Table 903) and brush, through bearing seal.
thoroughly remove existing grease from (12). Fill seal cavity and void in clutch
clutch outer race splines. retainer with remaining quantity of
(3). Press clutch retainer (19, Figure 1), grease.
with ball bearing (16), from clutch inner (13). Install packing (17, Figure 1) in
race (6). retainer groove.
(4). Temporarily install coupling bolt with (14). Install ball bearing into retainer, open
packing to maintain internal fluid. end toward retainer seal.
(5). For 501 clutch, remove ball bearing
(a). For 503 and 505 clutch, install
(16) from carrier (15) and retainer (19).
retaining ring (15) into retainer (19)
(6). For 503 and 505 clutch, remove to secure ball bearing.
retaining ring (15) and then remove
ball bearing (16) from retainer (19). (b). For 501 clutch, install bearing
carrier (15)into clutch housing.
(7). Check ball bearing for excessive loss of
grease. (15). Remove coupling bolt.
NOTE: If excessive loss of grease is noted in (16). Press clutch retainer, with ball bearing,
ball bearing, perform enginetotransmis onto clutch inner race.
sion alignment check per Structural Repair (17). Reinstall clutch subassembly per
Manual. Remedy cause of misalignment CSPHMI2.
where noted.
(8). If ball bearing is dry or grease is caked, 3. Inspection Requirements
inspect bearing as follows: Table 501 and Table 503 contains visual and
(a). Using solvent (2, Table 903) and dimensional inspection requirements for
brush, thoroughly remove existing overrunning clutch parts. Serviceable dimen
grease from both bearing and retain sions for parts and components, and service
er. (Do not use compressed air to ability criteria for clutch inner and outer races
remove grease from ball bearing). are shown in Figure 501 thru Figure 504 when
using Table 501, and Figure 505 when using
(b). Inspect ball bearing for roughness, Table 503. Parts requiring magnetic particle
pitting, scoring or discoloration (Ref. inspection (MPI) or fluorescent penetrant
Table 501). inspection (FPI) are listed in Table 502.
Page 501
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
Maximum Maximum
Retaining ring (20, Figure 1) for:
Cracks No defects Not repairable Replace ring.
Nicks or burrs Minor surface defects Minor surface repair Polishing.
Clutch retainer (19, Figure 1) for:
Seal groove damage Not repairable Replace Retainer.
Nicks, burrs, or corrosion Minor surface repair Polishing.
Sleeve spacer (14, Figure 1) for:

Cracks No defects Not repairable Replace sleeve.
Seal surface damage Not repairable Replace sleeve.
Ball bearings (16, 4, 8, Figure 1) for:

Pitting or scoring Not repairable Replace bearing.
Discoloration from Not repairable Replace bearing.

overheating
Bearing carrier (15, Figure 1) (-501 clutch only) for:

Damage to bearing mating Only bearing removal Not repairable Replace carrier.
surfaces marks allowed
Nicks, pitting or gouges Minor surface repair Polishing.
Cracks (FPI) No defects Not repairable Replace carrier.
Retaining nut (12, Figure 1) for:

Cross-threading or No defects Not repairable Replace nut.
damaged threads
Seal groove damage Burnishing allowed Not repairable Replace nut.
Nicks, burrs or minor Minor surface repair Polishing.

scoring
Clutch outer race (2, Figure 1) for:

Worn splines, bearing If wear is evident, see Minor nicks, scratches or Dress with stone.
bores and clutch race Figure 501 burrs
Cracks (MPI) No defects Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
Damage to large end No defects Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
sealing face
Wear on functional If wear is evident see Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
surfaces Figure 501
Page 502
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
Maximum Maximum
Brinelling, scoring or No defects Not repairable Replace clutch outer race.
pitting
Coupling (23, Figure 1) for:
Worn splines If wear is evident, see Minor nicks, scratches or Dress with stone.
Figure 504 burrs
Seal surface damage If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace sleeve.
Figure 504
Flaking of coating in spline Solid film lubricant
area touch-up (22, Table 903).
Bolt (25, Figure 1) for:
Cross-threading or No defects Not repairable Replace bolt.
damaged threads
Integrity of self-locking Minimum break-away Replace bolt.
element torque, 92 inch-pounds
(10.40 Nm)
Nicks scratches or burrs Minor surface repair Polishing.
Ring spacer (7, Figure 1) for:
Scoring, nicks, cracks, No defects Minor nicks, scratches or Dress with stone.
scratches or burrs on burrs
mating surfaces
Clutch inner race (6, Figure 1) for:

Worn splines, bearing If wear is evident, see Minor nicks scratches or Dress with stone.
journals and clutch race Figure 502 burrs
Cross-threading or No defects Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.
damaged threads
Wear or functional If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.
surfaces Figure 502
Clogged oil holes Not required Not required Cleaning.
On inner race, pay particular attention to area around oil drain holes for cracks.
CAUTION
Cracks (MPI) No defects Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.
Brinelling, scoring or No defects Not repairable Replace clutch inner race.

pitting
Housing (1, Figure 1) for:
NOTE: Engine must be removed to inspect housing.
Cracks (FPI) No defects Not repairable Replace housing.
Paint damaged No defects Not required Repaint.
Page 503
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
Maximum Maximum
Identification plate (26) No defects Not repairable Replace plate.
damage or illegible
condition
Mating surfaces damaged If defects are evident, see Not repairable Replace housing.
Figure 503
Minor nicks, scratches or No defects Minor repair Polishing.
gouges

Item Index and Figure No. Item Index and Figure No.
Clutch outer race 2, Figure 1 Clutch housing 1, Figure 1
Clutch inner race 6, Figure 1 Bearing carrier 15, Figure 1
(-501 clutch only)
Coupling 23, Figure 1
NOTES:
5-power magnifying glass and all suspected areas should have epoxy primer removed locally with plastic
bead blast (17, Table 902) or paint remover (1) for added inspection.
Page 504
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
2.6779 IN (6.8018 CM)
2.6772 IN (6.8000 CM)
1.6540 IN (4.2011 CM)
3.462 IN (8.7934 CM)
1.6535 IN (4.1998 CM) 3.460 IN (8.7884 CM)
2.501 IN (6.3525 CM)
2.500 IN (6.3500 CM)
PIN
2.6145 IN (6.6408 CM) PIN = 0.096 IN (2.4384 MM)

0.653 IN (16.586 MM)
2.6130 IN (6.6370 CM)
0.633 IN (16.078 MM)
3.625 IN (9.2075 CM)
1.3376 IN
(3.3975 CM) MIN
MEASUREMENT 369F54511 HOUSING
OVER PINS
H631030
3.639 IN (9.2431 CM)

Figure 501. Service Limits - Clutch Outer 3.641 IN (9.2481 CM)
Race
1.9575 IN (4.9720 CM)

1.9565 IN (4.9695 CM)
1.5753 IN (4.0012 CM)
1.5749 IN (4.0002 CM) 3.462 IN (8.7934 CM)

3.460 IN (8.7884 CM)
2.501 IN (6.3525 CM)
2.500 IN (6.3500 CM)
TBOLT HOLE
0.9848 IN (25.0139 MM)
0.9844 IN (25.0037 MM)
1.5900 IN
(4.0386 CM) MIN 0.653 IN (16.586 MM)
MEASUREMENT 0.633 IN (16.078 MM)
OVER PINS
PIN = 0.096 IN (2.4384 MM)

369F54513 HOUSING
H631031 H631032A
Figure 502. Service Limits - Clutch Inner

Race Figure 503. Service Limits - Clutch Housing
Page 505
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
1.870 IN (4.7498 CM)

1.880 IN (4.7752 CM)
PIN = 0.0864 IN (2.19456 MM)
1.3313 IN
(3.3815 CM) MIN
MEASUREMENT
OVER PINS
H631033
Figure 504. Service Limits - Clutch Coupling
Table 503. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (369F5456 Sprag Assembly)

Maximum Maximum
NOTE: This table is for inspection of the 369F5456 sprag assembly only. For inspection requirements of complete
clutch assembly, refer to Table 501.
Sprag assembly (Figure 505) for:
Cross bar straightness No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.

and uniformity
Retainer assembly for Must slip into outer race Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
roundness without forcing
Retainer flanges for Minor surface repair Polishing.

excessive gouging or
steps from adjacent
contact surfaces
Outside diameter of Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.

retainer contact surface
with outer race sprag
diameter for excessive
wear
Sprags for freedom of No binding allowed Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
movement in slots
Page 506
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
Table 503. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (369F5456 Sprag Assembly) (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Sprag retainer spring No defects Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
(installed) for separation
of coils, kinking, and
corrosion
NOTE: Lightly polished areas are acceptable. Do not reinstall sprag assembly if one sprag is not acceptable.
Window surfaces on 0.004 inch (1.016 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag assembly.
flange and bar surfaces max from original flat
on retainer for wear surface and/or sharp
corner wear at interface of
bars to flanges
Sprags for:
NOTE: It is common to see some flaking or spalling of Formchrome on sprag surfaces after some service hours
at the higher area of load cam. Formchrome is a very thin diffusion layer and this flaking condition does not
alter the sprag geometry as long as the change to surface contour is not over 0.0002 inch (0.0051 MM). Bare
surfaces altered by scoring, scrubbing, or other severe clutch conditions is cause for sprag rejection.
Chips or surface break up None None Replace sprag retainer
(resulting from scuffing or assembly.
scoring) that do not
conform to original cam
profile
Flat wear bands at 0.020 inch (0.508 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
overrunning cam portion max assembly.
of sprag
Sprags and retainer for None Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
corrosion assembly.
Sprag retainer spring None Not repairable Replace sprag retainer

(removed) for kinks or assembly.
circular arcs
Spring coil sprag contact Wear must not exceed 30 Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
surface for wear percent of wire section assembly.
Sprags for chips or loss of 0.002 inch (0.0508 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
material on profile max from original surface assembly.
on front flat and back
bumper
Inner race sprag cam for 0.030 inch (0.762 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
working or loading of high max at high load corner assembly.
loading corner
Sprag inner race and/or None Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
other supporting surfaces assembly.
for wear and loss of clutch
concentricity
Page 507
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
Table 503. Detailed Inspection After Cleaning (369F5456 Sprag Assembly) (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Retainer and clutch races for:
NOTE: Lightly polished areas are acceptable. Do not reinstall assembly if one sprag is not acceptable.
Slot surfaces on flange 0.004 inch (0.102 mm) Not repairable Replace sprag retainer
and bar surfaces on max from original flat assembly.
retainer for wear surface and/or sharp
corner wear at interface or
bars-to-flanges
Brinnelling 0.0005 inch (0.0127 mm) Not repairable Replace inner and outer
max deformation race.
Evidence of overheating None Not repairable Replace inner and outer
(straw color-to-blueing) race.
Inner and outer wear 0.0004 inch (0.0101 mm) Not repairable Replace inner and outer
max beyond race race.
diameter
Race diameter taper 0.001 inch (0.025 mm) Not repairable Replace inner and outer
max race.
Page 508
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
SPRING
CHECK FOR CHIPPED

CORNERS OR LOSS
OF MATERIAL
SEE ITEM C
FOR DETAIL
ITEM A ITEM B
0.004 IN (0.102 MM) MAX.

WEAR FROM ORIGINAL
FLAT SURFACE AND/OR
0.004 IN (0.102 MM)
SHARP CORNERS. (NOTE)
(NOTE)
INNER RACE OF
INDIVIDUAL SPRAG
STEP CAUSED
BY WEAR
(NOTE)
0.030 IN (0.762 MM)

MINIMUM
ITEM C ITEM D
NOTE: USE TOOL (4, TABLE 901) FOR

INSPECTING OF SPRAG WINDOW WEAR.
H631034B
Figure 505. Inspection Requirements of 369F5456 Sprag Assembly
Page 509
631015 TR09002
P/N 369F5450
Page 510
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair and Modification Information 3. Parts Replacement
This section provides allowable repairs and Replace the following parts with new parts at
part replacement requirements and modifica reassembly of the overrunning clutch:
tion upgrades for overhaul of the overrunning
(1). Replace all packings and seals.
clutch.
(2). Replace lock spacer (10, Figure 1).
2. Repair
(3). Replace all parts not within tolerances
The only repairs authorized for overrunning specified in Table 501 and Figure 501
clutch components are as follows: thru Figure 504.
NOTE: All parts must meet the tolerances spe NOTE: If a large number of clutch parts are be
cified in Table 501 and Figure 501 thru yond tolerance, consider replacement of the
Figure 504 after repair. All parts are to be complete clutch subassembly.
recleaned and spot painted as required prior A. Clutch Coupling Wear Sleeve
to reassembly. Replacement
(1). Splines (Ref. Figure 504) When coupling wear sleeve is
worn beyond tolerance, replace as follows.
(a). Dress minor nicks, scratches and
burrs with fine India stone (3, (1). Wear Sleeve Removal
Table 902).
(a). Remove coupling from clutch assem
(2). Nonsealing Ferrous Parts bly.
(a). Polish out minor scoring with crocus (b). Using arbor press and plate support
cloth (4). tool, which picks up lip on sleeve,
remove sleeve from coupling.
(3). Aluminum Parts
(2). Wear Sleeve Installation
(a). Polish out minor scoring with abra (a). Clean sleeve and coupling with
sive cloth (5). Apply chemical film solvent (2, Table 903).
(13) to polish surface (Ref. CSP
HMI2). (b). Center sleeve on coupling and press
until sleeve seats on coupling flange.
(4). Decals
(c). After installation, ensure sleeve is
(a). Seal loose edges of decals with 0.025 0.030 inch (0.635 0.762
adhesive (21, Table 903) mm) past end of coupling.
Table 601. Overrunning Clutch Capacity
Fluid Capacity
Mobil SHC 626 Oil 3.64 U.S. Oz (110 cc)
MIL-G-81322 Grease 18 1 cc
Page 601
631015 Revision 6
P/N 369F5450
Table 602. Overrunning Clutch - Configuration Conversions
369F5450-( ) Configuration Modification Required
501 505 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
503 505 8
NOTES:
(1) Configuration upgrades are not mandatory.
Table 603. Overrunning Clutch - Modification Criteria

Item Parts to be Parts to be
No. Quantity Removed Installed Nomenclature
1 1 369F5451-1 369F5451-3 Housing
2 1 369F5460-1 369F5474-1 Retainer
3 1 369F5461-1 RR-267 Retainer Ring
4 1 369F5155-1 369F5155-3 Shim
5 1 MS9432-05 Tee Bolt
6 1 AN960C10L Washer
7 1 MS21042-3 Nut
8 1 369F5457-1 369F5457-3 Bearing
NOTES:
When modifying clutch, reidentify clutch housing and retainer.
Page 602
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Reassembly (a). Press bearing (16) into clutch retain
er (19) with ball exposed facing down
(1). Apply sealing compound (18, Table 902) toward retainer seal.
to outside diameter of seal (9, Figure 1)
and install in retaining nut (12). (b). Install retainer ring (15) into retainer
groove.
(2). Apply sealing compound to outside
diameter of seal (18) and install in (c). Press bearing and retainer assembly
retainer (19). onto inner race as one unit and seat
against sleeve spacer (14).
(3). On 503 and 505 clutches, install nut
(30), washer (29) and TBolt (28) in NOTE: When installing Sprag assembly onto
housing. Torque nut to 35 45 inch inner race, ensure arrow on sprag assembly
pounds (3.95 5.08 Nm) plus drag is on the spline side of the inner race.
torque.
(12). Place washer (7) and sprag assembly (5)
(4). Press Bearing (4) onto inner race (6) over inner race (washer to be placed
and seat against inner race shoulder. between bearing (8) and sprag assem
bly).
(5). Press Bearing (8), over splines and seat
against inner race shoulder. (13). Lubricate inside diameter of outer race
with oil (12, Table 902).
(6). Install retaining nut (12) onto inner
race against bearing (8). (14). Install wavespring (3, Figure 1) into
outer race (2).
(7). Apply petrolatum (19, Table 902) to
packing (13, Figure 1) and install in (15). Install lock spacer (10, Figure 1) over
groove in sleeve spacer (14). threads of outer race.
(8). With flange of sleeve spacer (14) (16). Apply petrolatum to packing (11) and
towards inner race splines, press into install into retaining nut (12).
retaining nut and seat against bearing
(8). (17). Install inner race, with sprag assembly,
into outer race (Ref. Figure 702).
(9). Apply petrolatum to packing (17) and
install in retainer (19). (18). Using antiseize compound (16,
Table 902), install retaining nut (12,
(10). Assemble clutch retainer for 501 Figure 1) finger tight.
clutch assembly as follows:
(19). Using wrench assembly (3, Table 901),
(a). Press bearing (16) into clutch retain torque retaining nut to 325 375
er (19) with ball exposed facing down inchpounds (36.72 42.37 Nm).
toward retainer seal, ensure hole in
bearing outer race is aligned with pin NOTE: Do not crimp lock spacer (10) until after
in clutch retainer. leak check.
(b). Press bearing carrier (15) onto (20). Verify sprag rotation and dynamic drag
bearing (16). torque (Ref. Torque Test).
(c). Press bearing and retainer assembly (21). Fill clutch assembly with 3.64 U.S. Oz.
onto inner race as one unit. (110 cc) of oil (12, Table 902).
(11). Assemble clutch retainer for 503 and (22). Install coupling (23, Figure 1) as
505 clutch assembly as follows: follows:
Page 701
631015 Revision 6
P/N 369F5450
(a). Coat coupling splines and output (c). Reinstall clutch in test stand and run
shaft splines with grease (8, for 30 minutes at 6000 100 rpm to
Table 902) and install shim (21, check for grease and oil leakage.
Figure 1) and coupling onto output
shaft. (d). Remove clutch from test stand.
(b). Coat bolt threads with antiseize NOTE: If no test stand is available, refer to
compound (16, Table 902). RunIn Procedure.
(c). Install bolt and tighten. (28). Crimp lock spacer (10) into notches
(five places) and inspect with 10X
(d). Adjust shims to achieve a magnifying glass; replace lock spacer if
0.0100.030 inch (0.2540.762 mm) cracked.
step above clutch output shaft (Ref.
Figure 701). (29). Install clutch subassembly into clutch
housing (1).
(e). Torque bolt to 315 365 inch
pounds (35.59 41.24 Nm). NOTE: Flat side of retaining ring (20, Figure 1)
faces unit; bevel side is out.
(23). Fill a suitable syringe with 18 1 cc of
grease (8, Table 902) and inject into one (30). Using snap ring pliers, install retaining
of retainers open screw holes. ring (20) into housing groove.
(24). Wipe off any excess grease that pro (31). Install packing (17, Figure 1) in clutch
trudes from screw holes. retainer (19).
(25). Install two screws (27, Figure 1) into
retainer and torque to 5 7 inch
pounds (0.56 0.79 Nm).
(26). Perform the following torque test:
(a). Check clutch assembly dynamic drag,
torque not to exceed a maximum of
5.62 inchpounds (0.635 Nm). 0.0100.030 INCH
(0.2540.762 MM)
(b). Lock output shaft, and using socket COUPLING SHIMMING
and anchor assembly (2, Table 901),
apply 529 79 footpounds (717.3 H631036A
107.1 Nm) torque to input shaft.
There must be no clutch slippage. Figure 701. Clutch Coupling Shimming
(27). If test stand is available: 2. Final Inspection

(a). Install clutch in test stand and run at After reassembly, perform a final inspection as
6000 100 rpm for five minutes to follows. Repair any damage as required (Ref.
expel any residual buildup oil and Repair).
excess grease.
(1). Visually inspect clutch assembly
(b). Remove clutch from test stand and exterior for damage.
wipe off excess grease and oil.
(2). Check attachment of identification
NOTE: Any evidence of oil leakage, other than plate.
residual oil, is unacceptable.
Any evidence of grease leakage, other than (3). Check splines on inner and outer races
"burping" from the seal, is unacceptable. for chips or burrs.
Page 702
Revision 14 631015
P/N 369F5450
3. Run-In Procedures Helicopter must be operated
WARNING in accordance with ap
proved Rotorcraft Flight Manual.
Runin and test the overhauled overrunning
clutch according to the following procedures.
(4). Run helicopter at 100 percent N2 for 5
minutes. Shut down helicopter and
A. Torque Test examine clutch for leakage. If oil
leakage is evident at seals, assembly
joint lines, or housing drain holes,
The following torque test is the only runin
remove and disassemble clutch for
and test required for the overrunning clutch.
inspection and rework as required.
(1). Check clutch assembly dynamic drag, NOTE: Grease Burping" past the 369F5457
torque not to exceed a maximum of 5.62 bearing seal is acceptable provided that the
inchpounds (0.635 Nm). bearing seal remains securely installed in
the bearing outer race. Any evidence of a
damaged or unsecured bearing seal is unac
(2). Lock output shaft, and using socket and
ceptable.
anchor assembly (2, Table 901), apply
529 79 footpounds (717.3 107.1
NOTE: Leakage from clutch housing drain
Nm) torque to input shaft. There must
holes may be caused by engine lubricant
be no clutch slippage.
leaking past engine shaft seals. Check en
gine shaft seals for leakage prior to disas
(3). Install clutch in helicopter (Ref. sembly of the overhauled overrunning
CSPHMI2). clutch.
OUTER CLUTCH RACE
WAVESPRING
LOCK SPACER
SPRAG ASSEMBLY
(NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. USE WAXED CORD TO COMPRESS SPRAGS. INNER CLUTCH RACE
(NOTE 2)
2. ROTATE COUNTERCLOCKWISE WHILE INSERTING
INTO OUTER CLUTCH RACE.
H631035
Figure 702. Clutch Inner and Outer Race Reassembly
Page 703
631015 Revision 14
P/N 369F5450
4. Packing and Storage from helicopter (Ref. CSPHMI2). Drain
lubricant and flush clutch with corrosion
If overhauled clutch is not to be used immedi preventive oil (7, Table 902). Install packing
ately, package and store the clutch as follows: (24, Figure 1) and bolt (25) on end of shaft.
5. Shipping (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven

tative (20, Table 903) and package or
If clutch is to be stored or shipped, remove cover to keep dust off.
Page 704
Revision 14 631015
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
1. Reference Data tion, regarding special tools and equipment,
Table 901. Overrunning Clutch Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
1 Bearing Puller 950 Owatonna Tool Company
2 Socket and Anchor Assembly SWE12046 B.K. Sweeney Mfg. Co.,
Denver, Colo.
3 Wrench Assembly, Overrunning Clutch 369F9501 MDHS
4 Sprag window wear inspection tool RBT18612 Red Barn Machine Inc.
4681 Isabelle St.
Eugene, OR 97402
Phone: (541) 344-9953
FAX: (541) 344-3863
Table 902. Overrunning Clutch Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. (In.-Lb.) Nm
Retaining nut 12 225 - 275 25.42 - 31.07
Bolt 25 315 - 365 35.59 - 41.24
Screws 27 5-7 0.56 - 0.79

Item Specification
No. Material No.(1) Name/No. Manufacturer
Westminster, CA
92684-3600
4 Cloth, abrasive, crocus grade P-C-458 (3)
5 Cloth, abrasive, aluminum P-C-451 (3)
6 Potting compound SAE-AMS-S-8802 (3)
8 Grease MIL-G-81322 Mobile 28 Mobile Oil Co.
Page 901
631015 Revision 15
P/N 369F5450
Item Specification
9 Primer, catalyzed epoxy MIL-P-23377B Material Description: Andrew Brown Co.,
(yellow))
(y HMS 15-1082 Los Angeles, CA
W.P. Fuller & Co.
Los Angeles, CA
Sherwin-Williams,
Los Angeles, CA
10 Paint, acrylic lacquer MIL-L-81352 Material Description: Andrew Brown Co.
((AML-P95)) (color
( 27038)) HMS 15-1083 Los Angeles, CA
DeSoto Chemical
Coatings
Berkely, CA
W.P. Fuller & Co.
Los Angeles, CA
Sherwin-Williams,
Los Angeles, CA
12 Lubricating oil Mobile SHC 626 Mobil Oil Co.
150 E. 42Nd St.
New York, NY
13 Chemical film and chemical film MIL-C-5541 Iridite 14-2 Richardson Co.
aluminum alloys noted. Grade and Products Div.
Des Plaines, IL
14 Masking tape MIL-T-23397
16 Anti-seize compound MIL-A-907 (3)
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
18 Sealing Compound HMS 16-1149 Pro-Seal 890 Product Research and
MIL-S-8802 Chemical Co.
5426 San Fernando Rd.
Glendale, CA 91209
19 Petrolatum (petrolatum jelly) MIL-G-6032 (3)
VV-P-236
Page 902
Revision 12 631015
P/N 369F5450
Item Specification
Type
yp II Corp.
21 Adhesive, cyanoacrylic / MIL-A-46050 3CI-1000 / Dexter Adhesives
Accelerator Super Drop Accelera- 2850 Willow Path Road
tor Pittsburg, CA 94565
(800) 424-9300
22 Solid film lubricant MIL-L-23398 Molyspray Type Product Techniques Inc.
PT-101
511 East 8th Pl.
Los Angeles, CA
NOTES:
AMS - American Material Standard;
MS - Military Standard;
MIL - Military Specification; single, double or triple alpha prefix of the same letter - Federal Specification;
AN - Air Force-NavyAeronautical Standard;

631015 Revision 12
P/N 369F5450
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
to be used in conjunction with the 369F5450 CSPIPC4.
overrunning clutch overhaul manual. Correct
identified for specific configuration and 2. Indenture Level
effectivities.
Page 1001
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
20
21
22
23
10
24
11
25
12
26
29
13 30
31
1 14 27
2
28
15
3
16
17
4
5 18
6
19
P631002C
Figure 1001. Overrunning Clutch Assembly - 369F5450
Page 1002
Revision 13 631015
P/N 369F5450
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 369F5450-505 Clutch Assy, Overrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369F5450-503 Clutch Assy, Overrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Replaced By 369F5450-505 Clutch
369F5450-501 Clutch Assy, Overrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Replaced By 369F5450-503 Clutch
369F5450-5 Clutch Sub-Assy, Overrunning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5450-505 Clutch Assembly
1 369F5160-1 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 M83248/1-1 18 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 369F5133-1 Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 369F5155-1 Shim (Aluminum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369F5155-3 Shim
4 369F5155-3 Shim (Steel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 N5002-362 Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 NAS600-3P Screw, Machine-Aircraft, Pan Head, Phillips Recess . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7 369F5460-1 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5450-1 Clutch Sub-Assy. Use On
369F5450-501 Clutch Assy
7 369F5474-1 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5450-3/-5 Clutch Sub-Assy. Use On
369F5450-503 / -505 Clutch Assy
8 369F5473-1 Plate, I.D. - Contoured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369F5473-3
8 369F5473-3 Plate, I.D. - Contoured . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With With 369F5473-1
9 369F5464-3 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 M83248/1-038 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 369F5457-1 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5450-1 / -3 Clutch Sub-Assembly. Use On
369F5450-501 / -503 Clutch Assy
11 369F5457-3 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5450-5 Clutch Sub-Assembly. Use On
12 RR-267 Spiral Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Compopnent Of 369F5450-3 / -5 Clutch Sub-Assy. Use On
369F5450-503 / -505 Clutch Assy
13 369F5461-1 Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5450-1 Clutch Sub-Assy. Use On
14 369F5463-1 Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 M8248/1-030 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 369F5462-1 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 369F5464-1 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1003
631015 Revision 13
P/N 369F5450
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
18 M83248/1-147 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 369F5465-1 Spacer, Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 369F5458-1 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 369F5466-1 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 369F5455-1 Race, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 369F5456-1 Sprag Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 369F5459-1 Bearing, Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 SSR-0162 Wavespring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 369F5453-1 Race, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 369F5451-1 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369F5450-501 Clutch Assy
27 369F5451-3 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369F5450-503 / -505 Clutch Assy
28 369F5472-1 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 369F5472-3 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 MS21042-3 Nut, Self Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 AN960C10L Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 MS9432-05 Tee Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1004
Revision 15 631015
Section
63-20-00
Main Transmission
Part Number
369D25100-BSC, -501, -503, -505, -507, -901
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 4
P/N 369D25100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632000 Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
C. Overhaul Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Main Transmission Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 2. Main Transmission Case Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 3. Tail Rotor Drive Assembly Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Figure 4. Tail Rotor Drive Cover and Accessory Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Figure 5. Input Drive Assembly Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Figure 6. Main Rotor Drive Assembly Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Table 1. Main Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Important Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Initial Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Tail Rotor Drive Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
B. Input Drive Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
C. Main Rotor Drive Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3. Component Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
A. Main Housing Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
B. Tail Rotor Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
C. Tail Rotor Drive Cover and Accessory Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
D. Input Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Figure 301. Removal and Installation Output Gearshaft Locknut . . . . . . . . . . 304
Figure 302. Removing Output Gearshaft from
Tail Rotor Drive Assembly Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
E. Main Rotor Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Figure 303. Removal Input Bearing Retainer from Input Gearshaft . . . . . . . . 305
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Refinishing Interior Areas of Main Housing and Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning Main Transmission Parts and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Painting and Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
A. Surface Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
B. Exterior Painting Spot TouchUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
C. Complete Exterior Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
632000 Page i
P/N 369D25100
D. Liquid Level Plug Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Figure 401. Liquid Level Plug Markings Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
A. Output Drive Shaft Visual Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. Housing and Related Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Periodic Inspection of Transmission Output Shaft
P/N 369D25100BSC, 501 or 503 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Housing and Related Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
C. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Table 502. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspections . . . . . . . . 509
Table 503. Inspection After Repair and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Figure 502. Accessory Drive Gear Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Figure 503. Accessory Drive Pinion Gear Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . 513
Figure 504. Output Drive Shaft Assembly Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 513
Figure 505. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . 514
Figure 506. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 515
Figure 507. Bearing Retainers in Main Housing Serviceable Dimensions . . . 516
Figure 508. Bearing Retainers in Main Rotor Drive Cover
Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Figure 509. Bearing Retainers in Tail Rotor Drive Cover
Figure 510. Mast Mount Attach Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Figure 511. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Figure 512. Input Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Figure 513. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . 520
Figure 514. Output Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
1. General Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Repair of Minor Corrosion, Nicks and Scratches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Part Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Bearing Retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Damaged Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Damaged Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 601. Insert and Stud Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Table 601. Insert and Stud Replacement Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 602. Output Bevel Gear Mounting Face Repair Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Page ii 632000
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369D25100
Figure 603. Output Drive Shaft Repair Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Figure 604. Output Drive Pinion Repair Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Figure 605. Input Drive PinionRepair Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
D. Bushings and Pins in Main Transmission Housing and
Main Rotor Drive Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
E. Gears and Gearshafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
3. Specific Repair Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
A. Output Drive Shaft Undersized Bearing Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
B. Output Drive Pinion Undersized Bearing Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
C. Input Drive Pinion Undersized Bearing Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
D. Fretting on Mounting Face of Output Bevel Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Figure 606. Output Pinion Nozzle Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
E. Fretting on Mounting Face of Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
4. Inspection After Repair and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
5. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
A. Transmission Upgrade (Basic to 501) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
B. Transmission Upgrade (501 or 503 to 505) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
C. Transmission Upgrade (Bsc, 501, 503, 505 to 507) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
D. Transmission Upgrade (505 to 901) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Table 602. Main Transmission Configuration Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610
Table 603. Main Transmission Modification Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Figure 607. Input Gear Nozzle Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Figure 608. Upgrade of 369D25100 Transmission to 507 Configuration . . . . . 612
1. Reassembly Cautions and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Major Component Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Main Rotor Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Figure 701. Oil Scavenge Return Tube Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 702. Main Rotor Drive Assembly Shim and Spacer Locations . . . . . . . . 703
B. Tail Rotor Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
C. Tail Rotor Drive Cover and Accessory Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Figure 703. Shim and Spacer Location Output Drive Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
D. Input Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
3. Initial Reassembly of Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
A. Initial Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Figure 704. Input Drive Assembly Preliminary Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
B. Gearset Backlash and Wipe Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
632000 Page iii
P/N 369D25100
Figure 705. Tooth Contact Pattern and Backlash Correction
Input Pinion and Input Pinion Gear (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
Figure 706. Tooth Contact Pattern and Backlash Correction Output Drive
Gear and Tail Rotor Output Pinion (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Figure 707. Output Drive Pinion and Gear Inspection Areas
After Dynamic Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
4. Final Reassembly of Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
A. Input Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
B. Scavenge Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
C. Main Rotor Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
D. Tail Rotor Drive and Accessory Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
E. Lubrication Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
F. Main Transmission Case Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
5. RunIn and Test Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
Figure 708. Blower Spacer Thickness Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
Figure 709. Input Gear Nozzle Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
Figure 710. Breather Cap and Filler Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
6. RunIn on Helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
A. Preparation for RunIn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
B. RunIn on Helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
7. RunIn on Test Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
A. Preparation for RunIn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
B. RunIn on Test Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
8. Final Inspection and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
9. Transmission Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
2. Holding Fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
A. Tail Rotor Gear Shaft Output Pinion Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. Input Drive Gear Shaft Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
3. TBolt Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Main Transmission Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . 902
Table 902. Main Transmission Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 901. Holding Fixture Tail Rotor Output Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
Figure 902. Barrel Wrench Tail Rotor Output Pinion Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
Figure 903. Extension Oil Nozzle Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 908
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Page iv 632000
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369D25100
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Figure 1002. Main Transmission Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1006
Figure 1003. Main Transmission T/R Output Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1010
Figure 1004. Main Transmission Input Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1014
Figure 1005. Main Transmission Output Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016
632000 Page v
P/N 369D25100
Page vi 632000
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over- ter, the runin test and a final backlash
haul of this component, ensure the required and contact pattern check, and shipping
special tools and processes are available to instructions for the main transmission.
(7). Special Tools, Fixtures
1. General & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
provides procedures for fabricating
This section of the Overhaul Manual provides special tools required for overhaul of
overhaul procedures for the 369D25100 Main the main transmission.
Rotor Transmission. Procedures given are the
approved methods to be used for specific repair (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
or complete overhaul of the component. provides a parts list supplement to
identify part numbers and configura-
A. Organization tion differences for the main transmis-
sion.
The Main Rotor Transmission section of the
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of B. Reference Data
contain complete instructions for disassembly, (1). Reference is made throughout this part
cleaning, inspection, repair, reassembly and of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
testing of the component. The following HMI2. This manual should be used as
describes the topic and content of each part noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
with appropriate page numbers: The Illustrated Parts Catalog (CSP
IPC4) should be used for ordering any
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 replacement parts required.
describes procedures for complete use of
the main transmission section and (2). Table 901 and Table 903 provide
provides Transmission Overhaul Check specifications, and when appropriate,
Sheets. procurement information, regarding
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
expendable items and materials
gives procedures for complete disassem-
required for overhaul and repair.
bly of the main transmission.
Torque values are contained in
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 Table 902.
contains cleaning and painting require-
ments for main transmission compo- (3). Figure 1 thru Figure 6 show exploded
nents and parts. views of the main rotor transmission
and its subassemblies, with all parts
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 indexed. The index numbers are used
provides visual and dimensional throughout the text with the part
inspection requirements. nomenclature to make part identifica-
tion easier.
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
provides allowable repairs and parts C. Overhaul Check Sheet
replacement information and autho-
rized modifications for the main The items indicated in the Main Transmission
transmission. Overhaul Check Sheet must have all blanks
filled and initialed. Upon completion of the
(6). Assembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701 overhaul, this sheet must be signed off by the
provides main transmission reassembly, person performing the work and the sheet
runin inspection procedures, including retained as a permanent part of the helicopter
installation in the test stand or helicop- file.
Page 1
632000 Revision 15
P/N 369D25100
* CAUTION:
12 OUTPUT PINION NOZZLE ASSEMBLIES (14 AND 15)
13 MUST BE REMOVED BEFORE REMOVING MAIN
1
ROTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY (18). 5 2
* 15
18
12
4
13
* 14
16
8
17
4
20
6
7
NOTE
19
11
10
NOTE: 9
ELIMINATED ON LATER HOUSINGS.
H632055B
Figure 1. Main Transmission Major Components
1. 6POINT NUT (2) 12. MACHINE SCREW (2)

2. FLAT WASHER (2) 13. WASHER (2)
3. LUBRICATION PUMP ASSEMBLY 14. OUTPUT PINION NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (SMALL HOLES)
4. PACKING (2) 15. OUTPUT PINION NOZZLE ASSEMBLY (LARGE
5. PACKING HOLES)
6. 6POINT NUT (12) 16. BOLT
7. WASHER 17. WASHER (16)
8. TAIL ROTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY 18. MAIN ROTOR DRIVE ASSEMBLY
9. BOLT (4) 19. MAIN HOUSING ASSEMBLY
10. FLAT WASHER (4) 20. PACKING (2)
11. INPUT DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Page 2
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
21
22
12 16
34 17
13 19
36
14 19
15 32 17 20
18
33
32
30
3
4 8
7
26
6
31
27 38
28 33 29 31
40 35
25
31 24
23
5
2 36
41 1
47
2 42 37
46
43
1 10
45 9
11
10 11
NOTE: 44
ITEMS 28 THRU 39 ARE NOT AT OVERHAUL.
ITEM 5 ELIMINATED ON LATER HOUSINGS. 11
H63-2056
Figure 2. Main Transmission Case Assembly
1. DRAIN VALVE & CHIP DETECTOR (2) 25. ROLLER BEARING
2. PACKING (2) 26. DRIVE SCREW (4)
3. LIQUID LEVEL PLUG 27. IDENTIFICATION PLATE
4. PACKING 28. HOUSING BUSHING (4)
5. PIPE PLUG 29. DOWEL PIN (2)
6. STRAIGHT THREAD PLUG 30. DOWEL BUSHING (2)
7. PACKING 31. OIL PASSAGE PLUG (4)
8. INPUT GEAR NOZZLE 32. WASHER SEAT (6)
9. RETAINING RING 33. INSERT (32)
10. SPRAY NOZZLE
34. BEARING RETAINER
11. PACKING (2)
35. BEARING RETAINER
12. MACHINE SCREW (4)
36. BEARING RETAINER PIN
13. WASHER (4)
37. SPRAY NOZZLE SLEEVE
14. SCAVENGE PUMP ASSEMBLY
38. INSERT (4)
15. SCAVENGE PUMP GASKET
16. MACHINE SCREW (2) 39. STUD (12)
17. WASHER (2) 40. MAIN TRANSMISSION HOUSING
18. NUT (2) 41. NUT
19. SUPPORT CLAMP (2) 42. WASHER
20. INPUT GEAR NOZZLE TUBE 43. WASHER (2)
21. BEARING RETAINING RING 44. PACKING
22. ROLLER BEARING 45. NOZZLE COVER
23. PACKING (3) 46. DRAIN PLUG
24. BEARING RETAINING RING 47. PACKING
Page 3
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
4
9
6
3
8
5
10
7 11
12
24
13 1
14
18
16
15
(NOTE) 18
17 (NOTE) 29
30
16
31
28 2
23
19 22 27
26
20
NOTE: FOR 507 CONFIGURATION TRANS
25
MISSION (REF. TABLE 603).
21
H632057
Figure 3. Tail Rotor Drive Assembly - Exploded View

1. PACKING 17. ROLLER BEARING WITH OUTER RACE
2. PACKING (2) 18. OUTPUT PINION DRIVE
3. 6-POINT NUT (2) 19. INPUT DRIVE GEAR
4. WASHER (2) 20. OUTPUT PINION SPACER
5. SEAL RETAINER ASSEMBLY 21. ACCESSORY DRIVE GEAR
6. PACKING 22. DRIVE PIN
7. DRAIN TUBE 23. BACKLASH SPACER
8. OIL SEAL 24. TAIL ROTOR GEAR ASSEMBLY
9. SEAL RETAINER 25. NUT (3)
10. SPEEDI-SLEEVE 26. BEARING RETAINING PLATE
11. LOCKWASHER 27. TAIL ROTOR OUTPUT BEARING SHIM
12. LOCKNUT 28. DUPLEX BALL BEARING
13. SELF LOCKING NUT 29. TAIL ROTOR DRIVE COVER AND ACCESSORY DRIVE
14. SPHERICAL WASHER ASSEMBLY
15. INNER RACE RETAINING BOLT 30. SPACER
16. ROLLER BEARING INNER RACE 31. RETAINING RING
Page 4
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
10
12 28
10 29
14 13
6
2
23
18
3
9
7
29
4 5
27 15
17
16
28
2 6
29
3 8 26
5 31 22
4
10 20
11 25
26 21
10
30
1
30
24
NOTES:
19 26
1. ITEMS 18 THRU 30 ARE NOT REMOVED AT OVERHAUL.
2. TACHOMETER DRIVE SHAFT (ITEM 11) IS LONGER THAN
OIL PUMP DRIVE SHAFT (ITEM 12).
ROTATED H632058
Figure 4. Tail Rotor Drive Cover and Accessory Drive Assembly

1. OIL PRESSURE SENDER 17. SEAL RETAINER
2. COTTER PIN (2) 18. STUD (3)
3. CASTELLATED NUT (2) 19. STUD (4)
4. WASHER (2) 20. STUD (2)
5. ACCESSORY DRIVEN PINION GEAR (2) 21. STUD (1)
6. WOODRUFF KEY (2) 22. INSERT (2)
7. RETAINER RING (2)
23. INSERT (3)
8. TACHOMETER DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
24. INSERT (4)
9. OIL PUMP DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
25. INSERT (1)
10. BALL BEARING (4)
11. TACHOMETER DRIVE SHAFT 26. INSERT (3)
12. OIL PUMP DRIVE SHAFT 27. BEARING RETAINER
13. RETAINER RING 28. BEARING RETAINER (2)
14. SEAL RETAINER ASSEMBLY 29. BEARING RETAINER PIN (3)
15. PACKING 30. OIL PASSAGE PLUG (2)
16. OIL SEAL 31. TAIL ROTOR DRIVE COVER
Page 5
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
6
(NOTE)
7
(NOTE)
8
20
19 4
19A
3
18
1
10
9
11
13
(NOTE)
12
16 (NOTE)
14
17
15
NOTE: NOT TO BE REMOVED AT OVERHAUL UNLESS REPLACEMENT IS REQUIRED. H632059
Figure 5. Input Drive Assembly - Exploded View

1. BLOWER SPACER 12. BEARING PLATE
2. INPUT PATTERN SPACER 13. BEARING PLATE PIN (2)
3. LOCKWASHER 14. CLAMP-UP SHIM
4. LOCKNUT 15. OIL SEAL
5. INPUT DRIVE PINION 16. OIL SEAL
6. ADAPTER PLUG 17. BLOWER MOUNT ASSEMBLY
7. CORK PLUG 18. DUPLEX BALL BEARING
8. INPUT DRIVE BEARING ASSEMBLY 19. ROLLER BEARING INNER RACE
9. INNER INPUT SHAFT SLEEVE 20. ROLLER BEARING WITH OUTER RACE
10. PACKING 21. INPUT PINION BEARING SLEEVE
11. PACKING (2)
Page 6
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
35
6
27 12
26
13 29 28
25 14 38
33 34
36
39
2 32
36
4 1 36
40
5
7
30
41
31
39 37
42
15
16
22
20
23
9 24
17
21
18
8
11
19 (NOTE 2)
10
NOTES:
1. ITEMS 30 THRU 39 ARE NOT REMOVED AT OVERHAUL.
2. AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN BOLT PROTRUSION.
H632060A
Figure 6. Main Rotor Drive Assembly Exploded View
Page 7
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
1. FILLER CAP AND BREATHER ASSEMBLY 22. BALL BEARING
2. FILLER CAP AND BREATHER 23. ROLLER BEARING
3. FILLER SCREEN 24. OUTPUT SHAFT SPACER
4. FILLER CAP AND BREATHER SHIM 25. CAP SCREW (5)
5. PACKING 26. SUPPORT CLAMP (5)
6. PACKING 27. OIL SCAVENGE RETURN TUBE
7. PACKING 28. BEARING RETAINING RING
8. OIL RETAINER 29. ROLLER BEARING
9. OUTPUT DRIVE SHAFT AND GEAR ASSEMBLY 30. COVER BUSHING (4)
10. 6POINT NUT (4) 31. DOWEL BUSHING (2)
11. WASHER (AS REQUIRED) 32. PLUG (2)
12. 12POINT NUT (4) 33. ORIFICE PLUG (2)
13. FLAT WASHER (4) 34. INSERT (2)
14. DEBRIS COVER 35. INSERT (5)
15. LOCKWASHER 36. INSERT (3)
16. LOCKNUT 37. BEARING RETAINER
17. OUTPUT BEARING SHIM 38. BEARING RETAINER
18. BEARING RETAINING PLATE 39. BEARING RETAINER PIN (2)
19. RING GEAR BOLT (32) 40. MAIN ROTOR DRIVE COVER
20. OUTPUT DRIVE GEAR 41. FILLER CAP EXTENSION
21. OUTPUT DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY 42. PACKING
Page 8
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
Table 1. Main Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet
Data Plate Information Before Overhaul
Manufacturer: Prime Contractor Name
Address
Sub-Contractor Name
Address
Assemblyy Part Number: Prime Contractor
Sub-Contractor
Assembly Serial No.
Assembly Rubber Cure Date
Removed From Aircraft: Model Serial No.
Registration or N No. Date
Prior to Disassembly: Backlash of Input Gearset Backlash of Output Gearset

0.0060-0.0100 in. 0.0070-0.0120 in.
(0.1520-0.2540 mm) (0.1780-0.3048 mm)
Runout for Input Gearshaft 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) Max.
Runout for Output Gearshaft 0.002 in. (0.051 mm) Max.
Disassembly: Thickness of Shims Measured and Disassembly

Recorded at Removal Completed
Output Backlash Tail Rotor Output Bearing
Spacer in. (mm) Clamp-up Shim in. (mm)
Output Pattern Input Drive Pattern
Shim in. (mm) Shim in. (mm)
Output Bearing Clamp-up Input Bearing Clamp-up
Shim in. (mm) Shim in. (mm)
Input Drive Backlash
Spacer in. (mm) Blower Spacer in. (mm)
Cleaning: Cleaning Completed
Inspection: Inspection Completed
Modifications: Check for Required Required Modifications

Modifications Completed
Page 9
632000 Revision 13
P/N 369D25100
Table 1. Main Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet (Cont.)
Reassembly Shim and Spacer

Dimensions and Thickness (actual)
Tolerances
Output Tail Rotor Output Bearing
Backlash Spacer in. (mm) Clamp-up Shim in. (mm)
Output Input Drive

Pattern Shim in. (mm) Pattern Shim in. (mm)
Output Bearing Input Bearing

Clamp-up Shim in. (mm) Clamp-up Shim in. (mm)
Input Drive
Backlash Spacer in. (mm) Blower Spacer in. (mm)
Reassembly Tests and Checks: Backlash Correct: Wipe Test Satisfactory:
Input Gearset Tail Rotor

0.0060-0.0100 in. Drive Assembly
(0.152-0.2540 mm)
Output Gearset Input

0.0070-0.0120 in. Drive Assembly
(0.1780-0.3048 mm)
(Perform After Run-In)

Axial End Play Gear Contact Patterns Correct:
Input Gearshaft Input Gear Set

0.009-0.015 in.
(0.229-0.3810 mm)
Output Gearshaft Output Gear Set

0.006-0.013 in.
(0.152-0.330 mm)
Final Reassembly Dimensions Shim and Spacer Measurements Completed

and Tolerances:
Page 10
Revision 13 632000
P/N 369D25100
Table 1. Main Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet (Cont.)
Run-In and Test: Run-In Completed Final Inspection

Backlash Check (actual):,
Input Gearset Runout (actual):,
0.0060-0.0100 in. Input Gearshaft
(0.1520-0.2540 mm) 0.002-in. (0.051 mm) Max.
Output Gear Set

0.0700-0.0120 in. Output Gearshaft
(0.1780-0.3048 mm) 0.002-in. (0.051 mm) Max.
Axial End Play Check (actual):,

Input Gearshaft
0.009-0.015 in.
(0.229-0.381 mm)
Output Gearshaft
0.006-0.013 in.
(0.152-0.330 mm)
Gaskets Installed Sealant Installed Shims Installed
Torquing Correct
and Complete Lockwire Installed Servicing Complete
Data Plate Information After Overhaul
Final Inspection
Installed on Aircraft Model Serial No.
Registration of N No. Date
Partial Overhaul Complete Overhaul Overhaul Completed
This is to certify that to the best of my knowledge the information contained on this check sheet is accurate and
that FAA and manufacturer approved procedures and parts have been utilized.
Signed Date
Address
Title
License No.
Organization
Address
License No.
Page 11
632000 Revision 13
P/N 369D25100
Page 12
Revision 13 632000
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
DISASSEMBLY
1. Important Reminders NOTE: Prior to disassembly of the main rotor
transmission, measure backlash, shaft run-
The following information applies throughout out, and shaft axial and radial play accord-
the main transmission disassembly procedure. ing to Gearset Backlash and Wipe Test. Re-
When specific repair of the transmission cord findings on the overhaul check sheet
requires only partial disassembly, follow the provided (Ref. Description and Operation).
A. Tail Rotor Drive Removal
(1). A complete disassembly and inspection Remove the tail rotor drive assembly (8,
are required if the transmission is Figure 1) as follows:
removed from service because of
Conditional Inspections (Ref. CSP Do not pry on cover of tail rotor
HMI2, Sec, 055000) such as: CAUTION drive assembly. Serious damage
may result to cover or main housing. Use
(a). After Main Rotor Blade/Drive System three Tbolts (8, Table 901) as pullers.
Sudden Stoppage Level 2.
(1). Remove attaching hardware (6, 7,
(b). After Lightning Strike Level 2. Figure 1).
(2). Screw three Tbolts (8, Table 901) into
(c). A part is thought to have impact insert holes (26, Figure 4) in tail rotor
damage from a crash or shows any drive cover (31).
indication of impact damage.
(3). Tighten Tbolts alternately to provide
(2). Tag and identify all parts with reason even pull on tail rotor drive cover, until
for removal. tail rotor drive assembly (8, Figure 1) is
approximately 0.50 inch (1.270 mm)
(3). Tag all shims and spacers at removal. from main housing (19).
Measure and record thickness to ensure
(4). Grasp tail rotor drive assembly and
duplication at reassembly.
carefully pull it out of main housing
assembly.
(4). Discard packings, seals and gaskets at
removal. New parts are required at (5). Remove Tbolts from tail rotor drive
reassembly. cover.
(5). Place all parts of each subassembly in B. Input Drive Removal

separate containers for easy reference.
Remove the input drive assembly (11,
Figure 1) as follows:
(6). Wrap gearshafts, gears, covers and
housings in protective cloth to prevent NOTE: It may be necessary to heat main hous-
damage. ing to 285F (140C) maximum to remove
input drive assembly.
2. Initial Disassembly
(1). Remove attaching hardware (9, 10) and
pull input drive assembly (11) straight
Initially, the lubrication pump (Ref. Lubrica-
out of main housing.
tion Pump Overhaul, 632001), tail rotor
drive, input drive and main rotor drive C. Main Rotor Drive Removal
assemblies should be removed from the
transmission housing, as described in the Remove the main rotor drive assembly (18,
following paragraphs. Figure 1) as follows:
Page 301
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Output pinion nozzle assem- (4). Remove drain plug (46) and packing
CAUTION blies (14, 15) must be removed (47). (Not present on early transmis-
before removing main rotor drive assembly sions.)
(18) from main housing assembly (19).
(5). Remove straight thread plug (6) and
(1). Remove attaching hardware (12, 13) packing (7).
and pinion nozzles (14, 15) using oil
nozzle wrench extension (11,
NOTE:
Table 901). Identify nozzle assemblies D Input gear nozzle (8) is bonded in place.
so at reassembly they can be installed D Only remove input gear nozzle (8), if dam-
in same location. age or clogging is suspected, by blowing
air thru nozzle.
(2). Press dowel pins (29, Figure 2) out of
main transmission housing (40). D To remove nozzle, use a long 832 bolt
threaded into nozzle end as puller.
(3). Remove hardware (16, 17, Figure 1)
securing main rotor drive assembly to (6). Remove input gear nozzle (8), if
main housing assembly (19). damage/clogging is suspected.
(7). Remove spray nozzle (10) according to
(4). Screw three Tbolts (8, Table 901) into
(a). or (b). as follows:
holes shown by inserts (36, Figure 6) in
main rotor drive cover (40). Procedure (a). applies to transmission Serial
Nos. 0005 and subsequent, Procedure (b).
(5). Tighten Tbolts to provide even pull on applies to transmission Serial Nos. 0001
main rotor drive cover. through 0004).
(6). When Tbolts reach their limit, lift (a). Using wrench extension (10,
main rotor drive assembly (18, Table 901) or a suitable crowfoot
Figure 1) out of main housing assembly wrench, remove nut (41, Figure 2);
(19). remove washers (42, 43), nozzle cover
(45), and carefully remove spray
(7). Remove Tbolts from main rotor drive
nozzle (10). Remove packing (11)
cover.
from nozzle cover, and packings (11,
(8). Remove two packings (20) from main 44) from spray nozzle.
housing assembly (19). (b). Remove retaining ring (9); carefully
push spray nozzle out of main
3. Component Disassembly transmission housing (40). Remove
Disassemble major components of the main two packings from spray nozzle.
transmission assembly according to procedures (8). Cut safety wire and remove attaching
in the following paragraphs. hardware (12, 13), scavenge pump
assembly (14) and gasket (15).
A. Main Housing Disassembly
(9). Remove attaching hardware (16, 17,
Disassemble main housing assembly (19, 18), support clamps (19) and input gear
Figure 1) as follows: nozzle tube (20).
(1). Remove two drain valve and chip (10). Remove bearing retaining ring (21).
detector assemblies (1, Figure 2) and
packings (2). When pulling roller bearings
CAUTION (22, 25) use care to avoid damag-
(2). Remove liquid level plug (3) and ing retainers (34, 35). Retainers are pinned
packing (4). and line bored in main transmission hous-
ing.
(3). Remove plug (5). (Not present on
transmissions not having threaded (11). Using bearing puller (6, Table 901),
boss.) remove roller bearing (22, Figure 2).
Page 302
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
(12). Remove three packings (23) from input using 1/2 inch, 6 point deep socket with
bore. extension, from retaining bolt (15). Coat
interior of pinion shaft with oil to
(13). Remove bearing retaining ring (24). remove moisture which could cause
corrosion. (On 369D2512513 pinion of
(14). Using bearing puller (7, Table 901),
507 configuration transmission
remove roller bearing (25, Figure 2).
remove retaining ring (31).
(15). Remove drive screws (26) and identifi-
(6). Using suitable puller, remove roller
cation plate (27).
bearing inner race (16) from output
B. Tail Rotor Drive Disassembly drive pinion (18). (On 369D2512513
pinion of 507 configuration transmis-
Disassemble the tail rotor drive assembly (8, sion remove roller bearing inner race
Figure 1) as follows: (16) and spacer (30).
(1). Remove packing (1, Figure 3); remove (7). Remove input bevel gear (19), output
packings (2) if they adhere to tail rotor pinion spacer (20), accessory drive gear
drive cover and accessory drive assem- (21), pin (22) and backlash spacer (23)
bly (29). from tail rotor gear assembly (24).
(2). Remove attaching hardware (3, 4) and (8). Remove cotter pins (2, Figure 4) nuts
seal retainer assembly (5); remove (3), washers (4) and accessory drive
packing (6), drain tube (7) and oil seal gears (5) from accessory drive shafts.
(8) from seal retainer (9).
(9). Remove three nuts (25, Figure 3),
NOTE: Remove speedisleeve installation bearing retaining plate (26) and tail
shoulder to allow removal of self locking nut rotor output bearing shim (27).
(13). Do not remove complete speedisleeve
(10) at disassembly. (10). Remove duplex ball bearing (28) from
tail rotor drive cover and accessory
(3). Install gearshaft assembly in holding drive assembly (29) by applying heat
fixture (9, Table 901), remove lockwash- 285F (140C) maximum to housing and
er (11, Figure 3); using barrel wrench push out bearings by hand. If neces-
(2, Table 901) remove locknut (12, sary, use suitable puller.
Figure 3) from output drive pinion
assembly (8, Figure 1). (Ref. C. Tail Rotor Drive Cover and Accessory
Figure 301). Remove gearshaft assem- Drive Disassembly
bly from holding fixture.
Disassemble the tail rotor drive cover and
Input drive gear (19, Figure 3) accessory drive assembly (29, Figure 3) as
CAUTION and output drive pinion (18) can follows:
be seriously damaged if an adapter similar
(1). Remove oil pressure sender (1,
to that shown in Figure 302 is not used. En-
Figure 4).
sure that output drive pinion does not drop
against arbor press base plate. (2). Remove accessory drive pinion gears
(5).
(4). While heating the gear and bearing
assembly to 285F (140C) maximum (3). Remove woodruff keys (6) and retainer
and cooling the inside of pinion shaft, rings (7).
using an arbor press and suitable
adapter (Figure 302), press output drive (4). Remove tachometer drive shaft assem-
pinion assembly (Figure 3) out of input bly (8) and oil pump drive shaft assem-
drive gear (19) and duplex ball bearing bly (9) from tail rotor drive cover (31).
(28).
(5). Using suitable puller, remove ball
(5). Remove self locking nut (13) and bearings (10) from tachometer drive
spherical washer (14) inside shaft (18) shaft (11) and oil pump drive shaft (12).
Page 303
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
(6). Remove retainer ring (13) and seal the inside of pinion shaft, using arbor
retainer assembly (14); remove packing press and bearing puller (1, Table 901)
(15) and oil seal (16) from seal retainer or suitable adapters, press input drive
(17). pinion (5, Figure 5) out of input drive
bearing assembly (8). Coat interior of
D. Input Drive Disassembly pinion shaft with oil to remove moisture
Disassemble the input drive assembly (11, which could cause corrosion.
Figure 1) as follows: NOTE: Unless necessary, adapter plug (6), cork
plug (7) and bearing plate with pins (12, 13)
(1). Using standard 3leg bearing puller, need not be removed at overhaul. Coat ex-
remove blower spacer (1, Figure 5) from posed end of cork plug (7) with sealant (5,
input drive pinion (5). Table 903) prior to reassembly to prevent oil
(2). Remove input pattern shim (2). Mea- seepage.
sure and record shim thickness on (6). Remove inner input shaft sleeve (9,
Overhaul Check Sheet. Figure 5), packings (10, 11), bearing
clampup shim (14) and oil seals (15,
(3). Remove lockwasher (3). 16) from blower mount assembly (17).
(4). Place pinion end of input drive pinion
(5) in holding fixture (14, Table 901).
Using barrel wrench (4), remove
locknut (4, Figure 5). Remove input
drive pinion from holding fixture.
ARBOR
TORQUE PRESS
WRENCH
COVER
OUTPUT
GEARSHAFT
BARREL
WRENCH
LOCKNUT INPUT
GEAR
ADAPTER
BENCH H632066
HOLDER Figure 302. Removing Output Gearshaft from
Tail Rotor Drive Assembly Cover
(7). Remove duplex ball bearing (18).
Remove roller bearing (20) from input
pinion bearing sleeve (21).
H632065
E. Main Rotor Drive Disassembly
Figure 301. Removal and Installation Disassemble the main rotor drive assembly
Output Gearshaft Locknut (18, Figure 1) as follows:
(5). While heating the bearing assembly to (1). Remove filler cap and breather assem-
285F (140C) maximum and cooling bly (1, Figure 6). Remove filler screen
Page 304
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
(3), filler cap extension (41) (if in- (4). Remove 6point nuts (10), 12point
stalled), filler cap and breather shim bolts (12), washers (13), washers (11)
(4), and packings (5) from filler cap and (retain as required to maintain bolt
breather (2). protrusion) and debris cover (14); lift
main rotor drive cover assembly (40)
(2). Remove packings (6, 7) and oil retainer away from output drive shaft assembly.
(8).
(5). Remove lockwasher (15). Using barrel
(3). Place spline adapter (5, Table 901) in
wrench (3, Table 901), remove locknut
output drive shaft and gear assembly
(16, Figure 6).
(9, Figure 6). Install spline adapter and
main rotor drive assembly in suitable Avoid contact with output shaft
vise. CAUTION spacer when removing bearings
from output drive shaft.
ARBOR
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat bearings to
PRESS 285F (140C) maximum to ease removal
from shaft.
(6). Using arbor press with suitable split

plate puller, press ball bearing (22) and
roller bearing (23) off output drive shaft
assembly (21). Remove backlash spacer
(24).
(7). Remove output bearing shim (17) and

bearing retaining plate (18).
BEARING INPUT
PULLER PINION (8). Remove ring gear bolts (19) and output
BEARING
SLEEVE drive gear (20).
(9). Remove output drive shaft assembly

(21) and spline adapter from vise;
remove spline adapter from output
drive shaft assembly.
(10). Remove cap screws (25), support clamps

(26) and oil scavenge return tube (27)
from main rotor drive cover (40).
H632067
Figure 303. Removal Input Bearing (11). It may be necessary to heat cover to
Retainer from Input Gearshaft 285F (140C) maximum to ease
removal of bearings. Remove bearing
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat output cov- retaining ring (28) and roller bearing
er to 285F (140C) maximum before remov- outer race (29) using retractor tool (13,
al. Table 901).
Page 305
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Page 306
Revision 13 632000
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning rotor drive cover, tail rotor drive cover and
other magnesium parts as follows:
Clean individual parts and components of the
main transmission as described in Table 401. (1). Wipe affected area with clean cloth
Most cleaning solvents are moistened with trichlorethylene (9,
WARNING flammable and must be kept Table 903) to remove corrosion or
away from heat or open flame. Avoid chemical build up.
tact with skin. (2). Apply light coat of chrome pickle
solution (23) to affected area; rinse with
2. Refinishing Interior Areas of Main clean water.
Housing and Covers
(3). Dry thoroughly with compressed air
Refinish interior areas of main housing, main and clean with lintfree cloth.
Table 401. Cleaning Main Transmission Parts and Components

Nomenclature Cleaning Method (Table 903) Remarks
Main transmission Housing (19, Figure 1) Vapor degrease (9) or immerse Dry with compressed air; make
Tail rotor drive cover (31, Figure 4) in cleaning solvent (1) and wash sure oil passages are clear.
Main rotor drive cover (40, Figure 6) with stiff bristle brush.
Nozzle assemblies (14, 15, Figure 1) Agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Dry with compressed air; blow
Input gear nozzle (8, Figure 2) Use soft bristle brush to remove air through nozzles and tubes to
Spray nozzle (10) particles of adhesive. dry interior. Make sure passages
Input gear nozzle tube (20) are clear.
Scavenge return tube (27, Figure 6)
Drain valve and chip detector (1, Agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Dry with compressed air.
Figure 2)
Liquid level plug (3)
Bearing retaining ring (24)
Seal retainer (9, Figure 3)
Oil pressure sender (1, Figure 4)
Seal retainer (17)
Mount assembly (17, Figure 5)
Bearing sleeve (20)
Filler cap and breather (1, Figure 6)
Screen (3)
Oil retainer (8)
Debris cover (14)
Retaining plate (18)
Filler cap extension (41)
Output drive pinion (18, Figure 3) Immerse in cleaning solvent (1) Dry with compressed air. Blow
Input drive gear (19) and wash with soft brush. air inside shafts to dry interior.
Accessory drive gear (21)
Pinion gear (5, Figure 4)
Drive shaft (11, 12)
Input drive pinion (5, Figure 5)
Output drive gear (20, Figure 6)
Output drive shaft (21)
Page 401
632000 Revision 13
P/N 369D25100
Table 401. Cleaning Main Transmission Parts and Components (Cont.)
Nomenclature Cleaning Method (Table 903) Remarks
Do not spin bearings while drying with compressed air.
CAUTION
Bearing (22, 25, Figure 2) Degrease using ultrasonic or Dry thoroughly with
Roller bearing (16, Figure 3) activated solvent method to moisture-free compressed air.
Ball bearing (28) dislodge contamination. Use
Ball bearing (10, Figure 4) filtered solvent spray to remove
Duplex ball bearing (18, Figure 5) contamination.
Roller bearing (19)
Roller bearing (23, Figure 6)
Roller bearing (29)
Identification plate (27, Figure 2) Agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Dry with compressed air. Use
Shim (27, Figure 3) care when drying shims to
Shims (2, 14, Figure 5) prevent damage.
Shim (17, Figure 6)
Spacer (24)
All nuts, bolts, washers, screws, clamps, Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in
retaining rings, spacers, pins and keys. agitate in cleaning solvent (1). basket. Place parts in clean
container after cleaning.
3. Painting and Markings Do not paint mounting surfaces,

CAUTION holes, accessory pads, studs or
The following paragraphs provide painting and shaft extensions. Do not paint drain tube in
marking requirements and procedures for the seal retainer assembly (9, Figure 3), drain
main transmission. valves and chip detectors (1, 46, Figure 2),
identification plate (27), electrical terminals
A. Surface Preparation on oil pressure sender (1, Figure 4) and
packing (6, Figure 6).
Before painting main transmission assembly,
prepare all surfaces as follows: (1). Prepare surface to be spotpainted as
described in Painting and Markings)
NOTE: For additional painting information, re
fer to CSPHMI2. (2). Apply one coat of wash primer (10,
Table 903) to bare metal surface with
(1). Mask all exposed gearshafts, mounting suitable brush. Allow surface to dry
surfaces, holes and accessories with thoroughly.
masking tape (8, Table 903). Mask
identification plate (27, Figure 2) and (3). Apply one coat of epoxy primer (11)
main rotor output shaft. with converter (14), to primed surface.
Allow epoxy primer to dry thoroughly.
(2). Featheredge any chipped or peeling
paint with crocus cloth (2, Table 903). (4). Apply two coats of epoxy paint (12),
Clean all surfaces thoroughly with with catalyst (13), to primed surface.
trichlorethylene (9). Dry surfaces
thoroughly with clean lintfree cloth or NOTE: Allow first coat of paint to dry 4 hours
compressed air. before applying second coat.
B. Exterior Painting - Spot Touch-Up C. Complete Exterior Painting
Touch up bare metal spots on main transmis When necessary, paint complete transmission
sion housing (40, Figure 2) as follows: exterior as follows:
Page 402
Revision 13 632000
P/N 369D25100
Do not paint mounting surfaces, (1). Using soft cloth moistened with thinner
CAUTION holes, accessory pads, studs or (25, Table 903), thoroughly rub glass
shaft extensions. Do not paint drain tube in until clean.
seal retainer assembly (9, Figure 3), drain
valves and chip detectors (1, 46, Figure 2), (2). Mix marking paint (24) with equal
identification plate (27) electrical terminals amount of thinner (25).
on oil pressure sender (1, Figure 4) and (3). Apply markings to glass as shown in
packing (6, Figure 6). Figure 401.
(1). Perform all procedures in painting and
markings, (Ref. Painting and Mark 0.120 INCH
ings). (3.048 MM)
DIAMETER
(2). Spray one coat of wash primer (10,

Table 903) on surface of main transmis
1.00 INCH
sion assembly (Figure 1). Allow suffi (2.54 CM)
cient time for primer to dry. DIAMETER
(3). Spray one coat of epoxy primer (11,

Table 903) on surface of main housing

assembly. Allow sufficient time for
epoxy primer to dry. 0.030 INCH
(0.762 MM)
(9 PLACES
(4). Spray on thin coat of epoxy paint (12) EQUALLY
with catalyst (13). Allow 4 hours drying SPACED)
time. 0.160 INCH
(4.060 MM)
(5). Spray on second coat of epoxy paint
0.750 INCH
with catalyst. Allow 4 hours drying (19.050 MM)
time. DIAMETER
D. Liquid Level Plug Markings NOTES:

ALL LETTERS 0.090 INCH (2.286 MM) HIGH.
H632094A
If liquid level plug (3, Figure 2) markings are
damaged or illegible, apply new markings as Figure 401. Liquid Level Plug Markings -
follows: Application

632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection
Inspection of all parts of the transmission is
after cleaning. Visual and dimensional NOTE:
inspection requirements are given in D Any shafts with bulging or raised sur-
Table 501, with serviceable dimensions and faces in this area shall be rejected for ser-
serviceability criteria. vice and returned to MDHS.
Serviceable dimensions and serviceability
criteria for gears, gearshafts and bearing D If any indication of cracking is noted in
retainers are illustrated in Figure 501 thru step (1). or (2). below (Ref. Figure 501),
Figure 514. discard shaft and install 369D251323
shaft.
Parts requiring a magnetic particle or fluores-
cent penetrant inspection are listed in D Those shafts which have questionable in-
Table 502. dications shall be sent to MDHS Warran-
ty and Repair for interpretation.
Following the cleaning, any part thought to
have impact damage, or with any indication of
impact damage must be Magnetic Particle (2). Using a 10X magnifying glass, visually
Inspection (MPI) or Fluorescent Penetrant inspect upper surface of shaft for
Inspection (FPI) as applicable. indications of cracks in the area noted
in Figure 501.
The requirement to MPI or FPI parts sus-
pected of impact damage is to be considered
(3). Perform dye penetrant inspection, per
additional criteria. The inspection must be
MILI25135, on upper and lower disk
completed along with overhaul procedure.
surfaces allowing dye penetrant to
remain on disk surfaces for a minimum
of five minutes. Using a 10X magnify-
A. Output Drive Shaft Visual Inspection ing glass, visually inspect both surfaces
for indications of cracks.
This inspection applies to all operators of
369D/E/F helicopters equipped with
369D25100BSC,501,or 503 main
transmission assemblies only. Inspect output
drive shaft as follows: B. Housing and Related Parts
(1). Inspect the upper surface of shaft for
bulging or raised surfaces in the area (1). Visually inspect housing and related
noted in Figure 501. parts (Ref Table 501).
Page 501
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
(NOTE 2)
(NOTE 1)
(NOTE 2)
(NOTE 2)
MAIN TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SHAFT MAIN TRANSMISSION OUTPUT SHAFT

UPPER DISK SURFACE LOWER DISK SURFACE
NOTES
1. PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION FOR CRACKS IN AREA OF ELECTRON BEAM WELD
WHICH ATTACHES LOWER DISK TO OUTPUT SHAFT (SHADED AREA 360).
2. PAY PARTICULAR ATTENTION FOR CRACKING OR CHIPPING IN FLAT SURFACE OF
DISKS, SIMULATED CRACK PROPAGATION AND CHIPPING IS SHOWN. H632099A
Figure 501. Periodic Inspection of Transmission Output Shaft

P/N 369D25100BSC, 501 or 503
Page 502
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Housing and Related Parts
Maximum Maximum
NOTE: All inspections are visual inspections unless otherwise specified in Table 503.
Drain valve and chip detector (1, Figure 2) for:
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage Rethread with same size
that does not exceed die. Break burrs with hard
onehalf of one thread stone.
Valve plunger for freedom No defects Not repairable Replace drain valve and
of movement chip detector.
Wrenching flats Scratches Nicks and burrs Remove burrs and nicks
with hard stone or
400600 grade abrasive
paper.
Filler cap and breather assembly (1, Figure 6) for:
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage that Rethread with same size
does not exceed onehalf die. Break burrs with hard
of one thread stone.
Dents or tears Not serviceable if dented Not repairable Replace screen or filler
or torn cap assembly.
Input gear nozzle (8, Figure 2) for:
Cracks, grooves or Not serviceable if cracked, Not repairable Replace nozzle.
serious dents grooved or dented.
Input pinion bearing sleeve (21, Figure 5) for:
Scratches Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Stone raised metal.
removal up to 0.002 inch Replace if unserviceable.
(0.051 mm) deep
Cracks, grooves or dents Not serviceable if cracked, Not repairable Replace input bearing
grooved or dented sleeve.
Bearing retainer (34, 35, Figure 2), (27, 28, Figure 4), (37, 38, Figure 6) for:
Scoring Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Stone raised metal. (Ref.
removal up to 0.002 inch Bearing Retainers).
(0.051 mm) deep
Wear on retainer If wear is evident, use Not repairable (Ref. Bearing Retainers).
dimensions shown in
Figure 507, Figure 508
and Figure 509
Looseness in retainer No looseness allowed Not repairable (Ref. Bearing Retainers).
bore
Cover (31, Figure 4), (40, Figure 6) for:
Cracks or breaks No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace matched set:
allowed cover (31, Figure 4),
cover (40, Figure 6) and
housing (40, Figure 2).
Page 503
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Housing and Related Parts (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Mast mount attachment No cracks or breaks Not repairable Not repairable. Replace
lug area for cracks, tool allowed housing
marks and surface Light wear, burnishing and Minor cleanup Removed raised metal
imperfections per areas of mattype finish with flat stone (18,
Figure 510 Table 903).
Remove scratches by
blending with abrasive
paper (17, Table 903) and
crocus cloth (2).
Housing (40, Figure 2) for:

Cracks or breaks Not serviceable if housing Not repairable Replace matched set:
contains any cracks or housing (40, Figure 2),
breaks cover (31, Figure 4),
cover (40, Figure 6).
Mast mount attachment Light wear, burnishing and Minor cleanup Remove raised metal with
lug at flange radius and areas of mattype finish flat stone (18, Table 903).
the area around lug for: Remove scratches by
tool marks sharp edges blending with abrasive
and surface damage per paper (17, Table 903) and
Figure 510 crocus cloth (2).
Accessory drive gear (21, Figure 3) and accessory drive pinion gear (5, Figure 4) for:
Damaged teeth, scoring, Pitting of 0.010 inch Not repairable Replace gear.
pitting and rough finish (0.254 mm) maximum
cross section that is
separated from adjacent
pits by a distance greater
than pit size and
maximum of two pits per
tooth larger than
0.0100.015 inch
(0.2540.381 mm)
maximum
Wear If wear is evident, use Not repairable Replace gear.
dimensions shown in
Figure 502 and Figure 503
Tachometer drive shaft (11, Figure 4) and oil pump drive shaft (12) for:
Square socket wear Not serviceable if square Not repairable Replace drive shaft
socket dimension exceeds
0.252 inch (6.401 mm)
maximum
Page 504
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
Maximum Maximum
Input drive pinion (5, Figure 5) for:
Adapter plug, square drive If wear is evident, use Not repairable Replace adapter plug
socket wear dimensions shown in
Figure 506
Pinion for damaged teeth, Light wear and areas of Not repairable Replace drive pinion.
scoring, and wear mattype finish. (Ref.
Figure 511)
Shaft wear If wear is evident, use Worn bearing journal (Ref. Gears and
dimensions shown in Gearshafts).
Figure 506
Pinion surfaces as called No pitting allowed Not repairable Replace pinion.
out on Figure 506
Deep scratches or scoring Light axial marks from Not repairable Replace drive pinion.
on bearing diameters bearing removal
Damaged splines Not serviceable if splines Not repairable Replace drive pinion.
are broken or chipped
Bearing journal worn or OD:1.37861.3783 inch OD:1.37561.3753 inch Replate input drive pinion
damaged (3.50163.5009 cm) (3.49403.4933 cm) (Ref. Undersized Bearing
Journal Input Drive Pinion
Repair).
Input drive gear (19, Figure 3) for:

Damaged teeth, scoring Light wear, burnishing and Not repairable Replace gear.
spalling and wear areas of mattype finish.
(Ref. Figure 512)
Output drive pinion (18, Figure 3) for:
Ensure requirements of MDHS Notice DN147.1 have been met regarding inspection of output
CAUTION drive pinion.
Damaged teeth, scoring, Light wear, nondestruc- Not repairable Replace drive pinion.
pitting and wear tive pitting and areas of
mattype finish. (Ref.
Figure 513)
Deep scratches or scoring Light axial marks from Not repairable Replace drive pinion.
Damaged splines Not serviceable if splines Not repairable Replace drive pinion.
Wear If wear is evident, use Not repairable Replace drive pinion.

dimensions shown in
Figure 505
Runout 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) Not Repairable Replace drive pinion.
TIR maximum
Page 505
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Maximum Maximum
Bearing journal OD thrust journal : OD thrust journal : Replate output drive
worn or damaged 1.96961.9692 inch 1.96661.9662 inch pinion (Ref. Undersized
(5.00285.0018 cm) (4.99524.9941 cm) Bearing Journal Output
OD roller journal : OD roller journal : Drive Pinion Repair).
1.18231.1820 inch 1.17931.1790 inch
(3.00303.0022 cm) (2.99542.9947 cm)
Output drive gear (20, Figure 6) for:

Damaged teeth, scoring, Light wear and areas of Not repairable Replace gear.
spalling and wear mattype finish. (Ref.
Figure 514)
Fretting corrosion on Pitting to 40 percent of Minor cleanup Remove raised metal with
mounting face total area within 0.300 flat stone (18, Table 903).
inch (7.620 mm) radius
from hole center
Output drive shaft assembly (21, Figure 6) for:

Deep scratches Scratches not readily Scratches that are Remove scratches by
detected by use of 0.030 detected by using 0.030 blending with abrasive
inch (0.762 mm) radius inch (0.762 mm) radius paper (17, Table 903) and
scribe scribe but do not exceed crocus cloth (2).
0.003 inch (0.076 mm)
depth
Damaged or excessively Not serviceable if splines Not repairable Replace shaft assembly.
worn splines are nicked or broken;
0.005 inch (0.127 mm)
wear allowable,
determined by difference
between worn/unworn
spots (measured between
0.1094 ball and journal
surface)
Bearing journal worn or OD: 2.75652.7561 inch OD: 2.75352.7531 inch Replate output shaft (Ref.
damaged (7.00157.0005 cm) (6.99396.9929 cm) Undersized Bearing
Journal Output Drive Shaft
Repair).
Wear If wear is evident, use Worn journal bearing Ref. Figure 504.
dimensions in Figure 504
Tool marks and surface Not serviceable if All external marks must Radius tool marks and
imperfections dimensions do not meet have minimum radius polish with abrasive paper
those shown in Figure 504 shown in Figure 504 (17, Table 903) and
crocus cloth (2).
Fretting corrosion on Pitting to 40 percent of Minor cleanup (Ref. Undersized Bearing

mounting face total area within a 0.300 Journal Output Drive Shaft
inch (7.620 mm) radius Repair) for repair
from hole centers procedures.
Page 506
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
Maximum Maximum
Insert (33, 38, Figure 2; Not serviceable if threads Not repairable Replace inserts (Ref.
23, 24, 25, 26, Figure 4; are damaged or if inserts Damaged Inserts).
34, 35, 36, Figure 6) are not tight in mating
bore
Plug (3, 5, 6, Figure 2) Not serviceable if threads Total thread damaged that Rethread with same size
are damaged does not exceed onehalf die. Break burrs with hard
of one complete thread stone.
Pin (29, Figure 2; 22, Not serviceable if pin Not repairable (Ref. Bushings and Pins in
Figure 3; 13, Figure 5) contains nicks or burrs or Main Xmsn Housing) and
if bushings are not tight in replace bushings.
mating bore
Stud (39, Figure 2; 18, 19, Not serviceable if stud Total thread damage that Rethread with same size
20 and 21 Figure 4) threads are damaged or if does not exceed onehalf die. Break burrs with hard
stud is not tight in mating of one complete thread. stone. Reseat locking
bore No axial play allowed, keys (or restake if
radial play allowed. required). Add locking
compound to mating
surface of stud/housing. If
required, replace stud
(Ref. Damaged Studs).
Bushing (28, 30, Figure 2; Not serviceable if Not repairable Replace bushings (Ref.
30, 31, Figure 6) bushings are nicked or Bushings and Pins in Main
contain burrs or if Xmsn Housing).
bushings are not tight in
mating bore
Cork plug (7, Figure 5) Not serviceable if plug is Not repairable Replace plug. Coat with
deteriorated or loose in sealant (5, Table 903).
gearshaft
Identification plate (27, Not serviceable if plate Not repairable If necessary, replace
Figure 2) nomenclature is not identification plate.
legible or if plate is loose
Blower mount assembly None allowed Scratches on outer Remove repairable
(17, Figure 5) for cracks or diameter that are detected scratches by blending with
breaks and wear by using 0.030 inch (0.762 abrasive paper (17,
mm) radius scribe but that Table 903) and crocus
do not exceed 0.060 inch cloth (2). Treat bare metal
(1.524 mm) depth (Ref. Repair of Minor
Corrosion, Nicks and
Scratches).
Oil scavenge return tube Not serviceable if tube Not repairable Replace tube.
(27, Figure 6) for cracks, contains cracks, breaks or
breaks or dents dents
Page 507
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Maximum Maximum
Bearings for:
Roller (22, 25, Figure 2; Light grooving, small Not repairable Replace complete bearing
17, Figure 3; 19, Figure 5; indentations, discoloration set.
23, 29, Figure 6) for (except solid dark blue)
spalling, flaking, corrosion, and transparent stains on
surface deterioration and rollers and raceways
heat discoloration (blue
rollers and raceways)
Ball (28, Figure 3; 10, Discoloration (except solid Not repairable Replace complete bearing
Figure 4; 18, Figure 5; 22, dark blue) and small set.
Figure 6) for spalling, indentations. Blueto
corrosion, heat, pitting, black fretting corrosion on
discoloration (blue) on inside diameter of inner
balls and raceway race
Nicks and burrs on Rework by blending with
nonactive surfaces abrasive paper and crocus
cloth to remove sharp
edges. After rework, clean
bearings.
All aluminum and magnesium parts for corrosion, (Ref. Parts Identification) for:
Mating surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion that can be Remove corrosion and
are badly corroded removed without affecting treat (Ref. Repair of Minor
fit or function and light Corrosion, Nicks and
pitting that extends to Scratches).
maximum of 10 percent of
surface
Nonmating surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove corrosion and
function Corrosion, Nicks and
Scratches). Maximum
depth of stock removal
shall be 10 percent of wall
thickness in discrepant
area.
All ferrous parts for corrosion (identify by appearance and weight) for:
Nonplated surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove using 400600
are corroded removed without affecting abrasive paper (17,
fit or function Table 903) and crocus
cloth (2).
Page 508
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
Maximum Maximum
Plated surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that does not Remove corrosion to
are corroded extend into parent metal depth of plating if
necessary and replace
cadmium plating using
brushtype electroplating
process (Fed Spec
QQP461, Type II, Class
2)
Output pinion spacer (20, Not serviceable if worn or Not repairable Replace spacer.
Figure 3) for wear or grooved
grooving
Prevent entry of paint stripper

CAUTION into joint lines of bearings,
bushings or inserts which remain installed
C. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent within the component requiring paint re-
Penetrant Inspections moval.
NOTE:
D Stripping of paint is not required for mag-
Those parts examined with a magnetic particle netic particle inspection, but is necessary
inspection must be done in accordance with for fluorescent penetrant inspection.
ASTM E 1444 as identified in Table 502. D For normal overhaul inspections, do not
remove Tagnite surface treatment or
Rockhard resin coating from nonferrous
Those parts examined with fluorescent components.
penetrant inspection must be done in accor- (1). Inspect the main rotor transmission
dance with ASTM E 1417 as identified in and related components (Ref Table 502
Table 502. and Table 503).
Table 502. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspections

Inspect, Figure No, Method of Maximum Maximum
Item No. Inspection Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE: For a normal overhaul, the housing inpection only requires local removal of paint and primer approximately
2.00 inch (0.50 cm) diameter area from around the four mounting lug areas.
NOTE: For an overhaul that is the result of:
(1) After Main Rotor Blade/Drive System Sudden Stoppage Level 2 (Ref. CSPHMI2, Sec.
055000)
(2) After Lightning Strike Level 2 (Ref. CSPHMI2, Sec. 055000)
(3) Or if a part is thought to have impact damage or shows any indication of impact damage
all internal and external paint and coatings must be removed to fully inspect the main transmission housing or
main rotor drive cover.
Page 509
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Table 502. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspections (Cont.)
Main transmission housing (mast mount attach lugs), Figure 510 for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace cover
include area below trant (ASTM E
lug at flange radius 1417)
and area around lug
Main rotor drive cover (mast mount attach lugs), Figure 510 for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace cover.
trant (ASTM E 1417)
Tail rotor drive cover, Figure 4, item 31 for:
NOTE: For an overhaul that is the result of impact damage from a crash or has the indication of impact damage,
all paint and coatings must be removed to fully inspect the drive cover.
trant (ASTM E 1417)
Blower mount assembly, Figure 5, item 17 for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace mount
trant (ASTM E 1417) assembly
Accessory drive gear, Figure 3, item 21 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace drive gear
(ASTM E 1444)
Input drive gear, Figure 3, item 19 for:
(ASTM E 1444)
Output drive pinion, Figure 3, item 18 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace drive pinion
(ASTM E 1444)
Accessory driven pinion gear, Figure 4, item 5 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace accessory
(ASTM E 1444) driven pinion gear
Tachometer drive shaft, Figure 4, item 11 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace tachometer
(ASTM E 1444) drive shaft
Oil pump drive shaft, Figure 4, item 12 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace oil pump
Adapter plug, Figure 5, item 6 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace adapter
(ASTM E 1444) plug
Page 510
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
Input drive pinion, Figure 5, item 5 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace input drive
(ASTM E 1444) pinion
Input pinion bearing sleeve, Figure 5, item 20 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace input pinion
(ASTM E 1444) bearing sleeve
Output drive gear, Figure 6, item 20 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace output drive
(ASTM E 1444) gear
Output shaft spacer, Figure 6, item 24 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace output shaft
(ASTM E 1444) spacer
Ring gear bolts, Figure 6, item 19 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace ring gear
(ASTM E 1444) bolts
Output drive shaft assembly, Figure 6, item 21 for:
(ASTM E 1444) shaft assembly
Table 503. Inspection After Repair and Replacement

Maximum Maximum
Insert (33, 38, Figure 2; Not serviceable if threads Not repairable Replace insert (Ref.
23, 24, 25, 26, Figure 4; are damaged or if inserts Repair).
34, 35, 36, Figure 6) are not tight in mating
bore
Stud (39, Figure 2; 18, 19, Not serviceable if threads Total thread damage not Rethread with same size
20, 21, Figure 4) are damaged or if stud is to exceed onehalf of one die. Break burrs with hard
not tight in mating bore. complete thread stone. If stud is loose,
replace stud (Ref. Repair).
Pin (29, Figure 2; 22, Not serviceable if pin Minor burrs Break burrs with hard
Figure 3; 13, Figure 5) contains burrs stone (18, Table 903).
Bushing (28, 30, Figure 2; Not serviceable if cover or Not repairable Replace bushing (Ref.
30, 31, Figure 6) housing contains any Repair).
cracks or breaks
Identification plate (27, Not serviceable if plate is Looseness Remove and reinstall with
Figure 2) loose or if nomenclature adhesive (20, Table 903).
on plate is not clearly
legible
Page 511
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Table 503. Inspection After Repair and Replacement (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Tail rotor drive cover (31, Not serviceable if cover Not repairable Replace matched set,
Figure 4) contains cracks covers (40, Figure 6; 31,
Figure 4) and housing (40,
Figure 2).
Main rotor drive cover (40, Not serviceable if cover Not repairable Replace matched set,
Figure 6) contains cracks covers (40, Figure 6; 31,
Figure 2).
Main transmission Not serviceable if housing Not repairable Replace matched set,
housing (40, Figure 2) contains cracks covers (40, Figure 6; 31,
Figure 2).

4.1860 INCH (10.6324 CM) MIN. DIA.
OVER TWO 0.072 DIAMETER PINS

H632068A
Figure 502. Accessory Drive Gear Serviceable Dimensions
Page 512
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100

2.1180 INCH (5.3797 CM) MIN. DIA. OVER
TWO 0.072 INCH (1.829 MM) DIA. PINS

H632069A
Figure 503. Accessory Drive Pinion Gear Serviceable Dimensions
0.030 INCH (0.762 MM)

RADIUS BEND
A B
3.6788 INCH (9.3445 CM) 2.7561 INCH (7.0005 CM)
MIN. DIA. MIN. DIA.
125 MICRONCH
SURFACE FINISH
(NOTE)
NOTE:
BEFORE INSPECTION OF DIAMETER INSTALL 16
BOLTS EQUALLY SPACED IN FLANGE, TORQUED
0.469 INCH (11.913 MM) MIN.
TO 510 555 INCHPOUNDS (57.32 62.71 NM) AB 0.007 INCH
(NOTE)
REMOVE BOLTS AFTER INSPECTION. 63 (0.178 MM) H632070A
Figure 504. Output Drive Shaft Assembly Serviceable Dimensions
Page 513
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
2.2424 INCH (5.6957 CM) MIN. DIA. OVER
TWO 0.096 INCH (2.439 MM DIA. PINS 1.9696 INCH (5.0028 CM) MAX. DIA. 1.9692
1.1820 INCH (3.0023 CM) INCH (5.0018 CM) MIN. DIA.
MIN. DIA. (NOTE 1) (NOTE 5) 1.1791 INCH (2.9949 CM) MIN.
1.875 INCH (4.7625 CM)
A DIA. OVER TWO 0.060 INCH
MIN. DIA. (NOTE 2)
(1.524 MM) DIA. PINS
(NOTE 6)
(NOTE 3)
(NOTE 6)
(NOTE 4)
(0.06 INCH (1.524 MM) R
TANGENT TO SHOULDER)
NOTES:
1. CONCENTRIC WITH A" DIA. WITHIN 0.005 INCH (0.127 MM).
0.0250.035 INCH 2. CONENTRIC WITH A" DIA. WITHIN 0.001 INCH (0.025 MM).
(0.6351.016 MM) MAX. 3. SURFACE FINISH SHALL NOT EXCEED RMS 125.
0.040 INCH (1.016 MM) 4. SURFACE FINISH SHALL NOT EXCEED RMS 63.
UNDERCUT
5. SHOT PEENED SURFACE AREA, EXCEPT THE DRIVE SIDE
UNDERCUT FILLET RADIUS OF THE GEAR TEETH. VERIFY THAT UNDERCUT FILLET
RADIUS SHOWN IN DETAIL B" IS SHOT PEENED.
6. CAD PLATING SHOULD BE EVIDENT OVER THIS AREA.
H632071A
Figure 505. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions
Page 514
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
0.2800.290 INCH
(7.1127.366 MM)
ADAPTER PLUG
(NOTE 3)
0.2480.252 INCH
(6.2996.350 MM) SQUARE VIEW
VIEW
1.190 INCH (3.023 CM) MIN. DIA.
(NOTE 2)
1.5339 INCH (3.8961 CM) MIN. DIA. 0.30 INCH (7.62 MM)
(NOTE 1) (NOTE 3)
0.540 INCH
(13.716 MM)
A 1.2906 INCH (3.2781 CM)
1.3783 INCH (3.5009 CM) MIN. DIA. MIN. DIA. OVER TWO 0.096
INCH (2.438 MM) DIA. PINS
NOTES:
3. NO PITTING ALLOWED IN THIS AREA.
H632072A
Figure 506. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions
Page 515
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
BEARING RETAINER
5.1188 MAXIMUM
(NOTE 1)
BOTTOM OF
MAIN HOUSING
LOWER BEARING RETAINER
BEARING RETAINER
2.5599 INCH
(6.5021 CM) MAX.
(NOTE)
MAIN HOUSING
INPUT BEARING RETAINER
NOTE:
ROUNDNESS WITHIN 0.0005 INCH (0.0127 MM).
0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) MAX. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
HIGH AND LOW MEASUREMENTS.
H632073A
Figure 507. Bearing Retainers in Main Housing Serviceable Dimensions
Page 516
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
4.345 INCH
MAIN ROTOR DRIVE COVER
(11.036 CM) MAX.
3.1504 INCH
(8.0020 MM) MAX.
(NOTE)
4.3310 INCH
BEARING RETAINER (11.0007 CM) MAX.
(NOTE)
BEARING RETAINER
NOTES:
0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) MAX. DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW MEASUREMENTS.
H632074B
Figure 508. Bearing Retainers in Main Rotor Drive Cover Serviceable Dimensions
1.1034 INCH 3.7427 INCH 1.1034 INCH

(2.8026 CM) (9.5065 CM) (2.8026 CM)
MAX. (NOTE) MAX. (NOTE) MAX. (NOTE)
NOTE:
0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) MAX. DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN HIGH AND LOW MEASUREMENTS. H632075B
Figure 509. Bearing Retainers in Tail Rotor Drive Cover Serviceable Dimensions
Page 517
632000 TR 07001
P/N 369D25100
FLANGE
RADIUS
A
SECTION A A
h632582
Figure 510. Mast Mount Attach Lug
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A LINE NEAR THE BOTTOM OF THE
PROFILE. TOOTH THAT DOES NOT EXCEED 0.030 INCH (0.762 MM) WIDTH OR 0.400
INCH (10.16 MM) LENGTH AFTER POLISHING TOOTH WITH NO. 600
ABRASIVE PAPER.
MATTYPE FINISH WILL APPEAR AS DULL GRAY IRREGULAR SHAPED

SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF. WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE.
EXCESSIVE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND NEAR THE CENTER OF

TOOTH. REJECT WHEN THE STEP AT THE TOP OF THE WORN AREA
EXCEEDS 0.030 INCH (0.762 MM) WIDTH OR 0.400 INCH (10.16 MM) LENGTH
AFTER POLISHING TOOTH WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER.
H632076A
Figure 511. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria
Page 518
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS NEAR THE ROOT OF THE GEAR ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND WHERE THE GRINDING
TEETH. LINES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. ACCEPT WHEN THIS AREA DOES NOT
EXCEED 0.250 INCH (6.350 MM) LENGTH.
SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN BURNISHING WILL OCCUR AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH AND APPEARS AS
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF AND IS LOCATED JUST ABOVE THE WORN A LIGHTLY PEENED AREA WHERE THE GRINDING LINES HAVE BEEN
AREA. BLENDED.
EXCESSIVE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND NEAR THE CENTER OF MATTYPE FINISH WILL APPEAR AS DULL GRAY IRREGULAR SHAPED
TOOTH. REJECT WHEN THE STEP AT THE TOP OF THE WORN AREA AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING WITH
EXCEEDS 0.250 INCH (6.350 MM) LENGTH. NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE.
H632077A
Figure 512. Input Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria
Page 519
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND WHERE THE GRINDING
PROFILE. LINES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. ACCEPT WHEN THIS AREA DOES NOT

SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHERE AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING WITH
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF. NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE
DESTRUCTIVE PITTING WILL APPEAR AS CONCENTRATED PITTING NEAR

THE BOTTOM OF THE TEETH. REJECT WHEN THE CROSS SECTION OF THE
PITS EXCEEDS 0.020 INCH (0.508 MM) OR THE PERIMETERS OF THE PITS
ARE SEPARATED BY LESS THAN 0.080 INCH (2.032 MM).
H632078A
Figure 513. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria
Page 520
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS NEAR THE ROOT OF THE GEAR ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A CONTINUOUS LENGTH OR
TEETH. SEPARATED AREAS WHERE THE GRINDING LINES HVE BEEN REMOVED.
ACCEPT IF, AFTER POLISHING WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE AREAS
DO NOT EXCEED 0.040 INCH (1.016 MM) WIDTH OR 0.700 INCH (17.78 MM)
LENGTH.
WEAR WILL APPEAR AS AN AREA NEAR THE TOP OF THE GEAR TEETH MATTYPE FINISH WILL APPEAR AS DULL GRAY IRREGULAR SHAPED
WHERE THE GRINDING LINES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. REJECT WHEN, AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING WITH
AFTER POLISHING WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE AREA EXCEEDS NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE
0.040 INCH (1.016 MM) WIDTH OR 0.700 INCH (17.78 MM) LENGTH.
Figure 514. Output Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria
H632079A
Page 521
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
Page 522
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. General Repair Procedures (2). Treat repaired areas of aluminum parts
with chemical film (19). Treat repaired
Repair procedures given in the following areas of magnesium parts per
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for Refinishing Interior Areas of Main
main transmission parts and components. Housing and Covers.
Prior to making repairs on any part or
component, ensure that the part or component 2. Part Replacement
is within the repairable limits (Ref Table 501).
After repairs are completed, the part or All parts not meeting the specifications in
component must meet the dimensions specified Table 501, which cannot be repaired must be
for the parts (Ref. Table 503). replaced. The following paragraphs contain
replacement procedures for parts and compo
nents which cannot be replaced in the course
A. Parts Identification
of reassembly.
Before repairing any part, the metal from
which the part is made must be identified. CAUTION
Parts made of magnesium alloy are not to be
D The 369D25102 transmission housing set
welded or machined. Identification of parts
are a line bored, matched set. These parts
follows:
cannot be replaced individually or inter
changed between transmission assem
Figure Index blies. If one part is unserviceable or non
Item No. No. repairable, all three must be replaced as a
set.
Aluminum Parts:
D 369D25114 1 Housing, 369D25116 1
Debris cover Figure 6 14 Cover, 369D251181 Cover, 369D251581
Spacer, and MS1655548 Pins are not a
Seal retainer Figure 4 14 matched set and can be replaceable as a
All oil tubes and nozzles and most shims set or individually.
Magnesium Parts: A. Bearing Retainers

Bearing retainers (34, 35, Figure 2) in main
Main transmission housing Figure 2 40
housing, (37, 38, Figure 6) in main rotor drive
Seal retainer Figure 3 5 cover and (27, 28, Figure 4) in tail rotor drive
cover are a matched line bored set. Replace
Blower mount assembly Figure 5 17 ment requires line boring of the matched set,
including the main housing (40, Figure 2),
Main rotor drive cover Figure 6 40
main rotor drive cover (40, Figure 6) and tail
Tail rotor drive cover Figure 4 31 rotor drive cover (31, Figure 4) after the
bearing retainer replacement. Bearing
retainer replacement can only be accomplished
B. Repair of Minor Corrosion, Nicks and at MDHS.
Scratches
B. Damaged Inserts
Remove corrosion and repair minor nicks and
scratches as follows: Replace damaged inserts as follows:
(1). Drill through damaged inserts until two
(1). Remove damage using abrasive paper keys at side of insert are visible (For
(17, Table 903) and crocus cloth (2). Use drill sizes, Ref. Table 601).
hard stone to remove high spots and
burrs on mounting surfaces. (2). Deflect keys inward and break off.
Page 601
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
(3). Using any easyout tool, unscrew and (3). Deflect keys inward and break off.
remove inserts.
(4). Using an easyout tool, unscrew and
NOTE: Replace slightly loose inserts with the remove stud.
same size insert secured in locking com
pound (26, Table 903). If thread damage (5). Clean mating bore with compressed air.
prevents use of locking compound, refer to
Table 601 for oversize replacement data. NOTE: Replace slightly loose insert with the
same size insert secured in locking com
(4). Screw new insert into bore. pound (26, Table 903). If thread damage
(5). Drive two keys down and lock insert in prevents use of locking compound, refer to
place. Table 401 for oversize replacement data.
C. Damaged Studs (6). Screw new stud into bore.

(Ref. Table 601) Replace damaged studs as (7). No axial movement of studs.
follows:
Use care not to damage surface (8). Radial play of stud is allowed.
CAUTION of mating part when cutting
(9). Drive keys down to lock stud in place.
stud.
(1). Cut stud off even with mating part. (10). Locking keys should be completely
seated and staked, if required.
(2). Drill through stud until two keys at
side of stud are visible (For drill sizes, (11). Add locking compound (26, Table 903),
Ref. Table 601). to mating surface of stud/housing.
DETAIL A DETAIL B DETAIL C

DRILL DEFLECT KEYS INWARD UNSCREW INSERT WITH
AND BREAK OFF EASYOUT TYPE TOOL
STUD
DETAIL E
INSERT INSTALL 0.01 TO 0.030 INCH
DETAIL D (0.762 MM) BELOW SURFACE
H632080A
Figure 601. Insert and Stud Installation
Page 602
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
Table 601. Insert and Stud Replacement Data
Installation Data Removal Data
Replacement Tap Drill
Original Insert (Oversize) Countersink Min
or Insert or Tap Drill Dia Depth
Stud No. (1) Stud No. (2) Dia (3) (+0.010, -0.000) Size Full Thd Size Depth
KN 0832 - - 0.213 1/4 x 0.04 to 1/4-20 0.31 3/16 1/8
(NAS1394C-08) (+0.003, 0.05 deep
-0.001)
- - KNH 0832 0.272 0.323 5/16-18 0.37 7/32 1/8
(NAS1395C-08)
KN 1032-FSY - - 0.272 0.323 5/16-18 0.37 7/32 5/32
(NAS1394C-3)
- - KNH1032-FSY 0.332 0.385 3/8-16 0.37 9/32 1/8
(NAS1395C-3L)
KN 428-FSY - - 0.332 0.385 3/18-16 0.43 9/32 3/16
(NAS1394C-4L)
- - KNH 428-FSY 0.397 0.447 7/16-14 0.43 11/32 3/16
(NAS1395C-4L)
KNNS 428M - - 0.332 0.385 3/8-16 0.43 9/32 3/16
-8SY, -10SY,
-1 1SY, -24SY
- - KNHS 428M 0.397 0.447 7/16-14 0.43 11/32 3/16
-8SY, -10SY,
-1 1SY, -24SY
NOTES:
(1) Prefix ending in S is a stud (e.g. KNH S). Original inserts and studs are Light Weight Series Keenserts
(Newton Insert Co., 6500 Avalon Bl., Los Angeles, Ca 90003).
(2) Replacements (oversize) inserts and studs are Heavy Duty Keenserts (same Co.)
(3) Installation tap drill hole tolerance is +0.004, -0.001 inch (+0.102, -0.025 mm) unless otherwise
indicated.
Page 603
632000 Revision 10
P/N 369D25100
VIBRO ENGRAVE PART NUMBER
AND SERIAL NUMBER
0.166 INCH
(4.216 MM) MAX.
H B 0.001 INCH
(0.025 MM)

-B-
VIEW A
0.060 INCH
(1.524 MM)
H A 0.001 INCH
(0.025MM)

A
VIEW B
H632081A
Figure 602. Output Bevel Gear Mounting Face Repair Details
AB 0.0005 INCH
(0.0127 MM)
2.75352.7531 INCH (6.99396.9929 CM) DIA. PRIOR TO PLATING

ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATE 0.0035 INCH (0.0889 MM) THICK
FINISH GRIND TO 2.75652.7561 INCH (7.00157.0005 CM) DIA.
A
B
0.0350.045 INCH
(0.8891.143 MM) R
H632082A
Figure 603. Output Drive Shaft - Repair Areas
Page 604
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
A
(0.125 INCH (3.175 MM) R FOR 13) ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATE 0.0035 INCH (0.0889 MM) THICK
0.0500.070 INCH (1.2701.778 MM) R FINISH GRIND TO 1.96921.9696 INCH (5.00185.0028 CM) DIA.
0.030 INCH
(0.762 MM) R
0.0005 INCH A
(0.0127 MM)
NOTE: EMBRITTLEMENT RELIEVE AT 275295F (135146C), 4 HOURS MIN.

H632083A
Figure 604. Output Drive Pinion - Repair Areas

0.030 INCH
(0.762 MM) R
NOTE: EMBRITTLEMENT RELIEVE AT 275295F (135146C), 4 HOURS MIN.
H632097A
Figure 605. Input Drive Pinion - Repair Area
Page 605
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
D. Bushings and Pins in Main Transmission numbers. Correct mating and interchangeabil
Housing and Main Rotor Drive Cover ity of these gears by part number is as follows:
Alignment of the main rotor drive cover and NOTE: For complete replacement parts infor
the main transmission housing is maintained mation, refer to CSPIPC4.
by two dowel pins (29, Figure 2) and four
INPUT MATING PAIR
dowel bushings (30, Figure 2 and 31, Figure 6).
Drive pinion . . . . . . 369D25121
Four housing bushings (28, Figure 2) are
Drive gear . . . . . . . . 369D25123
installed in the main transmission housing
Interchangeable with
(40). Replace damaged housing bushings by
INPUT MATING PAIR
pressing damaged bushing out of mating bore
Drive pinion . . . . . . 369D251211 1
and pressing new bushing in place. Replace
Drive gear . . . . . . . . 369D251231 1
damaged bushings and/or dowel pins used for
OUTPUT MATING PAIR
alignment as follows:
Drive pinion . . . . . . 369D25125
NOTE: Do not remove both dowel pins (29, Drive gear . . . . . . . . 369D25127
Figure 2) at the same time. Interchangeable with
OUTPUT MATING PAIR
(1). Press dowel pin out of damaged dowel Drive pinion . . . . . . 369D251251 1 or 13
bushing. Drive gear . . . . . . . . 369D251271 1
(2). Press dowel bushing out of mating bore. 3. Specific Repair Procedures
A. Output Drive Shaft Undersized Bearing
(3). Press new dowel bushing into place.
Journal
NOTE: New dowel bushing ID is less than dow Repair undersized bearing journal on drive
el pin O.D. Bushing must be reamed for shaft (21, Figure 6) which does not exceed
0.0003 0.0008 inch (0.0076 0.0203 mm) repairable limits given in Table 501 as follows:
tight press fit.
NOTE: The portion of drive shaft identified in
(4). Install main rotor drive cover (40, Figure 603 is the only area which may be re
Figure 6) on main transmission housing paired. Repair dimensions shown must be
(40, Figure 2); use remaining dowel pin maintained.
for cover to housing alignment.
(1). Grind worn journal to 2.75352.7531
(5). Secure main rotor drive cover to main inch (6.99396.9929 cm) dia. (Ref.
transmission housing with attaching Figure 603).
hardware (16, 17, Figure 1). Torque
bolts to 65 75 inchpounds (7.34 (2). Mask off journal from the rest of shaft
8.47 Nm). and electroless nickel plate to 0.0035 in.
thick according to MILC26074 Class
(6). Measure OD of dowel pin to be installed 1 specification.
in bushing.
(3). Embrittlement relieve at 275295F
(7). Ream dowel bushing ID for (135146 C), 4 hours minimum, within
0.00030.0008 (0.00760.0203 mm) in. one hour after plating.
press fit with dowel pin. (4). Grind new plating to 2.75652.7561
inch (7.00167.0005 cm) dia.
(8). Press dowel pin into bushing.
B. Output Drive Pinion Undersized Bearing
E. Gears and Gearshafts Journal
Gears and gearshafts from different manufac Repair undersized bearing journals on output
turers are not interchangeable individually, drive pinion (18, Figure 3) which does not
but are interchangeable in pairs. The only exceed repairable limits given in Table 501 as
visible difference in these parts may be part follows:
Page 606
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
NOTE: NOTE: The portion of input drive pinion identi
fied in Figure 605 is the only area which
D The following repair procedure covers
may be repaired. Repair dimensions shown
outer journal step a and inner journal
must be maintained.
step b (Ref. Figure 604).
D The portion of output drive pinion identi (1). Grind worn journal to 1.37561.3753
fied in Figure 604 is the only area which inch (3.49403.4933 cm) dia. (Ref.
may be repaired. Repair dimensions Figure 605).
shown must be maintained.
(2). Mask off journal from the rest of shaft
(1). Roller bearing journal repair. and electroless nickel plate 0.0035 inch
(0.0889 mm) thick according to MIL
(a). Grind worn journal (Ref. Figure 604) C26074 Class 1 specification.
to 1.17931.1790 inch (2.99542.9947
cm) dia.
(3). Embrittlement relieve at 275295F
(b). Mask journal from the rest of the (135146 C), 4 hours minimum, within
shaft and electroless nickel plate one hour after plating.
0.0035 inch (0.0889 mm) thick
according to MILC26074 Class 1 (4). Grind new plating to 1.37861.3783
specification. inch (3.50163.5009 cm) dia.
(c). Embrittlement relieve at 275295F D. Fretting on Mounting Face of Output

(135146 C), 4 hours minimum, Bevel Gear
within one hour after plating.
(Ref. Figure 602)
(d). Grind new plating to 1.18231.1820
inch (3.00303.0023 cm) dia. (1). Check output gear for a flat area on toe
ends of gear teeth parallel with mount
(2). Thrust bearing journal repair. ing face of gear (plane A). If flat area
exists, check for parallelism within
(a). Grind worn journal to 1.96661.9662 0.001 inch (0.025 mm) (view A) and
inch (4.99514.9941 cm) dia (Ref. omit next step.
Figure 604).
(b). Mask off journal from the rest of (2). If there are no flats as described in
shaft and electroless nickel plate previous step, grind 0.060 inch (1.524
0.0035 inch (0.0889 mm) thick mm) flats on toe ends of gear teeth
according to MILC26074 Class 1 (view B) to provide locating plane B.
specification.
(3). Record part number and serial number
(c). Embrittlement relieve at 275295F that are etched on mounting face of
(135146 C), 4 hours minimum, gear. Clean up fretted areas by grinding
within one hour after plating. mounting face. Limit removal of metal
during cleanup to that which leaves no
(d). Grind new plating to 1.96961.9692 more than a 10 percent maximum area
inch (5.00285.0018 cm) dia. of fretting at each bolt hole. Do not
grind beyond 0.166 inch (4.216 mm)
C. Input Drive Pinion Undersized Bearing maximum dimension (view A).
Journal
(4). Inspect gear for required conditions
Repair undersized bearing journals on input shown (view A). If gear part number
drive pinion (5, Figure 5) which does not and serial number have been removed
exceed repairable limits given in Table 501 as by the repair, restore them to web of
follows: gear by vibroetching.
Page 607
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
B C D
E" DIATHRU ONE WALL

3 HOLES
A B .020 M
PART "E"
NO. INCH (MM)
11 0.0340.038
B C D (0.8640.965)
21 0.0420.047
(1.0671.194)
13 0.0130.016
(0.3300.406)
P" O" "
SEC BB SEC CC SEC DD

PART P" BSC PART O" BSC PART " BSC
11 & 13 32 11 & 13 33 11 & 13 42
21 12 21 12 21 10
H632022
Figure 606. Output Pinion Nozzle Modification

E. Fretting on Mounting Face of Output 5. Modification
Shaft Authorized main transmission modifications
(Ref. Figure 602) are described in the following paragraphs.
A. Transmission Upgrade (Basic to -501)
(1). With transmission shaft mounted on
trued centers, check that shaft diame The 369D25100Basic main transmission can
ters A and B are concentric to centers be upgraded to the 369D25100501 configura
within 0.001 inch (0.025 mm). tion at overhaul as follows, provided inspection
of the output gearshaft has been accomplished
(2). Clean up fretted areas by grinding per MDHS Notice DN148.1.
mounting face. Limit removal of metal (1). Replace 369D2516413 output pinion
during cleanup to that which leaves no nozzle (14, Figure 1) with
more than a 10 percent maximum area 369D251641 1 output pinion nozzle or
of fretting at each hole. There must be modify a 369D2516413 to a
0.469 inch (11.912 mm) minimum 369D251641 1 using the following
flange thickness after grinding when procedure (Ref. Figure 606):
measured with temporary bolts and
nuts torqued. (a). Drill three existing 0.0130.016 inch
(0.3300.406 mm) dia. oil orifice
(3). Inspect transmission shaft for required openings in one wall to 0.0340.038
conditions (Ref. Table 501). inch (0.8640.965 mm) using a #65
drill.
4. Inspection After Repair and Replacement (b). Deburr holes and insure burrs and
After repairs are made or parts are replaced, chips are removed from I.D.
inspect the affected parts or component as (c). Treat reworked areas with chemical
described in Table 503. film (19, Table 903).
Page 608
Revision 6 632000
P/N 369D25100
(2). Replace 369D25165BSC input gear (1). Bsc, 501 and 503 only: Replace the
nozzle (8, Figure 2) with 369D2516511 369D25132BSC or 5 output drive
input gear nozzle or modify a shaft and gear assembly (18, Figure 3)
369D25165 to a 369D2516511 using with 369D251323 output drive shaft
the following procedure (Ref. and gear assembly at reassembly.
Figure 607):
NOTE: If 369D25127 11 output drive gear is
(a). Drill existing 0.0400.050 inch already installed in existing transmission,
(1.0161.270 mm) diameter oil orifice inspect for serviceability. If found service
opening to 0.0620.067 (1.5751.702 able, it may remain in service with the new
mm) inch using a #52 drill. 369D2512513 pinion.
(b). Deburr holes and insure burrs and (2). Replace 369D2516413 and
chips are removed from I.D. 369D25165BSC oil nozzles with
369D251641 1 and 369D2516511 oil
(c). Treat reworked areas with chemical nozzle.
film (19, Table 903).
(3). Replace the 369D25125BSC pinion
(3). Using vibra pencil or similar marking and 369D25127BSC output drive gear
device, add 501 after part number on as a pair, or 369D2512511 pinion and
identification plate (27, Figure 2). 369D25127BSC output drive gear as a
pair with the 369D2512513 pinion and
B. Transmission Upgrade (-501 or -503 to 369D251271 1 output drive gear.
-505)
(4). Replace the 369D25175 bolt, 369H5102
The 369D25100501 or 503 main transmis washer and NAS 12917 nut with a
sion can be upgraded to a 369D25100505 369D25113 spacer and RSN118
configuration at overhaul as follows: retaining ring (Ref. Figure 607).
(5). Replace the 369D25102 housing
The 369D25100 Basic main
CAUTION transmission must perform up
assembly and AN932M2 plug with
369D251141 housing assembly,
grade requirements to a 501 configuration
369D251161 cover assembly,
before performing the upgrade require
369D251181 cover assembly,
ments listed below.
369D25158 spacer and MS655548 pins
(1). Replace the 369D25132BSC or 5 as a oneway interchangeable set.
output drive shaft and gear assembly (6). Using a vibra pencil or similar marking
(18, Figure 3) with 369D251323 device, reidentify part number to
output drive shaft and gear assembly at reflect 507 configuration on the
reassembly. identification plate (27, Figure 2).
(2). Using a vibra pencil or similar marking D. Transmission Upgrade (-505 to -901)
device, reidentify part number to
reflect 505 configuration on the NOTE:
identification plate (27, Figure 2). D The 369D25100901 configuration is the
same as the 369D25100 507 configura
C. Transmission Upgrade (-Bsc, -501, -503, tion except housing and cover assemblies
-505 to -507) (5, Table 603) are not replaced. Replace
ment of old housing and cover assemblies
The 369D25100BSC, 501, 503, and 505
is not recommended unless required. New
main transmission can be upgraded to a
housing and cover assemblies are not a
369D25100507 configuration as follows (Ref.
matched set and can be replaced individu
Table 602 and Table 603):
ally.
NOTE: The 507 configuration upgrade is not D The 369D25100901 configuration is the
mandatory and is not recommended due to same as the 369D25100 505 configura
the high cost of new housings. tion except for the following parts:
Page 609
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
(1). Replace 369D2512511 pinion, (2). Using a vibra pencil, impression stamp
369D25175 bolt, 369H5102 washer and or similar marking device, reidentify
NAS12917 nut with 369D2512513 part number by marking XXX on the
pinion, 369D25113 spacer and RSN118 505 and add 901 on the identification
retaining ring. plate (27, Figure 2).
Table 602. Main Transmission Configuration Conversions
369D25100-( ) Configuration Modification Required (1)
BSC 501 1
501 or 503 505 2
BSC 901 (3) 1, 2, 3, 4
501 or 503 901 (3) 2, 3, 4
505 901 (3) 3, 4
BSC 507 (2) (3) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
501 or 503 507 (2) (3) 2, 3, 4, 5
505 507 (2) (3) 3, 4, 5
901 507 (2) (3) 5
NOTE:
(2) -507 Configuration upgrade is not mandatory and is not recommended due to the high cost of new
housings.
(3) Only the 369D25100-507 and -901 transmissions can be used on 500N helicopters.
Page 610
Revision 5 632000
P/N 369D25100
Table 603. Main Transmission - Modification Criteria
Item
No. Quantity Parts to be Removed Parts to be Installed
1 1 369D25164-13 and 369D25164-1 1 and
369D25165-BSC Nozzle, oil 369D25165-1 1 Nozzle, oil
2 1 369D25132-BSC or
369D25132-3 Output drive shaft
369D25132-5 Output drive shaft
3 1 369D25125-BSC Pinion (1) or
369D25125-13 Pinion
369D25125-1 1 Pinion
1 369D25175 Bolt (2)
369D25113 Spacer
369H5102 Washer
RSN-1 18 Retaining Ring
NAS1291-7 Nut
4 1 369D25127-BSC Output drive gear (1) 369D25127-1 1 Output drive gear
5 1 369D25102 Housing (3) 369D25114-1 Housing Assy
AN932M2 Plug 369D25116-1 Cover Assy
369D25118-1 Cover Assy
369D25158-1 Spacer
2 MS16555-48 Pin, Dowel
NOTE:
(1) 369D25125-BSC pinion and 369D25127-BSC output drive gear are to be replaced as a set (Ref.
Transmission Upgrade -Bsc, -501, -503, -505 to -507 or -901). The 369D25125-11 and
369D25125-13 pinion and 369D25127-11 output drive gear can be replaced individually and in any
combination.
(2) 369D25175 bolt, 369H5102 washer, NAS1291-7 nut, are replaced by 369D25113 spacer and RSN-118
retaining ring (Ref. Transmission Upgrade -Bsc, -501, -503, -505 to -507 or -901).
(3) 369D25114-1 Housing, 369D25116-1 Cover, 369D25118-1 Cover, 369D25158-1 Spacer, and
MS16555-48 Pins supersede and are one-way interchangeable as a set with 369D25102 Housing and
AN932M2 plug.
Page 611
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
30
0.0400.050 INCH
BSC
(1.0160.270 MM) DIA
0.0620.067 INCH 11
(1.5751.702 MM) DIA
H632023
Figure 607. Input Gear Nozzle Modification
SPACER
369D2512513
RETAINING RING PINION
H632098
Figure 608. Upgrade of 369D25100 Transmission to -507 Configuration
Page 612
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Reassembly Cautions and Notes D Allow all bonding and sealing agents to
fully cure in accordance with agent man
Information in this section provides main ufacturers instructions before applica
transmission reassembly and shipping tion of loads.
instructions. Procedures for calculating shim
thickness requirements, and tests required to 2. Major Component Reassembly
verify correct operation of reassembled
components are included. Reasonable major components of the main
transmission as described in the following
CAUTION paragraphs.
D Do not deviate from the following reas A. Main Rotor Drive Assembly
sembly procedures. Dimensional toler
Reassemble the main rotor drive assembly (18,
ances are critical, and if incorrect, can se
riously shorten transmission
serviceability. (1). Clean all bores and passages in main
D Grease in the main transmission can rotor drive cover (40, Figure 6) with dry
cause oil filter blockage and reduction in compressed air.
oil pressure. Ensure all original parts and
bearings are degreased, and that packag (2). Apply light coating of retaining com
ing, preservation and protective material pound (26, Table 903) to outer race of
is removed from all new or replacement roller bearing (29, Figure 6). Install
parts by cleaning prior to installation roller bearing in bearing retainer (38);
(Ref. Table 401). secure with retaining ring (28).
NOTE: (3). Insert open end of oil scavenge return

tube (27) into main rotor drive cover
D The following notes apply throughout the (40). Secure tube to cover with clamps
reassembly and testing procedure: (26) and screws (25) as shown in
D Reassemble the transmission in the se Figure 701. Torque screws (25,
quence in which the following paragraphs Figure 6) to 22 27 inchpounds
and procedures occur. (2.49 3.05 Nm) and safety with
D Packings, oil seals and miscellaneous lockwire (15, Table 903). Apply bead of
gearbox accessories are not installed until adhesive (20) to joint of tube (27,
final reassembly, after correct gear back Figure 6) and housing cover (40).
lash and contact patterns are established.
(4). Place spline adapter (5, Table 901) in
D If correct gear backlash and contact pat output drive shaft assembly (21,
terns existed before disassembly, service Figure 6). Secure spline adapter and
able original shims and spacers (removed output drive shaft assembly in suitable
at disassembly) can usually be used at vise.
reassembly with little, if any, change. See
Figure 702, Figure 703 and Figure 704 (5). Install output drive gear (20) on output
for locations of shims and spacers used to drive shaft assembly (21); secure with
establish correct gear backlash and con ring gear bolts (19).
tact patterns.
(6). Torque ring gear bolts (19) to 510 555
D Safety all external plugs, screws and bolts inchpounds (57.62 62.71 Nm) in a
with lockwire (15, Table 903). staggered pattern. Loosen bolts and
D Lightly coat all packing and mating pilot retorque to same value two more times.
surfaces with petrolatum (27) before in Safety bolts with lockwire (15,
stallation. Table 903).
Page 701
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
OIL SCAVENGE RETURN TUBE LOCKWIRE
CLAMP
ADHESIVE
MAIN ROTOR DRIVE COVER
H632084
Figure 701. Oil Scavenge Return Tube - Installation
NOTE: If output gearset backlash, as recorded Press roller bearing firmly against
before disassembly, was within tolerance, output shaft spacer (24, Figure 6).
0.00700.0120 inch (0.17780.305 mm), and Press ball bearing (22) on output drive
if old output drive gear is used, replacement shaft firmly against roller bearing (23)
of output shaft spacer (24, Figure 6) is not and allow to cool before torquing.
necessary. New output shaft spacer thick
ness must be ground as necessary to estab (10). Reinstall assembly in vise. Apply
lish correct backlash (Start with spacer antiseize compound (7, Table 903) to
thickness larger than original spacer). threads of output driveshaft (21,
Grind flat side of spacer. Further grinding Figure 6) and face of locknut (16).
may be necessary after backlash and wipe Using barrel wrench (3, Table 901) and
test, to achieve correct output gearset back holding fixture as shown in Figure 901,
lash. install locknut (16, Figure 6) on output
drive shaft and gear assembly (9).
(7). Install output shaft spacer (24), Torque locknut to 358.3 footpounds
chamfered edge toward output gear, on (485.85 Nm), fully back off locknut and
output drive shaft and gear assembly retorque to 308.3 333.3 footpounds
(9), (Ref. Figure 702). (418.05 451.95 Nm). Install lock
washer (15).
(8). Place bearing retaining plate (18,
Figure 6), output bearing shim (17) over
output drive shaft and gear assembly NOTE: Thickness of output bearing shim (17)
(9). must allow bearing retaining plate (18) to
apply 0.001 0.003 inch (0.025 0.076 mm)
NOTE: Make sure holes are aligned. pinch to outer races of bearings (22, 23). If
bearings and output shaft spacer (24) are
(9). Remove output drive shaft and gear not replaced, output bearing shim need not
assembly (9) and spline adapter from be replaced and the following step may be
vise. Heat bearings to 285F (140C) omitted. If new output bearing shim is re
maximum, using arbor press with quired, thickness of shim must be calcu
suitable adapters, install roller bearing lated.
(23) on top journal of output drive shaft
(with flange of inner race down towards (11). Calculate thickness of output bearing
spacer) using Loctite (31, Table 903). shim as follows:
Page 702
Revision 3 632000

P/N 369D25100

DEBRIS COVER
LOCKNUT
MAIN ROTOR
DRIVE COVER

DIMENSION A
TAIL ROTOR

PINION BEARING

BALL BEARING

ROLLER BEARING
DIMENSION C
(NOTE 3) OUTPUT BEARING

CLAMPUP SHIM
BEARING RETAINER PLATE

(NOTE 2)
DIMENSION B
OUTPUT SHAFT
BACKLASH SPACER
(NOTE 1)
OUTPUT DRIVESHAFT
AND GEAR ASSEMBLY
NOTES:
1. CHAMFER SIDE OF SPACER TOWARD OUTPUT DRIVESHAFT AND GEAR ASSEMBLY.
2. MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO BEARINGS. RACE DOWN TOWARDS SPACER.
3. INSTALL BEARING WITH FLANGE OF INNER RACE DOWN TOWARDS SPACER.
H632085
Figure 702. Main Rotor Drive Assembly - Shim and Spacer Locations
Page 703
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
(a). Using micrometers (depth microme Output pinion spacer (20,
ter required) measure dimensions A, CAUTION Figure 3) is ground to establish
B and C as shown in Figure 702. correct contact pattern on output gearset,
output drive pinion (18) and output drive
NOTE: Dimension C is to be measured at outer gear (20, Figure 6). New output pinion
races of bearings only. spacer is 0.180 inch (4.570 mm) thick. Opti
mum thickness of output pinion spacer after
(b). Add dimensions B and C. Subtract grinding is 0.142 0.157 inch (3.607 3.988
dimension A from total. mm). If thickness of accessory input back
lash spacer (23, Figure 3) is changed, output
(c). Shim (17, Figure 6) thickness is pinion spacer must also be changed to main
equal to the remainder obtained in tain correct gear pattern for output drive
step 2. minus 0.0010.003 inch gears (20, Figure 6), (Ref. Figure 703).
(0.0250.076 mm). (1). Install output pinion spacer (20,
Figure 3), chamfered edge toward
NOTE: Verify holes of shim align with holes of output pinion gear, on output drive
retainer plate (18) before installation in pinion (18), (Ref. Figure 703).
main rotor drive cover.
NOTE: For ease of reassembly, heat input and
(12). Install output bearing shim over accessory drive gears to 285F (140C) max
bearings on end of output drive shaft imum.
and gear assembly (9). (2). Using arbor press with suitable
adapters, press input drive gear (19,
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat main rotor Figure 3) and accessory drive gear (21)
drive cover to 285F (140C) maximum for on output drive pinion (18) firmly
assembly of output drive shaft and gear as against output pinion spacer (20). Coat
sembly. interior of pinion shaft with oil to
remove moisture which could cause
(13). Install main rotor drive cover (40) on corrosion.
output drive shaft and gear assembly.
(3). Apply primer (34, Table 903) to faying
NOTE: Use washer (11) as required (2 maxi surfaces of output drive pinion and
mum) to insure nut (10) will not jam on inner bearing race; allow to airdry for
shank of bolt during bolt torquing. 30 minutes. Apply loctite (26) to output
drive pinion (18, Figure 3) and press
(14). Install debris cover (14). Attach debris roller bearing inner race onto output
cover, output bearing shim (17) and drive pinion. For 369D2512513 pinion,
bearing retaining plate (18) to main install spacer (30) first; then bearing
rotor drive cover with attaching inner race (16) with loctite (26,
hardware (10, 12, 13). Use washer (11) Table 903). Install inner race retaining
as required to maintain bolt protrusion. ring (31, Figure 3) on pinion. Refer to
Torque nuts (10) to 50 70 inch Table 602 for transmission upgrade to
pounds (5.65 7.91 Nm). 507 configuration.
NOTE: If input gearset backlash was within
(15). Remove main rotor drive assembly (18, tolerance, 0.006 0.010 inch (0.152 0.254
Figure 1) and spline adapter from vise. mm), before disassembly, and if new input
Remove spline adapter from center of gears are not required, replacement of ac
output drive shaft and install oil cessory drive gear spacer (23) is not neces
retainer (8, Figure 6). sary (if original spacer is serviceable). If new
accessory drive gear spacer is required it
B. Tail Rotor Drive Assembly must be ground to achieve correct input
gearset backlash. For correct positioning of
Reassemble the tail rotor drive assembly (8, input drive gear, grind new spacer to
Figure 1) as follows: 0.0630.097 inch (1.6002.464 mm).
Page 704
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
(4). Install retaining bolt (15) and spherical C. Tail Rotor Drive Cover and Accessory
washer (14) with selflocking nut (13) Drive Assembly
in output drive pinion (18). Torque nut
to 550 650 inchpounds (62.14
73.44 Nm. Reassemble the tail rotor drive cover and
accessory drive assembly (29, Figure 3) as
(5). Install backlash spacer (23) onto output follows:
drive pinion.
NOTE: Duplex ball bearings (28) must be in (1). Press ball bearings (10, Figure 4) on
stalled with apex of V mark on bearing in tachometer drive shaft (11) and oil
ner and outer races toward pinion gear pump drive shaft (12).
teeth.
(6). Heat tail rotor drive cover (29) to 285F (2). Insert tachometer and oil pump drive
(140C) maximum, using arbor press shaft assemblies (8, 9) in proper bores
with suitable adapters, install duplex of tail rotor drive cover (31); secure with
ball bearings (28) in tail rotor drive retaining rings (7).
cover and accessory drive assembly.
NOTE: Thickness of tail rotor output bearing (3). Install keys (6) in tachometer and oil
shim (27) must result in bearing retaining pump drive shaft assemblies (8, 9).
plate (26) applying 0.001 0.003 inch
(0.0250.076 mm) pinch to outer races of du
plex bearings. If duplex bearings are not re (4). Install accessory drive pinion gears (5)
placed, the original serviceable tail rotor over keys; secure with attaching
output bearing shim may be used and fol hardware (2, 3 and 4). Torque nuts (3)
lowing step may be omitted. If new tail rotor to 95110 inchpounds (10.73
output bearing shim is required, shim thick 12.43 Nm) and install cotter pins.
ness must be calculated.
(7). With bearings firmly seated in bearing (5). Using arbor press and suitable adapt
retainer, position bearing retainer plate ers, press tail rotor drive cover and
onto tail rotor drive cover and measure accessory drive assembly (29, Figure 3)
gap between retainer plate and drive on output drive pinion (18) until inner
cover using feeler gage to obtain race of duplex ball bearing (28) is
dimension D (Figure 703). Shim seated firmly on accessory drive gear
thickness of tail rotor output bearing backlash spacer (23).
shim (27, Figure 3) is equal to dimen
sion D minus 0.0010.003 inch
(6). Place tail rotor drive cover and accesso
(0.0250.076 mm).
ry drive assembly (29) and output drive
(8). Install tail rotor output bearing shim pinion (17) in holding fixture
and bearing retaining plate with nuts (Figure 301). Allow tail rotor drive
(25); torque to 50 70 inchpounds cover and accessory drive assembly to
(5.65 7.91 Nm). cool before torquing.
When installing tail rotor drive

CAUTION cover and accessory drive as (7). Apply antiseize compound (3,
sembly on output drive pinion, make certain Table 903) to threads of output drive
teeth of accessory drive gear mate with pinion (18, Figure 3) and face of locknut
teeth of accessory drive pinion gears. (12). Install locknut on output drive
pinion; using barrel wrench (2,
NOTE: Do not install lockwasher (11) and seal Table 901), torque locknut to 275
retainer assembly (5) until final assembly footpounds (373 Nm), fully back off
when backlash and contact pattern checks locknut and retorque to 225 250
are completed. footpounds (305 339 Nm).
Page 705
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
TAIL ROTOR
OUTPUT BEARING TAIL ROTOR
SHIM ACCESSORY
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
BEARING
RETAINING
PLATE
ROLLER
BEARING
BACKLASH
SPACER
ROLLER
BEARING
OUTPUT
DRIVE PINION
OUTPUT PINION
SPACER ACCESSORY
DRIVE GEAR
INPUT DRIVE
GEAR
DIMENSION D
DUPLEX BALL BEARING (NOTE)
NOTE:
DUPLEX BALL BEARINGS MUST BE INSTALLED WITH APEX OF V" MARK
ON BEARING INNER AND OUTER RACES TOWARD PINION GEAR TEETH.
H632086
Figure 703. Shim and Spacer Location - Output Drive Pinion
Page 706
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
D. Input Drive Assembly NOTE: If bearing plate (12) is replaced, new
bearing plate must be ground to achieve
Reassemble input drive assembly (11, 0.745 0.755 inch (18.923 19.177 mm) di
Figure 1) as follows: mensions from face of bearing plate to front
shoulder of blower mount assembly as
shown in Figure 704. Install bearing plate
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat bearing in pins (13, Figure 5) os top of pin is
ner race to 285F (140C) maximum for as
0.005 0.010 inch (0.127 0.254 mm) below
sembly onto input drive pinion. Do not cool
surface of bearing plate.
or refrigerate shaft. Insure shaft is dry and
at room temperature when installing bear (8). Install bearing plate (12) and bearing
ing. plate pins (13) in blower mount assem
bly (17), if removed.
(1). Install roller bearing inner race (19,
Figure 5) with inner race shoulder NOTE: Mount shim (14) must cause blower
toward gear onto input drive pinion (5), mount assembly (17) to apply 0.0010.003
using arbor press with suitable adapt inch (0.0250.076 mm) pinch to outer races
ers, pressing until inner race shoulder of bearings (18, 19). If bearings and bearing
is firmly against gear shoulder (5). plate are not replaced, original serviceable
mount shim may be reused and following
step omitted. If new mount shim is required,
(2). Coat exposed end of cork plug (7) with shim thickness must be calculated.
sealant (5, Table 903).
(9). Calculate required mount shim thick
(3). Install roller bearing (20, Figure 5) into ness as follows:
input bearing retaining sleeve (21). (a). Install blower mount assembly (17)
on input drive pinion (5). Slide
(4). Place input drive pinion (5) into bearing blower mount assembly into input
retainer sleeve (21), mating roller pinion bearing sleeve (21) until
bearing (20) against shoulder of roller assembly seats firmly against duplex
bearing inner race (19). ball bearing (18) outer race.
NOTE: Duplex ball bearings (18) must be in (b). Using feeler gage, measure space
stalled with apex of V mark on bearing in between blower mount assembly and
ner and outer races toward pinion gear flange of input pinion bearing sleeve.
teeth. It may be necessary to heat bearings (c). Subtract 0.0010.003 inch
(18) to 285F (140C) maximum for assem (0.0250.076 mm) from dimension
bly onto input drive pinion (5). measured in previous step. Remain
der is correct mount shim thickness.
(5). Using arbor press with suitable
adapters, press duplex ball bearings (d). Remove blower mount assembly from
(18) on input drive pinion (5), firmly input drive pinion.
against roller bearing (19). (10). Install clampup shim (14) on blower
mount assembly (17); repeat step 1.
(6). Install packing (10) onto input drive
pinion (5). (11). Place pinion end of input drive pinion
(5) in holding fixture. Secure holding
NOTE: It may be necessary to heat sleeve (9) to fixture in vise. Ensure input drive
285F (140C) maximum for assembly onto pinion and bearings have cooled prior to
input drive pinion (5). torquing.
(12). Apply antiseize compound (7,
(7). Install inner input shaft sleeve (9) on Table 903) to threads of input drive
input drive pinion (5) until sleeve seats pinion (5, Figure 5) and face of locknut
firmly against bearing (18) inner race. (4). Install locknut on input drive
Page 707
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
pinion. Using barrel wrench (4, (4). Install input gear nozzle tube (20) in
Table 901), torque locknut to 200 main transmission housing (40); secure
footpounds (271 Nm), fully back off input gear nozzle tube with clamps (19)
locknut and retorque to 150 175 and hardware (16, 17, 18). Torque
footpounds (203 237 Nm). Install screws to 13 16 inchpounds (1.47
lockwasher (3). 1.81 Nm). Apply bead of adhesive (20,
Table 903) to joint of tube and housing.
3. Initial Reassembly of Main Transmission
Do not use metal hammer to in
During preliminary reassembly, major CAUTION stall dowel pins (29, Figure 2).
assemblies (main rotor drive assembly, tail
rotor drive assembly and input drive assembly) Permanent damage may result to pins, out
are to be reassembled, shimming thickness put cover or main housing.
required are determined and gear contact
patterns are checked and corrected as neces (5). Install dowel pins (29) in main trans
sary. The main transmission should not be mission housing by gently tapping pins
completely assembled prior to backlash and with fiber mallet.
contact pattern testing. If backlash or contact
is incorrect, only minor disassembly of (6). Apply light coating of white gear
transmission is then necessary. marking compound (6, Table 903) to
approximately six teeth in three places
A. Initial Reassembly around output drive gear (20, Figure 6).
Perform initial reassembly as follows:
(7). Install assembled main rotor drive
(1). Clean all bores and passages in main assembly (18, Figure 1) in main
transmission housing (40, Figure 2) housing assembly (19).
with dry compressed air.
(2). Apply light coating of retaining com
NOTE: It may be necessary to tap main rotor
drive assembly with a fiber mallet to seat
pound (26, Table 903) to outer races of
assembly against main transmission hous
roller bearings (22, 25, Figure 2) Install
ing.
roller bearing (22) in bearing retainer
(34); secure with bearing retainer ring
(21). (8). Install hardware (16, 17) to secure
main rotor drive assembly to main
(3). Install roller bearing (25) in bearing transmission housing. Torque bolts (16)
retainer (35); secure with retaining ring to 65 75 inchpounds (7.34 8.47
(24). Nm).
Page 708
Revision 13 632000
P/N 369D25100
INPUT DRIVE PINION
INPUT BEARING SLEEVE
NO PITTING ALLOWED
IN THIS AREA.
0.7450.755 INCH
(18.92319.177 MM)
INNER INPUT
SHAFT SLEEVE BLOWER MOUNT
ASSEMBLY
INPUT PATTERN SHIM

(NOTE 2)
CLAMPUP
SHIM
BEARING
PLATE LOCKNUT
DUPLEX BALL BEARING

(NOTE 1) 0.0300.000 INCH
(0.0760.000 MM) 1.8401.810 INCH
TYP
TYPICAL UPON INSTALLATION (4.6744.598 CM)
NOTES:
1. DUPLEX BALL BEARING MUST BE INSTALLED WITH APEX OF V" MARK
ON BEARING INNER AND OUTER RACES TOWARD PINION TEETH. SPLIT SHIM
2. 369D25156 SHIM MAY BE SPLIT AS SHOWN, FOR INSTALLATION (NOTE 2)
DURING PATTERN ADJUSTMENT.
H632087A
Figure 704. Input Drive Assembly - Preliminary Reassembly
NOTE: Input pattern shim (2, Figure 5) must (9). Install input pattern shim (2, Figure 5)
be replaced if new gears or bearings are re on input drive bearing assembly (8).
quired, if backlash and contact pattern were
not correct at disassembly or if the shim re
moved at disassembly is unserviceable. The (10). Using mounting hardware (9, 10,
new shim is 0.062 inch (1.575 mm) thick and Figure 1), install input drive assembly
(11) in bore of main housing assembly
is made up of 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) lamina
(19). Torque bolts (9) to 65 75 inch
tions. Optimum thickness for input pattern
pounds (7.34 8.47 Nm).
shim is 0.0150.030 inch (0.3810.762 mm).
Peel laminations from new shim until 0.030
inch (0.762 mm) thickness is obtained. More (11). Apply light coating of white gear
laminations may be removed as required af marking compound (6, Table 903) to
ter wipe test to obtain correct gear position approximately six teeth in three places
ing. around input drive gear (19, Figure 3).
Page 709
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
(12). Install assembled tail rotor drive (c). Measure and record input gearshaft
assembly (8, Figure 1) in main housing end play. Axial limit is 0.0090.015
assembly (19). inch (0.2290.381 mm).
NOTE: It may be necessary to tap tail rotor (3). Perform output gearset backlash test as
drive cover (31, Figure 6) with fiber mallet follows:
to seat tail rotor drive assembly against (a). Secure tail rotor output gear shaft by
main housing. clamping to main transmission
housing with suitable clamping
Make certain there is no binding arrangement.
CAUTION and that backlash exists before
performing next step. NOTE: Press and hold tail rotor output gear
shaft inward while measuring backlash.
(13). Install attaching hardware (6, 7, (b). Measure and record backlash of
Figure 1). Torque nuts (6) to 50 70 output drive gear (20, Figure 6) on a
inchpounds (5.65 7.91 Nm). radius of 6.6256.699 inches
(16.8287517.015 cm). Backlash
(14). Perform gearset backlash and wipe test
must be 0.0070.012 inch
(Ref. Gearset Backlash and Wipe Test).
(0.1780.305 mm).
B. Gearset Backlash and Wipe Test (c). Measure and record tail rotor output
gear shaft end play. Axial limit is
NOTE: Input gear shaft must be rotated at 0.0060.013 inch (0.1520.330 mm).
least 13 revolutions to ensure that proper
gear tooth patterns are visible on output (4). Remove tail rotor drive assembly (8,
drive shaft gearset. Figure 1). (Ref. Initial Disassembly).
(5). Check gear set input and output
(1). Rotate input gear shaft clockwise while contact pattern.
restraining output drive shaft and gear
assembly (9, Figure 6) with sufficient (a). Check contact pattern of input drive
pressure to allow gear marking com gear (19, Figure 3) and input drive
pound to be wiped from gear contact pinion (5, Figure 5).
point. (b). Check contact pattern of output drive
gear (20, Figure 6) and output drive
NOTE: Input and output backlash checks must pinion (18, Figure 3).
be made at four equally spaced points and
averaged to obtain final backlash indica NOTE: Input bearing shim (2, Figure 5) may be
tion. split in half for installation during pattern
adjustment. Install shim with split at 3
(2). Perform input gearset backlash test as oclock and 9 oclock positions with maxi
follows: mum permissible gap range of 0.0000.030
inch (0.0000.762 mm). Any change in shim
(a). Secure input gearshaft by clamping also affects backlash.
to main transmission housing with
suitable clamping arrangement. (6). If necessary, correct contact pattern and
backlash as shown in Figure 705 and
NOTE: Press and hold input gearshaft inward Figure 706.
while measuring backlash. (7). Wash tail rotor drive assembly, main
(b). Measure and record backlash of tail rotor drive assembly and input drive
rotor drive output pinion assembly assembly with cleaning solvent (1,
(Figure 3) on a radius of 4.0384.070 Table 903). Dry assemblies with
inches (10.25710.3378 cm) from compressed air.
center of shaft using suitable back (8). After satisfactory completion of all
lash tools (15, Table 901). Backlash procedures in this paragraph, perform
must be 0.0060.010 inch final reassembly (Ref. Final Reassemb
(0.1520.254 mm). ly of Main Transmission).
Page 710
Revision 12 632000
P/N 369D25100
INPUT GEARSET
WIPE TEST DYNAMIC TEST
A. LENGTHWISE TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN SHOULD BE A. TOOTH CONTACT PATTERNS MUST BE

CENTRALLY LOCATED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE, AS SHOWN, LOCATED WITHIN LIMITS SHOWN ON SHEET 2.
BUT MUST FINALLY MEET DYNAMIC TEST REQUIREMENTS.
B. THERE SHALL BE NO HARD CONTACT LINES
B. IF CORRECTION IS REQUIRED, DECREASING SHIM (4) WITHIN ACTIVE TOOTH AREA.
MOVES PATTERN IN DIRECTION SHOWN BY ARROW.
C. ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD BE MADE IN SAME
C. IF BACKLASH REQUIRES ADJUSTMENT, DECREASING SPACER (3) MANNER AS WIPE TEST.
INCREASES BACKLASH. ANY THICKNESS CHANGE IN SPACER (3)
REQUIRES A CHANGE IN OUTPUT PINION SPACER (2) TO MAINTAIN
OUTPUT PINION MOUNTING DISTANCE.
HEEL TOE HEEL TOE
INPUT PINION INPUT GEAR
1 INPUT DRIVE GEAR

2
INPUT DRIVE PINION
H6320881
Figure 705. Tooth Contact Pattern and Backlash Correction -

Input Pinion and Input Pinion Gear (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 711
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
NEW GEAR PATTERNS*
PINION
0.030 INCH GEAR
(0.762 MM) 0.040 INCH
(1.016 MM)
HEEL TOE HEEL TOE
0.160 INCH 0.100 INCH 0.160 INCH 0.20 INCH

(4.064 MM) (2.540 MM) (4.064 MM) (5.08 MM)
MINIMUM CONTACT AREA LIMITS
1.00 INCH 0.100 INCH 1.00 INCH

(2.54 CM) (2.540 MM) (2.54 CM)
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
MAXIMUM CONTACT AREA LIMITS
*WHEN NEW GEARS ARE MATCHED WITH USED GEARS,

USE USED GEAR LIMITS FOR BOTH GEARS.
USED GEAR PATTERNS
PINION
0.030 INCH 0.040 INCH
(0.762 MM) (1.016 MM)
HEEL TOE HEEL TOE

(4.064 MM) (5.08 MM) (4.064 MM) (5.08 MM)
NO BREAK
0.100 INCH
(2.540 MM) 0.00

H6320882A
Figure 705. Tooth Contact Pattern and Backlash Correction -

Input Pinion and Input Pinion Gear (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 712
Revision 10 632000
P/N 369D25100
INPUT GEARSET
WIPE TEST DYNAMIC TEST
A. LENGTHWISE TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN SHOULD BE A. TOOTH CONTACT PATTERNS MUST BE

LOCATED SLIGHTLY OFFSET FROM CENTER TOWARD HEEL, LOCATED WITHIN LIMITS SHOWN ON SHEET 2.
AS SHOWN, BUT FINALLY MUST MEET DYNAMIC TEST
REQUIREMENTS. B. THERE SHALL BE NO HARD CONTACT LINES
WITHIN ACTIVE TOOTH AREA. USE 10X
B. IF CORRECTION IS REQUIRED, DECREASING SPACER (2) MAGNIFICATION IN AREAS INDICATED IN
MOVES PATTERN IN DIRECTION SHOWN BY ARROW. FIGURE 706.
C. ANY THICKNESS IN SPACER (2) AFFECTS BACKLASH. C. ADJUSTMENTS SHOULD BE MADE IN SAME
MANNER AS WIPE TEST.
D. IF BACKLASH REQUIRES ADJUSTMENT, INCREASING
SPACER (1) INCREASES BACKLASH.
TOE
TOE HEEL
HEEL
OUTPUT PINION OUTPUT GEAR
1 OUTPUT 2
DRIVE PINION
OUTPUT
DRIVE GEAR
H6320891
Figure 706. Tooth Contact Pattern and Backlash Correction - Output Drive
Gear and Tail Rotor Output Pinion (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 713
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
NEW GEAR PATTERNS*
PINION GEAR
0.030 INCH 0.080 INCH
(0.762 MM) (2.032 MM)
HEEL
TOE
TOE HEEL

(4.064 MM) (7.62 MM) (7.62 MM) (5.08 MM)
0.030 INCH
(0.762 MM)
0.75 IN.
(19.05 MM)
0.08 IN. 0.030 INCH

0.00
(2.032 MM) (0.762 MM)
*WHEN NEW GEARS ARE MATCHED WITH USED GEARS,

USE USED GEAR LIMITS FOR BOTH GEARS
USED GEAR PATTERNS
PINION GEAR
0.030 INCH 0.080 INCH
(0.762 MM) (2.032 MM)
TOE HEEL

(5.588 MM) (7.62 MM) (6.35 MM) (5.08 MM)
0.500 INCH 0.100 INCH 0.00

(12.70 MM) (2.540 MM)
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
H6320892A
Figure 706. Tooth Contact Pattern and Backlash Correction - Output Drive
Gear and Tail Rotor Output Pinion (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 714
Revision 10 632000
P/N 369D25100
0.4000.500 INCH 0.4000.500 INCH
TOP LAND (1.0161.270 MM) (1.0161.270 MM)
TOP LAND (NOTE)
(NOTE)
0.2500.300 INCH
(6.3507.620 MM)
0.2500.300 INCH
(6.3507.620 MM)
TOE ROOT HEEL TOE ROOT HEEL
CONVEX FACE CONCAVE FACE

LOW SPEED GEAR LOW SPEED PINION
NOTE:
INSPECT WITH A 10X MAGNIFICATION GLASS.
ANY EVIDENCE OF HARD LINE OR MATT FINISH AFTER DYNAMIC
TEST IS CAUSE FOR REJECTION. H632090A
Figure 707. Output Drive Pinion and Gear - Inspection Areas After Dynamic Test
4. Final Reassembly of Main Transmission (4). Install two packings (23, Figure 2) in
Oring grooves in input bore of main
Instructions are provided in the following transmission housing (40) and one
paragraphs for final reassembly of the main Oring over input drive shaft (11,
transmission and its major components. Figure 1) against input pattern shim (2,
NOTE: Lubricate packings, seal lips and their Figure 5). Check that input pattern
mating surfaces with petrolatum (27, shim and bearing clampup shim are in
Table 903) before assembly. place as shown in Figure 701.
(5). Install input drive assembly (11,
(1). Prior to final reassembly, to determine Figure 1) in main housing assembly
gear teeth contact pattern during (19) with bolts (9) and washers (10);
runin procedure, apply red or blue torque bolts (9) to 65 75 inch
dykem (33) to all gear teeth of output pounds (7.34 8.47 Nm).
drive pinion (18, Figure 3), input bevel
gear (19), input drive pinion (5, (6). Check input shaft for maximum runout
Figure 5) and output drive gear (20, of 0.002 inch (0.051 mm), measured just
Figure 6). inboard of splines.
NOTE: If transmission is to runin on helicop
A. Input Drive Assembly
ter, determine thickness of blower spacer (1,
Complete final reassembly of input drive Figure 5) and install on input shaft per the
assembly and install in main housing as following steps. If transmission is to be run
follows: in on test stand, the following steps may be
deferred until after run in tests in event
(1). Remove blower mount assembly (17, disassembly of input drive is required.
Figure 5) from input pinion bearing
(7). While pulling out on the gear, measure
sleeve (20).
distance between face of blower spacer
(2). Apply light coating of sealing compound seat on input drive pinion shaft and
(5, Table 903) to outer surface of oil mounting face of blower mount assem
seals (15, 16, Figure 5) and remove bly (dimension X, Figure 708).
spring (if installed) from sealing lip of (8). Subtract dimension X (determined in
(15) only. previous step) from 2.462 0.005 inches
(6.2535 0.0127 cm).
(3). Press oil seals into blower mount
assembly (17); install packings (11) on (9). Grind blower spacer to thickness
blower mount assembly. calculated in previous step and install
Page 715
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
spacer on input drive pinion shaft. Seat hardware (16, 17) to secure main rotor
blower spacer firmly against spacer drive assembly to main transmission
seat on shaft. housing. Torque bolts (16) to 65 75
inchpounds (7.34 8.47 Nm).
When installing scavenge
CAUTION pump, ensure square pump (6). Install output pinion nozzle assemblies
shaft mates correctly with adapter plug in (14, 15), cutoff corner of nozzle (14)
end of input drive pinion. toward roll pin in main rotor drive
assembly (18), with attaching hardware
B. Scavenge Pump Assembly (12, 13); torque screws (12) to 13 16
(1). Install a new scavenge pump gasket
(15, Figure 2), and scavenge pump NOTE: Input gear nozzle (8, Figure 2) must be
assembly (14) with hardware (12, 13); installed with flat portion of nozzle parallel
torque screws (12) to 13 16 inch to centerline of input drive pinion as shown
pounds (1.47 1.81 Nm). in Figure 709.
(2). Safety wire screws in pairs horizontally (7). Apply light coating of adhesive (20,
to prevent contact with gear. Table 903) to input gear nozzle (8,
Figure 2) and install in main transmis
C. Main Rotor Drive Assembly sion housing (40). Install packing (7) on
plug (6). Secure input gear nozzle (8) in
Complete final assembly and install main rotor place with plug (6); torque plug to 40
drive assembly in main housing as follows: 50 inchpounds (4.52 5.65 Nm).
NOTE: Step (1). applies to Transmission Serial D. Tail Rotor Drive and Accessory Drive
Nos. 0005 and subsequent. Assembly
(1). Install new packings (11, 44, Figure 2) Complete final reassembly and install tail
on spray nozzle (10) and new packing rotor drive assembly in main housing as
(11) on nozzle cover (45). follows:
Do not use steel self locking nut (1). Install packing (1, Figure 3) in groove
CAUTION on spray nozzle, replace with in tail rotor gear assembly (24).
aluminum nut (AN9245D) to prevent gall Packings (2) are installed in oil
ing of nozzle threads. CAUTION passage grooves in main hous
(2). Install spray nozzle in housing with ing assembly. Care must be taken to prevent
nozzle cover (45), washers (42, 43). dislodging packings when tail rotor drive as
Install nut (41) using Loctite, grade H sembly is installed in main housing assem
(31, Table 903) and torque nut to 20 bly.
30 inchpounds (2.26 3.39 Nm) (2). Install packings (2) in main housing
using wrench extension (10, Table 901) assembly (19, Figure 1).
or suitable crowfoot wrench.
NOTE: It may be necessary to tap tail rotor
(3). Install packings (6, 7, Figure 6) in drive cover (31, Figure 4) with fiber mallet
grooves of main rotor drive cover (40). to seat tail rotor drive assembly against
main housing.
(4). Install two packings (20, Figure 1) on
mating flange of main housing assem (3). Install tail rotor drive assembly (8,
bly (19). Figure 1) in main housing assembly
using attaching hardware (6, 7). Torque
NOTE: It may be necessary to tap main rotor nuts (6) to 50 70 inchpounds (5.65
drive assembly with a fiber mallet to seat 7.91 Nm).
assembly against main transmission hous
ing. (4). Install lockwasher on locknut (12,
Figure 3). Apply PR1221 sealant (5,
(5). Install main rotor drive assembly (18) Table 903) to aft side of lockwasher (11,
in main housing assembly (19) using Figure 3).
Page 716
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
(5). Install SpeediSleeve (10) on shaft. Use E. Lubrication Pump Installation
pipe bottomed on flange of Speedi
Sleeve and mallet to tap SpeediSleeve Complete final reassembly and installation of
in place, with flange bottomed on lubrication pump assembly in main housing as
lockwasher. follows:
(1). Install packings (4, 5, Figure 1) on
(6). Assemble seal retainer (5) as follows: lubrication pump assembly (3).
(a). Apply light coat of retaining com- Ensure square input shaft of lu-
pound (26, Table 903) to drain tube
CAUTION brication pump mates properly
(7, Figure 3) and install drain tube in with oil pump drive shaft in tail rotor drive
seal retainer (9). assembly as pump is assembled.
NOTE: (2). Install lubrication pump assembly on

tail rotor drive assembly with nuts (1)
D Clean contact surface area of seal (8) and washers (2); torque nuts to 50 70
where double lipped seal contacts tail ro- inchpounds (5.65 7.91 Nm).
tor output pinion (18) with crocus cloth (2,
Table 903) or equivalent. F. Main Transmission Case Assembly
D Garloc seal must be runin to seat seal to Complete final assembly as follows:
shaft.
NOTE: Step (1). applies to transmission serial
Nos. 0001 through 0004 only.
(b). Press oil seal (8, Figure 3) into seal
retainer (9). (1). Install packings (11, Figure 2) on spray
nozzle (10). Install spray nozzle in main
(c). Install packing (6) in groove of seal transmission housing (40); secure in
retainer. place with retaining ring (9).
(7). Lubricate lip of oil seal (8) with petrola- (2). Install chip detectors (1) and packings
tum (27, Table 903). Carefully install (2); torque valve body to 50 60
seal retainer assembly (5), over output inchpounds (5.65 6.78 Nm) and
drive pinion (18) and studs (20, chip detector to 40 50 inchpounds
Figure 4), with nuts and washers (3, 4, (4.52 5.65 Nm).
Figure 3); torque nuts to 50 70 (3). Install drain plug (46) and packing (47)
inchpounds (5.65 7.91 Nm). in transmission housing, if equipped
with threaded boss. Torque drain plug
(8). Apply light coating of sealing compound 40 50 inchpounds (4.52 5.65
(5, Table 903) to outer surface of oil seal Nm).
(16, Figure 4). Press oil seal into seal
retainer (17). Install packing (15) in (4). Install liquid level plug (3) and Oring
groove of seal retainer. (4); torque plug to 80 90 inch
pounds (9.04 10.17 Nm).
(9). Lubricate lip of oil seal with petrolatum
Do not install Teflon tape on
(27, Table 903) and carefully install seal CAUTION first two threads of plug.
retainer assembly (14, Figure 4) over
tachometer drive shaft (11) into bore of (5). Install pipe plug (5) on transmission
tail rotor drive cover (31); secure with housing equipped with threaded boss
retainer ring (13). using antiseize compound (7,
Table 903) or Teflon tape (32). Torque
NOTE: If transmission is to be runin on a heli- plug 12 25 inchpounds (1.36 2.82
copter or test stand, oil pressure sender may Nm).
be installed temporarily finger tight, and
deferred until after runin tests are com- (6). Install filler cap extension (41,
pleted. Figure 6) and packing (42), if installed.
Page 717
632000 Revision 12
P/N 369D25100
Torque extension to 50 60 inch (8). Install identification plate (27,
pounds (5.65 6.78 Nm). Figure 2) with drive screws (26) or
(7). Install filler cap and breather (2) with (alternate method) attach using
shim (4) and packing (5). Torque filler adhesive (28, Table 903).
cap and breather assembly to 50 60
inchpounds (5.65 6.78 Nm). Adjust
thickness of shim (4) so breather cap (9). Install spray nozzle in housing with
opens as shown in Figure 710. Install nozzle cover (45, Figure 2), washers (42,
filler screen (3) in filler cap and breath- 43). Install nut (41) using Loctite 416
er. Safety filler cap and breather (31, Table 903) and torque nut to 20
assembly together with the filler cap
extension to the main rotor drive cover 30 inchpounds (2.26 3.39 Nm)
with lockwire (15, Table 903). using wrench extension (10, Table 901)
or suitable crowfoot wrench.
NOTE: If safety wire hole in transmission case
is broken, it is acceptable to safety to a case
bolt as follows:
D Clean up broken safety wire hole and 5. RunIn and Test Check
treat bare metal for corrosion (Ref.
CSPA3).
D Remove NAS13044 case bolt (Ref. Fig. The following contains runin inspection
712) and replace with NAS13044D bolt; procedures, including installation in the test
Torque bolt to 65 75 inchpounds (7.34 stand or helicopter, the runin inspection and
8.47 Nm). a final backlash and contact pattern check, for
D Safety filler to bolt. the main transmission.
INPUT DRIVE PINION

INPUT BEARING SLEEVE
BLOWER MOUNT
ASSEMBLY
2.4572.467 INCH
(6.2416.266 CM)
INPUT PATTERN SHIM
BEARING CLAMPUP
BLOWER SPACER THICKNESS CALCULATION BLOWER
SHIM
1. MEASURE DIMENSION X. SPACER
2. SUBTRACT X FROM 2.462 0.005 INCH (6.253 0.0127 CM).
3. GRIND BLOWER SPACER TO THICKNESS
DETERMINED IN STEP 2. H632091B
Figure 708. Blower Spacer Thickness Calculation
Page 718
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
TAIL ROTOR
DRIVE ASSEMBLY
INPUT GEAR
NOZZLE
FLAT OF NOZZLE MUST
BE IN THIS POSITION
INPUT DRIVE
PINION CENTERLINE
H632092
Figure 709. Input Gear Nozzle Orientation
LIQUID LEVEL PLUG
TAIL ROTOR SHAFT-

CENTERLINE
SAFETY WIRE
MAIN ROTOR-
DRIVE COVER
30
NAS13044D BOLT
30
ALTERNATE FILLER SAFETY

WIRE LOCATION
FILLER CAP
AND BREATHER
DOWEL BUSHING
H632093A
Figure 710. Breather Cap and Filler Orientation
Page 719
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
NOTE: Certain units in the transmission have (a). Tiedown cable and all hardware shall
a direct relationship to establishing or have minimum total load capability
changing the positioning of one gear to of 1600 pounds (726.4 Kg).
another. If the transmission housing and
associated covers, gears, bearings or mount- (b). Mooring anchors shall conform to
ing distance shims and spacer that position Federal Aviation Advisory Circular
the gears are not changed during overhaul, No. 2035B dated 19, April 1971 or
the contact pattern and backlash of the subsequent (3000 pound (1362 Kg)
gears should also remain the same. If the load type or equivalent).
contact pattern and backlash are within tol- Provide approximately 1 inch
erance for USED GEAR PATTERN as CAUTION (2.54 cm) slack in tiedown
shown in Figure 511 thru Figure 514, per- cables to allow landing gear dampers to
form a wipe test and, if satisfactory, run the function.
transmission to check for correct tempera-
ture and pressure; if correct, the transmis- B. RunIn on Helicopter
sion can be continued in service on the heli- Runin overhauled main transmission as
copter. follows:
(1). Before disassembly, measure and record During runin, helicopter is to
backlash, etc. CAUTION be operated only by qualified
personnel.
(2). During transmission disassembly,
carefully record and tag all shims and (1). Start and operate engine according to
spacers for shims thickness and procedures in applicable Pilot Flight
location in the transmission. Manual.
(3). Examine all gears for serviceability and (2). Operate helicopter according to applica-
contact pattern. ble schedule which follows:
NOTE: Establish N2 at 102 percent for 369D
6. RunIn on Helicopter and 369E helicopters and 100 percent for
The following paragraphs contain procedures 369F/FF helicopters when performing the
for runin of the overhauled transmission on a following runin schedules.
helicopter. 369D/369E Operation Schedule
A. Preparation for RunIn 5 minutes at 49.2 psi torque pressure
Prepare the overhauled transmission for 20 minutes at 81.3 psi torque pressure
runin on a helicopter as follows: 5 minutes at 87.2 psi torque pressure
369F Operation Schedule
(1). Install transmission in helicopter (Ref.
CSPHMI2). 5 minutes at 29.4 psi torque pressure
(2). Remove oil pressure sender (1, 20 minutes at 48.9 psi torque pressure
Figure 4) and install 0100 psig 5 minutes at 52.2 psi torque pressure
(070310 Kgs). Use sufficient tubing or 369FF Operation Schedule
hose to position gage for convenient
reading. 5 minutes at 29.4 psi torque pressure
20 minutes at 48.9 psi torque pressure
(3). Service transmission with lubricating
oil (16, Table 903) (Ref. CSPHMI2). 5 minutes at 59.6 psi torque pressure
NOTE: Use tail rotor control only to maintain
(4). Position helicopter on a hard runup helicopter stability during test.
area; add ballast in cargo compartment
to bring gross weight to 3000 pounds (3). Monitor XMSN OIL TEMP warning
(1362 Kg). indicator light, M/R XMSN CHIPS
caution indicator light and oil pressure
(5). Tie helicopter down as follows: gage throughout runin test.
Page 720
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
NOTE: For 369D/E helicopters, with engine op- (3). Service transmission with lubrication
erating at 102 percent N2, oil pressure gage oil (16, Table 903).
must indicate 45 psi minimum. For 369F he-
licopters, with engine operating at 100 per- B. RunIn on Test Stand
cent N2, oil pressure gage must indicate 45
psi minimum. Run in overhauled transmission as follows:
(1). Operate test stand motor drive at 6000

(4). If M/R XMSN CHIPS indicator lights
rpm according to the following schedule
or oil pressure falls below allowable
minimum, stop test and investigate
cause. Test Schedule
Tail Operating
(5). If XMSN OIL TEMP warning indica- Time Input Rotor Speed
(Minutes) (hp)(10) (hp)(2) (rpm)(100)
tor lights during high load running,
reduce load, decrease N2 and allow 5 200 20 6000
transmission to cool before resuming 20 350 35 6000
test. If oil temperature causes warning 15 375 37.5 6000
indicator to light a second time,
discontinue test. Partially disassemble (2). Monitor oil temperature chip detector,
transmission and check all lubricating and oil pressure gages/indicators
nozzles and jets for obstructions before through runin test.
retesting.
NOTE: Oil pressure gage must indicate 45 psi
(6). Upon completion of runin procedure, (31640 Kg) minimum.
remove transmission from helicopter
(Ref. CSPHMI2). (3). If chip detector indicator is activated or
oil pressure falls below allowable
(7). Check gear tooth contact patterns, minimum, stop test and investigate
backlash and shaft runout. cause.
(4). If transmission oil temperature rises to

7. RunIn on Test Stand 121C (250F) during high load run-
ning, reduce load and allow oil to cool
The following paragraphs contain procedures before resuming test. If oil temperature
for runin of the overhauled transmission on a rises to 121C (250F) when test is
test stand. resumed, partially disassemble trans-
mission and check all lubrication
A. Preparation for RunIn nozzles and jets before further testing.
Prepare the overhauled transmission for (5). Upon completion of runin procedure,
runin on a test stand as follows: remove transmission from test stand.
(6). Check gear tooth contact patterns,

NOTE: A secure test fixture with motor drive backlash and shaft runout.
and suitable braking device is required. The
test stand must provide a means to monitor
8. Final Inspection and Assembly
time, temperature, torques, rpm, oil pres-
sure and chip detector indicator light sig- After the overhauled transmission has been
nals for the transmission. successfully runin, perform final inspection
as follows:
(1). Install transmission on test stand.
(1). Check input and output gearshaft
(2). Remove oil pressure sender (1, runout. Runout must not exceed 0.002
Figure 4) and install test stand oil inch (0.051 mm) when checked just
pressure gage. inboard of splines.
Page 721
632000 Revision 17
P/N 369D25100
NOTE: Input and output backlash is checked compound (3, Table 903) or tightly wrap
according to Gearset Backlash and Wipe two or three turns of Teflon tape (32) on
Test Input gearset backlash: 0.0060.010 threads of oil pressure sender and
inch (0.1520.254 mm), output gearset install pressure sender; torque to 40
backlash: 0.0070.012 inch (0.1780.305 inchpounds (4.52 Nm).
mm). These checks must be made at four
equally spaced points and averaged to ob- 9. Transmission Storage or Shipment
tain final backlash indication.
(2). Check input and output gearshaft axial (1). If transmission is to be shipped or
and radial end play according to stored for 120 days or longer, perform
Gearset Backlash and Wipe Test. If not the following steps.
within limits check for correct pinch on
bearings and torque of locknuts. (a). Drain lubricating oil and refill
transmission with 8 pints (0.437
(3). Remove tail rotor drive assembly (Ref. Liters) of corrosion preventive oil (21,
Initial Disassembly). Table 903).
NOTE: Do not disassembly tail rotor drive as- (b). Hand crank tail rotor output shaft 10
sembly. revolutions minimum and tilt trans-
(4). Check gear tooth contact patterns (Ref. mission approximately 90 degrees
Figure 705 thru Figure 708). Correct as from vertical axis in all four direc-
required. tions.
(5). If shimming changes are required, (c). Drain corrosion preventive oil. Film
repeat RunIn on Helicopter or RunIn of oil remaining in transmission is
on Test Stand to determine gear tooth sufficient to prevent corrosion. Cover
contact pattern. all openings and shafts.
(6). Reassembly main transmission assem-
(2). If Transmission is to be shipped or
bly, using new packings if required.
stored less than 120 days, perform
NOTE: Operation of oil pressure switch may be following steps.
checked using Tfitting pressure gage, pres-
sure source and continuity light or multime- (a). Hand crank tail rotor output shaft 10
ter (ohmmeter). revolutions minimum and tilt trans-
mission approximately 90 degrees
(7). Install pressure gage and oil pressure from vertical axis in all four direc-
sender (1, Figure 4) on Tfitting. tions.
Connect continuity light or multimeter
to terminals of oil pressure switch. (b). Drain oil film of oil remaining in
Apply pressure to Tfitting and check transmission is sufficient to prevent
that pressure switch operates at 15 2. corrosion. Cover all openings and
Do not install Teflon tape on shafts.
CAUTION first two threads of plug.
(3). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven-
(8). Remove direct reading oil pressure tative (37, Table 903) and package or
gage, apply light coat of antiseize cover to keep dust off.
Page 722
Revision 17 632000
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
1. Special Tool Fabrication gearshaft in container; secure gearshaft
in vertical position.
The following paragraphs contain procedures
for fabricating special tools required for (3). Heat standard bismuth alloy (4) until
overhaul of the main transmission (Ref. molten. Fill container until 75 percent
Table 901). of pinion tooth length is covered; allow
alloy to cool.
2. Holding Fixtures (4). Carefully remove gearshaft from
container.
A. Tail Rotor Gear Shaft Output Pinion
Holding Fixture (5). Drill a 1.50 inch (3.81 cm) hole at
bottom of mold to accommodate output
Fabricate a gearshaft holding fixture (9, pinion gearshaft bearing retaining bolt.
Table 901) as follows (Ref. Figure 901):
(6). Fabricate a clamp (bench holder) as
NOTE: Steel provides durability for frequent shown in Figure 301, to secure gear
use in a supporting vise. shaft in holding fixture during lock
washer removal.
(1). Fabricate a square container from 0.25
inch (6.35 mm) steel, large enough to B. Input Drive Gear Shaft Holding Fixture
accept pinion end of gearshaft. Fabricate a gearshaft holding fixture (14,
Table 901), following procedure in (Ref. Tail
To prevent pinion shaft from Rotor Gear Shaft Output Pinion Holding
WARNING becoming locked into hard
Fixture) (Ref. Figure 901), using input drive
ened alloy, fabricate sleeve to slide gear shaft (5, Figure 5).
over end of pinion shaft, with inner
race on output pinion, to prevent mol 3. T-Bolt Fabrication
ten alloy from entering radius and un
dercut areas on end of shaft. Fabricate Tbolt (8, Table 901) using 1032
screws 0.75 inch (19.05 mm) long. Thread wing
(2). Lubricate pinion end of gearshaft (18, nut against screw head and lock in place with
Figure 3) with lubricating oil (16, a 1032 nut, tightened securely against wing
Table 903) and place pinion end of nut.
Page 901
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
Table 901. Main Transmission Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools
Item
1 Bearing Puller 830006-806-00666-8 MDHS
952 Owatonna Tool Co.
2 Barrel Wrench, Tail Rotor Output 830006-809-00650 MDHS
3 Barrel Wrench, Main Rotor Output 369A9963 MDHS
4 Barrel Wrench, Transmission Input 369A9960 MDHS
5 Spline Adapter 369A9965 MDHS
6 Retractor, Bearing 830006-814-00660 MDHS
7 Retractor, Bearing 830006-809-00698 MDHS
8 T-bolt (3 Required) Locally Fabricate
9 Holding Fixture, Output Drive Pinion Locally Fabricate
10 Wrench Extension 830006-814-00661 MDHS
11 Wrench Extension, Oil Nozzle Locally Fabricate
12 Wrench, T-Handle 369A9966 MDHS
13 Retractor, Bearing 369D29906 MDHS
14 Holding Fixture, Input Drive Pinion Locally Fabricate
15 Backlash Tools 830006-401-00736 MDHS
Page 902
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
Table 902. Main Transmission Assembly Special Torques
Torque
Item Index No. In.-Lb. (Nm) Ft-Lb. (Nm)
Main rotor drive shaft locknut 16, Figure 6 308.3 - 333.3 (418 - 452)
Output drive pinion locknut 12, Figure 3 225 - 250 (305.1 - 339)
Input drive pinion locknut 4, Figure 5 150 - 175 (203 - 237)
Ring gear bolt 19, Figure 6 510 - 555 (57.62 - 62.71)
Self-locking nut 13, Figure 3 550 - 650 (62.14 - 73.44)
Input gear nozzle plug 6, Figure 2 40 - 50 (4.52 - 5.65)
Liquid level plug 3, Figure 2 80 - 90 (9.04 - 10.17)
Drain valve and chip detector 1, Figure 2 50 - 60 (5.65 - 6.78) (Valve body)
40 - 50 (4.52 - 5.65) (Chip detector)
Drain plug 5, Figure 2 12 - 25 (1.36 - 2.82)
Filler cap and breather 1, Figure 6 50 - 60 (5.65 - 6.78)
Scavenge pump attach screw 12, Figure 2 13 - 16 (1.47 - 1.81)
Nozzle tube attach screws 16, Figure 2 13 - 16 (1.47 - 1.81)
Main rotor drive attach bolt 16, Figure 1 65 - 75 (7.34 - 8.47)
Input drive assembly attach bolt 9, Figure 1 65 - 75 (7.34 - 8.47)
Scavenge tube attach screw 25, Figure 6 22 - 27 (2.49 - 3.05)
Output pinion nozzle screw 12, Figure 1 13 - 16 (1.47 - 1.81)
Accessory pinion gear nut 3, Figure 4 95 - 110 (10.73 - 12.43)
Bearing retaining plate nut 25, Figure 3 50 - 70 (5.65 - 7.91)
Bearing retaining plate nut 10, Figure 6 50 - 70 (5.65 - 7.91)
Seal retainer attach nut 3, Figure 3 50 - 70 (5.65 - 7.91)
Tail rotor drive assembly nut 6, Figure 1 50 - 70 (5.65 - 7.91)
Lubrication pump attach nut 1, Figure 1 50 - 70 (5.65 - 7.91)
Oil pressure sender 1, Figure 4 40 (4.52)
Page 903
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
Item Specification
No. Material No. Name/No. Manufacturer
3 Anti-seize compound MIL-L-25681 Silicone DC-550R Dow Corning Corp.
4 Bismuth alloy (low melting point) Cerrobase Cerro DePasco Corp.
Cerrobend 40 Wall St.
Cerrotrum New York, NY
(3)(4) Claude Michael Inc.
9674 Telstar Ave.
El Monte, CA 91731
Cerrobase Scottsdale Tool & Supply
Cerrobend 15 N. 40th Street
Phoenix, AZ 85034
5 Sealing compound MIL-S-7502 PR-1221 B2 Products Research & Chem.
HP 16-1 Type III Corp.
2519 Empire Ave.
Burbank CA
EP 711 Type III Coast Pro Seal
5747 A/B Compton, CA
HP 16-1 Type IV Furane Plastic Inc.
Los Angeles, CA
6 White gearmarking compound I-A-H-B-6254 Wyandotte Paint Co.
Wyandotte, MI
7 Anti-seize compound, high MIL-A-907 Dow Corning Corp.
temperature South Saginaw Rd.
Midland, MI 48681
8 Masking tape MIL-C-23397 (3)
9 Trichlorethylene O-T-634 (3)
10 Wash primer MIL-C-8514 (3)
11 Primer, catalyzed epoxy (yellow) MIL-P-23377B HMS 15-1082 Andrew Brown Co.
Los Angeles, CA
12 Epoxy paint (color No. 27038 per No. A243 Andrew Brown Co.
Fed Std 595) Los Angeles, CA
13 Catalyst No. T380 Andrew Brown Co.
Los Angeles, CA
14 Converter No. T415A Andrew Brown Co.
Los Angeles, CA
15 Lockwire, corrosion resistant MS20995C (3)
steel (diameter as required)
Page 904
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
Item Specification
Mobil SHC 626 Mobil Oil Co.
150 E. 42nd St.
New York, NY
17 Abrasive paper, silicon carbide, P-P-101 (3)
grade 400, wet or dry
18 India stone, fine Commercial
19 Chemical film and chemical film MIL-C-5541 Iridite 1402 Richardson Co.
aluminum alloys noted Grade and Products Div.
Des Plaines, IL
22 Chromic acid solution, O-C-303 (3)
5 percent
23 Dichromate Solution Commercial
24 Coating, logo white Q881 Bee Chemical Co.,
(Color No. 484) Gardena, CA
25 Thinner (for item 24) No. T-80695 Bee Chemical Co.
26 Retaining compound MIL-R-46082 RC/609 or Loctite Corp.
No. 35 705 N. Mountain Rd.
Newington, CT 06111
27 Petrolatum VV-P-236 (3)
(petroleum jelly, white)
28 Adhesive (epoxy) EA9330.3 Hysol Division
Dexter Corporation
P.O. Box 312
Pittsburg, CA
29 Adhesive (epoxy) EA9323 Hysol Division
30 Plastic Steel Devcon A Devcon Corp.
Danvers, MA 01923
31 Sealing, Locking and retaining Loctite Loctite, Inc.
compound (Grade as noted) 705 N Mountain Road
Newington, CT 06111
32 Teflon tape Scotch No. 48 3M Co.,
St Paul, MN
Page 905
632000 Revision 11
P/N 369D25100
Item Specification
33 Dykem, red or blue SP1100 Dykem Company
8501 Delport Dr.
St. Louis, MO 63114
Markall Co.
270 Washtenaw Ave.
Chicago, IL 60612
Irwin-Hobson Co.
Ninth and S.E. Woodward
Portland, OR 97202
34 Primer MIL-S-22473 Grade T Loctite Corp.

705 N. Mountain Rd.
Newington, CT 06111
Hernon Mfg. Inc.

Samford, FL
407-322-4000

Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
Westminster, CA
92684-3600

Type II Corp.
NOTES:
(4) Acceptable alternate materials for item 4 must have a melting point not to exceed 300F (150C).
Page 906
Revision 10 632000
P/N 369D25100
6.0 INCH 2.31 INCH

(15.24 CM) (5.87 CM)
(TYP)
0.25 INCH
(6.35 MM)
(2 PLACES)
0.343 X 0.50 INCH

(8.712 X 12.70 MM)
(TYP)
3.0 5.0 INCH

(12.7 CM)
1.0 INCH
(2.54 CM)
GEAR MOLD 1.62 INCH

3.312 O.D. (4.11 CM) 0.25 INCH
(8.412 CM) DIA (6.35 MM)
(2 PLACES)
FILLED WITH BISMUTH ALLOY

CERROBEND" OR CERROBASE"
0.343 X 6.0 INCH

0.75 INCH (0.871 X 15.24 CM)
(19.05 MM) R HEX HEAD (2 REQD)
(TYP) 4.25 INCH
1.50 INCH
(10.80 CM)
0.75 INCH (3.81 CM)
(TYP) 0.25 INCH
(19.05 MM) 3 (6.35 MM)
(TYP) (2 PLACES)

0.75 INCH (19.05 CM) REF

4.00 INCH 4.00 INCH
(10.16 CM) (10.16 CM)
1.50 INCH

(3.81 CM)
1.0 INCH
(2.54 CM)
2.62 INCH

(6.65 CM) 3.0 INCH
(TYP) (7.62 CM)
(2 PLACES)
12.50 INCH
(31.75 CM)
H632062A
Figure 901. Holding Fixture - Tail Rotor Output Pinion
Page 907
632000 Revision 3
P/N 369D25100
0.26 INCH (6.60 MM)

(8 PLACES EQUALLY SPACED)
5/64 INCH 5/32 INCH

(0.078 MM) WELD (0.156 MM)
45 THICK (4 PLACES) THICK
TYP

2.80 INCH
0.75 INCH 2.62 INCH

(7.11 CM) DIA (19.05 MM) (6.65 CM) DIA

0.37 INCH

(9.40 MM) WELD ENTIRE
(8 PLACES) CIRCUMFERENCE
1.00 INCH 0.40 INCH
(2.54 CM) (10.16 MM)
7.00 INCH
(17.78 CM)
H632063A
Figure 902. Barrel Wrench - Tail Rotor Output Pinion Nut
30
0.0400.050 INCH
BSC
(1.0160.270 MM) DIA
0.0620.067 INCH 11
(1.5751.702 MM) DIA
H642024A
Figure 903. Extension Oil Nozzle Removal
Page 908
Revision 3 632000
P/N 369D25100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
main transmission overhaul manual. Correct
effectivities.
Page 1001
632000 Revision 14
P/N 369D25100
20 5
3 * SUPPLIED WITH
ATTACHED ITEM 10*
2 11
21
1 10*
13
12
13
4
5 15
14
6
16
5 42
22
40
38
41 12
13
37
17
39
36
35
34
7
9
8
43
23 29
19
26 28 30
27
29
28
32
33
25 24 31
13
12
H632116
Figure 1001. Main Transmission
Page 1002
Revision 15 632000
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 369D25100-507 Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D25100-901 Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D25100-505 Transmission with 369D25125-13 Pinion installed
369D25100-BSC Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 F9250A Cap And Breather, Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 MS29561-210 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 F9072A Screen, Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 369A5169 Shim, Filler Cap Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 NAS617-8 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6 369D25112 Extension, Main Rotor XMSN Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 AN932M2 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Required With Transmission Not Equipped With Thread Boss
8 MS9953-02 Plug . Use With O-Ring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Required With Transmission Not Equipped With Thread Boss
9 MS29513-010 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 B3148A Detector, Valve And Chip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 MS29561-012 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 H14-4 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
12 MS21042L4 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALT
13 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
14 369D25167 Pump Assy, Lubrication, Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 MS29561-022 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 MS29561-013 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Replaced By M83248/1-013
16 M83248/1-013 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 MS29561-014 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18 NAS1304-7 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
19 MS20002C4 Washer, Countersunk, High Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
20 MS29561-437 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 NAS1304-4 Bolt, Shear-Hexagon Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
22 5-488-047-071 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 369D25184-5 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 5-488-047-071
23 MS21250-04038 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
24 369D25192 Plate, Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 369D25155 Shim, Output Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 369D25174 Cover, Debris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 NAS1022A3 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 1003
632000 Revision 15
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
28 NAS620A10L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
29 AN502-10-10 Screw, Machine, Drilled Fillister Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
30 AN742D3 Clamp, Plain, Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
31 369D25166 Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 369A5266 Pump, Scavenge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 369A5137-3 Gasket, Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 MS123124 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 NAS617-5 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 369D25165-1 1 Nozzle, Input Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 S51HL Plug, Liquid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 369A5144 Decal Liquid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 NAS617-16 Packing, Preformed, Straight Thread Tube Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
40 AN535-0-2 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
41 369D25105-3 Plate, Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D25105-5 I.D. Plate
Intrch With 369D25105-7 I.D. Plate
Intrch With 369D25105-5 I.D. Plate
42 MS29561-016 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
43 369D25102 Housing Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D25100-BSC Thru -505 Trans Assy
43 369D25114-1 Housing Assy, Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D25100-507 Trans Assy
Page 1004
Revision 15 632000
P/N 369D25100
Page 1005
632000 Revision 14
P/N 369D25100
23 (5 PL) 27 31
30 (2 PL)
32
14
24
2
25
23 14 22 2
9 28
24 25
2
25
31 ROTATED
23
16 (2 PL)
4
9
17 (3 PL)
7 (10 PL)
23 4
15
2
25
5 (16 PL)
4
26
8 (2 PL)
12 4
16 26 18 (3 PL)
5
3
15
20
10
21 (2 PL)
12
11 16
3 2
13
6 (4 PL)
5 (4 PL)
12 18 (3 PL)
16
3 12 18 (4 PL)
3
1 16
ROTATED
H632117
Figure 1002. Main Transmission Housing
Page 1006
Revision 15 632000
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1002- 369D25100 Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
All dash numbers
1 369D25102 Housing Assy, Main & Line Bore Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Component Of 369D25100-BSC Thru -505 Transmission Assy
Replaced By 369D25114-1 Housing Assy
369D25118-1 Cover Assembly
369D25116-1 Cover Assembly
368D25158-1 Spacer Ref Fig 1004
AN932M2 Plug And MS16555-48 Pin As A Set
1 369D25114-1 Housing Assy, Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
Use On 369D25100-507 Trans Assy
2 369A5142 Bushing, Flanged Output Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 369D25111 Bushing, Main Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 369A5141 Bushing, Flanged Housing Dowel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
5 NAS1394C4L Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
6 NAS1394C3 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7 KNNS428M10 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Use On 369D25102 Housing Assy
7 KNNS428JM10 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Use On 369D25114-1 Housing Assy
8 KNNS428M24 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 KNNS428JM24 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 MS16555-48 Pin Dowel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 187001 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D25102 Housing Assy. Replaced by PLGA1870010A
Plug
10 PLGA1870010A Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 281001 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D25102 Housing Assy. Replaced by PLGA2810010A
Plug
11 PLGA2810010A Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 406001 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Replaced by PLGA4060010A Plug
12 PLGA4060010A Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 468001 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 PLGA5310010 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369D25173 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 369D25104 Cover Assy, Tail Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Procurable, Component Of 369D25102 Housing Assy As Part
Of Matched Line Bore Set
15 369D25118-1 Cover Assy, Tail Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D25100-507 Trans Assy. Use With
369D25114-1 Transmission Housing Assy
Page 1007
632000 Revision 15
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
16 PLGA4060010A Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 NAS1394C3 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
18 KNNS4285-10 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Component Of 369D25104 Cover Assy, Tail Rotor. Use With
369D25102 Housing Assy
18 MS51833C202-10 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Use On 369D25118-1 Cover Assy Tail Rotor
19 HS18-1250-016 Pin, Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Component Of 369D25104 Cover Assy, Tail Rotor. Use With
369D25102 Housing Assy. Not Illustrated
19 MS51838-86 Pin, Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Use On 369D25118-1 Cover Assy, Tail Rotor. Not Illustrated
20 369D25187 Retainer, T/R Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 369D25186 Retainer, ACC Drive Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
22 369D25103 Cover Assy, Output Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Procurable Use On 369D25102 As Part Of Matched Line Bore
Set
22 369D25116-1 Cover Assy, Output Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D25100-507 Trans Assy. Use With
369D25114-1 Transmission Housing Assy
23 KN1032FSY Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Component 369D25103 Cover Assy, Output Drive. Use With
369D25102 Housing Assy
23 NAS1394C3 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Use On 369D25116-1 Cover Assy, Output Drive
24 369D25173 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
25 369A5142 Bushing, Flanged Output Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
26 369A5141 Bushing, Flanged Housing Dowel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
27 369D25190 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 369D25188 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 HS18-1250-016 Dowel Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D25103 Cover Assy, Output Drive. Not Illustrated
29 MS51838-86 Dowel Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D25116-1 Cover Assy, Output Drive. Not Illustrated
30 KNL0832-FSY Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D25103 Cover Assy, Output Drive
30 MS51830-104L Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D25116-1 Cover Assy, Output Drive
31 PLGA2810010 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D25116-1 Cover Assy Output Drive
32 MS16562-6 Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1008
Revision 15 632000
P/N 369D25100
Page 1009
632000 Revision 14
P/N 369D25100
3 2
7
6
8
9
5
37
39
37
34
27
36 28
35 10
31 29
13 11 30
12
1
32
33
36
37 16
14
38
15
31
18
37
2 19
34
32 17
33 35
24
23
22
25
21
26
20
H632118
Figure 1003. Main Transmission T/R Output Drive
Page 1010
Revision 15 632000
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1003- 369D25100 Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
All dash numbers
1 MS29561-266 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 MS29561-264 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
2 H14-4 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2 MS21042L4 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALT
3 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4 369D25110 Retainer Assy, Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369A5168 Tube, Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 MS29561-235 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D25182 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
For Replacement Order 369D25182-3
7 369D25182-3 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D25182-5 Oil Seal
7 369D25182-5 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Recommended With Addition Of Mobil SHC 626
8 SL61W11F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 SL61N11F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 369D25144 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 369D25153 Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 369D25191 Plate, Bearing Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 369D25157 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369D25128 Gear Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 NAS607-2-3 Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 369D25123-BSC Gear, Input Dive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D25123-11 And 369D25121-11 As A Pair
16 369D25123-1 1 Gear, Input Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D25123-BSC And 369D25121-BSC As A Pair
17 369D25154 Spacer, Output Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 NAS1291-7 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 369D25125-11 Only
Note: One-Way Intrch With 369D25125-13 Output Pinion,
369D25113 Spacer And RSN-118 Retaining Ring As A Set
19 369H5102 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Note: One-Way Intrch With 369D25125-13 Output Pinion,
369D25113 Spacer, And RSN-118 Retaining Ring As A Set
20 369D25175 Bolt, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Note: One-Way Intrch With 369D25125-13 Output Pinion
21 369D25146 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 RR314 Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 369D25125-BSC Pinion, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D25125-11 And 369D25127-11 As A Pair
Page 1011
632000 Revision 15
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
23 369D25125-1 1 Pinion, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D25125-BSC And 369D25127-BSC As A Pair
Note: One-Way Intrch With 369D25125-13 Output Pinion
23 369D25125-13 Pinion, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use As A Set With 369D25113 Spacer And RSN-118 Retaining
Ring
24 99187 Speedi-Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 369D25113 Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 RSN-1 18 Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 369A5106 Retainer, Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 MS29561-124 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 369A5189 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369A5189-3 Oil Seal
30 369A5189-3 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 AN381-25-12 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
32 AN320-6 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
33 AN960-616L Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
35 369D25129 Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
36 212 Key, Woodward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
37 R1902S Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Intrch With HS7046-2815, 369F5149-1 Bearing Is Preferred Part
37 HS7046-2815 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Intrch With R1902S, 369F5149-1 Bearing Is Preferred Part
37 369F5149-1 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Intrch With R1902S & HS7046-2815, 369F5149-1 Bearing Is
Preferred Part
38 369D25137-3 Shaft, Accessory Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 369D25137-5 Shaft, Accessory Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1012
Revision 15 632000
P/N 369D25100
Page 1013
632000 Revision 14
P/N 369D25100
19
18
21
22
20
17
2
16
3
15 4
14
13
12
9 3
11
10
23
6
5
1
H63119
Figure 1004. Main Transmission Input Drive
Page 1014
Revision 15 632000
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1004 369D25100 Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
All dash numbers
1 369A5165 Spacer, Blower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 369D251843 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3 369D25156 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
4 369D251581 Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D25100507 Trans Assy. Use With
369D251141 Housing Assy Only
5 SL61W8F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 SL61N8F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D25181 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D251813
7 369D251813 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D251815 Oil Seal
7 369D251815 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D251817 Oil Seal
7 369D251817 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369D25108 Mount Assy, Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 NAS561P35 Pin, Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 369D25109 Plate, Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 M83248/1150 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 M829561150 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
12 369D25180 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D251803
12 369D251803 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 369D25201 Sleeve, Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 MS29561028 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369D25140 Bearing, Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 369D25142 Bearing, Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 369D25200 Sleeve, Input Pinion Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 369D25143 Bearing, Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 369D2512111 Pinion Assy, Input Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D2512111 And 369D2512311 As A Pair
20 369D25121 Pinion Assy, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D25121BSC And 369D25123BSC As A Pair
21 369D251215 Plug, Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 C8211 Cork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 23425100
22 23425100 Cork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 369H5624 Connector, Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1015
632000 Revision 15
P/N 369D25100
12
3
2
32 31 14
4 34
29
28
27
31
32 15
33
16
13
17
5
18
7
20
21
8 27
26
9 25 24 22
10
23
11 19 24
35
632120 A
Figure 1005. Main Transmission Output Drive
Page 1016
Revision 16 632000
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1005 369D25100 Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
All dash numbers
1 H144 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1 MS21042L4 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
2 MS20002C4 Washer, Countersunk, High Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
3 MS2125004038 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
4 369D25174 Cover, Debris . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 SL61W15F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 SL61N15F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D25149 Bearing, Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369D25148 Bearing, Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 369D25152 Spacer, Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 369D25155 Shim, Output Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
11 369D25192 Plate, Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 369A5146 Retainer, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 369H5105 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
14 369D25127 Gear, Output Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369D2512711 Gear, Output Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369D25132 Shaft Assy, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
For Replacement Order 369D251323
17 369D25147 Bearing, Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 MS21083N8 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With AN9245D Nut
18 AN9245D Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With MS12083N8 Nut
19 N5000137 Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 AN960KD816L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 AN960KD916 Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
22 369D25194 Nozzle, Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 369D2519411 Nozzle, Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 MS29561013 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 M83248/1029 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
25 MS29561026 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
26 369D25195 Cover, Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 369D25172 Nozzle, Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 AN501A106 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
29 AN742D6 Clamp, Loop, Plain, Support, Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Page 1017
632000 Revision 15
P/N 369D25100
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
30 369A514711 Tube, Oil, Scavenge Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 NAS1352088 Screw, Machine, Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
32 NAS620A8L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
33 369D2516413 Nozzle, Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 369D2516421 Nozzle, Spray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 1018
Revision 17 632000
Section
63-20-01
Lubrication Pump
Part Number
369D25167-BSC
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 4
P/N 369D25167
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632001 Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Main Transmission Lubrication Pump Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Lubrication Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Disassembly of Transmission Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Painting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 502. Serviceable Dimensional Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Repair of Pump Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Replacement of Input Shaft Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Replacement of Pump Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Final Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. RunIn and Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Relief Valve and Bypass Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
B. Test Fixture Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 701. Transmission Lubrication Pump Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Table 901. Repair Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
632001 Page i
P/N 369D25167
Figure 1001. Main Transmission Lubrication Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 632001
P/N 369D25167
LUBRICATION PUMP
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over (5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
haul of this component, ensure the required provides allowable repairs and parts
special tools and processes are available to replacement information, runin test
assure completion of the work. procedures, and authorized modifica
tions for the main transmission lubrica
1. General tion pump
This part of the Overhaul Manual provides (6). Reassembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
overhaul procedures for the Main Rotor provides transmission lubrication pump
Transmission Lubrication Pump used on the reassembly, runin and test procedures
369D25100 Series Transmissions. Procedures and shipping instructions.
given are the approved methods to be used for
specific repair or complete overhaul of the (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
component. & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
The main transmission lubrication pump is special tools required for overhaul of
usually overhauled at the same time as the the main transmission lubrication
main transmission. pump.
2. Organization (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
The Lubrication Pump section of the Compo
nent Overhaul Manual is made up of seven
tion differences for the main transmis
parts, listed below. This section contains
sion lubrication pump.
complete instructions for disassembly, clean
ing, inspection, repair, reassembly and testing 3. Reference Data
of the component. The following describes the
topic and content of each part with appropriate (1). Reference is made throughout this Part
page numbers: of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
HMI2. This manual should be used as
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1
noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
the lubrication pump section.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 replacement parts for the lubrication
gives procedures for complete disassem lump assembly.
bly of the main transmission lubrica
tion pump. (2). Table 901 provides expendable items
and materials required for overhaul/re
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 pair.
contains cleaning and painting require
ments for main transmission lubrica (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of the
tion pump. lubrication pump, with all parts
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 throughout the text with the part
provides visual and dimensional nomenclature to make part identifica
inspection requirements. tion easier.
Page 1
632001 Revision 15
P/N 369D25167
5
4
3 6
8
1
9
2
10
13
4 14
21
11
15
22
12
25
27
26
29 16
24 17
30 18
29
20
23 23
19
KEY
16
H632008
Figure 1. Main Transmission Lubrication Pump - Exploded View

1. 6-POINT NUT (2) 16. RETAINING RING (2)
2. FLAT WASHER (2) 17. INNER ROTOR
3. LUBRICATION PUMP ASSEMBLY 18. PUMP SHAFT AND KEY
4. PACKING (2) 19. INPUT SHAFT
5. PACKING 20. RETAINING RING
6. VALVE SPRING GUIDE 21. OUTER ROTOR
7. PACKING 22. PUMP HOUSING
8. BUSHING 23. FILTER BOWL
9. SPRING 24. FILTER
10. POPPET 25. PACKING
11. SCREW (3) 26. RETAINING RING
12. VALVE HOUSING 27. VALVE ASSEMBLY
13. PACKING 28. PACKING
14. PACKING 29. PACKING (2)
15. PUMP SHAFT ASSEMBLY 30. NAMEPLATE
Page 2
Revision 4 632001
P/N 369D25167
LUBRICATION PUMP
DISASSEMBLY
1. Lubrication Pump Assembly (1). Remove valve spring guide (6); remove
packing (7) from valve spring guide.
Remove the lubrication pump assembly (3,
(2). Lift spring (9) and poppet (10) out of
NOTE: Loosening pump filter housing before valve housing (12).
removal will aid subsequent disassembly of
the lubrication pump.
(3). Remove screws (11); separate valve
(1). Remove attaching hardware (1, 2) and housing (12) from pump housing (22)
lubrication pump (3). and remove packings (13, 14) from
(2). Remove three packings (4, 5) from valve housing (12).
lubrication pump assembly (3).
(3). Disassemble lubrication pump assem (4). Remove pump shaft assembly (15).
bly. Remove retaining rings (16) and inner
rotor (17) from pump shaft assembly.
2. Disassembly of Transmission Lubrication
Pump
NOTE: Do not remove input shaft (19) from
Disassemble the lubrication pump as follows: pump shaft (18), unless input shaft wear is
(Ref. Figure 1) excessive or input shaft dislodges with
slight pull.
NOTE: During disassembly, place all parts in a
clean container to prevent loss of parts or
damage due to rough handling or exposure. (5). If required, separate input shaft (19)
Discard all packings. New packings are re from pump shaft (18) and remove
quired at reassembly. retaining ring (20).

632001 Revision 4
P/N 369D25167
LUBRICATION PUMP
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (3). Place parts in clean container to
prevent damage or contamination.
Proceed with the following paragraphs for
cleaning the lubrication pump. (4). Clean individual parts and components
of the lubrication pump as described in
Inspection/Check, (Ref. Table 501).
WARNING flammable and must be kept 2. Painting Requirements
inhalation and extended contact with Prepare surfaces of transmission lubrication
skin. pump and paint as follows:
(1). Mask off mounting pad, identification
(1). Place all metal parts in wire mesh plate and exposed pump drive parts,
basket and agitate in cleaning solvent using masking tape (3, Table 901).
(1, Table 901).
(2). Paint lubrication pump as described in
(2). Dry parts thoroughly with compressed Main Transmission (Ref. 632000
air. Painting).

632001 Revision 4
P/N 369D25167
LUBRICATION PUMP
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection under strong light and magnification. Dimen
Inspect lubrication pump parts according to sional requirements are given in Table 502.
Table 501. All visual inspections should be
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Lubrication Pump
Maximum Maximum
Filter (24, Figure 1):
(Ref. CSP-HMI-2)
Pump shaft and key (18) for:
Galling or evidence of Not serviceable if galled or Must meet requirements Stone galling or scratches.
wear worn in Table 503
Burrs or nicks No burrs or nicks allowed Raised material that may Stone as required.
be removed without
affecting fit or function
Input shaft (19) for wear of No evidence of wear Must meet given Replace input shaft.
all faces requirements in Table 502
Inner rotor (17), outer rotor (21) for:
Burrs No burrs allowed Not repairable Replace both inner rotor
(17) and outer rotor (21)
as a matched set.
Galling, nicks or scoring No galling, nicks or Not repairable Replace both inner rotor
scoring allowed (17) and outer rotor (21)
as a matched set.
Valve housing (12) for:
Nicks, burrs No burrs or nicks Raised material that may Stone as required.
be removed without
Bearing wear No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace valve housing.
in Table 502
Compression spring (9): No breaks or distortion Not repairable Replace spring.
Poppet (10): No nicks or dents Not repairable Replace poppet.
Valve spring guide (6) for Not serviceable if threads Total thread damage that Rethread with same size
damaged threads are damaged does not exceed one-half die. Break burrs with hard
Pump housing (22) and filter bowl (23) for:
Cracks or breaks Not serviceable if cracked Not repairable Replace housing or filter
or broken bowl.
Damaged threads Not serviceable if more Less than one thread is Remove sharp edges on
than one complete thread missing damaged threads.
is damaged
Housing bore and bearing No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace housing.
wear in Table 502
Valve assembly (27) for:
Nicks and burrs No burrs or nicks Raised material that may Stone as required.
be removed without
Page 501
632001 Revision 4
P/N 369D25167
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Lubrication Pump (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Distorted seal groove No distortion Not repairable Replace valve assembly.
All aluminum parts for corrosion:
are corroded removed with-out treat (Ref. Cleaning).
affecting fit or function,
and light pitting that
extends to maximum of 10
percent of surface
are corroded removed without affecting treat (Ref. Cleaning).
function Maximum depth of stock
removal limited to 10
percent of wall thickness
in discrepant area.
All ferrous parts for Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove with crocus cloth.
corrosion are corroded removed without affecting
fit or function
Table 502. Serviceable Dimensional Limits

Figure 1 Inches (mm)
Nomenclature Index No. Maximum Minimum
Input shaft square 19 0.245 (6.223) 0.243 (6.1722)
Pump shaft diameter 18 0.4997 (12.6924) 0.4993 (12.6822)
Valve housing bearing ID 12 0.5005 (12.7127) 0.5002 (12.7051)
Pump housing bearing ID 22 0.5005 (12.7127) 0.5002 (12.7051)
Pump housing bore 22 1.7505 (44.4627) 1.7495 (44.4373)
Table 503. Final Inspection

What to Inspect Method of Inspection Remarks
Lockwire for security Visual Replace lockwire as required.

Pump housing for chipped Visual Touch up (Ref. Painting Requirements).
paint
Freedom of drive coupling Rotate drive coupling Investigate malfunction if drive coupling binds:
correct as necessary.
No excessive noise when Rotate drive coupling Investigate malfunction if noisy:
drive coupling is rotated (evi- correct as necessary.
dence of scraping or binding)
Page 502
Revision 4 632001
P/N 369D25167
LUBRICATION PUMP
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair A. Replacement of Input Shaft Retaining
Ring
Repair the transmission lubrication pump
parts as described in Table 501, and the If input shaft (19, Figure 1) and pump shaft
following paragraphs. (18) are separated, replace retaining ring (20)
A. Repair of Pump Housing as follows:
Remove minor nicks and scratches from outer (1). Install new retaining ring on input
surfaces of housing with abrasive paper (5, shaft (19).
Table 901) and crocus cloth (2). Treat repaired
areas with chemical film (6). Touch up any (2). Press input shaft into pump shaft (18)
bare metal as described in painting procedures until retaining ring snaps into groove at
(Ref. 632000 Painting). inside bore of pump shaft. Align key
hole and insert key.
2. Part Replacement
B. Replacement of Pump Seals
The following paragraphs give replacement
procedures for parts which cannot be routinely Replace packings (7, 13, 14, 25, 28). Lubricate
replaced at reassembly. packings with oil (4, Table 901) at installation.

632001 Revision 4
P/N 369D25167
LUBRICATION PUMP
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Reassembly (12). Inspect assembled lubrication pump per
Table 503.
Reassemble the transmission lubrication pump
as follows: A. Final Reassembly
Complete final reassembly and installation of
(1). If input shaft (19, Figure 1) and pump lubrication pump assembly in main housing as
shaft (18) are separated, reinstall input follows:
shaft (Ref. Replacement of Input Shaft
Retaining Ring). (1). Install packings (4, 5, Figure 1) on
lubrication pump assembly (3).
(2). Install inner rotor (17) on pump shaft
Ensure square input shaft of lu
and secure with retainer rings (16). CAUTION brication pump mates properly
(3). Install outer rotor (21) into pump with oil pump drive shaft in tail rotor drive
housing (22). assembly as pump is assembled.
(2). Install lubrication pump assembly (3)
(4). Place pump shaft assembly (15) into on tail rotor drive assembly with nuts
outer rotor and pump housing. Rotate (1) and washers (2); torque nuts to 50
pump shaft assembly by hand and 70 inchpounds (5.65 7.91 Nm).
assure free running operation.
2. Run-In and Test
(5). Lubricate packing (13, 14) with lubri
cating oil (4, Table 901); install pack The lubrication pump may be runin and
ings in correct ring grooves of valve tested as part of the main transmission or as a
housing (12, Figure 1). separate component. (Ref. 632000 RunIn
and Test Procedures). If the pump is to be
(6). Secure valve housing to pump housing runin and tested on a static test fixture, the
with 3 screws (11). fixture must meet requirements of Figure 701
and test fixture requirements, (Ref. Test
(7). Lubricate packings (25, 28) with oil (4, Fixture Requirements).
Table 901); install packing (25,
Figure 1) in pump housing and packing A. Relief Valve and Bypass Check
(28) on valve assembly (27). Apply power to test fixture drive motor and
operate pump at 4200 rpm. Heat oil in tank so
(8). Install valve assembly in pump housing oil at inlet port is 70110F (2144C).
and secure with retaining ring (26). Conduct relief valve and bypass checked as
follows:
(9). Lubricate packings (29), which come
installed in new filter assembly (24), Test fixture for lubrication pump must meet
with oil (4, Table 901). Install new filter the requirements of part replacement, (Ref.
and filter bowl (23, Figure 1) in pump Part Replacement).
housing. Tighten filter bowl securely. (1). Fully open valve A, and restrict fluid
(10). Lubricate packing (7) with oil (4, flow thru valve B and read discharge
Table 901); install packing in groove of pressure on gage B, adjust valve B to
valve spring guide (6, Figure 1). maintain pressure at 50 psig (345 kPa)
and a flow at the flow meter of 4.2 gpm
(11). Place spring (9) and poppet (10) on (0.265 Liters/sec).
valve spring guide. Install assembly in (2). Slowly restrict flow thru valve B until
valve housing (12). gage B indicates 65 psig (448 kPa).
NOTE: Tighten valve spring guide only enough (3). Adjust pump external relief valve
to secure in valve housing. Adjustment is to (rotate valve spring guide) (6, Figure 1)
be made at test of pump. to just open at 65 5 psig (448 35 kPa).
Page 701
632001 Revision 4
P/N 369D25167
NOTE: Opening is defined as that point at 4200 rpm, with pump oil flow of 4.2
which flow is reduced at the flow meter by gpm (0.265 Liters/sec) at pressure of
0.1 gpm (0.006 Liters/sec). 100 psi (690 kPa).
(4). Restrict flow thru valve B until gage B (3). The fixture must also have capability of
indicates 120 psig (827 kPa). Full adjusting, indicating and maintaining
bypass should occur at 120 psig (827 pump rotor speed at required rpm.
kPa) max.
(4). Use flowmeter and pressure gages
(5). Adjust valve A and valve B to obtain a that are accurate within plus of minus
pressure of 100 psi (690 kPa) on gage B. 2 percent.
Fluid flow thru flow meter should be
3.0 gpm (0.2 Liters/sec) minimum. (5). Use approximately 10 gallons (37.85
Liters) of lubricating oil (4, Table 901)
B. Test Fixture Requirements for test fluid.
(1). Before testing the lubrication pump, (6). Oil temperature must be maintained at
connect the pump to a test fixture as 150200 F (6593C).
shown in Figure 701.
(7). Precautions should be taken to prevent
(2). The test fixture must have a drive contamination of lubricating oil in test
motor and pump drive mechanism fixture reservoir before and during
capable of rotating the pump rotor at tests.
OIL RESERVOIR
LUBRICATION
PUMP
VALVE A
FLOW FILTER
OIL IN
METER
OIL OUT
TEST FIXTURE
GAUGE B GAUGE A
VALVE B
H632096
Figure 701. Transmission Lubrication Pump - Test Setup

If overhauled lubrication pump is not to be tative (7, Table 901) and package or
lubrication pump as follows:
Page 702
Revision 5 632001
P/N 369D25167
LUBRICATION PUMP
1. Special Tool Fabrication regarding special tools and equipment, and
Table 901 provide specifications, and when expendable items and materials required for
appropriate, procurement information, overhaul/repair.

Item
4 Lubricating oil MIL-L-23699 Aeroshell Turbo Shell Oil Co.

Oil 500 50 W. 50th St.
New York, NY
Mobil Jet II Mobil Oil Co.

(RM-139A) 150 E. 42nd St.
New York, NY
No MIL No. Mobil SHC 626 Mobil Oil Co.
6 Chemical film and chemical film MIL-C-5541 Iridite 1402 Richardson Co.
aluminum alloys noted Grade and Products Div.
Des Plaines, IL

Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:

632001 Revision 5
P/N 369D25167
MAIN TRANSMISSION LUBRICATION PUMP
main transmission lubrication pump overhaul
manual. Correct part numbers and nomencla
ture can be identified for specific configuration 2. Indenture Level
and effectivities.
Page 1001
632001 Revision 14
P/N 369D25167
1
2
5
7
8
9
6
10
12
11
14
11
15
25
16
23
13
18
22
20
24
19
17
21
H632121
Figure 1001. Main Transmission Lubrication Pump Assembly
Page 1002
Revision 15 632001
P/N 369D25167
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 369D25167 Pump Assy, Lubrication, Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 11260 Guide Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 NAS1593-015 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 11260-99 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 10822 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 10334 Poppet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 NAS1352C08LL6 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
7 11184 Housing, Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 NAS1593-01 1 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 NAS1593-030 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 12643 Rotor Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 12642-1 Rotor, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 XRC322 Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
12 12642-2 Rotor, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 MS20068-49 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 12644 Shaft, Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 10464 Ring, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 10807-2 Shaft, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 11186 Bowl, Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 NAS1593-142 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 ACA388F90 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 NAS1593-133 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 23985 Valve Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 11261 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 11180-1 Housing, Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 MS29561-022 O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1003
632001 Revision 15
P/N 369D25167
Page 1004
Revision 14 632001
Section
63-20-02
Scavenge Pump
Part Number
369A5266
Page a
Revision 13
Page b
Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632002 Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Scavenge Pump Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Early Style Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
B. Current Style Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Scavenge Pump Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Scavenge Pump Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 502. Serviceable Dimensional Limits (Early Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Table 503. Serviceable Dimensional Limits (Current Style) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Table 504. Final Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Replacement of Input Shaft Retaining Ring (Early Style Pump) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Scavenge Pump Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Early Style Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
B. Current Style Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Figure 701. Bleed Hole Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Testing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
A. Hydraulic Test Fixture Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 702. Port Plate ClampUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
B. Breakaway Torque Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
C. Hydraulic Performance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Table 701. Test Data Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 703. Transmission Scavenge Pump Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
D. Proof Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Figure 704. Proof Pressure Test Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
632002 Page i
P/N 369A5266
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Scavenge Pump Assembly Exploded View (Early Style) . . . . . . . 1002
Figure 1002. Scavenge Pump Assembly Exploded View (Current Style) . . . . . 1003
Page ii 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over (5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
tions for the main transmission scav
1. General enge pump
This part of the Overhaul Manual provides (6). Reassembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
overhaul procedures for the main rotor provides transmission scavenge pump
transmission scavenge pump used on the reassembly, runin and test procedures
369D25100 series transmissions. Procedures and shipping instructions.
component. & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
The main transmission scavenge pump is provides procedures for fabricating
usually overhauled at the same time as the special tools required for overhaul of
main transmission. the main transmission scavenge pump.
2. Organization (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . 1001

The scavenge pump section of the Component identify part numbers and configura
Overhaul Manual is made up of eight sections tion differences for the main transmis
listed below. This section contains complete sion scavenge pump.
instructions for disassembly, cleaning, inspec
tion, repair, reassembly and testing of the 3. Reference Data
component. The following describes the topic
and content of each part with appropriate page (1). Reference is made throughout this Part
numbers: of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
the scavenge pump section. (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 replacement parts for the scavenge
bly of the main transmission scavenge
(2). Table 901 provides expendable items
pump.
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 pair.
ments for main transmission scavenge (3). Figure 1001 and Figure 1002 shows an
pump. exploded view of the scavenge pump,
with all parts indexed. The index
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 numbers are used throughout the text
provides visual and dimensional with the part nomenclature to make
inspection requirements. part identification easier.
Page 1
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 2
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
DISASSEMBLY
1. Scavenge Pump Disassembly (9). If nameplate (13) is damaged, remove
nameplate from pump housing.
A. Early Style Pump
B. Current Style Pump
(Ref. Figure 1001)
(Ref. Figure 1002)
(1). Remove retaining ring (8) and pin (7). (1). Remove retaining ring (13), thrust
bearing (10) and gearbox shaft (7).
(2). Pull inner gerotor (4) and shaft assem
bly with retainer plate (6) from pump (2). Remove three screws (15) and port
housing (1). plate (4).
(3). Remove retainer plate from inner (3). Oring (14), shaft pump (9), antirota
gerotor and shaft assembly. tion pin (1), inner gerotor (5), outer
gerotor (6) and eccentric ring (2) will
(4). Remove retaining ring (11). slide out of housing (3).
(5). Separate inner gerotor from pump shaft Avoid cocking the eccentric ring
CAUTION when removing it from the
(2).
housing.
(6). Remove key (3).
(4). Remove eccentric ring from housing.
(7). Remove outer gerotor (5) from pump (5). If damaged, remove antirotation pin
housing. (11) from housing.
(8). Remove input shaft (9) with retaining (6). If damaged, remove name plate (8)
ring (10) from pump shaft. from housing.
Page 301
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 302
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Scavenge Pump Cleaning (2). Use a stiff, nonmetallic brush, mois
tened with cleaning solvent to clean all
machined surfaces to remove accumula
WARNING flammable and must be kept tions of foreign matter.
away from heat or open flame. Avoid (3). Rinse cleaned parts with water.
inhalation and extended contact with
skin. (4). Dry parts thoroughly lintfree cloth
and/or compressed air at 15 psig (103
kPa) maximum.
(1). Place all metal parts in wire mesh
basket and agitate in cleaning solvent (5). Place parts in clean container to
(1, Table 901). prevent damage or contamination.
Page 401
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 402
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Scavenge Pump Inspection under strong light and magnification. Dimen

Inspect scavenge pump parts according to sional requirements are given in Table 502
Table 501 All visual inspections should be and Table 503.
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Scavenge Pump

Maximum Maximum
Early Style Pump (Figure 1001)
Pump Shaft (2) and Key (3) for:
be removed without
Inner Gerotor (4), Outer Gerotor (5) for:
Burrs No burrs allowed Not repairable Replace both inner and
outer gerotors as a
matched set.
Galling, nicks or scoring No galling, nicks or Not repairable Replace both inner and
scoring allowed outer gerotors as a
matched set.
Housing Assembly (1) and Retainer Plate (6) for:
be removed without
Pump shaft bore wear No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace housing.
in Table 502
Cracks or breaks Not serviceable if cracked Not repairable Replace housing.
or broken
Housing gerotor bore No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace housing.
wear in Table 502
are corroded removed with-out treat (Ref. CSP-HMI-2).
percent of surface
Page 501
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Scavenge Pump (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
are corroded removed without affecting treat (Ref. CSP-HMI-2).
fit or function Maximum depth of stock
in discrepant area.
fit or function
Current Style Pump (Figure 1002)
Pump Shaft (9) for:
be removed without
Scratches or scoring No scratches or scoring Not repairable Replace pump shaft.
allowed
Inner Gerotor (5), Outer Gerotor (6) for:
outer gerotors as a
matched set.
matched set.
Scratches or scoring No scratches or scoring Not repairable Replace both inner and
allowed outer gerotors as a
matched set.
Eccentric Ring (2) for:
Inner bore wear No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace eccentric ring.
in Table 503
Scratches or scoring No scratches or scoring Not repairable Replace eccentric ring.
allowed
Housing (3) and Port Plate (4) for:
be removed without
Pump shaft bore wear No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace housing.
in Table 503
Page 502
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
Maximum Maximum
or broken
Scratches or scoring Not serviceable if Not repairable Replace housing or port
scratches exceed 0.003 plate.
in. (0.0762 mm) deep
Table 502. Serviceable Dimensional Limits (Early Style)

Item Figure 1001 Maximum Minimum
Index No. Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Pump shaft major diameter 2 0.4995 (12.6873) 0.4992 (12.6797)
Pump shaft minor diameter 2 0.3746 (9.5148) 0.3743 (9.5072)
Retainer plate bore 6 0.5002 (12.7051) 0.4999 (12.6975)
Housing pump shaft bore 1 0.3753 (9.5326) 0.3750 (9.5250)
Housing gerotor bore 1 1.752 (44.501) 1.750 (44.450)
Table 503. Serviceable Dimensional Limits (Current Style)

Item Figure 1002 Maximum Minimum
Index No. Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Gearbox shaft square 7 0.245 (6.223) 0.243 (6.172)
Pump shaft outer diameter 9 0.500 (12.70) 0.4995 (12.6873)
Housing pump shaft bore 3 0.5018 (12.7457) 0.5013 (12.7330)
Eccentric ring ID 2 1.5513 (39.4030) 1.5503 (39.3776)
Outer Gerotor OD 6 1.5480 (39.3192) 1.5477 (39.3116)

paint
Freedom of input drive Rotate input drive Investigate malfunction if input drive binds:
No excessive noise when Rotate input drive Investigate malfunction if noisy: correct as
input drive is rotated (evidence necessary.
of scraping or binding)
Page 503
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 504
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
Ring (Early Style Pump)
Repair the transmission scavenge pump parts
as described in Table 501, and as follows:
If input shaft (9, Figure 1001) and pump shaft
(1). Remove minor nicks and scratches from (2) are separated, replace retaining ring (10)
aluminum parts with abrasive paper (5, as follows:
Table 901). Treat repaired areas with
chemical film (6). Touch up any bare (1). Install new retaining ring (10) on input
metal as described in painting proce shaft (9).
dures (Ref. 632000, Painting).
(2). Remove minor nicks and scratches from (2). Press input shaft (9) into pump shaft
steel parts with crocus cloth (2). (2) until retaining ring (10) snaps into
groove at inside bore of pump shaft.
(3). Repair threaded parts, if damage to one
thread is onehalf or less, by chasing
threads with appropriate tap or die. (3). Align key hole and insert key.
2. Part Replacement B. Replacement of Pump Seals

procedures for parts which cannot be routinely Replace all packings. Lubricate packings with
replaced at reassembly. oil (4, Table 901) at installation.
Page 601
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 602
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Scavenge Pump Assembly (3). Insert outer gerotor (6) into eccentric
ring.
A. Early Style Pump
(4). Place pin (1) into groove in pump shaft
(Ref. Figure 1001) (9).
(1). Install new retaining ring (10) on input (5). Align inner gerotor (5) slot with pin and
shaft (9) and press input shaft into slide over pump shaft.
pump shaft (2) until retaining ring
snaps into groove at inside bore of (6). Slide inner gerotor and pump shaft
pump shaft. assembly into housing, slotted end
facing out.
(2). Install outer gerotor (5) in pump
housing (1). (7). Insert gearbox shaft (7) into the port
plate (4).
(3). Install key (3) in keyway in pump shaft. (8). Insert thrust bearing (10), chamfered
(4). Install inner gerotor (4) on pump shaft. end first.
(9). Install retaining ring (13).
(5). Install retaining ring (11) on pump
shaft. (10). Insert Oring (14) into port plate
groove.
(6). Install inner gerotor and pump shaft
assembly in outer gerotor and pump (11). Insert port plate into housing, aligning
housing. Rotate inner gerotor and shaft slot in pump shaft with gearbox shaft.
assembly by hand to assure freedom of
movement. (12). When port plate is flush with housing,
rotate port plate until bleed hole is
(7). Place retainer plate (6) over pump shaft aligned with housing outlet port (Ref.
and into pump housing. Figure 701).
(8). Install pin (7) in retainer plate hole and
lock retainer plate in place with
retaining ring (8).
(9). If nameplate (13) was removed, replace
with new nameplate using two drive
screws (12) to secure in place.
B. Current Style Pump
(Ref. Figure 1002)
(1). If antirotation pin (11) was removed,
install chamfered end first. OUTLET
PORT
Avoid cocking the eccentric ring

CAUTION when installing it into the hous
ing. PORT PLATE BLEED HOLE
(2). Align the eccentric ring (2) alignment HOUSING

hole with the antirotation pin and H63-2112
carefully insert eccentric ring into the
housing (3). Figure 701. Bleed Hole Alignment
Page 701
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
(13). Clamp port plate assembly to housing gpm (18.57 Liters/min) for an inlet
without applying pressure to the pressure of 14.7 psig (101.35 kPa) and
gearbox shaft (Ref. Figure 702). discharge pressure at 15 psig (103 kPa).
(14). Install three screws (15, Figure 1002) (3). The test fixture must have a heater
into housing assembly. Torque screw to capable of heating the oil to 250F
3 4 inchpounds (0.339 0.452 (121C).
Nm).
(4). The fixture must also have capability of
2. Testing Procedures adjusting, indicating and maintaining
pump inlet/outlet pressure, and pump
The scavenge pump may be runin and tested rotor speed at required rpm.
as part of the main transmission or as a
separate component. If the pump is to be (5). Use flowmeter and pressure gages
runin and tested on a static test fixture, the that are accurate within plus or minus
fixture must meet requirements of Figure 703 2 percent.
and Test Fixture Requirements.
(6). Use approximately 7 gallons (26.53
A. Hydraulic Test Fixture Requirements Liters) of lubricating oil (4, Table 901)
for test fluid.
(1). Before testing the scavenge pump,
connect the pump to a test fixture as (7). Oil temperature must be maintained at
shown in Figure 703. 240 10F (116 5C).
(2). The test fixture must have a drive (8). Precautions should be taken to prevent
motor and pump drive mechanism contamination of lubricating oil in test
capable of rotating the pump rotor at fixture reservoir before and during
6069 rpm, with pump oil flow of 4.9 tests.
PUMP
VISE
CLAMPING
TOOL

GEARBOX
SHAFT
H63-2113
Figure 702. Port Plate Clamp-Up
Page 702
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
B. Breakaway Torque Test (2). Open restrictor valve and energize
motor.
(1). Turn the pump assembly by hand for
several revolutions to check for noise, (3). Adjust inlet pressure to 14.7 psig
mechanical binding and other irregular (101.35 kPa). and discharge pressure to
ities. 15 psig (103 kPa) at an inlet fluid
temperature of 240 10F (116 5C).
(2). Measure input torque by turning input
shaft slowly using a 025 inlbs (03 (4). Record input speed, discharge pressure,
Nm) torque wrench, or equivalent. flow and inlet fluid temperature on Test
Data Sheet (Ref. Table 701).
(3). Breakaway torque or any rotational
resistance must be within 10 inch (5). The unit shall develop a minimum flow
pounds (1.13 Nm) maximum. of 4.3 gpm (16.28 Liters/min) with an
inlet pressure of 14.7 psig (101.35 kPa).
C. Hydraulic Performance Test and a discharge pressure of 15 psig
(103 kPa) when operating at 6019 rpm
(1). Install pump in test stand as shown in and a fluid temperature of 240F
Figure 703. (116C).
Table 701. Test Data Sheet
Test Values Actual
Examination of pump Weight: 1.0 lbs. (0.4536 kg) max. lbs. (kg)
Torque check <10 inch-pounds (1.13 Nm) (n)
(n) Leakage
Proof Pressure
220 psig (1517 kPa) for two minutes min. (n) No Leakage
Hydraulic performance Inlet pressure: 14.7psig (101.35 kPa) psig (kPa)
Discharge pressure: 15 psig (103 kPa) psig (kPa)
Temperature: 240 10F (116 5C) F (C)
Rpm: 6019 50 Rpm
Flow: 4.3 gpm (16.28 Lpm) gpm (Lpm)
Page 703
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
VARIDRIVE
UNIT
UNDER DIGITAL
TEST TEMPERATURE
METER
PRESSURE COMPOUND
GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE
030 PSIG VAC / PSI
(0207 KPA)
OUTLET INLET
RESTRICTOR RESTRICTOR
VALVE VALVE
FLOWMETER
VENT
VALVE
VACUUM SHUTOFF
PUMP VALVE
HEATER
NOTE: UNLESS OTHERWISE
SPECIFIED, ALL LINES ARE RESERVOIR
0.750 IN. (19.05 MM) DIA. H632108
Figure 703. Transmission Scavenge Pump - Test Setup
Page 704
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
D. Proof Pressure Test (5). Observe all joints and surfaces for
leaks.
(1). Install pump in fixture (Ref.
Figure 704).
(6). Reduce pressure to zero psig (kPa).
(2). Connect hand pump to test block.
(3). Apply 220 psig (1517 kPa) to test setup
using hand pump. (7). The unit will withstand, without
leakage or deformation, a pressure of
(4). Hold pressure for two minutes with 220 psig (1517 kPa) for two minutes
fluid at room temperature. minimum.
PRESSURE GAUGE
0400 PSIG (2758 KPA)
UNIT UNDER
TEST
T23455 0.250 IN. (6.35 MM) DIA. LINE

TEST SHUTOFF
BLOCK VALVE HAND
PUMP
H632107
Figure 704. Proof Pressure Test Fixture

If overhauled scavenge pump is not to be used tative (7, Table 901) and package or
immediately, package and store the scavenge cover to keep dust off.
pump as follows:
Page 705
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 706
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
1. General and materials.
2. Special Tool Fabrication
This section provides specifications and
procurement information required for special There are currently no locally fabricated
tools and equipment and expendable items special tool requirements identified.

Item Specification
No. Material No. (1) Name/No. (2) Manufacturer
Mobil SHC 626 Mobil Oil Co.

150 E. 42nd St.
New York, NY
5 Abrasive paper, aluminum P-C-451 (3)
oxide, grade 600-800
6 Chemical film and chemical MIL-C-5541 (Class 2, Iridite 1402 Richardson Co.
film materials for aluminum unless noted Grade Al-coat Allied-Kelite
and aluminum alloys and type optional) Products Div.
2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
7 Corrosion preventative MIL-C-81309 Corrosion X Corrosion Technologies Corp.

Type II
NOTES:
Page 901
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 902
Revision 13 632002
P/N 369A5266
SCAVENGE PUMP
scavenge pump overhaul manual. Correct part
numbers and nomenclature can be identified
for specific configuration and effectivities. 2. Indenture Level
Page 1001
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
12
1
13
3 11
7
2
6
10
9
H63-2111
Figure 1001. Scavenge Pump Assembly - Exploded View (Early Style)
Qty
Fig. &
Part No. Description per
Index
Assy
1001- 369A5266 Pump Assy, Scavenge, Main Transmission
1 11172-1 . Housing, Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 11174E . Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 MS20068-49 . Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 11173-2F . Inner Gerotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 11173-1F . Outer Gerotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 11175 . Retainer Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 MS16555-601 . Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 N5002-175 . Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 RR175 . Ring, Spiral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
(ALTN For N5002-175 Ring, Retaining)
9 11176 . Shaft, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 10464 . Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 XRC 322 . Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 MS21318-13 . Drive Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 12251 . Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1002
Revision 15 632002
P/N 369A5266
12
2 8
1 5
9
14
4
15
11
10
7
13 H632110
Figure 1002. Scavenge Pump Assembly - Exploded View (Current Style)
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
1002- 369A5266 Pump Assy, Scavenge, Main Transmission
1 40084 . Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 40358 . Eccentric Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 40361 . Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 40364 . Port Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 40080-309 . Gerotor, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 40080-309 . Gerotor, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 40367 . Shaft, Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 40359 . Name Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 40366 . Shaft, Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 40365 . Thrust Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 MS9389-56 . Anti-Rotation Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 MS21318-1 . Name Plate Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 M27426-3109D . Retaining Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 M83248/1-033 . O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 NASM35202-12 . Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Page 1003
632002 Revision 13
P/N 369A5266
Page 1004
Revision 13 632002
Section
63-20-25
Main Transmission
Part Number
369F5100-503, -505, -507
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 12
P/N 369F5100
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632025 Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Overhaul Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Input Pinion Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 2. Main Rotor Output Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 3. AntiTorque Output Cover and Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Figure 4. Transmission Housing BuildUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Figure 5. Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Figure 6. Scavenge Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Figure 7. Filler/Extension Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Figure 8. Part Dimension Marking Locations (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
369F5100 Transmission Overhaul,
Modification and Repair Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Part 1: Acceptance Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Part 2: Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Part 3: Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Part 4: Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Part 5: Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Part 6: Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Part 7: Test/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Part 8: Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Part 9: Test Data Record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Important Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Lubrication Pump Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
B. Scavenge Oil Pump Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
C. AntiTorque (Intermediate) Drive Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
D. Input Drive Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
E. Main Rotor Drive (Gear Carrier Assembly) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
3. Component Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
A. Main Housing Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
B. Intermediate Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
632025 Page i
P/N 369F5100
Figure 301. Removal / Installation Intermediate Gearshaft Locknut . . . . . . . . 303
Figure 302. Removing Intermediate Pinion Shaft from AntiTorque
Drive Assembly Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
C. Accessory Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
D. Input Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Figure 303. Input Drive Pinion Locknut Removal / Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
E. Main Rotor Drive Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Figure 304. Removal Input Bearings and Retainer from Input Pinion . . . . . . 305
Figure 305. Gear Carrier Locknut Removal / Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Main Transmission Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning Main Transmission Parts and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Main Transmission Painting and Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Figure 401. Main Transmission Painting and Masking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
A. Housing and Related Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Table 502. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspections . . . . . . . . 512
Figure 501. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 514
Figure 502. Sleeve, Bearing, Input Shaft Outer Serviceable Dimensions . . . . 514
Figure 503. Output Gear Carrier Assembly Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . 515
Figure 504. Mast Mount Attach Lug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Figure 505. Bearing Liners in Main Housing and Top Cover
Figure 506. Sleeve, Output Bearing Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Figure 507. Bearing Liners in Tail Rotor Drive Cover
Figure 508. Accessory Gear, Driver Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Figure 509. Input Gear Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Figure 510. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . 518
Figure 511. Accessory Gear Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Page ii 632025
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369F5100
Figure 512. 369F5170 Nozzle Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Figure 516. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Figure 517. Input Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Figure 518. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . 523
Figure 519. Output Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 524
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
3. Repair of Minor Corrosion, Nicks and Scratches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
5. Damaged Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
6. Damaged Studs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
7. Input Pinion Labyrinth Seal Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
8. Gearshaft Repair Using SpeediSleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. SpeediSleeve Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
B. SpeediSleeve Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
9. Gear Recoating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 601. Input Pinion Seal Modification and Speedi Sleeve Installation . . . . 603
Figure 602. Output Pinion SpeediSleeve Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
10. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
A. Transmission Upgrade (503 to 505) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
B. Transmission Upgrade (503 to 503M) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
C. Transmission Upgrade (503 to 507) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
D. Transmission Upgrade (505 to 507) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Table 601. Main Transmission Configuration Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Table 602. Main Transmission Modification Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Torque Multiplier Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Transmission Housing and Output Cover Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 701. Transmission Housing and Output Cover Bearing Installation . . . 703
B. Input Gear Nozzle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 702. Input Gear Nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
632025 Page iii
P/N 369F5100
C. Nozzle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 703. Nozzle Tube Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
D. Main Rotor Drive Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Figure 704. Output Cover And Gear Carrier Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Figure 705. Output Nozzle Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
E. Intermediate Drive Cover / Accessory Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Figure 706. Intermediate Cover Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Figure 707. Intermediate Cover Accessory Shaft Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
Figure 708. Intermediate Drive Cover Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
F. Output Pinion Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Figure 709. Output Pinion Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
G. Intermediate Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
Figure 710. Output Drive Cover and Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
H. Input Drive Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
Figure 711. Input Drive Assembly Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
Figure 712. Shim Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
4. Preliminary Reassembly For Backlash and Acceptance Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
A. Input Pinion Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
Figure 713. Input Pinion Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
B. Main Rotor Drive Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
C. Output Drive Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
Figure 714. Main Rotor Drive Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
Figure 715. Output Drive Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719
5. Gear Set Backlash, Axial Play and Runout Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
A. Input Pinion Backlash Fixture Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
B. Output Pinion Backlash Fixture Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
Figure 716. Input Pinion Backlash Tool Installation and Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
C. Input Gearset Backlash Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
D. Input Pinion Axial Play Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Figure 717. Output Pinion/Ring Gear Backlash Tool Installation and Setup . . 721
E. Input Pinion Runout Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
F. Ring Gear and Output Pinion Backlash Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
G. Output Pinion Axial Play Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
H. Output Pinion Runout Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
Figure 718. Output Gear Set Backlash Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
Figure 719. Backlash And Gear Pattern Adjustment (Sheet 1 of 4) . . . . . . . . . . . 724
Figure 720. Input Gear Set Contact Pattern Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Page iv 632025
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369F5100
Figure 721. Output Gear Set Contact Pattern Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
I. Backlash / Gear Pattern Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
6. Prepare Transmission for Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
Figure 722. Lubrication Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
Figure 723. Scavenge Oil Pump Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
Figure 724. Filler/Extension Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
Figure 725. Final Transmission BuildUp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
7. Transmission Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
A. Test Stand Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Table 701. Test Stand Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
B. Instrumentation, Equipment And Material Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
C. Testing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
D. Test Stoppage Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
E. Testing Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
Table 702. Instrumentation And Calibration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
Table 703. Causes For Test Stoppage And Corrective Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
Table 704. Transmission Test Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
Table 705. Transmission ReTest Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733
Figure 726. Transmission Temperature Differential Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
F. Final Inspection and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
8. Transmission Storage or Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Main Transmission Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Main Transmission Assembly 369F5100 (Sheet 1 of 3) . . . . . . . . 1002
632025 Page v
P/N 369F5100
Page vi 632025
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over installation in the test stand or helicop
haul of this component, ensure the required ter, the runin test and a final backlash
special tools and processes are available to and contact pattern check, and shipping
assure completion of the work. instructions for the main transmission.
1. General (7). Special Tools, Fixtures

& Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
This part of the Component Overhaul Manual provides procedures for fabricating
provides overhaul procedures for the 369F5100 special tools required for overhaul of
Main Rotor Transmission. Procedures given the main transmission.
are the approved methods to be used for
specific repair or complete overhaul of the (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
component. provides a parts list supplement to
A. Organization tion differences for the main transmis
The Main Rotor Transmission Section of the sion.
Component Overhaul Manual is made up of B. Reference Data
eight sections listed below. These sections
cleaning, inspection, repair, reassembly and of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
testing of the component and a complete HMI2. This manual should be used as
illustrated parts list. The following describes noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
the topic and content of each part with The Illustrated Parts Catalog (CSP
appropriate page numbers: IPC4) should be used for ordering any
replacement parts required.
describes procedures for complete use of (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
the main transmission section and specifications, and when appropriate,
provides Transmission Overhaul Check procurement information, regarding
Sheets. special tools and equipment, and
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 required for overhaul and repair.
gives procedures for complete disassem Torque values are contained in the text
bly of the main transmission. and illustration.
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 (3). Figure 1 thru Figure 7 show exploded
contains cleaning and painting require views of the main rotor transmission
ments for main transmission compo and its subassemblies, with all parts
nents and parts. indexed. The index numbers are used
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 2. Overhaul Check Sheet

provides allowable repairs and parts
replacement information and autho The items indicated in the Main Transmission
rized modifications for the main Overhaul Check Sheet must have all blanks
transmission. filled and initialed. Upon completion of the
overhaul, this sheet must be signed off by the
(6). Assembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701 person performing the work and the sheet
provides main transmission reassembly, retained as a permanent part of the helicopter
runin inspection procedures, including file.
Page 1
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
1 14
15
16
2
3
4 17
5 18
7
19 21
6 20
22
7
23
8
24
9
25
10
11 26
12
13
NOTE:
MAGNETIC SEAL AND LABYRINTH SEAL ARE REPLACED BY
NEW STYLE LIP SEAL, SPEEDISLEEVE AND MODIFIED
LABYRINTH SEAL. REFER TO MODIFICATION INSTRUCTIONS. H632559
1. BEARING RETAINER, INPUT NOSE ROLLER 14. O-RING
2. WASHER 15. SLEEVE, BEARING, INPUT SHAFT INNER
3. BOLT 16. SHIM, INPUT BEARING, CRUSH
4. INPUT ROLLER BEARING, NOSE 17. SLEEVE
5. INPUT PINION 18. SEAL
6. SPACER, INPUT 19. O-RING
7. SHIM, INPUT 20. FAN MOUNT BEARING RETAINER ASSEMBLY
8. O-RING 21. COUNTERSUNK WASHER
9. SLEEVE, BEARING, INPUT SHAFT OUTER 22. BOLT
10. O-RING 23. SEAL, LABYRINTH
11. INPUT ROLLER BEARING 24. LOCKNUT
12. INPUT THRUST BEARING 25. LOCKWASHER
13. O-RING 26. SHIM, PULLEY
Figure 1. Input Pinion Assembly
Page 2
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
30
28 29
1
35 34
37
2 38
3 36
36
4
22 35 34
5 20
6 23
21
7 19
8 18
17
9
40 16
31
15
14
32
33 13
39 12
12
24 10
25 11
26
27 H632560
1. OUTPUT COVER 21. RETAINER, OUTPUT BEARING

2. O-RING 22. WASHER
3. OIL RETAINER 23. BOLT
4. OUTPUT GEAR, RING 24. BOLT
5. RING RETAINER 25. WASHER
6. RING GEAR CARRIER 26. BEARING RETAINER
7. BOLT, RING GEAR 27. INSERT
8. OUTPUT ROLLER BEARING 28. PIN
9. LINER (NOT FIELD REMOVABLE) 29. WASHER
10. HOUSING ASSEMBLY 30. BOLT
11. O-RING 31. CLAMP
12. SHIM, OUTPUT BACKLASH 32. WASHER
13. SLEEVE, OUTPUT BEARING 33. BOLT
14. OUTPUT THRUST BEARING 34. SCREW
15. OUTPUT ROLLER BEARING 35. WASHER
16. SHIM, OUTPUT BEARING 36. O-RING
17. LOCKNUT 37. NOZZLE
18. LOCKWASHER 38. NOZZLE
19. O-RING 39. TUBE
20. O-RING 40. O-RING
Figure 2. Main Rotor Output Assembly
Page 3
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
27
28
30
42 43
29 31
26
22
23
24
36 34 32
35 25
38 37
39
40 1
12 11
41 13
16 14 44
2
15
17
43
42
8 4
10 9
3
45
36 35 33
38 37
39
18 40
20
19
32
41
21
5
7 6 H632561A
1. COVER ASSEMBLY 24. O-RING

2. O-RING 25. OIL SEAL
3. BUSHING (NOT FIELD REMOVABLE) 26. RETAINER, INTERMEDIATE SEAL
4. STUD 27. O-RING
5. BOLT 28. INTERMEDIATE LIP SEAL
6. WASHER 29. SLEEVE
7. RETAINER 30. LOCKWASHER
8. INTERMEDIATE THRUST BEARING 31. LOCKNUT
9. INTERMEDIATE ROLLER BEARING 32. BALL BEARING
10. INTERMEDIATE SHIM, ACCESSORY GEAR
33. ACCESSORY SHAFT (TACH GEN)
11. SHIM, BEARING
34. ACCESSORY SHAFT (PUMPS)
12. RETAINER PLATE, INTERMEDIATE BEARING
35. BALL BEARING
13. WASHER
36. KEY, WOODRUFF
14. NUT
15. ACCESSORY GEAR, DRIVER 37. RING, RETAINING
16. INPUT GEAR 38. ACCESSORY GEAR
17. SHIM, INTERMEDIATE 39. WASHER
18. OUTPUT PINION 40. NUT
19. SPACER, INTERMEDIATE NOSE BEARING 41. PIN, COTTER
20. INTERMEDIATE ROLLER NOSE BEARING 42. WASHER
21. RING, RETAINING 43. NUT
22. RING RETAINER 44. PIN
23. SEAL RETAINER 45. O-RING
Figure 3. Anti-Torque Output Cover and Shaft
Page 4
Revision 12 632025
P/N 369F5100
3
2 1
23
5 4
22
6 20 21
9
10
7 11 24
7 25
12 26
8 13 15 8
14 27 24
25
28
16 27 31 32
17
18 33
19
29 34
30
H632562
1. MAIN TRANSMISSION HOUSING 18. BEARING RETAINER
2. O-RING 19. INSERT
3. PLUG 20. STUD
4. O-RING 21. WASHER SEAT
5. LIQUID LEVEL PLUG 22. STUD
6. DATA PLATE 23. ALIGNMENT PIN / BUSHING
7. O-RING 24. PIN RIVET
8. VALVE AND CHIP DETECTOR 25. WASHER
9. INSERT 26. CLAMP
10. O-RING 27. NUT
11. PLUG 28. NOZZLE
12. O-RING 29. O-RING
13. NOZZLE ASSEMBLY 30. O-RING
14. WASHER 31. O-RING
15. BOLT 32. NOZZLE
16. BOLT 33. WASHER
17. WASHER 34. BOLT
Figure 4. Transmission Housing Build-Up
Page 5
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
3
5
2
2
1
3
6
4 4
5
5
1 6
H632563 H632564
1. LUBRICATION PUMP 1. OUTPUT COVER
2. O-RING 2. FILLER CAP/BREATHER
3. NUT 3. SCREEN, FILLER CAP
4. WASHER 4. SHIM, FILLER CAP
5. O-RING 5. EXTENSION, FILLER CAP
6. O-RING
Figure 5. Lubrication Pump
Figure 7. Filler/Extension Assembly
4
2 5
H632565
1. SCAVENGE PUMP
2. O-RING
3. NUT
4. WASHER
5. O-RING
Figure 6. Scavenge Oil Pump
Page 6
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
369F5105 369F5141 369F5111 H632566

INTERMEDIATE COVER INPUT THRUST BALL BEARING OUTER INPUT SHAFT SLEEVE
1
2
SERIAL NO., VENDORS PART NO.,
1. ACTUAL DIMENSION BETWEEN SHOULDERS
MDHC PART NO., MEASURED AXIAL OFFSET
ACTUAL MOUNTING FACE AND 2. ACTUAL FLANGE THICKNESS
BETWEEN INNER AND OUTER RACES, AND
BEARING PINCH DISTANCE. ACTUAL WIDTH OF OUTER RACE.
369F5115
369F5140
OUTPUT SHAFT OUTER SLEEVE 369F5143
INPUT ROLLER BEARING
1 INTERMEDIATE ROLLER BEARING

2 MDHC PART NO. AND ACTUAL WIDTH OF INNER
1. DIMENSION BETWEEN SHOULDERS AND OUTER RACES.
2. ACTUAL FLANGE THICKNESS
MDHC PART NO. AND ACTUAL WIDTH OF
369F5144 INNER AND OUTER RACES.
INTERMEDIATE THRUST
BALL BEARING 369F5146 369F5147
OUTPUT ROLLER BEARING OUTPUT THRUST BALL BEARING
SERIAL NO., VENDORS PART NO., SERIAL NO., VENDORS PART NO., SERIAL NO., VENDORS PART NO.,
MDHC PART NO. .MEASURED AXIAL OFFSET MDHC PART NO. AND ACTUAL WIDTH MDHC PART NO. .MEASURED AXIAL OFFSET
BETWEEN INNER AND OUTER RACES AND OF OUTER RACES. BETWEEN INNER AND OUTER RACES AND
ACTUAL WIDTH OF OUTER RACE. ACTUAL WIDTH OF OUTER RACE.
H6325661
Figure 8. Part Dimension Marking Locations (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 7
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
369F5103 PART NO., SERIAL NO., EXACT MOUNTING

OUTPUT SHAFT COVER 369F5119 DISTANCE AND BACKLASH
OUTPUT SHAFT COVER
369F5121
INPUT DRIVE PINION
ACTUAL DIMENSION BETWEEN SHOULDERS

ACTUAL MOUNTING FACE DISTANCE
369F5129 369F5101
369F5127
OUTPUT DRIVE GEAR MAIN TRANSMISSION HOUSING
OUTPUT DRIVE GEAR
PART NO., SERIAL NO.

AND ACTUAL WIDTH
ACTUAL MOUNTING
FACE DISTANCE ACTUAL MOUNTING
FACE DISTANCE
PART NO., SERIAL NO., EXACT MOUNTING
DISTANCE AND BACKLASH
PART NO., SERIAL NO. AND ACTUAL 369F5125

BEARING/GEAR MOUNTING DISTANCE OUTPUT DRIVE PINION
369F5131
OUTPUT GEAR CARRIER
H6325662
Page 8
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
369F5123
369F5118
INPUT DRIVE GEAR 369F5107
INTERMEDIATE BEARING
RETAINER PLATE INTERMEDIATE BEARING
RETAINER PLATE (FAN MOUNT)
MARK ACTUAL DIMENSION

LOCATION
ACTUAL DIMENSION
PART NO., SERIAL NO., EXACT
MOUNTING DISTANCE, BACKLASH
AND ACTUAL BORE WIDTH
H6325663
Page 9/(10 blank)

632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 1 of 15
369F5100 TRANSMISSION OVERHAUL,

MODIFICATION AND REPAIR CHECKLIST
PART 1: ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION

Record transmission data plate and aircraft missing hardware, damage and other unusual
removed from information below as applicable. conditions. Record observations below.
Inspect the transmission externally for
DATA PLATE INFORMATION BEFORE OVERHAUL, MODIFICATION OR REPAIR
Assembly Part Number: Assembly Serial No.:
e o ed From
Removed o Aircraft:
c a t Model:
ode Aircraft Serial No.:
Registration
g or N No.: Removal Date:
Assembly Rubber Cure Date:
PRIOR TO DISASSEMBLY
Record backlash for the input and output gear sets. Record condition of transmission (roughness when
rotating shafts, external damage, missing hardware, etc.).
Backlash of Input Gearset: Backlash of Output Gearset:
Transmission Condition:
Page 11
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 2 of 15
PART 2: DISASSEMBLY
During Disassembly recorded on the part (Ref Figure 8).
As part of the disassembly process, record the After performing the inspections, record serial
serial number, and/or measurement as numbers and dimensions for parts replaced in
applicable. Measurements for some parts are the table below.
Part Name Part Number S/N Dimension NEW S/N Dimension
Main Transmission Housing 369F5101

Main Xmsn Output Shaft Cover Assembly 369F5103
Intermediate Cover 369F5105
Fan Bearing Retainer Mount 369F5107 N/A N/A
Outer Input Shaft Sleeve 369F5111 N/A N/A
Output Shaft Outer Sleeve 369F5115 N/A N/A
Intermediate Bearing Retainer Plate 369F5118 N/A N/A
Bearing Retainer 369F5119 N/A N/A
Input Drive Pinion 369F5121
Input Drive Gear 369F5123
Output Drive Pinion 369F5125
Output Drive Gear 369F5127
Accessory Drive Gear Assembly 369F5129
Accessory Gear (1 of 4) 369F5130 N/A N/A
Output Gear Carrier 369F5131
Lube Pump 369F5135 N/A N/A
Scavenge Pump 369F5136 N/A N/A
Input Roller Bearing 369F5140
Input Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5141
Input Roller Bearing 369F5142 N/A N/A
Intermediate Roller Bearing 369F5143

Intermediate Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5144
Intermediate Roller Bearing 369F5145 N/A N/A
Output Roller Bearing 369F5146
Output Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5147
Page 12
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 3 of 15
Part Name Part Number S/N Dimension NEW S/N Dimension
Output Roller Bearing 369F5148 N/A N/A

Input Pattern Shim 369F5150 N/A N/A
Input Bearing Crush Shim 369F5151 N/A N/A
Intermediate Shim 369F5152 N/A N/A
Accessory Gear Intermediate Shim 369F5153 N/A N/A
Pulley Shim 369F5154 N/A N/A
Output Bearing Crush Shim 369F5156 N/A N/A
Output Backlash Split Shim 369F5157 N/A N/A
Input Spacer 369F5158 N/A N/A
Intermediate Bearing Crush Shim 369F5162 N/A N/A
PART 3: CLEANING
Clean the transmission parts in accordance Cleaning Completed:
with the instructions in Chapter 4, CLEAN
ING/PAINTING, of this manual By: Date:
PART 4: INSPECTION
Inspect the transmission parts in accordance Inspection Completed:
with the instructions in Chapter 5, INSPEC
TION/CHECK, of this manual. Record serial By: Date:
numbers and dimensions for parts replaced in
table under PART: 2.
PART 5: MODIFICATION
Record all modifications made to the transmis Bulletin Number, Airworthiness Directive
sion in the table below. Include all appropriate Number, etc.). Record serial numbers and
references for the modification authorization dimensions for parts replaced in table under
(e.g. Service Bulletin Number, Technical PART: 2.
Modification Title:
Performed By: Date:
References:
Modification Title:
Performed By: Date:
References:
Modification Title:
Performed By: Date:
References:
Page 13
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 4 of 15
PART 6: ASSEMBLY
Assemble the transmission in accordance with Perform calculations for determining shim
the instructions in Chapter 7, ASSEMBLY/ thickness and record the dimensions below.
SHIPPING, of this manual. Shim thickness calculation tables are found on
Sheet 6 thru 12 of this checklist.
Shimming Calculations
Backlash and Pinch Shim Dimensions

Shim P/N Dimension Shim P/N Dimension
369F5150 (Peel) 369F5157 (Peel)
369F5153 (Grind) 369F5151 (Peel)
369F5152 (Grind) 369F5162 (Peel)
369F5156 (Peel)
Backlash and Geartooth Pattern Check Chapter 7). Also indicate the status of the
Record backlash and axial end play for input geartooth pattern check.
and output gearsets in the following table (Ref.
Backlash (Record Measurement) Removal Installation

Input Gearset
0.004-0.010 inch (0.1016-0.250 mm):
Output Gearset
0.008-0.014 inch (0.2032-0.3556 mm):
Geartooth Pattern Removal Installation
Input Gearset N/A
(Acceptable/Unacceptable):
Output Gearset N/A
(Acceptable/Unacceptable):
Axial End Play (Record Measurement) Removal Installation
Input Shaft
0.002-0.013 inch (0.0508-0.3302 mm):
Output Gearset
0.003-0.013 inch (0.0762-0.3302 mm):
PART 7: TEST/CHECK
Perform Runin and Test Check per Chapter After successful completion of the runin test,
7, ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING. Record results in recheck the input and output gearset backlash,
table below. end play and axial runout in the table below.
Page 14
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 5 of 15
Run-in Test/Check (Record Measurement)

Backlash Axial End Play Runout
Input Gearset: Input Gearset: Input Gearset:
Output Gearset: Output Gearset: Output Gearset:
PART 8: COMPLETION
After successful of the Runin and Test, verify Type Of Work Performed
and record the data specified in the table
below.
Repair: Overhaul:
Gaskets Installed: Sealant Installed: Shims Installed:

Torquing Correct
and Complete: Lockwire Installed: Servicing Complete:
Data Plate Information after Overhaul/Repair
Assembly Part Number: Assembly Serial No.:
Assembly Rubber Cure Date: Installed on Aircraft Model/Serial No.:
Aircraft Registration Number: Date:
Overhaul Certification Statement
This is to certify that to the best of my knowledge the information contained in this check sheet is accurate and
Final Inspection: Date:
Signed:
Date: Organization:
Address: Address:
Title: License Number:
License Number: Date:
Page 15
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 6 of 15
Input Pinion Assembly Shim Calculation Table
Item Part Name P/N S/N

Nominal * Actual Backlash
inch (mm) inch (mm)
A Input Drive Pinion 369F5121 8.2940
Measurement: Mounting distance (210.6676)
B Input Roller Bearing 369F5140 0.9818
Measurement: Inner race width (24.93772)
C Input Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5141
0 0000
0.0000
Measurement: Axial offset
D Outer Input Shaft Sleeve 369F5111 N/A 2.4935
Measurement: Dimension between shoulders (63.3349)
E Main Transmission Housing 369F5101 10.6670
Measurement: Input axis (270.9418)
F Input Roller Bearing 369F5140 0.9818
Measurement: Outer race thickness (24.93772)
G Output Spacer 369F5158 N/A 0.0800
Measurement: Thickness (measure) (2.0320)
Shim 369F5154 N/A
Measurement: Thickness (measure)
Actual Dimension
Input Pinion Shim Calculations Action Item
inch (mm)
Record the dimensions for each item identified in the column to the right. A
Perform the action indicated to obtain the required shimming dimension. + B
=
* Actual dimensions are permanently marked on each part unless
otherwise indicated (Ref Figure 8). - C
=
+ D
=
- E
=
- F
=
- G
Input Pattern Shim (P/N 369F5150) total calculated shim thickness: = **
** Peel shim to required thickness, 0.0020 inch (0.0508 mm) plies, and
record actual thickness here:
Page 16
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 7 of 15
Input Gear Shim Calculation Worksheet

inch (mm) inch (mm)
H Main Transmission Housing 369F5101 12.4000
Measurement: Intermediate axis (314.960)
I Intermediate Cover 369F5105 0.1030
Measurement: Mounting face & bearing pinch (2.6162)
J Input Drive Gear 369F5123 7.1600
K Accessory Drive Gear Assembly 369F5129 0.3500
Measurement: Hub width (8.8900)
L Intermediate Roller Bearing 369F5143 0.8631
M Intermediate Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5144 0.8631
Measurement: Axial offset (21.92274)
N Main Transmission Housing 369F5101 (see above) 3.2004 3.2004
Measurement: Gear axis relationship (81.29016) (81.29016)
Actual Dimension
inch (mm)
Record the dimensions for each item identified in the column to the right. H
Perform the action indicated to calculate the required shimming + I
dimension.
=
otherwise indicated (Ref Figure 8). - J
=
- K
=
- L
=
- M
=
- N 3.2004 (8.129016)
Shim (P/N 369F5153) total calculated shim thickness: = **
** Grind shim and record actual thickness here:
Page 17
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 8 of 15
Output Pinion Shim Calculation Worksheet

inch (mm) inch (mm)
O Main Transmission Housing 369F5101 12.4000
Measurement: Intermediate axis (314.960)
P Intermediate Cover 369F5105 0.1030
Measurement: Mounting face & bearing pinch (2.6162)
Q Accessory Drive Gear Assembly 369F5129 0.3500
Measurement: Hub width (8.8900)
R Intermediate Roller Bearing 369F5143 0.8631
S Intermediate Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5144 0.8631
Measurement: Axial offset (22.68474)
T Input Drive Gear 369F5123 2.2500
Measurement: Bore width (57.150)
U Intermediate Accessory Gear 369F5153 N/A 0.0644
Measurement: Thickness (see input gear set above) (1.63576)
V Output Drive Pinion 369F5125 8.0350
Actual Dimension
Output Pinion Shim Calculations Action Item
inch (mm)
Record the dimensions for each item identified in the column to the right. O
Perform the action indicated to obtain the required shimming dimension. + P
=
otherwise indicated (Ref Figure 8). - Q
=
- R
=
- S
=
- T
=
- U
=
- V
Intermediate Shim (P/N 369F5152) total calculated shim thickness: = **
** Grind shim and record actual thickness here:
Page 18
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 9 of 15
Output Gear Shim Calculation Worksheet

inch (mm) inch (mm)
W Output Shaft Outer Sleeve 369F5115 N/A 2.4255
Measurement: Distance between shoulders (61.6077)
X Output Gear Carrier 369F5131 2.4200
Measurement: Bearing/gear mounting distance (61.468)
Y Main Transmission Output Shaft 369F5103 1.6253 1.6253
Cover Assembly
Measurement: Basic dimension (41.28262) (41.28262)
Z Main Transmission Output Shaft 369F5103 (see above) 0.2050
Cover Assembly
Measurement: Mounting face distance (5.2070)
AA Output Drive Gear 369F5127 2.9540
AB Output Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5147
0 0000
0.0000
Measurement: Axial offset
Actual Dimension
inch (mm)
Record the dimensions for each item identified in the column to the right. W
Perform the action indicated to obtain the required shimming dimension. + X
* Actual dimensions are permanently marked on each part unless =

otherwise indicated (Ref Figure 8). - Y 1.6253 (41.28262)
=
- Z
=
- AA
=
+ AB
Output
O t t Backlash
B kl h Split
S lit Shim
Shi (P/N 369F5157) total
t t l calculated
l l t d shim
hi
thickness:
= **
Page 19
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 10 of 15
Input Pinion Axis Bearing Pinch Calculation Worksheet

Nominal * Actual
inch (mm) inch (mm)
AC Input Roller Bearing 369F5140 0.9818
Measurement: Outer race width (24.93772)
AD Input Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5141 0.9818
AE Fan Bearing Retainer Mount 369F5107 N/A 0.6950
Measurement: Shoulder distance (17.6530)
AF Input Shaft Outer Sleeve 369F5111 N/A 2.4935
AG Input Shaft Outer Sleeve 369F5111 N/A 0.1000
Measurement: Flange thickness (2.5400)
AH 0.0020
Measurement: Bearing pinch (0.0508) 0.0020
(0.0508)
Actual Dimension
Input Pinion Axis Bearing Pinch Shim Calculations Action Item
inch (mm)
Record the dimensions for each item identified in the column to the right. AC
Perform the action indicated to obtain the required shimming dimension. + AD
* Actual dimensions are permanently marked on each part unless =

otherwise indicated (Ref Figure 8). + AE
=
- AF
=
- AG
=
- AH 0.0020 (0.0508)
IInputt Bearing
B i Crush
C h Shim
t t l calculated
l l t d shim
hi
thickness:
= **
Page 20
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 11 of 15
Input Pinion Axis Bearing Pinch Calculation Worksheet

Nominal * Actual
inch (mm) inch (mm)
AI Intermediate Roller Bearing 369F5143 0.8631
AJ Intermediate Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5144 0.8631
AK Intermediate Bearing Retainer Plate 369F5118 N/A 0.0400
Measurement: Thickness (1.0160)
AL Intermediate Drive Cover 369F5105 1.6445
Measurement: Bearing crush (41.7703)
AM Intermediate Drive Cover 369F5105 (see above) 0.1030
AN 0.0020
Measurement: Bearing pinch (0.0508) 0.0020
(0.0508)
Actual Dimension
inch (mm)
Record the dimensions for each item identified in the column to the right. AI
Perform the action indicated to obtain the required shimming dimension. + AJ
* Actual dimensions are permanently marked on each part unless other

other- =
wise indicated (Ref Figure 8). + AK
=
- AL
=
- AM
=
- AN 0.0020 (0.0508)
Output
O t t Bearing
B i Crush
C h Shim
t t l calculated
l l t d shim
hi thick-
thi k
ness:
= **
Page 21
632025 Revision 14
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 12 of 15
Output Axis Bearing Pinch Calculation Worksheet

inch (mm) inch (mm)
AO Output Shaft Outer Sleeve 369F5115 N/A 2.4255
AP Output Shaft Outer Sleeve 369F5115 N/A 0.1500
Measurement: Flange thickness (3.8100)
AQ Output Roller Bearing 369F5146 0.8631
AR Output Thrust Ball Bearing 369F5147 0.8631
AS Bearing Retainer 369F5119 N/A 0.7830
Measurement: Shoulder dimension (19.8882)
AT Bearing Retainer 369F5119 N/A 0.0040 0.0040
Measurement: Bearing pinch (0.1016) (0.1016)
Actual Dimension
inch (mm)
Record the dimensions for each item identified in the column to the right. AO
Perform the action indicated to obtain the required shimming dimension. + AP
* Actual dimensions are permanently marked on each part unless other

other- =
wise indicated (Ref Figure 8). - AQ
=
- AR
=
- AS
=
+ AT 0.0040 (0.1016)
Output
O t t Bearing
B i Crush
C h Shim
t t l calculated
l l t d shim
hi thick-
thi k
ness:
= **
** Peel shim to required thickness, 0.0020 inch (0.0508 mm) plies and
Page 22
Revision 14 632025
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 13 of 15
PART 9: TEST DATA RECORD

All test data shall be recorded at the start of D Intermediate Shaft Power (measure of
each power setting and every minute thereaf power being output by the intermediate
ter as specified in Table 704 for test steps 1 pinion shaft).
through 4. For step 5, record at start only.
Record the following data points in this form: D Output Power (measure of power being
output by the transmission at the gear
carrier shaft).
D Ambient Temperature. (test cell air temper
ature). D Oil Pressure (measurement of oil pressure
taken through the transmission low oil
D Oil Out Temperature (temperature of oil pressure switch port).
leaving the transmission for the test stand D Oil Flow (measurement of the volume of oil
oil cooler). flowing through the oil cooler).
D Oil In Temperature (temperature of oil If a retest is required, record data in the

entering the transmission from the oil Transmission ReTest Schedule Checklist
cooler). below (Ref Table 705).
Refer to Transmission Acceptance Test
D Input Power (measurement of power being paragraphs of the Main Transmission Inspec
transmitted to the input pinion by the test tion/Check chapter for calibration and testing
stand) parameters.
Transmission Test Schedule (Table 704)
Test Ambient Oil Out Oil In Oil Oil Input Interm. Output Time
Step Temp. Temp. Temp. Press. Flow Power Power Power (min.)
1 Start
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
2 6
2 7
2 8
2 9
2 10
2 11
2 12
2 13
2 14
Page 23
632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 14 of 15
Transmission Test Schedule (Cont.) (Ref. Table 704)

2 15
2 16
2 17
2 18
2 19
2 20
2 21
2 22
2 23
2 24
2 25
3 26
3 27
3 28
3 29
3 30
3 31
3 32
3 33
3 34
3 35
3 36
3 37
3 38
3 39
3 40
4 41
4 42
4 43
4 44
4 45
Page 24
Revision 9 632025
P/N 369F5100
Sheet 15 of 15
Transmission Test Schedule (Cont.) (Ref. Table 704)

5 46
Final 180
Transmission Re-Test Schedule (Ref. Table 705)

1 Start
1 1
1 2
1 3
1 4
1 5
2 6
2 7
2 8
2 9
2 10
3 11
3 12
3 13
3 14
3 15
4 16
4 17
4 18
4 19
4 20
Page 25/(26 blank)

632025 Revision 9
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
DISASSEMBLY
1. General 2. Initial Disassembly
This section gives procedures for complete NOTE: Prior to disassembly of the main rotor
disassembly of the main transmission. When transmission, measure backlash, shaft run-
specific repair of the transmission requires out, and shaft axial and radial play accord-
only partial disassembly, follow the procedures ing to paragraph (Ref. Backlash, Axial Play
to the point required. and Runout Test). Record findings on the
overhaul check sheet provided (Ref. De-
A. Important Reminders scription and Operation) in this part of the
Overhaul Manual.
The following information applies throughout A. Lubrication Pump Removal
the main transmission disassembly procedure.
(Ref. Figure 5)
(1). A complete disassembly and inspection
are required if the transmission is (1). Remove nuts (3) and washers (4).
removed from service because of (2). Remove lubrication pump (1) and
Conditional Inspections (Ref. CSP Orings (2). Discard Orings.
HMI2, Sec, 055000) such as:
B. Scavenge Oil Pump Removal
(a). After Main Rotor Blade/Drive System
Sudden Stoppage Level 2. (Ref. Figure 6)
(1). Remove nuts (3) and washers (4).
(b). After Lightning Strike Level 2.
(2). Remove scavenge oil pump (1) and
(c). A part is thought to have impact Orings (2). Discard Orings.
damage from a crash or shows any
indication of impact damage. C. AntiTorque (Intermediate) Drive
Removal
(2). Tag and identify all parts with reason (Ref. Figure 3)
for removal.
Do not pry on cover of anti
(3). Tag all shims and spacers at removal. CAUTION torque drive assembly. Serious
Measure and record thickness to ensure damage may result to cover or main hous-
duplication at reassembly. Record all ing. Use three jackscrews as pullers.
shim and spacer thickness on the
overhaul check sheet provided (Ref. (1). Remove nuts (43) and washers (42).
Description and Operation). (2). Remove pins (44) from cover (1). Use
dowel extraction tool (25, Table 901).
(4). Tag all bearing inner and outer races as
matched sets. (3). Screw three jackscrews into bushings
(3) in cover.
removal. New parts are required at (4). Tighten jackscrews alternately to
reassembly. provide even pull on cover, until drive
assembly cover is approximately 0.50
(6). Place all parts of each subassembly in inch (12.70 mm) from main housing (1,
separate containers for easy reference. Figure 4).
(5). Grasp drive assembly and carefully pull
(7). Wrap gearshafts, gears, covers and it out of main housing assembly.
housings in protective cloth to prevent
damage. (6). Remove jackscrews from cover.
Page 301
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
D. Input Drive Removal (1). Remove two drain valve and chip
detector assemblies (8, Figure 4) and
(Ref. Figure 1) Orings (7).
(1). Using standard 3leg bearing puller, (2). Remove liquid level plug (5) and Oring
remove pulley shim (26) from input (4), discard Oring.
drive pinion (5).
(3). Remove plug (3) and Oring (2), discard
(2). Remove bolts (22) and washers (21). Orings.
(3). Screw two jackscrews into threaded (4). Remove straight thread plug (11) and
holes in sleeve (9). Oring (10).
(4). Tighten jackscrews evenly to provide (5). Remove spray nozzle (13).
even pull. Remove input pinion assem- (a). Remove bolts (15) and washers (14).
bly from transmission housing. Carefully remove spray nozzle.
E. Main Rotor Drive (Gear Carrier Assembly) (b). Remove Orings (12) from nozzle,
Removal discard Orings.
(Ref. Figure 2) (6). Remove bolt (34), washer (33) and
nozzle (32). Remove and discard
NOTE: Identify nozzle assemblies so at reas- Orings (29, 30 and 31).
sembly they can be installed in same loca-
tion. When pulling roller bearings (8,
CAUTION Figure 2), (20, Figure 3), and (4,
(1). Remove dowel pins (28) out of output Figure 1) use care to avoid damaging liners.
cover (1) and main transmission Liners are pinned and line bored in main
housing assembly (10). Use dowel transmission housing. Housing may be
extraction tool (25, Table 901). heated to ease bearing removal. Heat to
250F (121C) Maximum.
(2). Remove washers (29) and bolts (30)
securing output cover to main transmis- (7). Remove bolt (24, Figure 2), washer (25)
sion housing assembly. and bearing retainer (26).
(3). Screw three jackscrews into inserts in (8). Using bearing puller (28, Table 901),
output cover. remove roller bearing (8, Figure 2).
(4). Tighten jackscrews to provide even pull (9). Remove bolt (5, Figure 3), washer (6)
on drive cover. and bearing retainer (7).
(5). When jackscrews reach their limit, lift
remove roller bearing (20, Figure 3).
output drive assembly out of main
transmission housing assembly. (11). Remove bolt (3, Figure 1), washer (2)
and bearing retainer (1).
(6). Remove jackscrews from cover.
(7). Remove Oring (2) from output cover. remove roller bearing (4, Figure 1).
Discard Oring.
B. Intermediate Drive Disassembly
3. Component Disassembly (Ref. Figure 3)
Disassemble major components of the main (1). Remove Orings (2). Discard Orings.
transmission assembly according to procedures
in the following paragraphs. (2). Remove nuts (43), washers (42) and
seal retainer (26).
A. Main Housing Disassembly
(3). Remove Oring (27) and oil seal (28)
Disassemble main housing assembly as from seal retainer. Discard Oring and
follows: oil seal.
Page 302
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
(4). Remove Speedisleeve (29) from pinion (a). Using an arbor press and suitable
(18) (Ref. SpeediSleeve Removal, adapter, press output pinion out of
Repair/Modification). input gear (16) and bearings (8 and
9).
(5). Remove lockwasher (30) and locknut
(31) from output drive pinion (18). (b). Coat interior of output pinion shaft
with oil (20, Table 902) to remove
(a). Remove lockwasher. moisture which could cause corro-
sion.
(b). Install intermediate drive assembly
in holding fixture (2, 4, 5, 7 and 20, (7). Remove input gear, shim (10), accessory
Table 901). drive gear (15), and shim (17).
SPLINE
ADAPTER
TORQUE ARM
ARBOR
PRESS
SOCKET
COVER
OUTPUT
GEARSHAFT
INTERMEDIATE
TORQUE RISER PINION ASSEMBLY
INPUT
TORQUE FIXTURE GEAR
ADAPTER
H632518
H632066
Figure 301. Removal / Installation
Figure 302. Removing Intermediate Pinion
Intermediate Gearshaft Locknut
Shaft from AntiTorque Drive Assembly
Cover
(c). Remove locknut (31) Using torque
multiplier (34, Table 901).
(8). Remove retaining ring (21) from output
(d). Remove gearshaft from holding pinion.
fixture.
(9). Remove cotter pins (41), nuts (40),
Input gear (16) and output pin- washers (39), and accessory drive gears
CAUTION ion (18) can be seriously dam- (38) from accessory shafts (four each).
aged if an adapter similar to that shown in
Figure 302 is not used. Ensure that output (10). Remove nuts (14), washers (13) bearing
pinion does not drop against arbor press retaining plate (12) and bearing shim
base plate. (11). Measure and record shim thick-
ness on Overhaul, Modification And
(6). Remove output pinion (18). Repair Checklist.
Page 303
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
Handling hot items presents (8). Remove Orings (19, 13, 8, and 10), lip
WARNING a serious burn potential. seal (18) and labyrinth seal (23) from
Heat resistant glove are required. fan mount bearing retainer (20).
Discard lip seal, labyrinth seal and
(11). Remove bearings (8 and 9) from Orings.
intermediate drive cover (1) by applying
heat (285F (141C) maximum) to cover (9). Remove input spacer (6) and shim (7).
and push out bearings by hand. If Measure and record shim thickness on
necessary, use suitable puller. Overhaul Check Sheet. (Ref. Descrip-
tion and Operation).
C. Accessory Drive Disassembly
(10). Remove sleeve (15) and Oring (14).
(Ref. Figure 3) SPLINE
ADAPTER
(1). Remove retaining rings (37).
(2). Remove four accessory shaft assembly
(33 and 34) from drive cover (1). TORQUE ARM
(3). Remove woodruff keys (36).

SOCKET
(4). Using suitable puller, remove ball
bearings (35 and 32) from four accesso-
ry shafts (33 and 34).
(5). Remove retainer rings (22) and seal INTERMEDIATE
retainer assemblies (23); remove PINION ASSEMBLY
Orings (24) and oil seals (25) from seal TORQUE RISER
retainers (23) (two each). Discard
Orings and oil seals.
TORQUE FIXTURE
D. Input Drive Disassembly
(Ref. Figure 1)
NOTE: Magnetic seal is replaced by new lip"
type seal during reassembly. Refer to Trans-
mission Repair/Modification. H632514
(1). Remove Speedisleeve (15) from pinion Figure 303. Input Drive Pinion Locknut
(5) (Ref. SpeediSleeve Removal, Removal / Installation
Repair/Modification).
(11). Remove SpeediSleeve (17) from sleeve.
(2). Remove lock washer (25).
(12). Prepare arbor press and bearing puller
(3). Install input drive into torque fixture plates for input roller bearing (11) and
(Ref. 1, 4, 5, 6, and 19, Table 901). thrust bearing (12) removal.
(4). Using torque multiplier (34, Table 901) (13). Press input pinion (5) out of input
remove locknut (24). bearings (11, and 12) Using bearing
puller adapter) (Ref Figure 304).
(5). Remove input pinion assembly from (14). Coat interior of input pinion shaft with
torque fixture. oil (20, Table 902) to remove moisture
(6). Remove fan mount bearing retainer which could cause corrosion.
assembly (20). E. Main Rotor Drive Disassembly
(7). If installed, remove and discard (1). Remove filler cap and breather assem-
magnetic seal (22). bly.
Page 304
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
(a). Remove filler cap (2, Figure 7), screen bearings (14 and 15) and sleeve (13) out
(3), shim (4), and Oring (6). of cover (1).
(b). Remove filler cap extension (5) and (8). Remove oil retainer (3) from gear
Oring (6). Discard Oring. carrier (6) bore.
(2). Remove bolts (23, Figure 2), washers

(22), packing (19), shim (16) and SPLINE
bearing retainer (21). ADAPTER
TORQUE ARM
ARBOR
PRESS SOCKET
TORQUE RISER INTERMEDIATE

PINION ASSEMBLY
TORQUE FIXTURE
BEARING INPUT
PULLER PINION 4
BEARING
SLEEVE
H632515
Figure 305. Gear Carrier Locknut Removal /

Installation
(9). Remove safety wire (or cable) from bolts

(7).
H632067
Figure 304. Removal Input Bearings and (10). Remove bolts and output drive gear (4).
Retainer from Input Pinion Discard bolts.
(11). Remove retaining ring (5), from gear

(3). Remove screws (34), washers (35) and carrier.
pinion nozzles (37 and 38).
(12). Remove sleeve (13) from cover.
(4). Remove lockwasher (18).
(13). Remove bolts (33), washers (32), clamps
(5). Install gear carrier (6) into torque (31) and tube (39) from cover.
fixture (4, Table 901, Ref Figure
(14). Clean seal mating faces for installation
Figure 305).
or storage.
(6). Using torque multiplier (34, Table 901) (15). Remove Orings (11) from cover bore.
remove locknut (17).
(16). Remove shim (12). Measure thickness
(7). Using an arbor press and suitable and record on Overhaul, Modification
adapter, press gear carrier (6) with And Repair Checklist.
Page 305
632025 TR 07001
P/N 369F5100
Page 306
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. General components of the main transmission as
described in.
This section contains cleaning and painting
requirements for main transmission compo-
nents and parts. WARNING flammable and must be kept
2. Main Transmission Cleaning away from heat or open flame. Avoid
inhalation of fumes and extended con-
(Ref. Table 401) Clean individual parts and tact with skin.
Table 401. Cleaning Main Transmission Parts and Components
Cleaning Method
Nomenclature (Ref. Table 902) Remarks
(Ref. Figure 1)
Bearing retainer (1) Agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Dry with compressed air; blow air
Input Pinion (5) Use soft bristle brush to remove through nozzles and tubes to dry
Spacer (6) particles of adhesive. interior. Make sure passages are clear.
Shim (7)
Sleeve (9)
Sleeve (15)
Shim (16)
Locknut (24)
Pulley Shim (26)
Input Pinion (5)
Washer (2) Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in basket.
Bolt (3) agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Place parts in clean container after
cleaning.
Fan mount (20) Vapor degrease using
trichloroethylene (8).
CAUTION
Bearings (4, 11 and 12) Degrease using ultrasonic or Dry thoroughly with moisturefree
activated solvent method to compressed air.
dislodge contamination. Use
filtered solvent spray to remove
contamination.
(Ref. Figure 2)
Output cover (8) Vapor degrease using
Housing (10) trichloroethylene (8).
Page 401
632025 TR 07001
P/N 369F5100
Cleaning Method
Oil Retainer (3) Agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Dry with compressed air; blow air
Ring gear (4) Use soft bristle brush to remove through nozzles and tubes to dry
Retainer (5) particles of adhesive. interior. Make sure passages are clear.
Gear carrier (6)
Shims (12 and 16)
Sleeve (13)
Locknut (17)
Nozzle (37 and 38)
Ring gear (4)
Gear carrier (6)
Tube (39)
Retainer (21)
CAUTION
Bearings (8, 14 and 15) Degrease using ultrasonic or Dry thoroughly with moisturefree
contamination.
Retainer (26) Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in basket.
Washers (22, 25, 29, 32 and 35) agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Place parts in clean container after
Bolts (23, 24, 30 and 33) cleaning.
Pin (28)
Screw (34)
Clamp (31)
(Ref. Figure 3)
Cover (1) Vapor degrease using
trichloroethylene (8).
Shims (10, 11 and 17) Agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Dry with compressed air; blow air
Retainers (12, 21, 22 and 37) Use soft bristle brush to remove through nozzles and tubes to dry
Seal Retainer (23 and 26) particles of adhesive. interior. Make sure passages are clear.
Locknut (31)
Shafts (33 and 34)
Gears (15, 16 and 38)
Pinion (18)
Spacer (19)
Key (36)
Gears (15, 16 and 38)
Pinion (18)
CAUTION
Bearings (8, 9, 20, 32 and 35) Degrease using ultrasonic or Dry thoroughly with moisturefree
contamination.
Page 402
TR 07001 632025
P/N 369F5100
Cleaning Method
Nuts (14, 40 and 43) Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in basket.
Washers (6, 13, 39 and 42) agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Place parts in clean container after
cleaning.
(Ref. Figure 4)
Plugs (3, 5 and 11) Agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Dry with compressed air; blow air
Chip Detector (8) Use soft bristle brush to remove through nozzles and tubes to dry
Nozzles (13, 28 and 32) particles of adhesive. interior. Make sure passages are clear.
Retainer (18)
Bolts (15, 16, and 34) Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in basket.
Washers (14, 17, 25 and 33) agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Place parts in clean container after
Nuts (27) cleaning.
Clamps (26)
Pin (23)
(Ref. Figure 5 and Figure 6)
Nuts (3) Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in basket.
Washers (4) agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Place parts in clean container after
cleaning.
(Ref. Figure 7)
Filler cap (2) Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in basket.
Screen (3) agitate in cleaning solvent (1). Place parts in clean container after
Shim (4) cleaning.
Extension (5)
3. Main Transmission Painting and Markings B. Exterior Painting - Spot Touch-Up

The following paragraphs provide painting and Touch up bare metal spots on main transmis
marking requirements and procedures for the sion housing as follows:
main transmission.
Do not paint mounting surfaces,
A. Surface Preparation CAUTION holes, accessory pads, studs or
shaft extensions. Do not paint drain tube in
Before painting main transmission assembly, seal retainer assembly, drain valves and
prepare all surfaces as follows: chip detectors, identification plate, electri
cal terminals and packing (Ref. Figure 401).
NOTE: For additional painting information,
(Ref. CSPHMI2). (1). Prepare surface to be spotpainted as
described (Ref. Painting and Markings)
(1). Mask all exposed gearshafts, mounting
surfaces, holes and accessories with (2). Mix primer in accordance with
masking tape (7, Table 902). Mask manufacturers instructions. Apply one
identification plate (6, Figure 4) and coat of epoxy primer (9, Table 902).
main rotor output shaft. Allow epoxy primer to dry thoroughly.
(2). Featheredge any chipped or peeling (3). Mix paint in accordance with manufac
paint with abrasive paper (13, turers instructions. Apply two coats of
Table 902). Clean all surfaces thorough epoxy paint (10) to primed surface.
ly with trichlorethylene (8). Dry
surfaces thoroughly with clean lintfree NOTE: Allow first coat of paint to dry 4 hours
cloth or compressed air. before applying second coat.
Page 403
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
C. Complete Exterior Painting (2). Mix primer in accordance with
manufacturers instructions. Apply one
When necessary, paint complete transmission coat of epoxy primer (9, Table 902).
exterior as follows: Allow epoxy primer to dry thoroughly.
Do not paint mounting surfaces, (3). Mix paint in accordance with manufac
CAUTION holes, accessory pads, studs or turers instructions. Spray on thin coat
shaft extensions. Do not paint drain tube in of epoxy paint (10) with catalyst. Allow
seal retainer assembly, drain valves and 4 hours drying time.
chip detectors, identification plate electrical
terminals and packing (Ref. Figure 401). NOTE: Allow first coat of paint to dry 4 hours
before applying second coat.
(1). Perform all procedures in painting and
markings, (Ref. Painting and Mark (4). Apply two additional coats of epoxy
ings). paint.
Page 404
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
NOTE 2
NOTE 2
NOTE 2
NOTE 5
NOTES:
1. DO NOT PAINT THREADS.
2. DO NOT PAINT WITHIN THIS AREA. NOTE 1
3. DO NOT PAINT HOLES.
4. DO NOT PAINT WITHIN SHADED AREAS.
5. DO NOT PAINT THIS SURFACE.
6. DO NO PAINT STEEL BUSHINGS FACES OR BORES (4 PL). NOTE 3
7. DO NOT PAINT SIGHT GLASS.
NOTE 2
NOTE 4 NOTE 3
NOTE 4

NOTE 6

NOTE 5

NOTE 7
NOTE 3
NOTE 4 NOTE 2
H632552
Figure 401. Main Transmission Painting and Masking

632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. General Parts requiring magnetic particle or fluores-
cent penetrant inspection are listed in
This section contains inspection requirements Table 502.
for the main transmission components and
parts. Following the cleaning, any part thought to
have impact damage, or with any indication of
2. Inspection impact damage must be Magnetic Particle
Inspection (MPI) or Fluorescent Penetrant
Inspection of all parts of the transmission is Inspection (FPI) as applicable.
after cleaning. Visual and dimensional
The requirement to MPI or FPI parts sus-
inspection requirements are given in
pected of impact damage is to be considered
Table 501, with serviceable dimensions and
additional criteria. The inspection must be
serviceability criteria.
completed along with overhaul procedure.
Serviceable dimensions and serviceability A. Housing and Related Parts
criteria for gears, gearshafts and bearing
retainers are illustrated in Figure 501 thru (1). Visually inspect housing and related
Figure 515. parts (Ref Table 501).
Maximum Maximum
NOTE: All Inspections are visual inspections unless otherwise specified in Table 502.
Input Pinion Assembly (Ref. Figure 1) for:
Roller Bearing (4) Spalling, flaking, Light grooving, small Not repairable, replace
corrosion, surface indentations, and complete bearing set.
deterioration and heat transparent stains on
discoloration (blue rollers rollers and raceways is
and raceways). acceptable.
nonactive surfaces. abrasive paper and crocus
bearings.
Input Pinion (5) Damaged teeth, scoring None allowed. Not repairable, replace
(Ref. Figure 516) spalling and wear. pinion.
Deep scratches or scoring None allowed. Not repairable, replace
on bearing diameters. pinion.
Wear and Runout. Perform dimensional Not repairable, replace
inspection per Figure 501. pinion.
Corrosion. None allowed. Not repairable, replace
pinion.
Damaged splines. Not serviceable if splines Not repairable. Replace
are broken or chipped. pinion.
Cork plug. Not serviceable if plug is Replace plug in pinion.
deteriorated or loose in
gearshaft.
Page 501
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
Spacer (6) Cracks, scratches, None allowed. Replace spacer.
corrosion.
Shim (7) Cracks, scratches, None allowed. Replace shim.

corrosion.
Sleeve (9) Scratches. Axial marks from bearing Remove raised metal with
removal up to 0.002 inch abrasive stone. Replace if
(0.051 mm) deep are unserviceable.
acceptable.
Cracks, grooves or dents. None allowed. Replace sleeve.
Dimensional inspection
per Figure 502.
discoloration (blue rollers rollers and raceways are
bearings.
Thrust Bearing (12) Spalling, corrosion, heat, Discoloration (except solid Not repairable. Replace
pitting, discoloration (blue) dark blue) and small complete bearing set.
on balls and raceway. indentations are
acceptable.
bearings.
Sleeve (15) Cracks. None allowed. Replace sleeve.
Scratches, grooves or Rework by blending with
dents. abrasive paper and crocus
edges.

corrosion.
Bearing Retainer (Fan Cracks or breaks. No cracks or breaks Not repairable. Replace
Mount) (20) allowed. cover.
Mating surfaces. Not serviceable if surfaces Not repairable. Replace
are corroded. cover.
Nonmating surfaces. Not serviceable if surfaces Not repairable. Replace
Page 502
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
Locknut (24) Cracks. None allowed. Replace locknut.
edges.
Lockwasher (25) Cracks. None allowed. Replace lockwasher.
edges.
Main Rotor Output Assembly (Ref. Figure 2) for:
Cover (1) Cracks or breaks. No cracks or breaks Not repairable. Replace
allowed. cover.
Mating surfaces. Not serviceable if surfaces Not repairable. Replace
Nonmating surfaces. Not serviceable if surfaces Not repairable. Replace
Loose or damaged liners. None allowed. Replace cover.
Dimensional inspection Replace cover if
per Figure 505. dimensions are out of
tolerance.
Mast mount attacment lug None Allowed Not repairable. Replace
flange area for cracks or cover.
breaks per Figure 504
Mast mount attachment Light wear, burnishing and Remove raised metal with
lug flange and area areas of mattype finish. flat stone (18, Table 903).
around lug for: tool marks Remove scratches by
and surface damage per blending with abrasive
Figure 504. paper (17, Table 903) and
crocus cloth (2).
Oil Retainer (3) Scratches, grooves, nicks, Rework by blending with
burrs or dents. abrasive paper and crocus
edges.
Page 503
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
Ring Gear (4) (Ref. Damaged teeth, scoring None allowed. Not repairable, replace
Figure 519) spalling and wear. gear.
on bearing diameters. gear.
gear.
Fretting corrosion on Pitting to 40 percent of Minor cleanup. If outside
mounting face. total area within a 0.30 serviceable limits, replace
inch (7.62 mm) radius gear carrier.
from hole centers.
Retaining Ring (5) Cracks, corrosion and None allowed. Replace retainer.
nicks.
Gear carrier (6) Damaged or excessively Not serviceable if splines Not repairable. Replace
worn splines. are nicked or broken. gear carrier.
Inspect worn splines per
Figure 503.
Bearing journal worn or If wear is evident, use
damaged. dimensions in Figure 503.
Fretting corrosion on Pitting to 40 percent of Minor cleanup. If outside
mounting face. total area within a 0.300 serviceable limits, replace
inch (7.62 mm) radius gear carrier.
from hole centers.
Scratches. Scratches not readily Remove scratches by
detected by use of 0.030 blending with abrasive
inch (0.762 mm) radius paper.
scribe. Scratches that are
detected by using 0.030 If scratches exceed
inch (0.762 mm) radius serviceable limits, replace
scribe but do not exceed gear carrier.
0.003 inch (0.076 mm)
depth.
bearings.
Page 504
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
Housing (10) Cracks or breaks. Not serviceable if housing Not repairable. Replace
contains any cracks or housing.
breaks.
Corrosion. Not serviceable if surfaces Not repairable. Replace
are corroded. housing.
Loose or damaged studs None allowed. Replace studs or bushing
and bushings. or replace housing.
Housing (10) Liner for Scoring. Axial marks from bearing Remove raised metal with
removal up to 0.002 inch abrasive stone.
(0.051 mm) deep.
Liner for looseness in None allowed. Not repairable. Replace
housing. housing.
Liner dimensional Replace housing if
inspection per Figure 505. dimensions are out of
tolerance.
Bearing retainer (26) Corrosion and cracks. None allowed. Replace retainer.
Pin (28) Corrosion and cracks. None allowed. Replace pin.
Retainer (21) Corrosion and cracks. None allowed. Replace retainer.
edges.
edges.
Bearing (15) Spalling, corrosion, heat, Discoloration (except solid Not repairable. Replace
acceptable.
bearings.
Page 505
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
acceptable.
bearings.
corrosion.
Sleeve (13) Cracks, grooves and None allowed. Replace sleeve.
dents.
Scratches. Axial marks from bearing Remove raised metal with
removal, up to 0.002 inch abrasive stone. Replace if
(0.051 mm) deep, unserviceable.
allowed.
Dimensional inspection Replace sleeve if
tolerance.
corrosion
Nozzle (37 and 38) Cracks, grooves or dents. Not serviceable if cracked, Replace nozzle.
grooved or dented.
Tube (39) Cracks, grooves or dents. Not serviceable if cracked, Replace tube.
grooved or dented.
Intermediate Cover and Shaft (Ref. Figure 3) for:
Cover (1) Cracks or breaks. No cracks or breaks Not repairable. Replace
allowed. cover.
Loose or damaged liners. None allowed. Replace cover.
Dimensional inspection Replace cover if
tolerance.
acceptable.
bearings.
Page 506
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
bearings.
corrosion.
corrosion.
Retainer Plate (12) Cracks None allowed. Replace retainer plate.
edges.
Accessory Drive Gear (15) Damaged teeth, scoring, None allowed. Not repairable. Replace
pitting and rough finish. gear.
Dimensional inspection Replace gear if dimen-
per Figure 508. sions are out of tolerance.
Input Gear (16) (Ref. Damaged teeth, scoring None allowed. Not repairable, replace
Figure 517) spalling and wear. gear.
Wear and Runout. Perform dimensional Not repairable, replace
inspection per Figure 509. gear.
gear.
are broken or chipped pinion.
corrosion.
Retainer (21) Cracks, corrosion, nicks, None allowed. Replace retainer.
scratches.
Page 507
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
bearings.
Spacer (19) Cracks None allowed. Replace spacer.
edges.
Output Pinion (18) (Ref. Damaged teeth, scoring None allowed. Not repairable, replace
Figure 518) spalling and wear. pinion.
on bearing diameters. pinion.
pinion.
are broken or chipped. pinion.
Dimensional inspection Replace pinion if
tolerance.
Cork plug. Not serviceable if plug is Replace plug in pinion.
deteriorated or loose in
gearshaft.
Retainer Ring (22) Cracks, corrosion, nicks, None allowed. Replace retaining ring.
and scratches.
Seal Retainer (23) Cracks or breaks. No cracks or breaks Not repairable. Replace
allowed. seal retainer.
are corroded. seal retainer.
Seal Retainer (26) Cracks or breaks. No cracks or breaks Not repairable. Replace
allowed seal retainer.
are corroded. seal retainer.
edges.
Page 508
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
edges.
Bearings (32 and 35) Spalling, flaking, Light grooving, small Not repairable, replace
bearings.
Shafts (33 and 34) Corrosion, cracks and None allowed. Replace shaft.
gouges.
Square socket wear. Not serviceable if square Replace shaft.
socket dimension exceeds
0.252 inch (6.4008 mm)
max.
Retainer (37) Cracks, corrosion, nicks. None allowed. Replace retainer.
Accessory Gears (38) Damaged teeth, scoring None allowed. Not repairable, replace
spalling and wear. gear.
gear.
are broken or chipped gear.
Transmission Housing BuildUp (Ref. Figure 4) for:
Main Transmission Loose or damaged studs None allowed. Contact MDHI Engineer-
Housing (1) and/or inserts. ing for disposition.
Mast Mount Attachment Attachment lug flanges for None Allowed Not repairable. Replace
Lug cracks or breaks per housing.
Figure 504.
Light wear, burnishing and Rework by blending with
Attachment lug at flange areas of mattype finish. abrasive paper and crocus
radius and area around cloth to remove sharp
the lug area for: marks, edges.
sharp edges and surface Remove raised metal with
damage. abrasive stone.
Page 509
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
Plug (3) Cracks, corrosion and None allowed. Replace plug.
damaged threads.
Wrenching flats. Minor scratches, nicks Remove with a hard stone
and burrs may be or 400600 grit abrasive
removed. paper.
Oil Level Plug (5) Cracks, corrosion and None allowed. Replace plug.
damaged threads.
Wrenching flats. Scratches, nicks and burrs Remove with a hard stone
may be removed. or 400600 grit abrasive
paper.
Cracked or broken sight None allowed. Replace oil level plug.
glass.
Data Plate (6) Legibility and looseness. Not serviceable if plate Replace Data plate.
nomenclature is not
legible or if plate is loose.
Chip Detector (8) Damaged threads. No damaged threads Replace drain valve and
allowed. chip detector.
Valve plunger for freedom No defects allowed Replace drain valve and
of movement. chip detector.
Wrenching flats. Scratches, nicks and burrs Remove burrs and nicks
with hard stone or
400600 grade
abrasive paper.
Nozzle (13) Cracks, grooves or dents. Not serviceable if cracked, Replace nozzle.
grooved or dented.
Plug (11) Cracks, corrosion and None allowed. Replace plug.
damaged threads.
Wrenching flats. Scratches, nicks and burrs Remove with a hard stone
may be removed. or 400600 grit abrasive
paper.
Retainer (18) Cracks or corrosion. None allowed. Replace plug.
Scratches, nicks and Scratches, nicks and burrs Remove with a hard stone
burrs. may be removed. or 400600 grit abrasive
paper.
Nozzle (28) Cracks, grooves or dents. Not serviceable if cracked, Replace nozzle.
grooved or dented.
Dimensional inspection Replace nozzle if
tolerance.
Nozzle (32) Cracks, grooves or Not serviceable if cracked, Replace nozzle.
serious dents. grooved or dented.
Dimensional inspection Replace nozzle if
tolerance.
Page 510
Revision 13 632025
P/N 369F5100
Maximum Maximum
Filler/Extension Assembly (Ref. Figure 7) for:
Filler Cap (2) Cracks, corrosion, None allowed. Replace filler cap.
damaged threads, dent or
tears.
Screen (3) Cracks or corrosion. None allowed. Replace screen.
corrosion.
Extension (5) Cracks, corrosion, None allowed. Replace extension.
damaged threads, dent or
tears.
B. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent (1). Inspect the main rotor transmission
Penetrant Inspections and related components (Ref Table 502
Those parts examined with a magnetic particle and Table 503).
inspection must be done in accordance with
ASTM E 1444 as identified in Table 502.
Those parts examined with fluorescent
penetrant inspection must be done in accor-
dance with ASTM E 1417 as identified in
Table 502.
Prevent entry of paint stripper

CAUTION into joint lines of bearings,
bushings or inserts which remain installed
within the component requiring paint re-
moval.
NOTE:
D Removal of dry film lube is not required
for magnetic particle inspection.
D Stripping of paint and primer is neces-
sary for flourescent penetrant inspection.
Use paint remover (27, Table 902) or light
abrasive bead blast (25). Do not remove
tagnite surface treatment or rockhard
resin coating from nonferrous compo-
nents.
D Removal of Tagnite surface treatment or
Rockhard resin coating is not required for
inspection of nonferrous components.
Page 511
632025 TR 07001
P/N 369F5100
Table 502. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspections
NOTE: For a normal overhaul, the housing inspection only requires local removal of paint and
primer approximately 2.00 INCH (0.50 cm) diameter from around the four mounting lug areas.
NOTE: For an overhaul that is the result of:
(1) After Main Rotor Blade/Drive System Sudden Stoppage Level 2 (Ref. CSPHMI2, Sec.
055000)
(2) After Lightning Strike Level 2 (Ref. CSPHMI2, Sec. 055000)
(3) If a part is thought to have impact damage or shows any indication of impact damage
All internal and external paint must be removed to fully inspect the main transmission housing
or main rotor drive cover.
Main transmission housing (mast mount attach lugs), Figure 504 for:
Cracks or breaks FPI (ASTM E 1417) No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace housing.
include area below
lug at flange radius
and area around lug
Main rotor drive cover (mast mount attach lugs), Figure 504, for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace cover.
trant (ASTM E 1417)
Tail rotor drive cover, Figure 3, item 1 for:
NOTE: For an overhaul that is the result of an impact damage from a crash or has the indication of impact dam-
age, all paint must be removed to fully inspect the drive cover.
trant (ASTM E 1417)
Blower mount assembly, Figure 1, item 20 for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace mount
trant (ASTM E 1417) assembly
Input drive pinion, Figure 1, item 5 for:,
NOTE: If necessary, reapply dry film lube to gears before reassembly of transmission. Dry film lube can only be
applied by E/M Corp.
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace input drive
(ASTM E 1444) pinion
Input pinion bearing sleeve, Figure 1, item 9 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace input pinion
(ASTM E 1444) bearing sleeve
Output drive gear, Figure 2, item 4 for:
(ASTM E 1444) gear
Page 512
TR 07001 632025
P/N 369F5100
Ring gear carrier, Figure 2, item 6 for:
(ASTM E 1444) shaft assembly
Deleted
Output shaft bearing sleeve, Figure 2, item 13 for:

Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace sleeve
(ASTM E 1444)
Accessory gear driver, Figure 3, item 15 for:
(ASTM E 1444)
Input drive gear, Figure 3, item 16 for:
(ASTM E 1444)
Output drive pinion, Figure 3, item 18 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace drive pinion
(ASTM E 1444)
Oil pump drive shaft, Figure 3, item 33 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace oil pump
Tachometer drive shaft, Figure 3, item 34 for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace tachometer
Accessory driven pinion gear , Figure 3, item 38 for:
(ASTM E 1444)
Page 513
632025 TR 07001
P/N 369F5100
1.5914 IN. (4.0422
CM) MIN.
NOTE 1
1.7102 IN. 1.7722 IN.
(4.3439 CM) MIN. (4.5014 CM) MIN.
NOTE: (NOTE 2)
A
1. SPLINE DIAMETER MEASURED OVER 0.096 IN.
(2.4384 MM) DIA. PINS.
2. CONCENTRIC WITH DIA. A" WITHIN 0.001 IN.
(0.0254 MM). 369F5121INPUT DRIVE PINION H632519A
Figure 501. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions
NOTE 2
NOTE 1 4.1240 IN.

(10.4750 CM) MIN.
3.945 IN.
(10.0203 CM) MAX.
3.9383 IN.
(10.0033 CM) MAX.
NOTES:
1. FLANGE THICKNESS DIMENSION MARKED ON PART.
2. DIMENSION BETWEEN SHOULDERS MARKED ON PART. H632541A
Figure 502. Sleeve, Bearing, Input Shaft Outer Serviceable Dimensions
Page 514
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
PART NO., SERIAL NO. AND ACTUAL 3.8758 IN.

(9.8445 CM) MIN. A
BEARING/GEAR MOUNTING DISTANCE
0.004 IN.
AB
(0.1016 MM)
1.9925 IN.
(5.0610 CM) MAX.
(NOTE)
3.1499 IN.
(8.0007 CM) MIN. B
NOTE:
SPLINE MEASUREMENT OVER
0.105 IN. (2.667 MM) PINS 369F5131 OUTPUT GEAR CARRIER H632533B
Figure 503. Output Gear Carrier Assembly Serviceable Dimensions
FLANGE
RADIUS
A
SECTION A A
h632582
Figure 504. Mast Mount Attach Lug
Page 515
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
5.1416 IN.
(13.0597 CM) MAX.
5.9075 IN.
(15.0051 CM) MAX.
3.9373 IN.
(10.0007 CM) MAX.
4.1266 IN.
(10.4816 CM) MAX.
3.1516 IN.
(8.0051 CM) MAX.
H632531A
Figure 505. Bearing Liners in Main Housing and Top Cover Serviceable Dimensions
4.9360 IN.
(12.5374 CM) MAX.
5.1390 IN. 4.9218 IN.

(13.0531 CM) MIN. (12.5014 CM) MAX.
H632542A
Figure 506. Sleeve, Output Bearing Serviceable Dimensions
Page 516
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
1.1034 IN. 4.3320 IN. 1.1034 IN.

(2.8026 CM) MAX. (11.0033 CM) MAX. (2.8026 CM) MAX.
LINER (4 PLCS)
LINER
4.3450 IN.
(11.0363 CM) MAX.
H632538A
Figure 507. Bearing Liners in Tail Rotor Drive Cover Serviceable Dimensions
4.5097 IN.
(11.4546 CM) MIN.
(NOTE)
NOTES:
DIAMETER MEASURED OVER 0.072 IN. (1.8288 MM) BALLS. H632540A
Figure 508. Accessory Gear, Driver Serviceable Dimensions
Page 517
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
PART NO., SERIAL NO., EXACT

MOUNTING DISTANCE, BACKLASH
AND ACTUAL BORE WIDTH
2.3830 IN.
(6.0528 CM) MAX.
(NOTE)
3695123 INPUT DRIVE GEAR

NOTE:
INSIDE DIAMETER MEASURED OVER 0.0864 IN. (2.1946 MM) PINS H632532A
Figure 509. Input Gear Serviceable Dimensions
2.3649 IN.
(6.0068 CM) MIN.
1.3787 IN. 2.6428 IN.

(3.5019 CM) MIN. (6.7127 CM) MIN. 2.3629 IN.
(NOTE 3) (6.0018 CM) MIN.
NOTE 2
1.1795 IN.
A (2.9959 CM) MIN.
NOTE 1 1.133 IN.
(2.8778 CM) MIN.
PART NO., SERIAL NO.,
EXACT MOUNTING
NOTES:
1. SPLINE DIAMETER IS MEASURED OVER 0.096 IN. (2.4384 MM) DIA. PINS.
2. SPLINE DIAMETER IS MEASURED OVER 0.060 IN. (1.524 MM) DIA. PINS.
3. CONCENTRIC WITH DIA. A" WITHIN 0.001 IN. (0.0254 MM). H632520A
Figure 510. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions
Page 518
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
2.2767 IN.
(5.7828 CM) MIN.
(NOTE)
NOTE:
DIAMETER MEASURED OVER 0.072 IN. (1.8288 MM) DIA. PINS H632547A
Figure 511. Accessory Gear Serviceable Dimensions
PLUG
0.050 IN.
(1.270 MM) MAX.
(NOTE)
NOTE:
HOLE THROUGH CENTER OF PLUG H632549A
Figure 512. 369F5170 Nozzle Serviceable Dimensions
Page 519
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
0.065 IN.
(1.651 MM) MAX.
H632545A
0.016 IN.
(0.4064 MM) MAX.
H632553A
0.041 IN.
(1.0414 MM) MAX.
(2 PL)
H632554A
Page 520
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A LINE NEAR THE BOTTOM OF THE
ABRASIVE PAPER.

SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF. WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE.
EXCESSIVE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND NEAR THE CENTER OF

H632076A
Figure 516. Input Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria
Page 521
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS NEAR THE ROOT OF THE GEAR ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND WHERE THE GRINDING
TEETH. LINES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. ACCEPT WHEN THIS AREA DOES NOT
SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN BURNISHING WILL OCCUR AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH AND APPEARS AS
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF AND IS LOCATED JUST ABOVE THE WORN A LIGHTLY PEENED AREA WHERE THE GRINDING LINES HAVE BEEN
AREA. BLENDED.
EXCESSIVE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND NEAR THE CENTER OF MATTYPE FINISH WILL APPEAR AS DULL GRAY IRREGULAR SHAPED
TOOTH. REJECT WHEN THE STEP AT THE TOP OF THE WORN AREA AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING WITH
EXCEEDS 0.250 INCH (6.350 MM) LENGTH. NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE.
H632077A
Figure 517. Input Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria
Page 522
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND WHERE THE GRINDING

SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHERE AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING WITH
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF. NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE

H632078A
Figure 518. Output Drive Pinion Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria
Page 523
632025 Revision 17
P/N 369F5100
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS NEAR THE ROOT OF THE GEAR ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A CONTINUOUS LENGTH OR
TEETH. SEPARATED AREAS WHERE THE GRINDING LINES HVE BEEN REMOVED.
ACCEPT IF, AFTER POLISHING WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE AREAS
DO NOT EXCEED 0.040 INCH (1.016 MM) WIDTH OR 0.700 INCH (17.78 MM)
LENGTH.
WEAR WILL APPEAR AS AN AREA NEAR THE TOP OF THE GEAR TEETH MATTYPE FINISH WILL APPEAR AS DULL GRAY IRREGULAR SHAPED
WHERE THE GRINDING LINES HAVE BEEN REMOVED. REJECT WHEN, AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING WITH
AFTER POLISHING WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE AREA EXCEEDS NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE
0.040 INCH (1.016 MM) WIDTH OR 0.700 INCH (17.78 MM) LENGTH.
H632079A
Figure 519. Output Drive Gear Serviceability Criteria
Page 524
Revision 17 632025
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. General 5. Damaged Inserts
Damaged inserts require engi
CAUTION neering disposition to deter
This section provides allowable repairs and
mine if replacement is possible.
parts replacement information for the main
transmission. 6. Damaged Studs
Damaged studs require engi
CAUTION neering disposition to deter
2. Repair mine if replacement is possible.
7. Input Pinion Labyrinth Seal Modification

Repair procedures given in the following
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for (Ref. Figure 601) The following modification
main transmission parts and components. includes the installation of a sleeve, improved
Prior to making repairs on any part or lip seal and modified labyrinth seal. These
components replace the Magnetic seal and
component, ensure that the part or component
labyrinth seal installed on production
is within the repairable limits given in (Ref. 369F5100 transmissions.
Inspection/Check).
(1). Modify the labyrinth seal (23, Figure 1)
by carefully removing one of the outside
sealing lips.
3. Repair of Minor Corrosion, Nicks and
Scratches NOTE: Make sure face of labyrinth seal with
lip removed is installed facing inboard. Seal
ing compound must be allowed to cure for 24
(Ref. Table 902) Remove corrosion and repair hours, after seal installation.
minor nicks and scratches as follows:
(2). Apply sealing compound (3, Table 902)
to outboard bore of fan mount (20,
Figure 1).
(1). Remove damage using abrasive paper
(13) and crocus cloth (2). Use hard (3). Install labyrinth seal (23) in outboard
stone (14) to remove high spots and side of fan mount.
burrs on mounting surfaces.
(4). Apply sealing compound to inboard bore
of fan mount.
(2). Treat repaired areas of aluminum parts (5). Install lip seal (18, Figure 1) in inboard
with chemical film (15). side of fan mount.
NOTE: Take care not to scratch sleeve during
installation. This is a sealing surface.
4. Part Replacement
(6). Install Speedisleeve (Ref. Speedi
Sleeve Installation).
All parts not meeting the specifications in (Ref.
Disassembly), which cannot be repaired must 8. Gearshaft Repair Using Speedi-Sleeve
be replaced. The following paragraphs contain This procedure covers repair of output
replacement procedures for parts and compo gearshaft (18, Figure 3) using speedisleeve
nents which cannot be replaced in the course (29), and input gearshaft (5, Figure 1) using
of reassembly. speedisleeve (17).
Page 601
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
A. Speedi-Sleeve Removal (b). Apply locking compound (17) to
shaftsleeve mating surface.
(Ref. Figure 601 or Figure 602)
(3). If using plastic steel:
Use care not to cut into or dam
CAUTION age gearshaft when removing
(a). Mix plastic steel (21), in accordance
damaged sleeve. with manufacturers instructions.
(1). Use file or other suitable instrument to (b). Apply plastic steel to shaftsleeve
cut through edge of sleeve. Carefully mating surfaces.
pry/cut edge away from shaft.
(4). While locking compound or plastic steel
(2). Grasp raised edge with pliers and peel is wet, install new speedisleeve on
damaged sleeve off shaft. shaft flange first.
(3). Remove any locking compound (17,
NOTE: Do not remove installation flange on
Table 902) or plastic steel (21) residue
speedisleeve.
from shaft using the following methods:
Use care when using stainless (5). Press or tap sleeve into place using a
CAUTION steel brush not to remove plat 11/4 inch (3.175 cm) I.D. pipe posi
ing from shaft. tioned on flange of sleeve. Refer to
Figure 601 or Figure 602 for installa
(a). Remove any residual locking com tion dimensions.
pound from shaft with a stainless
steel bristle brush. Clean shaft with (6). Wipe excess locking compound or
a lint free cloth dampened in locking plastic steel from shaft using a clean
compound remover (22, Table 902). lint free cloth.
(b). Remove plastic steel residue from 9. Gear Recoating

shaft using lint free cloth dampened
with dry cleaning solvent (1). (1). The following gears are to be sent to
E/M Corp. (26, Table 902) for reapplica
B. Speedi-Sleeve Installation tion of the phosphate and solid film
lubricant coating before installation
(Ref. Figure 601 or Figure 602) into the transmission.
(1). Clean shaft sleeve mating surface with Input pinion (5, Figure 1)
lint free cloth dampened with dry
cleaning solvent (1, Table 902). Output gear (4, Figure 2)
NOTE: Either locking compound (17) or plastic Ring gear carrier (6, Figure 2)
steel (21) may be used for speedisleeve at
tachment. Accessory drive gear (15, Figure 3)
(2). If using locking compound: Input gear (16, Figure 3)
(a). Apply surface primer (16) on shaft Output pinion (18, Figure 3)
sleeve mating surfaces. Allow primer
to air dry at ambient temperature for Accessory driven pinion gear (38,
a minimum of 30 minutes. Figure 3)
Page 602
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
LIP SEAL
3.83 IN. (9.7282 CM)
SPEEDISLEEVE
LABYRINTH SEAL
REMOVE
H632525
Figure 601. Input Pinion Seal Modification and Speedi Sleeve Installation
OUTPUT
PINION SHAFT
0.395 IN. (10.033 MM)

INSTALLATION DEPTH
OUTPUT
PINION SHAFT
SPEEDISLEEVE
H632517
Figure 602. Output Pinion Speedi-Sleeve Installation
Page 603
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
10. Modification B. Transmission Upgrade (-503 to -503M)
(1). Replace 369F51353 lubrication pump
Authorized main transmission modifications with 369F51355 lubrication pump.
are described as follows:
C. Transmission Upgrade (-503 to -507)
NOTE: When upgrading the main transmis
sion, re identify the I.D. plate with the (1). Replace 369F51051 intermediate cover
proper part dash" number. with 369F51053 intermediate cover.
(2). Replace 369F51651 input seal with
A. Transmission Upgrade (-503 to -505) 369F51653 input seal.
(3). Replace 369F51661 magnetic seal with
(1). Replace 369F51051 intermediate cover 20520 lip seal and add 099199 wear
with 369F51053 intermediate cover. sleeve.
(2). Replace 369F51651 input seal with (4). Replace 369F51353 lubrication pump
369F51653 input seal. with 369F51355 lubrication pump.
D. Transmission Upgrade (-505 to -507)
(3). Replace 369F51661 magnetic seal with
20520 lip seal and add 099199 wear (1). Replace 369F51353 lubrication pump
sleeve. with 369F51355 lubrication pump.
Table 601. Main Transmission Configuration Conversions
369F5100-() Configuration Modification Required (1)
503 505 1, 2, 3, 4
503 503M 5
503 507 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
505 507 5
NOTES:
Table 602. Main Transmission Modification Criteria

Item
No. Quantity Parts to be Removed Parts to be Installed
1 1 369F5105-1 Intermediate Cover 369F5105-3 Intermediate Cover
2 1 369F5165-1 Input Seal 369F5165-3 Input Seal
3 1 369F5166-1 Magnetic Seal 20520 Lip Seal
4 1 None 099199 Wear Sleeve
5 1 369F5135-3 Lubrication Pump 369F5135-5 Lubrication Pump
Page 604
Revision 12 632025
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. General NOTE: The following notes apply throughout
the reassembly and testing procedure:
Information in this section provides main D Reassemble the transmission in the se
transmission reassembly and shipping quence in which the following paragraphs
instructions. and procedures occur.
D If correct gear backlash and contact pat
terns existed before disassembly, service
CAUTION able original shims and spacers (removed
at disassembly) can usually be used at
D Do not deviate from the following reas reassembly with little, if any, change.
sembly procedures. Dimensional toler D Safety all external plugs, screws and bolts
ances are critical, and if incorrect, can se with lockwire (11, Table 902).
riously shorten transmission
serviceability. D Lightly coat all packing and mating pilot
surfaces with lubricating oil (12) or as
D Grease in the main transmission can sembly fluid (18) before installation.
cause oil filter blockage and reduction in D Allow all bonding and sealing agents to
oil pressure. Ensure all original parts and fully cure in accordance with manufactur
bearings are degreased, and that packag ers instructions before application of
ing, preservation and protective material loads or lubricants.
is removed from all new or replacement
parts by cleaning prior to installation. 2. Torque Multiplier Usage
D When reassembling transmission, do not The torque multiplier (34, Table 901) is used,
wipe gears or carriers with any ketones or with the torque fixture and torque arm (4 and
aromatics (tolulene, xylene), or hot caus 5) to install several lock nuts. This tool will
tic cleaners, this will damage the coating. multiply the input torque by a ratio of 11 to 1.
Page 701
632025 Revision 12
P/N 369F5100
3. Major Component Reassembly NOTE: If housing or cover was heated, allow to
cool to room temperature before applying
Reassemble major components of the main additional locking compound.
transmission as described in the following
paragraphs. (6). Apply additional locking compound (17)
A. Transmission Housing and Output Cover to joint between bearing outer races
Bearing Installation and bearing liner in housing. Allow
capillary action to pull the compound
(Ref. Figure 701) into joint. Do not allow excess com
pound into bearings. Allow compound to
(1). Wipe mating surfaces of roller bearings cure for 24 hours prior to further
(7 and 8) and liners in housing (6) with handling.
solvent (8, Table 902).
A fluorescent ring must be
(2). Wipe mating surfaces of roller bearings CAUTION clearly visible around the bear
(2) and liners in cover (1) with solvent
ing outer races when inspected with ultra
(8, Table 902).
violet light. If a complete ring of locking
(3). Apply primer (16) to mating surfaces. compound is not visible, bearings must be
Allow to air dry for 30 minutes. removed, cleaned and reinstalled
NOTE: Parts must be assembled within four (7). Inspect the joints between the bearing
hours of application of locking compound. outer races and liners using an ultra
violet light. A fluorescent ring must be
(4). Apply locking compound (17) to mating clearly evident around the bearing race.
surfaces of bearings and housing liners.
Handling hot items presents (8). Install retainer (3), washer (4) and bolt
WARNING a serious burn potential. (5). Torque bolt to 36 46 inch pounds
Heat resistant gloves are required. (4.07 5.20 Nm).
NOTE: Bearings are slip fit with liners. Bear (9). Install retainer (9), washers (10) and
ings must be installed with slot in outer race bolts (11). Torque bolts to 36 46 inch
facing outboard and aligned with slot in lin pounds (4.07 5.20 Nm).
er and housing. Housing and cover may be
heated to a maximum of 250F (122C) to NOTE: Flat side of retainer (12) to face away
assist in installation. from bearing.
(5). Install roller bearings in liners. Remove (10). Install retainer (12), washers (13) and
excess primer and locking compound bolts (14). Torque bolts to 36 46 inch
with solvent. pounds (4.07 5.20 Nm).
Page 702
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
NOTE 1 1 2
NOTE 1
6
3, 4
(NOTE 2)
10
11 9
8
12
NOTE 1
NOTE 1 10
11
NOTE 1
13 14
(NOTE 2) NOTE 1
NOTES:
1. LINE UP SLOTS DURING BEARING INSTALLATION.
2. TORQUE BOLT 3646 IN. LBS (4.075.20 NM) PLUS DRAG TORQUE.
H63-2529
1. OUTPUT COVER - 369F5103 8. ROLLER BEARING - 369F5148

2. ROLLER BEARING - 369F5145 9. RETAINER - 369F5182
3. RETAINER - 369F5181 10. WASHER - AN960-10L
4. WASHER - AN960-10L 11. BOLT - NAS1303-3
5. BOLT - NAS1303-3 12. RETAINER - 369F5180
6. TRANSMISSION HOUSING - 369F5101 13. WASHER - AN960-10L
7. ROLLER BEARING - 369F5142 14. BOLT - NAS1303-3
Figure 701. Transmission Housing and Output Cover Bearing Installation
Page 703
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
B. Input Gear Nozzle Installation (3). Secure nozzle with clamps (1), pin
rivets (3), washers (4 and 6) and nuts
(Ref. Figure 702) (7). Torque nuts to 20 25 inch
(1). Lubricate packings (2, 3 and 4) and pounds (2.26 2.82 Nm) plus drag
install packings on input gear nozzle torque.
(5).
CLAMP (2 PLCS)
(2). Install input gear nozzle in main
transmission housing using washer (6)
NOZZLE
and bolt (7).
1 APPLY ADHESIVE
TO NOZZLE AND
4 5 HOUSING HERE
6
2 7
3
CAUTION: END OF THIS NOZZLE
MUST NOT INTERFERE WITH
H632567 INPUT PINIION ROLLER 369F51711 NOZZLE
BEARING LINER
1. NOZZLE - 369F5170
2. O-RING - M83248/1-010 3
3. O-RING - M83248/1-010
4. O-RING - M83248/1-012
5. NOZZLE - 369F5171
6. WASHER - AN960-10L 4 2
7. BOLT - NAS1303-3H
Figure 702. Input Gear Nozzle 1
C. Nozzle Installation 5
(Ref. Figure 703) 7

6 (NOTE)
(1). Clean all bores and passages in main
transmission housing (5) with dry NOTE:
compressed air. TORQUE NUT: 2025 IN. LBS (2.262.82 NM)
PLUS DRAG TORQUE (2 PLCS). H632513
(2). If nozzle (2) was removed, apply 1. CLAMP - AN742D3
2. NOZZLE TUBE - 369F5170
adhesive (4, Table 902) to nozzle at
3. PIN RIVET - HS5602-6-4
point where nozzle and transmission 4. COUNTERSUNK WASHER - MS21299C3
housing mate. Insert nozzle into 5. HOUSING - 369F5101
housing. Wipe off excess adhesive. 6. WASHER - NAS620A10L
7. NUT - MS21042L3
NOTE: Beveled inner diameter of washers (4)
must face head of pin rivets (3). Figure 703. Nozzle Tube Installation
Page 704
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
Page 705
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
D. Main Rotor Drive Reassembly Handling hot items presents
WARNING a serious burn potential.
(Ref. Figure 704) Heat resistant gloves are required.
(1). Install retainer ring (17) into groove on (10). Heat inner races of bearings (3 and 4)
inside diameter of gear carrier. and bearing liner (2) to 350F (177C)
(2). Install oil retainer (20) into gear carrier maximum.
from top of shaft. Use tools 9 and 18,
Table 901. NOTE:
D Align V" marks on ball bearing inner
NOTE: Ensure bolt holes in gear are aligned race with V" facing toward gears.
with holes in carrier when installing gear.
D Outer race of bearing (4) must be
Handling hot items presents installed with oil grooves facing upward
WARNING a serious burn potential. and toward the outer race of bearing (3).
Heat resistant gloves are required.
(11). Press inner race of bearing (4), without
(3). Heat ring gear (19) to 350F (130C) oil groove, onto gear carrier (16).
maximum.
(4). Install ring gear on gear carrier and (12). Install bearings (3 and 4) into bearing
allow to cool to room temperature. liner (2).
NOTE: Lubricate new bolt (18) threads with (13). Assemble inner races into bearings (3
transmission oil (12, Table 902) prior to and 4) and install onto gear carrier (16).
each installation.
NOTE: If output gear set backlash, as recorded
(5). Secure ring gear with new bolts (18). before disassembly, was within tolerance,
Torque bolts to 510 555 inchpounds and if old ring gear is used, replacement of
(57.62 62.71 Nm) in a crosstorque gear carrier shim (5) is not necessary and
pattern. Loosen bolts and retorque to you may reuse the removed shim. New peel
same value. shim thickness is calculated on the shim-
ming calculation sheet (Ref. Transmission
NOTE: A maximum of three bolts may be safety Overhaul, Repair and Modification Check
wired (or safety cabled) together. List).
(6). Safety bolts with lockwire (11,
Table 902). NOTE: Lightly coat Orings (6) with lubricant
(18, Table 902) to prevent installation dam-
(7). Clean all bores and passages in output age.
cover (1) with dry compressed air.
(14). Install Orings in grooves of output
(8). Install oil tube and nozzle as follows: cover (1).
(a). Apply sealant (3, Table 902) to outer (15). Install split peel shim (5) on under side
diameter of open end of oil tube (8). of liner flange. Press liner into bore of
cover (1).
(b). Insert open end of oil tube into
output cover.
(16). Install bearing retainer tool (35,
(c). Install clamps (11), washers (9) and Table 901) using washers (22) and bolts
bolts (10). Torque bolts to 36 46 (21). Torque bolts to 10 inchpounds
inchpounds (4.07 5.20 Nm). (1.13 Nm) maximum plus drag
torque.
(9). Wipe mating surfaces of bearing liner
(2) and cover (1) with solvent (8, (17). Press cover assembly onto gear carrier
Table 902). shaft. Use tools 9 and 14, Table 901.
Page 706
TR 07001 632025
P/N 369F5100
2 3 4 5
7
1
8
6 NOTE 5
NOTE 3
21, 22 1 9, 10 (3 PL)
23 (NOTE 2) (NOTE 6)
13 14
12 15
(NOTE 1)
11 (3 PL)
20 19
17
16 18
(NOTE 4)
NOTES:
1. USING TOOL (34. TABLE 901), TORQUE TO 417 FT. LBS (565 NM). BACK OFF AND RETORQUE TO
350392 FT. LBS (475532 NM).
2. TORQUE 3646 IN. LBS (4.075.20 NM) PLUS DRAG TORQUE (6 PL).
3. ALIGN V" MARKS ON ROLLER BEARING INNER RACE WITH V" POINTING INBOARD.
4. TORQUE BOLT TO 4246 FT. LBS (5762 NM). LUBRICATE BOLTS WITH TRANSMISSION OIL
PRIOR TO EACH INSTALLATION.
5. APPLY ADHESIVE TO OIL TUBE HERE.
6. TORQUE 3646 IN. LBS (4.075.20 NM) PLUS DRAG TORQUE. H632530A
1. OUTPUT COVER 369F5103 13. LOCKWASHER SL61W17F

2. LINER 369F5115 14. SHIM 369F5156
3. ROLLER BEARING 369F5146 15. ORING M83248/1437
4. BALL BEARING 369F5147 16. GEAR CARRIER 369F5135
5. SHIM 369F5157 17. RETAINER RING RR975
6. ORINGS M83248/1160 18. BOLT 369F5161
7. ORING M83248/1281 19. RING GEAR 369F5127
8. OIL TUBE 369A5147 20. OIL RETAINER 369A5146
9. WASHERS AN96010L 21. BOLT NAS13036
10. BOLTS NAS13031 22. WASHER NAS620A10L
11. CLAMPS AN742D6 23. RETAINER 369F5119
12. LOCKNUT SL61N17F
Figure 704. Output Cover And Gear Carrier Assembly
Page 707
632025 TR 07001
P/N 369F5100
NOTE: The torque callouts in step (18). are in- Torque screws to 12 15 inchpounds
put torque for the torque multiplier (34, (1.36 1.69 Nm).
Table 901)
E. Intermediate Drive Cover / Accessory
(18). Apply antiseize compound (5, Drive Assembly
Table 902) to serrated thread of gear Use only enough force to seat
carrier shaft. Install locknut (12) and CAUTION seal in retainer. Excess force
torque to 456 inchpounds (51.53 will distort or damage seals.
Nm). Loosen locknut and retorque to
384 432 inchpounds (43.40 48.82 NOTE: Allow sealant 24 hours cure time before
Nm). Use torque fixture (Ref. further handling.
Figure 305), (3, 4, 5, 8, and 21,
Table 901) and torque multiplier (34). (1). Coat mating surfaces of seal retainer
(1, Figure 706) with sealing com-
(19). Press lockwasher (13) over locknut. pound (3, Table 902). Press seal into
retainer.
(20). Remove bearing retainer tool.
(a). Coat mating surfaces of seal retain-
NOTE: Lightly coat lubricate Oring (15) to ers (3) with sealing compound. Press
prevent installation damage. seals (4) into retainers using seal
installation tool (15, Table 901).
(21). Install Oring (15) in top cover. 1
(22). Install shim (14) in liner (2) on top of

bearing (3) and install bearing retainer
(23) with Oring (15), washers (22) and
bolts (21). Torque bolts to 36 46
2
(23). Install Oring (7) on output cover. 3 5
4
H632521
1. SEAL RETAINER 369F5109
2 2. SEAL 369F5167
1
4 3. SEAL RETAINER 369A5106
4. SEAL 369A5189
5 5. ORING M83248/1239
Figure 706. Intermediate Cover Seal
3 Installation
3
2 1 (2). Press bearings (12, Figure 707) onto

H632569
1. SCREW NAS1352088
accessory drive shafts (4 and 5) using
2. WASHER NAS620A8L bearing installation tool (13, Table 901)
3. ORING M83248/1011 and install woodruff keys (8) using
4. NOZZLE 369F5173 installation tool (29, Table 901).
5. NOZZLE 369F5172
NOTE: Lightly coat Orings (13) with lubricant
Figure 705. Output Nozzle Installation (18, Table 902) to prevent installation dam-
age. Only hand pressure is required to
(24). Install Oring (3, Figure 705) in install seal retainers.
counter bore on back face of nozzles (4
and 5) and install nozzles into cover (3). Install Oring in groove on outer
using washers (2) and screws (1). diameter of seal retainer (2).
Page 708
TR 07001 632025
P/N 369F5100
14 13 7
2 3 6
8
9
10
11
4
(NOTE 1)
12 12
6 7
12 12
5 8
(NOTE 2)
9
10
11
NOTES:
1. LONGER ACCESSORY SHAFTS (369D251373) ARE INSTALLED
IN UPPER ACCESSORY SHAFT LINERS IN INTERMEDIATE
COVER.
2. SHORTER ACCESSORY SHAFTS (369D251375) ARE INSTALLED
IN LOWER ACCESSORY SHAFT LINERS IN INTERMEDIATE
COVER.
H632522
1. INTERMEDIATE COVER - 369F5105 8. WOODRUFF KEY - 212

2. SEAL RETAINER - 369A5106 9. WASHER - AN960-616L
3. SEAL - 369A5189 10. NUT - AN320-6
4. ACCESSORY SHAFT - 369D25137-3 11. COTTER PIN - MS24665-229
5. ACCESSORY SHAFT - 369D25137-5 12. BEARINGS - HS7046-2815
6. RETAINING RING - RR-112 13. O-RING - M83248/1-124
7. ACCESSORY GEAR - 369F5130 14. RETAINING RING - RR-150
Figure 707. Intermediate Cover Accessory Shaft Installation
Page 709
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
(4). Install seal retainers (2) into cover (1) (11). Insert 1/4 inch drive extension in
and install retaining rings (14). opposite end of shaft and torque nuts to
95 110 inchpounds (10.73 12.43
NOTE: Only hand force is necessary when Nm) and install cotter pins (11).
installing accessory shaft assemblies into
cover liners. Longer shafts are installed in
the upper accessory shaft liners and shorter NOTE: Lightly coat O ring (10, Figure 708)
shafts are installed in lower liners. with lubricant (18, Table 902) to prevent
installation damage.
(5). Install accessory shaft assemblies into
cover and install retaining rings (6). (12). Install Oring (10, Figure 708) in grove
Groove across face of ball bear on outside diameter of cover (1).
CAUTION ing outer race must be adjacent
to the roller bearing outer race to allow lu
brication of the bearings. 1
2
(6). Align marks on ball bearing (9,
Figure 708) inner race to form a "V" 4 3
pointing inboard and press ball bearing 5
into liner of cover (1).
(7). Press outer race of roller bearing (8)
into liner on cover.
NOTE: Use calculated value from Transmis 6
sion Overhaul, Modification and Repair
9
Checklist to determine required thickness of 7 8
peel shim (3). 10
H632548
(8). Peel shim to calculated thickness and 1. INTERMEDIATE DRIVE COVER - 369F5105
install shim on cover. 2. STUD - MS51833-202-10
3. SHIM - 369F5162
(9). Align retainer (4) on cover with flat 4. RETAINER - 369F5118
edge of plate covering oil passage holes 5. WASHER - NAS620A416L
6. NUT - MS21042L4
and install plate using washers (5) and
7. SHIM - 369F5153
nuts (6). Torque nuts to 40 50 inch 8. ROLLER BEARING - 369F5143
pounds (4.52 5.65 Nm). 9. BALL BEARING - 369F5144
10. O-RING - M83248/1-269
(10). Install accessory gears (7, Figure 707)
on shafts (4 and 5) using washers (9) Figure 708. Intermediate Drive Cover Bearing
and nuts (10). Installation
Page 710
Revision 15 632025
P/N 369F5100
Page 711
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
F. Output Pinion Reassembly (5). Press bearing inner race onto pinion
shaft. Use tools 9 and 11, Table 901.
(Ref. Figure 709)
(6). Install retainer ring (2) on pinion.
NOTE: Counterbore face of spacer (4) must be
seated against pinion (1) shoulder. NOTE: Chamfer on inner diameter of shim (5)
(1). Install spacer (4) on pinion (1) shaft. must be installed facing pinion gear.
Handling hot items presents (7). Install shim (5) on pinion.

WARNING a serious burn potential.
Handling hot items presents
Heat resistant gloves are required. WARNING a serious burn potential.
Bearing (3) inner and outer Heat resistant gloves are required.
CAUTION races are matched sets. Ensure
bearing outer race stays with this assembly. (8). Heat accessory drive gear (7) and input
gear (6) to 350F (177C).
(2). Heat bearing (3) inner race to
325350 F (163177C). NOTE: For ease of assembly, intermediate
shaft may be chilled.
(3). While bearing race is heating, apply
primer (16, Table 902) to bearing (9). Align pin in accessory drive gear with
journal on pinion (1) shaft. Allow hole in input gear. Press accessory drive
primer to dry for 30 minutes minimum. gear and input gear onto pinion shaft.
Use tools 9 and 11, Table 901.
NOTE: Bearing inner race must be installed
within three minutes of applying locking (10). Install shim (8) onto pinion behind
compound (22, Table 902). accessory gear.
(4). Apply locking compound (22, Table 902) (11). Press bearing (9) inner race on to
over primed area on pinion shaft. pinion.
Page 712
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100

1
2

3 4
4

1

6
COUNTER BORE FACE TO BE SEATED

5

AGAINST PINION SHOULDER

CHAMFER TO BE FACING
MTG. FACE OF PINION
1

9
5

6 6
PIN
H632516
1. INTERMEDIATE PINION - 369F5125 6. INPUT GEAR - 369F5123

2. RETAINING RING -- RS-137 7. ACCESSORY DRIVE GEAR - 369F5129
3. ROLLER BEARING INNER RACE - 369F5145 8. SHIM - 369F5153
4. SPACER - 369F5159 9. ROLLER BEARING INNER RACE - 369F5143
5. SHIM - 369F5152
Figure 709. Output Pinion Assembly
Page 713
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
G. Intermediate Drive Assembly (3). Install locknut (6) and torque to 3996
inchpounds (452 Nm). Loosen nut
(Ref. Figure 710) completely. Reinstall locknut and
Ensure the accessory gears (2) torque to 3204 3696 inchpounds
CAUTION on the cover assembly (1) and (362 418 Nm). Use torque fixture
the accessory drive gear (3) on the pinion (Ref. Figure 301), (2, 4, 5, 7 and 19,
shaft (4) are aligned before pressing the cov Table 901) and torque multiplier (34).
er assembly on pinion, gears and shafts can
be damaged. (4). Press lockwasher (12) over locknut.
NOTE: Insure markings on bearing (5) inner (5). (Ref. Figure 601) Install bonded sleeve
race are aligned to form a "V" before press (Ref. Repair Modification, Speedi
ing cover assembly onto pinion. Sleeve Installation).
(1). Press Cover assembly (1) onto pinion
shaft (4) using tools 9 and 11, (6). Lubricate seal (7) and sleeve (8).
Table 901.
(7). Install seal retainer (9) on cover using
(2). Apply antiseize compound (5, washers (10) and nuts (11). Torque nuts
Table 902) to nonserrated pinion shaft to 40 50 inch pounds (4.52 5.65
threads. Nm) plus drag torque.
1
2 12 7 11
6
10
NOTE: OUTPUT PINION SHOWN

DISASSEMBLED FOR CLARITY.
H632572
1. COVER ASSEMBLY - 369F5105 7. INTERMEDIATE LIP SEAL - 369F5167
2. ACCESSORY GEAR - 369F5130 8. SPEEDIE SLEEVE - 99229
3. ACCESSORY GEAR, DRIVER - 369F5129 9. RETAINER, INTERMEDIATE SEAL - 369F5109
4. OUTPUT PINION - 369F5125 10. WASHER - NAS620A416L
5. INTERMEDIATE THRUST BEARING - 369F5144 11. NUT - MS21042L4
6. LOCKNUT - SL61N-13F 12. LOCKWASHER - SL61W-13F
Figure 710. Output Drive Cover and Pinion
Page 714
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
Page 715
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
H. Input Drive Assembly (10). Slide Oring (9) over pinion and place
against inner race of ball bearing.
(Ref. Figure 711)
(11). Slide sleeve (8) on pinion.
(1). If installing a 369F51651 labyrinth
seal, modify the labyrinth seal (16) by (12). Press sleeve (15) over bearings (12 and
carefully removing one of the outside 13).
sealing lips (Ref. Input Pinion Laby
rinth Seal Modification). NOTE: Lightly coat Orings with lubricant (18,
Table 902) to prevent installation damage.
NOTE: Ensure face of labyrinth seal, with lip
removed, is installed facing inboard. Sealing (13). Install packing (7) in groove of fan
compound must be allowed to cure for 24 mount.
hours, after seal installation. (14). Peel shim (6) to proper thickness (Ref.
(2). Apply sealing compound (3, Table 902) Transmission Overhaul, Modification
to outboard bore of fan mount (5). and Repair Check List) and install shim
on seal retainer.
(3). Install labyrinth seal in outboard side
of fan mount. NOTE: Install seal retainer onto pinion with
drain holes facing the same direction as the
(4). Apply sealing compound to inboard bore seal drain in the fan mount.
of fan mount.
(15). Lightly lubricate sealing surface of
(5). Install lip seal (14) in inboard side of labyrinth seal and lip seal in seal
fan mount. retainer with lubricant (18, Table 902).
Slide seal retainer onto pinion.
(6). Install SpeediSleeve on sleeve (8) (Ref.
Repair Modification, SpeediSleeve (16). Apply antiseize compound (5) to
Installation). nonserrated threads on pinion and
install locknut (4). Torque locknut to
Groove across face of ball bear
CAUTION ing outer race must be adjacent
3000 inchpounds (339 Nm). Loosen
locknut and retorque to 21962700
to the roller bearing outer race to allow lu inchpounds (248 305 Nm). Use
brication of the bearings. torque fixtures 1, 4, 5, 6 and 21 and
(7). Press roller bearing (12) onto input torque multiplier 34 (Ref. Figure 303).
pinion (1) using tool (10, Table 901). NOTE: Lubricate shim (17) and spacer (18)
NOTE: Before pressing ball bearing (13) onto with lubricant (18, Table 902) to hold in
pinion, align the markings on bearing inner place while installing input drive assembly
race to form a "V". Bearing will be pressed into housing.
onto shaft with point of "V" facing the gear (17). Peel shim (17) halves to thickness
on pinion. indicated on Transmission Overhaul,
(8). Press ball bearing (13) onto pinion. Modification and Repair Check List.
Lightly coat shim halves with lubricant
NOTE: Lightly coat Oring (10) with lubricant (18, Table 902) and install on sleeve (9).
(18, Table 902) to prevent installation dam
age. (18). Lightly coat spacer (18) and Oring (19)
with lubricant (18, Table 902) and
(9). Install Oring (10) in groove on outer install spacer and Oring over shim
race of ball bearing. (17).
Page 716
Revision 12 632025
P/N 369F5100
20 2
(NOTE 1) DIM B"
21
3
(NOTE 2)
4
16
DIM 1.861.87 IN.
5 A" (4.724.75 CM)
6
17
18 19 8 14
9
13
10
15 12
11
NOTES:
1. GRIND SHIM TO THICKNESS INDICATED. (DIMENSION B" MINUS DIMENSION A").
2. USING TOOL (34, TABLE 901), TORQUE LOCKNUT TO 250 FOOTPOUNDS (339 NM), BACK OFF AND RETORQUE TO
183225 FOOTPOUNDS (248305 NM) . H632523A
1. INPUT PINION 369F5121 12. ROLLER BEARING 369F5140

2. SHIM 369F5154 13. THRUST BEARING 369F5141
3. LOCK WASHER SL61W10F 14. LIP SEAL 20520
4. LOCK NUT SL61N10F 15. SLEEVE 369F5111
5. FAN MOUNT 369F5107 16. LABYRINTH SEAL 369F5165
6. SHIM 369F5151 17. SHIM 369F5150
7. PACKING M83248/1239 18. SPACER 369F5158
8. SLEEVE 369F5117 19. ORING M83248/1239
9. ORING M83248/1031 20. BOLT (4X) NAS13048
10. ORING M83248/1044 21. WASHER (4X) MS20002C4
11. CORK #13
Figure 711. Input Drive Assembly Reassembly
Page 717
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 1
NOTE 4
NOTE 4
NOTE 3
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTE 3
369F51541 SHIM NOTE 3
NOTES: NOTE 3
1. GRIND TO CALCULATED THICKNESS. 369F51531 SHIM NOTE 3
2. GRIND SURFACE OPPOSITE OF CHAMFER.
3. BREAK SHARP EDGES 0.0050.015 IN. (0.1270.381 MM). 369F51521 SHIM
4. GRIND SURFACE OPPOSITE OF PARTS MARKING. H632539
Figure 712. Shim Dimensions

4. Preliminary Reassembly For Backlash and and record on check sheet. Perform
Acceptance Testing calculations as indicated on check sheet
and grind shim (2, Figure 711) to this
A. Input Pinion Installation dimension. Press shim onto pinion.
(Ref. Figure 713)
(1). Lubricate two Orings (6) and install
on sleeve assembly.
(2). Heat input pinion bore of transmission
housing to 250F (122C) using heat
3
gun.
(3). Insert pinion assembly into housing
with flange of fan mount facing top of
housing and three lubrication holes in
side of sleeve facing bottom of transmis- 2
sion.
Tighten bolts evenly. Insert can
CAUTION be pulled out of housing if bolts 6
are not tightened evenly.
NOTE: Cross tighten bolts until snug before fi- 5
nal torquing. 4
1 H632571
1. INPUT PINION
(4). Install washers (5) and bolts (4). Torque 2. TRANSMISSION HOUSING
bolts using an cross torquing pattern to 3. FAN MOUNT
50 70 inchpounds (5.65 7.91 4. BOLT NAS13048
Nm). 5. WASHER MS20002C4
6. ORING M83248/1243
(5). While pulling out on the gearshaft,
measure dimension "A" (Figure 711) Figure 713. Input Pinion Installation
Page 718
Revision 16 632025
P/N 369F5100
B. Main Rotor Drive Assembly Installation 3 4 5
1
(Ref. Figure 714)
(1). Install main rotor drive assembly into

housing.
2
(2). Lubricate Orings (6) with lubricant
(18, Table 902) and install into grooves 6
on housing.
7
(3). Install washers (4) and bolts (5).
Tighten bolts enough to seat Oring (2)
and then back off 1/2 turn.
NOTE: Anti seize compound (5, Table 902)

may be applied to pins prior to pressing to
ease installation.
(4). Press pins (3) flush into cover and

housing (7). H632570
1. COVER
2. O-RING - M83248/1-281
Cross tighten bolts until snug
CAUTION before final torquing. Tighten 3. PIN - 04006
4. WASHER - NAS620A416L
bolts evenly. Insert can be pulled out of 5. BOLT - NAS1304-5
housing if bolts are not tightened evenly. 6. O-RING - M83248/1-013
7. HOUSING
(5). Torque bolts to 70 90 inchpounds
(7.91 10.17 Nm). Figure 714. Main Rotor Drive Assembly
C. Output Drive Assembly Installation Installation
(Ref. Figure 715)

2 3
(1). Install four Orings (1) in housing (2)
for lub and scavenge pumps.
6
NOTE: Rotate input pinion and gear carrier, as

necessary, to insure gears mesh properly
with output drive gears when installing out
put drive assembly into housing. 4 5
1
(2). Install output drive assembly (3) into
housing.
(3). Install washers (4) and nuts (5) finger

tight. H632573
1. O-RING - M83248/1-013
NOTE: Anti seize compound (5, Table 902) 2. HOUSING
may be applied to pins (6), prior to pressing, 3. OUTPUT DRIVE ASSEMBLY
to ease installation. 4. WASHER - NAS620A416L
5. NUT - MS21042L4
(4). Press pins (6) flush into cover. 6. PIN - 04006
(5). Torque nuts to 40 50 inchpounds Figure 715. Output Drive Assembly

(4.52 5.65 Nm). Installation
Page 719
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
5. Gear Set Backlash, Axial Play and Runout (6). Tighten screw on adapter to prevent
Test pinion shaft rotation.
A. Input Pinion Backlash Fixture Installation B. Output Pinion Backlash Fixture
Installation
(Ref. Figure 716 and Tool 32, Table 901)
(1). Slide adapter (2) onto input pinion (Ref. Figure 717 and Tool 30, Table 901)
shaft (1). (1). Install backlash adapter (5).
(2). Screw thread adapter (3) into end of (2). Attach backlash adapter to studs on
input pinion shaft. output cover.
(3). Turn knob (4) to align holes in fixture
with mounting holes in fan mount (6). (3). Turn knob (4) to thread adapter into
Bolt fixture to fan mount. output pinion (6). Continue to turn
knob, moving shaft inward, until pinion
(4). Attach the adapter to the fixture. axial play is gone.
(5). Turn knob (4), moving pinion shaft (4). Attach adapter (1) to pinion shaft and
inward, until axial play is gone. tighten set screw.
7
(NOTE 1)
2
(NOTE 3)
4
3 (NOTE 2)
NOTES:
1. MEASURE AXIAL PLAY OF PINION AT SHIM.
MEASUSRE PINION RUNNOUT DIRECTLY
OUTBOARD OF SHIM.
2. TIGHTEN KNOB FIRST.
3. TIGHTEN ADAPTER AFTER KNOB (4).
H632512A
1. INPUT PINION 5. FIXTURE
2. ADAPTER 6. FAN MOUNT
3. TREADED ADAPTER 7. PULLEY SHIM
4. KNOB
Figure 716. Input Pinion Backlash Tool Installation and Setup
Page 720
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
C. Input Gearset Backlash Measurement (5). Tighten set screws on adapters.
(Ref. Figure 717) Measure backlash of input D. Input Pinion Axial Play Measurement
gear set at 4.375 inch (11.1125 cm) radius
mark on adapter (1). Backlash must be (Ref. Figure 716)
0.0040.010 inch (0.1020.254 mm).
NOTE: Perform steps (1). thru (5). below three (1). Loosen set screw on adapter (2) to allow
times. Record the average reading on Over input pinion (1) to rotate freely.
haul, Modification and Repair Checklist.
(2). Place indicator against outboard face of
(1). Place indicator (7) at mark on adapter shim (7) and adjust indicator to ZERO.
(1), 4.375 inch (11.1125 mm) radius).
(3). Turn knob on fixture (4), moving shaft
(2). Adjust indicator to mid range, measure outward, until input pinion axial play is
backlash and record. evident. Continue to turn knob outward
(3). Loosen set screws on adapter (1) to until axial play is gone.
allow output pinion (6) to rotate.
(4). Record axial play of pinion (1) on
(4). (Ref. Figure 716) Loosen set screw on Overhaul, Modification and Repair
adapter (2) and rotate output pinion (6) Checklist. Axial play must be
approximately 120 degrees. 0.0020.013 inch (0.0510.3302 mm).
1
(NOTE 2)
4
(NOTE 1)
2
3
NOTES:
1. TIGHTEN KNOB FIRST.
2. TIGHTEN ADAPTER AFTER KNOB (4). H632511A
1. ADAPTER 5. BACKLASH ADAPTER
2. FIXTURE 6. OUTPUT PINION
3. KNOB 7. DIAL INDICATOR
4. KNOB
Figure 717. Output Pinion/Ring Gear Backlash Tool Installation and Setup
Page 721
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
E. Input Pinion Runout Measurement (6). (Ref. Figure 717) Loosen set screw on
adapter (1) and rotate gear carrier
(Ref. Figure 716) approximately 120 degrees.
(1). Remove fixture (5) and adapter (2). (7). Tighten set screws on adapter.
G. Output Pinion Axial Play Measurement
(2). Using indicator, measure runout of
pinion directly outboard of shim (7). (Ref. Figure 717) Measure output pinion (6)
Runout must not exceeded 0.002 inch axial play.
(0.051 mm) maximum.
(1). Loosen set screws on adapter to allow
F. Ring Gear and Output Pinion Backlash pinion to rotate freely.
Measurement
(2). Turn fixture knob (4) to move shaft
(Ref. Figure 718 and Tool 31, Table 901). inward until all axial play is gone.
(3). Place indicator at shoulder of pinion
NOTE: Perform steps (1). thru (6). below three and adjust indicator to Zero.
times. Record the average reading on Over
haul, Modification and Repair Checklist. (4). Turn knob, moving shaft outward, until
Backlash must be 0.008 0.014 inch all axial play is gone. Measure and
(0.2030.3556 mm). record pinion axial play on Overhaul,
Modification and Repair Checklist.
(1). Install adapter (2) in spline of gear Axial play must be 0.0030.013 inch
carrier (1). (0.0760.3302 mm).
(2). (Ref. Figure 717) Tighten knob (4) until H. Output Pinion Runout Measurement
all axial play is gone.
(1). Locate indicator on surface of output
(3). (Ref. Figure 717) Tighten set screws on pinion surface just inboard of the
adapter (1) to prevent tail rotor pinion splines.
from rotating. (2). Rotate pinion and measure runout.
Record runout on Overhaul, Modifica
(4). Place indicator at mark on adapter at tion and Repair Checklist. Runout must
the 7.65 inch (19.431 cm) radius. be no greater than 0.002 inch (0.051
mm).
(5). Adjust indicator (7) to mid range,
measure backlash and record. (3). Remove all fixture and adapters.
Page 722
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
4 3
2
H632555
1. GEAR CARRIER 3. KNOB
2. ADAPTER 4. DIAL INDICATOR
Figure 718. Output Gear Set Backlash Check
Page 723
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
369F5162 SHIM,
BEARING PINCH
369F5156 SHIM, BEARING PINCH
369F5157 SHIM, 0UTPUT
GEARSET BACKLASH
OUTPUT COVER BEARING RETAINER
369F5153 SHIM, INPUT

GEARSET BACKLASH
369F5151 SHIM,
BEARING PINCH
369F5152 SHIM, OUTPUT

GEAR PATTERN
INPUT PINION BEARING

RETAINER (FAN MOUNT)

GEAR PATTERN
NOTE:
INCREASING THICKNESS OF GEARSET PATTERN SHIM MOVES GEAR
PATTERN IN DIRECTION OF ARROW.
DECREASING THICKNESS OF SHIM MOVES THE GEAR PATTERN IN THE
OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF ARROW.
H6325571
Figure 719. Backlash And Gear Pattern Adjustment (Sheet 1 of 4)
Page 724
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
0.080 IN. (2.032 MM) 369F5153 SHIM, INPUT

MAX GEARSET BACKLASH
0.030 IN. (0.762 MM)

MAX
0.900 IN. (22.86 MM) 0.060 IN. (1.524 MM)
MAX MAX
MAXIMUM CONTACT AREA MINIMUM CONTACT AREA

INPUT GEAR INPUT GEAR
369F5123 369F5123
0.080 IN.
(2.032 MM)
MAX
0.060 IN. (1.524 MM)
MAX
0.100 IN.
(2.540 MM)
MAX
NOTE
0.150 IN. (3.810 MM) 369F5152 SHIM, OUTPUT
0.020 IN. (0.508 MM)
MAX GEAR PATTERN
MIN
MAXIMUM CONTACT AREA 0.040 IN. (1.016 MM)

OUTPUT PINION MAX
369F5125
0.250 IN. (6.350 MM)

0.040 IN. (1.016 MM) MAX
MAX
MINIMUM CONTACT AREA

OUTPUT PINION
369F5125
H6325573
Page 725
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
NOTE
0.080 IN. (2.032 MM)

MAX
MAXIMUM CONTACT AREA

INPUT PINION
367F5121
0.080 IN. (2.032 MM) 0.010 IN. (0.254 MM)

MAX MIN
0.000 MAX

0.040 IN. (1.016 MM) GEAR PATTERN
MAX
MINIMUM CONTACT AREA

INPUT PINION
367F5121 0.080 IN. (2.032 MM)
MAX
H6325574
0.040 IN. (1.016 MM)

369F5157 SHIM MAX 0.040 IN. (1.016 MM)
MAX
0.120 IN. (3.048 MM)

MAX
0.060 IN. (1.524 MM)
MAX
0.020 IN. (0.508 MM)
MINIMUM CONTACT AREA MIN
OUTPUT RING GEAR
369F5127 NOTE
MAXIMUM CONTACT AREA

OUTPUT RING GEAR
369F5127 0.070 IN.
(1.778 MM)
MAX
H6325572
Page 726
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
0.030 IN. 0.060 IN.

(0.762 MM) (1.524 MM) 0.900 IN.
MAX MAX (22.86 MM)
0.080 IN. MAX
(2.032 MM)
0.080 IN. MAX
(2.032 MM)
MAX
0.060 IN.
369F5123 GEAR (1.524 MM)
369F5123 GEAR MAX
0.040 IN. 0.010 IN.

(1.016 MM) (0.254 MM)
MAX MIN
0.080 IN. 0.000 MAX
(2.032 MM) 0.080 IN.
MAX (2.032 MM)
MAX
0.080 IN.
(2.032 MM)
369F5121 GEAR MAX
369F5121 GEAR
MINIMUM CONTACT AREAS MAXIMUM CONTACT AREAS

FOR INPUT GEARSET FOR INPUT GEARSET
H6325561
Figure 720. Input Gear Set Contact Pattern Requirements
0.040 IN. 0.060 IN. 0.020 IN. 0.070 IN.

(1.016 MM) (1.524 MM) (0.508 MM) (1.778 MM)
0.040 IN. MAX 0.120 IN. MAX
MAX MIN
(1.016 MM) (3.048 MM)
MAX MAX
369F5127 GEAR 369F5127 GEAR
0.040 IN. 0.020 IN.

(1.016 MM) (0.508 MM)
MAX MIN
0.100 IN.
(2.540 MM)
MAX 0.150 IN.
0.250 IN.
(6.35 0MM) (3.810 MM)
0.040 IN. MIN
(1.016 MM) MAX
MAX
369F5125 GEAR 369F5125 GEAR
MINIMUM CONTACT AREAS MAXIMUM CONTACT AREAS

FOR OUTPUT GEARSET FOR OUTPUT GEARSET
H6325562
Figure 721. Output Gear Set Contact Pattern Requirements
Page 727
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
I. Backlash / Gear Pattern Adjustment
3
5
Backlash and gear pattern adjustment is 2
accomplished by changing the thickness of four
shims in the transmission. Shim adjustment
affects both backlash and pattern. Correct
4
calculation of the shim thicknesses as de
scribed in the Overhaul, Modification and
Repair Checklist will, in most cases require 5
adjustment of the peel shims only to meet the 1
backlash and gear pattern requirements.
H632563
1. LUBRICATION PUMP
(Ref. Figure 719) The split peel shim 2. O-RING - M83248/1-022
(369F5157), located under the output cover 3. NUT - MS21042L4
bearing retainer, is used to adjust output gear 5. O-RING - M83248/1-017
set backlash. The split peel shim (369F5150),
located under the input pinion bearing Figure 722. Lubrication Pump Installation
retainer is used to adjust input gear set
backlash and gear pattern.
3
6. Prepare Transmission for Acceptance
5
Test
NOTE:
4
D Gear pattern checks are performed as 2 5
part of the initial transmission Accep
1
tance Test (run in).
H632565
D Lubricate all O rings prior to installa 1. SCAVENGE PUMP
tion. 2. O-RING - M83248/1-022
3. NUT - MS21042L4
(1). Install Lubrication Pump (Figure 722). 5. O-RING - M83248/1-017
Figure 723. Scavenge Oil Pump Installation

(a). Install Orings (2 and 5) on Lubrica
tion pump (1). (3). Install Filler/ Extension assembly
(Figure 724).
(b). Install pump on to intermediate
cover using washers (4) and nuts (3). (a). Install Oring (6) on extension (5)
Torque nuts to 36 46 inch pounds and install into output cover (1).
(4.07 5.20 Nm) plus drag torque. Torque extension to 50 60 inch
pounds (5.65 6.78 Nm).
(2). Install scavenge pump (Figure 723). (b). Install screen (3), shim (4) and
Oring (6) on filler cap.
(a). Install Orings (2 and 5) on Lubrica
tion pump (1). (c). Install filler cap (2) on to extension
(5). Torque filler cap to 50 60 inch
pounds (5.65 6.78 Nm).
(b). Install pump on intermediate cover
using washers (4) and nuts (3). NOTE: If filler cap is not facing forward, 30
Torque nuts to 36 46 inch pounds degrees, remove cap and peel shim as re
(4.07 5.20 Nm) plus drag torque. quired to allow cap to face forward.
Page 728
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
(d). Safety extension to hole on cover (10). Insert nozzle assembly (12) with
using lockwire (11, Table 902). Orings (11) into bottom of housing.
(e). Safety filler cap to extension using (11). Install bolts (14) and washers (13);
lockwire. torque to 36 46 inchpounds (4.07
5.20 Nm). Using lockwire, safety bolts
to each other.
2
(12). Service transmission with oil (12,
1 Table 902).
3
6 3
2 1
4
H632564
1. OUTPUT COVER
2. FILLER CAP/BREATHER - F9250A 5 4
3. SCREEN - F9072A
4. SHIM - 369A5169 6
5. EXTENSION - 369D25112
6. O-RING - NAS617-8
Figure 724. Filler/Extension Installation

9
(4). Install liquid level plug (5, Figure 725) 7 10 7
with Oring (4) and torque to 80 90 11
inchpounds (9.04 10.17 Nm). 8 12 14 8
13
(5). Install plug (3) with Oring (2) and
torque to 90 100 inchpounds H632574
1. MAIN TRANSMISSION HOUSING
(1017 11.30 Nm). 2. O-RING - NAS617-20
3. PLUG - AN814-20DL
(6). Safety liquid level plug to plug using 4. O-RING - NAS617-16
lockwire. 5. LIQUID LEVEL PLUG - S51HL
6. DATA PLATE - 369F5169
(7). Install chip detectors (8) with Orings 7. O-RING - NAS617-8
(7) and torque to 50 60 inch pounds 8. VALVE AND CHIP DETECTOR - B3148A
(5.65 6.78 Nm). 9. O-RING - M83248/1-010
10. PLUG - MS9954-02
(8). Safety chip detector on bottom of 11. O-RING - M83248/1-029
12. NOZZLE ASSEMBLY
housing to plug (10) using lockwire. 13. WASHER - AN960-10L
14. BOLT - NAS1303-3
(9). Safety aft chip detector to housing
using lockwire. Figure 725. Final Transmission Build-Up
Page 729
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
7. Transmission Acceptance Test Table 701. Test Stand Power
Requirements
Required Transmission
This procedure establishes the requirements Component Horsepower RPM
for acceptance testing of all models of the Main
Rotor Transmission, Part Number 369F5100. Transmission 600 HP 10 6,016 100
Input Pinion (447 KW 7)
The following table list equipment required to
perform this acceptance test. Transmission 600 HP 10 475
Output Shaft (447 KW 7)
(Gear Carrier)
NOTE: This procedure requires a test stand for Transmission 24 HP 2 2, 070
testing the transmission under load. The Intermediate (18 KW 1)
loads required for acceptance testing are in Shaft (Anti-torque
excess of those allowed in the rotorcraft. Shaft)
The rotorcraft cannot be used as an al B. Instrumentation, Equipment And Material
ternate method for performing this Requirements
test. Requirement for types and calibration of test
stand instruments and equipment is contained
in Table 702. This instrumentation shall be
Serious injury can occur if capable of monitoring time, temperature,
WARNING conditions identified in torque, revolutions per minute (rpm), oil
Table 703 are not immediately cor pressure, oil flow, and chip detector light
rected. In addition to items listed in signals for the transmission under test.
Table 703, test stand equipment mal C. Testing Parameters
functions can lead to serious injury or Test parameters shall be maintained for the
death. Refer to the equipment instruc duration of the load testing.
tion, cautions and warnings provided
(1). Oil Pressure:
by the equipment manufacturer.
Oil pressure shall not be less than 45
psi (310 kPa).
Table 704, Test Schedule, provides the five (2). Oil Flow:
steps for the continuous load testing of the Oil flow shall not be less than 3.5 gpm
transmission. This test shall be performed (13.25 L/min) at an operating speed of
without interruption unless one or more of the 6,000 100 rpm.
conditions in Table 703 occurs. Follow the (3). Oil Leakage:
diagnostic instructions in Table 703 and retest Oil leakage at each gasket, packing,
the transmission as indicated. and seal shall not be acceptable under
any test conditions.
In no case shall the OIL IN
A. Test Stand Requirements CAUTION temperature exceed 230F
(111C).
A test stand capable of applying dynamic load (4). Temperature:
that will simulate the operational environment The Differential Oil Temperature
of the transmission is required. The test stand averaged over the last 10 minutes (Ref.
will be capable of applying the loads listed in Step 2, Table 704) must remain within
Table 701. the parameters established in
Figure 726.
Page 730
Revision 15 632025
P/N 369F5100
(5). Test Data Records: D. Test Stoppage Conditions
Serious injury can occur if

All test data shall be recorded at the WARNING conditions identified in
start of each power setting and every Table 703 are not immediately cor
minute thereafter as specified in rected. In addition to items listed in
Table 704 for test steps 1 thru 4. For Table 703 test stand equipment mal
step 5, record at start only. Record data functions can lead to serious injury or
on Overhaul, Repair And Modification death. Refer to the equipment instruc
Checklist. tion, cautions and warnings provided
by the equipment manufacturer.
E. Testing Schedule
NOTE: The main rotor transmission test shall
be performed in the sequence specified in Occurrences or events listed in Table 703, are
Table 704 without stoppage, except for the cause to stop the transmission test in progress.
conditions identified in Table 703. If a condi The items listed are intended to prevent
tion or event occurs that is cause to stop the further damage to the transmission being
test, stop immediately. Identify the correc tested. Identify the cause, perform the
tive action for the condition in Table 703 indicated corrective action and retest as
and proceed as indicated. indicated.
Table 702. Instrumentation And Calibration Requirements

Instrument, Equipment or
Material Name Ranges, Capacities or Capabilities and Calibration Requirements
Thermocouples (1). Ambient temperature shall be accurate within 2F (1C) between
70 and 110F (21 and 43C).
(2). The transmission OIL OUT indication shall be accurate within 1F
(0.6C) between 180 and 250F (82 and 121C).
(3). The transmission OIL IN indication shall be accurate within 1F
(0.6C) between 180 and 250 F (82 and 121 C).
Located at least six feet (2m) from the transmission being tested and
shielded from heat radiating from transmission.
Power Measuring Devices The torque meters, strain gauges, or other means of measuring horsepow-
er (hp) or kilowatts (kW) shall be monitored for the input drive, the tail rotor
output drive, and the main rotor output drive of the main rotor transmission.
Accuracy of the measuring devices shall be within 1 percent at power
levels of 300 hp (224 kW) and higher, and within 2 percent at power levels
of 299 hp (223 kW) and lower.
Oil Pressure The main rotor transmission oil pressure shall be monitored through the
transmission low oil pressure switch port. Oil pressure measuring device
shall have a range of 0 to 200 psi (0 to 1379 kPa)1 percent capacity.
Oil Flow The main rotor transmission oil cooler flow shall be measured by a
flowmeter with an accuracy of 0.15 gallons per minute (gpm) (0.6 L/min)
between 3.5 and 7 gpm (13.25 and 26.50 L/min).
Fluorescent Dye TP-3350-0012, Tracer Products (HMS 20-1267/2206). Approximately 0.5
(To be used only if oil is clear in ounce (14.79 cc) per transmission; apply while adding gearbox oil, 3.2 g
color.) (2.67 L).
Transmission Oil Mobil SHC 626, Mobil Oil Corporation (HMS 20-1267/1039).
Page 731
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
Table 703. Causes For Test Stoppage And Corrective Actions
Cause or Event Required Corrective Action *
Transmission Over-temperature For main rotor transmissions that fail to meet the temperature requirements
shown in Figure 726, the following supplemental tests shall be performed:
(1). With the transmission installed on the test stand, proceed as
follows to bring the differential temperature within acceptable limits:
(a). With auxiliary air on, run at 600 hp (447 kW) input and 24 hp (18
kW) tail rotor drive for 20 minutes minimum.
(b). With auxiliary air off, run at 575 hp (429 kW) input and 23 hp (17
kW) tail rotor drive for 10 minutes minimum.
(c). Repeat (a). and (b). above, as required to a point when, at the
end of the 10 minute run at 575 hp (429 kW), without auxiliary
air, the oil temperature differential does not exceed the
acceptable temperature differential shown in Figure 726 by more
than 2F (1C). When this occurs, repeat step (a). above.
(2). Repeat the acceptance test as specified in Table 704. If the
transmission still does not meet the temperature requirement
specified in Figure 726, the transmission shall be rejected.
Transmission Malfunction Low Oil Pressure, stop the test, and reject the transmission.
Component Failure, stop the test and reject the transmission.
Test Stand Malfunction Repeat the entire test.
Transmission Oil Leaks Oil leakage at each gasket, packing, and seal shall not be acceptable
under any test conditions. External leaks around the cored oil passages
shall not be acceptable under any test conditions.
Inspect all surfaces,joints, seals, etc. for oil leaks using black light or
ultraviolet lamp. Assembly fluid will appear as blue or white and is
acceptable. Transmission fluid will appear as yellow or yellow-green and is
not acceptable
Identify source of oil leak replace seals, O-rings or components as required
to eliminate leak.
Transmissions that show evidence of oil leaks shall be retested as follows:
(1). If the test is stopped for oil leaks at anytime during the initial 45
minutes of testing specified in Table 704, the entire test shall be run
after the transmission has been repaired.
(2). If the initial 45 minutes were completed with no anomalies other
than oil leaks but the test is halted at any point in the135 minute
test portion specified in Table 704, only the 135 minute segment
(Step 5, Table 704) needs to be rerun after transmission repair.
(3). Repeat the repair/135 minute leak test cycle until no leaks are
apparent. If oil is still leaking after three (3) restarts, the transmis-
sion shall be rejected.
Oil Filter impending Bypass Visually inspect the transmission lubrication pump oil filter. In the event
Indication metallic chips are found, reject the transmission. If no chips are found and
black coating from gear teeth is found, replace filter and continue testing.
Page 732
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
Table 703. Causes For Test Stoppage And Corrective Actions (Cont.)
Cause or Event Required Corrective Action *
Chip Detector Indication If the chip detector light comes on,immediately terminate the test and
observe the surface of the chip detector:
(1). If metallic chips 0.031 inch (0.79 mm) in length or larger are
present, the transmission shall be rejected.
(2). If metallic chips 0.030 inch (0.76 mm) in length or smaller are
present, proceed as follows:
(a). Clean the chip detector.
(b). Replace oil filter with new filter.
(c). Restart the test as specified in Table 704.
* NOTE: Transmissions rejected during acceptance testing must be disassembled, and inspected in accordance
with the retirements of this overhaul manual. Repair or replace defective or discrepant parts. reassemble
and test in accordance with the Acceptance Test requirements.
Table 704. Transmission Test Schedule

Test Time
Step (Min) Transmission Input Intermediate Shaft Input Shaft RPM
1 5 425 hp 10 17 hp 2 6,016 100
(317 kw 7) (13 kw 1)
2 20 575 hp 10 23 hp 2 6,016 100
(429 kw 7) (17 kw 1)
3 15 600 hp 10 24 hp 2 6,016 100
(447 kw 7) (18 kw 1)
4 5 425 hp 10 17 hp 2 6,016 100
(317 kw 7) (13 kw 1)
Deleted
Table 705. Transmission Re-Test Schedule

Test Time
Step (Min) Transmission Input Intermediate Shaft Input Shaft RPM
1 5 425 hp 10 17 hp 2 6,016 100
(317 kw 7) (13 kw 1)
2 5 575 hp 10 23 hp 2 6,016 100
(429 kw 7) (17 kw 1)
3 5 600 hp 10 24 hp 2 6,016 100
(447 kw 7) (18 kw 1)
4 5 425 hp 10 17 hp 2 6,016 100
(317 kw 7) (13 kw 1)
Page 733
632025 Revision 14
P/N 369F5100
50
45
UNACCEPTABLE REGION
40
35
30
25
20
ACCEPTABLE REGION
15
10
OIL FLOW GPM

H632558
Figure 726. Transmission Temperature Differential Criteria

F. Final Inspection and Assembly (4). Oil Leaks:
Perform the following inspection of the After performing test, inspect all
transmission and its components after surfaces, joints, seals, etc. for oil leaks
completing the Acceptance Test. using black light or ultraviolet lamp.
Assembly fluid will appear as blue or
(1). Drain oil from the transmission. white and is acceptable. Transmission
fluid will appear as yellow or yellow
(2). Oil Filter: green and is not acceptable
(5). Backlash:
Visually inspect the transmission
lubrication pump oil filter. Any metallic Inspection of the bevel gears shall
chips 0.031 inch (0.79 mm) in length or consist of measuring backlash as
larger that are found in the oil filter or specified (Ref. Gear Set Backlash, Axial
on the chip detector shall be cause for Play and Wipe Test).
rejection of the transmission (a). Input Gear Set:
(3). Detector Plugs: The average of four backlash mea
surements taken from the input gear
After performing the test, and prior to set shall be 0.0040.010 inch
draining the transmission, visually (0.1020.254 mm) in the plane of
inspect all magnetic chip detector plugs. rotation at a distance equal to the
Any metallic chips 0.031 inch (0.79 mm) gear pitch radius, 4.375 inches
in length or larger that are found in the (11.1125 cm). Any backlash adjust
oil filter or on the chip detector shall be ments shall require retesting in
cause for rejection of the transmission. accordance with the retest schedule
Page 734
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
specified in Table 705 to verify tooth result in rejection of the main rotor
contact patterns. transmission. Repair or replace faulty
part or condition and retest. When
(b). Output Gear Set: bevel gear contact patterns require
The average of four backlash mea adjustment to comply with the accept
surements taken from the second able limits, the transmission shall be
stage shall be 0.0080.014 inch retested as specified in Table 705.
(0.2030.3556 mm) in the plane of
rotation at a distance equal to the (10). Reassemble transmission assembly
gear pitch radius, 7.65 inches (19.431 using new Orings as necessary and
mm). Any backlash adjustments shall replace lube pump oil filter.
require retesting in accordance with
the retest schedule specified in 8. Transmission Storage or Shipment
Table 705 to verify tooth contact
(1). If transmission is to be shipped or
patterns.
stored for 120 days or longer, perform
(6). Shaft runout: the following steps.
Input and output shaft runout units (a). Drain lubricating oil and refill
shall be inspected to ensure that transmission with 8 pints (0.437
engineering drawing requirements are Liters) of corrosion preventive oil (24,
met (Ref. Gear Set Backlash, Axial Play Table 902).
and Runout Test)(Ref. Gear Set Back
lash, Axial Play and Runout Test). (b). Hand crank tail rotor output shaft 10
revolutions minimum and tilt trans
(7). Remove tail rotor drive assembly. mission approximately 90 degrees
NOTE: Do not disassemble tail rotor drive as from vertical axis in all four direc
sembly. tions.
(8). Bevel Gear Inspection: (c). Drain corrosion preventive oil. Film
of oil remaining in transmission is
Inspection of bevel gears shall consist of sufficient to prevent corrosion. Cover
verification that the tooth contact all openings and shafts.
patterns are located within the limits
shown in Figure 720 and Figure 721. (2). If Transmission is to be shipped or
There shall be no hard contact lines or stored less than 120 days, perform
other surface distress within the active following steps.
tooth area. These conditions are defined
as follows: (a). Hand crank tail rotor output shaft 10
revolutions minimum and tilt trans
(a). Hard contact lines are a surface mission approximately 90 degrees
condition or frosty appearance that from vertical axis in all four direc
interrupts the continuity of the tions.
surface finish.
(b). Drain oil, film of oil remaining in
(b). Surface distress is evidence of transmission is sufficient to prevent
scoring, rapid wear, scuffing, or corrosion. Cover all openings and
pitting. shafts.
(9). Rejection:
(3). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven
Failure to meet the requirements tative (20, Table 902) and package or
specified in After Test Inspection shall cover to keep dust off.

632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
1. General materials.

tools and equipment and expendable items and special tool requirements identified.
Table 901. Main Transmission Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
1 Socket 1 (Input) MD-369F5100-1-030 ACR Industries Inc.
15375 Twenty-Three Mile Rd.
Macomb, MI 48042-4000
(810)-781-2800
2 Socket 2 (intermediate) MD-369F5100-1-030-A ACR Industries Inc.
3 Socket 3 (output) MD-369F5100-1-030-B ACR Industries Inc.
4 Machine base (torque fixture) MD-369F5100-1-030-C ACR Industries Inc.
5 Torque arm MD-369F5100-1-030-CA ACR Industries Inc.
6 Spline adapter 1 MD-369F5100-1-030-D ACR Industries Inc.
7 Spline adapter 2 MD-369F5100-1-030-E ACR Industries Inc.
8 Spline adapter 3 MD-369F5100-1-030-F ACR Industries Inc.
9 Sleeve end cap MD-369F5100-1-030-G ACR Industries Inc.
10 Bearing sleeve 1 MD-369F5100-1-030-H ACR Industries Inc.
11 Bearing sleeve 2 MD-369F5100-1-030-I ACR Industries Inc.
12 Shim determination tool (input pulley MD-369F5100-1-030-K ACR Industries Inc.
shaft shim)
13 Small bearing assembly tool MD-369F5100-1-030-M ACR Industries Inc.
14 Bearing sleeve 3 MD-369F5100-1-030-N ACR Industries Inc.
15 Seal assembly tool MD-369F5100-1-030-O ACR Industries Inc.
16 Bearing assembly tool 1 MD-369F5100-1-030-P ACR Industries Inc.
17 Bearing assembly tool 2 MD-369F5100-1-030-Q ACR Industries Inc.
18 Oil retainer tool MD-369F5100-1-030-R ACR Industries Inc.
19 Torque fixture riser (intermediate) MD-369F5100-1-030-R1 ACR Industries Inc.
20 Torque fixture riser (output) MD-369F5100-1-030-R2 ACR Industries Inc.
21 Torque fixture riser (input) MD-369F5100-1-030-R3 ACR Industries Inc.
22 Labyrinth seal tool MD-369F5100-1-030-S ACR Industries Inc.
23 Disassembly sleeve 1 (input) MD-369F5100-1-060 ACR Industries Inc.
24 Disassembly sleeve 2 (intermediate) MD-369F5100-1-060-A ACR Industries Inc.
25 Dowel pin removal tool MD-369F5100-1-060-J ACR Industries Inc.
Page 901
632025 Revision 12
P/N 369F5100
Table 901. Main Transmission Overhaul - Special Tools (Cont.)
Item
26 Deleted
27 Bearing assembly / disassembly tool MD-369F5100-1-060-C ACR Industries Inc.
(pullers) MD-369F5100-1-060-D
MD-369F5100-1-060-E
28 Bearing assembly / disassembly tool MD-369F5100-1-060-F ACR Industries Inc.
(cones) MD-369F5100-1-060-G
MD-369F5100-1-060-H
29 Woodruff key assembly tool MD-369F5100-1-060-N ACR Industries Inc.
30 Output pinion backlash fixture MD-369F5100-1-060-K ACR Industries Inc.
31 Gear carrier assembly backlash MD-369F5100-1-060-L ACR Industries Inc.
fixture
32 Input pinion backlash fixture MD-369F5100-1-060-M ACR Industries Inc.
33 Disassembly fixture (output) MD-369F5100-1-060-I ACR Industries Inc.
34 Torque multiplier (Sweeny Wrench) 8200 Sweeney Division of Waukesha
Bearings Corp.
12508 E. Briarwood Ave. Suite 1A
Englewood, CO. 80112
(303) 749-6050
35 Bearing retaining tool MD-369F5100-1-060-P ACR Industries Inc.

Item Specification
3 Sealing compound MIL-S-8802 Coast Pro Seal

T1, CB1/2 Compton, CA
4 Epoxy paste adhesive, HMS 16-1068 Dexter Adhesive & Coating Sys.
extreme high temperature CL3 2850 Willow Pass Rd.
Bay Point, CA 94565
(925) 458-8217
Dynamold, Inc.
2905 Shamrock Ave.
Fort Worth, TX 76107
(817) 335-0862
5 Anti-seize compound MIL-T-83483 Armite Laboratories
1845 Randolf St.
Los Angeles, CA. 90001
(213) 587-7744
Page 902
Revision 12 632025
P/N 369F5100
Item Specification
6 Anti-seize compound, high MIL-A-907 Dow Corning Corp.
temperature South Saginaw Rd.
Midland, MI 48681
9 Primer MIL-P-85582 Deft, Inc.

17451 Von Karman Ave
Irvine, CA 92614
Phone: (949) 474-0400
FAX: (949) 474-7269
HMS15-1 100 Crown Metro Aerospace

T1, CL2 Coatings, Inc.
4343 Temple City Blvd.
Temple City, CA 91780
(818) 579-6270
MIL-P-23377 Deft, Inc.
T1
10 Epoxy paint (color No. 37038 HMS15-1 100 Andrew Brown Co.
per Fed Std 595) T2 Los Angeles, CA
11 Lockwire, corrosion resistant MS20995C (3)

steel (diameter as required)
12 Lubricating oil Mobil SHC 626 Mobil Oil Co.
150 E. 42nd St.
New York, NY
13 Abrasive paper, silicon P-P-101 (3)
carbide, grade 400, wet or dry
14 India stone, fine (3)
15 Chemical film and chemical MIL-C-5541 Iridite 1402 Richardson Co.
film materials for aluminum (Class 2, unless Al-coat Allied-Kelite Products Div.
and aluminum alloys noted Grade and 2400 E. Devon Ave.
type optional) Des Plaines, IL
16 Primer, retaining Compound MIL-S-22473 Grade T Loctite Corp.
705 N. Mountain Rd.
Newington, CT 06111
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
407-322-4000
17 Retaining compound RC/620 Loctite Corp.
Page 903
632025 Revision 12
P/N 369F5100
Item Specification
18 Assembly fluid #1 MDM 7-1189 Ultra Chem Inc.
Class II 900 Centerpoint Blvd.
Newcastle DE, 19720
Tele - 302-325-9880
FAX - 302-325-0335
19 Teflon tape Scotch No. 48 3M Co.,

St Paul, MN

Type II
21 Plastic steel Devcon A Devcon Corp.

Danvers, MA 01923
22 Locking compound (Loctite) Oakite 156 Oakite Products, Inc.

remover (for disassembled 50 Valley Road
parts) Berkley Heights, NJ
07922-2712
23 Fluorescent dye HMS 20-1267/2206 TP-3350-0012 Tracer Products
24 Corrosion preventative oil MIL-C-8188 (3)

Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St. Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
26 Phosphate coat and solid film MDP4-75, Type 13 E/M Coatings

lube (Proprietary) 14830 23 Mile Rd.
Shelby Township, MI 48315
(810) 566-6800
E/M Coatings
6940 Farmdale
North Hollywood, CA
91605-6286
(323) 875-0101
E/M Coatings
2172 Old Highway 8 NW
New Brighton, MN 55112-1802
(651) 780-3202
E/M Coatings
6525 Midway Rd.
Ft. Worth, TX 76117-5386
(817) 429-6033
Page 904
Revision 12 632025
P/N 369F5100
Item Specification
Westminster, CA
92684-3600
NOTES:
AMS - American Material Standard;
MS - Military Standard;
MIL - Military Specification; single, double or triple alpha prefix of the same letter - Federal Specification;
AN - Air Force-Navy Aeronautical Standard;

632025 Revision 12
P/N 369F5100
MAIN TRANSMISSION
main rotor transmission overhaul manual.
be identified for specific configuration and 2. Indenture Level
effectivities.
Page 1001
632025 Revision 11
P/N 369F5100
1
4
5
92
86
2
82 92
3
16 25
7 90
9 8
83 6 89
8
81
15 94
46 24
80 91
10
46 96
98
88 97
101 93
93
102
95
99
100 13
103 11 10
15 14
17
19
42
43 106
49
107 (2 PLS)
12 40
67
ROTATED
105
44 45
18
84
66
42 REF
67
85 10 44 REF
26
73
46 71 30
46
104 27 ROTATED
47 87 66 47
67 P6320261C
Figure 1001. Main Transmission Assembly - 369F5100 (Sheet 1 of 3)
Page 1002
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
144
143 74 66
145 108
75 67
144 78
142
143 70 79
72
142 69 68
67 70
73 66 74
70
75
ROTATED
87 REF
71 REF
28
28
135
153 150
29
151
136
67
66
134
146
126
129 51
137 149
50
138
152
137
132
139
133
148
126 131
141
147
140
P6320262B
Page 1003
632025 Revision 14
P/N 369F5100
60
126
110
112
111 109 48
(2 PLS)
64
62 76
65
56 61 58
58 63
52 57
55
54 31 33
34
37 3
116 41
117
53 3
119 41
114
118
120
40 48
60 (2 PLS)
36 77
113 32
128 115
56 58 38
59
52
57 39
55
54 35 35
58
53
23
122
20
22
125 121
124
127
49
49
24
26
21
21
P6320263B
Page 1004
Revision 11 632025
P/N 369F5100
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
1001 1 369F5100501 Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replaced By 369F5100503
1 369F5100503 Transmission Assy, Main . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 NAS23045 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
4 NAS13036 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
5 NAS620A10L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
6 04006 Pull Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
7 369F51033 Output Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369F5141 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 RLA 18 SM41 Washer Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 MS51830A201L Insert, Screw Thread Locked In, Key Locked . . . . . 11
11 PLG2810010 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
12 369D25173 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 MS16556801 Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 MS51830A104L Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 MS51830A201 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
16 369F51643 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
17 369F51141 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 369F51013 Housing Assy Main Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 369F51161 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 369F51121 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 MS5183320220 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
22 369F5141 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
23 MS5183320210 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
24 RLA 18 SM4 Washer Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
27 PLG1870010A Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 369F51683 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
29 PLG2810010A Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
30 PLGA4680010 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
31 369F51051 Cover Assembly Intermediate Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5100501 / 503 Intrch With
369F51053, 369F51053 Is Preferred Part
31 369F51053 Cover Assembly Intermediate Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369F5100503 / 505 Xmsn Assy
32 MS5183320210 Stud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
33 MS518332028 Stud (Tach Gen) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
34 MS51830A204L Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 1005
632025 Revision 14
P/N 369F5100
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
35 PLGA3430010 Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
36 369F51131 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 369F51201 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
38 369A5141 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
39 MS51830A201 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
40 MS5183886 Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
41 MS21042L4 Nut, Self Locking, Reduced Hexagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
42 AN81420DL Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
43 NAS61720 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
44 S51HL Plug, Liquid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
45 NAS61716 Packing, Preformed, Straight Thread Tube Fitting . . . . 1
46 NAS6178 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
47 B3148A Detector, Valve And Chip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
48 MS3248/1017 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
49 MS3248/1013 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
50 NAS13048 Bolt, Shear Hexagon Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
51 MS20002C4 Washer, Countersunk, High Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
52 369F51301 Accessory Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
53 MS24665229 Pin, Cotter (Split) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
54 AN3206 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
55 AN960616L Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
56 212 Key, Woodward . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
57 RR112 Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
58 1902S Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Replaced By HS70462815
58 HS70462815 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
59 369D251375 Shaft, Accessory Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
60 M83248/1022 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
61 369D251373 Shaft, Accessory Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
62 369A5106 Retainer, Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
63 369A51893 Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
64 RR150 Ring Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
65 M83248/1124 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
66 NAS13033 Bolt, ShearHexagon Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
67 AN96010L Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
68 369F51711 Nozzle, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
69 M83248/1012 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
70 M83248/1011 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
71 MS995402 Plug, Drain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
72 369F51701 Nozzle, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
73 M83248/1010 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
74 NAS1352088 Screw, Machine, Socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
75 NAS620A8L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 1006
Revision 12 632025
P/N 369F5100
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
76 369F51351 Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369F51353 Lub Pump
With 22990 Filter And 24064 Pressure Differential
Indicator. Replaced By 369F51355 Lub Pump
With H22990 Filter And H25074 Pressure Differential
Indicator
77 369F51361 Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
78 369F51731 Nozzle, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Out Mesh
79 369F51721 Nozzle, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
In Mesh
80 369D25212 Extension, M/R XMSN Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
81 369A5169 Shim, Filler Cap And Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
82 F9072A Screen, Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
83 F9250A Cap And Breather, Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
84 369F51691 Plate, Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
85 369F51821 Bearing Retainer Output Nose Roller Bearing . . . . . . . 1
86 369F51191 Retainer, Output Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
87 369F51741 Nozzle Assembly M/R D/S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
88 369A5146 Retainer, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
89 SL61N17F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
90 SL61W17F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
91 369F51461 Ouput Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
92 M83248/1437 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
93 369F51571 Shim, Output Backlash, Split . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
94 369F51561 Shim, Output Bearing, Crush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
95 M83248/1160 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
96 369F51471 Output Thrust Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
97 369F51151 Sleeve, Bearing Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
98 M83248/1281 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
99 369F51611 Bolt, Ring Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
100 RR975 Ring Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
101 369F51271 Output Gear, Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
102 369F51311 Ring Gear Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
103 369F51481 Output Roller Bearing Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
104 M83248/1029 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
105 NAS13011 Bolt Shear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
106 AN742D6 Clamp, Loop, Plain, Support, Aircraft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
107 369A514711 Tube, Oil, Scavenge Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
108 369F51811 Bearing Retainer Inter. Nose Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
109 369F51091 Intermediate Seal Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
110 369F51671 Intermediate Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1007
632025 Revision 14
P/N 369F5100
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
111 SL6IN13F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
112 SL6IW13F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
113 369F51441 Intermediate Thrust Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
114 M83248/1269 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
115 369F51431 Intermediate Roller Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
116 369F51621 Shim, Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
117 369F51181 Retainer Plate, Inter. Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
118 369F51291 Accessory Gear Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
119 369F51231 Input Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
120 369F51521 Shim, Intermediate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
121 369F51251 Output Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
122 99229 Speedi Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
May Be Purchase From ACR Industries. Eglin, IL 60120
Component Of 369F5100503 / 505 / 507 Xmsn Assy
123 23420209 # 7 Oak Stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
May Be Purchase From VWR Scientific PO Box 66929
OHare AMF, Chicago, IL 60666
124 369F51591 Spacer, Intermediate Nose Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
125 369F51451 Intermediate Roller Nose Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
126 M83248/1239 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
127 RS137 Ring Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
128 369F51531 Intermediate Shim Accessory Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
129 369F51211 Input Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
130 23420322 # 13 Oak Cork Stopper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
May Be Purchase From VWR Scientific PO Box 66929
OHare AMF, Chicago, IL 60666
131 369F51541 Shim, Pulley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
132 SL6IN10F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
133 SL6IW10F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
134 369F51651 Seal, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369F51653 Seal Input
134 369F51653 Seal, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
135 M83248/1031 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
136 369F51511 Seal Input Bearing Crush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
137 369F51501 Shim Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
138 369F51581 Spacer, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
139 M83248/1243 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
140 M83248/1044 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
141 369F51401 Input Roller Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
142 MS21042L3 Nut, SelfLocking, Reduced Hexagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
143 MS21299C3 Washer, Countersunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
144 HS560264 PinRivet, Threaded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
145 AN742D3 Clamp, Plain, Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
146 369F51421 Input Roller Bearing Nose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1008
Revision 16 632025
P/N 369F5100
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
147 369F51411 Input Thrust Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
148 369F51111 Sleeve Bearing Input Shaft Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
149 369F51071 Fan Mount Bearing Retainer Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
150 369F51171 Sleeve, Bearing Input Shaft, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
151 099199 Wear Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 20520 Lip Seal
May Be Purchase From ACR Industries. Eglin, IL 60120;
152 369F51661 Seal, Input Magnetic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced With 20520 Lip Seal And 099199 Wear Sleeve
152 20520 Lip Seal, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 099199 Wear Sleeve
May Be Purchase From ACR Industries. Eglin, IL 60120
153 369F51801 Bearing Retainer Input Nose Roller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1009
632025 Revision 14
P/N 369F5100
Page 1010
Revision 14 632025
Section
63-20-26
Lubrication Pump
Part Number
369F5135-3, -5
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 12
P/N 369F5135
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632026 Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Disassembly of Transmission Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
3. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Lubrication Pump Upgrade (3 to 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Table 601. Lubrication Pump Configuration Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Table 602. Lubrication Pump Modification Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Test Fixture Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
C. Bypass Valve Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
D. Hydraulic Performance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
E. Proof Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 701. Transmission Lubrication Pump Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
632026 Page i
P/N 369F5135

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. 369F5135 Lubrication Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 632026
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP
tions for the main transmission lubrica
1. General tion pump
overhaul procedures for the Main Rotor provides transmission lubrication pump
Transmission Lubrication Pump used on the reassembly, runin and test procedures
369F5100 Series Transmissions. Procedures and shipping instructions.
The main transmission lubrication pump is special tools required for overhaul of
usually overhauled at the same time as the the main transmission lubrication
main transmission. pump.
The Lubrication Pump section of the Compo provides a parts list supplement to
nent Overhaul Manual is made up of eight identify part numbers and configura
sections listed below. This section contains tion differences for the main transmis
complete instructions for disassembly, clean sion lubrication pump.
ing, inspection, repair, reassembly and testing B. Reference Data
of the component. The following describes the
Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
the lubrication pump section.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 replacement parts for the lubrication
bly of the main transmission lubrica
tion pump. (2). Table 901 provides expendable items
ments for main transmission lubrica (3). Figure 1001 shows an exploded view of
tion pump. the lubrication pump, with all parts
Page 1/(2 blank)

632026 Revision 11
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP
DISASSEMBLY
1. Disassembly of Transmission Lubrication (c). If damaged, tap out inner shaft (10)
Pump using a drift punch or appropriate
rod or dowel, approximately 0.1875 x
(Ref. Figure 1001) Disassemble the lubrication 3.0 inch (4.7625 x 76 mm); remove
pump as follows: retaining ring (11).
(4). Remove outer gerotor (13) from housing
NOTE: During disassembly, place all parts in a (27).
damage due to rough handling or exposure. (5). Remove guide assembly (14), poppet
Discard all packings. New packings are re (16) and spring (17) from housing;
quired at reassembly. remove and discard packing (15).
(1). Remove two screws (1) and identifica (6). Unscrew filter bowl (18), with differen
tion plate (2) if damaged. tial pressure indicator (20), from
housing. Remove retaining ring (19)
and remove differential pressure
(2). Remove three screws (3) and washers indicator from filter bowl; remove and
(), and remove cover (5); remove and discard packing (21).
discard packing (6).
(7). Separate and remove filter element (22)
(3). Remove shaft assembly consisting of from bypass valve (24); remove and
items (7) thru (12). discard two packings (23) and filter
element (22).
(a). Remove two retaining rings (11) and
(8). Remove bypass valve filter from
slide inner gerotor (8) from pump
housing; remove and discard packing
shaft (12).
(25).
(b). Remove key (9). (9). Remove and discard packing (26).

632026 Revision 11
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (4). Dry parts thoroughly lintfree cloth
Clean the lubrication pump as follows: kPa) maximum.
WARNING flammable and must be kept (5). Place parts in clean container to
2. Painting Requirements
skin.
(1). Place all metal parts in wire mesh Prepare surfaces of transmission lubrication
basket and agitate in cleaning solvent pump and paint as follows:
(1, Table 901).
(2). Use a stiff, nonmetallic brush, mois plate and exposed pump drive parts,
tened with cleaning solvent to clean all using masking tape (3, Table 901).
tions of foreign matter. (2). Paint lubrication pump as described in
Main Transmission Painting (Ref. Sec.
(3). Rinse cleaned parts with water. 632025).

632026 Revision 11
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP
INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspect lubrication pump parts according to sional requirements are given in Table 501.
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Lubrication Pump
Maximum Maximum
Filter (22, Figure 1001):
(Ref. CSP-HMI-2)
Pump shaft (12) and key (9) for:
be removed without
Inner gerotor (8), outer gerotor (13) for:
outer gerotors as a
matched set.
matched set.
Housing assembly (27), cover assembly (5) and filter bowl (18) for:
be removed without
Bearing wear No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace valve housing.
in Table 502
Spring (17): No breaks or distortion Not repairable Replace spring.
Poppet (16): No nicks or dents Not repairable Replace poppet.
Guide assembly (14) for Not serviceable if threads Total thread damage that Rethread with same size
damaged threads are damaged does not exceed one-half die. Break burrs with hard
Cracks or breaks Not serviceable if cracked Not repairable Replace housing or filter
or broken bowl.
is damaged
wear in Table 502
Bypass valve (24) for:
Nicks and burrs No burrs or nicks Raised material that may Stone as required.
be removed without
Distorted seal groove No distortion Not repairable Replace valve.
Page 501
632026 Revision 11
P/N 369F5135
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Lubrication Pump (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
percent of surface
in discrepant area.
fit or function

Figure 1001I Maximum Minimum
Nomenclature ndex No. Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Cover assembly bearing ID 5 0.5005 (12.7127) 0.5000 (12.7000)

Pump housing for chipped paint Visual Touch up (Ref. Painting
Requirements).
Freedom of drive coupling Rotate drive coupling Investigate malfunction if drive
coupling binds: correct as necessary.
No excessive noise when drive Rotate drive coupling Investigate malfunction if noisy:
coupling is rotated (evidence of correct as necessary.
scraping or binding)
Page 502
Revision 11 632026
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair (1). Install new retaining ring on input
shaft (10).
Repair the transmission lubrication pump
parts as described in Table 501, and as follows: (2). Press input shaft into pump shaft (12)
until retaining ring (11) snaps into
(1). Remove minor nicks and scratches from groove at inside bore of pump shaft.
aluminum parts with abrasive paper (5,
Table 901). Treat repaired areas with (3). Align key hole and insert key.
chemical film (6). Touch up any bare
metal as described in painting proce B. Replacement of Pump Seals
dures (Ref. 632000 Painting).
Replace all packings. Lubricate packings with
(2). Remove minor nicks and scratches from oil (4, Table 901) at installation.
steel parts with crocus cloth (2).
3. Modification
thread is onehalf or less, by chasing Authorized lubrication pump modifications are
threads with appropriate tap or die. described as follows:
2. Part Replacement NOTE: When upgrading the lubrication pump,

re identify the I.D. plate with the proper
The following paragraphs give replacement part dash" number.
procedures for parts which cannot be routinely
replaced at reassembly. A. Lubrication Pump Upgrade (-3 to -5)
A. Replacement of Input Shaft Retaining (1). Replace 24064 differential pressure

Ring indicator with H25074 differential
pressure indicator.
If input shaft (10, Figure 1001) and pump
shaft (12) are separated, replace retaining ring (2). Replace 22989 filter bypass valve with
(11) as follows: H24996 filter bypass valve.
Table 601. Lubrication Pump Configuration Conversions
369F5135-() Modification Required (1)
3 5 1, 2
NOTES:
Table 602. Lubrication Pump Modification Criteria

Item Quantity Parts to be Removed Parts to be Installed
No.
1 1 24064 Differential Pressure Indicator H25074 Differential Pressure Indicator
2 1 22989 Filter Bypass Valve H24996 Filter Bypass Valve
NOTES:
(1) Items 1 and 2 must be replaced at the same time.

632026 Revision 12
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Reassembly (d). Install input shaft into pump shaft
by exerting pressure on input shaft
Reassemble the transmission lubrication pump until retaining ring snaps into
as follows: internal groove in pump shaft..
NOTE: Lubricate all packings with lubricating (9). Install assembled shaft assembly into
oil (4, Table 901) before installation. housing assembly.
(10). Install outer gerotor (13) over shaft
(1). Install packing (26, Figure 1001) into
assembly and into housing assembly.
housing assembly (27).
(11). Install packing (6) on cover (5) and
(2). Install packing (25) onto bypass valve attach cover to housing assembly using
(24) and install into housing assembly. three screws (3) and washers (4).
(3). Install two packings (23) into filter (12). If removed, attach identification plate
element (22) and attach to bypass valve (2) with two screw (1).
(24).
2. Testing Procedures
(4). Install packing (21) onto differential The lubrication pump may be runin and
pressure indicator (20); install into tested as part of the main transmission or as a
filter bowl (18) and secure with retain separate component. (Ref. 632025 RunIn
ing ring (19). and Test Procedures). If the pump is to be
runin and tested on a static test fixture, the
(5). Slide filter bowl over filter element and fixture must meet requirements of Figure 701
screw into housing until handtight. and Test Fixture Requirements.
Finish tightening with 1 inch (2.54 cm)
wrench on hex end at bottom of filter NOTE: The filter bypass relief valve, P/N
bowl. 22989, and differential pressure indicator,
P/N 22995, cannot be tested. Replace if sus
(6). Install poppet (16) and spring (17) into pect.
housing.
A. Test Fixture Requirements
(7). Install packing (15) onto guide assem (1). Before testing the lubrication pump,
bly (14) and install into housing. connect the pump to a test fixture as
NOTE: Inner and outer gerotors are a matched
set. If either needs replacement for any rea (2). The test fixture must have a drive
son, replace both with a new set. motor and pump drive mechanism
capable of rotating the pump rotor at
(8). Assemble shaft assembly (7) thru (12) 4250 rpm, with pump oil flow of 6.2
as follows: gpm (23.47 Liters/min) at pressure of
300 psi (2068 kPa).
(a). Insert key (9) into slot on pump shaft
(12) and slide inner gerotor (8) onto (3). The test fixture must have a heater
pump shaft. capable of heating the oil to 250F
(121C).
(b). Secure inner gerotor in place by (4). The fixture must also have capability of
installing two retaining rings (7) (one adjusting, indicating and maintaining
on each side of gerotor) into grooves pump rotor speed at required rpm.
on pump shaft.
(c). Install retaining ring (11) onto input that are accurate within plus of minus
shaft (10). 2 percent.
Page 701
632026 Revision 11
P/N 369F5135
(6). Use approximately 10 gallons (37.85 (8). Slowly open restrictor valve until
Liters) of lubricating oil (4, Table 901) bypass valve reseats.
for test fluid.
NOTE: Reseat shall occur by 70 psig (483 kPa).
(7). Oil temperature must be maintained at
240 10F (116 5C). (9). Repeat the above procedure three time,
recording the values of the last test on
(8). Precautions should be taken to prevent the test data sheet (Ref. Table 701).
contamination of lubricating oil in test
fixture reservoir before and during D. Hydraulic Performance Test
tests.
(1). Install pump in test stand as shown in
B. Breakaway Torque Test Figure 701.
(2). Open restrictor valve and energize

(1). Turn the pump assembly by hand for
motor.
several revolutions to check for noise,
mechanical binding and other irregular
(3). Adjust inlet pressure to 17.93 in. (455
ities.
mm) Hg Abs. and discharge pressure to
65 psig (448 kPa) at an inlet fluid
(2). Measure input torque by turning input pressure of 240 10F (116 5C).
shaft slowly using a 025 inlbs (03
Nm) torque wrench, or equivalent. (4). Record input speed, discharge pressure,
flow and inlet fluid temperature on Test
(3). Breakaway torque or any rotational Data Sheet (Ref. Table 701).
resistance must be within 10 inch
pounds (1.13 Nm) maximum. (5). The unit shall develop a minimum flow
of 6.2 gpm (23.47 Liters/min) with an
C. Bypass Valve Test inlet pressure of 17.93 in. (455 mm) Hg
Abs. and a discharge pressure of 65 psig
(1). Install pump in test stand as shown in (448 kPa) when operating at 4200 rpm
Figure 701. at a temperature of 240F (116C).
(2). Heat test fluid to 240 10F (116 5C). E. Proof Pressure Test
(3). Open restrictor valve and energize (1). Install pump in fixture (Ref.
drive motor. Figure 702).
(4). Steadily increase system pressure by (2). Connect hand pump to test block.
closing system restrictor valve until
zero flow occurs. (3). Apply 300 psig (2068 kPa) to test setup
using hand pump.
NOTE: Zero flow must occur by 120 psig (827 (4). Hold pressure for two minutes with
kPa) maximum.
fluid at room temperature.
(5). Record this pressure as full bypass. (5). Observe all joints and surfaces for
leaks.
(6). Fully open system restrictor valve.
(6). Reduce pressure to zero psig (kPa).
(7). Increase system pressure while observ
ing flow meter for relief valve crack (7). The unit will withstand, without
point. leakage or deformation, a pressure of
300 psig (2068 kPa) for two minutes
NOTE: Valve shall crack by 80 psig (552 kPa). minimum.
Page 702
Revision 11 632026
P/N 369F5135
VENT
VALVE
SHUTOFF FILTER
VALVE
0.250 IN. (6.35 MM)

DIA. LINE DIGITAL TEM
PERATURE ME
VACUUM TER
PUMP
INLET RESTRIC
TOR VALVE
RESERVOIR
HEATER
ROTOMETER
COMPOUND PRES
SURE GAUGE (3030)
UNIT
UNDER
FLOWMETER TEST
0.50 IN. (12.7
MM) DIA.
VARIDRIVE T230281 LINE
TEST BLOCK
ASSEMBLY
OUTLET RE
STRICTOR
VALVE
PRESSURE GUAGE
0150 PSIG (01035 KPA)

SPECIFIED, ALL LINES ARE 0.750
IN. (19.05 MM) DIA.
H632103
Figure 701. Transmission Lubrication Pump - Test Setup
Page 703
632026 Revision 11
P/N 369F5135
PRESSURE GAUGE
0400 PSIG (2758 KPA)
UNIT UNDER
TEST
T23455 0.250 IN. (6.35 MM) DIA. LINE

TEST SHUTOFF
BLOCK VALVE HAND
PUMP
H632104

Test Values Actual
(n) Leakage
Proof Pressure 300 psig (2068 kPa) for two minutes min.
(n) No Leakage
Bypass valve Full bypass: 120 psig (827 kPa) max. psig (kPa)
Crack: 80 psig (552 kPa) psig (kPa)
Reseat: 70 psig (483 kPa) psig (kPa)
Hydraulic performance Inlet pressure: 17.93 in. (455 mm) Hg Abs in (mm) Hg Abs
Rpm: 4200 50 Rpm
(n) Pass
Filter bypass valve
(n) Fail
(n) Pass
Differential Pressure Indicator
(n) Fail
If overhauled lubrication pump is not to be tative (7, Table 901) and package or
lubrication pump as follows:
Page 704
Revision 11 632026
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP

Item Specification

150 E. 42nd St.
New York, NY

2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL

Type II
NOTES:
Page 901
632026 Revision 13
P/N 369F5135
Page 902
Revision 13 632026
P/N 369F5135
LUBRICATION PUMP
lubrication pump overhaul manual. Correct
effectivities.
Page 1001
632026 Revision 11
P/N 369F5135
7
8
12
9
7
13
11
6 10
14
1
2 15
25
27
17
5
4 16
3 26 24
OUT
(TO OIL COOLER)
IN
(FROM OIL COOLER)
21
19
18
20
23
22
23 H632102
Figure 1001. 369F5135 Lubrication Pump
Page 1002
Revision 11 632026
P/N 369F5135
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
1001- 22975 Pump Assembly, Model 3102
1 MS21318 . Drive Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 22993 . Plate, Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 NAS1352CO8LL6 . Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4 NAS620C8 . Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
5 22976 . Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 M83248/1-030 . Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22981 . Shaft Assembly
7 XRC322 .. Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 22979-2 .. Gerotor, Inner* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 MS20068-51 .. Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 22983 .. Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 23004 .. Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 22982 .. Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 22979-2 . Gerotor, Outer* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 22986 . Guide Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 M83248/1-017 . Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 22984 . Poppet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 22985 . Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 22992 . Filler Bowl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 P15035A . Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 24064 (-3 pump) . Differential Pressure Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
H25074 (-5 pump)
21 M83248/1-017 . Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 22990 . Filter Element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 M83248/1-016 . Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
24 22989 (-3 pump) . Bypass Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
H24996 (-5 pump)
25 M83248/1-028 . Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 M83248/1-140 . Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 22972 . Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
NOTE:
* Gerotors are a matched set.
Page 1003
632026 Revision 14
P/N 369F5135
Page 1004
Revision 14 632026
Section
63-20-27
Scavenge Pump
Part Number
369F5136-1
H632105
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632027 Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Disassembly of Transmission Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Test Fixture Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
C. Hydraulic Performance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
D. Proof Pressure Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 701. Transmission Scavenge Pump Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
632027 Page i
P/N 369F5136
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. 369F5136 Scavenge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 632027
Revision 11
Contents
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP
tions for the main transmission scav
1. General enge pump
overhaul procedures for the Main Rotor provides transmission scavenge pump
Transmission scavenge Pump used on the reassembly, runin and test procedures
369F5100 Series Transmissions. Procedures and shipping instructions.
The main transmission scavenge pump is provides procedures for fabricating
usually overhauled at the same time as the special tools required for overhaul of
main transmission. the main transmission scavenge pump.

The scavenge Pump section of the Component identify part numbers and configura
Overhaul Manual is made up of eight sections tion differences for the main transmis
listed below. This section contains complete sion scavenge pump.
instructions for disassembly, cleaning,
inspection, repair, reassembly and testing of 3. Reference Data
the component. The following describes the
the scavenge pump section. (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 replacement parts for the scavenge
bly of the main transmission scavenge
(2). Table 901 provides expendable items
pump.
ments for main transmission scavenge (3). Figure 1001 shows an exploded view of
pump. the scavenge pump, with all parts
Page 1/(2 blank)

632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP
DISASSEMBLY
1. Disassembly of Transmission Scavenge (3). Remove shaft assembly consisting of
Pump items (7) thru (12).
(Ref. Figure 1001) Disassemble the scavenge (a). Remove two retaining rings (7) and
pump as follows: slide inner gerotor (8) from pump
NOTE: During disassembly, place all parts in a shaft (12).
(b). Remove key (9).
damage due to rough handling or exposure.
Discard all packings. New packings are re (c). If damaged, tap out inner shaft (10)
quired at reassembly. using a drift punch or appropriate
(1). Remove two screws (1) and identifica rod or dowel, approximately 0.1875 x
tion plate (2) if damaged. 3.0 inch (4.7625 x 76 mm); remove
retaining ring (11).
(2). Remove three screws (3) and washers,
(4) and remove cover (5); remove and (4). Remove outer gerotor (13) from housing
discard packing (6). (14).

632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (4). Dry parts thoroughly lintfree cloth
Clean the scavenge pump as follows: kPa) maximum.
WARNING flammable and must be kept (5). Place parts in clean container to
2. Painting Requirements
skin.
(1). Place all metal parts in wire mesh Prepare surfaces of transmission scavenge
basket and agitate in cleaning solvent pump and paint as follows:
(1, Table 901).
(2). Use a stiff, nonmetallic brush, mois plate and exposed pump drive parts,
tened with cleaning solvent to clean all using masking tape (3, Table 901).
tions of foreign matter. (2). Paint scavenge pump as described in
Main Transmission Painting (Ref. Sec.
(3). Rinse cleaned parts with water. 632025).

632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP
INSPECTION/CHECK
Inspect scavenge pump parts according to sional requirements are given in Table 501.
Table 501. Detailed Inspection - Scavenge Pump
Maximum Maximum
Pump shaft (12, Figure 1001) and key (9) for:
be removed without
Inner gerotor (8), outer gerotor (13) for:
outer gerotors as a
matched set.
matched set.
Housing assembly (14) and cover assembly (5) for:
be removed without
Bearing wear No evidence of wear Must meet requirements Replace housing.
in Table 502
or broken
is damaged
wear in Table 502
percent of surface
Page 501
632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
Maximum Maximum
in discrepant area.
fit or function

Figure 1001 Maximum Minimum
Nomenclature Index No. Inches (mm) Inches (mm)
Cover assembly bearing ID 5 0.5005 (12.7127) 0.5000 (12.7000)

paint
Freedom of drive coupling Rotate drive coupling Investigate malfunction if drive coupling binds:
No excessive noise when Rotate drive coupling Investigate malfunction if noisy: correct as
drive coupling is rotated necessary.
(evidence of scraping or
binding)
Page 502
Revision 11 632027
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
Ring
Repair the transmission scavenge pump parts
as described in Table 501, and as follows:
If input shaft (10, Figure 1001) and pump
(1). Remove minor nicks and scratches from shaft (12) are separated, replace retaining ring
aluminum parts with abrasive paper (5, (11) as follows:
Table 901). Treat repaired areas with
chemical film (6). Touch up any bare (1). Install new retaining ring on input
metal as described in painting proce shaft (10).
dures (Ref. 632000 Painting).
(2). Remove minor nicks and scratches from (2). Press input shaft into pump shaft (12)
steel parts with crocus cloth (2). until retaining ring (11) snaps into
groove at inside bore of pump shaft.
thread is onehalf or less, by chasing
threads with appropriate tap or die. (3). Align key hole and insert key.
2. Part Replacement B. Replacement of Pump Seals

procedures for parts which cannot be routinely Replace all packings. Lubricate packings with
replaced at reassembly. oil (4, Table 901) at installation.

632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Reassembly fixture must meet requirements of Figure 701
and Test Fixture Requirements.
Reassemble the transmission scavenge pump
as follows: A. Test Fixture Requirements
NOTE: (1). Before testing the scavenge pump,
D Lubricate all packings with lubricating connect the pump to a test fixture as
oil (4, Table 901) before installation. shown in Figure 701.
D Inner and outer gerotors are a matched (2). The test fixture must have a drive
set. If either needs replacement for any motor and pump drive mechanism
reason, replace both with a new set. capable of rotating the pump rotor at
4250 rpm, with pump oil flow of 7 gpm
(1). Assemble shaft assembly, (7, (26.50 Liters/min) at pressure of 200 psi
Figure 1001) thru (12), as follows: (1379 kPa).
(a). Insert key (9) into slot on pump shaft (3). The test fixture must have a heater
(12) and slide inner gerotor (8) onto capable of heating the oil to 250F
pump shaft. (121C).
(b). Secure inner gerotor in place by (4). The fixture must also have capability of
installing two retaining rings (7) (one adjusting, indicating and maintaining
on each side of gerotor) into grooves pump rotor speed at required rpm.
on pump shaft.
(c). Install retaining ring (11) onto input that are accurate within plus of minus
shaft (10). 2 percent.
(d). Install input shaft into pump shaft (6). Use approximately 10 gallons (37.85
by exerting pressure on input shaft Liters) of lubricating oil (4, Table 901)
until retaining ring snaps into for test fluid.
internal groove in pump shaft..
(7). Oil temperature must be maintained at
(2). Install assembled shaft assembly into 240 10F (116 5C).
housing assembly.
(8). Precautions should be taken to prevent
(3). Install outer gerotor (13) over shaft contamination of lubricating oil in test
assembly and into housing assembly fixture reservoir before and during
(14). tests.
(4). Install packing (6) on cover (5) and B. Breakaway Torque Test
attach cover to housing assembly using
three screws (3) and washers (4). (1). Turn the pump assembly by hand for
several revolutions to check for noise,
(5). If removed, attach identification plate mechanical binding and other irregular
(2) with two screw (1). ities.
2. Testing Procedures (2). Measure input torque by turning input
shaft slowly using a 025 inlbs (03
The scavenge pump may be runin and tested Nm) torque wrench, or equivalent.
as part of the main transmission or as a
separate component. (Ref. 632025 RunIn (3). Breakaway torque or any rotational
and Test Procedures). If the pump is to be resistance must be within 10 inch
runin and tested on a static test fixture, the pounds (1.13 Nm) maximum.
Page 701
632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
C. Hydraulic Performance Test D. Proof Pressure Test
(1). Install pump in test stand as shown in (1). Install pump in fixture (Ref.
Figure 701. Figure 702).
(2). Open restrictor valve and energize
(2). Connect hand pump to test block.
motor.
(3). Adjust inlet pressure to 17.93 in. (455 (3). Apply 200 psig (1379 kPa) to test setup
mm) Hg Abs. and discharge pressure to using hand pump.
15 psig (103 kPa) at an inlet fluid
pressure of 240 10F (116 5C). (4). Hold pressure for two minutes with
fluid at room temperature.
(4). Record input speed, discharge pressure,
flow and inlet fluid temperature on Test (5). Observe all joints and surfaces for
Data Sheet (Ref. Table 701). leaks.
(5). The unit shall develop a minimum flow (6). Reduce pressure to zero psig (kPa).
of 7 gpm (26.50 Liters/min) with an
inlet pressure of 17.93 in. (455 mm) Hg (7). The unit will withstand, without
Abs. and a discharge pressure of 15 psig leakage or deformation, a pressure of
(103 kPa) when operating at 4200 rpm 200 psig (1379 kPa) for two minutes
at a temperature of 240F (116C). minimum.
Page 702
Revision 11 632027
P/N 369F5136
VARIDRIVE
UNIT
UNDER DIGITAL
TEST TEMPERATURE
METER
PRESSURE COMPOUND
GAUGE PRESSURE GAUGE
030 PSIG VAC / PSI
(0207 KPA)
OUTLET INLET
RESTRICTOR RESTRICTOR
VALVE VALVE
FLOWMETER
VENT
VALVE
VACUUM SHUTOFF
PUMP VALVE
HEATER
SPECIFIED, ALL LINES ARE RESERVOIR
0.750 IN. (19.05 MM) DIA. H632108
Figure 701. Transmission Scavenge Pump - Test Setup
Page 703
632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
PRESSURE GAUGE
0400 PSIG (2758 KPA)
UNIT UNDER
TEST
T23455 0.250 IN. (6.35 MM) DIA. LINE

TEST SHUTOFF
BLOCK VALVE HAND
PUMP
H632107

Test Values Actual
(n) Leakage
Proof Pressure 200 psig (1379 kPa) for two minutes min.
(n) No Leakage
Hydraulic performance Inlet pressure: 17.93 in. (455 mm) Hg Abs in (mm) Hg Abs
Rpm: 4200 50 Rpm
If overhauled scavenge pump is not to be used tative (7, Table 901) and package or
immediately, package and store the scavenge cover to keep dust off.
pump as follows:
Page 704
Revision 11 632027
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP

Item Specification

150 E. 42nd St.
New York, NY

2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL

Type II
NOTES:
Page 901
632027 Revision 13
P/N 369F5136
Page 902
Revision 13 632027
P/N 369F5136
SCAVENGE PUMP
scavenge pump overhaul manual. Correct part
numbers and nomenclature can be identified
for specific configuration and effectivities. 2. Indenture Level
Page 1001
632027 Revision 11
P/N 369F5136
9 14
10
11 13
8
1
2 12
7
5
4
3
H632109
Figure 1001. 369F5136 Scavenge Pump
Page 1002
Revision 11 632027
P/N 369F5136
Qty
Fig. &
Index
Assy
1001- 22980 Pump Assembly, Model 3102
1 MS21318-13 . Drive Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
2 22995 . Plate, Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 NAS1352CO8LL6 . Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
4 NAS620C8 . Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
5 22938 . Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 M83248/1-130 . Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22994 . Shaft Assembly
7 XRC322 .. Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 22979-2 .. Gerotor, Inner* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 MS20068-51 .. Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 22941 .. Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 23005 .. Ring, Retaining . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 22940 .. Pump Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 22979-2 . Gerotor, Outer* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 22935 . Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
NOTE:
* Gerotors are a matched set.

632027 Revision 11
Section
63-25-10
Tail Rotor
Transmission
Part Number
369D25400-BSC
Page a
Revision 14
Page b
Revision 14
P/N 369D25400
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632510 Tail Rotor Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. 369D25400 Tail Rotor Transmission Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 2. Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Figure 3. Two Bladed Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Table 1. 369D25400 Tail Rotor Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . 5
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Important Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Disassembly Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
B. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Figure 301. Installation of Transmission on Assembly Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Figure 302. Installation of Output Gearshaft in Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
A. Oil Breather Filler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
B. Exterior Paint Touchup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Marking Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
A. Nameplate and Decal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
B. Application of Liquid Level Plug Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 401. Liquid Level Plug Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Serviceable Dimensions Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Housing and Associated Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. Input Gearshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Figure 502. Serviceable Dimensions Input Gearshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
632510 Page i
P/N 369D25400
Table 502. Detailed Inspection Components of
Input Gearshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Figure 503. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Input Gearshaft . . . . . . . . . . 506
C. Input Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 504. Serviceable Dimensions Input Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Table 503. Detailed Inspection Input Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
D. Input Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Figure 505. Serviceable Dimensions Input Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 504. Detailed Inspection Input Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
E. Output Gearshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Figure 506. Serviceable Dimensions Output Gearshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . 509
Table 505. Detailed Inspection Components of Output Shaft and
Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Figure 507. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
F. Output Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 506. Detailed Inspection Output Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
G. Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 507. Detailed Inspection Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
H. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 508. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 513
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Minor Nicks, Scratches, and Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Broken SafetyWire Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Input or Output Gearshaft Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
D. Output Gearshaft Wear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
E. Restoring Main Housing Interior Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Main Housing Support Arm Elongated Bolt Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 601. Input or Output Gearshaft Repair Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 602. Repair Bushing Fabrication and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
A. Damaged Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
B. Cork Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
C. SpeediSleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 603. Main Housing Assembly Support Arm Hole
Center Locating Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
D. Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
E. Warning Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Page ii 632510
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369D25400
4. Specific Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
A. Repair and Replacement of Worn Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Figure 604. Tail Rotor Transmission Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
B. Tail Rotor Mount Hole Bushing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
C. Tail Rotor Transmission Mount Hole Bushing Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Figure 605. Manufacture and Installation of Mount Hole Bushings . . . . . . . . . . 607
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
B. Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
3. Shim Thickness Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
A. Backlash (Input) Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
B. Contact Pattern (Output) Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
C. ClampUp Shim(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 701. Determination of Shim Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 702. Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
4. Initial Installation Input and Output Shaft Retainer Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
5. NoLoad Wipe Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
6. Final Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
Figure 703. BreatherFiller Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Figure 704. Backlash, Runout and Axial Play Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
A. Special RunIn Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Figure 705. Pedal Travel Indicator on Left Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 711
Table 702. Left Pedal Travel/RunIn Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
C. RunIn On Test Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Figure 706. Backlash, Runout and Axial Play Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Figure 707. Gear Tooth Contact Patterns Input and Output Gears . . . . . . . . . 714
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
2. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
632510 Page iii
P/N 369D25400
A. Gearshaft Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
B. Transmission Assembly Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
C. Input gearshaft Backlash Check Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
D. Output Gearshaft Seal Installation Thimble . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
E. Input Gearshaft Seal Installation Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Tail Rotor Transmission Special Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . 902
Table 903. 369D25400 Tail Rotor Transmission Assembly Special Torques . . . 905
Figure 901. Assembly Stand Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 906
Figure 902. Input Gearshaft Backlash Check Adapter Fabrication . . . . . . . . . 906
Figure 903. Output Gearshaft Seal Installation Thimble Fabrication . . . . . . . 907
Figure 904. Input Gearshaft Seal Installation Tool Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Transmission (Two Bladed) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page iv 632510
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369D25400
369D25400 TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over (6). Reassembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
haul of this component, ensure the required provides 369D25400 tail rotor transmis
special tools and processes are available to sion reassembly, shipping instructions,
assure completion of the work. and runin inspection procedures.
1. General
& Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
This part of the Overhaul Manual describes provides procedures for fabricating
overhaul procedures for the 369D25400 Tail special tools required for overhaul of
Rotor Transmission Assembly. Procedures the 369D25400 tail rotor transmission.
given are the approved methods to be used for (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
specific repair or complete overhaul of the provides a parts list supplement to
component. identify part numbers and configura
tion differences for the 369D25400 tail
2. Organization rotor transmission.
The 369D25400 Tail Rotor Transmission 3. Reference Data
section of the Component Overhaul Manual is
made up of seven parts, listed below. This (1). Reference is made throughout this Part
section contains complete instructions for of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
disassembly, cleaning, inspection, repair, HMI2. This manual should be used as
reassembly and runin inspection of the noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
component. The following describes the topic Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
and content of each part with appropriate page (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
numbers: replacement parts for 369D25400 series
tail rotor transmission.
the 369D25400 tail rotor transmission
and provides the Transmission Over
haul Check Sheet.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 required for overhaul/repair. Torque
gives procedures for complete disassem values are contained in Table 903.
bly of the 369D25400 tail rotor trans (3). Figure 1 thru Figure 3 show exploded
mission. views of the tail rotor transmission and
its subassemblies, with all parts
(3). Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 indexed. The index numbers are used
contains cleaning requirements for the throughout the text with the part
369D25400 tail rotor transmission nomenclature to make part identifica
components and parts. tion easier.
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 4. Overhaul Check Sheet
inspection requirements. The items indicated in the Transmission
Overhaul Check Sheet must have all blanks
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 filled and initialed. Upon completion of the
provides allowable repairs and parts overhaul, this sheet must be signed off by the
replacement information and autho person performing the work and the sheet
rized modifications for the 369D25400 retained as a permanent part of the helicopter
tail rotor transmission. file.
Page 1
632510 Revision 15
P/N 369D25400
10
12
(NOTE) 27
11
8 30
32
9
3
31 ROTATED
4
5
29
16
6 2
36 7
35 1
15 CHIP DETECTOR AND

14 WARNING PLATE
13
28 28
33 26
(NOTE)
22 25
21
20
24 19
34 18
23 17
NOTE: NOT TO BE REMOVED AT DISASSEMBLY. H632028
Figure 1. 369D25400 Tail Rotor Transmission Assembly

1. DRAIN VALVE AND CHIP DETECTOR 19. OUTPUT COVER ASSEMBLY
2. PACKING 20. CLAMP-UP SHIM(S)
3. BREATHER-FILLER ASSEMBLY 21. OUTPUT SHAFT AND RETAINER ASSEMBLY
4. WASHER 22. CONTACT PATTERN (OUTPUT) SHIM(S)
5. PACKING 23. SEAL
6. LIQUID LEVEL PLUG 24. PACKING
7. PACKING 25. BEARING OUTER RACE
8. BOLT (3) 26. BEARING RETAINER
9. WASHER 27. BEARING RETAINER
10. INPUT SHAFT COVER ASSEMBLY 28. THREADED INSERT
11. INPUT COVER SHIMS(S) 29. THREADED INSERT
12. PACKING 30. WARNING PLATE
13. BOLT (3) 31. SCREW
14. WASHER (3) 32. IDENTIFICATION PLATE
15. INPUT SHAFT AND RETAINER ASSEMBLY 33. HOUSING ASSEMBLY
16. BACKLASH (INPUT) SHIM(S) 34. OUTPUT COVER
17. BOLT (3) 35. SUPPORT BOLT HOLE
18. WASHER (3) 36. INPUT GEAR BEARING
Page 2
Revision 4 632510
P/N 369D25400
11
CAUTION:
INPUT GEARSHAFT ASSEMBLY (11) 12
16
IS NOT TO BE DISASSEMBLED
1 8
13
(NOTE 1)
7
10
5
14 9
4
6
(NOTE 2)
NOTES:
15 1. NOT TO BE REMOVED UNLESS NECESSARY AT DISASSEMBLY.
2. SEAL LIP MUST FACE INWARD TOWARD GEAR.
3
2
H632101
Figure 2. Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly

1. INPUT BEARING RETAINER ASSEMBLY 9. SLEEVE SPACER
2. BOLT (3) 10. INPUT SHAFT BEARING
3. WASHER (3) 11. INPUT GEARSHAFT ASSEMBLY
4. OIL SEAL RETAINER 12. INPUT GEAR BEARING
5. PACKING 13. BEARING RETAINER
6. OIL SEAL 14. PIN
7. INPUT BEARING RETAINER 15. INSERT
8. PACKING 16. SPACER
Page 3
632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
6
8
11 (NOTE)
9
10
5
2
NOTE: REMOVE ONLY IF REPLACEMENT REQUIRED.

H632029A
Figure 3. Two Bladed Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly

1. LOCKWASHER 7. INNER RACE
2. LOCKNUT 8. SPACER
3. BEARING RETAINER 9. CORK
4. DUPLEX BEARING 10. OUTPUT GEARSHAFT
5. O-RING 11. SPEEDI-SLEEVE
6. BEARING
Page 4
Revision 5 632510
P/N 369D25400
TABLE 1. 369D25400 TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION OVERHAUL CHECK SHEET
Address
Sub-Contractor Name
Address
Assembly Part Number: Prime Contractor
Sub-Contractor
Assembly Serial No.
Prior to Disassembly: Backlash of Input Gearset

0.004-0.008 inch
(0.102-0.203 mm)
Serial No. Input Gearshaft Runout, 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) TIR Max.
Serial No. Output Gearshaft Runout, 0.0025 inch (0.0635 mm) TIR Max.
Serial No. Input Gearshaft Axial Play, 0.004 inch (0.1016 mm) TIR Max.
Disassembly: Thickness of Shims Measured and

Recorded at Removal
Backlash Disassembly
Contact Pattern Complete
Output Cover Bearing Clamp-Up
Page 5
632510 Revision 7
P/N 369D25400
TABLE 1. 369D25400 TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION OVERHAUL CHECK SHEET (CONT.)

Reassembly Shim Thickness (actual)

Dimensions and
Tolerances Input Gearshaft Axial Clearance
0.002-0.004 inch
Backlash inch (mm) (0.051-0.102 mm)
Contact Pattern inch (mm)
Clamp-Up inch (mm)
Reassembly Tests and Gearset can be Wipe Test Satisfactory:

Checks: Hand Operated
Backlash Correct: Gear Contact Patterns

0.004-0.008 inch Correct:
(0.102-0.203 mm)
Final Reassembly Shim and Spacer Measurements Completed

Dimensions and
Tolerances:
Backlash (actual) inch (mm)
Runout (actual)
Input Gearshaft
0.002 inch
(0.051 mm)
Output Gearshaft
0.0025 inch
(0.0635 mm)
Gaskets Sealant Installed Shims Installed

Installed (NOTE)
Torquing Correct
NOTE: Sealant installed after run-in.
Page 6
Revision 4 632510
P/N 369D25400
DataPlate Information After Overhaul
This is to certify that to the best of my knowledge the information contained on this check-sheet is accurate and
Signed Date
Address Organization
Title Address
License No. License No.
Page 7/(8 blank)

632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
DISASSEMBLY
1. General (4). Remove liquid level plug (6) and
packing (7).
This section gives procedures for complete
disassembly of the 369D25400 tail rotor If input bearing retainer assem
CAUTION bly (1) is cocked during removal
transmission. When specific repair of the
transmission requires only partial disassem of input shaft cover assembly (10), input
bly, follow the procedures to the point required. gear bearing (36) can be damaged.
(5). Remove three bolts (8), washers (9) and
2. Important Reminders input shaft cover assembly (10).
The following information applies throughout Remove input cover shim(s) (11) and
the transmission disassembly procedure. packing (12).
(6). Remove three bolts (13) and washers
(1). Tag all shims and spacers at removal. (14); carefully lift input shaft and
Measure and record thickness to ensure retainer assembly (15) from housing
duplication at reassembly. assembly (33); remove backlash (input)
shim(s) (16).
removal. New parts are required at (7). Remove three bolts (17), washers (18),
reassembly. output cover (19) and clampup shim(s)
(20).
(3). Place all parts of each subassembly in
separate containers for easy reference. NOTE: If necessary, heat housing to 275 25F
(135 l2C) to remove output shaft and re
(4). Wrap gearshafts, gears, covers and tainer assembly. Use gloves to protect hands
housings in protective cloth to prevent when handling heated housing to avoid
damage. burns.
3. Initial Disassembly (8). Remove output shaft, retainer assembly

(21) and contact pattern (output)
Initially, the input and output gearshaft shim(s) (22).
assemblies should be removed from the
transmission housing, and the housing (9). Secure output cover assembly (19) in
stripped as follows: suitable holding device; remove seal
(23) and packing (24).
NOTE: Prior to disassembly of the transmis NOTE: If necessary, heat housing to 275 25F
sion, check input and output gearshaft run
(135 12C) to remove output bearing from
out and measure backlash while pulling out
housing. Use gloves to protect hands when
on input gearshaft, according to Figure 704.
handling heated housing to avoid burns.
Record findings on Overhaul Check Sheet,
(Ref. Description and Operation). (10). Using bearing removal tool (8,
Table 901), remove output bearing (25,
(1). Unscrew and remove drain valve and Figure 1) from housing (33).
chip detector (1, Figure 1) and packing
(2); drain oil. NOTE: Do not remove bearing retainers (26,
27); remove threaded inserts (28, 29) only if
(2). Secure transmission in vise using replacement is required. For replacement
assembly stand plate (Ref. Figure 901). procedures (Ref. Repair).
(See Figure 301.)
(11). Check warning plate (30) for damage
(3). Remove breatherfiller assembly (3, and legibility. If damaged or illegible,
Figure 1), washer (4) and packing (5). peel plate from housing.
Page 301
632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
(12). Check identification plate (32) for equal pressure to both pins, carefully
damage and legibility. If damaged or pushing spacer, bearing and sleeve
illegible, remove screws (31) and spacer off shaft assembly. Use care
remove identification plate. not to separate bearing outer race
from inner race and balls, and to not
A. Disassembly Input Shaft and Retainer cock bearing race on gearshaft.
Assembly
Do not attempt to disassemble
Disassemble input shaft and retainer assembly
CAUTION two piece input gearshaft as
(Figure 2) as follows: sembly (11).
(1). Remove three bolts (2), washers (3) and NOTE: Do not remove bearing retainer (13) or
oil seal retainer (4). pin (14). Remove insert (15) only if replace
ment is required. (For replacement proce
(2). Remove input gearshaft assembly (11), dures Ref. Repair).
with sleeve spacer (9) and bearings (10,
12) attached, from input bearing B. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly
retainer assembly (1).
Disassemble output shaft and retainer
(3). Using arbor press and suitable adapter, assembly (Ref. Figure 3) as follows:
remove oil seal (6) from retainer (7);
remove packings (5, 8). (1). Secure teeth of output gearshaft (10),
with holding fixture (7, Table 901) as
(4). Using bearing separator (9, Table 901) shown in Figure 302.
or suitable bearing puller positioned
against input gear bearing (12, NOTE: Lockwasher may be reused as long as
Figure 2) inner race, remove bearing there is no physical damage to lockwasher
from input gearshaft assembly (11). and locking tangs provide adequate reten
tion when reused.
Bearing (10) will be destroyed
CAUTION during removal from early mod (2). Carefully remove lockwasher (1,
el gearshaft assemblies (11), because the Figure 3) and discard if unserviceable.
bearing is removed by pulling on the bear
ing outer race. (3). Using shurlok nut socket (11,
Table 901), unscrew and remove
(5). Remove bearing (10), sleeve spacer (9) locknut (2, Figure 3).
and mounting distance spacer (16) from
gearshaft (11) as follows: (4). Using arbor press and two piece
bearing retractor (6, Table 901), press
NOTE: For early model gearshaft assemblies on inner race of output bearings to
(no holes in gear webbing) use step (a)., be remove duplex bearing (4, Figure 3) and
low. For gearshafts with two holes in gear retainer (3), off gearshaft.
webbing, use step (b)., below:
(5). Remove duplex bearing and packing (5)
(a). Using a suitable puller against from bearing retainer.
bearing (10) outer race, remove
bearing and sleeve spacer (9) from (6). Using inner race bearing puller (10,
gearshaft assembly (11); discard Table 901), remove bearing inner race
bearing. (7, Figure 3) and spacer (8) from
gearshaft.
(b). Install two pins, 1/8 inch nominal
diameter, of equal length through NOTE: Do not remove cork plug (9) or Speedi
holes in gear webbing. Place suitable Sleeve (11) unless replacement is required.
collar over gearshaft (11) and apply (For replacement procedures Ref. Repair).
Page 302
Revision 4 632510
P/N 369D25400
OUTPUT
GEARSHAFT
TAIL ROTOR MOUNTING

TRANSMISSION BOLT
HOLDING
FIXTURE MOUNTING
BOLT
ASSEMBLY
STAND

H632031 H632032
Figure 301. Installation of Transmission on Figure 302. Installation of Output Gearshaft

Assembly Stand in Holding Fixture

632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (3). Mask identification plate (32) and
warning plate (30).
Clean all reusable parts using standard shop
practices and approved cleaning solvents/ (4). Featheredge any chipped or peeling
agents prior to inspection. paint, using abrasive paper (3,
Table 902) and crocus cloth (4).
WARNING flammable and must be kept (5). Clean all surfaces thoroughly, using
away from heat or open flame. Avoid trichloroethylene (11); dry with clean
inhalation of fumes and extended con lint free cloth or compressed air.
tact with skin. B. Exterior Paint Touchup
Do not spin or touch outer races Touchup exterior surfaces when required as
CAUTION of bearings after cleaning. Roll follows:
ing surfaces of bearings will be damaged.
Apply thin coat of lubricant (2, Table 902) to (1). Prepare surface (Ref. Surface Prepara
each bearing after cleaning and wrap in tion steps (4). and (5).)
clean lint free cloth. (2). Apply one coat of wash primer (12,
A. Oil Breather Filler Assembly Table 902) to bare metal surface; allow
to dry thoroughly.
If oil breather filler assembly (3, Figure 1) (3). Apply one coat of epoxy primer (13) to
becomes clogged use light air pressure, primed surface; allow to dry thoroughly.
approximately 5 psi or a 0.125 inch dia. rod
applied into the threaded end to dislodge (4). Apply two coats of epoxypolyamide
debris. Ultrasonically clean breather in solvent paint (14) to primed surface.
(36, Table 902) for ten minutes.
NOTE: Allow first coat of paint to dry four
2. Painting hours before applying second coat.
Paint the transmission as required according C. Complete Exterior Painting

to the following paragraphs. Ref. CSPHMI2 Paint complete transmission exterior when
for additional information. required, as follows:
Do not paint mounting surfaces, (1). Perform all procedures in surface
CAUTION holes or pads on main housing. preparation (Ref. Surface Preparation).
Do not paint shaft extensions. Do not paint
liquid plug window or terminal threads on (2). Apply one coat of wash primer (12,
valve and ship detector. Do not paint input Table 902) to surface of main housing
and output seals. and bearing retainers; allow to dry
thoroughly.
A. Surface Preparation
(3). Apply one coat of epoxy primer (13) to
Prior to painting, prepare surfaces as follows: surface of main housing and bearing
retainers; allow to dry thoroughly.
(1). Mask all exposed gearshafts, input and
(4). Apply one thin coat of epoxypolyamide
output seals, mounting surfaces, holes
paint (14); allow to dry four hours.
and pads on housing with masking tape
(10, Table 902). (5). Apply second coat of epoxypolyamide
paint (14); allow to dry four hours.
(2). Mask window of liquid level plug (6,
Figure 1) and threads on drain valve (6). Remove all masking tape after paint is
and chip detector (1). thoroughly dry.
Page 401
632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
3. Marking Revision (3). Make entry in helicopter logbook
denoting overhaul and listing all new
Revise and restore markings on decal, name parts installed in the transmission.
plate and liquid level plug according to the B. Application of Liquid Level Plug
following paragraphs: Markings
A. Nameplate and Decal If after liquid level plug (6, Figure 1) is

installed and correctly torqued, angular
position of plug is not correct for existing
After final inspection, revise the transmission
markings, remove existing markings and apply
markings as follows:
new markings as follows:
(1). Mark new cure date decal with rubber (1). Clean sight glass by firmly rubbing
cure date and install on transmission with soft cloth.
housing.
(2). Mix marking paint (20, Table 902), one
part to one part, with thinner (21).
(2). Inspect nameplate for security of
attachment; if necessary rebond using (3). Apply markings as shown in
adhesive (16, Table 902). Figure 401.
0.04 INCH
(1.016 MM)
0.10 INCH (2.54 MM) (TYPICAL)
HIGH LETTERS (TYPI 0.34 INCH
CAL) (8.636 MM)
FULL
AXIS OF PINION
ADD
0.06 INCH
(1.524 MM) H632047A
Figure 401. Liquid Level Plug Markings
Page 402
Revision 4 632510
P/N 369D25400
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection have magnetic particle inspection (MPI) or
fluorescent penetrant inspection (FPI) as
Inspect all parts of the transmission after applicable.
cleaning. Visual and dimensional inspection
requirements are given in Tables 501 thru 507.
The requirement to MPI or FPI parts thought
Serviceable dimensions are shown in Figures of having impact damage is to be considered
501 thru 507. additional criteria that is to be completed
along with the overhaul procedure.
Table 508 lists those parts that must have MPI
or FPI completed as part of the overhaul A. Housing and Related Parts
procedure.
Any part thought of having impact damage, or (1). Visually inspect housing and related
with any indication of impact damage must parts (Ref Figure 501 and Table 501).
1.6542 INCH
(42.017 MM)
MAXIMUM
h6325816
Figure 501. Serviceable Dimensions Housing Assembly

Table 501. Detailed Inspection Housing and Associated Parts
Inspect Index No. Maximum Maximum
(Ref. Figure 1) Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Corrective Action
NOTE: All inspections are visual unless otherwise noted.
Drain valve and chip detector (1) for:
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage does Rethread with same size
not exceed 1/2 of one die. Break burrs with hard
thread stone.
Page 501
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Housing and Associated Parts (Cont.)
Disassemble and check No defects Not repairable Replace valve and chip
valve plunger for freedom detector.
of movement
Hexagon surfaces Scratches Nicks and burrs Remove burrs and nicks
with hard stone or 400
600 grit abrasive paper.
Electrical connection for No defects Not repairable Replace valve and chip
security detector.
Breatherfiller assembly (3) for:
Obstructed orifice Unobstructed orifice Orifice may be cleaned Clean orifice (Ref. Oil
Breather Filler Assy).
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage does Rethread with same size
thread stone.
Liquid level plug (6) for:
Broken or clouded sight No clouding, breaks or Not repairable Replace plug.
face cracks
Housing assembly (33) for:
Corrosion, chips, nicks, or Broken lockwire holes if Minor surface damage Repair (Ref. Minor Nicks,
other damage to housing lockwire can be Scratches, and Corro-
accomplished sion).
Scoring Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Replace bearing retainer.
removal permissible up to
0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
depth
Wear If wear is evident, check Not repairable Replace bearing retainer.
dimension shown in
Figure 1
Inserts (28, 29) for:
Damaged threads or play No damage or play Not repairable Replace inserts (Ref.
in mating bore Damaged Inserts).
Support arm bolt hole (35) for:
Elongation No elongation allowed Elongation that can be Drill out and bush
drilled out and bushed per elongation (Ref. Main
Figure 603 Housing Support Arm
Elongated Bolt Hole).
Page 502
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Housing and Associated Parts (Cont.)
All aluminum parts (1, 3 and 6) for corrosion:
Mating surface Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion or light Remove corrosion and
are corroded pitting that extends to treat (Ref. Minor Nicks,
max. of 10% of surface Scratches, and Corro-
sion).
Nonmating surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove corrosion to
are corroded removed without removing eliminate all indications
more than 10% of wall and treat (Ref. Minor
thickness in affected area Nicks, Scratches, and
Corrosion).
All ferrous parts for corrosion (identify by weight and appearance):
Nonplated surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion and pitting Remove with grade 400
are corroded 600 abrasive paper.
are corroded extend into base metal depth of plating if
necessary and replate
with cadmium (Ref. Minor
Nicks, Scratches, and
Corrosion).
All magnesium parts (33) for corrosion:
Mating surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion and light Treat (Ref. Minor Nicks,
are corroded pitting that extends to Scratches, and Corro-
max. of 10% of the sion).
surfaces
Corrosion).
Page 503
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
B. Input Gearshaft Assembly
(1). Inspect input gearshaft assembly (Ref.
Figure 502, Figure 503 and Table 502)
1.17971.1835 INCH
(29.96430.061 MM)
(NOTE 1)
0.59050.5908 INCH
(14.99915.006 MM)
(NOTE 2)
A
NOTES:
1.18121.1816 INCH
1. OVER TWO 0.060 DIAMETER PINS. (30.00230.013 MM)
2. CONCENTRIC TO DIAMETER A WITHIN 0.003 INCH
(0.076 MM) TOTAL INDICATOR READING. H632033B
Figure 502. Serviceable Dimensions Input Gearshaft Assembly
Table 502. Detailed Inspection Components of Input Gearshaft Assembly

Input gearshaft assembly (11) for:
Damaged teeth, scoring, Scoring, separated pitting Not repairable Replace gearshaft
spalling, pitting and wear (Figure 503) assembly.
Scratches or scoring on Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Replace gearshaft
bearing seats removal up to 0.002 inch assembly.
(0.051 mm) depth
Joints between gearshaft No play Not repairable Replace gearshaft
for play assembly.
Damaged splines No broken or chipped Not repairable Replace gearshaft
splines assembly.
Wear If wear is evident, check Not repairable Replace gearshaft
dimension shown in assembly.
Figure 502
Page 504
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
Table 502. Detailed Inspection Components of Input Gearshaft Assembly (Cont.)
If input shaft bearing (10, Figure 2) is removed from early gearshafts (Ref. Initial Disassembly)
CAUTION the bearing must be discarded.
Input shaft bearing (10) and input gear bearing (12) for:
Spalling and pitting on Indentations on balls; Not repairable Replace bearings.
balls, heat discoloration discoloration (except solid
(blue) and corrosion on dark blue) on balls and
balls and races and free races; and corrosion
movement of set stains on nonactive
surfaces
Page 505
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS NEAR THE ROOT OF THE LIGHT SCORING IS ACCEPTABLE WHEN, AFTER POLISHING WITH
GEAR TEETH. REJECT WHEN THE ABRADED AREA IS CONTINUOUS. NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE CONDITION APPEARS AS
SEPARATED BURNISHED SPOTS.
SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN SEPARATED PITTTING IS ACCEPTABLE IS THE CROSS SECTION OF
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF AND IS USUALLY ACCOMPANIED BY THE PITS DOES NOT EXCEED 0.010 INCH (0.254 MM) OR THE
CONCENTRATED PITTING. DISTANCE BETWEEN PERIMETERS IS 0.060 INCH (1.524 MM) MINIMUM.
WEAR IS USUALLY ACCOMPANIED BY CONCENTRATED PITTING.

REJECT WHEN THERE IS CONNECTED PITTING OR THERE IS A
STEP AT THE EDGE OF THE WEAR PATTERN.
H632038A
Figure 503. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Input Gearshaft
Page 506
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
C. Input Bearing Retainer
(1). Inspect input retainer (Ref. Figure 504
and Table 503)
2.4416 INCH
(62.017 MM)
MAXIMUM
INPUT BEARING RETAINER
h6325812
Figure 504. Serviceable Dimensions Input Bearing Retainer
Table 503. Detailed Inspection Input Bearing Retainer

Input bearing retainer (7) for:
Bearing liner Axial marks from bearing Raised Metal Stone raised metal.
0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
depth
Bearing liner wear If wear is evident, check Not repairable Replace cover.
dimension shown in
Figure 504
Nonplated surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion and pitting Remove using 400 600
are corroded grit abrasive paper.
cadmium plating (Ref.
Minor Nicks, Scratches,
and Corrosion).
Page 507
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
Table 503. Detailed Inspection Input Bearing Retainer (Cont.)
All magnesium parts for corrosion:
surfaces
Corrosion).
D. Input Shaft Cover
(1). Inspect input shaft cover (Ref.
Figure 505 and Table 504)
1.3786 INCH
(35.016 MM)
MAXIMUM
INPUT SHAFT COVER ASSEMBLY

h6325814
Figure 505. Serviceable Dimensions Input Shaft Cover
Table 504. Detailed Inspection Input Shaft Cover

Input shaft cover (10) for:
Bearing liner Axial marks from bearing Raised Metal Stone raised metal.
0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
depth
dimension shown in
Nonplated surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion and pitting Remove using 400 600
are corroded grit abrasive paper.
Page 508
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
Table 504. Detailed Inspection Input Shaft Cover (Cont.)
cadmium plating (Ref.
Minor Nicks, Scratches,
and Corrosion).
surfaces
Corrosion).
E. Output Gearshaft Assembly

(1). Inspect output gearshaft assembly (Ref.
1.08131.0818 INCH
(27.46527.478 MM) 1.18121.1816 INCH
(NOTE 2) (30.00230.013 MM)
AREA 1
1.15541.1614 INCH 1.0881.090 INCH A 0.59100.5913 INCH

(29.34729.500 MM) (27.64527.696 MM) (15.011115.019 MM)
(NOTE 1) (NOTE 3)
NOTES:
1. MEASURED OVER TWO 0.080 INCH (2.032 MM) DIAMETER PINS.
2. CONCENTRIC WITH DIMENSION A WITHIN 0.002 INCH (0.051 MM) TOTAL INDICATOR READING.
3. CONCENTRIC WITH DIMENSION A WITHIN 0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) TOTAL INDICATOR READING.
H6325817A
Figure 506. Serviceable Dimensions Output Gearshaft Assembly
Page 509
632510 TR 07001
P/N 369D25400
Table 505. Detailed Inspection Components of Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly
Output gearshaft assembly (10) for:
Damaged teeth, scoring, Scoring, wear and Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
spalling, pitting and wear separated pitting
Scratches or scoring on Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
bearing seats removal up to 0.002 inch
(0.051 mm) depth
Roller bearing journals for No damage Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
scratches or raised metal
Damaged splines No broken or chipped Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
splines
Wear If wear is evident, check Not Repairable Replace gearshaft.
dimensions shown in
Figure 506
Grooved oil seal journal or No wear Groove not exceeding Install or replace
damaged protective 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) protective sleeve (Ref.
sleeve depth SpeediSleeve).
Surface corrosion in area Not serviceable if surface Repair to conform to Repair (Ref. Minor Nicks,
1 (Figure 506) corroded Figure 506 Scratches, and Corrosio-
n).
Bearing (6) for:
Flaking, spalling, pitting, Small indentations and Not repairable Replace bearing.
heat discoloration (blue) discoloration (except solid
and corrosion on rollers dark blue) on rollers and
and races races and corrosion stains
on nonactive surfaces
Duplex bearing (4) for:
Spalling and pitting on Indentations on balls, Not repairable Replace bearings.
balls; heat discoloration discoloration (except solid
(blue); corrosion on balls dark blue) on balls and
and races; and free races and corrosion stains
movement of set on nonactive surfaces
Locknut (2) for:
Damaged threads or ears No damage Not repairable Replace locknut.
Cork plug (9) for:
Deterioration or play No deterioration or play Not repairable Replace cork plug (Ref.
Cork Plug).
Page 510
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH LIGHT SCORING IS ACCEPTABLE WHEN, AFTER POLISHING WITH NO.
PROFILE. REJECT WHEN THE ABRADED AREA IS CONTINUOUS. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE CONDITION APPEARS AS SEPARATED
BURNISHED SPOTS.
SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN SEPARATED PITTTING IS ACCEPTABLE IF THE CROSS SECTION OF

H632039A
Figure 507. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Output Shaft
Page 511
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
F. Output Cover Assembly
(1). Inspect output cover assembly (Ref
Table 506)
Table 506. Detailed Inspection Output Cover Assembly

Output cover assembly (19) for:
Corrosion, mating Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion and light Remove corrosion and
surfaces are corroded pitting that extends to treat (Ref. Minor Nicks,
max. of 10% of the Scratches, and Corro-
surfaces sion).
Corrosion, nonmating Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove corrosion to
surfaces are corroded removed without removing eliminate all indications
Corrosion).
G. Bearing Retainer
(1). Inspect bearing retainer (Ref Table 507)
Table 507. Detailed Inspection Bearing Retainer

Wear No wear allowed Not repairable Replace bearing retainer.
are corroded extend into base of metal depth of plating if
Corrosion).
H. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Damage to the component may
Penetrant Inspection. CAUTION result if paint remover is al-
lowed entry into joint lines of bearing, bush-
Those parts that are to be magnetic particle ings or inserts still assembled with the part
inspected will be done in accordance with requiring paint removal.
ASTM E1444. NOTE: Stripping of paint is not required for
magnetic particle inspection, but is neces-
Those parts that are to be fluorescent pene- sary for fluorescent penetrant inspection.
trant inspected will be done in accordance with Removal of epoxy primer not required on ov-
ASTM E1417 erhaul.
Page 512
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
(1). Inspect the tail rotor transmission and
related components (Ref Table 508).
Table 508. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection
Inspect, Item No, Method of Maximum Maximum

Figure No. Inspection Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Housing assembly (33, Figure 1) for:
Breaks or cracks Fluorescent Pene- No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace housing.
(FPI) trant
Housing output bore (33, Figure 1) for:
Breaks or cracks Fluorescent Pene- No cracks Not repairable Replace housing.
trant
Bearing retainers (26 & 27, Figure 1) for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace bearing
trant retainer.
Input gearshaft assembly (11, Figure 2) for:
Cracks Magnetic Particle No cracks Not repairable Replace gearshaft
assembly.
Spacers (9 & 16, Figure 2) for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace cleave
spacer.
Input shaft cover (10, Figure 1) for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace cover.
and Fluorescent
Penetrant
Input bearing retainer (7, Figure 2) for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace cover.
trant
Output cover (34, Figure 1) for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace cover
(FPI) trant
Output gearshaft (10, Figure 1) for:
Cracks Magnetic Particle No cracks Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
Bearing retainer (3, Figure 1) for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace bearing
retainer.
spacer.
Page 513
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
Page 514
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair (1). Clean corroded area using a solution
one part cleaner (26, Table 902) and
Repair procedures given in the following three parts water. Restore cadmium
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for plating using brushon method (31).
transmission parts and components. Prior to
making repairs on any part or component, (2). Vapor hone Area 1, then cadmium plate
ensure that the part or component is within using brushon method (31). Embrittle
the repairable limits given in the inspection ment relieve gearshaft at 285 10F
section, (Ref Inspection). After repairs are (142 6C) for 8 hours.
completed, the part or component must meet
D. Output Gearshaft Wear
the dimensions specified for the part, (Ref.
Inspection). Output gearshaft (10, Figure 3) seal journal
wear, caused by rubbing of the output cover
A. Minor Nicks, Scratches, and Corrosion seal lip, which does not exceed 0.005 inch
(0.127 mm) depth, may be repaired by install
Remove minor nicks, scratches and corrosion
ing a protective sleeve (SpeediSleeve) over
from the main housing, the three bearing
the damaged area according to para (Ref.
retainers and the output cover, if within limits
SpeediSleeve).
in Table 501 thru Table 501, as follows:
E. Restoring Main Housing Interior Finish
(3, Table 902) and crocus cloth (4). Restore interior finish of main housing (33,
Figure 1) when required, as follows:
Serviceable dimensions speci
CAUTION fied in the inspection section, (1). Ensure interior of housing is clean.
(Ref. Inspection) must be maintained or (2). Wipe interior of housing with trichlo
part must be replaced. roethylene (1, Table 902).
(2). Apply chemical film solution (27) to (3). Apply thin coating of chromic acid (28)
bare metal spots on aluminum parts or to interior.
chrome pickle solution (28) to bare
spots on magnesium parts. (4). Rinse area with clean water.
(3). Spot paint as required. (5). Dry thoroughly with compressed air
and clean lintfree cloth.
B. Broken Safety-Wire Holes
2. Main Housing Support Arm Elongated
If safety wire hole is broken, use an adjacent Bolt Hole
hole when possible. If it is not possible to use
Repair main housing (33, Figure 1) support
an adjacent hole, use an adjacent fastener.
arm elongated bolt hole as follows:
C. Input or Output Gearshaft Corrosion (1). Mill 0.060 inch (1.524 mm) from boss of
main housing (Ref. Figure 602).
Repair surface corrosion on the input or output
gearshaft (11, Figure 2 or 10, Figure 3) which (2). Correct elongated hole using drill press
does not exceed repairable limits given in the or retool mill with 7/16 inch (11.1125
repair section, (Ref. Repair) using one of the mm) reamer or drill bit.
two methods, step (1). or (2). which follows:
(3). Adjust transmission assembly so hole
NOTE: The portion of the gearshaft identified center will remain 4.795 inch (12.179
in Figure 601 as Area 1 is the only area cm) and 2.130/2.120 inch (5.410/5.385
which may be repaired. Repair dimensions cm) (368D254013) from reference
shown must be maintained. point (Ref. Figure 603).
Page 601
632510 Revision 10
P/N 369D25400
REPAIR DIMENSIONS
1.0803 IN. (27.43962 MM) MIN. DIA. BEFORE PLATING
1.08131.0818 IN. (27.4650227.47772 MM) AFTER PLATING
AREA 1 (CADMIUM PLATE) 0.420 IN.

(10.668 MM)
REPAIR DIMENSIONS

1.1325 IN. (28.7655 MM) MIN. DIA.
BEFORE PLATING 1.1331.134 IN.

REPAIR DIMENSIONS
(28.778228.8036 MM) AFTER PLATING

1.1807 IN. (29.98978 MM) MIN. DIA.
BEFORE PLATING 1.18121.1816 IN.
(30.0024830.01264 MM) AFTER PLATING

MASK AREA (NO CADMIUM PLATE) AREA 1 (CADMIUM PLATE)
H632040B
Figure 601. Input or Output Gearshaft - Repair Areas
(4). Ream or drill 0.438 inch (11.125 mm) (8). Wash bushing with MEK (19); dry
hole. thoroughly.
(5). Thoroughly wash all magnesium (9). Immediately treat all surfaces with
surfaces with MEK (19, Table 902) to Turcoat Liquid Accelogold (34).
remove all oil and grease.
(6). Replace protective coating removed (10). When bushing develops gold color, rinse
from any magnesium parts (Ref. Minor thoroughly with water and dry.
Nicks, Scratches, and Corrosion).
(11). Coat bushing with zinc chromate
(7). Fabricate aluminum bushing (Ref. primer (17). While wet, insert bushing
Figure 602). in newly enlarged hole.
Page 602
Revision 7 632510
P/N 369D25400
0.438 INCH (11.125 MM) DIA PUSH FIT
MAX. INTERFERENCE 0.0002 INCH (0.0051 MM)

MAIN HOUSING ASSEMBLY

GAP
0.0000.010 INCH

(0.0000.254 MM)

0.060 INCH
(1.524 MM)

0.31200.3130 INCH
(7.9257.950 MM) DIA
0.75 INCH
(19.05 MM) MATERIAL ALUMINUM ALLOY BAR 2024T3
DIA
REPAIR BUSHING INSTALLATION

H632049A
Figure 602. Repair Bushing - Fabrication and Installation

(12). Seal peripheral edges of bushing with B. Cork Plug
PR1221 sealant (7), or equivalent, per
manufacturers instructions; allow all Replace cork plug (9, Figure 3), if damaged, as
treated areas to dry thoroughly. follows:
(1). Remove old plug using suitable scribe
(13). Repaint with zinc chromate (17). or penknife.
(14). Apply top coat to match surrounding Do not allow cutting tool to mar
CAUTION inner bore of gearshaft.
area.
(2). Polish inner bore of gearshaft using
3. Parts Replacement crocus cloth (4, Table 902) to remove
any plug fragments.
All parts not meeting specifications in the
inspection section, (Ref. Inspection), which (3). Apply light coat of sealing compound (7)
cannot be repaired, must be replaced. The to inner bore of gearshaft and outer
following paragraphs contain replacement edge of new cork plug.
procedures for parts and components.
(4). Press new cork plug into bore of
gearshaft until recessed approximately
A. Damaged Inserts
1/8 inch (3.175 mm) into gearshaft.
Remove and replace damaged threaded inserts (5). Coat exposed end of cork plug with
(28, 29, Figure 1) using standard removal sealant (7); remove excess sealant from
procedures and manufacturers instructions. gearshaft using cleaning solvent (1).
(1). Replace slightly loose inserts with the C. Speedi-Sleeve

same size inserts and secure with grade The procedures that follow cover repair of
A locking compound (29, Table 902). output gearshaft (10, Figure 3) using speedi
sleeve (11) under the following conditions:
(2). When mating threads are damaged to
an extent that locking compound cannot (1). Output shaft did not have a speedi
be used satisfactorily, replace with the sleeve installed and has wear within
next oversize insert. limits specified in Table 502.
Page 603
632510 Revision 7
P/N 369D25400
4.795 IN. (4). Use file or other suitable instrument to
(12.179 CM)
cut through edge of sleeve. Carefully
pry/cut edge away from shaft.
(5). Grasp raised edge with pliers and peel
damaged sleeve off shaft.
2.1302.120 IN.
(5.4105.385 CM) (6). Remove any plastic steel (35) or locking
compound residue from shaft using the
following methods:
(a). Remove plastic steel residue from
0.3120.313 IN. shaft using lint free cloth dampened
(7.9257.950 MM) DIA.
with dry cleaning solvent (1).
Use care when using stainless
CAUTION steel brush not to remove exces
sive plating from shaft.
(b). Remove any residual locking com
steel bristle tooth brush. Clean shaft
with a lint free cloth dampened in
locking compound remover (6).
(c). Apply speedisleeve adhesives
according to the following two
H632050A
methods:
Figure 603. Main Housing Assembly Support NOTE:

Arm Hole - Center Locating Diagram D If seal journal of gearshaft is worn
(grooved) proceed to step (8).
(2). Output shaft has speedisleeve in D For initial installation or replacement of
stalled with plastic steel adhesive (35, speedi sleeve on gearshaft without evi
Table 902) and is worn or damaged dence or wear proceed to step (9).
within limits specified in Table 503. (7). Clean shaft sleeve mating surface with
lint free cloth dampened with dry
(3). Replacement of worn or damaged cleaning solvent (1).
original factory installed speedisleeve
on output shaft. (8). If seal journal on shaft is worn
(grooved) and groove does not exceed
After output shaft and bearing retainer (3) are 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) depth, apply a
reassembled, install or replace speedisleeve light coat of plastic steel (35) to shaft
as follows: sleeve mating surface.
(9). If seal journal is not worn apply surface
Use care not to cut into or dam primer (30) on shaftsleeve mating
surface. Allow primer to air dry at
damaged sleeve. ambient temperature for a minimum of
30 minutes. Then apply locking com
NOTE: Disregard steps (1). thru (3). for initial pound (29) to shaftsleeve mating
installation of speedisleeve. surface.
Page 604
Revision 14 632510
P/N 369D25400
(10). While plastic steel or locking compound 4. Specific Repairs
(whichever is used) is wet, install new
speedisleeve on shaft flange down, and Immediately following are repairs of a special
press or tap into place using a 11/4 nature, for additional repair procedures, refer
inch pipe bottomed on flange of sleeve. to CSPHMI2. Each special repair of the
Unflanged end of sleeve must be even identified part will be given a Special Repair
with outboard end of 1.0881.090 inch Number, such as Tail Rotor Gearbox001,
(2.7642.769 cm) diameter portion of (TRG001).
shaft. Tap end of pipe with hammer or A. Repair and Replacement of Worn
mallet as necessary to correctly position Bushing
sleeve on shaft. Wipe any excess plastic
steel or locking compound from shaft (Ref. Figure 604) TRG001 provides proce
using a clean lint free cloth. dures for removal and replacement of worn
bushing 369D25412, with a new bushing.
NOTE: Leave the SpeediSleeve flange intact
unless clearance is required. (1). Heat housing to 275 300 F.
(11). If necessary use side cutters to clip (a). Remove worn bushing.
flange and peel away from shaft along
(2). Inspect bore as follows:
notch line.
(a). Center bore to measure 1.7949
D. Identification Plate
1.7959 diameter (Ref. Figure 604,
Reattach identification plate (32, Figure 1) as view A).
follows: (3). Heat housing to 275 300 F.
(1). Remove and discard drive screws (31) if (a). Install new busing to center bore
used to attach identification plate. face.
(2). Attach identification plate with adhe (4). Inspect bushing, 369D25412, installed
sive (16, Table 902). to center bore face.
E. Warning Plate (5). Place part on appropriate fixture.
Indicate face and bore within limits
Reattach warning plate (30, Figure 1) as
shown.
follows:
(a). Machine center bore of liner per (Ref.
(1). Lightly abrade contact surface of Figure 604, view B).
housing with abrasive paper (3,
Table 902). (6). Inspect per dimension shown (Ref.
Figure 604, view B).
(2). Activate adhesive backing of warning
plate with acetone (22) and press in (7). Perform fluorescent penetrant inspec
place. tion (FPI) per ASTM E1417 of housing.
Page 605
632510 Revision 14
P/N 369D25400
1.7949
1.7959
DIA
.030 R
1.6535 DIA
.001 32 1.6540 DIA
-A-
125
.001
LOCATE
3.547
3.557
A .001
VIEW A VIEW B H63-21 14
Figure 604. Tail Rotor Transmission Housing

B. Tail Rotor Mount Hole Bushing (8). Press insert into housing until bushing
Installation flange is flush with counterbore.
(Ref. Figure 605) TRG002 provides proce (9). Heat housing at 165F for one hour.
dures for inserting bushings in worn mounting
holes. (10). Machine insert flush with housing
(both sides).
(1). Mount gearbox in drill press on true
position and secure. (11). Drill and ream mount hole to
0.2510.252 dia.
Inaccurate drilling of mounting
CAUTION holes will damage housing.
(12). Break sharp edges 0.0050.015R.
(13). Touch up with chemical film (27,
(2). Drill elongated hole(s) to 0.32100.3220 Table 902).
dia.
(14). Perform fluorescent inspection (FPI)
(3). Counterbore spotface side to per ASTM E1417.
0.50100.5020 dia. X 0.050 0.001
depth with 0.010 maximum corner C. Tail Rotor Transmission Mount Hole
radius. Bushing Manufacturing
(4). Break sharp edges with a 0.0050.015 (Ref. Figure 605) The following procedure is for
radius. manufacturing bushings to repair worn mount
holes.
(5). Clean housing and insert.
(1). Locate round stock of aluminum alloy
(6). Heat housing to 165F. 2024T3 of at least 0.5005 diameter.
(7). Apply adhesive (16, Table 902) to (2). Cut stock to 0.400 0.005 inch in
insert. length.
Page 606
Revision 14 632510
P/N 369D25400
NOTE: When machining bushing, ensure a while leaving a 0.050 0.001 inch flange
0.010 radius under flange and a 0.020 x 45 at the other end.
chamfer at small end.
(4). Machine flange to 0.50000.5005 inch.
(3). Machine outer diameter 0.350 0.005 (5). Deburr all edges and treat bushing
from one end to 0.32200.3225 inch with chemical film (27, Table 902).
1.968
0.656
1.88
0.535 .02 X 45
CHAMFER
2.0111 2.0109 6.220
0.5000 0.3220
0.5005 0.3225
DIA DIA
1.6875 1.6875
0.01R
0.0502 +/
0.004
1.220 1.4297 0.400 +/
2.2501 0.005
1.3520 2.2020 4.795

1.968
H632115
Figure 605. Manufacture and Installation of Mount Hole Bushings
Page 607
632510 Revision 14
P/N 369D25400
Page 608
Revision 14 632510
P/N 369D25400
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. General A. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly
Information in this section provides tail rotor Reassemble output shaft and retainer assem-
transmission reassembly instructions and bly (21, Figure 1) as follows:
procedures for runin inspection. Procedures (1). Measure and record dimension A as
for calculating shim thickness requirements, shown in Figure 701. Dimension A is
and tests required to verify correct operation of the distance between bearing retainer
reassembled components are included. (3, Figure 3) inner face flange and
flange seat for duplex bearing (4).
Do not deviate from the reas-
CAUTION sembly procedures in this sec- Use suitable gloves when
tion. Dimensional tolerances are critical, WARNING handling heated parts. Seri-
and if incorrect, can seriously shorten trans- ous burns can occur if part contacts
mission service life. unprotected skin.
(2). If necessary, heat output bearing
NOTE: The following notes apply throughout retainer (3, Figure 3) in oven for five
the reassembly procedure: minutes at 275 25F (135 12C).
(1). Do not install packings, oil seals, and When installing duplex bear-
miscellaneous accessories until final CAUTION ings, align scribe marks or in-
reassembly, after correct gear backlash stall with thrust sides facing each other.
and gear patterns are established. Thrust side is where the bearing balls are
least visible. Direction of duplex bearing set
(2). If correct gear backlash, contact installation optional as long as apex marks
patterns and internal clearances or thrust sides are aligned.
existed prior to disassembly (Ref.
Disassembly), serviceable shims, (3). Insert and press duplex bearing (4) into
removed at disassembly, can usually be heated bearing retainer (3).
used at reassembly with little if any (4). Measure and record dimension C as
change. shown in Figure 701. Dimension C is
the distance between outer race of
(3). Use wet zinc chromate primer (17, duplex bearing (4, Figure 3) and
Table 902) on mating internal parts, bearing retainer (3) flange outer face.
except when parts are assembled by
temperature differential method. To prevent damage to gearshaft
CAUTION teeth when installing retainer
(4). Safety wire all external plugs, screws assembly and duplex bearings on output
and bolts with lockwire (9). gearshaft, the gearshaft holding fixture (7,
Table 901) can be used as shown in
(5). Lightly coat all packings with petrola- Figure 302. Apply force to inner race of du-
tum (5) before installation. plex bearing only.
(6). Allow all bonding and sealing agents to (5). Press assembled bearing retainer (3,
fully cure according to manufacturers Figure 3) and duplex bearings (4) onto
instructions, prior to applying loads. output gearshaft (10) using arbor press
and suitable adapter.
2. Major Component Reassembly (6). Using shurlok nut socket (11,
Table 901), screw locknut (2, Figure 3)
Reassemble major components of the tail rotor onto output gearshaft; torque to 800
transmission according to the following 1000 inchpounds (90.39 112.98
procedures. Nm).
Page 701
632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
Lockwasher may be reused as Use suitable gloves when
CAUTION long as there is no physical dam- WARNING handling heated parts. Seri-
age to lockwasher and locking tangs provide ous burns can occur if part contacts
adequate retention when reused. When in- unprotected skin.
stalling lockwasher (1), be sure that
tangsseatproperly over locknut. (1). Heat bearings (10, 12, Figure 2) and
sleeve spacer (9) in oven for five
minutes at 275 25 F (135 12 C).
(7). Install lockwasher over locknut; tap
lightly into place with flathead punch. (2). Secure input gearshaft assembly (11) in
Remove gearshaft from holding fixture. suitable holding device and press
heated input gear bearing (12) onto
shaft.
Use suitable gloves when
WARNING handling heated parts. Seri- (3). Install spacer (16), with chamfered side
ous burns can occur if part contacts toward gear, onto input gearshaft.
unprotected skin.
Install thrust side of bearing
CAUTION face away from gear. Thrust side
(8). Heat inner bearing race (7) in oven for is the side from which bearing balls are least
five minutes at 275 25F (135 visible.
l2C).
(4). Press heated input shaft bearing onto
(9). Install spacer (8), chamfered edge input gearshaft.
inboard, on output gearshaft. (5). Position chamfer on spacer (9) away
from bearing and gearset, press heated
(10). Apply locking compound primer and sleeve spacer onto input gearshaft.
locking compound (29, Table 902) to
inner bore of bearing race (7, Figure 3), Use suitable gloves when
WARNING handling heated parts. Seri-
and bearing end of gearshaft. Using 5/8
socket, press inner bearing race (7) on ous burns can occur if heated parts
output gearshaft. contact unprotected skin.
(6). If necessary, heat input bearing
NOTE: Oil leakage may occur through output retainer assembly (7) in oven for five
gearshaft if cork (9) is not correctly seated or minutes at 275 25F (135 12C)
if exposed end of cork is not coated with sea- and install on input shaft bearing.
lant (7, Table 902).
3. Shim Thickness Calculation
(11). If necessary, install new cork plug, (Ref. Correct gear contact patterns and backlash are
Parts Replacement). obtained when contact pattern (output) shim
(22, Figure 1) and backlash (input) shim(s)
(16) are of proper thickness.
B. Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly
(1). If the contact pattern is evident and
Reassemble input shaft and retainer assembly shows the correct location on the
(15, Figure 1) as follows: previously used gearset, and backlash
recorded prior to disassembly was
correct; reinstall the original thickness
NOTE: Prior to reassembly, temporarily insert output and input shims.
input shaft bearing (10, Figure 2) into input
bearing retainer (7); measure and record di- (2). If the contact pattern is evident but not
mension E (mounting face of retainer to ex- correctly located, relocate and center
posed face of bearing) shown in Figure 701. the pattern by calculating the required
After recording dimension, remove bearing change in output pattern shim thick-
from retainer. ness.
Page 702
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
(3). Thickness is adjusted as shown in (1). Add recorded value of dimension A
Figure 702. In such cases, input shim (determined at performance of proce-
thickness must be calculated and dures in Ref.Out Shaft and Retainer
adjusted to compensate for the change Assy) to mounting distance of 3.00 inch
in output shim thickness. (7.62 cm) for output (pinion) gearshaft
(10) and record total (Ref. Figure 701).
(4). If either gearshaft is being replaced,
shim thickness must be calculated. (2). Measure dimension B shown in
Figure 701 (on housing assembly (33,
A. Backlash (Input) Shim Figure 1) from output face of housing to
input bore).
Calculation of backlash (input) shim (16,
Figure 1) as follows: (3). Add dimension B to 1.780 inch (4.521
cm) and record total (Figure 701).
(1). Add recorded value of dimension E (4). Subtract total recorded in step (3). from
(obtained at performance of procedures total recorded in step (1). to determine
in Input Shaft and Retainer Assembly) required contact pattern (output) shim
to mounting distance of 1.60 inch (4.064 thickness.
cm) for input gear and record total as
shown in Figure 701. C. ClampUp Shim(s)
(2). Measure dimension F shown in Calculate thickness at which clampup shim(s)

Figure 701 from input face of housing (20, Figure 1) provides clampup of 0.001
to output bore on housing assembly (33, 0.003 inch (0.0250.076 mm), as follows:
Figure 1). (1). Measure dimension D shown in
Figure 701 from inner end of output
(3). Add dimension F to 1.350 inch (3.429 cover (19, Figure 1) to inner face of
cm) and record total (Figure 701). output cover flange.
(4). Determine required thickness of (2). Subtract dimension C (obtained during
backlash (input) shim (16) by subtract- performance of procedures in Ref.
ing total recorded in step (1). from total Output Shaft and Retainer Assy) from
recorded in step (2). and step (3). dimension D.
B. Contact Pattern (Output) Shim (3). Subtract 0.0010.003 inch (0.0250.076
mm) from difference dimension ob-
Calculate thickness of contact pattern (output) tained in step (2). above; result is
shim (22, Figure 1) on output bearing retainer thickness for clampup shim(s) on
(3, Figure 3) as follows: duplex bearing (4, Figure 3).
Page 703
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
BORE
C
L
DUPLEX BALL BEARING

(NOTE 2) E
F
CONTACT PATTERN
(OUTPUT)
SHIM B
1.780 INCH
(4.521 CM)
CLAMPUP
SHIM BACKLASH
(INPUT)
SHIM
BORE
C
1.350 INCH (3.429 CM) L
A
G (NOTE)
D RETAINER
SHIM
NOTES:
1. AN EXAMPLE OF A COMPLETED BUILDUP WORK SHEET IS PROVIDED
AT THE END OF REASSEMBLY. EXAMPLE MAY BE USED AS A REFERENCE
TO VERIFY CALCULATION PROCEDURE.
2. INSTALL DUPLEX BEARINGS WITH APEX MARKS ALIGNED OR THRUST SIDES
FACING EACH OTHER. THRUST SIDE IS WHERE THE BALLS ARE LEAST
VISIBLE. THE DIRECTION OF DUPLEX BEARING SET INSTALLATION IS
OPTIONAL AS LONG AS APEX MARKS OR THRUST SIDES ARE ALIGNED.
OUTPUT PINION DUPLEX BEARING CLAMPUP INPUT GEAR
1. RECORD A" DIMENSION 6. RECORD D" DIMENSION 9. RECORD E" DIMENSION
2. ADD MOUNTING DISTANCE 7. RECORD C" DIMENSION 10. ADD MOUNTING DISTANCE + 1.600 INCH
OF OUTPUT PINION + 3.0 INCN (7.62 CM) OF INPUT GEAR (4.064 CM)
8. DIFFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOTAL . . . . . . . . SUBTRACT 0.00100.003 INCH TOTAL . . . . . . . .
3. RECORD B" DIMENSION (0.0250.076 MM) 11. RECORD F" DIMENSION
4. ADD 1.780 INCH (4.521 CM) + 1.780 INCH CLAMPUP SHIM 12. ADD 1.350 INCH (3.429 CM) + 1.350 INCH
AS SHOWN (4.521 CM) (3.429 CM)
AS SHOWN
TOTAL . . . . . . . .
5. TOTAL OF ITEMS 1 & 2 TOTAL . . . . . . . .
SUBTRACT TOTAL OF 13. TOTAL OF ITEMS 9 & 10

ITEMS 3 & 4 SUBTRACT TOTAL OF
CONTACT PATTERN ITEMS 11 & 12
(OUTPUT) SHIM BACKLASH (INPUT) SHIM
WITH BACKLASH ADJUSTED
TO 0.00250.005 INCH
(0.06350.127 MM)
14. RECORD "G" DIMENSION
0.002 INCH
15. ADD 0.002 INCH (0.051 MM) (0.051 MM)
NOTE:
16. INPUT GEAR RETAINER SHIM
0.0020.004 INCH (0.0510.102) MM AXIAL CLEARANCE
BETWEEN BEARING AND RETAINER. H632041C
Figure 701. Determination of Shim Thickness
Page 704
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
PINION (3). Install bearing outer race and cage
assembly (25) into output shaft bearing
bore of housing.
(4). Place contact pattern (output) shim(s)
(22) on output shaft and retainer
HEEL TOE assembly (21) and install into housing.
NOTES:
1. LENGTHWISE TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN SHOULD BE
(5). Install clampup shim (20) and output
CENTRALLY LOCATED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE, BUT cover (19) on assembled output shaft
FINALLY MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF DYNAMIC TEST. and retainer assembly against output
2. IF CORRECTION IS REQUIRED, INCREASE OUTPUT bearing retainer (3, Figure 3).
SHIM THICKNESS MOVES PATTERN IN DIRECTION
SHOWN. AS FOLLOWS: NOTE: Duplex bearing (4) requires outer race
0.040 INCH (1.016 MM) MOVEMENT clampup of 0.0010.003 inch (0.0250.076
= 0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) SHIM CHANGE.
mm).
3. ANY CHANGE IN OUTPUT SHIM THICKNESS AFFECTS
BACKLASH AS FOLLOWS:
0.002 INCH (0.051 MM) SHIM CHANGE
(6). Install washers (18, Figure 1) and bolts
= 0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) BACKLASH. (17); torque bolts (17) to 65 75
4. IF BACKLASH REQUIRES ADJUSTMENT, INCREASING INPUT inchpounds (7.34 8.47 Nm).
SHIM THICKNESS INCREASES BACKLASH AS FOLLOWS:
0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) BACKLASH (7). Clean input gearshaft (11, Figure 2) to
= 0.0014 INCH (0.0356 MM) SHIM CHANGE. remove grit or particles.
H632042A
NOTE: Compound will transfer to mating teeth
Figure 702. Gear Tooth Contact Pattern of gear on output gearshaft (10) during no
Correction load wipe test (Ref. No Load Wipe Test).
4. Initial Installation Input and Output Shaft (8). Apply light coat of gear marking
Retainer Assemblies compound (8, Table 902) to both sides of
approximately onethird of teeth on
During initial transmission reassembly, the gear (10).
input and output gearshaft assemblies are
installed in the housing. Shim thickness are Before installing bolts in the fol-
determined and gear contact patterns are CAUTION lowing step, position the TOP
checked and corrected as necessary. The mark on the retainer up. This will correctly
transmission should not be completely position the oil passage.
reassembled until backlash and contact
pattern testing has been completed, so that (9). Place backlash (input) shim(s) (16,
only minor disassembly of the transmission is Figure 1) on input shaft and retainer
required to make shimming corrections. assembly (15) and install in housing.
Initially reassemble the transmission as
Rotate output shaft while tight-
follows: CAUTION ening input shaft retainer to
(1). Clean output gearshaft (10, Figure 3) to check that input and output gearset do not
remove grit or particles. bind.
(2). Mount housing (33, Figure 1) on (10). Secure retainer assembly with three
assembly stand plate (2, Table 901) as bolts (13) and washers (14); torque bolts
shown in Figure 301. Apply heat at to 65 75 inchpounds (7.34 8.47
housing bore for output gearshaft. Nm).
Page 705
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
When installing input shaft cov- line. Backlash must be 0.0040.008
CAUTION er, ensure input gear bearing inch (0.1020.203 mm) at 90degree
and bearing retainer in the input shaft cover intervals (Ref. Figure 704).
are aligned so that bearing fits smoothly
into retainer, heat slightly if necessary. If re- NOTE: Backlash check adapter (3, Table 901)
tainer binds or cocks on bearing, or if exces- may be fabricated as shown in Figure 902.
sive force is used, the input gear bearing can
(3). Remove three bolts (8, Figure 1) and
be damaged.
washers (9) securing input shaft cover
Hand press cover assembly (10). Remove input shaft cover from
CAUTION against input shaft and retainer housing.
assembly (15) carefully. If excessive force is
(4). Remove three bolts (13) and washers
applied, bearing may be damaged.
(14) securing input shaft and retainer
NOTE: To hold input shaft (11, Figure 2) in reassembly (15) to housing assembly (33).
tainer assembly (1), while installing input Carefully pull out retainer assembly
shaft cover (10, Figure 1) pull outward on from housing.
input shaft splines.
(5). Check that contact pattern (Figure 702)
(11). Carefully position input shaft cover is centered on teeth of gearshaft (11,
assembly on housing so that bearing Figure 2). If required, correct contact
retainer (27) does not bind or cock on pattern and backlash by adjusting
input gear bearing (12, Figure 2). thickness of backlash (input) shim (16,
Install cover and seat input gear Figure 1) and contact pattern (output)
bearing in retainer. Install three shim (22) (See Figure 702).
washers (9, Figure 1) and bolts (8)
Changing thickness of contact
finger tight to secure cover assembly in CAUTION pattern shim (22) to obtain cor-
place.
rect contact pattern affects backlash adjust-
(12). Check that gearset can be hand ment and axial clearance of bearing outer
operated. race (25) to inner race (7, Figure 3). Chang-
ing thickness of backlash (input) shim (16,
NOTE: After initial installation of input and Figure 1) affects 0.0020.004 inch
output shaft and retainer assemblies in (0.0510.102 mm) axial clearance between
housing, a no load wipe test (Ref. Final input gear bearing (12, Figure 2) and input
Reassembly) must be performed. The wipe cover assembly (10, Figure 1) Ref. Shim
test must be completed before runin and Thickness Calculation to calculate new
test procedures are accomplished. shim requirements.
5. NoLoad Wipe Check NOTE: Keep MEK off surrounding parts of as-
sembled gear shafts. Do not disassemble
After initial reinstallation of input and output gear shafts.
shaft and retainer assemblies, verify correct
contact pattern and backlash as follows: (6). When correct backlash and contact
pattern is established, remove both
(1). Rotate input gearshaft clockwise while gearshafts and wash gear teeth with
restraining output gearshaft with MEK (19, Table 902); then apply light
sufficient pressure to wipe compound coat of gear marking dye (15) to several
off gear. gear teeth.
NOTE: Input gearshaft must be rotated at least (7). Once correct backlash and contact
12 times to ensure that proper gear tooth pattern is established, remove input
patterns are made on gearset. and output gearshaft from housing.
(2). Secure output gearshaft, and measure (8). Wash input and output gear teeth using
input gearshaft backlash on a radius of MEK (19, Table 902); keep MEK off
1.75 inch (4.445 cm) from shaft center- parts adjacent to gear teeth.
Page 706
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
(9). Apply light coat of gear marking dye (c). 369D254217 Press oil seal (6) into
(15) to several teeth on each gearshaft. oil seal retainer (4) using arbor press
and suitable adapter. Avoid distorting
6. Final Reassembly case of oil seal.
After noload static wipe test is accomplished (d). Lubricate Oring (12, Figure 1) with
and correct contact pattern and backlash are petrolatum; install Oring on input
established, accomplish final reassembly as shaft cover assembly (10).
follows:
(e). Lubricate Oring (7) with petrola-
tum; install Oring on liquid level
(1). Assemble output cover (19, Figure 1)
plug (6). Install liquid level plug (6)
and associated components into a single
in housing assembly (33); torque plug
unit as follows:
to 50 60 inchpounds (5.65 6.78
Nm).
(a). Apply light coat of sealing compound
(7, Table 902) to outer mating NOTE: If alignment of window markings does
surfaces of oil seal (23) Press seal not conform to Figure 401, clean window
into output cover (34) using suitable and apply new level markings according to
arbor press and adapter. Avoid (Ref. Markings).
distorting case of oil seal. Remove
excess sealing compound. (f). Lubricate Oring (5, Figure 1) with
petrolatum (5, Table 902), place
(b). Lubricate Oring (24) with petrola- Oring on breatherfiller assembly
tum (5, Table 902). Place Oring in (3, Figure 1); install breatherfiller
groove of output cover. assembly in housing assembly (33).
See Figure 703 for installation
(c). Remove outer race of bearing (25, diagram. Breather hole must be
Figure 1); apply locking compound directed rearward as shown. If
primer and locking compound (29, required, install washer(s) (4)
Table 902) to faying surface of outer (maximum of two) between breather
bearing race and bearing liner (26, flange and Oring. Torque breather
Figure 1) in housing assembly (33). filler to 45 55 inchpounds (5.08
Fully seat outer bearing race in 6.21 Nm).
bearing liner. (Record rubber cure
date on Overhaul Check Sheet). NOTE: Locating vent hole at any angle aft of
output gear shaft centerline (viewed from
(2). Remove input bearing cover (7, above) adequately directs vent rearward.
Figure 2) from input shaft retainer
assembly (1), and assemble retainer (3). Lubricate Oring (2) with petrolatum.
and associated components into a single Install Oring on drain valve and chip
unit as follows: detector (1) Install drain valve and chip
detector in housing assembly. Torque
(a). Lubricate Orings (5, 8) with petrola- valve body to 50 60 inchpounds
tum; install Orings in grooves of (5.65 6.78 Nm). Torque chip detector
input bearing cover. to 40 50 inchpounds (4.52 5.65
Nm).
(b). 369D25421BSC, 3, and 5 Apply
light coat of sealing compound (7, (4). Install output shaft and retainer
Table 902) to outer mating surface of assembly as follows:
oil seal (6, Figure 2). Press oil seal
into oil seal retainer (4) using arbor (a). Lubricate Oring (5, Figure 3) with
press and suitable adapter. Avoid petrolatum and install on bearing
distorting case of oil seal. Remove retainer (3) of assembled output shaft
excess sealing compound. and retainer assembly (21, Figure 1).
Page 707
632510 TR09001
P/N 369D25400
When reinserting output shaft (e). Install washers (18, Figure 1) and
CAUTION assembly into housing, carefully bolts (17). Torque bolts to 65 75
align race rollers of bearing (6, Figure 3) on inchpounds (7.34 8.47 Nm).
output shaft (10) with outer bearing race
Before installing bolts in the fol-
(25, Figure 1), remaining in bearing liner CAUTION lowing step, position the TOP
(26) inside housing (33). Inner bearing race
(7, Figure 3) should slide smoothly into out- mark on the retainer up. This will position
er race and rollers (6). If smooth fit does not the oil passage correctly.
occur, remove output shaft assembly and vi- (f). Install input shaft and retainer
sually align rollers. assembly (15) and backlash shim (16)
with washers (14) and bolts (13);
(b). Heat output bore of housing assem- torque bolts to 65 75 inchpounds
bly (33, Figure 1); install contact (7.34 8.47 Nm).
pattern shim (22), output shaft and
retainer assembly (21) into housing Rotate output shaft while tight-
CAUTION ening input shaft retainer bolts
assembly (33).
to check that input and output gearset do
NOTE: An output gearshaft seal installation not bind.
thimble may be fabricated as shown in (5). Install input shaft cover assembly (10)
Figure 903. with input cover shim (11) as follows:
(c). Apply light coat of petrolatum to (a). Place input shaft cover shim against
outer surface of seal installation housing assembly (33) with input
thimble and place thimble over gear bearing (36) on end of input
splined portion of output gearshaft shaft and retainer assembly (15)
assembly (21). squarely inserted into bearing
retainer (27) in cover assembly.
INPUT
Press cover assembly against
SHAFT CAUTION input shaft and retainer assem-
BREATHER ASSEMBLY
(NOTE) bly (15) carefully. If excessive force is
applied, bearing may be damaged.
(b). Install washers (9) and bolts (8)
85
finger tight, while manually applying
force against external portion of
input shaft and retainer assembly
85 (15) to press input gear bearing (12,
Figure 2) into bearing liner of input
shaft cover assembly. Torque bolts to
22 27 inchpounds (2.49 3.05
NOTE: BREATHER IS TO BE DRAIN HOLE Nm).
INSTALLED SO VENT HOLE
FACES AFT WITHIN THE (6). Install input bearing retainer assembly
LIMITS SHOWN. VENT HOLE
H632043
(1, Figure 2) as follows:
Figure 703. BreatherFiller Installation NOTE: An input gear shaft seal installation
tool may be fabricated as shown in
Figure 904.
(d). Apply light coat of petrolatum to lip
and faces of oil seal (23); install (a). Apply light coat of petrolatum (5,
output cover assembly (19) and Table 902) to outer surface of input
clampup shim (20) over seal instal- seal installation tool and install tool
lation thimble and gearshaft (10, over input gearshaft assembly (11,
Figure 3). Remove seal installation Figure 2). Place thick portion of tool
thimble. firmly against sleeve spacer (9).
Page 708
TR09001 632510
P/N 369D25400
(b). 369D25421BSC, 3 and 5 Apply (e). Safety wire bolts and accessories as
light coat of petrolatum to lip of oil follows:
seal (6); install oil seal retainer
assembly (4) over input gear shaft oil (f). Safety wire three output cover bolts
seal installation tool and into input (17, Figure 1) together. Run twisted
bearing cover (7). Press oil seal safety wire around cover boss:
retainer firmly against input bearing
(g). Safety wire three input shaft cover
cover. Remove input gearshaft seal
bolts (8) together.
installation tool.
(h). Safety wire three input bearing cover
bolts (13) in pairs with closest seal
(c). 369D254217 Fill space between
retaining bolts (2, Figure 2).
inner and outer lips of oil seal (6)
with grease (38, Table 902). Apply (i). Safety wire liquid level plug (6,
light coat of grease to sealing surface Figure 1), drain valve and chip
of input gearshaft assembly (11). detector (1) and breatherfiller
Install oil seal retainer assembly (4) assembly (3) to adjacent housing.
over input gear shaft oil seal installa-
tion tool and into input bearing cover (j). Inspect reassembled transmission
(7). Press oil seal retainer firmly according to Figure 704 and
against input bearing cover. Remove Table 701.
input gearshaft seal installation tool.
NOTE: A runin and test procedure (Ref. Run
In and Test) must be accomplished after per-
(d). Install washers (3) and bolts (2). formance of noload wipe test (Ref. Final
Torque bolts to 22 27 inchpounds Reassembly) and completion of final reas-
(2.49 3.05 Nm). sembly.
AXIAL PLAY
0.0020.004 INCH
(0.0510.102 MM0
(NOTE 2)
0.0040.008 INCH
(0.1020.203 MM) 0.002 INCH
GEAR BACKLASH (0.051 MM)
(NOTE 3) MAXIMUM
(NOTE 2)
0.0025 INCH
(0.0635 MM)
MAXIMUM
(NOTE 2)
NO AXIAL PLAY
ALLOWED
NOTES:
1. MEASUREMENTS TAKEN AT POINTS INDICATED BY ARROWS.
2. TOTAL INDICATOR READING.
3. PULL OUT ON INPUT SHAFT WHEN CHECKING GEAR BACKLASH. H632044B
Figure 704. Backlash, Runout and Axial Play Limits
Page 709
632510 TR09001
P/N 369D25400
Inspect Method of Inspection Remarks
Housing for chipped paint Visual (Ref. Painting)
Gearshafts for freedom of movement Rotate shafts by hand Investigate malfunction if shaft
or shafts bind.
For excessive noise when shafts are Rotate shafts by hand Investigate malfunction if noisy.
rotated (evidence of scraping or binding)
Output gearshaft for 0.0025 inch (0.0635 Rotate shafts by hand with Investigate if output shaft runout
mm) total indicator reading maximum indicator against shaft on spline exceeds 0.0025 inch (0.0635
runout on spline OD outboard of ring OD (Figure 704) mm) total indicator reading.
groove.
Input gearshaft for 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) Rotate shafts by hand with Investigate if input shaft runout
total indicator reading maximum runout indicator against shaft exceeds 0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
(Figure 704) total indicator reading.
Input and output shafts for axial play Apply axial load and use See Figure 704.
indicator.
7. RunIn and Test Check resultant reduction in overhaul man

hours. During disassembly and over-
The following contains runin inspection haul, use the qualification checklist
procedures for the tail rotor transmission. The provided (Ref. Overhaul Check Sheet),
runin inspection must be performed following see Figure 701 and steps (2). thru (4).
final reassembly. The procedure may be below, to determine the status of the
performed with the transmission installed in a transmission.
helicopter or in a test stand.
(2). Before disassembly, measure and record
A. Special RunIn Options backlash.
NOTE: Certain units in the transmission have (3). During transmission disassembly,
a direct relationship to establishing or carefully record and tag all shims and
changing the positioning of one gear to spacers for shims thickness and
another. If the transmission housing and location in the transmission.
associated covers, gears, bearings or mount- (4). Examine all gears for serviceability and
ing distance shims and spacer that position contact pattern.
the gears are not changed during overhaul,
the contact pattern and backlash of the B. RunIn on Helicopter
gears should also remain the same. If the
contact pattern and backlash are within tol- Runin and inspect reassembled transmission
erance for USED GEAR PATTERN as on helicopter as follows:
shown in Figure 503 and Figure 507, per-
Tail rotor rigging must be
form a wipe test and, if satisfactory, run the CAUTION checked per CSPHMI2 prior
transmission to check for correct tempera-
to starting runin of overhauled transmis-
ture and pressure; if correct, the transmis-
sion.
sion can be continued in service on the heli-
copter. (1). Install tail rotor transmission on
helicopter per CSPHMI2.
(1). Check of gear contact pattern following
runin can be eliminated on certain (2). Service transmission with lubricating
qualifying transmissions with a oil (2, Table 902) per CSPHMI2.
Page 710
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
(3). Ballast helicopter to ballast gross (8). Start runin with left pedal at 52
weight of 3700 pounds. percent from full left position and
continue through positions listed in
(4). Measure pilots left pedal travel from Table 701. During runin, check
full left pedal to full right pedal as transmission for unusual noise,
shown in Figure 705. Calculate travel vibration and oil leakage.
in inches required to position left pedal
according to Table 702. Monitor chip detector indicator
CAUTION light (Ref. CSPHMI2) during
(5). Fabricate indicator that will allow complete runin cycle.
precise positioning of left pedal in
percent of travel as shown in (9). If chip detector indicator illuminates,
Figure 705. stop test and investigate cause.
(6). Install indicator for left pedal travel
(10). Shutdown helicopter (Pilots Flight
measurement.
Manual).
Be sure helicopter is on a
WARNING rough dry surface clear of (11). Check for oil leakage; replace leaking
obstacles and personnel. Comply with seals as required.
all appropriate safety precautions dur-
ing ground run. Operate helicopter in (12). Remove transmission from helicopter
accordance with Pilots Flight Manual. (Ref. CSPHMI2).
(7). Start helicopter and establish N2 at 100 (13). Perform final inspection (Ref. Final
percent. Inspection).
38% 45% 52%
28%
INDICATOR
0%
100%
FULL LEFT PEDAL
FULL RIGHT PEDAL
NOTE: LOCATION OF MARKS (CALIBRATION OF MARKS) SHOWN, FOR INDICATED

PEDAL TRAVEL IS AN EXAMPLE ONLY. DETERMINATION OF LOCATIONS FOR
MARKS MUST BE MADE SEPARATELY FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL HELICOPTER.
H632045
Figure 705. Pedal Travel Indicator on Left Pedal
Page 711
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
Table 702. Left Pedal Travel/RunIn Time
% From Full Left
Step Tail Rotor Horsepower Pedal Time
1 10 52 10 minutes
2 15 45 10 minutes
3 21 38 10 minutes
4 30 28 5 minutes
C. RunIn On Test Stand (2). Remove output shaft and retainer

assembly (Ref. Initial Disassembly).
Runin and test reassembled transmission on
test stand as follows: (3). Check gear tooth pattern; pattern is to
be as shown in Figure 707; correct as
NOTE: A secure test fixture with motor and necessary (Ref. Contact Pattern
suitable braking device is required. (output) Shim).
(1). Secure transmission on test fixture and (4). Reinstall output shaft and retainer
service with lubrication oil (2, assembly (Ref. Final Reassembly).
Table 902) (Ref. CSPHMI2).
(5). Check input gearshaft axial play
(2). Operate test stand at transmission (Figure 704).
input speed of 21752250 rpm with no (6). Check and record input and output
load for two minutes. shaft runout (Figure 704); correct as
(3). Gradually increase load to 790 inch necessary.
pounds (89.26 Nm) on output shaft (7). Remove, inspect, clean and reinstall
and run for 10 minutes. chip detector.
(4). During test, check for unusual noise or (8). Seal entire circumference of all split
vibration; check for oil leakage; replace line joints with sealant (7, Table 902).
leaking seals as required.
(9). If transmission is to be reinstalled in
(5). Stop runin and perform final inspec- helicopter, service with lubricating oil
tion (Ref. Final Inspection). (2) according to CSPHMI2. If trans-
mission is to be stored or shipped,
8. Final Inspection ensure oil is completely drained and
flush with corrosion preventive oil (18).
Following runin, perform final inspection of Residual corrosion preventive oil will
the transmission including gear tooth contact act as preservative.
patterns, backlash and shaft runout as follows:
(10). Ensure Overhaul Check Sheet, (Ref.
(1). Drain oil from transmission (Ref. Description and Operation) is complete-
CSPHMI2). ly filled out.
Page 712
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
Inspect Method of Inspection Remarks
Housing for chipped paint Visual (Ref. Painting)
Gearshafts for freedom of movement Rotate shafts by hand Investigate malfunction if shaft
or shafts bind.
For excessive noise when shafts are Rotate shafts by hand Investigate malfunction if noisy.
rotated (evidence of scraping or binding)
Output gearshaft for 0.0025 inch (0.0635 Rotate shafts by hand with Investigate if output shaft runout
mm) total indicator reading maximum indicator against shaft on spline exceeds 0.0025 inch (0.0635
runout on spline OD outboard of ring OD (Figure 704) mm) total indicator reading.
groove.
Input gearshaft for 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) Rotate shafts by hand with Investigate if input shaft runout
total indicator reading maximum runout indicator against shaft exceeds 0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
(Figure 704) total indicator reading.
Input and output shafts for axial play Apply axial load and use See Figure 704.
indicator.
AXIAL PLAY
0.0020.004 INCH
(0.0510.102 MM0
(NOTE 2)
0.0040.008 INCH
(0.1020.203 MM) 0.002 INCH
GEAR BACKLASH (0.051 MM)
(NOTE 3) MAXIMUM
(NOTE 2)
0.0025 INCH
(0.0635 MM)
MAXIMUM
(NOTE 2)
NO AXIAL PLAY
ALLOWED
NOTES:
2. TOTAL INDICATOR READING.
Figure 706. Backlash, Runout and Axial Play Limits
Page 713
632510 Revision 17
P/N 369D25400
0.12 INCH OUTPUT PINION INPUT GEAR
(3.048 MM)
0.12 INCH
(3.048 MM)
TOE
TOE HEEL
HEEL
0.03 0.12 INCH 0.12 INCH 0.04 INCH

(3.048 MM) (3.048 MM) (1.016 MM)
0.07 INCH
0.50 INCH (1.778 MM)
NO BREAK (12.7 MM)
TOE
TOE HEEL
HEEL
NOTES:
1. CONTACT PATTERN MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN LIMITS SHOWN.
2. NO HARD CONTACT LINES PERMISSIBLE WITHIN ACTIVE TOOTH AREA.
3. CONTACT PATTERN MUST BE CENTRALLY LOCATED SO THAT DISTANCE
FROM TOE AND HEEL IS EQUAL WITHIN 0.08 INCH (2.032 MM). H632046A
Figure 707. Gear Tooth Contact Patterns Input and Output Gears
9. Packing and Storage (1). Apply a light coat of corrosion preventa-
If overhauled tail rotor transmission is not to tive (37, Table 902) and package or
be used immediately, package and store the cover to keep dust off.
tail rotor transmission as follows:
Page 714
Revision 17 632510
P/N 369D25400
1. General accept pinion end of gearshaft, approxi
mate container size 3 x 31/2 x 1l/8
This part of the Overhaul Manual provides inches (7.62 x8.89 x 2.86 cm).
overhaul procedures for the 369D25400 Tail
Rotor Transmission. These procedures are the NOTE: Steel provides durability for frequent
approved methods to be used for specific repair use in a supporting vise.
or complete overhaul of the component.
(2). Lubricate pinion end of gearshaft with
2. Reference Data oil (2, Table 902) or petrolatum (5) and
place pinion end of gearshaft in con
Reference is made throughout this part of the tainer; secure in vertical position.
Overhaul Manual to the Maintenance Manual
(CSPHMI2). The HMI should be used as (3). Heat standard bismuth alloy (25) until
noted throughout overhaul/repair. The molten. Fill container until 75 percent
Illustrated Parts Catalog (CPSIPC4) should of pinion tooth length is covered; allow
be used for ordering any replacement parts alloy to cool.
required. Table 901 and Table 902 provide (4). Carefully remove gearshaft from
specifications and, when appropriate, procure container.
ment information, regarding special tools and
equipment, and expendable items and materi B. Transmission Assembly Stand
als required for the overhaul and repair
procedures given. Torque values are contained Fabricate an assembly stand (2, Table 901) as
in Table 903. shown in Figure 901.
C. Input gearshaft Backlash Check Adapter
Fabricate an input gearshaft backlash check
The following paragraphs contain procedures adapter (3, Table 901) as shown in Figure 902.
for fabricating special tools required for
overhaul of the tail rotor transmission. (Ref. D. Output Gearshaft Seal Installation
Table 901). Thimble
A. Gearshaft Holding Fixture Fabricate an output gearshaft seal installation
thimble (4, Table 901) as shown in Figure 903.
Fabricate a gearshaft holding fixture (7,
Table 901) as follows: E. Input Gearshaft Seal Installation Tool
(1). Fabricate a square container from 0.25 Fabricate an input gearshaft seal installation
inch (6.35 mm) steel, large enough to tool as shown in Figure 904.
Page 901
632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
Table 901. Tail Rotor Transmission - Special Tools and Equipment
Item
1 Bearing puller 950 Owantonna Tool Company
2 Assembly stand Locally fabricate (Figure 901)
3 Input gearshaft backlash check adapter Locally fabricate (Figure 902)
4 Output gearshaft seal installation thimble Locally fabricate (Figure 903)
5 Input gearshaft seal installation tool Locally fabricate (Figure 904)
6 Two-piece bearing retractor 830006-806-00675 MDHS
7 Gearshaft holding fixture Locally fabricated (Ref. Gearshaft Holding Fixture)
8 Outer race bearing removal tool 830006-809-00671 MDHS
9 Tail rotor bearing separator 830006-806-00674 MDHS
10 Inner race removal tool 830006-809-00682 MDHS
11 Socket, shur-lok nut 369D29913 MDHS

Item
2 Lubricating oil MIL-L-23699 Aeroshell Turbo Shell Oil Co.

Oil 500 50 W. 50Th St.
New York, NY
(RM-139A) 150 E. 42Nd St.
New York, NY
3 Abrasive paper, silicon carbide P-P-101 (3)
(grade as noted)
5 Petrolatum (petroleum jelly, VV-P-236 (3)

white)
6 Locking compound (Loctite) Oakite 156 Oakite Products, Inc.

remover (for disassembled parts) 50 Valley Road
Berkley Heights, NJ
07922-2712
7 Sealing compound MIL-S-7502 PR1221 Product Research

(Class and dash PR380-A2 Burbank, CA
No. optional) EP711 Coast ProSeal
Compton, CA
MIL-S-8802 Coast ProSeal

MIL-S-8516, 3C-3007 Churchill Chemical Corp.
Class II Los Angeles, CA
Page 902
Revision 4 632510
P/N 369D25400
Item
8 White gearmarking compound (#3) Red Prescot & Co. (Canada)
(#10) Yellow LTD. Chemicals & Row
Matl
8615 Devonshire Road
Montreal, Quebec
Canada
I-A-H-V-6254 Wyandotte Paint Co.

Wyandotte, MI
9 Lockwire MS20995C CRES safety wire

(diameter as required) (3)
13 Primer, catalyzed epoxy (yellow) MIL-P-23377B Matl Description: Andrew Brown Co.
HMS 15-1082 Los Angeles, CA
W.P. Fuller & Co.

Los Angeles, CA
Sherwin-Williams
Los Angeles, CA
14 Paint, epoxy-polyamide (color MIL-C-22750 Matl Description: Andrew Brown Co.,
No. 37038 per Fed Std 595) HMS 15-1083 Los Angeles, CA
15 Gearmarking dye (layout red) DX-296 or Dykem Co.

equivalent
16 Adhesive MIL-A-8623 A-1 177B B.F. Goodrich

20 Coating, logo white Q881 (Color No. Bee Chemical Co.,
484) Gardena, CA
21 Thinner (for item 20) No. T-80695 Bee Chemical Co.,
Gardena, CA
22 Acetone O-A-51 (3)
23 Epoxy resin #3135 Narmco Materials Div.,
Whittaker Corp.,
Costa Mesa, CA
24 Catalyst, polyamide, epoxy resin #7111 Narmco Material Div.,
Whittaker Corp.,
Costa Mesa, CA
Page 903
632510 Revision 12
P/N 369D25400
Item
25 Bismuth alloy (low melting point) Cerrobase, Cerro DePasco Corp.,
Cerrobend or 40 Wall St.,
Cerrotru New York, NY
(4) Claude Michaels Inc.,
9674 Telstar Ave.,
El Monte, CA 91731
(4) Scottsdale Tool & Supply
15 N. 40th Street
Phoenix, AZ
26 Surface cleaner (prepaint TT-C-490 or WO #1 Turco Products Inc.,
solution with phospheric acid MIL-C-10578, Wilmington, CA
base) Type II
27 Chemical conversion film solution MIL-C-5541 Iridite 14-2 Richardson Co.,
(Iidite, Alodine or equivalent) Class 2 Al-Coat Allied-Kelite
Product Div.,
2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
28 Chromic acid solution MIL-M-3171 Type Dow #19 or Dow Chemical Co.
(pH 2.6 to 3.4) VI equivalent
29 Sealing, locking and retaining MIL-S-22473 Loctite A Loctite Inc.,
compound; single component MIL-R-46082 (No. 35) 705 N. Mountain Rd.
(Grade as noted) Newington, CT 06111
30 Surface primer, locking MIL-S-22473 Locquic T Loctite Inc.
compound (Grade and form EV07921 Loctite Inc.
optional)
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
407-322-4000
31 Cadmium plate (brush-on) QQ-P-416
Type II, Class 2
32 Dry lubricant MIL-G-8132 (3) Fiske Bros. Refining Co.,
Toledo, OH
33 Anti-seize compound MIL-T-5544 (3)
34 Chemical conversion for coating MIL-C-81706 Turcoat Liquid Turco Products,
aluminum and aluminum alloys Accelogold 24600 So. Main St.
Carson, CA 90749
35 Plastic steel Devcon A Devcon Corporation,
Danvers, MA 01923
36 Solvent, Cleaning MIL-C-81302D Freon R-11, R-13, Approved Engineering
Trichlorotrifluoroethane or R-112 Test Labs
5320 West 104 th St.
Los Angeles, CA 90045
Page 904
Revision 10 632510
P/N 369D25400
Item
36 Solvent, Cleaning Trichlorotrifluo- MILC81302D Freon R11, R13 Approved Engineering
roethane or R112 Test Labs
5320 West 104 th St.
Los Angeles, CA 90045
37 Corrosion Preventative MILC81309 Corrosion X Corrosion Technologies
Type II Corp.
38 Grease, Aircraft MILPRF81322 Mobil Grease 28 Mobil Oil Corp.
3225 Gallows Road
Fairfax, VA 22037
Aero Shell 22 Shell Oil Company
910T Louisiana St.
Houston, TX 77002
NOTES:
triple alpha prefix of the same letter Federal Specification; AN Air ForceNavyAeronautical Standard;
(4) Acceptable alternate materials for item 25 must have a melting point not to exceed 300F (150C).
Table 903. 369D25400 Tail Rotor Transmission Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Index No. (In.Lb.) (Nm)
Drain Valve and Chip Detector 1, Figure 1 50 60 5.65 6.78
Valve body Detector 40 50 4.52 5.65
BreatherFiller Assembly 3, Figure 1 45 55 5.08 6.21
Liquid Level Plug 6, Figure 1 50 60 5.65 6.78
Input Bearing Retainer Bolts 13, Figure 1 65 75 7.34 8.47
Input Shaft Cover Bolts 8, Figure 1 22 27 2.49 3.05
Output Cover Bolts 17, Figure 1 65 75 7.34 8.47
Locknut 2, Figure 3 800 1000 90.39 112.98
Page 905
632510 TR09001
P/N 369D25400
2.202 INCH 1.10 INCH
(5.593 CM) (2.79 CM)
1.190 INCH
(3.0226 CM)
1.352 INCH
0.33 INCH (8.38 MM)
(3.434 CM)
0.35 INCH (8.89 MM)

2.250 INCH
(5.715 CM) R
(9.779 CM) (12.70 MM)
0.28 INCH
(7.112 MM) R 2 PL
2 PL
CHAMFER
0.25 INCH (6.35 MM) X
0.25 INCH (6.35 MM)
TYP (4 PL)
MATERIAL: ALUMINUM ALLOY QQA250
SIZE: 0.25 INCH (6.35 MM) X 2.75 INCH (6.985 CM) X 5.00 INCH (12.7 CM) H632024B
Figure 901. Assembly Stand Fabrication
0.190 INCH
1.50 INCH
(4.826 MM)
(3.81 CM)
0.380 INCH
0.75 INCH SOCKET HEAD SCREW (9.652 MM)
(19.05 MM) NO. 1032 X 0.88 (2) STOCK
(NOTES 1, 2)
0.06 INCH
0.03 INCH (0.762 MM) X 45
(16.24 MM)
CHAMFER TYPICAL 3.00 INCH
SAWCUT
NOTE 3 (7.62 CM)
0.12 INCH
(3.048 MM) DIAMETER
STOCK
1.12 INCH
(2.845 CM)
DIAMETER
0.38 INCH ARM

(9.652 MM)
RING

(2.845 CM) (2.845 CM) (12.7 MM)
NOTES: ARM
1. DRILL AND TAP NO. 1032 THRU RING. MATERIAL: ALUMINUM ALLOY QQA250
2. DRILL NO. 5 CLEARANCE HOLES FOR SCREWS THRU SIZE: 0.12 INCH (3.048 MM) X 0.50 INCH (12.7 MM) X 1.50 INCH (3.81 CM).
ARM AND THRU RING ABOVE SAWCUT. RING
3. MARK 1.745 INCH (4.432 CM) RADIUS ON ARM FOR MATERIAL: ALUMINUM ALLOY QQA200
0.0040.008 INCH (0.1020.203 MM) BACKLASH CHECKPOINT. SIZE: 3.00 INCH (7.62 CM) DIAMETER X 0.38 INCH (9.652 MM)
H632025A
Figure 902. Input Gearshaft Backlash Check Adapter Fabrication
Page 906
Revision 4 632510
P/N 369D25400
5.04 INCH (12.80 CM) + 0.06 INCH (1.524 MM)
0.75 INCH (19.05 MM)

0.06 INCH (1.542 MM) 1.1281.138 INCH
(2.8652.891 CM)

1.094 INCH
(2.779 CM) DI
AMETER

15 + 2
SMOOTH
TRANSITION
NOTE: MATERIAL: C 1018 STEEL ROD

1. 125 MICRO INCH SURFACE FINISH. SIZE: 1.250 INCH (3.175 CM) DIAMETER H632026A
Figure 903. Output Gearshaft Seal Installation Thimble - Fabrication

BREAK EDGE
0.0050.015 INCH
STRAIGHT TAPER (0.1270.381 MM)
A

0.020 INCH
1.1371.139 INCH (0.508 MM) X
(2.8882.893 CM) 45 CHAMFER
DIAMETER
1.2491.259 INCH 1.3741.376 INCH
(3.1723.198 CM) (3.4903.495 CM)

DIAMETER DIAMETER
A

0.020 INCH 0.6110.621 INCH
(0.508 MM) (15.51915.773 MM)
RADIUS
SECTION AA
NOTE: 32 MICROINCH SURFACE FINISH. MATERIAL: 1010 1030 STEEL H632027A
Figure 904. Input Gearshaft Seal Installation Tool - Fabrication

632510 Revision 4
P/N 369D25400
TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION
tail rotor transmission overhaul manual.
effectivities.
Page 1001
632510 Revision 14
P/N 369D25400
FULL
ADD
16
ROTATED
8
12 18 17
19
9
10
1
2
3
14
22 11 15
13
2
6
7
21
20
27 28
25
24
23
29
H6325791
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Transmission (Two Bladed) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 1002
Revision 15 632510
P/N 369D25400
34
33
35 36
37
38
39
40
43
42
44
30*
ROTATED
32
30*
31
* SUPPLIED WITH ATTACHED ITEM.

62
55
61
56
53 60
52
59
48
58
54
57
51
49 50
H6325792A
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Transmission (Two Bladed) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 1003
632510 TR09001
P/N 369D25400
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001 369D25400 Transmission Assy, Tail Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 369D25401 Housing Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 NAS1394C4 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3 NAS1394C3 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
5 369D25414 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D25427 Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 369D25419 Bearing, Output Pinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369A54293 Breather Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 AN960PD1016L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
9 NAS1149D1016J Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
10 390747071 Packing, ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 S53HK Plug, Liquid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
11 S53H Plug, Liquid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
For Replacement Order PS53B
11 PS53B Plug, Liquid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 369H5018 Decal, Oil Level Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 NAS6178 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 NAS13033H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
15 NAS620A10L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
16 369D25403 Cover Assy, Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 369D25411 Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 369D25416 Shim, Cover Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 203347071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 NAS13045H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
21 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
22 369D25436 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 NAS13046H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
24 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
25 369D25404 Cover, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 203547071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 369D25414 Shim, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 369D25422 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPL
29 369D254223 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPL
29 369D254225 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 369A5160 Detector, Valve And Chip, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
31 MS29561111 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 NAS6178 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 369D25430 Gearshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 23420082 Cork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 084957 Sleeve, Speedi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 203747071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 369D25409 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 369D25420 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1004
TR09001 632510
P/N 369D25400
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
39 SL61N7F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
40 SL61W7F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
41 369F51751 Decal (Service With Mobil SHC 626) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Illustrated
42 369D254265 Name Plate, Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
43 AN535002 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
44 369A5014 Plate, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
48 369D25421 Seal, Oil Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPL
48 369D254213 Seal, Oil Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPL
48 369D254215 SealOil Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REPL
48 369D254217 SealOil Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
49 NAS13031H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
50 NAS620A10L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
51 369D25413 Retainer, Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
52 203247071 Packing, ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
53 369D25425 Sleeve, Spacer, Input Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
54 369D2540211 Cover Assy, Input Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
55 NAS60724 Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
56 369D25410 Liner, Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
57 KN1032FSY Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
57 NAS13943 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
58 215247071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
59 369D25417 Bearing, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
60 369D25435 Spacer, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
61 369D25434 Gearshaft Assy, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62 369D25418 Bearing, Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1005
632510 TR09001
P/N 369D25400
Page 1006
Revision 14 632510
Section
63-25-20
Tail Rotor
Transmission
Part Number
369D25300-BSC, -501, -503, -505, -507, -509
Page a
Revision 14
Page b
Revision 14
P/N 369D25300
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632520 Tail Rotor Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. 369D25300 Tail Rotor Transmission Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 2. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Table 1. 369D25300 Tail Rotor Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . 5
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Important Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
B. Transmission Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
C. Output Gearshaft and Retainer Assembly Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Figure 301. Installation of Transmission on Assembly Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Figure 302. Installation of Output Gearshaft in Holding Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
A. Oil Breather Filler Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
B. Exterior Spot Touchup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Marking Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
A. Liquid Level Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
B. Marking Revision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 401. Marking Liquid Level Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Serviceable Dimensions Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. Input Gearshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Figure 502. Serviceable Dimensions Input Gearshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Table 502. Detailed Inspection Input Gearshaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
632520 Page i
P/N 369D25300
Figure 503. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
C. Input Bearing Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 504. Serviceable Dimensions Input Bearing Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Table 503. Detailed Inspection Input Bearing Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
D. Input Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Figure 505. Serviceable Dimensions Input Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Table 504. Detailed Inspection Input Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
E. Output Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Figure 506. Output Shaft Serviceable Dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Table 505. Detailed Inspection Output Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
Figure 507. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
F. Output Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 506. Detailed Inspection Output Shaft Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
G. Output Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 507. Detailed Inspection Output Shaft Bearing Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
H. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Table 508. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection . . . . . . . . . . 513
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Broken SafetyWire Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Output Gearshaft Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
D. SpeediSleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Restoring Main Housing Interior Finish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
3. Main Housing Support Arm elongated Bolt Hole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 601. Repair Bushing Fabrication and Installation Details . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 602. Main Housing Assembly Support Arm Hole
Center Locating Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
A. Damaged Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
B. Cork Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
C. Identification Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
D. Warning Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
5. Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Page ii 632520
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369D25300
A. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701

B. Input Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
3. Shim Thickness Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
A. Backlash Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
B. Contact Pattern Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
C. ClampUp Shim(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 702. Gear Tooth Contact Pattern Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
4. Initial Transmission Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
5. NoLoad Wipe Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
6. Final Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Figure 703. BreatherFiller Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
A. Special RunIn Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
C. RunIn on Test Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
Figure 705. Backlash RunOut and Axial Play Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Figure 706. Gear Tooth Contact Patterns
Input and Output Gears . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
1. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Special Tools and Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Figure 901. Assembly Stand Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
Figure 902. Input Gearshaft Backlash Check Adapter Fabrication . . . . . . . . . 904
Figure 903. Output Gearshaft Seal Installation Thimble Fabrication . . . . . . . 905
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Transmission (Four Bladed) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
632520 Page iii
P/N 369D25300
Page iv 632520
Revision 17
Contents
P/N 369D25300
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over (6). Reassembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
haul of this component, ensure the required provides 369D25300 tail rotor transmis
special tools and processes are available to sion reassembly, runin inspection
assure completion of the work. procedures and shipping instructions.
1. General (7). Special Tools, Fixtures

& Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
This part of the Overhaul Manual describes provides procedures for fabricating
overhaul procedures for the 369D25300 Tail special tools required for overhaul of
Rotor Transmission Assembly. Procedures the 369D25300 tail rotor transmission.
(8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
specific repair or complete overhaul of the
component.
tion differences for the 369D25300 tail
2. Organization rotor transmission.
The 369D25300 Tail Rotor Transmission 3. Reference Data
Assembly section of the Component Overhaul
Manual is made up of seven parts, listed (1). Reference is made throughout this part
below. This section contains complete instruc of the Overhaul Manual to the mainte
tions for disassembly, cleaning, inspection, nance manual (CSPHMI2). This
repair, reassembly and runin inspection of manual should be used as noted
the component. The following describes the throughout the overhaul/repair. Use the
topic and content of each part with appropriate Illustrated Parts Catalog (CSPIPC4)
page numbers: when ordering any replacement parts
for 369D25300 series tail rotor trans
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 mission.
the 369D25300 tail rotor transmission (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
and the Tail Rotor Transmission Check specifications, and when appropriate,
Sheet. procurement information, regarding
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 expendable items and materials
gives procedures for complete disassem required for overhaul/repair.
bly of the 369D25300 tail rotor trans
mission. (3). Figure 1 and Figure 2 show exploded
views of the tail rotor transmission and
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 its subassemblies, with all parts
contains cleaning and painting require indexed. The index numbers are used
ments for the 369D25300 tail rotor throughout the text with the part
transmission components and parts. nomenclature to make part identifica
tion easier.
provides visual and dimensional 4. Overhaul Check Sheet
inspection requirements.
The items indicated in the Overhaul Check
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 Sheet must have all blanks filled and initialed.
provides allowable repairs and parts Upon completion of the overhaul, this sheet
replacement information and autho must be signed off by the person performing
rized modifications for the 369D25300 the work and the sheet retained as a perma
tail rotor transmission. nent part of the helicopter file.
Page 1
632520 Revision 15
P/N 369D25300
5
12
6 14 13 44 10
(NOTE) 11
8 3
7
9
37
36
35
36 42
45
(NOTE)
23 34
16 41 33
15
24 32
22
21
20
18
19 17
38 40
39
26
25
31
29
2
28 30
1 27
43 30
1
NOTE: NOT TO BE REMOVED AT DISASSEMBLY. H632030A
Figure 1. 369D25300 Tail Rotor Transmission Disassembly
Page 2
Revision 11 632520
P/N 369D25300
1. DRAIN VALVE AND CHIP DETECTOR 24. INPUT GEARSHAFT
2. PACKING 25. BOLT (3)
3. BREATHER FILLER ASSEMBLY 26. WASHER (3)
4. PACKING 27. OUTPUT COVER
5. PACKING 28. OUTPUT COVER (CLAMP-UP) SHIM
6. ADAPTER 29. PACKING
7. PACKING 30. OUTPUT SHAFT OIL SEAL
8. LIQUID LEVEL PLUG 31. OUTPUT GEARSHAFT AND RETAINER ASSEMBLY
9. PACKING 32. OUTPUT RETAINER (CONTACT PATTERN) SHIM
10. BOLT
33. RETAINING RING
11. WASHER (3)
34. OUTPUT ROLLER BEARING
12. INPUT SHAFT COVER ASSEMBLY
35. THREADED INSERT (3)
13. INPUT COVER SHIM
14. PACKING
15. BOLT (3) 37. THREADED INSERT (3)
16. WASHER (3) 38. DRIVE SCREW (4)
17. INPUT BEARING COVER ASSEMBLY 39. NAME PLATE
18. INPUT BEARING COVER (BACKLASH) SHIM 40. WARNING PLATE
19. OIL SEAL 41. HOUSING
20. PACKING 42. SUPPORT ARM BOLT HOLE
21. SLEEVE SPACER 43. PACKING
22. INPUT BEARING 44. BEARING RETAINER
23. INPUT GEAR BEARING 45. BEARING RETAINER
Page 3
632520 Revision 11
P/N 369D25300
7 (NOTE)
4
3
2
NOTE:
REMOVE ONLY IF REPLACEMENT REQUIRED. H63-2029-1
1
1. LOCKWASHER 5. O-RING
2. LOCKNUT 6. GEARSHAFT ASSEMBLY
3. DUPLEX BEARING 7. SPEEDI-SLEEVE
4. OUTPUT BEARING RETAINER ASSEMBLY 8. CORK
Figure 2. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly
Page 4
Revision 5 632520
P/N 369D25300
TABLE 1. 369D25300 TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION OVERHAUL CHECK SHEET
Address
Sub-Contractor Name
Address
Assembly Part Number: Prime Contractor
Sub-Contractor
Assembly Serial No.
Prior to Disassembly: Backlash of Input Gearset

0.0025-0.005 inch
(0.0635-0.127 mm)
Serial No. Input Gearshaft Runout, 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) TIR Max.
Serial No. Output Gearshaft Runout, 0.0025 inch (0.0635 mm) TIR Max.
Serial No. Input Gearshaft Axial Play, 0.004 inch (0.1016 mm) TIR Max.
Disassembly: Thickness of Shims Measured and

Recorded at Removal
Backlash Disassembly
Contact Pattern Complete
Output Cover Bearing Clamp-Up
Page 5
632520 Revision 7
P/N 369D25300

Reassembly Shim Thickness (actual)

Dimensions and
Tolerances Input Gearshaft Axial Clearance
0.002-0.004 inch
Backlash inch (mm) (0.051-0.102 mm)
Input Gearset End Play

Contact Pattern inch (mm) 0.005 inch(0.127 mm)
Clamp-Up inch (mm)
Reassembly Tests and Gearset can be Wipe Test Satisfactory:

Checks: Hand Operated
Backlash Correct: Gear Contact Patterns

0.0025-0.005 inch Correct:
(0.0635-0.127 mm)
Final Reassembly Shim and Spacer Measurements Completed

Dimensions and
Tolerances:
Backlash (actual) inch (mm)
Runout (actual)
Input Gearshaft
0.002 inch
(0.051 mm)
Output Gearshaft
0.0025 inch
(0.0635 mm)
Gaskets Sealant Installed Shims Installed

Installed (NOTE)
Torquing Correct
NOTE: Sealant installed after run-in.
Page 6
Revision 4 632520
P/N 369D25300
DataPlate Information After Overhaul
This is to certify that to the best of my knowledge the information contained on this check-sheet is accurate and
Signed Date
Address Organization
Title Address
Page 7/(8 blank)

632520 Revision 4
P/N 369D25300
DISASSEMBLY
1. General (1). Remove drain valve and chip detector
(1, Figure 1); remove packings (2).
This section gives procedures for complete Drain oil from transmission.
disassembly of the 369D25300 tail rotor
transmission. When specific repair of the (2). Secure transmission in vise using
transmission requires only partial disassem- assembly stand plate (1, Table 901).
bly, follow the procedures to the point required. (Ref. Figure 301).
NOTE: Special tools and equipment required (3). Remove breather filler assembly (3,
for overhaul and/or specific repair of the Figure 1) and packing (4), or packing
transmission are described in (Ref. Special (5), adapter (6) and packing (7).
Tools, Fixtures & Equipment). Where appli-
cable, fabrication procedures are included. (4). Remove liquid level plug (8) and
packing (9).
2. Disassembly
If input shaft cover assembly is
The following procedures describe complete CAUTION cocked during removal, input
disassembly of the tail rotor transmission. shaft bearing can be damaged.
When specific repair of the transmission
requires only partial disassembly, follow the (5). Remove bolts (10) and washers (11);
procedures to the point required. remove input shaft cover assembly (12),
and input cover shim (13).
A. Important Reminders
(6). Remove packing (14) from input shaft
The following information applies throughout cover assembly.
the transmission disassembly procedure.
NOTE: Liner in input shaft cover assembly is
(1). Tag all shims and spacers at removal. not replaceable and should not be removed.
Measure and record thickness to ensure
duplication at reassembly. (7). Remove bolts (15) and washers (16);
remove input bearing cover assembly
(17) and input bearing cover (backlash)
removal. New parts are required at
shim (18).
reassembly.
(3). Place all parts of each subassembly in NOTE: The liner, pinned in the input bearing
separate containers for easy reference. cover assembly is not replaceable and
should not be removed.
(4). Wrap gearshafts, gears, covers and
housings in protective cloth to prevent (8). Remove oil seal (19) and packing (20)
damage. from input bearing cover.
B. Transmission Disassembly (9). Remove sleeve spacer (21) and input

bearing (22) as follows:
Disassemble the tail rotor transmission
assembly as follows: (a). Install two 1/8 inch (3.175 mm)
nominal diameter pins of equal
NOTE: Prior to disassembly of the transmis- length through holes in input gear
sion check input and output gearshaft run- webbing.
out and backlash according to Figure 701.
Record findings on Overhaul Check Sheet, (b). Place suitable collar over gearshaft
(Ref. Description and Operation). and pins.
Page 301
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
Use care when pressing sleeve (135l2C) with heat lamp to remove
CAUTION spacer and input bearing off of bearing.
gearshaft. Do not allow bearing to cock and
do not separate inner and outer bearing race NOTE: Threaded inserts (35, 36 and 37), drive
during removal. Carefully apply equal pres- screws (38) and name plate (39), and warn-
sure to pins, pressing sleeve spacer and ing plate (40) are not to be removed unless
bearing off shaft. replacement is required. (Ref. Repair) for re-
placement of threaded inserts. (Ref. Repair
(c). Remove input gear bearing (23) using for replacement of the identification plate
suitable puller positioned against and for warning plate.
bearing inner race.
C. Output Gearshaft and Retainer Assembly
Further disassembly of the in- Disassembly
CAUTION put gearshaft (24) is not per-
mitted. Disassemble the output gearshaft and retainer
assembly (31, Figure 1) as follows, (Ref.
(10). Remove bolts (25) and washers (26); Figure 2).
remove output cover (27) and output
cover (clampup) shim (28). (1). Secure output gearshaft and retainer
assembly in holding fixture (3,
(11). Remove packing (29) and output shaft Table 901), (Ref. Figure 302).
oil seal (30) from output cover.
NOTE: Lockwasher may be reused as long as
NOTE: If necessary, heat housing assembly to there is no physical damage to lockwasher
275 l0F (136 5C) to remove output and locking tangs provide adequate reten-
gearshaft and retainer assembly. tion when reused.
(12). Remove output gearshaft and retainer (2). Remove lockwasher (1, Figure 2),
assembly (31) from housing; remove discard if unserviceable.
output retainer (contact pattern) shim
(32). (Ref. Output Gearshaft and (3). Using locknut removal tool (4,
Retainer Assembly/Disassembly) Table 901), unscrew and remove
locknut (2, Figure 2).
(13). Remove retaining ring (33).
(4). Using arbor press and two piece
When removing output roller bearing retractor (5, Table 901), press
CAUTION bearing, do not disturb pinned
bearing retainer (4), along with duplex
liner in housing. If liner is moved or dam- bearing (3), off gearshaft (6).
aged during bearing removal, housing must
be replaced. (5). Remove duplex bearing and packing (5)
from bearing retainer.
(14). Using bearing removal tool (2,
Table 901), carefully press output roller NOTE: Remove cork (8) only if cork is defective
bearing (34, Figure 1) out of housing. If or is improperly secured inside gearshaft
necessary, heat housing to 275 25F (6), for replacement, (Ref. Repair).
Page 302
Revision 4 632520
P/N 369D25300
OUTPUT
GEARSHAFT
TAIL ROTOR MOUNTING

TRANSMISSION BOLT
HOLDING
FIXTURE MOUNTING
BOLT
ASSEMBLY

STAND

H632031 H632032
Figure 301. Installation of Transmission on Figure 302. Installation of Output Gearshaft

Assembly Stand in Holding Fixture

632520 Revision 4
P/N 369D25300
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (4). Featheredge any chipped or peeling
paint using abrasive paper (4,
Clean all reusable parts using standard shop Table 902) and crocus cloth (10).
practices and approved cleaning solvents/ag
ents prior to inspection, (Ref. CSPHMI2). (5). Clean all surfaces with trichloroethy
lene (7); dry thoroughly with clean
Most cleaning solvents are lintfree cloth or compressed air.
WARNING flammable and must be kept
B. Exterior Spot Touchup
inhalation of fumes and extended con Spot paint the transmission exterior when
tact with skin. necessary as follows:
Do not spin or touch outer races (1). Prepare surface to be spot painted as
CAUTION of bearings after cleaning. Roll described in (Ref. Painting Require
ing surfaces of bearings will be damaged. ments steps (4). and (5).).
Apply thin coat of lubricant (9, Table 902) to
each bearing after cleaning and wrap in (2). Apply one coat of wash primer (21) to
clean lint free cloth. bare metal surface; allow surface to dry
thoroughly.
A. Oil Breather Filler Assembly (3). Apply one coat of epoxy primer (22) to
primed surface; allow primer to dry
If oil breather filler assembly becomes clogged thoroughly.
use light air pressure, approximately 5 psi or a
0.125 inch (3.175 mm) diameter rod applied (4). Apply two coats of epoxypolyamide
into the threaded end to dislodge debris. paint (23) to primed surface.
Ultrasonically clean breather in solvent (26,
Table 902) for ten minutes. NOTE: Allow first coat of paint to dry four
hours before applying second coat.
2. Painting Requirements C. Complete Exterior Painting
The following paragraphs describe surface Paint the complete exterior of the transmission
preparation and painting procedures for the when necessary as follows:
transmission.
(1). Perform all steps in (Ref. Painting
Requirements).
A. Surface Preparation
(2). Apply one coat of wash primer (21,
Prior to painting the transmission, prepare Table 902) to surface of housing and
surfaces to be painted as follows: bearing retainers; allow to dry.
(1). Mask all exposed gearshafts, input and (3). Apply one coat of epoxy primer (22) to
output seals, mounting surfaces, holes surface of housing and bearing retain
and pads on housing with masking tape ers; allow to dry.
(20, Table 902).
(4). Apply thin coat of epoxypolyamide
(2). Mask window of liquid level plug and paint (23); allow four hours drying time.
threads of drain valve and chip detec (5). Apply second coat of epoxypolyamide
tor. paint (23); allow four hours drying time.
(3). Mask identification plate and warning (6). Remove all masking tape when paint is
plate. completely dry.
Page 401
632520 Revision 4
P/N 369D25300
3. Marking Requirements (1). Clean sight glass by firmly rubbing
with soft cloth.
The following paragraphs describe marking
requirements for the transmission after (2). Mix marking paint (24, Table 902), one
overhaul. part to one part, with thinner (25).
(3). Apply markings to sight glass as shown
A. Liquid Level Plug
in Figure 401.
If after the liquid level plug is installed and B. Marking Revision
correctly torqued, angular position of the plug
is not correct for existing markings, remove After final inspection, revise the transmission
the existing markings and remark as follows: markings as follows:
NOTE: On tail rotor transmissions with serial (1). Mark new cure date decal with rubber
numbers 0001 thru 0075, transmission oil is cure date and install on transmission
full when liquid is visible at the bottom of housing.
the sight glass. Liquid level sight glasses on (2). Inspect nameplate for security of
these transmissions should be marked fill to attachment; rebond if necessary using
bottom as shown in Figure 401. On trans adhesive (15, Table 902).
missions with serial numbers subsequent to
0075, the liquid level plug mounting has (3). Make entry in helicopter logbook
been altered so that full indication is at the denoting overhaul and listing all new
center of the sight glass. parts installed in the transmission.
0.380 INCH
(9.652 MM)
0.750 INCH
(19.050 MM) 0.125 INCH (3.175 MM)
0.187 INCH (4.7498 MM) SPACE HIGH LETTERS
(TYP 2 PLACES) (TYP 3 PLACES)
FILL
TOP
TO
NOTE
AXIS OF INPUT GEAR
NOTE:
369D25300501 ARE MARKED FILL TO TOP.
369D25300BSC, 11 ARE MARKED FILL TO CTR. H632054B
Figure 401. Marking Liquid Level Plug
Page 402
Revision 7 632520
P/N 369D25300
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection have magnetic particle inspection (MPI) or
fluorescent penetrant inspection (FPI) as
Inspect all parts of the transmission after applicable.
cleaning. Visual and dimensional inspection
requirements are given in Tables 501 thru 507.
The requirement to MPI or FPI parts thought
Serviceable dimensions are shown in Figures of having impact damage is to be considered
501 thru 507. additional criteria that is to be completed
along with the overhaul procedure.
Table 508 lists those parts that must have MPI
or FPI completed as part of the overhaul A. Housing and Related Parts
procedure.
Any part thought of having impact damage, or (1). Visually inspect housing and related
with any indication of impact damage must parts (Ref Figure 501 and Table 501).
1.8508 INCH
(47.010 MM)
MAXIMUM
h6325811
Figure 501. Serviceable Dimensions Housing Assembly

Drain valve and chip detector (1) for:
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage does Rethread with same sized
thread stone.
Page 501
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
of movement
Hexagonal surfaces Scratches Nicks and burrs Remove burrs and nicks
with hard stone or
400 600 grit abrasive
paper.
Electrical connection for No defects Not repairable Replace valve and chip
security detector.
Breatherfiller assembly (3) and adapter (6) for:
Obstructed orifice Unobstructed orifice Orifice may be cleaned Clean breather filler
assembly (Ref. Oil
Breather Filler Assy).
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage does Rethread with same sized
thread stone.
Liquid level plug (8) for:
face cracks
Housing assembly (41) for:
Corrosion, chips, nicks, or Broken safety wire holes if Minor surface damage Repair (Ref. Minor Nicks,
other damage to housing safety wiring can be scratches, and Corrosion).
accomplished
Scoring Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Replace bearing retainer.
0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
depth
Wear If wear is evident, check Not repairable Replace bearing retainer.
dimension shown in
Figure 501
Inserts (35, 36, 37) for:
Damaged threads or play No damage or play Not repairable Replace inserts (Ref.
in mating bore Damaged Inserts).
Support arm bolt hole (42) for:
Elongation No elongation allowed Elongation can be drilled Drill out and bush
out and bushed per elongation (Ref. Main
Figure 602 Housing, Support Arm,
Elongated Bolt Hole).
Page 502
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
All aluminum parts (1, 3, 6 and 8) for corrosion:
Mating surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion or light Remove corrosion and
max. of 10% of surface Scratches, and Corro-
sion).
Corrosion).
Corrosion).
All magnesium parts (41) for corrosion:
Mating surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion and light Remove corrosion and
surfaces sion).
Corrosion).
Page 503
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
B. Input Gearshaft
(1). Inspect input gearshaft (Ref
1.17971.1835 INCH
(29.96430.061 MM)
(NOTE 1)
0.59050.5908 INCH
(14.99915.006 MM)
(NOTE 2)
A
NOTES:
1.18121.1816 INCH
1. OVER TWO 0.060 DIAMETER PINS. (30.00230.013 MM)
2. CONCENTRIC TO DIAMETER A WITHIN 0.003 INCH
(0.076 MM) TOTAL INDICATOR READING. H632033B
Figure 502. Serviceable Dimensions Input Gearshaft Assembly
Table 502. Detailed Inspection Input Gearshaft Assembly

Input shaft assembly (24) for:
Damaged teeth, scoring, Scoring, separated pitting Not repairable Replace gearshaft
spalling, pitting and wear (Figure 503) assembly.
Scratches or scoring on Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Replace gearshaft
bearing seats removal up to 0.002 inch assembly.
(0.051 mm) depth
Joint between gearshaft No play Not repairable Replace gearshaft
for play assembly.
Damaged splines No broken or chipped Not repairable Replace gearshaft
splines assembly.
Wear If wear is evident, check Not repairable Replace gearshaft
dimension shown in assembly.
Figure 502
Page 504
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
Table 502. Detailed Inspection Input Gearshaft Assembly
Input gear bearing (23) and input bearing (22) for:
Ball bearing for: spalling Indentations on balls; Not repairable Replace bearings.
and pitting on balls, heat discoloration (except solid
discoloration (blue) and dark blue) on balls and
corrosion on balls and races; and corrosion
races and free movement stains on nonactive
of set surfaces
Page 505
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS NEAR THE ROOT OF THE LIGHT SCORING IS ACCEPTABLE WHEN, AFTER POLISHING WITH
GEAR TEETH. REJECT WHEN THE ABRADED AREA IS CONTINUOUS. NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE CONDITION APPEARS AS
SEPARATED BURNISHED SPOTS.
SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN SEPARATED PITTTING IS ACCEPTABLE IS THE CROSS SECTION OF

H632038A
Figure 503. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Input Shaft
Page 506
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
C. Input Bearing Cover
(1). Inspect input bearing cover (Ref
Figure 504 and Table 503)
2.4416 INCH
(62.017 MM)
MAXIMUM
INPUT BEARING COVER
h6325812
Figure 504. Serviceable Dimensions Input Bearing Cover
Table 503. Detailed Inspection Input Bearing Cover

Input bearing cover (17) for:
Bearing liner Axial marks from bearing Raised metal Stone raised metal.
0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
depth
dimension shown in
Figure 504
Corrosion).
Page 507
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
Table 503. Detailed Inspection Input Bearing Cover
surfaces sion).
Corrosion).
D. Input Shaft Cover
(1). Inspect input shaft cover (Ref
Figure 505 and Table 504).
1.3786 INCH
(35.016 MM)
MAXIMUM
INPUT SHAFT COVER ASSEMBLY

h6325814
Figure 505. Serviceable Dimensions Input Shaft Cover

Input shaft cover (12) for:
Bearing liner Axial marks from bearing Raised metal Stone raised metal.
0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
depth
dimension shown in
Page 508
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
Corrosion).
surfaces sion).
Corrosion).
E. Output Shaft Assembly

(1). Inspect output shaft assembly (Ref
1.0803 IN. (2.7440 CM) MIN.
BEFORE PLATING
1.08131.0818 IN. (27.46527.478 MM)
AFTER PLATING
DIA. B
1.15941.1614 IN. 32
NOTE 1 1.0901.088 IN.
(29.44929.500 MM) 32 8
(27.68627.635 MM) P
DIA. C (NOTE 2) P P
(NOTE 3)
1.08131.0818 IN.
1622 P
(27.46527.478 MM)
(NOTE 3)
0.574 IN.
(14.5796 MM)
DIA. D
AREA 1 (CADMIUM PLATE) (NOTE 4)
NOTES: DIA. A
1.18161.1812 IN. 5
1. THREADS ARE 15/1620 UNEF3A THD AFTER CADMIUM PLATE.
(30.01330.002 MM) 0.80470.8051 IN.
2. MEASURED BETWEEN SPLINES OVER TWO 0.080 IN. (2.032 MM) DIA. PINS.
(20.439420.4495 MM)
3. MUST BE CONCENTRIC TO DIA. A WITHIN 0.005 IN. (0.127 MM) TIR.
3
4. MUST BE CONCENTRIC TO DIA. A WITHIN 0.005 IN. (0.127 MM) TIR.
0.90550.9052 IN.
5. ABBREVIATIONS:
(22.999722.9921 MM)
DIA DIAMETER
TIR TOTAL INDICATOR READING
H632048A
Figure 506. Output Shaft Serviceable Dimension
Page 509
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
Table 505. Detailed Inspection Output Shaft Assembly
Output shaft assembly (6) for:
Damaged teeth, scoring, Scoring, wear and Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
spalling, pitting and wear separated pitting
Scratches or scoring on Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
bearing seats removal up to 0.002 inch
(0.051 mm) depth
Roller bearing journals for No damage Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
scratches or raised metal
Damaged splines No broken or chipped Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
splines
Wear If wear is evident, check Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
dimensions shown in
Figure 506
Grooved oil seal journal or No wear Groove not exceeding Install or replace
damaged protective 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) protective sleeve (Ref.
sleeve depth SpeediSleeve).
Surface corrosion in area Not serviceable if surfaces Repair to conform to Repair (Ref. Minor Nicks,
1 (Figure 506) are corroded Figure 506 Scratches, and Corro-
sion).
Output roller bearing (34, Figure 1) for:
Flaking, spalling, pitting, Small indentations and Not repairable Replace bearing.
heat discoloration (blue) discoloration (except solid
and corrosion on rollers dark blue) on rollers and
and races races and corrosion stains
on nonactive surfaces
Duplex bearing (3) for:
Spalling and pitting on Indentations on balls, Not repairable Replace bearings.
balls; heat discoloration discoloration (except solid
(blue); corrosion on balls dark blue) on balls and
and races; and free races and corrosion stains
movement of set on nonactive surfaces
Locknut (2) for:
Damaged threads or ears No damage Not repairable Replace locknut.
Cork plug (8) for:
Deterioration or play No deterioration or play Not repairable Replace cork plug (Ref.
Repair).
Page 510
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH LIGHT SCORING IS ACCEPTABLE WHEN, AFTER POLISHING WITH NO.
PROFILE. REJECT WHEN THE ABRADED AREA IS CONTINUOUS. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER, THE CONDITION APPEARS AS SEPARATED
BURNISHED SPOTS.
SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHEN SEPARATED PITTTING IS ACCEPTABLE IF THE CROSS SECTION OF

H632039A
Figure 507. Serviceability Criteria Gear Teeth of Output Shaft
Page 511
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
F. Output Shaft Cover
(1). Inspect output shaft cover (Ref
Table 506)
Table 506. Detailed Inspection Output Shaft Cover
Output shaft cover (27) for:
Corrosion, mating Not serviceable if surfaces Light corrosion and light Remove corrosion and
surfaces are corroded pitting that extends to treat (Ref. Minor Nicks,
surfaces sion).
Corrosion, nonmating Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove corrosion to
surfaces are corroded removed without removing eliminate all indications
Corrosion).
G. Output Retainer
(1). Inspect output retainer (Ref Table 507)
Table 507. Detailed Inspection Output Shaft Bearing Retainer
Wear No wear allowed Not repairable Replace bearing retainer.
Corrosion).
H. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Damage to the component may

CAUTION
Penetrant Inspection. result if paint remover is al-
lowed entry into joint lines of bearing, bush-
ings or inserts still assembled with the part
Those parts that are to be magnetic particle requiring paint removal.
inspected will be done in accordance with NOTE: Stripping of paint is not required for
ASTM E1444. magnetic particle inspection, but is neces-
sary for fluorescent penetrant inspection.
Removal of epoxy primer not required on ov-
Those parts that are to be fluorescent pene- erhaul.
trant inspected will be done in accordance with (1). Inspect the tail rotor transmission and
ASTM E1417 related components (Ref Table 508).
Page 512
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
Table 508. Magnetic Particle and Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection
Inspect, Item No, Method of Maximum Maximum Corrective

Figure No. Inspection Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Action
Housing assembly (41, Figure 1) for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No breaks or cracks Not repairable Replace housing
trant
Housing output bore (41, Figure 1) for:
Cracks Fluorescent Pene- No cracks Not repairable Replace housing
trant
Bearing retainers (44 & 45, Figure 1) for:
Cracks or breaks Fluorescent Pene- No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace bearing
trant retainer.
Input gearshaft assembly (24, Figure 1) for:
Cracks Magnetic Particle No cracks Not repairable Replace gearshaft
assembly.
Input shaft cover (12, Figure 1) for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace cover.
and Fluorescent
Penetrant
Input bearing cover (17, Figure 1) for:
trant
Output cover (27, Figure 1) for:
trant
Output gearshaft (6, Figure 2) for:
Cracks Magnetic Particle No cracks Not repairable Replace gear-
shaft.
Bearing retainer (4, Figure 2) for:
Cracks or breaks Magnetic Particle No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace bearing
retainer.
spacer.
Page 513
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
Page 514
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair Table 902). Embrittlement relieve gearshaft at
285l0F (1426C) for 8 hours.
Repair procedures given in the following
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for Method 2. Clean corroded area using a
transmission parts and components. Prior to solution one part cleaner (12, Table 902) and
making repairs on any part or component, three parts water. Restore cadmium plating
ensure that the part or component is within using brushon method (11). Embrittlement
the repairable limits. After repairs are relieve gearshaft at 28010F (1396C) for
completed, the part or component must meet eight hours.
the dimensions specified for the part.
D. Speedi-Sleeve
A. Minor Nicks, Scratches and Corrosion The procedures that follow cover repair of
output gearshaft (6, Figure 2) using speedi
sleeve (7) under the following conditions:
from the housing, bearing liners/retainers and
the output/input cover, if within limits in (1). Output shaft (6) did not previously have
Table 501 and Table 502, as follows: a speedisleeve installed and has wear
within limits specified in Table 502.
(4, Table 902) and crocus cloth (10). (2). Output shaft has speedisleeve (7)
installed with plastic steel adhesive (28,
Serviceable dimensions speci Table 902) and is worn or damaged
CAUTION fied in (Ref. Repair) must be within limits specified in Table 502.
maintained or part must be replaced.
(3). Replacement of worn or damaged
(2). Apply chemical film solution (29) to original factory installed speedisleeve
bare metal spots on aluminum parts or on output shaft.
chrome pickle solution (30) to bare
spots on magnesium parts. After output shaft and retainer assembly (31,
Figure 1) are reassembled (Ref. Reassembly),
(3). Spot paint as required. install or replace speedisleeve as follows:
B. Broken Safety-Wire Holes Use care not to cut into or dam

If safetywire hole is broken, use an adjacent damaged sleeve.
hole when possible. If it is not possible to use
an adjacent hole, use an adjacent fastener. NOTE: Disregard steps (4). thru (6). for initial
installation of speedisleeve.
C. Output Gearshaft Corrosion
(4). Use file or other suitable instrument to
Repair surface corrosion on the output cut through edge of sleeve. Carefully
gearshaft (6, Figure 2) which does not exceed pry/cut edge away from shaft.
repairable limits given in (Ref. Repair) using (5). Grasp raised edge with pliers and peel
one of the two methods (1 or 2) which follow: damaged sleeve off shaft.
NOTE: The portion of the gearshaft identified (6). Remove any plastic steel (28, Table 902)
in Figure 502 as Area 1, is the only area or locking compound (27) residue from
which may be repaired. Repair dimensions shaft using the following methods:
shown must be maintained.
(a). Remove plastic steel residue from
Method 1. Vapor hone Area 1, then shaft using lint free cloth dampened
cadmium plate using brushon method (11, with dry cleaning solvent (1).
Page 601
632520 Revision 10
P/N 369D25300
Use care when using stainless NOTE: Leave the SpeediSleeve flange intact
CAUTION steel brush not to remove exces unless clearance is required.
sive plating from shaft, if plated.
(9). If necessary use side cutters to clip
flange and peel away from shaft along
(b). Remove any residual locking com
notch line.
steel bristle tooth brush. Clean shaft 2. Restoring Main Housing Interior Finish
with a lint free cloth dampened in
locking compound remover (5). Restore interior finish of main housing (41,
Figure 1) when required, as follows:
(7). Apply speedisleeve adhesives accord
(1). Ensure interior of housing is clean.
ing to the following two methods:
(2). Wipe interior of housing with trichlo
NOTE: roethylene (7, Table 902).
D If seal journal of gearshaft is worn (3). Apply thin coating of chromic acid (30)
(grooved) proceed to step (b). to interior.
D For initial installation or replacement of (4). Rinse area with clean water.
speedi sleeve on gearshaft without evi
dence of wear proceed to step (c). (5). Dry thoroughly with compressed air
and clean lintfree cloth.
(a). Clean shaft sleeve mating surface 3. Main Housing Support Arm elongated
with lint free cloth damped in dry Bolt Hole
cleaning solvent (1).
Repair main housing support arm elongated
(b). If seal journal on shaft is worn bolt hole (42, Figure 1), as follows:
(grooved) and groove does not exceed
0.005 inch (0.127 mm) depth, apply a (1). Mill 0.060 inch (1.524 mm) from boss of
light coat of plastic steel (28) to main housing (Ref. Figure 601).
shaftsleeve mating surface. (2). Correct elongated hole using drill press
or retool mill with 7/16 inch (11.1125
(c). If seal journal is not worn apply mm) reamer or drill bit.
surface primer (27) on shaftsleeve
mating surface. Allow primer to air (3). Adjust transmission assembly so hole
dry at ambient temperature for a center will remain 5.265 inch (13.3731
minimum of 30 minutes. Then apply cm) and 2.0652.055 inch
locking compound (27) to shaft (5.24515.2197 cm) (369D25301) from
sleeve mating surface. reference point. (Ref. Figure 602).
(4). Ream or drill 0.438 inch (11.1252 mm)
(8). While plastic steel or locking compound hole.
which ever is used is still wet, put new
speedisleeve on shaft flange down and (5). Thoroughly wash all magnesium
press or tap into place using a surfaces with MEK (2, Table 902) to
11/4inch pipe bottomed on flange of remove all oil and grease.
sleeve. Unflanged end of sleeve must be
even with outboard end of 1.0881.080 (6). Replace protective coating removed
inch (2.76352.7432 cm) diameter from any magnesium parts (Ref.
portion of shaft. Tap end of pipe with Repair).
hammer or mallet as necessary to (7). Fabricate aluminum bushing per
correctly position sleeve on shaft. Wipe specifications in Figure 601.
any excess plastic steel or locking
compound from shaft using a clean lint (8). Wash bushing with MEK; dry thorough
free cloth. ly.
Page 602
Revision 14 632520
P/N 369D25300
0.438 INCH (11.125 MM) DIA PUSH FIT
MAX. INTERFERENCE 0.0002 INCH (0.0051 MM)

MAIN HOUSING ASSEMBLY

GAP
0.0000.010 INCH

(0.0000.254 MM)

0.060 INCH
(1.524 MM)

0.31200.3130 INCH
(7.9257.950 MM) DIA
0.75 INCH
(19.05 MM) MATERIAL ALUMINUM ALLOY BAR 2024T3
DIA
REPAIR BUSHING INSTALLATION

H632049A
Figure 601. Repair Bushing - Fabrication and Installation Details
5.265 INCH
0.3130.312 INCH
13.373 CM)
(7.9507.925 MM) DIA
2.0652.055 INCH
(5.2455.220 CM)
H6320501
Figure 602. Main Housing Assembly Support Arm Hole - Center Locating Diagram
(9). Immediately treat all surfaces with (11). Coat bushing with zinc chromate
Turcoat Liquid Accelogold (13). primer (3). While wet, insert bushing in
(10). When bushing develops gold color, rinse newly enlarged hole.
thoroughly with water and dry.
Page 603
632520 Revision 14
P/N 369D25300
(12). Seal peripheral edges of bushing with (3). Apply light coat of sealing compound
PR1221 sealant (14), or equivalent, per (14) to inner bore of gearshaft and outer
manufacturers instructions; allow all edge of new cork plug.
treated areas to dry thoroughly.
(4). Press new cork plug into bore of
(13). Repaint with zinc chromate (3). gearshaft until recessed approximately
(14). Apply top coat to match surrounding 1/8 inch (3.175 mm) in gearshaft.
area.
(5). Coat exposed end of cork plug with
4. Parts Replacement sealant; remove excess sealant from
gearshaft using cleaning solvent (1).
All parts not meeting specifications, which
cannot be repaired, must be replaced. The
C. Identification Plate
following paragraphs contain replacement
procedures for parts and components.
Reattach identification plate (39, Figure 1) as
A. Damaged Inserts follows:
Remove and replace damaged threaded inserts (1). Remove and discard drive screws (38) if
(35, 36 and 37, Figure 1) using standard used to attach identification plate.
removal procedures and manufacturers
instructions (Ref. CSPHMI2). Replace (2). Attach identification plate with adhe
slightly loose inserts with the same size sive (15, Table 902).
inserts and secure with grade A locking
compound (6, Table 902). When mating
threads are damaged to an extent that locking D. Warning Plate
compound cannot be used satisfactorily,
replace with the next oversize insert. Reattach warning plate (40, Figure 1) as
follows:
B. Cork Plug
(1). Lightly abrade contact surface on
Replace cork plug (8, Figure 2), if damaged, as housing with abrasive paper (4,
follows: Table 902).
(1). Remove old plug using suitable scribe
or penknife. (2). Activate warning plate adhesive
backing with acetone (30) and press in
Do not allow cutting tool to mar place.
CAUTION inner bore of gearshaft.
(2). Polish inner bore of gearshaft using 5. Modifications
crocus cloth (10, Table 902) to remove
any plug fragments. Modifications are not applicable.
Page 604
Revision 4 632520
P/N 369D25300
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. General A. Output Shaft and Retainer Assembly
Information in this section provides Reassemble output shaft and retainer assem
369D25300 tail rotor transmission reassembly bly (31, Figure 1) as follows:
instructions and procedures for runin (1). Measure and record dimension A as
inspection. shown in Figure 701. Dimension A is
the distance between bearing retainer
2. Reassembly (4, Figure 2) inner face flange and
flange seat for duplex bearing (3).
The following procedures describe tail rotor
transmission reassembly. Procedures for Use suitable gloves when
WARNING handling heated parts. Seri
calculating shim thickness requirements, and
tests required to verify correct operation of ous burns can occur if part contacts
reassembled components are included. unprotected skin.
(2). If necessary, heat output bearing
Do not deviate from the reas retainer (4) in oven for five minutes at
CAUTION sembly procedures in this sec
275 25F (135 l2C).
tion. Dimensional tolerances are critical,
and if incorrect, can seriously shorten trans When installing duplex bear
mission service life.
CAUTION ings, align scribe marks or in
stall with thrust sides facing each other.
NOTE: The following notes apply throughout Thrust side is where the bearing balls are
the reassembly procedure: least visible. Direction of duplex bearing set
installation optional as long as apex marks
(1). Do not install packings, oil seals, and or thrust sides are aligned.
miscellaneous accessories until final
(3). Insert and press duplex bearing into
reassembly, after correct gear backlash
heated bearing retainer.
and internal clearances are established.
(4). Measure and record dimension C as
(2). If correct gear backlash, contact shown in Figure 701. Dimension C is
patterns and internal clearances the distance between outer face of
existed prior to disassembly, serviceable duplex bearing and bearing retainer
shims, removed at disassembly, can flange outer face.
usually be used at reassembly with
little if any change. To prevent damage to gearshaft
CAUTION teeth when installing retainer
(3). Use wet zinc chromate primer (3, assembly and duplex bearings on output
Table 902) on mating internal parts, gearshaft, the gearshaft holding fixture (3,
except when parts are assembled by Table 901), can be used as shown in
temperature differential method. Figure 302. Apply force to inner race of du
plex bearing only.
(4). Safety all external plugs, screws and (5). Press assembled bearing retainer and
bolts with safety wire (8). duplex bearings onto output gearshaft
(6, Figure 2) using arbor press and
(5). Lightly coat all packings with petrola suitable adapter.
tum (16) before installation.
(6). Using shurlok nut tool (4, Table 901),
(6). Allow all bonding and sealing agents to screw locknut (2, Figure 2) onto output
fully cure according to manufacturers gearshaft; torque to 800 1000 inch
instructions, prior to applying loads. pounds (90.39 112.98 Nm).
Page 701
632520 Revision 4
P/N 369D25300
Lockwasher may be reused as Figure 1) and backlash shim (18) are of proper
CAUTION long as there is no physical dam thickness.
age to lockwasher and locking tangs provide
adequate retention when reused. When in (1). If the contact pattern is evident and
stalling lockwasher (1), be sure that tangs correctly located on the previously used
seat properly over locknut. gearset, and backlash recorded prior to
disassembly was correct, reinstall the
(7). Install lockwasher over locknut; tap original thickness contact pattern and
lightly into place with flathead punch. backlash shims.
Remove gearshaft from holding fixture.
(2). If the contact pattern is evident but not
NOTE: Oil leakage may occur through output correctly located, relocate and center
gear shaft if cork (8) is not correctly seated the pattern by calculating the required
or if exposed end of cork is not coated with change in contact pattern shim thick
sealant (14, Table 902). ness.
(8). If necessary, install new cork plug. (Ref. (3). Thickness is adjusted as shown in
Repair). Figure 702. In such cases, backlash
shim thickness must be calculated and
B. Input Shaft Assembly adjusted to compensate for the change
Reassemble input shaft assembly as follows: in contact pattern shim thickness.
NOTE: Prior to reassembly, temporarily insert (4). If either gearshaft is being replaced,
input bearing (22, Figure 1) into sleeve in shim thickness must be calculated.
input bearing cover (17); measure and re A. Backlash Shim
cord dimension E (mounting face of cover to
exposed face of bearing) shown in Calculate the required thickness of backlash
Figure 701. After recording dimension, re (input bearing cover) shim (18, Figure 1) as
move bearing from cover. follows:
Use suitable gloves when (1). Add recorded value of dimension E (Ref.
WARNING handling heated parts. Seri Input Shaft Assembly) to mounting
ous burns can occur if part contacts distance of 1.888 inch (4.7955 cm) for
unprotected skin. input gear; record total as shown in
Figure 701.
(1). Heat bearings (22, 23) and sleeve
spacer (21) in oven for five minutes at (2). Measure dimension F, distance from
275 25F (135 l2C). input face to output bore of housing
assembly (41), as shown in Figure 701.
(2). Secure input gearshaft (24) in suitable
holding device and press heated input (3). Add dimension F to 1.680 inch (4.2672
gear bearing (23) onto input gearshaft. cm) and record total (Figure 701).
Install thrust side of bearing (4). Subtract total recorded in step (1). from
CAUTION face away from gear. Thrust side total recorded in step (3). to determine
is the side from which bearing balls are least required back lash shim thickness.
visible.
B. Contact Pattern Shim
(3). Press heated input shaft bearing (22)
onto input gearshaft. Calculate the required thickness of contact
pattern (output retainer) shim (32, Figure 1)
(4). Press heated sleeve spacer onto input as follows:
gearshaft.
(1). Add recorded value of dimension A (Ref.
3. Shim Thickness Calculation Output Shaft and Retainer Assy) to
mounting distance of 2.750 inch (6.985
Correct gear contact patterns and backlash are cm) for output gearshaft (31); record
obtained when contact pattern shim (32, total (Ref. Figure 701).
Page 702
Revision 4 632520
P/N 369D25300
(2). Measure dimension B, output face to (28, Figure 1) as follows:
input bore of housing assembly (41), as
shown in Figure 701. (1). Measure dimension D, from inner end
of output cover (27) to inner face of
(3). Add dimension B to 1.780 inch (4.5212 output cover flange, as shown in
cm); record total (Ref. Figure 701). Figure 701.
(4). Subtract total recorded in step (3). from (2). Subtract dimension C (Ref. Output
total recorded in step (1). to determine Shaft and Retainer Assy, step (4). from
required contact pattern (output) shim dimension D.
thickness.
(3). Subtract 0.0010.003 inch (0.0250.076
C. ClampUp Shim(s) mm) from difference obtained in step
(2). to determine required clampup
Calculate required thickness of clampup shim shim thickness.
Page 703
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
BORE
C
L
DUPLEX BALL BEARING

(NOTE 2) E
F
CONTACT PATTERN
(OUTPUT)
SHIM B
1.780 INCH
(4.521 CM)
CLAMPUP
SHIM BACKLASH
(INPUT)
SHIM
BORE
C
1.350 INCH (3.429 CM) L
A
G (NOTE)
D RETAINER
SHIM
NOTES:
1. AN EXAMPLE OF A COMPLETED BUILDUP WORK SHEET IS PROVIDED
AT THE END OF REASSEMBLY. EXAMPLE MAY BE USED AS A REFERENCE
TO VERIFY CALCULATION PROCEDURE.
2. INSTALL DUPLEX BEARINGS WITH APEX MARKS ALIGNED OR THRUST SIDES
FACING EACH OTHER. THRUST SIDE IS WHERE THE BALLS ARE LEAST
VISIBLE. THE DIRECTION OF DUPLEX BEARING SET INSTALLATION IS
OPTIONAL AS LONG AS APEX MARKS OR THRUST SIDES ARE ALIGNED.
OUTPUT PINION DUPLEX BEARING CLAMPUP INPUT GEAR
1. RECORD A" DIMENSION 6. RECORD D" DIMENSION 9. RECORD E" DIMENSION
2. ADD MOUNTING DISTANCE 7. RECORD C" DIMENSION 10. ADD MOUNTING DISTANCE + 1.600 INCH
OF OUTPUT PINION + 3.0 INCN (7.62 CM) OF INPUT GEAR (4.064 CM)
8. DIFFERENCE . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOTAL . . . . . . . . SUBTRACT 0.00100.003 INCH TOTAL . . . . . . . .
3. RECORD B" DIMENSION (0.0250.076 MM) 11. RECORD F" DIMENSION
4. ADD 1.780 INCH (4.521 CM) + 1.780 INCH CLAMPUP SHIM 12. ADD 1.350 INCH (3.429 CM) + 1.350 INCH
AS SHOWN (4.521 CM) (3.429 CM)
AS SHOWN
TOTAL . . . . . . . .
5. TOTAL OF ITEMS 1 & 2 TOTAL . . . . . . . .
SUBTRACT TOTAL OF 13. TOTAL OF ITEMS 9 & 10

ITEMS 3 & 4 SUBTRACT TOTAL OF
CONTACT PATTERN ITEMS 11 & 12
(OUTPUT) SHIM BACKLASH (INPUT) SHIM
WITH BACKLASH ADJUSTED
TO 0.00250.005 INCH
(0.06350.127 MM)
14. RECORD "G" DIMENSION
0.002 INCH
15. ADD 0.002 INCH (0.051 MM) (0.051 MM)
NOTE:
16. INPUT GEAR RETAINER SHIM
0.0020.004 INCH (0.0510.102) MM AXIAL CLEARANCE
BETWEEN BEARING AND RETAINER. H632041C
Page 704
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
PINION (4). Place contact pattern shim (32) on
output shaft and retainer assembly
(31); install output shaft and retainer
assembly in housing.
(5). Install clampup shim (28) and output

HEEL TOE cover (27) using washers (26) and bolts
NOTES: (25); torque bolts to 65 75 inch
1. LENGTHWISE TOOTH CONTACT PATTERN SHOULD BE pounds (7.34 8.47 Nm).
CENTRALLY LOCATED AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE, BUT
FINALLY MUST MEET REQUIREMENTS OF DYNAMIC TEST. NOTE: Duplex bearing (3, Figure 2) requires
2. IF CORRECTION IS REQUIRED, INCREASE OUTPUT 0.0010.003 inch (0.0250.076 mm) clamp
SHIM THICKNESS MOVES PATTERN IN DIRECTION up.
SHOWN. AS FOLLOWS:
0.040 INCH (1.016 MM) MOVEMENT
(6). Clean input gearshaft (24, Figure 1) to
3. ANY CHANGE IN OUTPUT SHIM THICKNESS AFFECTS remove grit or particles.
BACKLASH AS FOLLOWS:
0.002 INCH (0.051 MM) SHIM CHANGE (7). Apply light coat of gear marking
= 0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) BACKLASH. compound (17, Table 902) to both sides
4. IF BACKLASH REQUIRES ADJUSTMENT, INCREASING INPUT of approximately one third of teeth on
SHIM THICKNESS INCREASES BACKLASH AS FOLLOWS: input gearshaft.
0.001 INCH (0.025 MM) BACKLASH
NOTE: Compound will transfer to mating teeth
H632042A of gear on output gearshaft (6, Figure 2)
Figure 702. Gear Tooth Contact Pattern during no load wipe test.
Correction
(8). Place input bearing cover (backlash)
shim (18, Figure 1) and input bearing
4. Initial Transmission Reassembly cover (17) on input gearshaft (24).
Ensure input gear bearing is properly
During initial transmission reassembly, the seated in bearing cover liner.
input and output gearshaft assemblies are
installed in the housing. Shim thickness are (9). Insert input gearshaft into housing (41)
determined and gear contact patterns are attach input bearing cover to housing
checked and corrected as necessary. The with washers (16) and bolts (15); torque
transmission should not be completely bolts to 65 75 inchpounds (7.34
reassembled until backlash and contact 8.47 Nm).
pattern testing has been completed, so that
Axial clearance of 0.0020.004
only minor disassembly of the corrections. CAUTION inch (0.0510.102 mm) is re-
Initially reassemble the transmission as
follows: quired between input gear bearing and in-
put shaft cover.
(1). Mount housing (41, Figure 1) on (10). Determine thickness of input cover
assembly stand plate (1, Table 901), as shim (13) as follows:
NOTE: Input cover shim must provide
(2). Using roller bearing installer (6, 0.0020.004 inch (0.0510.102 mm) clear-
Table 901), install output roller bearing ance between outer end of input gear bear-
(34, Figure 1) in housing output bore ing (23) and bearing seat of liner in input
liner; secure with retaining ring (33). It bearing cover (18).
may be necessary to heat liner prior to
installing bearing. (11). Place input shaft cover assembly (12)
against housing (41), with input gear
(3). Clean output gearshaft (31) to remove bearing (23) squarely seated in cover
grit or particles. assembly bearing line.
Page 705
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
Use care when pressing cover NOTE: Input gearshaft must be rotated at least
CAUTION assembly against housing to 12 times to ensure that proper gear tooth
seat input gear bearing in liner. Excessive patterns are made on gearset.
force can damage the input gear bearing.
(3). Remove three bolts (10, Figure 1) and
(12). While manually applying inward washers (11); remove input shaft cover
pressure to splined end of input from housing.
gearshaft (24), install washers (11) and
(4). Remove three bolts (15), washers (16)
bolts (10) finger tight to seat input gear
and carefully pull input shaft and input
bearing in bearing liner.
bearing cover assembly (17) from
(13). Using feeler gage, measure and record housing.
clearance between housing (41) and (5). Check that contact pattern is centered
flange of input shaft cover assembly on teeth of gearshaft (24, 31). Correct
(12). contact pattern and backlash, as
(14). Determine required input cover shim required, by adjusting thickness of
thickness by adding 0.003 inch (0.076 backlash (input) shim (18) and contact
mm) to clearance recorded in step (3). pattern (output) shim (32). (Ref.
Figure 702).
(15). Remove bolts (10), washers (11) and Changing thickness of contact
input shaft cover (12). CAUTION pattern shim to obtain correct
(16). Install input cover shim of correct contact pattern affects backlash adjustment
thickness and input shaft cover with and axial clearance of output roller bearing
bolts and washers; torque bolts to 22 (34). Changing thickness of backlash (input)
27 inchpounds (2.49 3.05 Nm). shim affects 0.0020.004 inch (0.0510.102
mm) axial clearance between input gear
(17). Using dial indicator, check input bearing (23) and input shaft cover assembly
gearshaft for 0.0020.004 inch (12). (Ref. Shim Thickness Calculation and
(0.0510.102 mm) axial play. Contact Pattern Shim) to calculate new
shim requirements.
(18). Check that gearset can be hand
operated. (6). Once correct backlash and contact
pattern is established, remove input
(19). Perform noload wipe test according to and output gearshaft from housing.
(Ref. NoLoad Wipe Test).
(7). Wash input and output gear teeth using
5. NoLoad Wipe Test MEK (2, Table 902); keep MEK off
parts adjacent to gear teeth.
Following initial reassembly, perform a (8). Apply light coat of gear marking dye
noload wipe test to verify correct contact (18) to several teeth on each gearshaft.
pattern and backlash as follows:
6. Final Assembly
(1). Secure output gearshaft, and using
backlash check adapter (7, Table 901), Once the noload static wipe test has been
measure input gearshaft backlash on a completed, and the correct contact pattern and
radius of 1.750 inch (4.445 cm) from backlash is established, complete final
shaft centerline. Backlash must be reassembly as follows:
0.00250.005 inch (0.06350.127 mm)
at 90 degree intervals. (Ref. (1). Apply light coat of sealing compound
Figure 701). (14, Table 902) to outer mating surfaces
of output shaft oil seal (30, Figure 1).
(2). Rotate input gearshaft clockwise while Press seal into output cover (27) using
restraining output gearshaft with suitable arbor press and adapter. Avoid
sufficient pressure to eliminate all distorting oil seal case. Remove excess
backlash. sealing compound.
Page 706
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
(2). Lubricate packing (29) with petrolatum between breather flange and packing.
(16, Table 902). Place packing in groove Torque breatherfiller to 45 55
of output cover. inchpounds (5.08 6.21 Nm). See
Figure 703.
(3). Remove output roller bearing (34,
Figure 1) from bearing retainer in (14). Lubricate packing (2) with petrolatum;
housing. install packing on drain valve and chip
detector (1).
(4). Apply locking compound primer and
locking compound (6, Table 902) to (15). Install drain valve and chip detector in
mating surfaces of output roller bearing housing assembly. Torque valve body to
and bearing retainer in housing. Fully 50 60 inchpounds (5.65 6.78
seat bearing in retainer. (Record rubber Nm); torque chip detector to 40 50
cure date on Overhaul Check Sheet), inchpounds (4.52 5.65 Nm).
(Ref. Description and Operation).
(16). Lubricate packing (29) with petrolatum;
(5). Remove input bearing cover assembly install packing on bearing retainer (32).
(17, Figure 1), from input shaft. INPUT
SHAFT
(6). Lubricate packings (20) with petrola-
tum; install packing in groove of input BREATHER ASSEMBLY
(NOTE)
bearing cover assembly.
(7). Apply light coat of sealing compound to
outer mating surface of oil seal (19). 85
(8). Using arbor press and suitable adapter,

85
press oil seal into input bearing cover
assembly. Avoid distorting oil seal case.
Remove excess sealing compound.
(9). Lubricate packing (14) with petrolatum; DRAIN HOLE
NOTE: BREATHER IS TO BE
install packing in input shaft cover INSTALLED SO VENT HOLE
assembly (12). FACES AFT WITHIN THE
LIMITS SHOWN. VENT HOLE
(10). Lubricate packing (9) with petrolatum; H632043
install packing on liquid level plug (8).
Figure 703. BreatherFiller Installation
(11). Install liquid level plug in housing
assembly (41); torque plug to 50 60 When installing output shaft as-
CAUTION sembly (31) in housing, careful-
ly align shaft end with roller bearings in
NOTE: If liquid level plug window marking housing retainer, so shaft slides smoothly
alignment does not conform to that shown in into bearings. If smooth fit does not occur,
Figure 401, clean window and apply new remove output shaft and visually align with
markings (Ref. Liquid Level Plug). bearings.
(12). Lubricate packing (4 or 7 and 5) with (17). Heat output bore of housing assembly
petrolatum; install packing on brea- (41) and install output shaft and
therfiller assembly (3). retainer assembly.
NOTE: Some models use adapter (6) with addi- (18). Apply light coat of petrolatum to outer
tional packing (7). On those models, install surface of seal installation thimble (8,
adapter with packing, then install breath- Table 901); place thimble over splined
erfiller. portion of output gearshaft assembly.
(13). Install breatherfiller assembly in (19). Apply light coat of petrolatum to lip and
housing (41) or adapter (6). If required, faces of oil seal (30, Figure 1); install
install washer(s) (maximum two) output cover assembly (27) and clamp
Page 707
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
up shim (28) over seal installation 7. RunIn and Test Check
thimble and gearshaft; remove seal
installation thimble. The following contains runin inspection
procedures for the tail rotor transmission. The
(20). Install washers (26) and bolts (25); runin inspection must be performed following
torque bolts to 65 75 inchpounds final reassembly. The procedure may be
(7.34 8.47 Nm). performed with the transmission installed in a
helicopter or in a test stand.
When installing input bearing
CAUTION cover assembly, ensure TOP
A. Special RunIn Options
mark is up. This will correctly position oil
passage. NOTE: Certain units in the transmission have
a direct relationship to establishing or
(21). Install input gearshaft assembly (24), changing the positioning of one gear to
backlash shim (18) and input bearing another. If the transmission housing and as-
cover (17) with washers (16) and bolts sociated covers, gears, bearings or mounting
(15); torque bolts to 60 75 inch distance shims and spacer that position the
pounds (6.78 8.47 Nm). gears are not changed during overhaul, the
contact pattern and backlash of the gears
Press input shaft cover assem-
CAUTION bly (12) against input gearshaft should also remain the same. If the contact
pattern and backlash are within tolerance
carefully. If excessive force is applied, input for USED GEAR PATTERN as shown in
gear bearing may be damaged. Figure 503 and Figure 507, perform a wipe
test and, if satisfactory, run the transmis-
(22). Install input cover shim (13) and input sion to check for correct temperature and
shaft cover assembly with washers (11) pressure; if correct, the transmission can be
and bolts (10). Ensure that bearing continued in service on the helicopter.
retainer in cover assembly does not
cock or bind on input gear bearing. (1). Check of gear contact pattern following
Apply inward force against external runin can be eliminated on certain
portion of input gearshaft to seat input qualifying transmissions with a
gear bearing in retainer, while tighten- resultant reduction in overhaul man
ing bolts finger tight; torque bolts to 22 hours. During disassembly and over-
27 inchpounds (2.49 3.05 Nm). haul, use the Overhaul Check Sheet
provided (Ref. Description and Opera-
(23). Safety wire three output cover bolts tion), see Figure 701 and steps (2). thru
(25) together. Run twisted safety wire (4). below, to determine the status of
around cover boss. the transmission.
(24). Safety wire three input shaft cover
bolts (10) together. (2). Before disassembly, measure and record
backlash, etc.
(25). Safety wire three input bearing cover
bolts (15) together. (3). During transmission disassembly,
carefully record and tag all shims and
(26). Safety wire liquid level plug, drain spacers for shims thickness and
valve and chip detector and breather location in the transmission.
filler assembly to adjacent housing.
(4). Examine all gears for serviceability and
(27). Inspect reassembled transmission contact pattern.
according to Table 702 and Figure 705.
B. RunIn on Helicopter
NOTE: A runin and test procedure (Ref. Liq-
uid Level Plug) must be completed after fi- Runin and test the reassembled transmission
nal reassembly of the transmission. on a helicopter as follows:
Page 708
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
The tail rotor and pitch control Be sure helicopter is on a
CAUTION assembly must be assembled on WARNING rough dry surface, clear of
the transmission, balanced and rigging obstacles and personnel. Comply with
checked prior to beginning runin on heli- all appropriate safety precautions dur-
copter. ing ground run. Operate helicopter in
accordance with Pilots Flight Manual.
(1). Install transmission on helicopter (Ref.
CSPHMI2). (9). Start helicopter and establish N2 at 100
percent.
(2). Assemble and balance tail rotor (10). Start runin with left pedal at 52
assembly on helicopter (Ref. 642020). percent from full left position and
continue through positions listed in
(3). Check tail rotor control rigging (Ref. Table 701. During runin, check
CSPHMI2). transmission for unusual noise,
vibration and oil leakage.
(4). Service transmission with lubricating
oil (9, Table 902) according to (Ref. Monitor chip detector indicator
CSPHMI2). CAUTION light (Ref. CSPHMI2) during
complete runin cycle.
(5). Ballast helicopter to a ballast gross
weight of 3700 pounds (1680 Kg). (11). If chip detector indicator lights, stop
test and investigate cause.
(6). Measure pilots left pedal travel from (12). Shut down helicopter (Pilots Flight
full left pedal to full right pedal as Manual).
shown in Figure 704. Calculate travel
in inches required to position left pedal (13). Check for oil leakage; replace leaking
according to Figure 704. seals as required.
(7). Fabricate indicator that will allow (14). Remove tail rotor assembly (Ref.
precise positioning of left pedal in 642020).
percent of travel as shown in (15). Remove transmission from helicopter
Figure 704. (Ref. CSPHMI2).
(8). Install indicator for left pedal travel (16). Perform final inspection (Ref. Final
measurement. Inspection).
Page 709
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
38% 45% 52%
28%
INDICATOR
0%
100%
FULL LEFT PEDAL
FULL RIGHT PEDAL

H632045
Table 701. Left Pedal Travel/RunIn Time

% From Full Left
Step Tail Rotor Horsepower Pedal Time
1 10 52 10 minutes
2 15 45 10 minutes
3 21 38 10 minutes
4 30 28 5 minutes
C. RunIn on Test Stand (2). Operate test stand at transmission

input speed of 21752250 rpm with no
load for two minutes.
Runin and test the reassembled transmission
on a test stand as follows: (3). Gradually increase load on output shaft
to 1049 inch pounds (118.52 Nm) and
NOTE: A secure test fixture with motor and run for 10 minutes.
breaking device is required.
(4). During test, check for unusual noise or
vibration; check for oil leakage; replace
(1). Secure transmission on test fixture and leaking seals as required.
service with lubrication oil (9,
Table 902) according to (Ref. CSP (5). Stop runin and perform final inspec-
HMI2). tion (Ref. Final Inspection).
Page 710
TR08001 632520
P/N 369D25300
8. Final Inspection (6). Check and record input and output
shaft runout (Figure 705); correct as
Following runin, perform final inspection of necessary.
the transmission, including gear tooth contact
patterns, backlash and shaft runout. (7). Remove, inspect, clean and reinstall
chip detector.
(1). Drain oil from transmission (Ref.
CSPHMI2). (8). Seal entire circumference of all split
line joints with sealant (14, Table 902).
(2). Remove output shaft and retainer
assembly. (9). If transmission is to be reinstalled on
helicopter, service with lubricating oil
(3). Check gear tooth contact pattern; (9) according to CSPHMI2. If trans-
contact pattern is to be as shown in mission is to be stored or shipped,
Figure 706; correct as necessary (Ref. ensure oil is completely drained and
NoLoad Wipe Test). flush with corrosion preventive oil (19).
Residual corrosion preventive oil will
(4). Reinstall output shaft and retainer act as preservative.
assembly.
(10). Ensure Overhaul Check Sheet, (Ref.
(5). Check input gearshaft axial play Description and Operation), is com-
(Figure 704). pletely filled out.
Characteristics Method of Inspection Remarks
Housing chipped for paint Visual (Ref. Painting Requirements) and
touch up.
Freedom of shaft movement Rotate shafts by hand Investigate malfunction if shaft or
shafts bind.
No excessive noise when shafts are Rotate shafts by hand Investigate malfunction if noisy.
rotated (evidence of scraping or
binding)
Output gearshaft for 0.0025 inch Rotate shafts by hand with Investigate if output shaft runout
(0.0635 mm) total indicator reading indicator against shaft on spline exceeds 0.0025 inch (0.0635 mm)
maximum runout on spline OD OD (Figure 705) total indicator reading.
outboard of ring groove
Input gearshaft for 0.002 inch (0.051 Rotate shafts by hand with Investigate if input shaft runout
mm) total indicator reading maximum indicator against shaft (Figure 705) exceeds 0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
runout total indicator reading.
Input and output shafts for axial play Apply axial load and use indicator See Figure 705.
Page 711
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
0.0010.004 INCH
(0.0250.102 MM)
AXIAL PLAY 0.002 INCH
(NOTE 2) (0.051 MM)
0.00250.005 INCH MAXIMUM
(0.06350.127 MM) (NOTE 2)
GEAR BACKLASH
0.0025 INCH (NOTE 3)
(0.0635 MM)
MAXIMUM
(NOTE 2)
NO AXIAL PLAY ALLOWED
NOTES:
2. TOTAL INDICATOR RUNOUT.
Figure 705. Backlash RunOut and Axial Play Limits
INPUT GEAR
OUTPUT PINION
0.120 INCH 0.040 INCH 0.120 INCH
(3.048 MM) (1.016 MM) (3.048 MM)
TOE
TOE HEEL
HEEL
0.130 INCH
(3.302 MM) 0.120 INCH 0.120 INCH
(3.048 MM) (3.048 MM)
0.030 INCH
(0.762 MM)
NO BREAK 0.50 INCH
12.70 MM)
TOE
TOE HEEL
HEEL
MAXIMUM CONTACT AREA LIMITS 0.070 INCH
1.778 MM)
0.030 INCH
(0.762 MM)
NOTES:
1. CONTACT PATTERN MUST BE LOCATED WITHIN LIMITS SHOWN.
2. NO HARD CONTACT LINES PERMISSIBLE WITHIN ACTIVE TOOTH AREA.
3. CONTACT PATTERN MUST BE CENTRALLY LOCATED SO THAT
DISTANCE FROM TOE AND HEEL IS EQUAL WITHIN 0.080 INCH (2.032 MM). H632100A
Figure 706. Gear Tooth Contact Patterns Input and Output Gears
Page 712
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
9. Packing and Storage (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven-
If overhauled tail rotor transmission is not to tative (31, Table 902) and package or
be used immediately, package and store the cover to keep dust off.
tail rotor transmission as follows:
Page 713
632520 Revision 17
P/N 369D25300
Page 714
Revision 17 632520
P/N 369D25300
1. Reference Data ment information, regarding special tools and
equipment, and expendable items and materi
als required for the overhaul and repair
Reference is made throughout this part of the
procedures given.
Overhaul Manual to the Maintenance Manual
(CSPHMI2). The HMI should be used as 2. Special Tool Fabrication
noted throughout overhaul/repair. The
Illustrated Parts Catalog (CPSIPC4) should The following paragraphs contain procedures
be used for ordering any replacement parts for fabricating special tools required for
required. Table 901 and Table 902 provide overhaul of the tail rotor transmission. (Ref.
specifications and, when appropriate, procure Table 901).
Table 901. Special Tools and Equipment
Item
1 Assembly stand plate (Fabricate, Figure 901) MDHI
2 Bearing removal tool 369D29911 MDHI
3 Output gearshaft holding fixture 369D29915 MDHI
4 Socket, shur-lok nut 369D29913 MDHI
5 Two-piece bearing retractor 369D29916 MDHI
6 Roller bearing installer 369D29912 MDHI
7 Input gearshaft backlash check adapter (Fabricate, Figure 902) MDHI
8 Output shaft seal installation thimble (Fabricate, Figure 903) MDHI

Item
4 Abrasive paper, silicone carbide P-P-101 (3)
(grade as noted)
5 Locking compound (Locktite) Oakite Product, Inc.
Berkley Heights, NJ
07922-2712
6 Sealing, locking and retaining MIL-S-22473 Locktite A (No. 35) Locktite Inc.
compounds single component MIL-R-46082 705 N. Mount Rd.
(grade as noted) Newington, CT, 06111
Surface primer, locking MIL-S-22473 Locktite T Locktite Inc.
compound (grade and form
optional)
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
407-322-4000
Page 901
632520 Revision 12
P/N 369D25300
Item
7 1,1,1 Trichloroethane, technical, O-T620 (3)
inhibited
8 Safety wire, CREW MS20995C (3)
(Diameter as required)
9 Lubricating Oil MIL-L-23699 AeroShell Turbo Shell Oil Co.
Oil 500
(RM-139A) 150 E. 42Nd St.
New York, NY
11 Cadmium plate (brush on) QQ-P-416 (3)
Type II, Class 2
12 Surface cleaner (prepaint TT-C-490 or WO #1 Turco Products Inc.,
solution with phospheric acid MIL-C-10578, Wilmington, CA
base) Type II
13 Chemical conversion for coating MIL-C-81706 Turcoat Liquid Turco Products
aluminum and aluminum alloys Accelogold 24600 S. Main St.
Carson, CA 90749
14 Sealing compound MIL-S-7502 PR1221 Product Research
PR380-A2 Burbank, CA
15 Adhesive MIL-A-8623 A-1 177-B B. F. Goodrich
16 Petrolatum (petroleum jelly, VV-P-236 (3)
white)
17 Gear marking compound, white 269C9305 MDHI
(1/2 pint quantity)
I-A-H-V-6245 Wyandotte Paint Co.
Wyanotte, MI
18 Gear marking dye (layout red) DX-296 or equivalent Dykem Co.
22 Primer, catalyzed epoxy (yellow) MIL-P-23377B HMS 15-1082 Andrew Brown Co.
Los Angeles, CA
W. P. Fuller Co.
Los Angeles, CA
Sherwin-Williams
Los Angeles, CA
Page 902
Revision 11 632520
P/N 369D25300
Item
23 Paint, epoxypolymide MILC22750 HMS 151083 Andrew Brown Co.
(color No. 37038 per Los Angeles, CA
Fed Std 595)
24 Coating, logo white Q881 (color No. 484) Bee Chemical Co.
Gardena, CA
25 Thinner (for item 24) No. T80695 Bee Chemical Co.
26 Solvent, Cleaning Trichlorotrifluo- MILC81302D Freon R11 R13 Approved Engineering
roethane or R112 Test Labs
5320 West 104th St.
Los Angeles, CA
90045
27 Surface primer, Locking EVO7921, Purple Lockite Inc.
compound Newington, CT 06111
28 Plastic steel Devcon A Devcon Corp.
Danvers, MA 01923
29 Chemical conversion film solution MILC5543 Iridite 142 Richardson Co.
(Iridite, Alodine or equivalent) Class 2 AlCoat AlliedKelite
Product Division
2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plains, IL
30 Chromic acid solution MILM3171 DOW No. 19 or DOW Chemical Co.
(pH 2.6 to 3.4) Type VI equivalent
31 Corrosion Preventative MILC81309 Corrosion X Corrosion Technolo-
Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:
(4) Deleted
Page 903
632520 Revision 16
P/N 369D25300
(5.593 CM) (2.79 CM)
1.190 INCH
(3.0226 CM)
1.352 INCH
0.33 INCH (8.38 MM)
(3.434 CM)
0.35 INCH (8.89 MM)

2.250 INCH
(5.715 CM) R
(9.779 CM) (12.70 MM)
0.28 INCH
(7.112 MM) R 2 PL
2 PL
CHAMFER
0.25 INCH (6.35 MM) X
0.25 INCH (6.35 MM)
TYP (4 PL)
MATERIAL: ALUMINUM ALLOY QQA250
SIZE: 0.25 INCH (6.35 MM) X 2.75 INCH (6.985 CM) X 5.00 INCH (12.7 CM) H632024B
Figure 901. Assembly Stand Fabrication
0.190 INCH
1.50 INCH
(4.826 MM)
(3.81 CM)
0.380 INCH
0.75 INCH SOCKET HEAD SCREW (9.652 MM)
(19.05 MM) NO. 1032 X 0.88 (2) STOCK
(NOTES 1, 2)
0.06 INCH
0.03 INCH (0.762 MM) X 45
(16.24 MM)
CHAMFER TYPICAL 3.00 INCH
SAWCUT
NOTE 3 (7.62 CM)
0.12 INCH
(3.048 MM) DIAMETER
STOCK
1.12 INCH
(2.845 CM)
DIAMETER
0.38 INCH ARM

(9.652 MM)
RING

(2.845 CM) (2.845 CM) (12.7 MM)
NOTES: ARM
1. DRILL AND TAP NO. 1032 THRU RING. MATERIAL: ALUMINUM ALLOY QQA250
2. DRILL NO. 5 CLEARANCE HOLES FOR SCREWS THRU SIZE: 0.12 INCH (3.048 MM) X 0.50 INCH (12.7 MM) X 1.50 INCH (3.81 CM).
ARM AND THRU RING ABOVE SAWCUT. RING
3. MARK 1.745 INCH (4.432 CM) RADIUS ON ARM FOR MATERIAL: ALUMINUM ALLOY QQA200
0.0040.008 INCH (0.1020.203 MM) BACKLASH CHECKPOINT. SIZE: 3.00 INCH (7.62 CM) DIAMETER X 0.38 INCH (9.652 MM)
H632025A
Figure 902. Input Gearshaft Backlash Check Adapter Fabrication
Page 904
Revision 4 632520
P/N 369D25300
5.04 INCH (12.80 CM) + 0.06 INCH (1.524 MM)
0.75 INCH (19.05 MM)

0.06 INCH (1.542 MM) 1.1281.138 INCH
(2.8652.891 CM)

1.094 INCH
(2.779 CM) DI
AMETER

15 + 2
SMOOTH
TRANSITION
NOTE: MATERIAL: C 1018 STEEL ROD

1. 125 MICRO INCH SURFACE FINISH. SIZE: 1.250 INCH (3.175 CM) DIAMETER H632026A
Figure 903. Output Gearshaft Seal Installation Thimble - Fabrication

632520 Revision 4
P/N 369D25300
TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION
tail rotor transmission overhaul manual.
effectivities.
Page 1001
632520 Revision 14
P/N 369D25300
8
9
20
24 4
5
12 22
2 1 3
23
16
19
18
16
10
11 14
11
13
17 15
H6325801
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Transmission (Four Bladed) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 1002
Revision 15 632520
P/N 369D25300
44
42
43 41
40
28 30 39
29
38
37
25
27
ROTATED
53
26 52
51
50
47
33
46
45 32
35
36
34
34
H6325802
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Transmission (Four Bladed) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 1003
632520 Revision 15
P/N 369D25300
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001 369D25300501 Transmission Assy Tail Rotor (Four Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
369D25300 Transmission Assy Tail Rotor (Four Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced by 369D25300501
2 NAS6178 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 369H5018 Decal, Oil Level Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 NAS13033H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 NAS620A10L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
6 369D25305 Cover Assy, Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369D25325 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 203047071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 NAS13045H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
11 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
12 369D25436 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 NAS13046H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
14 369D25307 Cover, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369D25422 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D254223 Seal
15 369D254223 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369D254225 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Recommended With Addition Of Mobil SHC 626 As A Lubricant
16 369D25324 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 203847071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 369D25316 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 369D2530121 Housing Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D25300501 / 505 / 507 / 509
20 369D25301 Housing Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D25300
22 NAS1394C3 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
23 NAS1394C4 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
24 KNB428 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
26 MS29561111 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 NAS1678 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 AN535002 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
29 369D25326 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 369D253263 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 369D253265 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 369A5014 Plate, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Illustrated
31 369F51751 Decal (Service With Mobil SHC 626) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1004
Revision 16 632520
P/N 369D25300
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
32 369D25332 Check Valve Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced by SK3570, A8192 and NAS6175
33 A8192 Breather Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Preferred Part, Installed with SK3570
33 369D25331 Breather Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
34 390747071 Packing, ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 NAS6173 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Installed With 369D25331
36 Sk3570 Adapter, Breather Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Preferred Part, Installed With A8192
36 369D25330 Adapter, Breather Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Installed With 369D25331, Replaced By 369D25332
37 SL61W7F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
38 SL61N7F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 369D25317 Bearing, Duplex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
40 369D253221 Retainer Assy, Output Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
505 / 509 Assy Only
40 369D25320 Retainer Assy, Output Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
41 204147071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
42 369D25312 Gearshaft Assy, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
43 084957 Sleeve, Speedi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
44 23420082 Cork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
45 369D251815 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
45 369D25181 Seal, Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
46 369D25323 Spacer, Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
47 369D25303 Cover Assy, Input Bevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
50 215247071 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
51 369D25315 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
52 369D25309 Gearshaft Assy, Input Bevel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
53 369D25418 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1005
632520 Revision 16
P/N 369D25300
Page 1006
Revision 14 632520
Section
63-25-30
Fan Transmission
Part Number
500N5400-BSC
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
632530 Fan Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Fan Transmission Assembly Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . 2
Table 1. Fan Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Fan Transmission Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Housing Cover Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
B. Output Shaft Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
C. Housing Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
A. Oil Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning Fan Transmission Assembly Parts and Components . . . . 401
D. Liquid Level Plug Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Figure 401. Liquid Level Plug Markings Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 502. Process Inspection Requirements (Ref. Figure 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505
Table 503. Inspection after Repair and Replacement (Ref. Figure 1) . . . . . . . . . 505
Figure 501. Bearing Retainers in Housing Assembly Serviceable
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Figure 502. Bearing Retainers in Cover Assembly Serviceable
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Figure 503. Input Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 504. Output Gearshaft Serviceable Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 505. Input Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Figure 506. Output Gearshaft Serviceability Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
1. General Repair and Modification Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
632530 Page i

2. Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
3. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Repair of Minor Corrosion, Nicks and Scratches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Bearing Retainers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Damaged Inserts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Pins in Transmission Housing and Drive Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
5. Undersized Bearing Journal Output Gearshaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
6. Undersized Bearing Journal Input Gearshaft Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
7. Inspection After Repair and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Table 601. Insert and Stud Replacement Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 601. Insert and Stud Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 602. Output Gearshaft Repair Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Figure 603. Input Gearshaft Repair Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
1. General Cautions and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Fan Transmission Major Component Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Housing Cover Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
B. Output Cover Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Figure 701. Cover Assembly Cross Sectional View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 702. Output Cover Assembly Cross Sectional View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
C. Housing Subassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 703. Housing Assembly Cross Sectional View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
D. Assembly of Housing and Cover Subassemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 704. Oil Seal and ORing Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
E. Shim Thickness Calculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
F. Backlash Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Figure 706. Backlash Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
3. Transmission Final Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
A. Accessories and Nameplate Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
A. RunIn on Helicopter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 710
B. RunIn on Test Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Figure 708. Thermocouple Attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Page ii 632530

Table 702. Test Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
1. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Fan Transmission Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Fan Transmission Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Fan Transmission Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
632530 Page iii/(iv blank)

Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over (6). Assembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
haul of this component, ensure the required provides fan transmission reassembly
special tools and processes are available to and instructions.
& Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General
special tools required for overhaul of
This section of the Overhaul Manual describes the fan transmission.
overhaul procedures for the 500N5400 Fan
Transmission. Procedures given are the (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
approved methods to be used for specific repair provides a parts list supplement to
or complete overhaul of the component. identify part numbers and configura
tion differences for the fan transmis
A. Organization sion.
The Fan Transmission Section of the Compo B. Reference Data

nent Overhaul Manual is made up of eight
sections listed below. These sections contain (1). Reference is made throughout this part
complete instructions for disassembly, clean of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
ing, inspection, repair, reassembly and testing HMI2. This manual should be used as
of the component and a complete illustrated noted throughout the overhaul/repair.
parts list. The following describes the topic Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
and content of each part with appropriate page (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
numbers: replacement parts for 500N5400.
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 (2). Table 901 and Table 903 provide
describes procedures for complete use of specifications, and when appropriate,
the fan transmission and provides procurement information, regarding
Transmission Overhaul Check Sheets. special tools and equipment, and
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 values are contained in Table 902.
bly of the fan transmission. (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of the
fan transmission,with all parts indexed.
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 The index numbers are used through
contains cleaning requirements for the out the text with the part nomenclature
fan transmission components and parts. to make part identification easier.
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 2. Overhaul Check Sheet

inspection requirements. The items indicated in the fan Transmission
Assembly Overhaul Check Sheet must have all
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 blanks filled and initialed. Upon completion of
provides allowable repairs and parts the overhaul, this sheet must be signed off by
replacement information and autho the person performing the work and the sheet
rized modifications for the fan trans retained as a permanent part of the helicopter
mission. file.
Page 1
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400
15
16
17
8
18
6 59
58
11
14
19
10
2 13
9 61
20
60
5
12
38 21
3
4
2
1
H6325011
Figure 1. Fan Transmission Assembly Exploded View (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
43
26
45
46 44 57
31
32
56
47 33
35
48 41
49
42 62
27
63
40 34
39
23
24
53
25
54
28
55
36
51
30
18 29
22
17
50
37 52
H6325012
Figure 1. Fan Transmission Assembly Exploded View (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 3
632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
1. BOLT (2) 33. SPEEDI-SLEEVE
2. WASHER (18) 34. COUPLING
3. BOLT 35. OIL SEAL, OUTPUT SHAFT
4. TUBE SUPPORT 36. THREADED INSERT (3)
5. O-RING 37. OUTPUT GEARSHAFT
6. COVER ASSEMBLY 38. OIL SEAL, OUTPUT SHAFT
7. BOLT (12) 39. RETAINING RING
8. SEAL PLATE 40. BEARING
9. BOLT (3) 41. THREADED INSERT (14)
10. OIL SEAL RETAINER 42. ALIGNMENT PIN (2)
11. SLEEVE SPACER 43. FILLER PLUG
12. OIL SEAL 44. O-RING
13. BEARING 45. BREATHER ASSEMBLY
14. BEARING INNER RACE
46. O-RING
15. CORK
47. OIL LEVEL DECAL
16. INPUT GEARSHAFT
48. LIQUID LEVEL PLUG
17. RETAINING RING (2)
49. O-RING
18. BEARING (2)
50. CHIP DETECTOR
51. O-RING
20. THREADED INSERT
21. PULL PIN 52. O-RING
22. HOUSING ASSEMBLY 53. ELBOW (45)
23. BOLT (3) 54. NUT
24. WASHER (3) 55. O-RING
25. OUTPUT COVER ASSEMBLY 56. WARNING PLATE
26. O-RING 57. NAMEPLATE
27. SHIM COVER 58. LINER
28. OIL TROUGH 59. PIN
29. SCREW (3) 60. LINER
30. WASHER (3) 61. PIN
31. LOCKNUT 62. LINER
32. O-RING 63. PIN
Page 4
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
Table 1. Fan Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet
Component Time Since Overhaul
Component Total Time
Assembly Serial No.
Registration No. Date
Prior to Disassembly: Gearset Backlash Gearset Can Be

0.008-0.012 inch (0.203-0.305 mm) Hand Operated
Disassembly:
y Thickness of Shims Measured and Recorded at Removal
Output Cover Shim inch (mm)
Disassembly Completed
Modifications: Check for Required Modifications
Required Modifications Completed
Reassembly Dimensions and Tolerances Shim Thickness (actual)

Output Cover Shim inch (mm)
Reassembly Tests and Checks:
Backlash Correct: 0.008-0.012 inch (0.203-0.305 mm)
Gearset Can Be Hand Operated
Final Reassembly Dimensions and Tolerances: Shim Measurements Completed
Run-In and Test: Run-In Completed Final Inspection
Backlash Check (actual):

0.008-0.012 inch (0.203-0.305 mm)
Shims Installed Gaskets Installed
Torquing Correct and Complete Lockwire Installed
Sealant Installed Servicing Complete
Final Inspection
Page 5
632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
Table 1. Fan Transmission Overhaul Check Sheet (Cont.)
Registration No. Date
This is to certify that to the best of my knowledge the information contained on this check sheet is accurate and
Signed Date
Title Organization
Address
Page 6
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
DISASSEMBLY
1. Fan Transmission Disassembly (2). Remove three bolts (23) and washers
(24) from output cover (25) and housing
Disassemble the transmission according to the assembly (22).
following steps:
(3). Carefully remove output cover and
A. Housing Cover Assembly
shim cover (27) with output shaft as an
(1). Remove three bolts (1, 3, Figure 1) and assembly from housing assembly.
washers (2) from tube support (4).
Remove tube support and Oring (5) (4). Remove Oring (26) from output cover.
from housing cover (6).
(5). Remove three screws (29), washers (30),
(2). Remove oil seal (38) from tube support. and oil trough (28) from output cover.
(3). Remove three bolts (9), washers (2), oil (6). Remove retaining ring (17) from output
seal retainer (10) and Oring (5) from cover.
housing cover. Remove oil seal (12) from
oil seal retainer. (7). Using suitable press, remove output
shaft (37) and bearing (18) from output
(4). Remove twelve bolts (7) and washers cover.
(2) from housing cover. Remove align
ment pins (42) and pull pins (21), from (8). Remove bearing (18) from output shaft
housing assembly (22). Carefully (37) using bearing removal tool (4,
remove cover and seal plate (8) from Table 901).
housing.
(9). Press bearing inner race (14, Figure 1)
(5). Using gear puller (1, Table 901) remove from output shaft.
input gearshaft (16, Figure 1) from
sleeve spacer (11), bearing (18) and (10). Remove oil seal (35) from output cover.
cover (6).
NOTE: Do not remove cork plug (15), or speedi
(6). Using bearing removal tool (6, sleeve (11) unless replacement is required.
Table 901), remove bearing (18,
Figure 1) from input gearshaft. Sleeve C. Housing Assembly
spacer will be pressed off along with
bearing. (1). Remove retaining ring (39, Figure 1)
and use bearing removal tool (6,
(7). Remove bearing (13) from housing Table 901) to remove bearing (40,
cover (6) by pressing on outer race. Figure 1) from housing (22).
B. Output Shaft Assembly (2). Removal of threaded inserts (41, 36),
NOTE: Oring is inside coupling groove. warning plate (56), and nameplate (57)
are not normally required unless repair
(1). Remove locknut (31, Figure 1), from or replacement is needed. If removal or
coupling (34) with locknut socket (8, replacement is needed, refer to the
Table 901) and remove coupling. Repair section.

632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning agents prior to inspection (Ref. Inspection/
Most cleaning solvents ar Check).
A. Oil Breather
inhalation of fumes and extended con If oil breather becomes clogged use light air
tact with skin. pressure approximately 5 psi or a thin
Do not spin or touch outer races diameter rod applied into the threaded end to
CAUTION of bearings after cleaning. Roll dislodge debris. Ultrasonically clean breather
ing surfaces of bearings will be damaged. in solvent (21, Table 903) for ten minutes.
Apply thin coat of lubricant (20, Table 903)
to each bearing after cleaning and wrap in
clean lint free cloth.
Clean all reusable parts using standard shop
practices and approved cleaning solvents or
Table 401. Cleaning Fan Transmission Assembly Parts and Components

Cover Assembly (6) Vapor degrease (20) or immerse in Dry with compressed air; make sure
Housing Assembly (22) cleaning solvent (21) and wash with oil passages are clear.
Output Cover Assembly (25) stiff bristle brush.
Tube Support (4) Agitate in cleaning solvent (21). Dry with compressed air.
Oil seal retainer (10)
Sleeve spacer (11)
Retaining ring (17, 39)
Filler Plug (43)
Liquid level plug (48)
Drain valve and chip detector (50)
Warning plate (56)
Nameplate (57)
Input Gearshaft (16) Immerse in cleaning solvent (21) Dry with compressed air. Blow air
Output Gearshaft (37) and wash with soft brush. inside shafts to dry interior.

CAUTION
Bearing (13) Degrease using ultrasonic or Dry thoroughly with moisture-free

Bearings (18) activated solvent method to compressed air.
Bearing (40) dislodge contamination. Use filtered
solvent spray to remove
contamination.
All nuts, bolts, washers, screws, Place parts in wire mesh basket; Dry parts thoroughly while in
retaining rings and pins. agitate in cleaning solvent (21). basket. Place parts in clean
container after cleaning.
Page 401
632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
2. Painting and Markings (4). Apply two coats of epoxy paint (11) to
primed surface.
The following paragraphs provide painting and
marking requirements and procedures for the C. Complete Exterior Painting
fan transmission assembly.
When necessary, paint complete transmission
A. Surface Preparation exterior as follows:
Before painting transmission assembly, CAUTION holes, accessory pads, studs or
prepare all surfaces as follows:
shaft extensions. Do not paint chip detectors
(1). Mask all exposed mounting surfaces, (50, Figure 1), warning plate (56) or name
holes and accessories with masking plate (57).
tape (18, Table 903). Mask warning
plate (56, Figure 1) and nameplate (57). (1). Perform all procedures in painting and
markings, (Ref. Painting and Mark
(2). Featheredge any chipped or peeling ings).
paint with crocus cloth (17, Table 903). (2). Spray one coat of wash primer (9,
Clean all surfaces thoroughly with Table 903) on surface of the fan trans
trichlorethylene (20). Dry surfaces mission assembly. Allow sufficient time
thoroughly with clean lintfree cloth or for primer to dry.
compressed air.
(3). Spray one coat of epoxy primer (10) on
B. Exterior Painting - Spot Touch-Up surface of the fan transmission assem
Touch up bare metal spots on housing assem bly. Allow sufficient time for epoxy
bly (22, Figure 1), cover assembly (6) and primer to dry.
output cover assembly (25) as follows: (4). Spray on thin coat of epoxy paint (11).
Allow 4 hours drying time.
CAUTION holes, and pads on housing as (5). Spray on second coat of epoxy paint.
sembly (22). Do not paint shaft extensions, Allow 4 hours drying time.
level glass on liquid level plug (48), terminal
threads on chip detector (50), breather holes D. Liquid Level Plug Markings
and tapped hole on breather assembly (45). If liquid level plug (48, Figure 1) markings are
Do not paint fitting end of elbow (53), warn damaged, illegible or angled incorrectly, apply
ing plate (56) or nameplate (57). new markings as follows:
(1). Prepare surface to be spotpainted as (1). Using a cotton swab moistened with
described (Ref. Painting and Markings). glass cleaner, thoroughly clean sight
(2). Apply one coat of wash primer (9, glass of liquid level plug (48).
Table 903) to bare metal surface with (2). Peel off one decal, oil level (47) from
suitable brush. Allow surface to dry strip. Avoid removing adhesive backing.
thoroughly.
(3). Affix oil level decal to glass of liquid
(3). Apply one coat of epoxy primer (10) to level plug. Position decal (47) in such a
primed surface. Allow epoxy primer to manner, that the work FULL" on
dry thoroughly. decal, is parallel and near input shaft,
(Ref. Figure 401).
NOTE: Allow first coat of paint to dry 4 hours
before applying second coat. (4). Seal edges with adhesive (7, Table 903).
Page 402
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
AXIS OUTPUT SHAFT
0.406 IN
(10.31 MM) NOTE
0.060 IN
(1.524 MM) NOTE:
0.10 INCH (2.54 mm) LETTER HEIGHT (TYP).
H632510
Figure 401. Liquid Level Plug Markings - Application

632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection (FPI) or magnetic particle inspection (MPI) are
listed in Table 502.
Inspect all parts of the transmission that are
to be reassembled after cleaning. Visual and
dimensional inspection requirements ar given NOTE: Following cleaning, any part suspected
in Table 501. Serviceable dimensions are of having impact damage or with evidence of
shown if Figures 501 thru Figure 504. Parts impact damage must be dye penetrant or
requiring fluorescent penetrant inspection magnetic particle inspected as applicable.
NOTE: All inspections are visual unless other wise noted.
Cover assy (6) and Housing assy (22):
Cracks or breaks (FPI) No Cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace cover.
Threaded inserts (19, 20, Not serviceable if threads Not Repairable Replace inserts (Ref.
36) for damaged threads are damaged or if inserts Damaged Inserts).
or mating looseness in are not tight in mating
mating bore bore
Corrosion, chips, nicks, or Broken Lockwire holes if Minor surface damage Repair (Ref. Repair).
other damage to housing lockwire can be
accomplished
Bearing liners for scoring Axial marks from bearing Raised metal Stone raised metal.
(MPI) removal permissible up to
0.002 inch (0.051 mm)
depth
Nameplate (57) Not serviceable if plate Not repairable If necessary, replace
nomenclature is not nameplate.
Warning plate (56) Not serviceable if plate Not repairable If necessary, replace
nomenclature is not warning plate.
Chip detector (50):
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage does Re-thread with same size
not exceed one-half of die. Break burrs with hard
one thread stone.
of movement
Hexagon surfaces Scratches Nicks and burrs Remove burrs and nicks
with hard stone or
400-600 grit abrasive
paper.
Electrical connection stud No defects Not repairable Replace valve and chip
for security detector.
Page 501
632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
Breather assy (45):
Blocked orifice Unblocked orifice Orifice may be cleaned Clean orifice (Ref.
Cleaning/Painting).
Damaged threads No damaged threads Total thread damage does Re-thread with same size
not exceed one-half of die. Break burrs with hard
one thread stone.
Liquid level plug (48):
face cracks
Sleeve spacer (11):
Scratches No scratches in seal area Not repairable Replace sleeve.
Cracks, grooves or dents No cracks, grooves or Not repairable Replace sleeve.
dents in seal area
Bearing liner (58, 60 and 62):
Scoring Axial marks from bearing Not repairable Stone raised metal. (Ref.
removal up to 0.002 inch Bearing Retainers).
(0.051 mm) deep
Wear on retainer If wear is evident, use Not repairable (Ref. Bearing Retainers).
dimensions shown in
Figure 501, and
Figure 502
Looseness in retainer No looseness allowed Not repairable (Ref. Bearing Retainers).
bore
Input gearshaft (16):
Damaged teeth, scoring, Light wear and areas of Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
pitting and wear mat-type finish. (Ref.
Figure 505)
Deep scratches or scoring Light axial marks from Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
Damaged splines Not serviceable if splines Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
Wear If wear is evident, use Worn bearing journal (Ref. Repair)
dimensions shown in
Figure 503
Bearing journal worn or OD: 1.3786-1.3783 inch OD: 1.3756 - 1.3753 inch Replate input gearshaft
damaged (35.0165-35.0088 mm) (35.0165-35.0088 mm) (Ref. Undersized Bearing
Journal Input Gearshaft
Repair).
Runout 0.002 in (0.051 mm) TIR Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
max
Page 502
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
Cork plug (15) Not serviceable if plug is Not repairable Replace plug. Coat with
deteriorated or loose in sealant (1, Table 903).
gearshaft
Output gearshaft (37):
Damaged teeth, scoring, Light wear, non-destruc- Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
pitting and wear tive pitting and areas of
mat-type finish. (Ref.
Figure 506)
Deep scratches or scoring Light axial marks from Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
Damaged splines Not serviceable if splines Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
are broken or chipped.
Wear If wear is evident, use Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
dimensions shown in
Figure 504
Bearing journal worn or OD thrust journal: OD thrust journal: Replate output gearshaft
damaged 1.9696-1.9692 inch 1.9696-1.9692 inch (Ref. Undersized Bearing
(50.0278-50.0177 mm) (50.0278-50.0177 mm) Journal Output gearshaft
OD roller journal: OD roller journal: Repair).
1.1823-1.1820 inch 1.1823-1.1820 inch
(30.0304-30.0228 mm) (30.0304-30.0228 mm)
Runout 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) Not repairable Replace gearshaft.
TIR max
Bearings (13, 40):
Spalling, flaking, Light grooving, small Not repairable Replace bearing set.
corrosion, surface indentations, discoloration
deterioration and heat (except solid dark blue)
discoloration (blue rollers and transparent stains on
and raceways) rollers and raceways
Bearings (18) for:
Spalling, flaking, Discoloration (except solid Not repairable Replace bearing set.
corrosion, heat, pitting, dark blue) and small
discoloration (blue) on indentations. Blue-to-
balls and raceway black fretting corrosion on
inside diameter of inner
race
non-active surfaces abrasive paper (22,
Table 903) and crocus
cloth (2) to remove sharp
bearings.
Output cover assy (25) No cracks or breaks Not repairable Replace cover.
(FPI):
Page 503
632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
Coupling (34): (Ref. CSP-HMI-2)
All aluminum and magnesium parts for corrosion:
fit or function and light Corrosion, Nicks and
pitting that extends to Scratches).
maximum of 10 percent of
surface
Non-mating surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove corrosion and
function Corrosion, Nicks and
Scratches). Maximum
depth of stock removal
shall be 10 percent of wall
thickness in discrepant
area.
All ferrous parts for corrosion:
Non-plated surfaces Not serviceable if surfaces Corrosion that can be Remove using 400-600
are corroded removed without affecting abrasive paper (22,
fit or function Table 903) and crocus
cloth (17).
necessary, and replace
cadmium plating using
brush-type electroplating
process (Fed Spec
QQ-P-461, Type II, Class
2).
Page 504
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
Table 502. Process Inspection Requirements (Ref. Figure 1)
Input Gearshaft 16 **Housing assembly 22
Sleeve Spacer 11 **Cover assembly 6
Output Gearshaft 37
NOTES:
5-power magnifying glass and all suspected areas should have epoxy primer removed locally with plastic
** On normal overhaul, inspect attachment lug areas only.
Table 503. Inspection after Repair and Replacement (Ref. Figure 1)

(Ref. Figure 1) Serviceable limits Repairable limits Corrective Action
Insert (19, 20, 36) Not serviceable if threads Not repairable Replace insert.
are damaged or if inserts
are not tight in mating
bore
Pin (21, 42) Not serviceable if pin Minor burrs Break burrs with India
contains burrs stone (23, Table 903).
Warning plate (56) Not serviceable if plate is Looseness Remove and reinstall with
loose or if nomenclature adhesive (24, Table 903).
legible
Nameplate (57) Not serviceable if plate is Looseness Remove and reinstall with
loose or if nomenclature adhesive (24, Table 903).
legible
Cover assembly (6) Not serviceable if cover Not repairable Replace cover assembly.
assembly contains cracks
Housing assembly (22) Not serviceable if housing Not repairable Replace housing
assembly contains cracks assembly.
Page 505
632530 Revision 11
Part No. 500N5400

HOUSING ASSEMBLY

1.85061.8503 INCH
(47.005246.9976 MM)

LINER
H632508
Figure 501. Bearing Retainers in Housing Assembly - Serviceable Dimensions

2.44142.4409 INCH
(62.011661.9989 MM)
COVER ASSEMBLY

LINER
LINER

2.44142.4409 INCH
(62.011661.9989 MM)
H632507
Figure 502. Bearing Retainers in Cover Assembly - Serviceable Dimensions
Page 506
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400

1.1816 1.1812 INCH
1.060 INCH

(30.012630.0025 MM) (26.924 MM)
0.90550.9052 INCH

1.1341.133 INCH
(28.80428.778 MM) (22.999722.9921 MM)

32 B
p p

A .001 AB .0005 A

H632503
Figure 503. Input Gearshaft - Serviceable Dimensions
1.37851.3781 INCH
(35.013935.0037 MM)
1.020 INCH 1.18161.1812 INCH

(25.908 MM) (30.012630.0025 MM)

0.830 INCH
1.2511.249 INCH (21.082 MM)
(31.77531725 MM)
H632504
Figure 504. Output Gearshaft - Serviceable Dimensions
Page 507
632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
REJECT ACCEPT
SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE TOP OF THE TOOTH ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A LINE NEAR THE TOP OF THE
ABRASIVE PAPER.

SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS MATTETYPE FINISH WILL APPEAR AS DULL GRAY IRREGULAR
WHEN MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF. SHAPED AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER
POLISHING WITH NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING
IS ALLOWABLE
EXCESSIVE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND NEAR THE TOP/CENTER OF

H632511
Figure 505. Input Gearshaft - Serviceability Criteria
Page 508
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
REJECT ACCEPT

SCORING WILL APPEAR AS ABRASIONS AT THE BOTTOM OF THE TOOTH ACCEPTABLE WEAR WILL APPEAR AS A BAND WHERE THE GRINDING
SPALLING WILL APPEAR AS IRREGULAR SHAPED CRATERS WHERE MATTETYPE FINISH WILL APPEAR AS DULL GRAY IRREGULAR SHAPED
MATERIAL HAS FLAKED OFF. AREAS THAT WILL RETURN TO A BRIGHT FINISH AFTER POLISHING WITH
NO. 600 ABRASIVE PAPER. SEPARATED PITTING IS ALLOWABLE

H632512
Figure 506. Output Gearshaft - Serviceability Criteria

632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. General Repair and Modification areas of magnesium parts per (Ref.
Information Liquid Level Plug Markings).
This section provides allowable repairs and 4. Part Replacement
parts replacement information for the fan
transmission. All parts not meeting the specifications in (Ref.
Disassembly), which cannot be repaired must
2. Parts Identification be replaced. The following paragraphs contain
replacement procedures for parts and compo
Before repairing any part, the metal from nents which cannot be replaced in the course
which the part is made must be identified. of reassembly.
Parts made of magnesium alloy are not to be
welded or machined. Identification of parts A. Bearing Retainers
follows: Bearing retainer replacement can only be
accomplished at MDHS.
Item Index No.
B. Damaged Inserts
Aluminum Parts:
(Ref. Figure 601) Replace damaged inserts as
Trough 28, Figure 1 follows:
Magnesium Parts:
(1). Drill through damaged inserts until two
Cover assembly 6, Figure 1 keys at side of insert are visible. (For
Housing assembly 22, Figure 1 drill sizes, Ref. Table 601).
Output cover assembly 25, Figure 1 (2). Deflect keys inward.
(3). Using any easyout tool, unscrew and
3. Repair remove inserts.
Repair procedures given in the following NOTE: Replace slightly loose inserts with the
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for same size insert secured in locking com
the fan transmission assembly parts and pound (4, Table 903). If thread damage pre
components. Prior to making repairs on any vents use of locking compound (4), refer to
part or component, ensure that the part or Table 601 for oversized insert replacement
component is within the repairable limits (Ref. data.
Inspection/Check). After repairs are completed,
the part or component must meet the dimen (4). Screw new insert into bore.
sions specified for the parts (Ref. Inspection/
(5). Drive two keys down and lock insert in
Check).
place.
A. Repair of Minor Corrosion, Nicks and C. Pins in Transmission Housing and Drive
Scratches Cover
Remove corrosion and repair minor nicks and Alignment of the cover and the transmission
scratches as follows: housing is maintained by two alignment pins
(42, Figure 1). Replace damaged alignment
(1). Remove damage using abrasive paper pins used for alignment as follows:
(22, Table 903) and crocus cloth (17).
Use India stone (23) to remove high NOTE: Do not remove both alignment pins (42)
spots and burrs on mounting surfaces. at the same time.
(2). Treat repaired areas of aluminum parts (1). Press damaged alignment pin out of
with chemical film (25). Treat repaired mating bore.
Page 601
632530 Revision 8
Part No. 500N5400
(2). Press new alignment pin into place. (b). Mask off journal from the rest of
shaft and electroless nickel plate to
(3). Install cover assembly (6) on housing 0.0035 inch (0.0889 mm) thick
assembly (22); use remaining alignment according to MILC26074, Class 1
pin for cover to housing alignment. specification.
(4). Secure cover to housing with attaching
(c). Embrittlement relieve at 275295F
hardware (7, 2). Torque bolts to 36 46
(135147 C), 4 hours minimum,
within one hour after plating.
5. Undersized Bearing Journal Output
Gearshaft Repair
inch (3.50143.5004 cm) diameter.
(Ref. Figure 602) Repair undersized bearing
journals on output gearshaft (37, Figure 1) 6. Undersized Bearing Journal Input
which does not exceed repairable limits given Gearshaft Repair
(Ref. Inspection/Check) as follows:
(Ref. Figure 603) Repair undersized bearing
NOTE: journals on input gearshaft (16, Figure 1)
D The following repair procedure covers which does not exceed repairable limits given
outer journal and inner journal. (Ref. Inspection/Check) as follows:
D The portion of output gearshaft identified NOTE: The portion of input gearshaft identi
is the only area which may be repaired. fied is the only area which may be repaired.
Repair dimensions shown must be main Repair dimensions shown must be main
tained. tained.
(1). Roller bearing journal repair:
(1). Grind worn journal to 1.17811.1777
(a). Grind worn journal to 1.17811.177 inch (2.99242.9914 cm) diameter.
(2). Mask off journal from the rest of shaft
(b). Mask off journal from the rest of and electroless nickel plate 0.0035 inch
shaft and electroless nickel plate to (0.0889 mm) thick according to
0.0035 inch (0.0889 mm) thick MILC26074, Class 1 specification.
according to MILC26074, Class 1
specification. (3). Embrittlement relieve at 275295F
(135147 C), 4 hours minimum, within
(c). Embrittlement relieve at 275295F one hour after plating.
(136147 C), 4 hours minimum,
within one hour after plating. (4). Grind new plating to 1.18161.1812
7. Inspection After Repair and Replacement
(2). Thrust bearing journal repair:
After repairs are made or parts are replaced,
(a). Grind worn journal to 1.37501.3746 inspect the affected parts or component as
inch (3.49253.4915 cm) diameter. described in Table 503.
Page 602
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
Table 601. Insert and Stud Replacement Data
Installation Data Removal Data
Replacement Tap Drill

Original (Oversize) Tap Drill Countersink Min Depth
Insert or Insert or Dia (3) Dia (4) Full Thd
Stud No. (1) Stud No. (2) inch inch Size inch Size Depth
NAS1394C4 - - 0.332 0.385 3/8-16 0.430 9/32 3/16
- - NAS1395C4 (5) 0.397 0.447 7/16-14 0.430 11/32 3/16
NAS1394C3 - - 0.272 0.323 5/16-18 0.370 7/32 5/32
- - NAS1395C3 0.332 0.385 3/8-16 0.370 9/32 1/8
NM19032-50 - -
- - NM19032-50
KNCA0832J - -
- - KNCA0832J
NOTE:
(1) Prefix ending in S is a stud (e.g. KNH S). Original inserts and studs are Light Weight Series Keenserts
(Newton Insert Co., 6500 Avalon Bl., Los Angeles, Ca 90003).
(2) Replacements (oversize) inserts and studs are Heavy Duty Keenserts (same Co.).
(3) Installation tap drill hole tolerance is +0.004, -0.001 inch (+0.102, -0.025 mm).
(4) Countersink diameter +0.010, -0.000 inch (+0.024, -0.000 mm).
(5) NAS1395C4 is the preferred replacement, NAS1395C4L is allowed.
DETAIL A DETAIL B DETAIL C

DRILL DEFLECT KEYS INWARD UNSCREW INSERT WITH
AND BREAK OFF EASYOUT TYPE TOOL
STUD
DETAIL E
INSERT INSTALL 0.01 TO 0.030 INCH
DETAIL D (0.762 MM) BELOW SURFACE
H632080A
Figure 601. Insert and Stud Installation
Page 603
632530 Revision 15
Part No. 500N5400
1.37501.3746 INCH (34.925034.9148 MM) DIA. PRIOR TO PLATING
ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATE TO 0.0035 INCH (0.0889 MM) THICK
FINISH GRIND TO 1.37851.3781 INCH (35.013935.0037 MM) DIA.
1.17811.1777 INCH (29.923729.9136 MM) DIA

PRIOR TO PLATING ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATE
TO .0035 INCH (0.0889 MM) THICK FINISH GRIND
NOTES:
TO 1.18161.1812 INCH (30.012630.0025 MM) DIA.
EMBRITTLEMENT RELIEVE AT 2752955F

(1351475C) 4 HOURS MINIMUM. H632505A
Figure 602. Output Gearshaft - Repair Areas

1.17811.1777 INCH (29.923729.9136MM) DIA.
PRIOR TO PLATING ELECTROLESS NICKEL

PLATE TO 0.0035 INCH (0.0889 MM) THICK

1.18161.1812 INCH (30.012630.0025 MM) DIA.

NOTES:

EMBRITTLEMENT RELIEVE AT 2752955F
(1351475C) 4 HOURS MINIMUM. H632506A
Figure 603. Input Gearshaft - Repair Areas
Page 604
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. General Cautions and Notes (5). Install retaining ring (2).
Information in this section provides reassemb (6). Coat bearing journal of input shaft (11)
ly instructions for the fan transmission with antiseize compound (6,
assembly. Procedures for calculating shim Table 903). Using suitable press and
thickness requirements, and testing required bearing support tool (7, Table 901),
to verify correct operation of reassembled press fan transmission shaft into
components. bearing.
Do not deviate from the assem (7). Install bearing (7, Figure 701) as
CAUTION bly procedures in this section. follows:
Dimensional tolerances are critical, and if
incorrect, can seriously shorten transmis NOTE: Retain inner race of bearing (3,
sion service life. Figure 702) for installation on output shaft.
NOTE: (a). Clean outer race and bearing liner of

housing cover using clean lint free
D Safety wire all external plugs, screws and rag dampened with naptha (14,
bolts with lockwire (29, Table 903). Table 903).
D Light coat all packings with vaseline be
fore installation. (b). Apply locking compound primer (4) to
faying surfaces of housing cover (1,
D Allow all bonding and sealing agents to Figure 701) and bearing (7). Allow
fully cure according to manufacturers in primer to cure at ambient tempera
structions, prior to installing or applying ture prior to application of locking
loads. compound.
2. Fan Transmission - Major Component (c). Apply locking compound (4,
Reassembly Table 903) to faying surfaces of
housing cover and bearing.
Reassemble major components of the transmis
sion according to the following procedures: (d). Using a suitable press and bearing
press installation tool (4, Table 901),
A. Housing Cover Subassembly press bearing outer race into liner
bore of housing cover.
(1). Clean inside diameter, outside diame
ter, and both faces of bearing (3, B. Output Cover Subassembly
Figure 701) using lint free rag damp
ened with naptha (14, Table 903). (1). Clean inside diameter, outside diame
ter, and both faces of bearing (1,
(2). Apply locking compound primer (5) to Figure 702) using lint free rag damp
faying surfaces of housing cover (1, ened with naptha (14, Table 903).
Figure 701) and bearing. Allow primer
to cure at ambient temperature prior to (2). Apply locking compound primer (5) to
application of locking compound. faying surfaces of output cover (8,
Figure 702) and bearing (1). Allow
(3). Apply locking compound (4, Table 903) primer to cure at ambient temperature
to faying surfaces of housing cover and prior to application of locking com
bearing. pound.
(4). Using tool (3, Table 901), gently press (3). Apply locking compound (4, Table 903)
bearing into housing cover assembly to faying surfaces of output cover and
with large I.D. edgebreak face up. bearing.
Page 701
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400

11

5

6

9
10

H6325022
1. HOUSING COVER 7. BEARING

2. RETAINING RING 8. OIL SEAL
3. BEARING 9. O-RING
4. O-RING 10. BEARING INNER RACE
5. SLEEVE SPACER 11. INPUT GEARSHAFT
6. OIL SEAL RETAINER
Figure 701. Cover Assembly Cross Sectional View
Page 702
Revision 12 632530
Part No. 500N5400

1

2
13 11

4

10

5 9
7 8 H6325024A
1. BEARING 7. ORING
2. RETAINING RING 8. OUTPUT COVER
3. BEARING INNER RACE 9. OIL SEAL
4. OUTPUT GEARSHAFT 10. COUPLING
5. OIL TROUGH 11. LOCKNUT
6. FLAT WASHER/SCREW 12. ORING
Figure 702. Output Cover Assembly Cross Sectional View

(4). Using bearing press in tool (3, (d). Using a suitable press and a suitable
Table 901), press bearing into output bearing support tool, press bearing
cover bore with large I.D. edgebreak inner race lip first onto output
face up. gearshaft.
(5). Install retaining ring (2, Figure 702). (7). Coat bearing journal of output gear-
shaft with anti seize compound (6,
(6). Install inner race of bearing (1) on Table 903). Using a suitable press and
output gearshaft (4) as follows: bearing support tool (7, Table 901),
press output gearshaft (4, Figure 702)
(a). Clean inner race (3) and bearing into bearing (1) and output cover (8).
journal of output gearshaft using
clean lint free rag dampened with (8). Install oil seal (9) in output cover as
naptha (14, Table 903). follows:
(a). Ensure O.D. of oil seal (9) and I.D. of

(b). Apply locking compound primer (5) to output cover are clean and smooth.
faying surfaces of bearing inner race
(3, Figure 702) and output gearshaft (b). Apply a thin coating of sealing
(4) bearing journal. Allow primer to compound (15, Table 903) on outside
cure at ambient temperature prior to of seal case.
application of locking compound.
(c). Press oil seal into output cover until
(c). Apply locking compound (4, firmly seated.
Table 903) to faying surfaces of
bearing inner race and output (d). Grease inside lip of seal with vaseline
gearshaft bearing journal. (16).
Page 703
632530 Revision 16
Part No. 500N5400

(9). Apply thin coating of vaseline on O-ring
(12, Figure 702). Install O-ring in
coupling (10).
1
(10). Apply thin coating of vaseline on oil

2
seal contact surface of coupling.

3
(11). Carefully slide coupling onto output

shaft, engaging spline until coupling

seats on inner race bearing of (1).
(12). Apply anti-seize compound (6,

Table 903) on external threads of

output gearshaft (4, Figure 702). Install
locknut (11).

(13). Install oil trough (5) on back side of
output cover (8) with 3 flat washers and
3 screws (6). Torque screws to 13 16
H6325023A
1. HOUSING
inchpounds (1.47 1.81 Nm). 2. RETAINING RING
3. BEARING
(14). Safety screws using lockwire (29, Figure 703. Housing Assembly Cross
Table 903). Sectional View
C. Housing Subassembly D. Assembly of Housing and Cover

Subassemblies
(1). Clean outer race of bearing (3,
Figure 703) and housing (1) bore using (Ref. Figure 704) Assemble housing subassem-
clean lint free rag dampened with bly and cover subassembly as follows:
naptha (14, Table 903).
(1). Place housing subassembly on a
suitable stand or work bench with
(2). Apply locking compound primer (5) to cavity face up.
faying surfaces of bearing outer race
and housing bore. Allow primer to cure
at ambient temperature prior to (2). Align and install seal plate (11) on
application of locking compound. housing subassembly (12).
(3). Align cover subassembly (1) bolt holes

(3). Apply locking compound (4, Table 903) and input shaft (19) with housing
to faying surfaces of bearing outer race bearing I.D. Loosely bolt cover subas-
and housing. sembly on housing subassembly.
(4). Press bearing into housing bore until (4). Install two alignment pins (42,
seated. Figure 1) and one pull pin (21) in hole
directly under output shaft.
(5). Clean excess locking compound (4).
(5). All alignment pins must be flush to
slightly below surface of cover subas-
(6). Install retaining ring (2, Figure 703). sembly.
Page 704
Revision 16 632530
Part No. 500N5400

1

19
3

4 18
17

6

7
16

8

9

15
10

11 12 13 14
H6325021
1. COVER 11. SEAL PLATE

2. ORING 12. HOUSING
3. OIL SEAL 13. ORING
4. SLEEVE SPACER 14. OUTPUT COVER
5. OIL SEAL RETAINER 15. OIL SEAL
6. BOLT/WASHER 16. ORING
7. TUBE SUPPORT 17. BOLT/WASHER
8. OIL SEAL 18. SHIM
9. ORING 19. INPUT SHAFT
10. BOLT/WASHER
Figure 704. Oil Seal and ORing Locations
Page 705
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400
(6). Install twelve bolts and washers (10, (i). Remove lineup studs and install
Figure 704) attaching cover to housing, three bolts) and washers (6). Torque
Do not install two lower bolts on either bolts to 36 46 inchpounds (4.07
side of alignment pin. Stagger bolts 5.20 Nm) and lockwire (29,
while torquing. Torque bolts to 36 46 Table 903).
inchpounds (4.07 5.20 Nm) and
lockwire (29, Table 903). E. Shim Thickness Calculation
(a). Temporarily install output cover (Ref. Figure 705) The following procedure
subassembly (Figure 702) in housing provides instruction for adjusting output cover
with three bolts and washers. shim (4) thickness during assembly.
(b). Using locknut socket (8, Table 901), (1). Check the following dimensions and
torque locknut (11) to 800 1000 record:
HTIG cover to bearing flange
(c). Using spanner wrench (9) or holding
tool (10), remove three bolts and HTB housing to bearing
washers; remove output cover
subassembly. CTBR flange to bearing race
(7). Install oil seal (3, Figure 704) in oil seal CTOG cover (flange) to output gear
retainer (5) as follows:
OFW output gear face width
(a). Install Oring (2) in cover (1) groove
and apply thin coating of vaseline (2). Using the previously recorded dimen-
(16, Table 903). sions calculate and use largest answer
for shim thickness:
(b). Ensure O.D. of seal and I.D. of oil
seal retainer are clean and smooth. Shim = CTBF + 0.005 in. (0.127 mm)
HTB
(c). Apply a thin coating of sealing
compound (15) on outside of seal or
case.
Shim = CTOG OFW + 0.010 in. (0.254
(d). Press seal into oil seal retainer until mm) HTIG
firmly seated.
(3). After shim thickness has been calcu-
(e). Grease inside lip of seal with vaseline lated, peel off required layers of shim to
(16). achieve required thickness.
Use appropriate safety equip- F. Backlash Check
CAUTION ment when handling heated
components. (Ref. Figure 706) The following procedure
provides instruction for checking backlash of
(f). Heat sleeve spacer (4, Figure 704) gearbox.
and install on input shaft (19) until
firmly seated against inner race of (1). Secure gearbox in holding fixture.
bearing.
(2). Install backlash tool on input shaft.
(g). Make and install two lineup studs
in cover bolt holes of oil seal retainer (3). With a dial indicator, check backlash
(5). from a radius of 3.608 inch (9.16432
cm) from shaft centerline. Backlash
(h). Using lineup studs as reference, must be 0.0080.012 inch (0.2030.305
install oil seal retainer (5) over input mm).
shaft and press into bore, using care
to avoid damage to oil seal (3). (4). After backlash check, remove tools.
Page 706
Revision 16 632530
Part No. 500N5400

7

HTIG
(HOUSING TO INPUT GEAR)

HTB

(HOUSING TO BEARING)

0.005 INCH

(0.127 MM)

CTBF
(COVER TO BEARING FLANGE)

2

LOAD GEAR

SUPPORT GEAR ON THIS SIDE
3

CTOG
(COVER TO OUTPUT GEAR)
OFW
(OUTPUT GEAR FACE WIDTH)
H632509A
1. COVER 5. OUTPUT COVER

2. OUTPUT GEARSHAFT 6. INPUT SHAFT
3. BEARING 7. HOUSING
4. OUTPUT COVER SHIM
Page 707
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400

SCRIBE MARK FOR

DIAL INDICATOR

FAN TRANSMISSION

3.608 IN.

(9.16432 CM)

BACKLASH TOOL

NOTE 1

NOTE 2
HOLDING FIXTURE
NOTE:
1. SECURE TRANSMISSION TO HOLDING FIXTURE USING
TRANSMISSION MOUNTING HOLES (4 PLCS).
2. SECURE OUTPUT COUPLING TO HOLDING FIXTURE (2 PLCS). H632575
Figure 706. Backlash Check
Page 708
Revision 12 632530
Part No. 500N5400
3. Transmission Final Assembly (c). Align tube support and oil seal over
output shaft. Carefully press tube
(Ref. Figure 704) Complete final assembly as support on output shaft and cover
follows: using lineup stud, until firmly
seated.
(1). Install Oring (13) in external groove of
output cover. Apply thin coating of (d). Install two bolts and washers (10,
vaseline (16, Table 903). Figure 704) on bottom bolt holes of
tube support. Torque bolts to 36 46
(2). Make and install three lineup studs in inchpounds (4.07 5.20 Nm) and
housing for alignment of output cover. lockwire (29, Table 903).
(3). Install and align shim (18, Figure 704) (e). Remove lineup stud and install bolt
on lineup studs. and washer (10). Torque bolt to 36
46 inchpounds (4.07 5.20 Nm)
Use care when assembling out
CAUTION put cover on housing, to prevent
and lockwire.
damage of bearing rollers with inner race. A. Accessories and Nameplate Assembly
(4). Align and install output cover assembly Removal of accessories, warning plate (56,
in housing, ensuring oil trough is at Figure 1), and nameplate (57) are not normally
bottom of transmission. disassembled from transmission unless repair
or replacement is required. If removal or
(5). Remove lineup studs and install three replacement is needed complete final assembly
bolts and washers (17). Torque to 56 as follows:
76 inchpounds (6.33 8.59 Nm) and
lockwire (29, Table 903). (1). Install filler plug (43) and Oring (44)
in hole at top of housing (22). Torque to
(6). Install oil seal (8, Figure 704) in tube 40 50 inchpounds (4.52 5.65 Nm)
support (7) as follows: and lockwire (29, Table 903).
(a). Install Oring (9) in cover (1) groove (2). Install breather assembly (45, Figure 1)
and apply thin coating of vaseline and Oring (46) in hole at top right side
(16, Table 903). of housing. Torque to 45 55 inch
pounds (5.08 6.21 Nm) and lockwire.
(b). Ensure O.D. of oil seal and I.D. of
tube support are clean and smooth. (3). Install liquid level plug (48, Figure 1)
and Oring (49) in second hole from
(c). Apply a thin coating of sealing bottom right side of gearbox housing.
compound (15) on outside of seal Torque 50 60 inchpounds (5.65
case. 6.78 Nm) and lockwire.
(d). Press oil seal into tube support using (4). Install elbow (53, Figure 1), nut (54)
an appropriate oil seal installation and Oring (55) in hole below sight
tool, until firmly seated. glass. Torque to 40 50 inchpounds
(4.52 5.65 Nm) and lockwire.
(7). Install tube support on cover as follows:
(5). Install valve and chip detector assem
(a). Apply thin coating of vaseline (16) to bly (50, Figure 1) and Oring (52) in
inside lip of seal and end of output hole on aft side of gearbox to the left of
shaft. the output coupling (34). Torque valve
body, large hex 50 60 inchpounds
(b). Make and install lineup stud in (5.65 6.78 Nm), and torque chip
cover bolt hole for tube support detector, small hex 40 50 inch
alignment. pounds (4.52 5.65 Nm) and lockwire.
Page 709
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400
4. Run-In and Test Check (7). Install indicator for left pedal travel
measurement.
The following contains runin inspection
procedures for the fan transmission. The Be sure helicopter is on a
runin inspection must be performed following WARNING rough dry surface clear of
final reassembly. The procedure may be obstacles and personnel. Comply with
performed with the transmission installed in a all appropriate safety precautions dur
helicopter or in a test stand. ing ground run. Operate helicopter in
accordance with Pilots Flight Manual.
A. Run-In on Helicopter
(8). Start helicopter and establish N2 at 100
Runin and inspect reassembled transmission
percent.
on helicopter as follows:
Anti torque rigging must be NOTE: During runin, check transmission for
CAUTION checked per CSP HMI 2 prior unusual noise, vibration and oil leakage.
to starting runin of overhauled transmis (9). Start runin with left pedal at 52
sion. percent from full left position and
(1). Install transmission in helicopter (Ref. continue through positions listed in
CSPHMI2). Table 701.
(2). Service transmission with lubrication Monitor chip detector indicator

CAUTION light (Ref. CSPHMI2) during
oil (19, Table 903).
complete runin cycle.
(3). Ballast helicopter to ballast gross
weight of 3700 pounds (1679.8 kg). (10). If chip detector indicator illuminates,
stop test and investigate cause.
(4). Measure pilots left pedal travel from
full left pedal to full right pedal as (11). Shutdown helicopter (Pilots Flight
shown in Figure 707. Manual).
(5). Calculate travel in inches required to (12). Check for oil leakage; replace leaking
position left pedal according to seals as required.
Table 701.
(13). Remove transmission from helicopter
(6). Fabricate indicator that will allow (Ref. CSPHMI2).
precise positioning of left pedal in
percent of travel as shown in (14). Perform final inspection (Ref. Final
Figure 707. Inspection).
Page 710
Revision 12 632530
Part No. 500N5400
38% 45% 52%
28%
INDICATOR
0%
100%
FULL LEFT PEDAL
FULL RIGHT PEDAL

H632045
Table 701. Left Pedal Travel/Run-In Time

Step % From Full Left Pedal Time
1 52 10 minutes
2 45 10 minutes
3 38 10 minutes
4 28 5 minutes
Page 711
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400
B. Run-In on Test Stand D Gearbox cooling during test to be accom
plished by radiation only, no forced air
shall be used.
(Ref. Figure 708) Runin and test reassembled
transmission in test cell as follows: D Acceptance test to be performed to the
load schedule and in specified sequence
and time periods (Ref. Table 702).
NOTE: A secure test fixture with motor and
suitable braking device is required. D Record obtained data in Test Data Sheet.
(4). Operate test stand at transmission
(1). Service transmission with lubrication output speed of 5172 100 rpm
oil (19, Table 903).
(5). Apply 121 10 In/lb (13.7 1.1 Nm) load
for 15 minutes.
(2). Secure transmission on test fixture and
attach thermocouples. NOTE: During Test Period 2, if transmission oil
does not reach equilibrium temperature,
less than 2 degrees per minute, repeat Test
(3). Locate ambient thermocouple at least Period 2 to establish equilibrium oil temper
six feet (1.829 meters) away from ature.
transmission.
(6). Increase load to 243 20 In/lb (27.4 2.3
Nm) for 25 minutes.
NOTE:
(7). Increase load to 1584 30 In/lb (178.6
D Test cell ambient temperature is to be 3.4 Nm) for 5 minutes.
maintained between 40 110F (4.4
43.3C). (8). During test, check for unusual noise or
vibration; check for oil leakage; replace
D Stoppage of test due to any malfunction of leaking seals as required.
test equipment or gearbox invalidates the
test. A full test cycle is to be completed af (9). Stop runin and perform final inspec
ter malfunction is corrected. tion.
Page 712
Revision 12 632530
Part No. 500N5400
INPUT ROLLER BEARING

THERMOCOUPLE
INPUT THRUST BEARING

THERMOCOUPLE
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
THERMOCOUPLE
OUTPUT ROLLER BEARING

THERMOCOUPLE
OIL SUMP
THERMOCOUPLE
OUTPUT THRUST BEARING
THERMOCOUPLE
H632576
Figure 708. Thermocouple Attachment
Table 702. Test Schedule

Test Minutes HP Output Torque Output Shaft Operating
Period In/lb (Nm) Speed (RPM)
1 15 10 121 10 (13.7 1.1) 5172 100
2 25 20 243 20 (27.4 2.3) 5172 100
3 5 130 1584 30 (178.6 3.4) 5172 100
Page 713
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400
Test Data Sheet
Model 500/600N Fan Gearbox P/N 500N5400 Serial No.
Start Time: Date:
Comments:
Recorded Data
Parameters Temperature
Output Time (Minutes) Input Output
Ambient
Actual Test Thrust Roller Roller Thrust Oil
Period RPM Torque Period Elapse Torque Cell Bearing Bearing Bearing Bearing Sump
5172
1 121 10 15 15
100
5172
2 243 20 25 40
100
5172
3 1584 30 5 45
100
Signatures: Test Engineer Date
Inspector Date
MDHS Inspector Date
5. Final Inspection NOTE: The following inspection is to be accom

plished using 5X to 10X magnification.
(1). Check serial numbers of each unit and
all serialized components are identical
to the documentation and the equip (4). Inspect that gear tooth contact surfaces
ment. are free from nicks, scratches or surface
defects; Any discrepancies are cause for
(2). Inspect magnetic chip detector for disassembly and further inspection.
chips.
(a). Any steel chip larger than 0.03125 6. Packing and Storage
inch (0.79375 mm) is cause for
another test run.
If overhauled fan transmission is not to be
(b). Any steel chip 0.03125 inch (0.79375 used immediately, package and store the fan
mm) or larger after the second run is transmission as follows:
cause for rejection.
(3). Inspect the chip plug when it is re (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven
moved for oil drainage after the test tative (30, Table 903) and package or
run. cover to keep dust off.
Page 714
Revision 12 632530
Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
1. Reference Data replacement parts required. Table 901 and
Table 903 provide specifications, and when
Reference is made throughout this part of the appropriate, procurement information,
Overhaul Manual to CSPHMI2. These regarding special tools and equipment, and
volumes should be used as noted throughout expendable items and materials required for
overhaul/repair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog the overhaul and repair procedures given.
(CSPIPC4) should be used for ordering any Torque values are listed in Table 902.
Table 901. Fan Transmission Assembly Overhaul Special Tools
Item
1 Gear puller (500N5411) 500N95071 MDHI
2 Bearing Press Fixture, Removal (369A5180) 500N95081 MDHI
3 Bearing Installation Tool (369D25315) 500N95091 MDHI
4 Bearing Removal Tool (369D25315) 500N95101 MDHI
5 Bearing Installation Tool (369D25316) 500N95111 MDHI
6 Bearing Removal Tool (369D25316) 500N95121 MDHI
7 Bearing Installation Fixture (369A5180) 500N95131 MDHI
8 Locknut Socket 500N9505 MDHI
9 Spanner Wrench 500N5210ATP1 MDHI
10 Holding Tool 500N5400ATP1 MDHI
Table 902. Fan Transmission Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. In.Lb. Nm
Liquid level plug 48 50 60 5.65 6.78
Drain/Chip detector valve housing 50 50 60 5.65 6.78
Chip detector 50 40 50 4.52 5.65
Breather assembly 45 45 55 5.08 6.21
Elbow and nut 53, 54 40 50 4.52 5.65
Bolt, tube support 1, 3 36 46 4.07 5.20
Bolt, cover assembly 7 36 46 4.07 5.20
Bolt, oil seal retainer 9 36 46 4.07 5.20
Screw, oil trough 29 13 16 1.47 1.81
Bolt, outer cover assembly 23 65 75 7.34 8.47
Page 901
632530 Revision 16
Part No. 500N5400
Item
1 Sealant MILS8802 890 Coast Proseal
Compton, CA
MILS8516 3C3007 Churchill Chemical
Class II Corp.
Los Angeles, CA
PR1422 Product Research
A1/2 Type I 2919 Empire Ave.
Burbank, CA 91504
RTV 730 Dow Corning
Type I Midland, MI
2 Coating, logo white 4840881 Bee Chemical Co.
Gardena, CA
3 Adhesive, epoxy parts A&B EA934 Hysol Division
Dexter Corporation
Pittsburg, CA
4 Sealing, locking and retaining MILS22473 Grade AA Loctite Corp.
compound 702 N. Mountain Rd.
Newington, CT 06111
5 Surface primer locking MILS22473 Locquic T Loctite Corp.
compound
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
4073224000
6 Antiseize compound Molykote G Alpha Molykote Co.
7 Adhesive, cyanocrylate MILA46050 Hysol Super Drop Hysol Division
Cyanoacrylate Dexter Corporation
3CI10000
Accelerator Hysol Super Drop Hysol Division
(used with Item 7) Accelerator Dexter Corporation
8 Acetone OA51 (3)
9 Wash primer MILC8514 (3)
10 Primer, epoxy MILP23377D (3)
11 Paint, black, epoxy polyamide FEDSTD595 Color 37038 Andrew Brown Co.
Los Angeles, CA
12 Locking compound remover Oak 156 Oakite Products Inc.
50 Valley Rd.
Berkley Heights, NJ
079222712
13 Thinner T80695 Bee Chemical Co.
(used with item 2)
14 Naptha, aliphatic OT620 (3)
15 Sealing compound MIL-S-8802 Type I, Class A2 Coast Proseal
Page 902
Revision 10 632530
Part No. 500N5400
Item
16 Vaseline (3)
17 Crocus cloth (3)
18 Masking tape (3)
19 Lubricating oil (4) Mobil SHC 626 Mobil Oil Co.
150 E. 42nd St.
New York, NY 10017
MIL-L-23699 (3)
21 Solvent, dry cleaning P-D-680 (3)
23 India stone Commercial
25 Chemical film MIL-L-5541 Iridite 14-2 Richardson Co.
(Class 2, except as A1-coat Allied-Kelite Product
noted. Grade and Div.
type optional) 2400 E. Devon
Des Plaines, IL
26 Retaining compound MIL-R-46082 R46082 or Locktite Corp.
No. 35 705 N. Mountain
Newington, CT 06111
27 Plastic bead, spherical 20 - 30 Poly-Plus 20/30 Polyrock Company
mesh 4763 Murrita Ave.
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
Equip.
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 Rd. St.
Suite 1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
28 Paint remover MIL-R-25134 (3)
(acid type for epoxy)
29 Lockwire CRES MS20995C32 (3)
Page 903
632530 Revision 10
Part No. 500N5400
Item
Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:
triple alpha prefix of the same letter - Federal Specification; AN - Air Force-Navy Aeronautical Standard;
(4) Mobil SHC 626 is the preferred oil.
Page 904
Revision 8 632530
Part No. 500N5400
FAN TRANSMISSION
1. General number may be the same or different from the
same part shown in a different illustration
This section contains an illustrated parts list elsewhere in the overhaul manual.
to be used in conjunction with the 369N5400
fan transmission overhaul manual. Correct 2. Indenture Level
identified for specific configuration and The indenture level to a higher assembly is
effectivities. indicated by the amount of bullets in front of
each item in the description column. An item
Item numbers in this parts list refer to the that has one more bullet than the part above it
figure preceding the parts list table. An item is a sub part of that assembly.
Page 1001
632530 Revision 12
Part No. 500N5400
41
38
40
4 39
37
20
19
6
31
24
20
23
32
32
35
36
20 18
34
20
21
22
P6320271B
Figure 1001. Fan Transmission Assembly (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 1002
Revision 12 632530
Part No. 500N5400
44
25 52
15
16
26 8
7 46
11 3 48
9 49
10
17 51 45
44
47
43
42
29
30
12
50
13
55
14
2
28
54
37 53
39
27
10
56
33
P6320272C
Figure 1001. Fan Transmission Assembly (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 1003
632530 Revision 16
Part No. 500N5400
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001 500N5400BSC Transmission Assy, Notar (AntiTorque) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 500N5401 Housing Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 NAS1394C4 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3 NAS1394C3 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
4 500N5403 Cover Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 NAS1394C3 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 NM1903250 Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
7 369A5014 Plate, Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 500N54353 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 500N5435 Nameplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With S53H, S53H Is Perferred Part
9 S53H Plug, Liquid Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With PS53B, S53H Is Perferred Part
10 NAS6178 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
11 369H5018 Decal, Oil Level Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
12 AN8374D Elbow, Flared Tube And Universal, 45 Deg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 AN9244D Nut, Tube, Bulkhead And Universal Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 NAS6174 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369A54293 Breather Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
16 390747071 Packing, ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 MS16555348 Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18 04006 Pull Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 NAS13036H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
20 NAS620A10L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
21 NAS13032H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 NAS130318H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
23 NAS13031 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
24 369D25413 Retainer, Oil Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
25 AN8146DL Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 NAS6176 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 MS29561111 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 NAS13045H Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
30 NAS620A416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
31 369A5180 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
32 203247071 Packing, ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
33 500N54313 SealOil Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
33 500N5431 SealOil Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 500N54313 Seal
34 500N7116BSC Tube Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 500N7116
34 500N71163 Tube Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1004
Revision 15 632530
Part No. 500N5400
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
34 500N71165 Tube Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 369D25425 Sleeve, Spacer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 369D254215 Seal, Oil Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 369D254213 Seal, Oil Input Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 369D25315 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
38 500N5427 Seal Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
40 500N5411 Gearshaft, Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
41 C82155 Cork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
43 369D25316 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
44 SL2822242 Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
No Lockwasher Required
44 SL61N6F Locknut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By SL2822242
45 SL61W6F Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
46 202247071 Packing, ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
46 MS29561022 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALTN
47 500N5210 Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
48 99138 SpeediSleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
49 500N54333 Seal, Oil Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
49 500N5433 Seal, Output Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 500N54333 Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
50 500N5405 Output Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
51 500N5421BSC ShimCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
51 500N54213 ShimCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
51 500N54215 ShimCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
52 215547071 Packing, ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
53 NAS135208H4 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
54 NAS620A8L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
55 500N5429 Oil Trough . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
56 500N54151 Gearshaft, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
56 500N5415 Gearshaft, Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 500N54151
Page 1005
632530 Revision 16
Part No. 500N5400
Page 1006
Revision 15 632530
Section
64-20-10
Two-Bladed Tail
Rotor Assembly
Part Number
369D21600-BSC, -501, -503
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 4
P/N 369D21600
TABLE OF CONTENTS
642010 TwoBladed Tail Rotor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Two Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Figure 2. Hub and Fork Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Blade Root Fitting Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. DisassemblyofTail Rotor Blades From Hub and Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 301. Swashplate Match Marking, Color Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
4. disassembly of Hub and Fork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
5. Tension Torsion Strap (Strap Pack) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Figure 302. Use of Hub and Strap Assembly Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
4. Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning Tail Rotor Assembly Parts and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
A. Tail Rotor Blade Root Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. Inner and Outer Pitch Bearing Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Blades After Cleaning . . . . . . . . 502
Table 502. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Assembly (Except Blades)
After Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Figure 501. Tail Rotor Blade Inspection Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Aluminum Alloy Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Blade Assembly Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Tension Torsion Strap Assembly Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
D. Tension Torsion Strap Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
642010 Page i
P/N 369D21600
E. Strap Pack Laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
F. Fork Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
Figure 601. Repair Limits Tail Rotor Fork Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
A. Blade Pitch Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 602. Tail Rotor Blade Pitch Bearings Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
B. Pitch Control Link Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
Figure 603. Staking Pitch Control Link Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
C. Conical Fork Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
D. Elastomeric Fork Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
3. Modification .............................................................. 606
Figure 604. Elastomeric Bearing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Figure 605. Elastomeric Bearing Bonding Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
Figure 606. Tail Rotor Inner Feathering Bearing Removal Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
1. Reassembly of Tension Torsion Strap in Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Reassembly of Hub and Fork Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Conical Bearings Shimming Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
B. Reassembly of Hub and Fork with Conical Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Figure 701. Assembly and Shimming Hub and Fork (Conical Bearings) . . . . . . 703
C. Elastomeric Bearing Shimming Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Table 701. Elastomeric bearing shimming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
D. Reassembly of Hub and Fork with Elastomeric Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
3. Reassembly of Hub and Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Figure 702. Hub and Fork Assembly and Shimming (Elastomeric
Bearings) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Figure 703. HubtoBlade Pitch Arm Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
4. Color Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
5. Preparation For Testing and Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
A. Testing and Balancing of Tail Rotor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
Figure 704. Pitch Control Assembly Match Marking, Color Coding and
Swashplate Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
6. Packing and Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
1. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. TwoBladed Tail Rotor Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . 901
Page ii 642010
P/N 369D21600
Table 903. TwoBladed Tail Rotor Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 901. Pitch Bearing Installation Tool Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Assembly (Two Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
642010 Page iii

P/N 369D21600
Page iv 642010
P/N 369D21600
TWOBLADED TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over- rized modifications for the twobladed
haul of this component, ensure the required tail rotor assembly.
provides twobladed tail rotor assembly
1. General reassembly procedures and shipping
instructions.
This part of the Overhaul Manual describes
overhaul procedures for the 369D21600 (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
TwoBladed Tail Rotor Assembly. Procedures & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
component. the twobladed tail rotor assembly.
The TwoBladed Tail Rotor Assembly section identify part numbers and configura-
of the Component Overhaul Manual is made tion differences for the twobladed tail
up of seven parts, listed below. This section rotor assembly.
contains complete instructions for disassembly,
runin inspection of the component. The
following describes the topic and content of (1). Reference is made throughout this part
each part with appropriate page numbers: of theOverhaulManualtoCSP
HMI2. These volumes should be used
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 as noted throughout the overhaul/re-
describes procedures for complete use of pair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog
the twobladed tail rotor assembly. (CSPIPC4) should be used for
ordering any replacement parts
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
required.
gives procedures for complete disassem-
bly of the twobladed tail rotor assem- (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
bly. specifications, and when appropriate,
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 procurement information regarding
contains cleaning requirements for the special tools and equipment, expend-
two bladed tail rotor assembly compo- able items, and materials required for
nents and parts. overhaul and repair. Torque values are
given in Table 903.
provides visual and dimensional (3). Figure 1 and Figure 2 show exploded
inspection requirements. views of the assembly and its major
components, with all parts indexed. The
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 index numbers are used throughout the
provides allowable repairs and parts text with the part nomenclature, to
replacement information and autho- make part identification easier.
Page 1
642010 Revision 15
P/N 369D21600
16
(NOTE 1) 18
17
13 12 9 1
3
11
12 8 4
6 7 5 17
10
18
14 15
20
27
24
25
26
19
23
CAUTION:
HUBTOFORK HINGE BOLT SHOULD NOT BE REMOVED
PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF PITCH CONTROL LINKS, PITCH
CONTROL ASSEMBLY AND BLADES.
NOTES:
1. PITCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS NOT ALWAYS OVERHAULED
WITH TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY.
22 2. AT DISASSEMBLY, LOCATION, SIZE, NUMBER AND POSITION
21 OF ALL HARDWARE SHOULD BE NOTED AND RECORDED.
H642006A
Figure 1. Two Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly Major Components
Page 2
Revision 17 642010
P/N 369D21600
1. COTTER PIN (2) 15. NUT (2)
2. NUT (2) 16. BOLT (2)
3. FLAT WASHER (2) 17. CRUSH WASHER (4)
4. REDUCED OD WASHER (2) 18. BLADE BUSHING (4)
5. SPRING TENSION WASHER (2) 19. BLADE ASSEMBLY (2)
6. BALANCING WASHER (A/R)
20. HUB AND FORK UNIT
7. EXTENDED BALANCE BOLT (2)
21. BALANCE WEIGHT SCREW (2)
8. SELF-LOCKING NUT (2)
22. TIP CAP WEIGHT (2)
9. PITCH CONTROL LINK (2)
10. COTTER PIN (2) 23. TIP CAP (2)
11. NUT (2) 24. OUTER PITCH BEARING (2)
12. FLAT WASHER (4) 25. INNER PITCH BEARING (2)
13. BOLT (2) 26. SERIAL NUMBER PLATE (2)
14. PITCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY 27. O-RING
Page 3
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
5
6
9
7 12
16
8
15
14 11
6 13
5 17
3 18
1 4
10
8
22
7 19
2
CONICAL BEARING INSTALLATION

17
9
20
19
2 3
10 18
21
15
12
16
14
13 11
NOTE:
SHIM IS INSTALLED ON SOLID, OR BUSHING
ELASTOMERIC BEARINGS
SIDE, OF HUB, AS REQUIRED. H642007A
Figure 2. Hub and Fork Assemblies
Page 4
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
1. COTTER PIN 12. OUTBOARD SHOE (4)
2. FORK NUT 13. STRAP END BUSHING (2)
3. WASHER(S) (A/R) 14. SERIAL NUMBER PLATE
4. FORK BOLT 15. IDENTIFICATION PLATE
5. CONICAL BEARING INNER RACE (2) 16. INBOARD SHOE (2)
6. CONICAL BEARING OUTER RACE (2) 17. HUB
7. DUST SHIELD (2) 18. SERIAL NUMBER PLATE
8. SPACING SHIM (2) 19. ELASTOMERIC BEARING (2)
9. FORK 20. SHIM, SOLID SIDE (A/R)
10. THREADED BUSHING 21. SHIM, BUSHED SIDE (A/R)
11. TENSION-T ORSION STRAP ASSEMBLY (STRAP 22. WASHER
PACK)
Page 5/(6 blank)

642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
TWO-BLADED TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY
DISASSEMBLY
1. General NOTE: Maximum allowable wear on pitch
bearing is limited only by the effect of the
This section describes procedures for disassem wear on tail rotor vibration. Excessive tail
bly of the twobladed tail rotor assembly. rotor vibration will usually result if pitch
When the tail rotor assembly is overhauled bearing wear allows 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) or
separately, or when specific repair requires greater play at blade tip.
only partial disassembly, follow the procedures
to the point required. The following Cautions (1). Hold one tail rotor blade firmly in place.
and Notes apply throughout the disassembly (2). Measure flapping play at tip of opposite
procedure. blade. Measured play indicates com
bined wear of all four bearings.
CAUTION (3). If play exceeds 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) and
blade is reusable, replace bearing (Ref.
D Do not allow blade pitch to exceed 30 de
Repair) prior to reassembly of tail rotor.
grees from neutral pitch (approximately
one inch (2.54 cm) of blade movement in 3. Disassembly
either direction), with pitch links discon
nected. Unrestricted blade rotation on the Disassemble the tail rotor as follows:
hub can cause undetected damage to the
strap pack. A. Disassembly of Tail Rotor Blades From
Hub and Fork
D Do not remove the hubtofork hinge bolt
unless tail rotor assembly is on a bench or Disassemble tail rotor blades, from hub and
other suitable work surface, and pitch fork assembly as follows:
control links and blades have been re
NOTE: Pitch control assembly (14, Figure 1)
moved. Strap pack damage can occur if
and attaching hardware (10 through 13) is
this procedure is not followed.
not part of the tail rotor assembly. Steps (1).
and (2). are applicable only if pitch control
NOTE:
assembly is attached.
D Note and mark exact location and posi
tion of each part prior to removal. This (1). Check pitch control links, blade pitch
will ensure reinstallation of the part in arms, swashplate and attaching
the same location and position at reas hardware for color coding as shown in
sembly, and help prevent balance prob Figure 301. If markings are faded,
lems. damaged or missing, apply using green
and/or blue lacquer (1, Table 902).
D Separate, tag and index all items re
moved, for subsequent ease of reassembly (2). Remove attaching hardware (10
in proper position. through 13, Figure 1); separate pitch
control links (9) from pitch control
D Wrap or cover all parts with protective assembly (14) and separate pitch
cloth to prevent exposure and damage. control assembly from tail rotor
D Place parts in separate clean containers assembly.
to prevent loss or damage, and for refer
ence duringoverhaul.
NOTE: If same blade is to be reinstalled, record
number and type of balance washers and
tag all hardware removed from each ex
2. Blade Root Fitting Check tended balance bolt.
Prior to disassembly check blade root fitting (3). Remove self locking nut (8) and balance
for play on hub to determine condition of blade washers (6) from each extended balance
root pitch bearings. bolt (7).
Page 301
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
SPECIAL
SPRING WASHER (REDUCED OD)
WASHER BLUE DOT (NOTE 1, 2)
VENT HOLE
PITCH ARM BOLT WASHER, NUT AND
COTTER PIN
ROOT FITTING
BALANCE WASHER(S)
PITCH ARM
BLADE PITCH CONTROL LINK
0.0010.130 INCH
(0.0253.302 MM)
HUB
ROOT
FITTING
LINKTOARM ATTACHEMNT
PITCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY
HUB
BLUE DOT (NOTE 1, 2)
YELLOW LACQUER DOT

(ADJACENT TO
CENTERLINE GROOVE)
CLEAR LACQUER (NOTE 1)
CENTERLINE GROOVE
SWASHPLATE
CENTERLINE TOOTH HOUSING
SWASHPLATE ARM
GREEN DOT
(NOTE 1, 2)
NOTES:
1. PAINT (1, TABLE 902) END VIEW
2. DOTS 0.120.18 INCH (3.0484.57 MM) DIAMETER MATCHING
BLUE OR GREEN ON CORRESPONDING PITCH CONTROL
LINK, PITCH CONTROL ARM AND SWASHPLATE ARM. H643010A
Figure 301. Swashplate Match Marking, Color Coding
Page 302
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
(4). Remove cotter pin (1), nut (2), and Conical bearing inner race (5,
CAUTION View A) can fall from fork and be
washer (3) from each extended balance
bolt (7). Remove bolt, pitch control link damaged after removal of fork nut (2) or fork
(9), reduced OD washer (4) and spring bolt (4). Remove conical bearing inner race
tension washer (5). immediately after removing attaching hard
ware. Fork assemblies having elastomeric
bearings are not affected.
(5). Remove nut (15), bolt (16), blade NOTE: Do not remove elastomeric bearings
bushings (18) and crush washers (17) (19, View B) from fork unless replacement is
attaching blade assembly to strap pack; required. When replacement is necessary,
remove blade from hub. (Ref. Repair). Disassembly of hub and fork
unit with elastomeric bearings is same as
for fork with conical bearings. Shimming of
hub and fork differs, but disassembly proce
CAUTION dure is not affected.
(2). Remove cotter pin (1), fork nut (2), and
D Bushings and crush washers may be rein washers (3) from fork bolt (4). Remove
stalled if serviceable. If busing and crush fork bolt by following bolt through fork
washers are to be reused, they must be using chamfered end of alignment pin.
installed in the exact location from which (Use of alignment pin prevents bolt
they were removed. If either the blade or threads from damaging torsion strap
strap pack assembly from which they assembly).
were removed is replaced, replace crush (3). Position alignment pin in hub so ends
washers and bushing. do not protrude past either hub boss or
bushing (10).
D Handle hub and fork assembly with care
(4). Remove hub assembly (with strap pack
to avoid damaging strap pack assembly. secured by alignment pin) from fork. Do
Scratches or nicks on strap laminates not allow spacing shim (8) and dust
may make strap pack unserviceable. shield washer (7, View A) to drop.
NOTE: When performing specific repairs which
(6). Wrap exposed strap pack ends with wax do not require removal of the tension torsion
paper or other suitable, nonabrasive strap assembly from hub, complete step (5).
If tension torsion strap is to be removed,
material to prevent contamination or omit this step (5).
damage.
(5). With alignment pin in hub, torque
threaded bushing (10) to 55 65
inchpounds (6.21 7.34 Nm) using
4. Disassembly of Hub and Fork bushing wrench (1, Table 901). Align
ment pin must remain in place until
fork bolt (4) is reinstalled.
Disassemble hub (17, Figure 2) and fork unit
(9) as follows: 5. Tension Torsion Strap (Strap Pack)
Removal
Tensiontorsion strap assembly should be
(1). From 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) diameter removed from hub, assembly only when strap
drill rod, fabricate 0.24850.2495 inch assembly is damaged, damage is suspected or
(6.31196.3373 mm) diameter align inspection of strap assembly is necessary.
ment pin, 1.75 inches (4.445 cm) long. Remove the strap pack assembly (11, Figure 2)
Chamfer or round off one end of pin. from hub (17) as follows:
Page 303
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
(1). Using bushing wrench (1, Table 901), from hub.
remove threaded bushing (10) from hub
Do not disassemble strap pack.
(17). Remove alignment pin from hub, CAUTION Parts (11 thru 15) are not re
(Ref. Figure 302).
placeable. If disassembled, the entire as
Handle strap pack assembly sembly must be replaced.
CAUTION carefully. Scratches or nicks on
strap pack may require replacement of the (3). Wrap entire strap pack in wax paper or
assembly. other nonabrasive material; store in
container which will protect assembly
(2). Carefully remove strap pack assembly from damage until reuse.
BUSHING ASSEMBLY PIN

(NOTE 1)
HUB TRUNNION OUTBOARD
SHOE
(NOTE 2)
THREADED TENSIONTORSION OUTBOARD

BUSHING TAIL ROTOR HUB STRAP LAMINATES SHOE
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 2)
BUSHING INBOARD SHOE
WRENCH (NOTE 2)
(NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. PART OF AND SUPPLIED WITH BUSING
WRENCH SET (1, TABLE 901.).
2. PART OF TENSIONTORSION STRAP ASSEMBLY. H642010
Figure 302. Use of Hub and Strap Assembly Tool
Page 304
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning 3. Painting
Clean all reusable tail rotor assembly parts Prepare and paint or touch up tail rotor
according to Table 401. assembly surfaces as necessary, according to
(Ref. CSPHMI2).
WARNING flammable and must be kept NOTE: If over two square inches of blade sur
away from heat or open flame. Avoid face is repainted, static balancing moment
inhalation of fumes and extended con may be affected. In such cases, balance must
tact with skin. be checked, and if necessary, adjusted (Ref.
CSPHMI2).
2. Markings
4. Records
Inspect and verify that all required part and
serial number plates (Table 504) are securely Make an entry in helicopter log book denoting
in place and legible; rebond in place if neces the overhaul, and listing all new parts
sary. installed.
Table 401. Cleaning Tail Rotor Assembly Parts and Components
Nomenclature Cleaning Method (Ref. Table 902) Remarks
NOTE: At completion of cleaning, thoroughly dry all parts with moisture free, low pressure compressed air.
Pitch control links (9, Figure 1) Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse in
dampened in cleaning solvent (2) solvent.
NOTE: *Contains bearing with Teflon reinforced liners, which are to be cleaned only when neces
sary.
*Blade assembly (19, Figure 1) Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse or allow
solvent to contact pitch bearings.
Tension-torsion strap assembly (11, Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse in
Figure 2) dampened in cleaning solvent (2) solvent.
Hub (17, Figure 2) Immerse in solvent bath (2). Clean Flush inside. Blow out interior with
with stiff bristle brush compressed air.
*Fork assembly (9, Figure 2) Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse or allow
dampened in cleaning solvent (2) solvent to enter conical or
elastomeric bearings.
Attaching hardware and bushings Agitate in cleaning solvent (2). Use
stiff bristle brush
Elastomeric bearings Wipe all fluids, greases, oils or Do not allow prolonged exposure to
solvents with a clean dry rag. If fluids, greases, oils or solvents as
wiping is not sufficient, wash with a damage may result to elastomeric
solution of pure soap and water and material.
clean affected area with a soft
bristle brush. Rinse with tap water

642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection (7). Apply coat of clear lacquer (7) to
surfaces around attachment holes.
Inspect parts of the twobladed tail rotor
assembly that are to be reused according to the B. Inner and Outer Pitch Bearing Liners
following procedures and as described in Inspect outer pitch bearing (24, Figure 1) and out
Table 501 through Table 504. er pitch bearing (25) Teflon reinforced linings for
A. Tail Rotor Blade Root Fitting serviceability as follows:
Use care when handling pitch
Inspect the tail rotor blade root fitting, any CAUTION bearings. Teflon reinforced lin
time damage is suspected, as follows: ings are easily damaged if mishandled or ex
(1). Using solvent (2, Table 902), remove posed to contaminants. If lining is damaged
zinc chromate from inner diameter (ID) or contaminated, bearing service will be
surfaces of blade attachment holes and shortened or bearing replacement may be
hole edges. required.
(2). Using MEK (13), remove clear lacquer NOTE: Tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) debris (simi
from surfaces around bolt mounting lar in appearance to dark flour or coffee),
holes as shown in Figure 501. works out of the bearing edges. Do not re
move TFE debris unless it is contaminated
(3). Using bright light, inspect ID surfaces with dirt or other foreign material. The TFE
of bolt mounting holes for cracks, debris lubricates the bearing and improves
scratches or corrosion. Repair minor bearing life.
scratches and corrosion within limits
specified in Table 501. If scratches or (1). Check bearing for frayed fibers folded
corrosion exceed repairable limits, or if back onto lining. If folded back fibers
cracks are noted, replace blade. are noted, replace bearing (Ref. Repair).
(4). Using 3power magnifying glass (2). Check lining edges for fraying and loose
(minimum), inspect edges and flat strands. Do not pull at loose threads or
surfaces around mounting holes for torn pieces of fabric, this may damage
cracks. If cracks are noted, replace liner. Trim off minor loose threads
blade. using sharp blade. If fraying is exten
sive, replace bearing (Ref. Repair).
(5). Dye penetrant inspect attachment hole
ID surfaces and flat surfaces around (3). Check for excessively worn or bare
mounting holes for cracks. If cracks are areas on liner. Replace bearing if noted,
noted, replace blade. (Ref. Repair).
(6). Treat attachment hole ID surfaces and (4). Check TFE debris for chunks of liner or
edges with chemical film (8, Table 902); abrasive particles; clean bearing if
allow film to dry. noted, using clean, soft dry cloth.
Page 501
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
Table 501. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Blades - After Cleaning
Maximum Maximum
Blade surfaces for:
Cracks None allowed Not repairable Replace blade
Scratches, nicks, gouges, Defect maximum depth is Minor rework Abrasive blend and polish
pits or corrosion 0.003 inch (0.076 mm) for allowable defect (Ref.
area A (Figure 501) if Repair).
oriented more than 15
from spanwise axis; or
0.006 inch (0.152 mm)
within 15 of spanwise
axis. Defect maximum
depth is 0.006 inch (0.152
mm) for area B
Dents Dent maximum depth is Not repairable Replace blade.
0.020 inch (0.508 mm) for
area A (Figure 501) and
0.050 inch (1.270 mm) for
area B; no dents with
sharp contour changes
Leading edges for:
Erosion Smooth erosion in area B Not repairable Replace blade.
(Figure 501) to penetra-
tion of skin or until blade
performance or vibration
level is unacceptable
0.020 inch (0.508 mm) in
0.050 inch (1.270 mm) in
Use care to avoid increasing size of void or separation when making the following check. Use
CAUTION 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) feeler gage when checking for separation.
All exposed edges for Manufacturing voids up to Not repairable Replace blade.
possible adhesive 0.060 inch (1.524 mm)
separation depth allowable for trailing
edge and tip cap. No
separation allowed
Using 10X magnifying No separation allowed Repairable (Ref. CSP-HMI-2)
glass, check abrasion strip
along leading edge for
deboning between epoxy
adhesive and abrasion
strip
Page 502
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
Table 501. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Blades - After Cleaning (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Root fitting for:
NOTE: Perform root fitting inspection described in (Ref. Inspection) as part of this inspection.
Cracks, scratches, nicks No cracks Defect depth must not Replace blade with crack.
and gouges exceed 0.020 inch (0.508 Abrasive blend and polish
mm) after rework allowable defect (Ref.
Repair).
Enlarged or damaged Maximum 0.5647 inch Not repairable Replace blade.
blade root bolt hole (14.3434 mm) diameter
Bent or twisted pitch No deformation allowed Not repairable Replace blade.
control arm
Do not attempt to measure inside diameter of blade pitch bearings with micrometers during fol-
CAUTION lowing check. The impregnated fabric bearing material will be damaged if a micrometer is used.
(For inspection criteria, Ref. Inspection).
Loose, frayed or No frayed, excessively Not repairable. Bearings Replace bearings (Ref.
excessively worn pitch worn or loose bearings may be replaced Repair)
bearings (24, 25, Figure 1)
(inside root fitting)
NOTE: Maximum allowable wear for pitch bearings is limited only by effect of wear on tail rotor vibrations (Ref.
Disassembly).
Tip caps (23, Figure 1) for:
Presence, security and No defects allowed Cracked, loose or missing Replace blade with
cracks tip cap not repairable cracked, loose or missing
tip cap.
Loose or missing tip No defects allowed Missing weight or screws Replace missing weight or
weight or attachment may be replaced screws.
screws on tip cap
NOTE: Replacement of tip weight and screws should be accomplished at testing and balancing of tail rotor as-
sembly (Ref. Assembly/Shipping).
Clear drain openings (in Openings must be Plugged openings maybe Clear openings with wood
blade end and tip cap) unobstructed opened probe.
Spring washer (5, Minor dents only Not repairable Replace washer.
Figure 1) for nicks, burrs,
cracks, corrosion or
deformation
Table 502. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Assembly (Except Blades) - After Cleaning
Maximum Maximum
Extended balance bolt (7,Figure 1) for:
Damaged threads No crossed or missing Total thread damage not Chase threads.
threads allowed to exceed 1/2 of one
thread
Page 503
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
Table 502. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Assembly (Except Blades) - After Cleaning (Cont.)
Maximum Maximum
Cracks, corrosion or No defects allowed Not repairable Replace bolt.
deformation
Self locking nuts (8, None allowed Not repairable Replace nuts.
Figure 1) for damaged
threads
Pitch control links (9,Figure 1) for:
Worn bearings 0.020 inch (0.508 mm) Not repairable. Bearing Replace staked bearing
maximum axial play replaceable (Ref. Repair); or replace
link.
Loose or rough bearings No play in link bore radial Not repairable. Bearing Replace staked bearing
play or roughness replaceable (Ref. Repair); or replace
link.
Nicks, scratches or No unrepairable defects Minor surface defects Abrasive blend and polish
corrosion minor surface defects.
Bends or cracks No bends or cracks Not repairable Replace link.
allowed
Blade bushings (18,Figure 1) for:
Wear No burrs, nicks, scratches Not repairable Discard and replace if bolt
or damage (16) is removed.
Threaded bushing (10,Figure 2) for:
threads to exceed 1/2 of one
thread
Damaged wrench slots Minor corner rounding Not repairable Replace bushing.
allowed
Tensiontorsion strap assembly (11, Figure 2) for:
Nicked or scratched No defects allowed Abrasive polishing to Abrasive polish (Ref.
laminates remove minor scratches Repair).
and nicks
Loose shoes (12, 16) or No axial play (rotational Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
bushing (13) movement permissible)
Rusted or corroded shoes No rust or corrosion Minor abrasive polishing Abrasive polishing (Ref.
(12, 16) Repair.
Enlarged or damaged bolt None allowed. Maximum Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
holes ID 0.3770 inch (9.5758
mm) for end bushings
Loose rivets No play allowed Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
Cracked laminates No cracks allowed Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
Kinks, sharp bends or No defects allowed Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
permanent twist in
laminates
Page 504
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
Maximum Maximum
Hub (17,Figure 2) for:
Cracks No cracks allowed Not repairable Replace hub.
Deformation No deformation allowed Not repairable Replace hub.
Damaged center hole No crossed or missing Total thread damage not Chase threads.
threads threads to exceed 1/2 of one
thread
Scratches, nicks, dents, No rust, corrosion or Scratches, nicks and other Abrasive polish and blend
rust or corrosion unrepaired damage minor surface defects not to contour.
allowed exceeding 0.005 inch
(0.127 mm) depth may be
reworked (except trunnion
surfaces)
NOTE: Some versions of hub have chrome plated trunnion surface, while others have maraging steel trun
nion surface. Note different service limits for each version.
Chrome plated trunnion No wear through chrome Not repairable Replace hub.
surface wear (area of plate
blade pitch bearings)
Marraging steel trunnion 0.0025 inch (0.0635 mm) Not repairable Replace hub.
surface wear (area of maximum wear, leaving
blade pitch bearings) minimum OD 1.119 inch
(2.842 cm)
Center section for 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) Minor abrasive polishing Abrasive polish.
excessive flash maximum above normal
surface
Concentricity 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) Not repairable
maximum TIR at outer
ends
Fork assembly (9, Figure 2) for:
NOTE: Some 369D217213 forks (conical bearings) have been reworked to 369D217215 forks (elastomeric
bearings) by MDHS Warranty and Repair Dept. During rework to the 5 configuration, there may not
have been 100% clean up of the 1.1931.183 inch (3.0303.005 cm) diameter bore after machining the
1.135 inch (2.883 cm) diameter and 14 taper. This results in a groove on the I.D. of the 14 angle. This
condition is acceptable, provided the depth does not exceed 0.015 inch (0.381 mm) and the 0.030 inch
(0.762 mm) width.
Cracks No cracks allowed Not repairable Replace fork assembly.
Deformation No deformation allowed Not repairable Replace fork assembly.
Worn or damaged splines 0.9405 inch (23.889 mm) Not repairable Replace fork assembly.
maximum between 0.072
inch (1.829 mm) diameter
pins
Page 505
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
Maximum Maximum
Surface nicks, gouges or No unrepaired damage Scratches, nicks and other Abrasive polish and blend
scratches minor surface defects with to repair damage using
0.005 inch (0.127 mm) grade 600 abrasive cloth
maximum depth may be (6, Table 902) only.
repaired. Except nicks at
inside corner of fork
(Figure 603) may be
repaired up to 0.120 inch
(3.048 mm) depth
Wear caused by rubbing No wear allowed Wear may be rubbed out Abrasive polish using
of aluminum support to dimensions shown in grade 600 abrasive cloth
Figure 603 (6) only.
Conical bearing outer race No frayed, excessively Not repairable. Bearing Replace bearing outer
(6, View A) for fraying or worn or loose bearings must be replaced race (Ref. Repair).
excessive wear and play
Conical inner race (5, Mirror finish of bearing Not repairable Replace inner race.
View A) for wear or race required
defects
Elastomeric bearings (19, Figure 2, View B) for:
Bond failure between No unrepaired failure Rebond bearings to fork
bearing and fork (Ref. Repair).
General condition Light swelling, pock marks Not repairable Replace bearing (Ref.
and crumbs Repair).
Hub-to-blade pitch arm 0.001-0.130 inch Defective component Replace defective
clearance (blades (0.025-3.302 mm) typical must be replaced component(s).
assembled on hub and clearance (Figure 301,
fork assembly) View A)
Fork assembly to hub play No play allowed Defective component Replace defective
(hub and fork assembled) must be replaced component(s).

Extended balance bolt 7, Figure 1 Pitch control links 9, Figure 1
Hub 17, Figure 2 Fork 9, Figure 2
NOTES:
Page 506
Revision 11 642010
P/N 369D21600
Table 504. Final Inspection of Tail Rotor Assembly
Item No. Characteristics Remarks
NOTE: All inspections are visual.
1 Presence and security of plate with serial and part numbers on:
a. Tail rotor assembly (hub and fork unit) (20, Figure 1)
b. Tail rotor blade (root fitting) (19, Figure 1)
2 Complete assembly for scratches, nicks, dents, burrs or distortion that may
have occurred during reassembly or handling
3 Presence and security of safetying (cotter pins correctly installed) (1, 10, Figure 1)
4 Presence of color dots on pitch control links and and pitch arms
5 Presence and security of blade tip and pitch arm balancing hardware (6, 21, 22, Figure 1)
6 Presence and security of special extended balance bolts at link-to-blade (7, Figure 1)
arm attachment points.
7 Presence and security of blade tip attaching hardware
PITCH CONTROL ARM 9.0 INCH

AREA C
(22.86 CM)

AREA A (NOTE 1) AREA B (NOTE 1)

ROOT FITTING
AREA C

AREA C (NOTES 1, 3) ATTACHMENT
SCREW 1.0 INCH

TIP WEIGHT
(2.54 CM)
BOLT HOLE

NOTES:
1. INSPECTION AREA BOTH SIDES.
2. FOR BLADE INSPECTION CRITERIA,

(REF. INSPECTION TABLE).
AREA C (NOTES 1, 3) 3. FOR INSPECTION PROCEDURE, REF. TEXT.
H642011A
Figure 501. Tail Rotor Blade - Inspection Areas

642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
TWOBLADED TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair C. Tension Torsion Strap Assembly Repair
Repair procedures described in the following Repair minor damage to the strap pack
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for assembly (11, Figure 2) as follows:
tail rotor assembly parts. Prior to repairing Do not disassemble or remove
any part or component, ensure that the part or CAUTION shoes from strap pack assembly,
component is within repairable limits or allow rubber abrasive to enter between
Table 501 and Table 502. After repairs are strap laminates. Use extreme care when
completed, the part or component must meet handling strap pack assembly. Any unrep-
the dimensions specified Table 501 and airable nicks, scratches or other surface de-
Table 502. fects make strap pack unserviceable.
A. Aluminum Alloy Protection D. Tension Torsion Strap Shoes
Restore chemical film protection on aluminum Repair strap pack inboard shoes (16, Figure 2)
alloy parts any time protective coating is and outboard shoes (12) as follows:
removed, or if it is suspected that protective
coating is removed (Ref. CSPHMI2). (1). Using fine grade rubber abrasive (18,
Table 902), polish and remove rust or
B. Blade Assembly Repairs corrosion.
(2). Apply brush coat of primer (10), or
Repair blade assembly (19, Figure 1) minor sealing compound (24), to polished
surface defects, such as scratches, nicks and surface. Do not allow primer, or sealing
gouges. as follows: compound, to flow onto or between
strap pack laminates.
These procedures do not apply
CAUTION to the strap pack assembly. Per- E. Strap Pack Laminates
missible strap pack assembly repairs are de-
scribed in the repair section. Remove minor scratches and nicks from center
and edges of outer laminates by abrasive
(1). Polish out defect in a spanwise direc- polishing with fine grade rubber abrasive (18,
tion, using abrasive cloth (6, Table 902). Table 902).
Resulting radius must be less than 0.50
Do not allow abrasive material
inch (12.70 mm), and surface finish CAUTION or metal chips to lodge on adja-
must be equal to, or better than
cent laminates. Insert a clean sheet of paper
adjacent finish.
under laminate to be repaired. Withdraw
Do not use crocus cloth on paper when repair is completed, pulling de-
CAUTION blades. Iron oxide particles from bris away from strap pack.
crocus cloth may become imbedded in blade F. Fork Assembly
surface and cause corrosion.
Repair wear caused by rubbing of aluminum
(2). Treat reworked areas with chemical tail rotor stop support on inside surfaces of
film solution and touchup paint. (Ref. fork, and nicks at inside corner by abrasive
CSPHMI2). polishing as shown in Figure 601.
Page 601
642010 Revision 16
P/N 369D21600

0.50 INCH
(12.70 MM) MIN

NOTE 3

0.30 INCH

(7.62 MM)
MIN (TYP)
B B

RUBBER AREA
(NOTE 1, 2)
0.060 INCH

(1.524 MM)
MAX DEPTH
0.20 INCH
(5.08 MM) MIN
A SECT BB
VIEW AA
NOTES:
1. LIMIT REWORKED AREA TO DEPTH AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN USING GRADE 600 ABRASIVE CLOTH (ALUMINNUM OXIDE ONLY).
2. RESULTING RADIUS MUST BE NOT LESS THAN 0.50 INCH (12.70 MM) AND SURFACE FINISH TO BE 125 p.
3. NICKS AT INSIDE CORNER OF FORK MAY BE ABRASIVE POLISHED OUT, UP TO DEPTH OF 0.12 INCH (3.048 MM). H642013A
Figure 601. Repair Limits Tail Rotor Fork Assembly

2. Parts Replacement blade support, with blade support pin,
as shown in Figure 602.
Parts not meeting specifications in Table 501
and Table 502 must be replaced. The following Do not allow locking compound
paragraphs describe special part replacement
CAUTION to contact bearing inner surface,
procedures. or allow sealant coated outer surface to be-
come contaminated.
A. Blade Pitch Bearings
(4). Saturate a stamp pad with locking
Replace blade pitch bearings (24, 25, Figure 1) compound (9, Table 902). Carefully roll
as follows: outer surface of inner pitch bearing (25,
Figure 1) on stamp pad until outer
(1). Using tool (Ref. Figure 606) or suitable bearing surface is completely coated
hardwood or plastic drift that will not with locking compound.
scratch blade bore, remove loose or
unserviceable blade pitch bearing. NOTE: Do not apply locking compound to bear-
ing seats. This may cause premature curing.
Do not clean bore of blade root
CAUTION fitting with abrasive material. (5). Place inner pitch bearing (25) over
inner bearing installation tool. Insert
(2). Clean bearing seat using locking bearing and end of installation tool into
compound remover (17, Table 902) and root fitting. (Ref. Figure 602).
solvent (2); immediately dry with clean,
dry, compressed air. (6). Press bearing (25, Figure 1) and tool
into blade root fitting, using arbor
NOTE: Blade pitch bearing installation tool press, until bearing is fully seated in
consists of items indicated on Figure 602. blade root fitting (Ref. Figure 602).
An alternate tool may be locally fabricated Remove installation tool.
(7). Coat outer surface of outer pitch
(3). Place pitch blade support of bearing bearing (24, Figure 1) with locking
installation tool (5, Table 901), on arbor compound (9, Table 902) as described in
press bed. Secure blade root fitting in step (4).
Page 602
Revision 16 642010
P/N 369D21600
ARBOR PRESS ARM
INNER PITCH BEARING

INSTALLATION TOOL
OUTER PITCH BEARING
INSTALLATION TOOL
BLADE PITCH
CONTROL ARM
INNER PITCH BEARING
ROOT FITTING OUTER PITCH BEARING
BLADE SUPPORT INSTALLED INNER

PIN PITCH BEARING
END OF TOOL IN BORE OF

INNER PITCH BEARING
FIXTURE
BLADE
INSTALLING INNER PITCH BEARING INSTALLING OUTER PITCH BEARING

USING BEARING INSTALLATION TOOL USING BEARING INSTALLATION TOOL
CAUTION:
BEARINGS MUST BE HANDLED AND INSTALLED ACCORDING
TO INSTRUCTIONS IN TEXT. LOCKING COMPOUND IS NOT TO
CONTACT INNER SURFACE OF BEARINGS; OUTER SURFACE
IS NOT TO BE CONTAMINATED WITH FOREIGN MATERIALS.
H642014C
Figure 602. Tail Rotor Blade Pitch Bearings Installation
Page 603
642010 Revision 16
P/N 369D21600
(8). Place outer pitch bearing (24) over Do not cut into pitch control
outer bearing installation tool. Insert CAUTION link. If link or surrounding area
bearing and tool into blade root fitting is damaged, link must be replaced.
bore, carefully guiding end of tool into
bore of inner pitch bearing (25). (2). Using arbor press, press bearing from
link.
(9). Using arbor press, press tool and
bearing into fitting until installation (3). Clean primer residue from link bore,
tool shoulder is flush with blade arm using MEK (13, Table 902). Remove
fitting and bearing (24) is properly locking compound residue, using
seated. compound remover (17).
(4). Check that link bearing bores are
(10). Remove bearing installation tool from
0.65600.6565 inch (16.662416.6751
blade root fitting.
mm) diameter; replace link if not within
(11). Remove blade from blade support. limits.
Perform steps (12). and (13). (5). Apply thin coat of primer (10) to link
CAUTION which follow, only if new bear- bearing bore.
ings have been installed, to remove any (6). Using arbor press and arbor press
locking compound from inner surfaces of fixture (3, Table 901), press new
new bearings. If previously used bearings bearing into link bearing bore; wipe
are installed, immerse blade root fitting to away excess primer, (Ref. Figure 603).
inner bearing only. If solvent contacts inner
surface of previously used bearings, bear- (7). Using staking tool (5, Table 901)
ings can be damaged. Ensure that no lock- (2345 angle) and hydraulic press,
ing compound is on inner surface of bear- stake bearing at both sides of link;
ings. staking force of 8000 500 lbs. (3629
227 Kg) is required. (Ref. Figure 603).
(12). Immerse blade root fitting in solvent (2,
Table 902) until pitch bearings (24, 25, (8). Check that bearing outer race is flush
Figure 1) are covered. to not more than 0.010 inch (0.254 mm)
above link surface.
(13). Remove blade root fitting from solvent;
immediately dry interior, using mois- (9). Rotational breakaway torque to be a
ture free, low pressure compressed air. maximum of 6 lbs (2.7 Kg) after
staking.
B. Pitch Control Link Bearings
(10). Using feeler gage, check for gaps
Replace bearings in pitch control link (9, between staked lip and link bore
Figure 1) as follows: chamfer; gaps must not exceed 0.005
inch (0.127 mm).
NOTE: The grooved outer race of bearings in
pitch control links is staked to retain bear- (11). Fill gaps between staked lip and link
ings in link. This method secures bearings bore chamfer with primer (10,
by flaring edges of outer race against cham- Table 902).
fered edges of link bore.
(12). Inspect link for cracks around newly
(1). Using fly cutter with 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) staked bearing, using bright light and
pilot, remove staked lip from one side of 5X magnification (minimum). Replace
bearing. link if any crack is noted.
Page 604
Revision 16 642010
P/N 369D21600
0.005 INCH EDGE OF STAKING TOOL
(0.127 MM) MAX
FLUSH TO +0.010 INCH

(0.254 MM)
LINK LINK
BEARING WITH STAKING
GROOVE IN OUTER RACE
STAKING DETAIL
LINK
PRESSING BEARING IN LINK STAKING BEARING IN LINK

CAUTION:
BEARING MUST BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO PRECAUTIONS
AND INSTRUCTIONS SPECIFIED IN TEXT.
H64-2015A
Figure 603. Staking Pitch Control Link Bearing
C. Conical Fork Bearings (3). Coat fork bore and faying surface of
bearing with zinc chromate primer (10).
Replace damaged conical bearing outer race (6,
Figure 2, View A) as follows: (4). Support inner side of fork and press
bearing outer race into bore. Do not
The conical bearing outer race is damage Teflon liner.
CAUTION a Teflon lined aluminum cup. (5). Wipe away excess primer and form
Teflon reinforced linings are easily damaged fillet around circumference of bearing
if mishandled or exposed to contaminants. If cup.
lining is damaged or contaminated. bearing
service will be shortened, or bearing re D. Elastomeric Fork Bearings
placement may be required.
Replace damaged elastomeric fork bearings
NOTE: Conical bearing inner (5) and outer (19, Figure 2, View B) or rebond serviceable
races (6) are not matched parts; however, bearings which have debonded, as follows:
abnormal wear requires replacement of both
parts. (1). Scrape adhesive from gap between fork
and bearing. Heat fork to 200 10F (94
(1). While supporting fork on outer side, 12C), if necessary, to soften adhesive.
press bearing outer race out of fork.
(2). Using drift or soft mallet, knock
bearing out of fork.
Do not allow MEK or other
CAUTION cleaning solvent to contact bear NOTE: If unable to knock bearing from fork
ing Teflon lining. Always use clean, dry, (step b). use alternate bearing removal pro
lintfree cloth to clean Teflon surface. cedures in steps (3). thru (5).
(2). Clean fork bore and faying surface of (3). Heat fork to 200 10F (94 12C) to
bearing using MEK (13, Table 902). soften adhesive.
Page 605
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
Use suitable gloves and care (8). Mask all nonmating surfaces of fork
WARNING when handling heated fork, with masking tape for protection from
to prevent burns. adhesive and to expedite cleanup.
(9). Apply adhesive (5), mixed according to

(4). Install fork on bearing removal tool (4, container instructions, to bearing and
Table 901) by installing in holding fork faying surfaces.
device with spacer and hose clamp.
Secure with Cclamp. (See Figure 604).
(10). Place one ply of 108 glass fabric scrim
cloth (22) on surface of bearing which
(5). Push bearing out of fork. mates with fork.
(11). Insert bearing into fork bore; align

(6). Abrade outer metal surface of replace using 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) bolt.
ment bearing and mating fork bore
with wet scouring pad (19, Table 902) (12). Cure adhesive for one hour minimum at
and scouring powder (20). Rinse with 200 l0F (94 12C) or for 24 hours at
distilled water. room temperature. Spring loading is
required to maintain force during cure.
(7). Brush or spray faying surfaces of fork (See Figure 605).
and bearing with primer (4); air dry for
minimum of 30 minutes. Cure primer 3. Modification
one hour minimum at 100 10F (38
12C). Use heat lamp if necessary. Not applicable.
BEARING

GAP (ADHESIVE)

FORK
C" CLAMP
SPACER

HOLDING DEVICE

HOSE CLAMP

FORK
BEARING
WASHER
PUSH H64-2017
Figure 604. Elastomeric Bearing Removal
Page 606
Revision 15 642010
P/N 369D21600
1/4 INCH (6.35 MM) BOLT
FORK
WASHERS AS REQUIRED
HUB
NOTE
NOTE:
SECURE CLEARANCE OF 0.00470.0027 INCH WASHER
(0.11930.0686 MM) AND TORQUE TEETERING
NUT UNTIL SPACER SITS ON BEARING. NUT
H64-2016A
Figure 605. Elastomeric Bearing Bonding Set Up
Page 607
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
0.50 INCH
1.0 INCH (2.54 CM) (12.70 MM)
HEXAGON
WRENCHING HEAD
2.0 INCH 1.50 INCH (3.81 CM)
(5.08 CM) KNURLED AREA
(LIGHT KNURL)
1.00 INCH (2.54 CM)

(INTERNAL THREADED
AREA 1/213 UNC)
1.25 INCH (3.175 CM) DIA HANDLE WITH

0.75 INCH (19.05 MM) INTERNAL DIA
(EXCEPT FOR THREADED AREA)
1/213 UNC THREADED ROD

7 INCHES (17.78 CM) LONG
0.50 INCH (12.70 MM) DIA

(CLEARANCE HOLE)
0.60 INCH
WASHER (15.24 MM)
0.13 INCH
(3.302 MM) TYP
1.25 INCH
(3.175 CM) DIA
0.375 INCH (9.525 MM) 1.00 INCH

(2.54 CM)
STANDOFF
1.00 INCH 0.30 INCH
(2.54 CM) (7.62 MM)
0.30 INCH
0.188 INCH (7.62 MM)
(4.775 MM)
DIA INLINE
0.188 INCH (4.775 MM) DIA 305 X 0.060 INCH 0.60 INCH
PINSTRAIGHT MS 203922R 19 (1.524 MM) (15.24 MM)
0.060 INCH (1.524 MM) DIA 1.25R
COTTER PIN MS 24665132 OR
EQUIV. SHOULD SWIVEL FREELY
0.10 INCH RADIUS CORNERS
(2.54 MM)
0.25 INCH
(6.35 MM) 1.25 INCH
1.50 INCH 0.20 INCH (3.175 CM)
(3.81 CM) DIA (0.508 MM)
1.75 INCH
(4.45 CM) DIA
NOTES:
1. MATERIALS: ALL PARTS CARBON STEEL EXCEPT STANDOFF WHICH IS 2024T6 ALUMINUM ALLOY
OR EQUIVALENT AND 0.188 INCH (4.775 MM) DIAMETER PIN WHICH IS CRES. (PH13M0).
2. FINISH: CARBON STEEL ZINC PLATE ALUMINUM ALLOY ANODIZE.
3. SURFACE FINISH 125 RMS, BREAK SHARP EDGES 0.0020.015 INCH (0.0510.381 MM), CORNER RADIUS
0.031 INCH (0.787 MM) MIN.
4. TOLERANCE 0.030 INCH (0.762 MM). H64-3012A
Figure 606. Tail Rotor Inner Feathering Bearing Removal Tool
Page 608
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Reassembly of Tension Torsion Strap in 2. Reassembly of Hub and Fork Assembly
Hub
The following procedures describe reassembly
of the hub and drive fork assemblies.
Assemble tension torsion strap (strap pack)
assembly (11, Figure 2) and hub (17) as A. Conical Bearings Shimming Requirement
follows:
Determine shims required to center hub and
(1). Apply coat of primer (10, Table 902) to fork assemblies, and reassemble hub and fork
inner diameter (ID) of strap end using conical bearing as follows:
bushings (13 or 12, Figure 2) in out (1). Temporarily install conical bearing
board shoes (12 or 11). Do not apply inner races (5, Figure 2. View A).
primer, to or between strap laminates.
NOTE: Inner races must extend a minimum of
NOTE: Do not apply primer, to or between 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) beyond outer race at
strap laminates. fork inner surfaces.
(2). Temporarily insert fork bolt (4) through
Handle tension torsion strap as
CAUTION sembly with care. Scratches or
bearings (5, 6) and dust shield (7);
install fork nut (2). Snug nut only
nicks on laminates may require scrapping
enough to remove all play.
the assembly.
(3). Press dust shields (7) firmly against
(2). Carefully slide tension torsion strap bearing inner races. Measure distance
assembly into bore of hub. Position between dust shields (View B,
strap assembly as shown is Figure 301. Figure 701).
(4). Subtract 0.0080.012 inch (0.2030.305
(3). Align bushing hole through strap pack
mm) from distance between dust
inboard shoes, with hub bolt hole.
shields and record as dimension A.
(4). Insert bushing assembly pin, supplied (5). Measure and record distance from solid
with wrench set (1, Table 901) through shoulder of hub to outer face of
bushing side of hub until lead end of threaded bushing (View A. Figure 701).
pin is approximately at center of hub Record as dimension B.
boss. (Figure 302).
(6). Subtract dimension B from dimension
NOTE: Bushing slots may be enlarged by hand A to determine total shim thickness
filing to a depth of 0.10 inch (2.54 mm) and required (dimension C).
a width of 0.060 inch (1.524 mm) to engage (7). Divide dimension A by 2; label results
wrench tangs and bushing slots. as dimension D.
(5). Thread bushing (10, Figure 2) into hub; (8). Subtract 1.123 inches (2.852 cm) from
torque bushing to 55 65 inch dimension D to determine shim thick
pounds (6.21 7.34 Nm), using ness for solid side of hub (dimension E).
bushing wrench (1, Table 901). Ensure
(9). Subtract dimension E from dimension
that bushing is seated against strap
C to determine shim thickness for
pack inboard shoe of tensiontorsion
bushing side of hub (dimension F).
strap assembly.
(10). Remove nut (2) and fork bolt (4). Follow
NOTE: Do not remove bushing assembly pin bolt through fork with chamfered end of
until reassembly of hub and fork. alignment pin.
Page 701
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
B. Reassembly of Hub and Fork with aligned, push fork bolt through until
Conical Bearing bolt head is seated.
Assemble the hub and fork with conical Check that fork nut (2) is not
bearings as shown in Figure 2, View A, and as CAUTION magnetic. If nut is magnetic, it
follows: is not to be used.
(1). With conical bearing inner races (5) (6). Install washers (3) and fork nut (2) on
installed, insert fork bolt (4) with fork bolt. Use washer combination
washer (22), countersunk side towards shown in Figure 602 to establish correct
the bolt head through bearing. bolt grip length and cotter pin hole
(2). Place spacing shims (8) required for alignment.
solid side of hub (Ref. Conical Bearings Bolt elongation measurement is
Shimming Requirements, Step (6).) and CAUTION the only method to be used for
one dust shield (7) at solid side of hub, torquing of fork bolt. If fork bolt is elongated
as shown in Figure 701. over 0.011 inch (0.279 mm) for any reason,
(3). Position hub in fork, then slowly replacement is required.
displace alignment pin by pushing fork
(7). Measure length of fork bolt (4), with
bolt (4) through dust shield, spacing
zero torque applied. Torque fork nut (2)
shims and hub, until bolt is flush with
to elongate bolt 0.0080.011 inch
outer surface of threaded bushing (10).
(0.2030.279 mm) and install cotter pin
Tap bolt lightly with soft mallet if
(1). Remove and discard fork bolt if
required.
elongated over 0.011 inch (0.279 mm).
(4). Align spacing shims (8) for bushing side
of hub and dust shield (7), and place at (8). Pivot hub and fork through full range of
bushing side of hub, as shown in travel and check for axial play between
Figure 701. hub and fork bearings, and roughness.
Axial play and roughness are not
(5). When bushing (10), shims (8) and permitted. If either is noted, investigate
conical bearing inner race (5) are and correct cause.
Page 702
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
SPACING SHIMS 369A1717*
CAUTION: THICKNESS
FORK BOLT OVERTORQUING NUT CAN EXCESSIVELY DASH NUMBER INCH (MM)
ELONGATE FORK BOLT AND REQUIRES 3 0.020 (0.508)
23 0.030 (0.762)
REPLACEMENT OF BOLT. (REFER TO TEXT.) 43 0.040 (1.016)
53 0.010 (0.254)
INNER RACE 55 0.011 (0.279)
BEARING 57 0.012 (0.305)
OUTER RACE 59 0.013 (0.330)
DUST SHIELD WASHER 61 0.014 (0.356)
FORK 63 0.015 (0.381)
ASSEMBLY 65 0.016 (0.406)
67 0.017 (0.432)
69 0.018 (0.457)
71 0.019 (0.483)
73 0.045 (1.143)
75 0.046 (1.168)
SPACING SHIM 77 0.047 (1.194)
OUTER RACE 79 0.048 (1.219)
BEARING HUB
INNER RACE 81 0.049 (1.245)
THREADED BUSHING 83 0.050 (1.270)
(NOTE 3) 6065 IN. LB (6.787.34 NM) 85 0.051 (1.295)
87 0.052 (1.321)
89 0.053 (1.346)
SPACING SHIM 91 0.054 (1.372)
*269A60733 THRU 91
SEE CAUTION DUST SHIELD WASHER E ARE ALTERNATIVES.
SPACING SHIM
HUB ASSEMBLY
DUST SHIELD WASHER 0.032 INCH CROSS SECTION
(0.813 MM) THICK (NOTE 4)
NOTES:
1. INBOARD SIDES BETWEEN DUST SHIELDS; BOTH SIDES. DUST SHIELD WASHER
2. 1.123 INCH (2.852 CM) IS CONSTANT NOMINAL DIMENSION 0.032 INCH (0.813 MM) THICK
F (NOTE 4)
FROM FORK CENTERLINE TO SOLID SHOULDER OF HUB.
3. USE ONLY THE FOLLOWING COMBINATIONS OF 369A1605 SPACING SHIM
B
WASHERS TO ESTABLISH BOLT GRIP LENGTH:
THICKNESS
WASHER(S) DASH NO. INCH (MM) 0.002 INCH (0.051 MM)
BEARING OUTER RACE
1 7 0.015 (0.381) MINIMUM (NOTE 1) A
2 7 0.030 (0.762)
D D BEARING INNER RACE
1 5 0.062 (1.575)
4. IF INTERFERENCE WITH FORK BOLT EXISTS, REAM DUST
SHIELD WASHER ID TO 0.2500.255 INCH (6.3506.477 MM).
DUST SHIELD CL OF FORK FORK ASSEMBLY CROSS SECTION

WASHER (2 PLACES) (WITH CONICAL BEARINGS)
EXAMPLE
STEP
1. MEASURE BETWEEN DUST SHIELDS IN FORK,
THEN SUBTRACT 0.0080.012 INCH (0.2030.305 MM). 2.359 INCH (5.992 CM) DIMENSION "A"
2. MEASURE HUB OD 2.337 INCH (5.936 CM) DIMENSION "B"
3. SUBTRACT "B" FROM "A" 2.359 INCH (5.992 CM) 2.337 INCH (5.936 CM) DIMENSION "C"
TOTAL SHIM THICKNESS REQUIRED
4. DIVIDE DIMENSION "A" BY 2 2.359 INCH (5.992 CM) 1.180 INCH (2.997 CM) DIMENSION "D"
FORK CENTER
5. SUBTRACT 1.123 INCH (2.852 CM) FROM D" 1.180 INCH (2.997 CM) 1.123 INCH (2.852 CM) DIMENSION "E"
(NOTE 2) SHIM FOR SOLID SIDE OF HUB
6. SUBTRACT "E" FROM "C" 0.122 INCH (3.099 MM) 0.057 INCH (1.448 MM) =0.065 INCH 1.651 MM) DIMENSION "F"
SHIM FOR BUSHING SIDE OF HUB
H642018A
Figure 701. Assembly and Shimming Hub and Fork (Conical Bearings)
Page 703
642010 Revision 3
P/N 369D21600
C. Elastomeric Bearing Shimming temporarily mark unbushed side of hub
Procedure with a U.
Determine shim thickness required to allow (9). If H", is greater Dimension I
for correct preload of elastomeric bearings as than E then subtract
follows and as shown in Figure 702. E from H :
If E is greater Dimension J
(1). Measure distance Dimension A than H then subtract
between bearings H from E :
in fork: (View B)
with elastomeric Enter I or J in
bearings installed Table 701 as required.
(19, Figure 2):
(10). Subtract I or J Dimension F
(2). Measure distance each from C: Dimension
bearing protrudes from F = total clearance
inner surface of fork: thickness after centering
(View B) hub and bearings for preload.
(3). Determine shim Dimension H (11). Determine shim thickness required to
thickness as required ensure preload:
to make each bearing
protrude equally
NOTE: If fork has 369A17243 or 5 bearings
installed, it may not be possible to obtain de
(temporarily mark the
sired preload. Shim to obtain maximum pos
side requiring the shim
sible preload not exceeding preload speci
with an S):
fied.
(4). Measure hub Dimension B
outside dimension: Two Bladed
Two-Bladed F-0.098 inch (2.489 mm)
=G
(View A) Tail Rotor: 2
(5). Subtract dimension Dimension C Enter dimension G Dimension G

B from A : in Table 701:
Dimension C= (12). Orient hub in fork so that S and U
total clearance. are together on the same side.
(6). Subtract 1.123 inch Dimension D (13). Add up columns in Table 701 and
(2.852 cm) from B : install shims as required.
NOTE: 1.123 inch (2.852 cm) is constant nomi (14). Torque nut. Ensure that flapping bolt
nal dimension from solid face of hub to cent moves in hub as torque is applied. If
erline of hub. It is used to obtain fork and binding occurs, remove bolt and
hub center interface. reinstall.
(7). Take the difference Dimension E
Table 701. Elastomeric bearing shimming
between 1.123 and D" :
Shim Thickness Required
(8). Dimension E equals shim thickness to
make hub mounting face equal distance Unmarked S and U
from centerline of hub. If D is larger G G
than 1.123 inch (2.852 cm) temporarily
J I
mark bushed side of hub with a U. If
1.123 inch (2.852 cm) is larger than D Total
Page 704
Revision 10 642010
P/N 369D21600
D. Reassembly of Hub and Fork with 3. Reassembly of Hub and Blades
Elastomeric Bearings
Assemble the hub, and fork with elastomeric Assemble fork and hub assembly and blade
bearings as shown in Figure 2, View B, and as assemblies as follows:
follows:
NOTE:
(1). Insert fork bolt (4) through washer (22),
countersunk side toward bolthead, and D Prior to installation of blades on hub and
through bearing (19) on one side of fork. fork assembly, ensure that blades are ser
viceable (Ref. Inspection), and that ade
NOTE: Shim (20) must have thickness deter quate service life remains (CSPHMI2).
mined by shimming procedure (Ref. Shim One or both blades may be replaced with
ming Procedure). new or serviceable used blade with ser
vice life remaining (CSPHMI2). Refer
(2). Place shim (20) on solid side of hub. to the CSP IPC 4 for replacement part
numbers.
(3). Place hub in fork, aligning shims with
fork bolt (4), and press fork bolt D On used blades, erosion or allowable re
through shim(s) and hub, until flush pairs may cause minor balance moment
with outer face of bushing (10). Bolt changes, but such changes are considered
must have easy, but snug pushfit. negligible enough to allow direct replace
ment of a used blade with new blade and
NOTE: Shim (21) must have thickness deter interchangeable use of blades with re
mined by shimming procedure (Ref. Shim maining service life. The retirement
ming Procedure). schedule (CSP HMI 2) and remaining
service life of a used blade should always
(4). Align shim (21) with bushing (10); press be considered when replacing a used
fork bolt (4) through shim (21) and blade.
bearing (19).
(1). Remove protective covering from
Check that fork nut (2) is not tension torsion strap assembly.
CAUTION magnetic. If nut is magnetic, re
place with nonmagnetic nut.
NOTE: During blade installation, coat outer di
(5). Install washer (3) and fork nut (2). ameter (OD) of bushing (18, Figure 1),
shank of bolt (16) and mating surfaces of
Bolt elongation measurement is shoe (12, Figure 2) and blade root fitting
CAUTION the only method to be used for with wet primer (10, Table 902). Install all
torquing of fork bolt. If fork bolt is elongated parts in steps (2). thru (6). while primer is
over 0.011 inch (0.279 mm) for any reason, wet.
replacement is required.
(2). While viewing hub (20, Figure 1),
(6). Measure length of fork bolt (4), with install Oring (27) on hub trunnion.
zero torque applied. Torque fork nut (2) Slide blade (19) onto hub, with blade
to elongate to fork bolt 0.0080.011 inch leading edge facing in counterclockwise
(0.2030.279 mm), and install cotter direction. Use care to keep blade
pin. properly aligned so hub trunnion slides
into blade pitch (feathering) bearings
(7). Pivot hub and fork through full range of (24, 25). Do not force blade onto hub.
travel and check for axial play between
hub and fork bearings and roughness.
Axial play and rough operation are not (3). Align bolt hole in blade fitting with hole
permitted. If either is noted, investigate through outboard shoes of tension
and correct problem. torsion strap assembly.
Page 705
642010 Revision 13
P/N 369D21600
0.005 INCH
X (0.127 MM)
2
X

POINT A 0.010 INCH
(0.254 MM)
TOTAL CLEARANCE
VIEW A VIEW B
0.049 0.0025 INCH

(1.245 0.064 MM) GAP
POINT B
1.123 INCH
(2.852 CM)

0.049 0.0025 INCH
(1.245 0.064 MM) GAP
VIEW C
H642019A
Figure 702. Hub and Fork Assembly and Shimming (Elastomeric Bearings)
Page 706
Revision 4 642010
P/N 369D21600
Bolt, nut, washers and bushings arm, with spring washer (5), reduced
CAUTION may be reinstalled if service outer diameter (OD) washer (4), pitch
able. Bushings (18, Figure 1) and crush arm bolt (7), washer (3) at outer side of
washers (17) must be installed in the exact pitch control arm, and nut (2). Torque
location from which they were removed. If nut to 50 60 inchpounds (5.65
either the blade or the strap pack assembly 6.78 Nm) and install cotter pin (1).
from which they were removed is replaced, Repeat procedure for second pitch
replace crush washer and bushing. Bush control link.
ings must be free of nicks and burrs.
(10). Check for clearance between pitch link
(4). Install crush washers (17) under head (9) and bolt (7).
of blade bushings (18) and insert into
blade root fitting. Ensure bushings are (11). Attach inboard end of pitch control link
coated with primer (10, Table 902) and (9) to pitch control assembly (14) with
that bushings are installed while flat washers (12), bolt (13), and nut
primer is wet. (11). Torque nut to 30 40 inch
pounds (3.39 4.52 Nm) and install
(5). Insert bolt (16, Figure 1) through cotter pin (10). Repeat procedure for
leading edge of blade fitting, strap end second pitch control link.
bushing (13, Figure 2) and trailing edge NOTE: Reinstall same number of balancing
of blade fitting. (Bolt threads must be washers (6) and same self locking nuts (8)
at trailing edge of blade fitting). removed at disassembly if blades removed
Hand force, only, should be re at disassembly are reinstalled. If either, or
CAUTION quired to install blade attach both blades are replaced, balance and in
ment bolt when primer is wet. Replace any stall balancing hardware according to (Ref.
part that causes an interference fit. Testing and Balancing).
BLADE PITCH ARM
(6). If MS 21250 bolt (16, Figure 1) is
installed, install nut (15) and torque to
600 650 inchpounds (67.79 73.44
Nm) while primer is wet. If HS 54826,
8056, 35326, 73066 or 84086 bolt is
installed, torque nut (15) to 750 775 ROOT
inchpounds (84.74 87.56 Nm). PITCH CONTROL FITTING
LINK
After blade is secured to strap
CAUTION assembly, do not allow blade
pitch travel from neutral to exceed 30 de
grees in either direction. Rotating blade to
excessive blade angles may cause unde
tected damage to strap assembly.
(7). Repeat steps (1). thru (6). to install
opposite blade.
HUB
(8). Check that hub to blade pitch arm 0.0010.130 INCH
clearance for each blade is within limits (0.02530302 MM)
shown in Figure 703. H642020A
(9). Attach outboard end of pitch control Figure 703. Hub-to-Blade Pitch Arm
link (9, Figure 1) to blade pitch control Clearance
Page 707
642010 Revision 13
P/N 369D21600
4. Color Coding (6). If not previously color coded, color
coding of ends of clevis arms on swash
The following procedures describes color plate is required at assembly of pitch
coding, testing and preparation for balancing control assembly and tail rotor assem
the overhauled tail rotor assembly. Color code bly as shown in Figure 301.
ends of pitch links (9, Figure 1), blade pitch
change arms, pitch control assembly and 5. Preparation For Testing and Balancing
Preparation of reassembled tail rotor assembly
(1). Apply 0.120.18 inch (3.054.57 mm) for testing and balancing is accomplished by
diameter dot of blue paint (1, Table 902) installing tail rotor assembly on a helicopter
to end of one pitch control link and also and marking associated pitch control assembly
to adjacent pitch change arm on blade. (Ref. Inspection).
(2). At opposite, unattached end of same A. Testing and Balancing of Tail Rotor
pitch control link, apply another Assembly
identical blue paint dot.
Tail rotor and pitch control assembly testing
(3). On opposite side of hub, color code
and balancing is accomplished with the
remaining pitch control link and pitch
assemblies installed on a helicopter. The tail
change arm in same manner described
rotor and pitch control assemblies that are to
in steps a. and b. above, except use
be used together must be tested and balanced
green paint (1) dots.
together. Ensure that each swashplate clevis
(4). Apply a 0.120.18 inch (3.054.57 mm) has been color coded as described in (Ref. Color
white dot of paint to denote proper Coding) prior to testing and balancing. Install,
seating of dual bearings, and torque of test and balance the tail rotor and pitch
locknut, (Ref. Reassembly 643000). control assembly according to CSPHMI2.
(5). Apply small dot of yellow paint (1, First runup of tail rotor and
Table 902) adjacent to spline centerline
CAUTION pitch control assembly should
groove on swashplate end at location be accomplished cautiously, increasing rpm
according to Figure 704. slowly, so that vibrations from an outofba
lance condition will not cause damage.
NOTE: Figure 704 shows that one swashplate
spline groove is located directly on center NOTE: After testing and balancing of tail rotor
line through swashplate arms, while at op assembly is completed, retain tail rotor as
posite side of spline bore, same centerline sembly, swashplate assembly and pitch
passes through a spline tooth. The match links tested and balanced together for use as
mark is used during reassembly of pitch a unit. If any of the three elements are re
control assembly with tail rotor assembly at placed, rebalancing is required at installa
installation on helicopter. tion.
Page 708
Revision 3 642010
P/N 369D21600
BLUE DOT
0.015 IN. (0.381 MM) (NOTE 2, 3)
(MIN CLEARANCE) YELLOW LACQUER
SWASHPLATE DOT ADJACENT TO
CENTERLINE GROOVE
(NOTE 1)
HOUSING
CENTERLINE
GROOVE
SWASHPLATE
SWASHPLATETOHOUSING
CLEARANCE
HOUSING
WHITE DOT CENTERLINE TOOTH
(NOTE 1, 3)
SWASHPLATE ARM
NOTES:
1. PAINT (1, TABLE 902).
2. BLUE AND GREEN LACQUER (1, TABLE 902) DOTS TO END VIEW GREEN DOT
MATCH SAME COLOR DOTS ON ASSOCIATED PITCH (NOTE 2, 3)
CONTROL LINK OF TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY. (REF. TEXT).
3. 0.120.18 IN. (3.0484.572 MM) DIAMETER DOTS.
H643009A
Figure 704. Pitch Control Assembly - Match Marking, Color Coding and Swashplate Clearance
6. Packing and Storing (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven
If overhauled tail rotor assembly is not to be tative (23, Table 902) and package or
used immediately, package and store the tail cover to keep dust off.
rotor assembly as follows:

642010 Revision 5
P/N 369D21600
1. Reference Data (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
(1). Reference is made throughout this part special tools and equipment, expend
of the Overhaul Manual to CSP able items, and materials required for
HMI2. These volumes should be used overhaul and repair. Torque values are
as noted throughout the overhaul/re given in Table 903.
pair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog 2. Special Tool Fabrication
(CSPIPC4) should be used for A pitch bearing installation tool (3, Table 901)
ordering any replacement parts may be locally fabricated as shown in
required. Figure 901.
Table 901. Two-Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
1 Bushing wrench set 369A1600-80902 MDHI
2 Arbor press fixture pitch control link bearing 83006-809-00090-1 MDHI
(369A7951-5)
3 Blade pitch bearing installation tool Fabricate (Figure 901) MDHI
4 Elastomeric bearing removal tool - tail rotor 369D29828 MDHI
5 Staking tool (pilot and punch), dual bearings 83006-809-00088 MDHI
6 Hub center marking tool 369D29928 MDHI
7 Blade static balance moment fixture 369A1710-80901 MDHI

Item
1 Epoxy enamel (Ref. CSP-HMI-2)
3 Paint remover (acid type for MIL-R-25134 (3)
epoxy)
4 Primer EA9210 Hysol Division
Dexter Corp.
Pittsburg, CA
5 Adhesive EA9330.3 Hysol Division
Dexter Corp.
6 Abrasive cloth, aluminum P-C-451 (3)
oxide (grade as noted)
7 Lacquer, clear aluminum clad MIL-L-6806 (3)
alloy surfaces
Page 901
642010 Revision 12
P/N 369D21600
Item
8 Chemical conversion film MIL-C-5541 Iridite 14-2 Richardson Co.
solution (Iridite, Alodine or Al-Coat Allied-Kelite
equivalent) Product Division
2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
9 Sealing, locking and retaining MIL-S-22473 Loctite A (#35) Loctite Inc.
compounds; single component MIL-R-46082 705 N. Mount Rd.
(grade as noted) Newington CT 06111
Surface primer, locking MIL-S-22473 Locquic T Loctite Inc.
optional)
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
407-322-4000
11 1, 1, 1 trichloroethane, O-T-620 (3)
technical, inhibited
(grade as noted)
14 Kerosene VV-K-21 1 (3)
15 Grease, oscillating bearing MIL-G-25537 Aero Shell 14 Shell Oil Co.
16 Grease, aircraft and MIL-G-81322 Mobil 28 (4) Mobil Oil Co.
instrument
17 Locking compound (Loctite) Oakite Oakite Product Inc.
07922-2712
18 Rubber abrasive Fintex #538 Weldon Roberts
ST-180-ALO Rubber Co.
(Brightboy or equiv.) Newark, NJ
19 Scouring pad Scotchbrite (3) 3M Mfg. Co.
20 Scouring powder Comet (3) Commercial
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning Equip.
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
Page 902
Revision 12 642010
P/N 369D21600
Item
22 Scrim cloth (3) MDHI
Type II Corp.
24 Sealing compound MILS8802 Product Research and
Chemical Co.
Glendale, CA 91209
MILS81733 PR1436G Product Research and
Chemical Co.
NOTES:
(4) Do not intermix lubricants.
Table 903. TwoBladed Tail Rotor Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Threaded bushing 10, Figure 2 55 65 6.21 7.34
Blade attachment nut w/MS 21250 bolt 15, Figure 1 600 650 67.79 73.44
Blade attachment nut w/HS 54826, 8056, 35326, 15, Figure 1 750 775 84.74 87.56
73066 or 842086 bolt
Nut for extended balance bolt at blade pitch arm 2, Figure 1 50 60 5.65 6.78
Pitch control link retention nut 11, Figure 1 30 40 3.39 4.52
Page 903
642010 Revision 13
P/N 369D21600
0.120 INCH
(3.048 MM)
1.36 INCH 1.29 INCH

3.45 CM) (3.28 CM)
1.10 INCH FOR 369A17163 AND 369A17165 BEARINGS 1.10 INCH
1.87 INCH (2.79 CM) (2.79 CM)
(4.75 CM)
0.38 INCH
(9.65 MM)
0.38 INCH
(9.65 MM) 2.90 INCH (7.37 CM)
0.39 INCH
(9.91 MM)
0.120 INCH
(3.048 MM)
1.36 INCH 1.29 INCH

3.45 CM) FOR 369A17167, 369A17169, 369A171617 (3.28 CM)
1.10 INCH AND 369A171619 BEARINGS 1.10 INCH
1.87 INCH (2.79 CM) (2.79 CM)
(4.75 CM)
0.50 INCH
(12.7 MM)
0.50 INCH
(12.7 MM) 2.78 INCH (7.06 CM)
0.39 INCH
(9.91 MM)
NOTE:
1. FABRICATE FROM HARD WOOD, PHENOLIC OR
OTHER SUITABLE MATERIAL. H642008D
Figure 901. Pitch Bearing Installation Tool Fabrication
Page 904
Revision 16 642010
P/N 369D21600
tail rotor assembly overhaul manual. Correct
effectivities.
Page 1001
642010 Revision 14
P/N 369D21600
4
5 2
1
25 24
25
6
19
30 20 23 22
21
31 35 39
33 34 45
10
40
44
14 36 58 41
7 8 13 61
37
32
34 16
56
17 41
35 18
33
12
11 40
29
28 9
62 60 42
26 38
27
37
44 36
59 57
55
43
54 46
51
45
52
53
50
47
48
49 H642021
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Assembly (Two Bladed)
Page 1002
Revision 15 642010
P/N 369D21600
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 369D21600-505 Instl, Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
With Elastomeric Bearings
369D21600-503 Instl, Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
With Elastomeric Bearings
369D21600-501 Instl, Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
With Conical Bearings And Bendix Couplings
369D21600-BSC Instl, Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
With Conical Bearings And Bendix Couplings
1 369D21811 Boot, Inboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 369D21806-3 Boot, Stationary Non-Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Spares Replacement For 369D21806 Boot And 369D21808
Support Ring, Replaced By 369D21811
1 369D21808 Ring, Support Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 369D21806-BSC Boot, Replaced By 369D21806-3
1 369D21806 Boot, Stationary Non-Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use With 369D21808-BSC Support Ring, Replaced By
369D21806-3
2 MS24665-151 Pin, Cotter (Split) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 NAS1304-15D Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
6 369D21800-501 Control Assy, T/R Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 369D21800 Control Assy, T/R Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D21812 Boot, Rotating, Outboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D21807 Boot, Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369D21726 Ring. Drive Fort T/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Consists Of Two Halves
9 369H5307-7 Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Spares Replacement For 369H5307-3. Use With 369D21724-5 Or
369D21725-3 As A Set
9 369H5307-3 Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369H5307-7, And 369D21725-3 Or 369D21724-5 As
A Set
9 369H5307 Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369H5307-3
10 369D21725-3 Nut, Stop Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Spares Replacement For 369D21725 Or 369D21724-5 With
369H5307-7 As A Set
10 369D21725 Nut, Stop Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D21725-3. Intrch With 369D21724-3 Support And
HS1550A328 Nut With HS1551S238 Washer
11 369D21724-5 Support, Stop Teetering T/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Spares Replacement For 369D21725-3 Or 369D21724-3. Use
With 369H5307-7 Stop. Install With HS1550A328 Nut And
HS1551S238 Washer
Page 1003
642010 Revision 15
P/N 369D21600
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
11 369D21724-3 Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D21724-5, Installed With 369H5307-7 Stop
HS1550A328 Nut And HS1551S328 Washer
12 HS1550A328 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Installed With 369D21724-5 Or 369D21724-3 Support,
369H5307-3 Stop And HS1551S238 Washer
13 HS1551S238 Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 HS1551-238 Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With HS1551S238
14 369D21727 Ring, Fork Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
15 369D21600-13 Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21600-505 Instl. Not Illustrated
15 369D21600-9 Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
-9 Is Intrch With 369D21600-7 When NAS620C416L Washer Is
Added Under Fork Bolt Head. Component Of 369D21600-503 Instl.
Not Illustrated
15 369D21600-7 Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369D21600-9. Not Illustrated
15 369D21600-5 Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
With Conical Bearings. Component Of 369D21600-501 Instl. Not
Illustrated
15 369D21600-3 Rotor Assy, Tail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
With Conical Bearings. Component Of 369D21600-BSC Instl. Not
Illustrated
16 MS24665-151 Pin, Cotter (Split) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
17 MS17826-4 Nut, Self-Locking, Castellated, Hexagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
18 AN960-416L Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
19 MS21043-4 Nut, Self-Locking, Reduced Hexagon, Ring Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
20 HS306-227L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
20 HS306-225L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
21 369A1601 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
22 369D21622 Spacer Washer, Pitch Control Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
22 269A6095-9 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Replaced By 369D21622 Spacer Washer
23 369H1602 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
23 369D21602 Bolt, Pitch Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369H1602
24 369D21723-13 Link Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
24 369D21723-1 1 Link Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
24 369D21723 Link Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
25 369A7951-57 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21723-13
25 369A7951-53 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21723-11. Intrch With 369A5050-75
Page 1004
Revision 15 642010
P/N 369D21600
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
25 369A7951-5 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Component Of 369D21723-BSC
25 369A5050-75 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21723-11. Intrch With 369A7951-53
26 MS24665-153 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 VCU0001 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 SPS79325-428 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With VCU0001
28 369A1605-5 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 369A1605-7 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
30 369A1602-3 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
30 369A1602 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
For Replacement Order 369A1602-3
31 NAS620C416L Washer, Flat-Reduced Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By MS21206C4
31 MS21206C4 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21600-7 And 369D21600-13 T/R Assy
32 369D21721-21 Fork Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21600-9 And 369D21600-13 T/R Assy. Intrch With
369D21721-1 1, With NAS620C416L Washer Under Head Of
369A1602-3 Bolt
32 369D21721-1 1 Fork Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21600-7 T/R Assy. Replaced By 369D21721-21
32 369D21721-BSC Fork Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369D21721-11 With Lastomeric Bearings
33 369A1724-7 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Use On 369D21721-21 Fork Assy
33 369A1724-5 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21721-21. Replaced By 369A1724-7
33 369A1724 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21721-11
34 369A1727 Race, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Installed With 369A1726. For use with 369D21721-BSC only
35 369A1726 Race, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Installed With 369A1727. For use with 369D21721-BSC only
36 369A1730 Shield, Dust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
For use with 369D21721-BSC only
37 369A1717 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
For use with 369D21721-BSC only, -3 Thru -91
38 369A1604 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
39 MS21250-06040 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
For Replacement Order HS4441-6-40
39 LWB22-6-40 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Intrch With HS4441-6-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Replaced By HS5482-6-40 Bolt And HS5489-6 Nut As A Set
39 HS5482-6-40 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use With HS5489-6 Nut
Page 1005
642010 Revision 15
P/N 369D21600
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
39 HS4441-6-40 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Replaced By HS5482-6-40 Bolt And HS5489-6 Nut As A Set
40 369H5308 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
41 369H5309 Washer, Crush T/R Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
42 HS5489-6 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
42 FN22M624 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
For Replacement Order MS5489-6
43 369A1706-509 Strap Assy, Tension-Torsion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Replaced By 369A1706-503
44 2-122C873-70 Packing, O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Intrch With 2-122C557-70
44 2-122C557-70 Packing, O-Ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
45 369D21640-505 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(HTC 500P3100-103) NO BKDN Two-W ay Interchangeable With
369D21640-501 / -503 Blade Assy. Two-W ay Interchangeable
With 369D21613-61 Blade Assy In Sets Of Two Only
(369D21640-501 / -503 / -505 Blade Assy May Be Intermixed.
CAN NOT Be Intermixed With 369D21613-61 Blade Assy)
45 369D21640-503 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
With 369D21613-61 Blade Assy In Sets Of Two Only
45 369D21640-501 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Not Procurable (HTC 500P3100-101) NO BKDN Two-W ay
Interchangeable With 369D21640-503 / -505 Blade Assy.
Two-W ay Interchangeable With 369D21613-61 Blade Assy In Sets
Of Two Only (369D21640-501 / -503 / -505 Blade Assy May Be
Intermixed. CAN NOT Be Intermixed With 369D21613-61 Blade
Assy)
45 369D21613-71 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21600-7 / -9 T/R Assy. Refer To SB DN-187, EN-80.
45 369D21613-61 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21600-7 / -9 T/R Assy. Two Way Interchangeable
With 369D21640-501 / -503 / -505 In Sets Of Two Only (Can Not
Be Intermixed With 369D21640-501 / -503 / -505 Blade Assy)
45 369D21613-51 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
45 369D21613-41 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Intrch With 369D21613-51
Page 1006
Revision 15 642010
P/N 369D21600
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
45 369D21613-31 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D2100-7 / -9 T/R Assy. Replaced By 369D21613-51.
Refer To SB DN-187, EN-80
45 369D21613-21 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Replaced By 369D21613-51. Not Procurable. Not In Production
45 369D21613-1 1 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Intrch With 369D21613-31. Replaced By 369D21613-41. For
Replacement Order 369D21613-51
45 369D21613 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21600-7 / -9 T/R Assy. Intrch With 369D21613-11 In
Sets Of Two. Replaced By 369D21613-21 In Sets Of Two
45 369D21642-505 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(HTC 500P3500-703) NO BKDN Two Way Interchangeable With
With 369D21606-511 Blade Assy In Sets Of Two Only.
45 369D21642-503 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
(HTC 500P3500-701) NO BKDN Two Way Interchangeable With
369D21642-501 / -505 Blade Assy, Two-W ay Interchangeable
With 369D21606-511 Blade Assy In Sets Of Two Only.
45 369D21642-501 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Not Procurable. (HTC 500P3500-701) NO BKDN Two Way
Two-W ay Interchangeable With 369D21606-511 Blade Assy In
Sets Of Two Only. (369D21642-501 / -503 / -505 Blade Assy May
Be Intermixed. CAN NOT Be Intermixed With 369D21606-511
Blade Assy)
45 369D21606-51 1 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21600-13 T/R Assy. Two Way Interchangeable With
369D21642-501 / -503 / -505 Blade Assy In Sets Of Two Only.
(CAN NOT Be Intermixed With 369D21642-501 / -503 / -505
Blade Assy)
45 369D21606-509 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Refer To SB FN-66. Use On 369D21600-13 T/R Assy. Replaced
By 369D21606-511 In Sets Of Two Only. Can Not Be Intermixed
45 369D21606-505 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21600-13 T/R Assy. Replaced By 369D21606-511 In
Sets Of Two Only. Can Not Be Intermixed
45 369D21606 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21600-13 T/R Assy. Replaced By 369D21606-505.
Replaced By 369D21606-509 In Sets Of Two Only. Can Not Be
Intermixed
46 369D24047 Plate Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21606-505 / -509 / -511 T/R Blade
Page 1007
642010 Revision 15
P/N 369D21600
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
46 369D24015 Plate Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21613-BSC / -11 / -31 / -41 / -51 / -61 / -71 T/R
Blade
47 369A1632-3 Abrasion Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21606-507 / -511, And Component Of
369D21613-61
48 369D21616 Strip, Abrasion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Refer To SB FN-66. Component Of 369D21606-BSC / -509, And
Component Of 369D21613-11 / -31 / -41 / -51 / -71
49 CR2545-4-1 Rivet, Bulbed, Cherrylock, Monel, Unisink Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Component Of 369D21606-BSC / -509 And Component Of
369D21613-1 1 / -31 / -41 / -51 / -71
50 NAS1352-08-12P Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
51 369A1622-5 Weight, Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
51 369A1622-3 Weight, Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
52 NAS1097AD3-6 Rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
53 MS21073L08 Nutplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
54 369A1626 Tipcap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
55 369A1716-19 Bearing, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369A1716-7 / -9 Bearings As A Set. 369A1716-17 /
-19 Bearing As A Set Is Preferred Configuration
55 369A1716-9 Bearing, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369A1716-17 / -19 Bearing As A Set. 369A1716-17 /
55 369A1716-5 Bearing, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
For Replacement Order 369A1716-9 / -7 As A Set
56 369A1716-17 Bearing, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369A1716-7 / -9 Bearing As A Set. 369A1716-17 / -19
Bearing As A Set Is Preferred Configuration
56 369A1716-7 Bearing, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369A1716-17 / -19 Bearing As A Set. 369A1716-17 /
56 369A1716-3 Bearing, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
For Replacement Order 369A1716-9 / -7 As A Set
57 NAS1080C04 Collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
58 NAS1414-4 Pin, Swage Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
59 369A1619-15 Arm Assy, Ptich Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21606-505 / -509 / -511. Component Of
369D21613-51 / -61 / -71
59 369A1619-13 Arm Assy, Pitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21613-BSC / -31
59 369A1619-1 1 Arm Assy, Pitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21613-41 Blade Assy
59 369A1619 Arm Assy, Pitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21613-11 And 369D21613 Blade Assy
60 369D21659 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369A1619-13 And 369A1619 Arm Assy
Page 1008
Revision 15 642010
P/N 369D21600
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
60 369D21621 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369A1619-15 And 369A1619-13 Arm Assy
61 369A1725-5 Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
61 369A1725-501 Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21600-3 T/R Assy
62 369D24034 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1009
642010 Revision 15
P/N 369D21600
Page 1010
Revision 15 642010
Section
64-20-20
Four-Bladed Tail
Rotor Assembly
Part Number
369D21610-BSC, -501, -503
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
TABLE OF CONTENTS
642020 FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Four Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly Major Components
(Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Blade Root Fitting Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3. Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
A. Disassembly of Tail Rotor Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
B. Disassembly of Hub and Fork Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
C. Tension Torsion Strap (Strap Pack) Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Figure 301. Use of Hub and Strap Assembly Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Figure 302. Blade Pitch Control Link and Swashplate Color Coding . . . . . . . . . . 304
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
2. Revision of Markings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
3. Painting and Marking Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly Parts and
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
A. Tail Rotor Blade Root Fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
B. Inner and Outer Pitch Bearing Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
C. Elastomeric Bearing Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Blades After Cleaning . . . . . . . . 502
Table 502. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Assembly (Except Blades)
After Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Figure 501. Tail Rotor Blade Inspection Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Figure 502. Blade Pitch ArmtoHub Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Aluminum Alloy Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Blade Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
642020 Page i
P/N 369D21610
C. Tension Torsion Strap Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
D. Tension Torsion Strap Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
E. Strap Pack Laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Blade Pitch bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Pitch Control Link Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
Figure 601. Tail Rotor Blade Pitch Bearings Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Figure 602. Staking Pitch Control Link Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
C. Elastomeric Fork Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
3. Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Figure 603. Elastomeric Bearing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
Figure 604. Elastomeric Bearing Bonding Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
Figure 605. Tail Rotor Inner Feathering Bearing Removal Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
1. Reassembly of Tension Torsion Strap in Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Reassembly of Hub and Fork Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
A. Hub Centering Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
3. Shimming Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
A. Reassembly of Hub and Fork Elastomeric Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 701. Centering Hub and Preloading Elastomeric Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
4. Color Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
A. Color Coding Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
5. Final Inspection of Tail Rotor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
6. Preparation For Testing and Balancing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
A. Testing and Balancing of Tail Rotor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
1. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . 901
Table 903. FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
Figure 901. Pitch Bearing Installation Tool Fabrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 904
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Page ii 642020
P/N 369D21610
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Assembly (Four Bladed) (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
642020 Page iii

P/N 369D21610
Page iv 642020
P/N 369D21610
FOUR-BLADED TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over rized modifications for the fourbladed
haul of this component, ensure the required tail rotor assembly.
provides fourbladed tail rotor assem
1. General bly reassembly procedures and shipping
instructions.
overhaul procedures for the 369D292500 (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly. Procedures & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
component. the fourbladed tail rotor assembly.
The FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly section identify part numbers and configura
of the Component Overhaul Manual is made tion differences for the fourbladed tail
up of seven parts, listed below. This section rotor assembly.
contains complete instructions for disassembly,
testing of the component. The following
describes the topic and content of each part (1). Reference is made throughout this part
with appropriate page numbers: of theOverhaulManualtoCSP
HMI2. These volumes should be used
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 as noted throughout the overhaul/re
describes procedures for complete use of pair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog
the fourbladed tail rotor assembly. (CSPIPC4) should be used for
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
required.
bly of the fourbladed tail rotor assem (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
bly. specifications, and when appropriate,
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 procurement information regarding
contains cleaning requirements for the special tools and equipment, expend
four bladed tail rotor assembly able items, and materials required for
components and parts. overhaul and repair. Torque values are
given in Table 903.
provides visual and dimensional (3). Figure 1 shows exploded views of the
inspection requirements. assembly and its major components,
(5). Repair/Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601 numbers are used throughout the text
provides allowable repairs and parts with the part nomenclature, to make
replacement information and autho part identification easier.
Page 1
642020 Revision 15
P/N 369D21610
4
16 5
1
2
8
3 7
16
10
11
6
9
5
4
13
12
13
14
14
18 7 19
9
OUTBOARD 15
12
5
4 13
6
15
10 14
16
33 32 14
16 4 5 17
1 13
11
INBOARD
H6420091
Figure 1. Four Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly - Major Components (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 2
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
36
20
35
4 34
43
44
42 40
28
22
39
38
37
25
26
23
24
31
29
30
27
NOTE:
DISASSEMBLY OF INBOARD AND OUTBOARD HUB IS THE SAME.
H6420092
Figure 1. Four Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly - Major Components (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 3
642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
1. NUT (4) 23. HUB ASSEMBLY
2. BALANCE WASHERS (A/R) 24. SHIM, SOLID SIDE (A/R)
3. PITCH CHANGE BOLT (2) 25. SHIM, BUSHED SIDE (A/R)
4. COTTER PIN (A/R) 26. THREADED BUSHING (2)
5. NUT (8) 27. STRAP ASSEMBLY
6. WASHER (8) 28. FORK
7. WASHER, SAFETY (4) 29. OUTBOARD SHOES (8)
8. PITCH CONTROL LINK (4) 30. INBOARD SHOES (4)
9. SPACER (4) 31. STRAP END BUSHINGS (4)
10. BOLT (4) 32. INNER PITCH BEARING
11. NUT (4) 33. OUTER PITCH BEARING
12. BOLT (4) 34. ELASTOMERIC BEARINGS (4)
13. BUSHINGS (8) 35. WASHER (A/R)
14. CRUSH WASHERS (8) 36. WASHER (A/R)
15. BLADE ASSEMBLY (4) 37. STOP, TEETERING INBOARD
16. PACKING (4) 38. NUT, STOP SUPPORT
17. WASHER 39. WASHER
18. BOLT, PITCH CHANGE 40. BOOT, OUTBOARD
19. LINK ASSEMBLY 41. RING, FORK SUPPORT
20. NUT (2) 42. RING, DRIVE FORK (TWO PIECES)
21. BOLT (2) 43. STOP, TEETERING OUTBOARD (2)
22. WASHER (2) 44. CONTROL ASSEMBLY, PITCH
Page 4
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
DISASSEMBLY
1. General (2). Measure flapping play at tip of opposite
blade. Measured play indicates com
This section describes procedures for disassem bined wear of all four bearings.
bly of the fourbladed tail rotor assembly.
When the tail rotor assembly is overhauled (3). If play exceeds 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) and
separately, or when specific repair requires blade is reusable, replace bearing (Ref.
only partial disassembly, follow the procedures Repair) prior to reassembly of tail rotor.
to the point required. The following Cautions
and Notes apply throughout the disassembly 3. Disassembly
procedure. Disassemble the tail rotor as follows:
Do not allow blade pitch to ex A. Disassembly of Tail Rotor Blades
CAUTION ceed 30 degrees from neutral
pitch (approximately one inch (2.54 cm) of Disassemble and remove the tail rotor blades
blade movement in either direction), with from hub and fork as follows. (See Figure 1,
pitch links disconnected. Unrestricted blade Sheet 1)
rotation on the hub can cause undetected There is strong spring pres
damage to the strap pack. WARNING sure in installed tail rotor
linkage. Disconnect the inline bungee
NOTE: before beginning disassembly. Failure
D Note and mark exact location and posi to disconnect the bungee can result in
tion of each part prior to removal. This personal injury and/or parts damage.
will ensure reinstallation of the part in
the same location and position at reas NOTE: All hardware should be reinstalled in
sembly, and help prevent balance prob the same location from which it was re
lems. moved, unless part replacement is neces
sary, to prevent balance problems at reas
D Separate, tag and index all items re sembly. Mark and tag exact location and
moved, for subsequent ease of reassembly quantity of all hardware at removal. Wrap
in proper position. all parts in protective paper or cloth and
D Wrap or cover all parts with protective place in suitable containers at removal to
cloth to prevent exposure and damage. prevent contamination or damage.
D Place parts in separate clean containers (1). Install 369D29936 or 369A9936 bungee
to prevent loss or damage, and for refer tool, to prevent personal injury or parts
ence duringoverhaul. damage from sudden release of strong
spring pressure.
2. Blade Root Fitting Check
NOTE: Do not remove elastomeric bearings
(34, Figure 1, Sheet 2) from fork (28) unless
Prior to disassembly check blade root fitting
replacement is required. When replacement
for play on hub to determine condition of blade
is necessary, (Ref. Repair). Disassembly of
root pitch bearings.
hub and fork unit with elastomeric bearings
NOTE: Maximum allowable wear on pitch is same as for fork with conical bearings.
bearing is limited only by the effect of the Shimming of hub and fork differs, but disas
wear on tail rotor vibration. Excessive tail sembly procedure is not affected.
rotor vibration will usually result if pitch (2). Inspect elastomeric bearings (Ref.
bearing wear allows 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) or Inspection).
greater play at blade tip.
(3). Check match marks on swashplate,
(1). Hold one tail rotor blade firmly in place. pitch control links and blade pitch
Page 301
642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
control arms (Figure 302). If match B. Disassembly of Hub and Fork Unit
marks are not distinguishable, remark
before disassembly. Disassemble hub and fork unit (Figure 1,
Sheet 2) as follows:
NOTE: If same blade is to be reinstalled, record (1). From 0.25 inch (6.35 mm) diameter
number and type of balance washers and drill rod, fabricate two 0.24850.2495
tag all hardware removed from each ex inch (6.31196.3373 mm) diameter
tended balance bolt. alignment pins, 1.75 inches (4.445 cm)
long. Chamfer or round off one end of
(4). Remove nut (1, Figure 1) and balance each pin.
washers (2) from each outboard blade
pitch change bolt (3 and 18). (2). Remove outboard hub (23) from fork
(28) by removing cotter pin (4) and nut
Do not allow blade pitch to ex (20) while pressing bolt (21) out of fork
CAUTION ceed 30 approximately one inch (28) and hub (23) using alignment pin.
(2.54 cm) movement in either direction from Remove bolt (21) by tapping on the
neutral position when pitch control links are alignment pin, while backing up the
disconnected. Unrestricted pitch can dam opposite elastomeric bearing (35) inner
age the tension torsion (strap) assembly. race with suitable tool.
(5). Remove cotter pin (4), nut (5), pitch (3). Carefully remove hub assembly (23)
change bolt (3) and washers (6, 7) from and shims (24, 25).
each outboard blade pitch change arm; If hub is not to be disassembled,
separate pitch control links (8) from CAUTION alignment pin must remain in
blade pitch change arms and remove hub and strap assembly untilhubisrein
spacers (9). stalledinfork.
(6). Remove cotter pin (4), nut (5), bolt (10) (4). Repeat steps (2). and (3). to remove
and washers (6); remove outboard pitch inboard hub from fork.
control links (8). Do not remove bear
ings from pitch control links unless (5). Remove rubber teetering stop (37) from
replacement is required. the stop support nut (38). Break tang of
tang washer (39), and using wrench
Protect exposed ends of strap adapter (8, Table 901) remove stop
CAUTION assembly from damage. Nicks, support nut (38).
scratches or other damage (6). Remove safety wire attaching rotating
cancausestrapassemblytobeunser boot (40) to fork assembly (28); remove
viceable. fork support ring (40) and fork assem
bly (29) from the tail rotor transmission
(7). Remove nuts (11), bolts (12), bushings output shaft.
(13) and crush washers (14); remove
outboard blade assemblies (15) and (7). Remove split ring (41) from tail rotor
packings (16). transmission output shaft.
NOTE: Bushings and crush washers may be re (8). Remove pitch control links (8) from the
installed if serviceable. If busing and crush tail rotor swashplate.
washers are to be reused, they must be C. Tension Torsion Strap (Strap Pack)
installed in the exact location from which Removal
they were removed. If either the blade or
strap pack assembly from which they were Tensiontorsion strap assembly should be
removed is replaced, replace crush washers removed from hub assembly only when strap
and bushing. assembly is damaged, damage is suspected or
inspection of strap assembly is necessary.
(8). Repeat steps (4). through (7). to remove Remove the strap pack assembly (27, Figure 1
inboard blade assembly. Sheet 2) from hub (23) as follows:
Page 302
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
(1). Using bushing wrench (1, Table 901), from hub.
remove threaded hub bushing (26) from
Do not disassemble strap pack,
hub (23). Remove alignment pin from CAUTION parts (27 thru 31) are not re
hub, (Ref. Fig. Figure 301).
placeable. If disassembled, the entire as
Handle strap pack assembly sembly must be replaced.
CAUTION carefully. Scratches or nicks on
strap pack may require replacement of the (3). Wrap entire strap pack in wax paper or
assembly. other nonabrasive material; store in
container which will protect assembly
(2). Carefully remove strap pack assembly from damage until reuse.
BUSHING ASSEMBLY PIN

(NOTE 1)
HUB TRUNNION OUTBOARD
SHOE
(NOTE 2)
THREADED TENSIONTORSION OUTBOARD

BUSHING TAIL ROTOR HUB STRAP LAMINATES SHOE
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 2)
BUSHING INBOARD SHOE
WRENCH (NOTE 2)
(NOTE 1)
NOTES:
1. PART OF AND SUPPLIED WITH BUSING
WRENCH SET (1, TABLE 901.).
2. PART OF TENSIONTORSION STRAP ASSEMBLY. H642010
Figure 301. Use of Hub and Strap Assembly Tool
Page 303
642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
AREA C
(22.86 CM)

AREA A (NOTE 1)

AREA B (NOTE 1)
ROOT FITTING

AREA C
AREA C (NOTES 1, 3)
ATTACHMENT
SCREW 1.0 INCH

(2.54 CM)

TIP WEIGHT
BOLT HOLE
NOTES:

AREA C (NOTES 1, 3)
3. FOR INSPECTION PROCEDURE, REF. TEXT.
H642011A
Figure 302. Blade Pitch Control Link and Swashplate Color Coding
Page 304
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning (1). Inspect and verify that all required part
and serial number plates are present
Clean all reusable parts according to and intact; rebond in place if necessary.
Table 401. (2). Make entry in helicopter logbook
denoting overhaul and listing all new
Most cleaning solvents are parts installed on tail rotor assembly.
away from heat or open flame. Avoid 3. Painting and Marking Requirements
inhalation of fumes and extended con Prepare surfaces and spot touchup or paint
tact with skin. tail rotor assembly and components as
necessary according to CSPHMI2.
2. Revision of Markings NOTE: If over two square inches of area are re
painted on blade, blade static balancing mo
After completion of testing and balancing ment may be affected. In such case, balance
procedures, revise tail rotor assembly mark of tail rotor assembly must be checked and if
ings as follows: necessary, adjusted.
Table 401. Cleaning Four-Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly Parts and Components
NOTE: At completion of cleaning, thoroughly dry all parts with moisture free, low pressure compressed air.
Pitch control links (8 and 19) Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse in
dampened in cleaning solvent (2) solvent.
*Blade assembly (15, sheet 1) Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse or allow
solvent to contact pitch bearings.
Tension-torsion strap assembly (27, Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse in
Sheet 2) dampened in cleaning solvent (2) solvent.
Hub (23, Sheet 2) Immerse in solvent bath (2). Clean Flush inside. Blow out interior with
with stiff bristle brush compressed air.
*Fork assembly (28, Sheet 2) Wipe clean with lint free cloth CAUTION: Do not immerse or allow
dampened in cleaning solvent (2) solvent to enter conical or
elastomeric bearings.
Attaching hardware and bushings Agitate in cleaning solvent (2). Use
stiff bristle brush
Elastomeric Bearings Wipe all fluids, greases, oils or Do not allow prolonged exposure to
solvents with a clean dry rag. If fluids, greases, oils or solvents as
wiping is not sufficient, wash with a damage may result to elastomeric
solution of pure soap and water and material.
clean affected area with a soft
bristle brush. Rinse with tap water.
*Contains bearings with Teflon reinforced liners, which are to be cleaned only when necessary.

642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection B. Inner and Outer Pitch Bearing Liners
Inspect parts of the four bladed tail rotor Inspect inner and outer pitch bearing (32 and
assembly that are to be reused according to the 33, Figure 1) and teflon reinforced linings for
following procedures and as described in serviceability as follows: (Ref. Figure 601).
Table 501 through Table 503.
Use care when handling pitch
CAUTION bearings. Teflon reinforced lin
A. Tail Rotor Blade Root Fitting
ings are easily damaged if mishandled or ex
Inspect the tail rotor blade root fitting, any posed to contaminants. If lining is damaged
time damage is suspected, as follows: or contaminated, bearing service will be
shortened or bearing replacement may be
(1). Using solvent (2, Table 902), remove required.
zinc chromate from inner diameter (ID)
surfaces of blade attachment holes and NOTE: Tetrafluoroethylene (TFE) debris (simi
hole edges. lar in appearance to dark flour or coffee),
works out of the bearing edges. Do not re
(2). Using MEK (13), remove clear lacquer move TFE debris unless it is contaminated
from surfaces around bolt mounting with dirt or other foreign material. The TFE
holes as shown in Figure 501. debris lubricates the bearing and improves
bearing life.
(3). Using bright light, inspect ID surfaces
of bolt mounting holes for cracks, (1). Check bearing for frayed fibers folded
scratches or corrosion. Repair minor back onto lining. If folded back fibers
scratches and corrosion within limits are noted. replace bearing, (Ref.
specified in Table 501. If scratches or Repair).
corrosion exceed repairable limits, or if
(2). Check lining edges for fraying and loose
cracks are noted, replace blade.
strands. Do not pull at loose threads or
(4). Using 3power magnifying glass torn pieces of fabric. This may damage
(minimum), inspect edges and flat liner. Trim off minor loose threads
surfaces around mounting holes for using sharp blade. If fraying is exten
cracks. If cracks are noted, replace sive, replace bearing (Ref. Repair).
blade. (3). Check for excessively worn or bare
(5). Dye penetrant inspect attachment hole areas on liner. Replace bearing if noted
ID surfaces and flat surfaces around (Ref. Repair).
mounting holes for cracks. If cracks are (4). Check TFE debris for chunks of liner or
noted, replace blade. abrasive particles; clean bearing if
noted, using clean, soft dry cloth.
(6). Treat attachment hole ID surfaces and
edges with chemical film (8, Table 902); C. Elastomeric Bearing Inspection
allow film to dry.
Visually inspect elastomeric bearings for
(7). Apply coat of clear lacquer (7) to damage and debonding from fork according to
surfaces around attachment holes. Table 502 and CSPHMI2.
Page 501
642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
Table 501. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Blades - After Cleaning
NOTE: All inspections are visual inspections unless otherwise specified (See Figure 501).
Blade surfaces for:
Cracks None allowed Not repairable Replace blade.
Scratches, nicks, gouges, Defect maximum depth is Minor rework Abrasive blend and polish
pits or corrosion 0.003 inch (0.076 mm) for allowable defect (Ref.
area A (Figure 501) if Repair).
oriented more than 15
from spanwise axis; or
0.006 inch (0.152 mm)
within 15 of spanwise
axis. Defect maximum
depth is 0.006 inch (0.152
mm) for area B
0.020 inch (0.508 mm) for
0.050 inch (1.270 mm) for
Leading edges for:
Erosion Smooth erosion in area B Not repairable Replace blade.
(Figure 501) to penetra-
tion of skin or until blade
performance or vibration
level is unacceptable
0.020 inch (0.508 mm) in
0.050 inch (1.270 mm) in
Use care to avoid increasing size of void or separation when making the following check. Use
CAUTION 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) feeler gage when checking for separation.
All exposed edges for Manufacturing voids up to Not repairable Replace blade.
possible adhesive 0.060 inch (1.524 mm)
separation depth allowable for trailing
edge and tip cap. No
separation allowed
Using 10X magnifying No separation allowed Repairable (Ref. CSP-HMI-2).
glass, check abrasion strip
along leading edge for
debonding between epoxy
adhesive and abrasion
strip
Page 502
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
Table 501. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Blades - After Cleaning (Cont.)
Root fitting for:
NOTE: Perform root fitting inspection described in (Ref. Tail Rotor Blade Root Fitting) as part of this inspection.
Cracks, scratches, nicks No cracks Defect depth must not Replace blade with crack.
and gouges exceed 0.020 inch (0.508 Abrasive blend and polish
mm) after rework allowable defect (Ref.
Repair).
Enlarged or damaged Maximum 0.5647 inch Not repairable Replace blade.
blade root bolt hole (14.3434 mm) diameter
Bent or twisted pitch No deformation allowed Not repairable
control arm
Do not attempt to measure inside diameter of blade pitch bearings with micrometers during fol-
CAUTION lowing check. The impregnated fabric bearing material will be damaged if a micrometer is used.
(For inspection criteria (Ref. Inner and Outer Pitch Bearing Liners).
Loose, frayed or No frayed, excessively Not repairable. Bearings Replace bearings (Ref.
excessively worn pitch worn or loose bearings may be replaced Repair).
bearings (32 and 33
Figure 1) (inside root
fitting)
NOTE: Max. allowable wear for pitch bearings is limited only by effect of wear on tail rotor vibrations.
Tip caps for:
Presence, security and No defects allowed Cracked, loose or missing Replace blade with
cracks tip cap not repairable cracked, loose or missing
tip cap.
Loose or missing tip No defects allowed Missing weight or screws Replace missing weight or
weight or attachment may be replaced screws.
screws on tip cap
NOTE: Replacement of tip weight and screws should be accomplished at testing and balancing of tail rotor as-
sembly (Ref. Assembly/Shipping).
Clear drain openings (in Openings must be Plugged openings maybe Clear openings with wood
blade end and tip cap) unobstructed opened probe.
Table 502. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Assembly (Except Blades) - After Cleaning
Safety washer (7, Figure 1) for:
Nicks, burrs, cracks, Minor dents only Not repairable Replace washer.
corrosion or deformation
Extended balance bolt (3) for:
threads allowed to exceed 1/2 of one
thread
Page 503
642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
Cracks, corrosion or No defects allowed Not repairable Replace bolt.
deformation
Self locking nuts (1) for None allowed Not repairable Replace nuts.
damaged threads
Pitch control links (8 and 19) for:
Worn bearings 0.020 inch (0.508 mm) Not repairable. Bearing Replace staked bearing
maximum axial play replaceable (Ref. Repair); or replace
link.
Loose or rough bearings No play in link bore radial Not repairable. Bearing Replace staked bearing
play or roughness replaceable (Ref. Repair); or replace
link.
Nicks, scratches or No unrepairable defects Minor surface defects Abrasive blend and polish
corrosion minor surface defects.
Bends or cracks No bends or cracks Not repairable Replace link.
allowed
Blade bushings (13) for:
Wear No burrs, nicks, scratches Not repairable Discard and replace if bolt
or damage (16) is removed.
Threaded bushing (26) for:
threads to exceed 1/2 of one
thread
Damaged wrench slots Minor corner rounding Not repairable Replace bushing.
allowed
Tension - torsion strap assembly (27) for:
Nicked or scratched No defects allowed Abrasive polishing to Abrasive polish (Ref.
laminates remove minor scratches Repair).
and nicks
Loose shoes (29, 30) or No axial play (rotational Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
bushing (31) movement permissible)
Rusted or corroded shoes No rust or corrosion Minor abrasive polishing Abrasive polish (Ref.
(29, 30) Repair).
Enlarged or damaged bolt None allowed. Maximum Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
holes ID 0.3770 inch (9.5758
mm) for end bushings
Loose rivets No play allowed Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
Cracked laminates No cracks allowed Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
Kinks, sharp bends or No defects allowed Not repairable Replace strap assembly.
permanent twist in
laminates
Page 504
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
Table 502. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Assembly (Except Blades) After Cleaning (Cont.)
Hub (23) for:
Cracks No cracks allowed Not repairable Replace hub.
Deformation No deformation allowed Not repairable Replace hub.
Damaged center hole No crossed or missing Total thread damage not Chase threads.
threads threads to exceed 1/2 of one
thread
Scratches, nicks, dents, No rust, corrosion or Scratches, nicks and other Abrasive polish and blend
rust or corrosion unrepaired damage minor surface defects not to contour.
allowed exceeding 0.005 inch
(0.127 mm) depth may be
reworked (except trunnion
surfaces)
NOTE: Some versions of hub have marraging steel trunnion surface, note limits for this version.
Marraging steel trunnion 0.0025 inch (0.0635 mm) Not repairable Replace hub.
surface wear (area of maximum wear, leaving
blade pitch bearings) minimum OD 1.218 inch
(3.094 cm) for inboard
bearing and 1.119 inch
(2.842 cm) for outboard
bearing
Center section for 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) Minor abrasive polishing Abrasive polish.
excessive flash maximum above normal
surface
Concentricity 0.005 inch (0.127 mm) Not repairable Replace hub.

maximum TIR at outer
ends
Anodic coated trunnion No wear through black Wore areas may have Contact MDHS Service
surface wear (area of anodic coating titanium anodizing Dept. for approved
blade pitch bearings) reapplied sources.
Fork assembly (28) for:
Cracks No cracks allowed Not repairable Replace fork assembly.
Deformation No deformation allowed Not repairable Replace fork assembly.
Worn or damaged splines 0.9405 inch (23.889 mm) Not repairable Replace fork assembly.
maximum between 0.072
inch (1.829 mm) diameter
pins
Surface nicks, gouges or No unrepaired damage Scratches, nicks and other Abrasive polish and blend
scratches minor surface defects with to repair damage using
0.005 inch (0.127 mm) grade 600 abrasive cloth
maximum depth may be (6, Table 902) only.
repaired
Page 505
642020 Revision 16
P/N 369D21610
Table 502. Detailed Inspection for Tail Rotor Assembly (Except Blades) After Cleaning (Cont.)
Elastomeric bearings (34, sheet 2) for:
Bond failure between No unrepaired failure Rebond bearings to fork
bearing and fork (Ref. Repair).
General condition Light swelling, pock marks Not repairable Replace bearing (Ref.
and crumbs Repair).
Fork assembly to hub play No play allowed Defective component Replace defective
(hub and fork assembled) must be replaced component(s).
Hubtoblade pitch arm 0.0010.130 inch Defective component Replace defective
clearance (blades (0.0253.302 mm) typical must be replaced component(s).
assembled on hub and clearance (Figure 502)
fork assembly)

Item Figure 1, Index No. Item Figure 1, Index No.
Extended balance bolt 3 Pitch control links 8 and 19
Hub 23 Fork 28
NOTES:
5power magnifying glass and all suspected areas should have epoxy primer removed locally with Poly
Table 504. Final Inspection of FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly
NOTE: All inspections are visual.
1 Presence and security of plate with serial and part numbers on:
a. Tail rotor assembly (hub and fork unit) (23, 28, Figure 1)
b. Tail rotor blade (root fitting) (15, Figure 1)
2 Complete assembly for scratches, nicks, dents, burrs or distortion that may
have occurred during reassembly or handling
3 Presence and security of safetying (cotter pins correctly installed) (4, Figure 1)
4 Presence of color dots on pitch control links and and pitch arms
5 Presence and security of blade tip and pitch arm balancing hardware (2, Figure 1)
Page 506
Revision 11 642020
P/N 369D21610
AREA C
(22.86 CM)

AREA A (NOTE 1) AREA B (NOTE 1)
ROOT FITTING

AREA C
AREA C (NOTES 1, 3)
ATTACHMENT
SCREW 1.0 INCH

(2.54 CM)

TIP WEIGHT
BOLT HOLE
NOTES:

AREA C (NOTES 1, 3)
3. FOR INSPECTION PROCEDURE, REF. TEXT.
H642011A
Figure 501. Tail Rotor Blade - Inspection Areas

BLADE PITCH ARM
ROOT
PITCH CONTROL FITTING
LINK
HUB
0.0010.130 INCH
(0.02530302 MM)
H642020A
Figure 502. Blade Pitch Arm-to-Hub Clearance

642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
FOURBLADED TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair Do not disassemble or remove
CAUTION shoes from strap pack assembly,
Repair procedures described in the following or allow rubber abrasive to enter between
paragraphs are the only repairs authorized for strap laminates. Use extreme care when
tail rotor assembly parts. Prior to repairing handling strap pack assembly. Any unrep-
any part or component, ensure that the part or airable nicks, scratches or other surface de-
component is within repairable limits defects make strap pack unserviceable.
scribed in Table 501 and Table 502. After
repairs are completed, the part or component D. Tension Torsion Strap Shoes
must meet the dimensions specified in
Table 501 and Table 502. Repair strap pack inboard and outboard shoes
(29, 30 Figure 1) as follows:
A. Aluminum Alloy Protection (1). Using fine grade rubber abrasive (18,
Table 902), polish and remove rust or
Restore chemical film protection on aluminum
corrosion.
alloy parts any time protective coating is
removed, or if it is suspected that protective (2). Apply brush coat of primer (10), or
coating is removed (Ref. CSPHMI2). sealing compound (24), to polished
surface. Do not allow primer, or sealing
B. Blade Assembly compound, to flow onto or between
strap pack laminates.
Repair blade assembly (15, Figure 1) minor
surface defects, such as scratches, nicks and E. Strap Pack Laminates
gouges, as follows.
Remove minor scratches and nicks from center
These procedures do not apply and edges of outer laminates by abrasive
CAUTION to the strap pack assembly. Per- polishing with fine grade rubber abrasive (18,
missible strap pack assembly repairs are de- Table 902).
scribed in the following paragraphs.
Do not allow abrasive material
CAUTION or metal chips to lodge on adja-
(1). Polish out defect in a spanwise direc-
tion, using abrasive cloth (6, Table 902). cent laminates. Insert a clean sheet of paper
Resulting radius must be less than 0.50 under laminate to be repaired. Withdraw
inch (12.70 mm), and surface finish paper when repair is completed, pulling de-
must be equal to, or better than bris away from strap pack.
adjacent finish.
Do not use crocus cloth on
CAUTION blades. Iron oxide particles from
Parts not meeting specifications in Table 501
and Table 502 must be replaced. The following
crocus cloth may become imbedded in blade
surface and cause corrosion. paragraphs describe special part replacement
procedures.
(2). Treat reworked areas with chemical A. Blade Pitch bearings
film solution and touchup paint (Ref.
CSPHMI2). Replace blade pitch bearings (32, 33 Figure 1)
as follows (See Figure 601):
C. Tension Torsion Strap Assembly
(1). Using tool (Ref. Figure 605) or suitable
Repair minor damage to the strap pack hardwood or plastic drift that will not
assembly (27, Figure 1) as follows: (Ref. scratch blade bore, remove loose or
Figure 301). unserviceable blade pitch bearing.
Page 601
642020 Revision 16
P/N 369D21610
Do not clean bore of blade root (9). Using arbor press, press tool and
CAUTION fitting with abrasive material. bearing into fitting until installation
tool shoulder is flush with blade arm
(2). Clean bearing seat, using locking fitting and bearing (33) is properly
compound remover (17, Table 902) and seated.
solvent (2); immediately dry with clean,
dry compressed air. (10). Remove bearing installation tool from
blade root fitting.
NOTE: Blade pitch bearing installation tool
consists of items indicated on Figure 601. (11). Remove blade from blade support.
An alternate tool may be locally fabricated
as shown in Figure 901. Perform steps (12). and (13).
CAUTION which follow, only if new bear-
(3). Place pitch blade support of bearing ings have been installed, to remove any
installation tool (5, Table 901), on arbor locking compound from inner surfaces of
press bed. Secure blade root fitting in new bearings. If previously used bearings
blade support, with blade support pin, are installed, immerse blade root fitting to
as shown in Figure 601. outer bearing only. If solvent contacts inner
surface of previously used bearings, bear-
Do not allow locking compound ings can be damaged. Ensure that no lock-
CAUTION to contact bearing inner surface, ing compound is on inner surface of bear-
or allow sealant coated outer surface to be- ings.
come contaminated.
(12). Immerse blade root fitting in solvent (2)
(4). Saturate a stamp pad with locking until pitch bearings (32, 33, Figure 1)
compound (9, Table 902). Carefully roll are covered.
outer surface of inner pitch bearing (32,
Figure 1) on stamp pad until outer (13). Remove blade root fitting from solvent;
bearing surface is completely coated immediately dry interior, using mois-
with locking compound. ture free, low pressure compressed air.
NOTE: Do not apply locking compound to bear- B. Pitch Control Link Bearings
ing seats. This may cause premature curing. Replace bearings in pitch control link (8,
(5). Place inner pitch bearing (32) over Figure 1) as follows:
inner bearing installation tool. Insert NOTE: The grooved outer race of bearings in
bearing and end of installation tool into pitch control links is staked to retain bear-
root fitting (See Figure 601). ings in link. This method secures bearings
by flaring edges of outer race against cham-
(6). Press bearing (32, Figure 1) and tool
fered edges of link bore.
into blade root fitting, using arbor
press, until bearing is fully seated in (1). Using fly cutter with 1/4 inch (6.35 mm)
blade root fitting (Figure 601). Remove pilot, remove staked lip from one side of
installation tool. bearing.
(7). Coat outer surface of outer pitch Do not cut into pitch control
bearing (33, Figure 1) with locking CAUTION link. If link or surrounding area
compound (9, Table 902) as described in is damaged, link must be replaced.
step (4).
(2). Using arbor press, press bearing from
(8). Place outer pitch bearing (33, Figure 1) link.
over outer bearing installation tool.
Insert bearing and tool into blade root (3). Clean primer residue from link bore,
fitting bore, carefully guiding end of using MEK (13, Table 902). Remove
tool into bore of inner pitch bearing locking compound residue, using
(32). compound remover (17).
Page 602
Revision 16 642020
P/N 369D21610
ARBOR PRESS ARM
INNER PITCH BEARING

INSTALLATION TOOL
OUTER PITCH BEARING
INSTALLATION TOOL
BLADE PITCH
CONTROL ARM
INNER PITCH BEARING
ROOT FITTING OUTER PITCH BEARING
BLADE SUPPORT INSTALLED INNER

PIN PITCH BEARING
END OF TOOL IN BORE OF

INNER PITCH BEARING
FIXTURE
BLADE
INSTALLING INNER PITCH BEARING INSTALLING OUTER PITCH BEARING

USING BEARING INSTALLATION TOOL USING BEARING INSTALLATION TOOL
CAUTION:
BEARINGS MUST BE HANDLED AND INSTALLED ACCORDING
TO INSTRUCTIONS IN TEXT. LOCKING COMPOUND IS NOT TO
CONTACT INNER SURFACE OF BEARINGS; OUTER SURFACE
IS NOT TO BE CONTAMINATED WITH FOREIGN MATERIALS.
H642014C
Figure 601. Tail Rotor Blade Pitch Bearings Installation
Page 603
642020 Revision 16
P/N 369D21610
0.005 INCH EDGE OF STAKING TOOL
(0.127 MM) MAX
FLUSH TO +0.010 INCH

(0.254 MM)
LINK LINK
BEARING WITH STAKING
GROOVE IN OUTER RACE
STAKING DETAIL
LINK
PRESSING BEARING IN LINK STAKING BEARING IN LINK

CAUTION:
BEARING MUST BE INSTALLED ACCORDING TO PRECAUTIONS
AND INSTRUCTIONS SPECIFIED IN TEXT.
H642015A
Figure 602. Staking Pitch Control Link Bearing

(4). Check that link bearing bores are (11). Inspect link for cracks around newly
0.65600.6565 inch (16.662416.6751 staked bearing, using bright light and
mm) diameter; replace link if not within 5X magnification (minimum). Replace
limits. link if any crack is noted.
(5). Apply thin coat of primer (10) to link C. Elastomeric Fork Bearings
bearing bore. Replace damaged elastomeric fork bearings
(6). Using arbor press and arbor press (34, Figure 1, sheet 2) or rebond serviceable
fixture (3, Table 901), press new bearings which have debonded, as follows:
bearing into link bearing bore; wipe (1). Scrape adhesive from gap between fork
away excess primer (See Figure 602). and bearing. Heat fork to 200 10F (94
5C), if necessary, to soften adhesive.
(7). Using staking tool (5, Table 901) and
hydraulic press, stake bearing at both (2). Using drift or soft mallet, knock
sides of link; staking force of 8000 500 bearing out of fork.
lbs (3629 227 Kg). is required. (See
Figure 602). NOTE: If unable to knock bearing from fork,
step (2)., use alternate bearing removal pro-
(8). Check that bearing outer race is flush cedures in steps (3). through (5).
to not more than 0.010 inch (0.254 mm) (3). Heat fork to 200 10F (94 5C) to
above link surface. soften adhesive.
(9). Using feeler gage, check for gaps Use suitable gloves and care
between staked lip and link bore WARNING when handling heated fork,
chamfer; gaps must not exceed 0.005 to prevent burns.
inch (0.127 mm).
(4). Install fork on bearing removal tool (4,
(10). Fill gaps between staked lip and link Table 901) by installing in holding
bore chamfer with primer (10, device with spacer and hose clamp.
Table 902). Secure with Cclamp (See Figure 603).
Page 604
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
(5). Push bearing out of fork. (9). Apply adhesive (5), mixed according to
container instructions, to bearing and
fork faying surfaces.
(6). Abrade outer metal surface of replace
ment bearing and mating fork bore (10). Place one ply of 108 glass fabric scrim
with wet scouring pad (19, Table 902) cloth (22) on surface of bearing which
and scouring powder (20). Rinse with mates with fork.
distilled water.
(11). Insert bearing into fork bore; align
using 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) bolt.
(7). Brush or spray faying surfaces of fork
and bearing with primer (4); air dry for (12). Cure adhesive for one hour minimum at
minimum of 30 minutes. Cure primer 200 10F (94 12C) or for 24 hours at
one hour minimum at 100 10F (38 room temperature. Spring loading is
12C). Use heat lamp if necessary. required to maintain force during cure.
(See Figure 604).
(8). Mask all nonmating surfaces of fork 3. Modifications
with masking tape for protection from
adhesive and to expedite cleanup. Not applicable.
BEARING

GAP (ADHESIVE)
FORK

C" CLAMP
SPACER

HOLDING DEVICE

HOSE CLAMP

FORK

BEARING
WASHER
Figure 603. Elastomeric

PUSH Bearing Removal H64-2017
Page 605
642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
1/4 INCH (6.35 MM) BOLT
FORK
WASHERS AS REQUIRED
HUB
NOTE
NOTE:
SECURE CLEARANCE OF 0.00470.0027 INCH WASHER
(0.11930.0686 MM) AND TORQUE TEETERING
NUT UNTIL SPACER SITS ON BEARING. NUT
H64-2016A
Figure 604. Elastomeric Bearing Bonding Set Up
Page 606
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
0.50 INCH
1.0 INCH (2.54 CM) (12.70 MM)
HEXAGON
WRENCHING HEAD
2.0 INCH 1.50 INCH (3.81 CM)
(5.08 CM) KNURLED AREA
(LIGHT KNURL)
1.00 INCH (2.54 CM)

(INTERNAL THREADED
AREA 1/213 UNC)
1.25 INCH (3.175 CM) DIA HANDLE WITH

0.75 INCH (19.05 MM) INTERNAL DIA
(EXCEPT FOR THREADED AREA)
1/213 UNC THREADED ROD

7 INCHES (17.78 CM) LONG
0.50 INCH (12.70 MM) DIA

(CLEARANCE HOLE)
0.60 INCH
WASHER (15.24 MM)
0.13 INCH
(3.302 MM) TYP
1.25 INCH
(3.175 CM) DIA
0.375 INCH (9.525 MM) 1.00 INCH

(2.54 CM)
STANDOFF
1.00 INCH 0.30 INCH
(2.54 CM) (7.62 MM)
0.30 INCH
0.188 INCH (7.62 MM)
(4.775 MM)
DIA INLINE
0.188 INCH (4.775 MM) DIA 305 X 0.060 INCH 0.60 INCH
PINSTRAIGHT MS 203922R 19 (1.524 MM) (15.24 MM)
0.060 INCH (1.524 MM) DIA 1.25R
COTTER PIN MS 24665132 OR
EQUIV. SHOULD SWIVEL FREELY
0.10 INCH RADIUS CORNERS
(2.54 MM)
0.25 INCH
(6.35 MM) 1.25 INCH
1.50 INCH 0.20 INCH (3.175 CM)
(3.81 CM) DIA (0.508 MM)
1.75 INCH
(4.45 CM) DIA
NOTES:
1. MATERIALS: ALL PARTS CARBON STEEL EXCEPT STANDOFF WHICH IS 2024T6 ALUMINUM ALLOY
OR EQUIVALENT AND 0.188 INCH (4.775 MM) DIAMETER PIN WHICH IS CRES. (PH13M0).
2. FINISH: CARBON STEEL ZINC PLATE ALUMINUM ALLOY ANODIZE.
3. SURFACE FINISH 125 RMS, BREAK SHARP EDGES 0.0020.015 INCH (0.0510.381 MM), CORNER RADIUS
0.031 INCH (0.787 MM) MIN.
4. TOLERANCE 0.030 INCH (0.762 MM). H64-3012A
Figure 605. Tail Rotor Inner Feathering Bearing Removal Tool

642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Reassembly of Tension Torsion Strap in 2. Reassembly of Hub and Fork Assembly
Hub
The following procedures describe reassembly
of the hub and drive fork assemblies. (Ref.
Assemble tensiontorsion strap (strap pack)
Figure 1, Sheet 1 and Sheet 2).
assembly (27, Figure 1) and hub (23) as
follows: (1). Install split ring (42) on transmission
output shaft.
(1). Apply coat of primer (10, Table 902) to
bushings (31, Figure 1), ID in outboard (2). Install fork assembly (28) on transmis
shoes (29), and inboard shoes (30) at sion output shaft. Align yellow match
center of tensiontorsion strap assem mark on fork assembly (28) with yellow
bly (27). mark on pitch control assembly (44).
It is possible for pitch control
NOTE: Do not apply primer, to or between CAUTION swashplate to be misaligned by
strap laminates. onehalf spline in relation to the fork. Make
sure fork, pitch links and swashplate are in
Handle tension torsion strap alignment with transmission centerline. If
CAUTION assembly carefully. Scratches or incorrectly assembled, remove tail rotor as
nicks on straps may require scrapping strap sembly, rotate 180 degrees and reinstall.
assembly.
(3). Install ring (41) on transmission output
shaft.
(2). Carefully slide tensiontorsion strap
assembly into bore of hub. Position (4). Install new tang washer (39). Ensure
strap assembly as shown in Figure 301. that inner tang does not shear during
tightening, mark the tang washer (39)
(3). Align bushing hole in inboard shoes of in relation to the fork (28) and check for
strap assembly with hub bolt hole. alignment after the nut (38) is tight
ened. Install stop support nut (38) and
(4). Insert bushing assembly pin, supplied torque 550 600 inchpounds (62.14
with wrench set (1, Table 901)through 67.79 Nm), by using torque wrench
bushing side of hub until lead end of adapter (10, Table 901).
pin is approximately at center of hub (5). Measure distance between inboard face
boss. (Figure 301). to tang washer (39) and fork (28). If
clearance is less than 0.005 inch (0.127
NOTE: Bushing slots may be enlarged by hand mm), remove nut (38), washer (39) and
filing to a depth of 0.10 inch (2.54 mm) and replace support ring (41).
a width of 0.060 inch (1.524 mm) to engage
wrench tangs and bushing slots. (6). Apply onehalf inch (12.70 mm) red
lacquer torque stripe to support nut
(5). Thread bushing (26, Figure 1) into hub (38) and fork assembly (28).
and torque bushing to 55 65 inch (7). Install inboard blade stop (37), and
pounds (6.21 7.34 Nm), using outboard blade stops (43).
bushing wrench supplied with wrench
set. Ensure that bushing is seated (8). Install outboard boot (40) into fork
against inboard shoe of tensiontorsion groove and safety wire in place.
strap assembly.
A. Hub Centering Calculations
NOTE: Do not remove bushing assembly pin Determine shims required to center hub and
until reassembly of hub and fork. fork and to preload bearings, and reassemble
Page 701
642020 Revision 4
P/N 369D21610
hub and fork using elastomeric bearings as (9). If H", is greater Dimension I
follows: than E then subtract
E from H :
3. Shimming Procedure If E is greater Dimension J
than H then subtract
Determine shim thickness required to allow H from E :
for correct preload of elastomeric bearings as
follows and as shown in Figure 701. Enter I or J in
Table 701 as required.
(1). Measure distance Dimension A
between bearings (10). Subtract I or J Dimension F
in fork: from C: Dimension
(View B) F = total clearance
thickness after centering
(2). Measure distance each hub and bearings for preload.
bearing protrudes from
inner surface of fork: (11). Determine shim thickness required to
(View B) ensure preload:
(3). Determine shim Dimension H NOTE: If fork has 369A17243 or 5 bearings

thickness as required installed, it may not be possible to obtain de
to make each bearing sired preload. Shim to obtain maximum pos
protrude equally sible preload not exceeding preload speci
(temporarily mark the fied.
side requiring the shim
with an S): F-0.076 inch (1.930 mm)
Inboard: =G
2
(4). Measure hub Dimension B F-0.146 inch (3.708 mm)
outside dimension: Outboard: =G
2
(View A)
(5). Subtract dimension Dimension C Enter dimension G Dimension G

B from A : in Table 701:
Dimension C=
total clearance. (12). Orient hub in fork so that S and U
are together on the same side.
(6). Subtract 1.123 inch Dimension D
(2.852 cm) from B : (13). Add up columns in Table 701 and
install shims as required.
NOTE: 1.123 inch (2.852 cm) is constant nomi
nal dimension from solid face of hub to cent (14). Torque nut. Ensure that flapping bolt
erline of hub. It is used to obtain fork and moves in hub as torque is applied. If
hub center interface. binding occurs, remove bolt and
reinstall.
(7). Take the difference Dimension E
between 1.123 and D" :
Table 701. Elastomeric bearing shimming
(8). Dimension E equals shim thickness to Shim Thickness Required
make hub mounting face equal distance
from centerline of hub. If D is larger Unmarked S and U
than 1.123 inch (2.852 cm) temporarily
G G
mark bushed side of hub with a U. If
1.123 inch (2.852 cm) is larger than D J I
temporarily mark unbushed side of hub
with a U. Total
Page 702
Revision 10 642020
P/N 369D21610
A. Reassembly of Hub and Fork - Bolt elongation measurement is
Elastomeric Bearings CAUTION the only method to be used for
torquing of fork bolt. If fork bolt is elongated
Assemble the hub, and fork with elastomeric over 0.011 inch (0.279 mm) for any reason,
bearings as shown in Figure 1, View C, and as replacement is required.
follows:
NOTE: While tightening fork bolt (21), ensure
NOTE: Assembly of hub and fork is the same that hub assembly (23) remains 90 degrees
procedurally as two bladed. On four bladed in relation to output shaft.
tail rotor install inboard hub first. Use the
following assembly sequence. (6). Measure length of fork bolt (21), with
zero torque applied. Torque fork nut
(1). Insert fork bolt (21) through washer
(20) to elongate fork bolt 0.0080.011
(22), countersunk side toward bolthead,
inch (0.2030.279 mm), and install
and through bearing (34) on one side of
cotter pin.
fork.
NOTE: Shim (24) must have thickness deter (7). Pivot hub and fork through full range of
mined by shimming procedure (Ref. Shim travel and check for axial play between
ming Procedures). hub and fork bearings and roughness.
Axial play and rough operation are not
(2). Place shim (24) on solid side of hub. permitted. If either is noted, investigate
and correct problem.
(3). Place hub in fork, aligning shims with
fork bolt (21), and press fork bolt Bolt (12), nut (11), washer (14)
through shim(s) and hub, until flush CAUTION and bushings (13) may be re
with outer face of bushing (26). Bolt used if serviceable. Bushings (13) and crush
must have easy, but snug pushfit. washers (14) must be installed in the same
location from which they were removed. If
NOTE: Shim (25) must have thickness deter blade (15) or strap pack (27) is replaced, re
mined by shimming procedure (Ref. Shim place crush washers (14) with new part.
ming Procedures).
NOTE: One or more blades (15) may be re
(4). Align shim (25) with bushing (26); press placed. As manufactured, static balance mo
fork bolt (21) through shim (25) and ments of all blades are within 40 gramin
bearing (34). ches of each other, by use of special blade
static balance moment fixture.
Check that fork nut (20) is not
CAUTION magnetic. If nut is magnetic, re
(8). Install inboard packings (16) and blade
place with nonmagnetic nut.
assemblies with crush washers (14),
(5). Install washers (35 and 36) and fork bushings (13), bolt (12) and nut (11),
nut (20) on fork bolt (21). Use washer while primer is wet. Torque nut (11)
combinations to establish bolt grip 600 650 inchpounds (67.79 73.44
length and cotter pin hole alignment. Nm). For bolt HS5482640 and nut
HS54896, torque nut (11) 750 775
NOTE: Use only the following combinations of inchpounds (84.74 87.56 Nm).
369A1605 washers to establish bolt grip Bolts must have easy but snug fit
length: through blade.
(9). Install inboard pitch links (19) in

Washer(s) Dash No. Thickness inch (mm) clevises of swashplate having like
1 7 0.015 (0.381) matchmark. Attach with bolt (10),
washer (6), and nut (5). Torque nut 30
2 7 0.030 (0.762)
40 inchpounds (3.39 4.52 Nm).
1 5 0.062 (1.574) Install cotter pin.
Page 703
642020 Revision 13
P/N 369D21610
1.123 INCH (2.852 CM) H (TYP)
(NOTE 1)

POINT A POINT B
THREADED BUSHING
VIEW A VIEW B
0.073 INCH (1.854 MM) GAP OUTBD ARMS

0.038 (0.965 MM) GAP INBD ARMS
0.0025 INCH (0.0635 MM) (NOTE 2)
SHIM AS REQUIRED
SPACING SHIMS 369A1717*

THICKNESS
DASH NUMBER INCH (MM)
3 0.020 (0.508)

23 0.030 (0.762)
43 0.040 (1.016)

53 0.010 (0.254)
55 0.011 (0.279)
57 0.012 (0.305)
59 0.013 (0.330)
61 0.014 (0.356)
SHIM AS REQUIRED 63 0.015 (0.381)
0.073 INCH (1.854 MM) GAP OUTBD ARMS 65 0.016 (0.406)
0.038 (0.965 MM) GAP INBD ARMS 67 0.017 (0.432)
0.0025 INCH (0.0635 MM) (NOTE 2) 69 0.018 (0.457)
71 0.019 (0.483)
73 0.045 (1.143)
VIEW C 75 0.046 (1.168)
77 0.047 (1.194)
79 0.048 (1.219)
81 0.049 (1.245)
83 0.050 (1.270)
85 0.051 (1.295)
87 0.052 (1.321)
89 0.053 (1.346)
91 0.054 (1.372)
*269A60733 THRU 91
ARE ALTERNATIVES.
NOTES:
1. 1.123 INCH (2.852 CM) IS CONSTANT NOMINAL DIMENSION
FROM CENTERLINE TO SOLID SHOULDER OF HOLE.
2. SPECIFIED PRELOAD SET USING PROCEDURE AND
FORMULA IN TEXT VARYING THE SHIM THICKNESS. 88617D
Figure 701. Centering Hub and Preloading Elastomeric Bearings
Page 704
Revision 4 642020
P/N 369D21610
NOTE: Bend tip of washer (7) to relieve inter (3). Apply a 0.120.18 inch (3.054.57 mm)
ference between washer (7) and tail rotor of white dot of paint, to denote proper
blade root fitting and link. seating of dual bearings and torque of
locknut (Ref. Reassembly 643000).
(10). Attach outboard pitch link (19) to blade
pitch arm with bolt (18), washer (7), A. Color Coding Swashplate
spacer (9), link (19), washer (6), nut (5), (1). Apply small dot of yellow paint (1,
balance washers (17) and nut (1). Table 902) adjacent to spline centerline
Torque nut (5) 50 60 inchpounds groove on swashplate end at location
(5.65 6.78 Nm). Install cotter pin (4). according to Figure 702.
(11). Check for clearance between pitch link NOTE: Figure 702 shows that one swashplate
(19) and bolt (18). spline groove is located directly on center
line through swashplate arms, while at op
(12). Perform long method balance of inboard posite side of spline bore, same centerline
blades. passes through a spline tooth. The match
mark is used during reassembly of pitch
(13). Repeat steps (1). through (12). on control assembly with tail rotor assembly at
outboard blades. installation on helicopter.
(14). If desired, the outboard hub (23) and (2). If not previously color coded, color
blades (15), may be removed and coding of ends of clevis arms on swash
installed on the fork (28) as an assem plate is required at assembly of pitch
bly. control assembly and tail rotor assem
bly as shown in Figure 702.
(15). Balance tail rotor as an assembly.
5. Final Inspection of Tail Rotor Assembly
(16). Color code blades, pitch links and
swashplate (Ref. Color Coding). Perform final inspection of tail rotor assembly
according to Table 504.
4. Color Coding
6. Preparation For Testing and Balancing
Color code ends of pitch links (8, Figure 1), Preparation of reassembled tail rotor assembly
blade pitch change arms and pitch control for testing and balancing is accomplished by
assembly as follows (Ref. Figure 302). installing tail rotor assembly on a helicopter
and marking associated pitch control assembly
(1). Use green and blue paint (1, Table 902)
(Ref. Color Coding).
to apply dots, 0.120.18 inch (3.054.57
mm) diameter, to outboard blade and A. Testing and Balancing of Tail Rotor
corresponding pitch control link. Assembly
(2). Code inboard blades and corresponding Tail rotor assembly testing and balancing is
links using dashes, 0.12 x 0.38 x 0.80 accomplished with the assemblies installed on
inch (3.05 x 9.65 x 20.32 mm). Mark a helicopter. The tail rotor and pitch control
clevis arm of pitch control swashplate assemblies that are to be used together must
to correspond with marking on attached be tested and balanced together. Ensure that
pitch control link. each swashplate clevis has been color coded as
described in (Ref. Color Coding) prior to
NOTE: If swashplate was not overhauled, ap testing and balancing. Install, test and balance
ply color coding to swashplate clevis when the tail rotor and pitch control assembly
tail rotor assembly is installed on helicopter. according to CSPHMI2.
Page 705
642020 Revision 13
P/N 369D21610
First runup of tail rotor and 7. Packing and Storing
CAUTION pitch control assembly should
be accomplished cautiously, increasing rpm If overhauled tail rotor assembly is not to be
slowly, so that vibrations from an outofba used immediately, package and store the tail
lance condition will not cause damage. rotor assembly as follows:
NOTE: After testing and balancing of tail rotor (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven
assembly is completed, retain tail rotor as tative (23, Table 902) and package or
sembly, swashplate assembly and pitch cover to keep dust off.
links tested and balanced together for use as
a unit. If any of the three elements are re
placed, rebalancing is required at installa
tion.
BLUE DOT
0.015 IN. (0.381 MM) (NOTE 2, 3)
CENTERLINE GROOVE
(NOTE 1)
HOUSING
CENTERLINE
GROOVE
SWASHPLATE
SWASHPLATETOHOUSING
CLEARANCE
HOUSING
(NOTE 1, 3)
SWASHPLATE ARM
NOTES:
H643009A
Figure 702. Pitch Control Assembly - Match Marking, Color Coding and Swashplate Clearance
Page 706
Revision 13 642020
P/N 369D21610
1. Reference Data (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
(1). Reference is made throughout this part special tools and equipment, expend
of the Overhaul Manual to CSP able items, and materials required for
HMI2. These volumes should be used overhaul and repair. Torque values are
as noted throughout the overhaul/re given in Table 903.
pair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog 2. Special Tool Fabrication
(CSPIPC4) should be used for A pitch bearing installation tool (3, Table 901)
ordering any replacement parts may be locally fabricated as shown in
required. Figure 901.
Table 901. Four-Bladed Tail Rotor Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
1 Bushing wrench set 369A1600-80902 MDHI
2 Arbor press fixture pitch control link bearing 83006-809-00090-1 MDHI
(369A7951-5)
3 Blade pitch bearing installation tool Fabricate (Figure 901) MDHI
4 Elastomeric bearing removal tool - tail rotor 369D29828 MDHI
6 Hub center marking tool 369D29928 MDHI
7 Blade static balance moment fixture 369A1710-80901 MDHI
8 Wrench adapter 369D29826 MDHI

Item
epoxy)
Dexter Corp.
Pittsburg, CA
Dexter Corp.
6 Abrasive cloth, aluminum P-C-451 (3)
oxide (grade as noted)
alloy surfaces
Page 901
642020 Revision 12
P/N 369D21610
Item
8 Chemical conversion film MIL-C-5541 Iridite 14-2 Richardson Co.
solution (Iridite, Alodine or Al-Coat Allied-Kelite
equivalent) Product Division
2400 E. Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
optional)
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
407-322-4000
11 1, 1, 1 trichloroethane, O-T-620 (3)
technical, inhibited
(grade as noted)
15 Grease, oscillating bearing MIL-G-25537 Aero Shell 14 Shell Oil Co.
16 Grease, aircraft and MIL-G-81322 Mobil 28 (4) Mobil Oil Co.
instrument
07922-2712
(Brightboy or equiv.) Newark, NJ
19 Scouring pad Scotchbrit (3) 3M Mfg Co.
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning Equip.
20122 State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
Page 902
Revision 12 642020
P/N 369D21610
Item
Type II Corp.
24 Sealing compound MILS8802 Product Research and
Chemical Co.
Glendale, CA 91209
MILS81733 PR1436G Product Research and
Chemical Co.
NOTES:
AMS American Material Standard; MS Military Standard; MIL Military Specification; single, double
or triple alpha prefix of the same letter Federal Specification; AN Air ForceNavyAeronautical
Standard; NAS National Aerospace Standard.
Table 903. FourBladed Tail Rotor Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Threaded bushing 26, Figure 1 55 65 6.21 7.34
Blade attachment nut w/MS 21250 bolt 11, Figure 1 600 650 67.79 73.44
Blade attachment nut w/HS 54826, 8056, 35326, 11, Figure 1 750 775 84.74 87.56
73066 or 842086 bolt
Nut for extended balance bolt at blade pitch arm 5, Figure 1 50 60 5.65 6.78
Pitch control link retention nut 5, Figure 1 30 40 3.39 4.52
Page 903
642020 Revision 13
P/N 369D21610
0.120 INCH
(3.048 MM)
1.36 INCH 1.29 INCH

3.45 CM) (3.28 CM)
1.10 INCH FOR 369A17163 AND 369A17165 BEARINGS 1.10 INCH
1.87 INCH (2.79 CM) (2.79 CM)
(4.75 CM)
0.38 INCH
(9.65 MM)
0.38 INCH
(9.65 MM) 2.90 INCH (7.37 CM)
0.39 INCH
(9.91 MM)
0.120 INCH
(3.048 MM)
1.36 INCH 1.29 INCH

3.45 CM) FOR 369A17167, 369A17169, 369A171617 (3.28 CM)
1.10 INCH AND 369A171619 BEARINGS 1.10 INCH
1.87 INCH (2.79 CM) (2.79 CM)
(4.75 CM)
0.50 INCH
(12.7 MM)
0.50 INCH
(12.7 MM) 2.78 INCH (7.06 CM)
0.39 INCH
(9.91 MM)
NOTE:
1. FABRICATE FROM HARD WOOD, PHENOLIC OR
OTHER SUITABLE MATERIAL. H642008D
Figure 901. Pitch Bearing Installation Tool Fabrication
Page 904
Revision 16 642020
P/N 369D21610
tail rotor assembly overhaul manual. Correct
effectivities.
Page 1001
642020 Revision 14
P/N 369D21610
44
37 49
38 4
39
45
31
32
33
5
34
29 35 47
7 6
43
30 46
8
48
27 40
36 28 54
35 24 25 47 41
26 42
3
23
22 2
45
1
19
18 20
21
17
37 38 18 19
39 21
14
15 55
20
47 18
21
46 16 19
42 43 40 62
45
12
18
45 41 19
47 13
17
44 11
10 9
H6430221
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Assembly (Four Bladed) (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 1002
Revision 15 642020
P/N 369D21610
ROTATED 180
74
50 51 73
56
57 55
52 82
83 71
84
51 70
52 85
50 86
78
76
64 79
75
65 69
67
66 76
53 77
80 70
53 73 68
1
72
1
63
54
56 1
57
49
61
60
59
58
62
H6430222
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Assembly (Four Bladed) (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 1003
642020 Revision 15
P/N 369D21610
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001- 369D21610-503 Rotor Assy, Tail (Four Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D21610-501 Rotor Assy, Tail (Four Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D21610 Rotor Assy, Tail (Four Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 MS24665-153 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
3 AN960PD416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4 MS21042-4 Nut, Self Locking, Reduced Hex, Ring Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
5 HS306-227L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
6 369D21602 Bolt, Pitch Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
7 369A1601 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
8 369D21622 Spacer Washer, Pitch Control Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
9 MS21042-4 Nut, Self Locking, Reduced Hex, Ring Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
10 HS306-225L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
11 MS24665-153 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
13 AN960PD416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
14 369D21623 Bolt, Pitch Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 369A1601 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
16 369D21622 Spacer Washer, Pitch Control Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
17 HS5489-6 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Spares Replacement For FN22M-624 Nut
18 369H5308 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
19 369H5309 Washer, Crush T/R Blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
20 HS5482-6-40 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Spares Replacement For MS21250-06040, HS4441-6-440 And
LWB22-6-40 Bolt
21 369D21641-505 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
With 369D21615-31 Blade Assy In Sets Of Two Installed On The
Same Inboard Or Outboard Hub (369D21641-501 / -503 / -505
Blade Assy May Be Intermixed. CAN NOT Be Intermixed With
369D21615-31 Blade Assy On The Same Inboard Or Outboard
Hub)
21 369D21641-503 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
With 369D21615-31 Blade Assy In Sets Of Two Installed On The
Same Inboard Or Outboard Hub (369D21641-501 / -503 / -505
Blade Assy May Be Intermixed. CAN NOT Be Intermixed With
369D21615-31 Blade Assy On The Same Inboard Or Outboard
Hub)
Page 1004
Revision 15 642020
P/N 369D21610
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
21 369D21641-501 Blade Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Not Procurable (HTC 500P3100-301) NO BKDN Two-W ay
Two-W ay Interchangeable With 369D21615-31 Blade Assy In Sets
Of Two Installed On The Same Inboard Or Outboard Hub
CAN NOT Be Intermixed With 369D21613-31 Blade Assy On The
Same Inboard Or Outboard Hub
21 369D21615-41 Blade Assy, Tail Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Refer To S/B DN-187, EN-80. Replaced By 369D21615-31 In Sets
Of Four Only
Two Way Interchangeable With 369D21641-501 / -503 / -505
Blade Assy In Sets Of Two On The Same Inboard Or Outboard
Hub (369D21641-501 / -503 / -505 Blade Assy May Be
Intermixed. CAN NOT Be Intermixed With 369D21615-31 Blade
Assy On The Same Inboard Or Outboard Hub)
21 369D21615 Blade Assy, Tail Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Intrch With 369D21615-21
22 NAS1352-08-12P Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
23 369A1622-5 Weight, Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
23 369A1622-3 Weight, Tip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
24 NAS1097AD3-6 Rivet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
25 MS21073L08 Nutplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
26 369A1626 Tipcap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 369D21616 Strip, Abrasion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21615-BSC / -21 / -41 Blade Assy
27 369A1632-3 Abrasion Strip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21615-31 Blade Assy
28 HS5413M4-2 Rivet, Blind, Unisink Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Use With 369A1632-3 Abrasion Strip. Not Illustrated
28 CR2545-4-1 Rivet, Bulbed, Cherrylock, Monel, Unisink Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use With 369D21616 Abrasion Strip. Not Illustrated
29 NAS1414-4 Pin, Swage Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
30 NAS1080C4 Collar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
31 369A1619-BSC Arm Assy, Pitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21615-BSC Blade Assy. Replaced By
369A1619-1 1 Arm Assy
31 369A1619-15 Arm Assy, Pitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21615-21 / -31 / -41 Blade Assy
31 369A1619-13 Arm Assy, Pitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Used On 369D21615 Blade Assy
31 369A1619-1 1 Arm Assy, Pitch Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369D21615-BSC Blade Assy
32 369D21659-3 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369A1619-BSC / -13 Arm Assy
Page 1005
642020 Revision 15
P/N 369D21610
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
32 369D21621 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369A1619-11 And 369A1619-15 Arm Assy
33 369A1619-7 Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Component Of 369A1619-13 / -15 Arm Assy
34 369D21619 Bearing, Outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
35 369A1716-3 Bearing, Inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
36 HS1537-1 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
For Replacement Order 369A4007-87
36 369A4007-87 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
37 MS24665-153 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
38 VCU0001 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
38 SPS79325-428 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Alternate For VCU0001
39 369A1605-7 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
39 369A1605-5 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
40 NAS620C416L Washer, Flat-Reduced Outside Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
For Replacement Order MS21206C4
40 MS21206C4 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
41 369A1602-3 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
41 369A1602 Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Replaced By 369A1602-3
42 369D21700-3 Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21610-501 / 503
42 369D21700 Hub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Use On 369D21610-BSC Only
43 369A4007-87 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Component Of 369D21700-3
44 369A1706-509 Strap Assy, Tension-Torsion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Intrch With 369A1706-503 Strap Assy
Intrch With 369A1706-509 Strap Assy
Replaced By 369A1706-503 Strap Assy
45 MS28775-025 Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
For Replacement Order 2-025C873-70
45 2-025C873-70 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
45 2-025C557-70 Packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Intrch With 2-025C873-70
46 369A1604 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
47 369A1717-3 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
Use 369A1717-3 thru -91
48 HS1537-1 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
49 369D21718 Stop, Teetering Outboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
50 MS24665-153 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
52 AN960PD416L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Page 1006
Revision 15 642020
P/N 369D21610
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
53 NAS1304-15D Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
54 369D21706-17 Link Assy, Pitch Control (Long) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
54 369D21706-13 Link Assy, Pitch Control (Long) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
55 369D21706-19 Link Assy, Pitch Control (Short)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
55 369D21706-15 Link Assy, Pitch Control (Short) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
56 369A7951-57 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Component Of 369D21706-17 / -19 Link Assy
57 369A7951-53 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Component Of 369D21706-13 / -15 Link Assy
58 369D21717-3 Stop, Teetering Inboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
58 369D21717 Stop, Teetering Inboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
59 369D21716 Nut, Stop Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
60 HS1551S238 Lockwasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
61 369D21727 Ring, Fork Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
62 369D21701-21 Fork Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21610-503
62 369D21701-1 1 Fork Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21610-501
62 369D21701 Fork Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21610-BSC
63 369A1724-7 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Component Of 369D21701-21 Fork Assy
63 369A1724-5 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Replace By 369A1724-7
63 369A1724 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Component Of 369D21701-11 And 369D21701-BSC Fork Assy
64 369D21812 Boot, Rotating, Outboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
64 369D21807 Boot, Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
65 369D21726 Ring. Drive Fort T/R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
66 369D21820 Control Assy, Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
67 369D21811 Boot, Inboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
67 369D21806-3 Boot, Stationary Non-Rotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
69 HS626-3-155 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
70 AN960KD10L Washer,Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
71 NAS1303-12D Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1007
642020 Revision 15
P/N 369D21610
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
74 NAS1305-25D Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
75 HS308-516L Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
75 HS308-516 Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
76 AN960KD516 Washer, Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
78 369A7510 Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
79 369D27515-13 Bellcrank Ass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
80 369D21624-5 Decal - Caution: Spring Loaded Do Not Push (White) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
With White Lettering
80 369D21624-3 Decal - Caution: Spring Loaded Do Not Push (Black) . . . . . . . . . . . 1
With Black Lettering
81 369D27519-1 1 Push-Pull Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Not Illustrated
82 369A7518-5 Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
83 MS20470AD4 Rivet, Solid-Universal Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
84 369D27520-3 Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
85 AN316-6R Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
86 369A7951-31 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 1008
Revision 15 642020
Section
64-30-00
Pitch Control
Assembly
Part Number
369D21800-BSC, -501
369D21820-BSC
Page a
Revision 14
Page b
Revision 14
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
TABLE OF CONTENTS
643000 Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
A. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Disassembly of Two and Four Bladed Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning Pitch Control Assembly Parts and Components . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Visual and Dimensional Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
2. Dual Ball Bearing Inspection and Grease Repack (2770 Hour) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
3. Final Inspection of Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Pitch Control Assembly and Associated
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Tail Rotor Swashplate Housing Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
Table 502. Final Inspection Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Figure 502. SwashplatetoPitch Control Housing Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
1. Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Swashplate Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
2. Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Replacement of Self Aligning Pivot Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Replacement of Dual Bearings (Matched Bearing Set) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
3. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
1. Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Replacement of Dual Bearings (Matched Bearing Set) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
3. Color Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
4. Final Inspection of Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
5. Testing of Pitch Control Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
6. Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
643000 Page i
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
Figure 702. Staking Dual Bearings in Pitch Control Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 703. MS172209 Tang Washer Inspection and Application of Torque
Stripe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
Figure 704. 369D21813 Tang Washer Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
1. Special Tools and Repair Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. Pitch Control Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 902. Pitch Control Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Pitch Control (Two Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Figure 1002. Tail Rotor Pitch Control (Four Bladed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1003
Page ii 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
special tools and processes are available to replacement information and autho
assure completion of the work. rized modifications for the pitch control
assembly.
1. General
(6). Reassembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
provides pitch control assembly reas
This section provides overhaul procedures for sembly procedures and shipping
the tail rotor pitch control assembly. The pitch instructions.
control assembly primarily consists of a
swashplate that rotates on dual bearings
inside a housing assembly. The dual bearings (7). Special Tools, Fixtures
are a matched pair (set) of bearings. A & Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
selfaligning pivot bearing is installed in the provides procedures for fabricating
underside of the housing. special tools required for overhaul of
the pitch control assembly.
NOTE: Unless specifically noted, the following
procedures cover both two and four bladed (8). Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
pitch control assembly. provides a parts list supplement to
tion differences for the pitch control
A. Organization assembly.
The Pitch Control Assembly section of the B. Reference Data

Component Overhaul Manual is made up of
cleaning, inspection, repair and reassembly of of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
the component. The following describes the HMI2. These volumes should be used
topic and content of each part with appropriate as noted throughout the overhaul/re
page numbers: pair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog
(CSPIPC4) should be used for
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 required.
the pitch control assembly.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301 procurement information regarding
gives procedures for complete disassem special tools and equipment, expend
bly of the pitch control assembly. able items, and materials required for
overhaul and repair. Torque values are
(3). Cleaning/Painting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401 given in Table 902.
ments for the pitch control assembly (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of the
components and parts. assembly and its major components,
(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 numbers are used throughout the text
provides visual and dimensional with the part nomenclature, to make
inspection requirements. part identification easier.
Page 1
643000 Revision 15
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
2
4
7
8
TWOBLADED
6
8
7
FOURBLADED
6
H643006A
1. LOCKNUT 6. SELF-ALIGNING PIVOT BEARING

2. TANG WASHER 7. SWASHPLATE HOUSING
3. SWASHPLATE 8. HOUSING ASSEMBLY
4. SWAGE RING 9. SERIAL NUMBER PLATE
5. DUAL BEARINGS (MATCHED SET)
Figure 1. Pitch Control Assembly
Page 2
Revision 10 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
DISASSEMBLY
1. General (3). Remove swashplate (3) from swashplate
housing (7).
The following paragraphs describe procedures
for disassembly of the twobladed and NOTE: Following procedure removes matched
fourbladed pitch control assemblies. set of dual bearings from pitch control hous
ing and is to be accomplished only when
2. Disassembly of Two and Four Bladed bearings or housing is defective and re
Pitch Control Assembly quires replacement. When removing bear
Disassemble the pitch control assembly as ings, use wooden support blocks or pad on
follows (Ref. Figure 1): bed of arbor press to prevent damage to
housing.
NOTE:
D Unless specifically noted, the following (4). Place pitch control housing (7) on arbor
procedures cover both two and four press bed so that housing is supported
bladed pitch control assembly. with boot grove down.
D Do not remove matched set dual bearings (5). Press bearings (5) from housing (7)
(5) or self aligning pivot bearing (6) from using bearing removal plug (2,
swashplate housing (7) unless replace Table 901), or other suitable plug. As
ment is required. For replacement of bearings exit housing, swage ring (4,
these parts (Ref. Repair). New housing Figure 1) will shear.
assemblies have factory installed self
aligning pivot bearing. (6). Clean bearing bore of locking compound
(1). Using wrench adapter (3, Table 901), residue with compound remover (17,
torque wrench (5) and holding block (4), Table 903). Remove any remnants of
remove locknut (1, Figure 1). staking ring from swage groove.
Thoroughly clean housing, including
(2). Remove and discard tang washer (2). bearing bore, with solvent (2).

643000 Revision 3
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning 2. Painting Requirements
Prepare surfaces and spot touchup or paint
Clean all parts of disassembled pitch control pitch control assembly and components as
assembly according to Table 401. necessary (Ref. CSPHMI2).
Table 401. Cleaning Pitch Control Assembly Parts and Components
Nomenclature (Ref.Figure 1) Cleaning Method (Ref. Table 903) Remarks
NOTES:At completion of cleaning, thoroughly dry all parts with moisture free, low pressure compressed air.
Swashplate assembly (3) Wipe clean with lint free cloth Do not immerse.
dampened in solvent (2)
Pitch control housing (7) Wipe clean with lint free cloth Do not immerse or allow solvent to
dampened in solvent (2) enter installed bearings.
* Dual bearings (5) Remove seal from bearings and Flush inside. Do not spin bearings
wash with kerosene (14). Remove with compressed air.
seal from bearing by prying at outer
diameter of seal. Avoid prying at
seal lip (inner diameter of seal)
Locknut (1) Solvent (2) bath, stiff bristle brush
This assembly contains self-aligning bearings with Teflon reinforced liners that are to be cleaned only when
necessary.
* If installed in pitch control housing, clean only after removal of seals.

643000 Revision 3
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Visual and Dimensional Inspection twobladed and fourbladed tail rotor are the
same (Ref. Figure 1).
Table 501 contains procedures for detailed (1). For repack procedures and instructions
visual and dimensional inspection require- for making repack tool, Refer to
ments of pitch control assembly parts. CSPHMI2.
2. Dual Ball Bearing Inspection and Grease 3. Final Inspection of Pitch Control
Repack (2770 Hour) Assembly
Perform final inspection of pitch control
Procedures for repacking dual bearings for assembly according to Table 502.
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Pitch Control Assembly and Associated Parts
(Ref.Figure 1) Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Pitch control housing assembly (8, Figure 1) for:
Loose, rough or binding No defects Not repairable Replace dual bearings;
bearings(s) (5, 6) and selfaligning bearing
(Ref. Repair).
NOTE: New replacement pitch control housing contains factory installed selfaligning bearing (6).
Selfaligning pivot bearing 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) Not repairable Replace bearing or pitch
(6) play maximum radial play housing (Ref. Repair).
Axial play in dual bearings None allowed Not repairable Replace dual bearings
(5) (Ref. Repair).
Damaged dual bearings No cuts, tears or breaks Not repairable Replace dual bearings
external dust seals (Ref. Repair).
Cracks, nicks, scratches, No cracks, unrepaired Minor abrasive polishing Replace cracked part.
dents or corrosion damage or corrosion of minor defects 0.015 Abrasive polish and blend
allowed inch (0.381 mm) max. out surface defects (Ref.
depth on machined Repair).
surfaces and 0.020 inch
(0.508 mm) max. depth on
cast or forged surfaces
Swashplate (3, Figure 1) for:
Loose or defective rivets None allowed Not repairable Replace defective rivets.
Worn or oversized bronze 1.088 inch (2.764 cm) Not repairable Replace swashplate (Ref.
liner max. ID Repair) or return to MDHI
for liner replacement.
Worn splines 0.9405 inch (23.8887 mm) Not repairable Replace swashplate (Ref.
max. across 0.072 inch Repair) or return to MDHI
(1.829 mm) diameter pins for liner replacement.
in opposite splines
Deformed or bent arms No deformation allowed Not repairable Replace swashplate (Ref.
Repair).
Page 501
643000 Revision 16
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
Table 501. Detailed Inspection Pitch Control Assembly and Associated Parts (Cont.)
(Ref.Figure 1) Serviceable Limits Repairable Limits Corrective Action
Damaged threads No crossed, stripped or Minor thread defects For minor thread defects,
missing threads chase threads; otherwise
replace swashplate (Ref.
Repair).
Nicks, scratches, No unrepaired surface Minor abrasive polishing Remove minor surface
corrosion or other surface defects allowed defects by abrasive
defects on shaft polishing (Ref. Repair).
Worn shaft 1.5747 inch (3.9997 cm) Not repairable Replace swashplate (Ref.
minimum OD Repair).
Brinelling wear on inner Wear to 0.003 inch (0.076 Wear to 0.015 inch (0.381 Repair damage within
surfaces of clevis ears mm) max. depth allowed mm) max. depth may be allowable limits by
without repair repaired abrasive polishing.
Otherwise; replace
swashplate (Ref. Repair).
Evidence of swashplate None allowed. Minimum of Not repairable Replace swashplate (Ref.
tohousing contact 0.015 inch (0.381 mm) Repair).
swashplatetohousing
clearance required (Ref
Figure 502)
Evidence of slippage None allowed Not repairable Replace defective
between inner race of dual swashplate or bearings,
bearings and swashplate as applicable (Ref.
Repair).
Housing I.D. 2.44062.4412 inch Not repairable Replace defective
(6.19916.2007 cm) swashplate housing.
Swage ring groove I.D. 2.5092.519 inch Not repairable Replace defective
(6.3736.398 cm) swashplate housing.
Swage ring groove width 0.1220.127 inch Not repairable Replace defective
(0.3100.323 mm) swashplate housing.
Locknut (1) for:
Damaged threads None allowed Not repairable Replace nut.
SWAGE RING GROOVE I.D. SWAGE RING GROOVE WIDTH

2.5092.519 IN. (6.3736.398 CM) 0.1220.127 IN. (0.3100.323 MM)
ENSURE SWAGE RING BEARING RACE I.D.

GROOVE IS NOT ROUNDED 2.44062.4412 IN. (6.19916.2007 CM)
OFF ON EITHER TOP OR
BOTTOM EDGE
H643015
Figure 501. Tail Rotor Swashplate Housing Dimensions
Page 502
Revision 12 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
Table 502. Final Inspection - Pitch Control Assembly
NOTE: All inspections are visual unless indicated otherwise. - -
1 Complete assembly for scratches, nicks, burrs or other obvious damage. Figure 1
2 Smooth, free and easy rotation of swashplate without binding. - -
3 Check that there is no measurable axial play of dual housing bearings. - -
4 Minimum swashplate to housing clearance of 0.015 inch (0.381 mm). Figure 701
5 Correct installation and security of washer tang in slot of locknut. Figure 1
6 Presence of spline matchmark at correct location on swashplate. Figure 701
7 Presence of color dots at correct locations on ends of swashplate clevis arms (4 Figure 701
locations) and on end of swashplate.
0.015 INCH (0.381 MM)

(MINIMUM CLEARANCE)
HOUSING
SWASHPLATE
G643001A
Figure 502. Swashplate-to-Pitch Control Housing Clearance

643000 Revision 3
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repairs
CAUTION
Repairable limits are defined in Table 501. D Thoroughly clean all bearings before serv
icing with new lubricant.
(1). Repair nicks, scratches, dents, corro D Do not intermix lubricants.
sion, and brinelling, around inner
surface of clevis ears, by abrasive (3). Hand pack bearing facing cavities with
polishing with grade 400 abrasive grease (16, Table 903), the recom
paper (12, Table 903). Blend repaired mended lubricant is Mobil 28.
area into surrounding contour. Treat NOTE: Bearings must be repacked if stored
bare metal according to CSPHMI2. over 4 years.
A. Replacement of Self Aligning Pivot
(2). For excessive wobble on tail rotor
Bearing
transmission output shaft replace
swashplate or pitch control housing Replace self aligning pivot bearing (6,
(Ref. Repair), dual bearings (Ref. Figure 1) in the pitch control housing as
Repair), or pitch control subassembly, follows:
as applicable.
NOTE: The following procedures describe re
placement of the self aligning pivot bearing
A. Swashplate Repairs without reswaging replacement bearing.
Repair brinelling wear on inner surfaces of (1). Pack pitch control housing cavity below
clevis ears by abrasive polishing and blending bearing with grease, (16, Table 903).
to smooth contour with grade 400 abrasive (2). Rapidly press a short rod, 0.4365 to
paper (12, Table 903) (Ref. Inspection). 0.4360 inch (11.08711 1.0744 mm)
diameter, or close tolerance bolt
(1). If swashplate contact exists with through bearing using an arbor press.
housing, replace swashplate (Ref. Hydraulic pressure forces bearing up
Repair). and out. Replenish grease and repeat as
required.
(2). Replace defective or loose rivets (3). Thoroughly clean housing bearing bore
securing swashplate liner. Rivet ends and cavity, and replacement bearing
are to be flush with liner surface. faying surface using cloth dampened
with trichloroethane (11). Repeat a
minimum of three times.
2. Bearings
Do not allow trichloroethane to
CAUTION enter bearing race. Do not touch
For any measurable axial play of dual bear
ings, replace bearings (Ref. Reassembly). cleaned surfaces.
(4). Coat faying surfaces of bearing and
(1). For defective selfaligning bearing, bearing bore with primer (9) and allow
replace bearing or pitch control housing to air dry minimum time period
with bearing (Ref. Repair). specified on container.
(5). Apply light film of locking compound
(2). Pack selfaligning bearing cavity in (9); then press in bearing.
pitch control housing with grease (15,
Table 903) to approximately 40% of (6). After bearing is seated, remove excess
cavity capacity. locking compound and form fillet
Page 601
643000 Revision 3
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
between bearing outer race and B. Replacement of Dual Bearings (Matched
housing. Bearing Set)
(7). Exclude air in bearing area by covering
with masking tape and allow locking Procedures for twobladed and fourbladed
compound to harden minimum time tail rotor are the same, (Ref. Reassembly).
according to manufacturers instruc
tions. 3. Modification
(8). Pack selfaligning bearing cavity in
pitch control housing with grease (15). Not applicable.
Page 602
Revision 3 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. Pitch Control Assembly (1). Visually inspect housing (7, Figure 1)
according to Table 501. If cracks are
(Ref. Figure 1) suspected (none allowed), dye penetrant
inspect housing.
(1). Place housing (8) and swashplate
assembly (3) on arbor press bed with (2). Prepare replacement bearing set for
swashplate end down. Apply 2000 lbs. installation. If tight (press fit), prepare
(8896 N) of force to press inner races of according to step (a). If loose fit,
dual bearings firmly against shoulder of prepare for installation according to
swashplate. step (b).
(2). With housing and swashplate assembly (a). If tight (press fit), pack bearing in
held in holding block (4, Table 901), use dry ice and heat housing bore to 275
torque wrench adapter (3) to torque 25F for five minutes. (Do not use
locknut (1, Figure 1) to 550 600 locking compound or primer).
(b). If loose fit, inspect inside diameter
Apply applicable markings (white and
for proper dimensions.
yellow dots) (Ref. Color Coding).
1). Apply locking compound primer (9,
(3). Check for sufficient clearance between Table 903) to faying surfaces of
swashplate and housing (Figure 502). bearing set, bearing bore and
swage ring (4, Figure 1).
(4). Check for smooth, easy and free
rotation of swashplate, with no binding. 2). Air dry 30 minutes and then apply
locking compound (9, Table 903) to
(5). Bend tang of tang washer, (2, Figure 1) mating surfaces. Do not allow
into bottom of aligned slot on locknut. primer or locking compound to
enter bearings.
NOTE: Avoid getting alcohol in bearings.
If press fit, use hand protec
(6). Clean surface of locknut and swash WARNING tion to prevent burns.
plate with a lintfree cloth dampened
with alcohol (23, Table 903). (3). Place housing, boot groove up, on arbor
press (Ref. Figure 702).
NOTE: Avoid getting torque seal in swashplate
splines. NOTE:
D Replacement dual bearings come pre
(7). Apply a 0.125 inch (3.175 mm) wide packed from vendor. For relubricating (re
torque strip, using torque seal or pack) schedule, refer to CSPHMI2.
equivalent, to surface of swashplate
assembly and locknut in two places D Bearings are to be repacked if stored for
(Ref. Figure 703). over four years.
(4). Hand pack bearing facing cavities with
2. Replacement of Dual Bearings (Matched grease (16, Table 903).
Bearing Set)
(5). Position bearings for installation, with
Procedures for twobladed and fourbladed seals facing away from each other.
tail rotor are the same.
(6). Press bearings into housing bore, using
NOTE: Replace pitch control housing if any bearing installation punch (1,
cracks are noted or if other damage exceeds Table 901) or other suitable punch.
repairable limits, or dimensions exceed lim Apply pressure to bearing outer race
its in Table 501. only. Maximum allowable force is 1200
Page 701
643000 Revision 12
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
pounds (5338 N). Maximum allowable Figure 701, to denote proper seating of
force on inner race is 2000 pounds dual bearings, (5, Figure 1) and torque
(8896 N). of locknut (1).
(7). Insert swage ring (4, Figure 1), with (4). Apply small dot of yellow lacquer (1,
chamfered edge next to bearing. Check Table 903) adjacent to spline centerline
for proper seating and for 0.0230.043 groove on swashplate end at location
inch (0.5841.092 mm) clearance shown in Figure 701.
between upper face of bearing and top
of swage groove (Ref. Figure 702). NOTE: Figure 701 shows that one swashplate
Position chamfered edge of swedge ring spline groove is located on centerline
next to bearing. through swashplate arms, while at opposite
side of spline bore, same centerline passes
NOTE: Do not overpress staking tool, swage through a spline tooth. The matchmark is
ring will be compressed beyond allowable used during reassembly of pitch control as
tolerance. sembly with tail rotor assembly at installa
tion on helicopter.
(8). Using hydraulic press and special
staking tool (1, Table 901), stake 4. Final Inspection of Pitch Control
bearings in housing bore with swaging Assembly
ring.
Perform final inspection of pitch control
(9). Check that swage ring protrudes assembly according to Table 502.
0.0500.090 inch (1.2702.286 mm)
above face of bearing (Ref. Figure 702). 5. Testing of Pitch Control Assembly
3. Color Coding Testing of pitch control assembly is accom
plished when pitch control assembly is
Color code ends of pitch control assembly as assembled with associated tail rotor assembly,
follows: installed on helicopter and tail rotor assembly
(1). Apply 0.120.18 inch (3.0484.570 mm) is tested and balanced. After tail rotor
diameter dot of blue paint (1, Table 903) assembly is tested and balanced with a specific
to end of one pitch control link and also pitch control assembly, that pitch control
to adjacent pitch change arm on blade. assembly should be retained with same tail
rotor assembly for use; otherwise, rebalancing
(2). On opposite side of hub, color code of tail rotor assembly is required.
remaining pitch control link and pitch
change arm in same manner described 6. Records
in step a. above, except use green paint
(1) dots. At completion of overhaul, make an entry in
helicopter logbook denoting overhaul and
(3). Apply 0.120.18 inch (3.0484.570 mm) listing all new parts installed in pitch control
white dot of paint as shown in assembly.
Page 702
Revision 12 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
BLUE DOT
0.015 IN. (0.381 MM) (NOTE 2, 3)
CENTERLINE GROOVE
(NOTE 1)
HOUSING
CENTERLINE
GROOVE
SWASHPLATE
SWASHPLATETOHOUSING
CLEARANCE
HOUSING
(NOTE 1, 3)
SWASHPLATE ARM
NOTES:
H643009A
Figure 701. Pitch Control Assembly Match Marking, Color Coding and Swashplate Clearance
STRAKING PUNCH
CLEARANCE
STAKING PILOT PERMISSIBLE
0.0500.090 INCH
0.0430.023 INCH (1.2702.286 MM)
(1.0920.584 MM) EXTENSION
CLEARANCE
BOOT
GROOVE
SWAGE
RING
DUAL BEARINGS
PITCH CONTROL (MATCHED SET)
HOUSING
PRESSING BEARINGS STAKING BEARINGS IN BEARINGS WITH SWAGE

IN PITCH HOUSING PITCH HOUSING RING STAKED IN PITCH
HOUSING GROOVE
CAUTION: BEARINGS ARE TO BE INSTALLED AND STAKED

NOTE: BEARINGS ARE A MATCHED SET. ACCORDING TO PRECAUTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS IN TEXT.
H643008A
Figure 702. Staking Dual Bearings in Pitch Control Housing
Page 703
643000 Revision 3
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
TORQUE STRIPE
LOCATIONS
ACCEPTABLE
UNACCEPTABLE
G643013
Figure 703. 369D21813 Tang Washer Inspection and Application of Torque Stripe
7. Packing and Storing
If overhauled pitch control assembly is not to
be used immediately, package and store the
pitch control assembly as follows:
(1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven-
tative (24, Table 903) and package or
cover to keep dust off.
NOTE
NOTE: PAINT APPLIED TO ENDS OF

FOUR TANGS, APPROX 90 APART. G643014
Figure 704. 369D21813 Tang Washer

Identification
Page 704
Revision 16 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
1. Special Tools and Repair Materials tion, regarding special tools and equipment,
Table 901. Pitch Control Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
2 Plug, 369A7951-45 bearing removal 269A9232 MDHI
3 Adapter, locknut torque wrench 369D29822-5 MDHI
4 Holding block, pitch control assembly 369D29822-3 MDHI
5 Torque wrench 369D29823 MDHI
Table 902. Pitch Control Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Figure 1, Index No. In.-Lb. Nm
Locknut 1 550 600 62.14 67.79

Item
epoxy)
Dexter Corp.
Pittsburg, CA
Dexter Corp.
6 Abrasive cloth, aluminum oxide P-C-451 (3)
(grade as noted)
alloy surfaces
8 Chemical conversion film solution MIL-C-5541 Iridite 14-2 Al-Coat Richardson Co.
(Iridite, Alodine or equivalent) Allied-Kelite Product
Division 2400 E.
Devon Ave.
Des Plaines, IL
Page 901
643000 Revision 3
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
Item
optional)
Hernon Mfg. Inc.
Samford, FL
407-322-4000
11 1, 1, 1 trichloroethane, technical, O-T-620 (3)
inhibited
(grade as noted)
15 Grease, oscillating bearing MIL-G-25537 AeroShell 14 Shell Oil Co.
16 Grease, aircraft and instrument MIL-G-81322 Mobil 28 (4) Mobil Oil Co.
Berkley Heights, NJ
07922-2712
(Brightboy or Newark, NJ
equivalent)
19 Scouring pad Scotchbrite (3) 3M Mfg Co.
21 Plastic bead, spherical 20-30 Poly Plus 20/30 Polyrock Company
Chino, CA 91710
Abrasive Cleaning
Equipment 20122
State Rd.
Cerritos, CA 92701
Abrasive Unlimited
4653 S. 33 RD. St.
Suite #1
Phoenix, AZ 85040
23 Isopropyl alcohol TT-I-735 (3)
Page 902
Revision 12 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
Item
Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:

643000 Revision 5
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
TAIL ROTOR PITCH CONTROL
to be used in conjunction with the 369D21800 / CSPIPC4.
369D21820 tail rotor transmission overhaul
manual. Correct part numbers and nomencla-
ture can be identified for specific configuration 2. Indenture Level
and effectivities.
Page 1001
643000 Revision 14
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
5 10
9
4
P643018
Figure 1001. Tail Rotor Pitch Control (Two Bladed)
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001 369D21800501 Control Assy, Tail Rotor Pitch Two Bladed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
369D21800BSC Control Assy, Tail Rotor Pitch Two Bladed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 HS15371 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 369D21803 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 369D218033 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 369D218131 Lock Washer, T/R Swash Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 369D21801BSC Swashplate Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 369D2180111 Swashplate Assy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21800501 Control Assy.
5 369D2180011 Housing Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369D2180021 Housing Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use On 369D21800501 Control Assy
6 369D21805 Swage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 369D21832 Bearing Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use In Matched Sets Only
8 Z993LL08G Seal (Green) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Placed Here For Convenience. Color Of Seal Must Match Color Of REF
Seal Removed. Not Valid If Color Does Not Match. Not Illustrated
9 369A795113 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 369D21802 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 369D218023 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1002
Revision 16 643000
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
3
4
8
H643017
Figure 1002. Tail Rotor Pitch Control (Four Bladed)
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1002 369D21820BSC Control Assy, Tail Rotor Pitch Four Bladed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 MS172244 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 369D218131 Lock Washer T/R Swashplate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 369D2182213 Swashplate Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 369D2182021 Housing Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369D21805 Swage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 369D21832 Bearing Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Use In Matched Sets Only
7 Z993LL08G Seal (Green) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Placed Here For Convenience. Color Of Seal Must Match Color Of REF
Seal Removed. Not Valid If Color Does Not Match. Not Illustrated
8 369A795113 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 369D218023 Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Page 1003
643000 Revision 16
P/N 369D21800/369D21820
Page 1004
Revision 14 643000
Section
67-10-10
One-W ay Lock
Part Number
369A7010-501
Page a/(b blank)

Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
TABLE OF CONTENTS
671010 OneWay Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Figure 1. OneWay Lock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
2. Disassembly Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Figure 301. OneWay Lock CrossSection View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
1. Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Table 401. Cleaning OneWay Lock Parts and Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
1. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Figure 501. Service Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
1. Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
A. Body Assembly and Retainer Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
B. Body Assembly and Retainer Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
C. Piston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
3. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
2. Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
3. Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Figure 701. Seal Installation (Typical) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
4. Test Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
5. Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Figure 702. OneWay Lock Test Fixture (Sheet 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
A. Friction Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
B. Internal Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
C. Override Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
671010 Page i
P/N 369A7010
6. Final Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
1. Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 901. OneWay Lock Assembly Overhaul Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Table 903. OneWay Lock Assembly Special Torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 902
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
2. Indenture Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1001
Figure 1001. One Way Lock Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1002
Page ii 671010
P/N 369A7010
ONE-W AY LOCK
NOTE: Before attempting any repair or over rized modifications for the oneway
haul of this component, ensure the required lock.
assure completion of the work. (6). Assembly/Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
provides reassembly and test proce
1. General dures for the oneway lock, including
shipping instructions.
This part of the Overhaul Manual describes
overhaul procedures for the OneWay Lock
& Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
Assembly. Procedures given are the approved
methods to be used for specific repair or
special tools required for overhaul of
complete overhaul of the component.
the oneway lock.
This section of the Component Overhaul identify part numbers and configura
Manual is made up of seven parts, listed tion differences for the oneway lock.
below. This section contains complete instruc
tions for disassembly, cleaning, inspection, 3. Reference Data
repair, reassembly and testing of the compo
nent. The following describes the topic and (1). Reference is made throughout this Part
content of each part with appropriate page of the Overhaul Manual to CSP
numbers: HMI2. This manual should be used as
(1). Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . 1 Use the Illustrated Parts Catalog
describes procedures for complete use of (CSPIPC4) when ordering any
the oneway lock. replacement parts for the oneway lock
assembly.
(2). Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
gives procedures for complete disassem (2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide
bly of the oneway lock. specifications, and when appropriate,
oneway lock components and parts. required for overhaul/repair. Torque
inspection requirements. oneway lock assembly, with all parts
Page 1
671010 Revision 15
P/N 369A7010
8
7
16
15
5
6 14
2
12
13
10 11
3
9
17 4
22
18
21 27
1
28
23
24
25
19
26 20
H671030
Figure 1. One-Way Lock Assembly

1. Oil cup (reservoir) 15. Packing
2. Cotter pin 16. Cap ring
3. Rod end assembly 17. Cap ring
4. Packing 18. Packing
5. Nut 19. Spring
6. Rod end assembly 20. Ball check valve
7. Dust protective boot 21. Shaft
8. Piston nut 22. Packing
9. Screw (4) 23. Sleeve
10. Retainer 24. Packing
11. Packing 25. Spring
12. Cap ring 26. Shim
13. Packing 27. Nameplate
14. Piston 28. Body Assembly
Page 2
Revision 4 671010
P/N 369A7010
ONE-W AY LOCK
DISASSEMBLY
1. General (6). Cut and remove safetywire from nut
(5).
This section gives procedures for complete
disassembly of the oneway lock. When (7). Holding flats on shaft (21), loosen nut
specific repair requires only partial disassem and remove rod end (6).
bly, follow the procedures to the point required.
(8). Remove and discard protective boot (7).
2. Disassembly Procedure
(9). Holding flats at castellated end of
Disassemble the oneway lock assembly as piston, remove piston nut (8).
follows:
(10). Remove four screws (9) and retainer
(10) from body assembly (28); remove
CAUTION and discard packings (11, 13) and cap
D Do not allow contaminants, such as those ring (12).
produced by grinding, cutting or sanding, (11). Remove piston from body assembly;
to contact oneway lock components. remove and discard packing (15) and
D Disassemble the oneway lock in a clean cap ring (16).
area, free of contaminants.
(12). Remove cap ring (17) and packing (18)
D When removing cap rings and packings, from body assembly; discard cap ring
use care to avoid scratching seal groove and packing.
surfaces.
D Contaminated parts and parts with (13). Remove shaft (21) from piston; remove
scratches in the packing/cap ring groove and discard packing (22).
area may require replacement. Do not attempt to pull parts
CAUTION from piston in the following
(1). Remove all oil from oneway lock by
inverting assembly and cycling unit step.
several times with filler cap open. (14). Fabricate a tool from 3/32 inch (2.381
(2). Remove oil cup (reservoir) (1, Figure 1). mm) piano wire approximately 10
inches (25.4 cm) long, with a 1/8 inch
(3). Remove cotter pin (2). (3.175 mm) ring angle bend at one end.
Ensure hooked end is smooth to prevent
(4). Hold piston (14) by flats on castellated damage to piston interior.
end and remove rod end assembly (3);
remove and discard packing (4). (15). Using fabricated tool, push sleeve (23),
spring (25) and shim (26) out of castel
(5). Shake spring (19) and ball check valve lated end of piston.
(20) out of sleeve (23); discard spring
and ball. (16). Remove and discard packing (24).
Page 301
671010 Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
INPUT SHAFT PISTON
OIL CUP (RESERVOIR)

0.010 INCH (0.254 MM) GAP
0.1800.130 INCH (FOR UNLOCKING ACTION)
(4.5703.302 MM)
(NOTE 1) INPUT END END PLAY
PROTECTIVE CAP (BOOT) BODY

SLEEVE
INPUT SHAFT SHIM BALL CHECK VALVE PISTON
8.58 0.080 INCHES

(21.793 CM 2.032 MM)
(NOTE 2)
INPUT END OUTPUT END
NOTES:
1. APPLY 0.130.18 INCH (3.3024.570 MM) BEAD OF SEALANT TO
ENTIRE CIRCUMFERENCE AT REASSEMBLY.
2. DIMENSION IS 8.580.030 INCH (21.793 CM 0.762 MM), BY THE
DRAWING. THERE IS A 0.080 INCH (2.032 MM) ROD ADJUSTMENT. H671031A
Figure 301. One-Way Lock Cross-Section View
Page 302
Revision 4 671010
P/N 369A7010
ONE-W AY LOCK
CLEANING/PAINTING
1. Cleaning
Clean individual parts of oneway lock
assembly as described in Table 401.
away from heat open flame. Avoid in
halation of fumes and extended contact
with skin.
2. Painting and Markings
Not applicable.
Table 401. Cleaning One-Way Lock Parts and Components
Nomenclature (Ref. Figure 1) Cleaning Method Remarks
Oil cup (reservoir) (1) Solvent bath (1, Table 902) Flush inside and air-dry. Separate
from other parts to prevent damage.
Rod ends (3, 6) Cloth or soft bristle brush Do not immerse or allow solvent to
moistened in solvent (1) enter bearings.
All other parts Solvent bath (1); then air-dry Flush out all interior passages and
oil holes.

671010 Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
ONE-W AY LOCK
INSPECTION/CHECK
1. Inspection
Visual and dimensional inspection require
ments are given in Table 501. Serviceable
dimensions are shown in Figure 501.
Oil cup (1) for:
Cracked plastic No defects allowable Not repairable Replace reservoir.
Damaged threads Serviceable if only minor Minor damage to leading Clean up threads with
thread cleanup required threads 1/8-27 pipe thread die.
Filler cap missing or Cap must close tightly Not repairable Replace reservoir.
badly damaged enough to prevent entry of
foreign materials
Rod ends (3 and 6) for:
Bearing wear or See Figure 501 for wear Not repairable Replace rod end.
roughness limits. No binding or
roughness evident when
bearing is rotated with
fingers
Damaged threads Serviceable if only minor Minor thread damage Clean up threads with die
thread cleanup required (1/4-28 or 1/2-28).
Nut (8) for:
Wear in ID If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace.
Figure 501 for dimensions
Thread damage Serviceable if only minor Minor thread damage only Clean up threads with
thread cleanup required 9/16-24 tap.
Nicks, burrs or sharp Not serviceable if more Minor polishing only Blend and polish with
edges than minor polishing is crocus cloth.
required
Retainer (10) for:
Wear in ID or OD If wear is evident, see Minor polishing only Replace if ID beyond
Figure 501 for wear and maximum. Blend and
tolerances. Not service- polish (Ref. Repair).
able if more than minor
polishing is required
Piston (14) for:
Wear in ID or OD If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace.
Page 501
671010 Revision 5
P/N 369A7010
Chrome plating wear Not serviceable if visibly Not repairable Replace.
worn through chrome
plating. Use 8X glass
Nicks, burrs or sharp Not serviceable if more Minor polishing only Blend and polish with
edges in seal seat area than minor polishing is crocus cloth (Ref. Repair).
required
Locking insert on male Inplace with no visible Not repairable Remove damaged insert
threaded end defects (Ref. Repair).
Obstructions block ing Not Applicable Not Applicable Remove foreign material
orifices from orifice.
Thread damage (internal Serviceable if only minor Minor damage to internal Clean up internal threads
threads only) cleanup of internal threads threads with 1/2-28 tap.
required
Do not attempt cleanup of external 9/16-24 threads. Locking insert will be damaged.
CAUTION
Shaft (21) for:
Wear If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace.
Damaged threads Serviceable if only minor Minor thread damage only
thread cleanup required
Sleeve (23) for:
Wear in OD If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace.
Nicks, dents or wear in No visible nicks or dents Not repairable Replace.
ball seat area allowed. Use 8X glass
Obstructions blocking Not Applicable Not Applicable Remove foreign material
orifices from orifice.
Spring (25):
NOTE: Spring is normally replaced as part of overhaul. However, if spring is to be reused following inspection
criteria.
Load at 1.00 inch (2.54 56-64 pounds (250-285 Not repairable Replace.
cm) height N)
Deformation None allowed Not repairable Replace.
Body (28) for:
Wear in ID If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace.
Wear at mounting bushing If wear is evident, see Not repairable Replace body if bushing
OD Figure 501 for dimensions under minimum OD.
Exterior nicks, dents or 0.040 inch (1.016 mm) Sanding and blending Sand, blend and apply
scratches max. depth after blending within serviceable chemical film (Ref.
tolerances Repair).
Page 502
Revision 4 671010
P/N 369A7010
Thread damage (reservoir Serviceable if minor Minor thread damage Clean up threads using
port) damage still permits 1/8-27 pipe thread tap.
secure, leak-free
installation of reservoir
Thread damage (screw Serviceable after repair of Stripped threads Tap out to 10-32 thread.
holes) stripped threads Ream mating hole in
retainer (10, Figure 1) to
accept No. 10 screw.
BREAK SHARP 0.9240.923 INCH

0.237 INCH EDGE 0.005 INCH (23.47023.444 MM) 0.6230.621 INCH
0.396 INCH (6.020 MM) (0.127 MM) (NOTE) (15.82415.773 MM)
(10.058 MM) MAX. (NOTE)
MAX.
0.1340.133 INCH
(3.4043.378 MM)
0.456 INCH (11.582 MM)

(AT 2.00 INCH5.08 CM) DEPTH
0.424 INCH (10.770 MM) (AT FROM SERRATED END)
THIS END MAY BE
DRESSED ON ASSEMBLY 3.12 INCH (7.93 CM) DEPTH
FROM SERRATED END)
PISTON 0.929 INCH
(23.597 MM)
MAX.
1.058 INCH 0.627 INCH
(2.687 CM) (15.926 MM)
0.4979 INCH MAX. MAX.
(12.6467 MM)
MIN
NOTE: BODY
ANY VISIBLE WEAR THRU CHROME PLATING
IS CAUSE FOR REJECTION. H6710321B
Figure 501. Service Dimensions (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 503
671010 Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
0.397 INCH 0.382 INCH 0.231 INCH
(10.084 MM) (9.701 MM) (5.867 MM)
MAX. MIN. MIN.
0.1240.125 INCH
(3.1503.175 MM)
NUT SHAFT
0.418 INCH 0.449 INCH

(10.617 MM) (11.405 MM)
MIN. MIN.
VALVE SEAT EDGE TO BE FREE OF NICKS AND SCRATCHES

0.005 INCH (0.127 MM) MAX. CHAMFER TYPE WEAR
SLEEVE
0.010 INCH (0.254 MM) MAX. SPHERICAL 0.627 INCH

BEARING AXIAL PLAY (EITHER ROD END) (15.926 MM)
MAX.
ROD END ASSEMBLY RETAINER
H6710322A
Figure 501. Service Dimensions (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 504
Revision 4 671010
P/N 369A7010
ONE-W AY LOCK
REPAIR/MODIFICATION
1. Repair B. Body Assembly and Retainer Interior
The following procedures describe the only Remove minor nicks, scratches and corrosion
repairs authorized for oneway lock parts. from internal areas of body assembly (28,
Prior to making repairs on any part, ensure Figure 1) and retainer (10) using crocus cloth
that the part is within repairable limits (Ref. (3, Table 902) or equivalent abrasive (jewelers
Inspection). After repairs are completed, the rouge) and manual or power hone.
part must meet dimensions specified for the C. Piston
part in (Ref. Inspection).
NOTE: Reclean all repaired parts according to from surfaces of piston (14, Figure 1) using
Table 401 to remove all traces of abrasive crocus cloth (3, Table 902) or equivalent
dust. abrasive (jewelers rouge). Piston may be power
turned for polishing if desired.
A. Body Assembly and Retainer Exterior
Avoid excessive polishing. If
CAUTION chrome plating on piston is
Repair minor nicks, scratches and burrs on
worn through, piston must be replaced.
body assembly (28, Figure 1) and retainer (10)
exterior as follows: 2. Parts Replacement
(1). Break sharp edges and blend defect All parts not meeting the specifications in (Ref.
smoothly with surrounding surface Inspection), which cannot be repaired, must be
using 400 or finer grade wet or dry replaced. Replace all cap rings, packings, ball
abrasive paper (2, Table 902). check valve (20, Figure 1), spring (19) and
protective boot (7) at overhaul.
(2). Using crocus cloth (3), polish abraded
area to match surrounding surfaces. NOTE: If large number of oneway lock parts
require replacement, consider replacement
of complete oneway lock assembly.
(3). Treat repaired area with spot applica
tion of chemical film (5) in accordance 3. Modification
with procedures for aluminum alloy,
(Ref. CSPHMI2). Not applicable.

671010 Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
ONE-W AY LOCK
ASSEMBLY/SHIPPING
1. General (10). Install packing (15) and cap ring (16) on
piston (14) as shown in Figure 701.
Information in this section provides reassemb
ly instructions and test procedures for the 3. Reassembly
oneway lock assembly.
Reassemble one way lock in Reassemble the oneway lock assembly as

CAUTION clean dust free surroundings, follows:
away from cutting, grinding, sanding or
similar operations. Entry of even small (1). Install piston (14, Figure 1) in body
amounts of contaminants can cause seal assembly (28).
damage.
Do not use unnecessary force
CAUTION when installing retainer in body
2. Seal Installation
assembly; seals can be easily damaged or
Prior to reassembly, install new seals (pack rolled out of position. If installation is re
ings and cap rings) as follows: stricted, disassemble and investigate cause.
NOTE: Wet all seals and surfaces on which (2). Install retainer (10) in body assembly;
they are to be installed with small amount secure with four screws (9). Torque
of hydraulic fluid (4, Table 902) to aid in screws to 12 15 inchpounds (1.36
sliding seal into position. 1.69 Nm) above running torque of
approximately four inchpounds (0.45
(1). Install packing (18, Figure 1) in body Nm) required to overcome locking
assembly (28) as shown in Figure 701. insert friction.
(2). Deform cap ring (17) as shown in (3). Install shaft (21) in piston.
Figure 701 and using tweezers, insert
cap ring into body assembly. (4). Install shim (26), spring (25) and sleeve
(23) in piston. Do not use unnecessary
(3). Using seal installation tool (1, force. (Ref. caution following step (1).
Table 901) wet with hydraulic fluid (4,
Table 902), seat cap ring over packing (5). Install ball check valve (20) and spring
as shown in Figure 701. (19) in sleeve.
(4). Install packing (13) in retainer (10). (6). Install rod assembly (3) in piston.
Tighten only enough to keep parts
(5). Deform cap ring (12) as shown in
assembled.
Figure 701 and using tweezers, insert
cap ring into retainer.
NOTE: If locking insert on male thread end of
(6). Using seal installation tool (1, piston has been removed, coat threads with
Table 901) wet with hydraulic fluid (4, Loctite No. 84 (8, Table 902) before install
Table 902), seat cap ring over packing ing nut (8, Figure 1) on piston.
(7). Install nut on piston. Use wrench on
(7). Install packing (22, Figure 1) on shaft flats at castellated end of piston to
(21). prevent piston rotation. Torque nut 20
40 inchpounds (2.26 4.52 Nm)
(8). Install packing (4) on rod assembly (3). above running torque of 15 30
inchpounds (1.69 3.39 Nm) to
(9). Install packing (24) on sleeve (23). overcome insert friction.
Page 701
671010 Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
ORING
PISTON
CAP RING
PISTON SEAL INSTALLATION
CAP RING
SEAL INSTALLATION TOOL
ORING
RETAINER
RETAINER OR BODY SEAL INSTALLATION
H671033
Figure 701. Seal Installation (Typical)
Page 702
Revision 4 671010
P/N 369A7010
(8). Check that shaft (21) end play is Figure 301 for better understanding of
0.0060.010 inch (0.1520.254 mm). If procedure).
end play is more than 0.010 inch (0.254
mm). refer to step (a). below; if less (a). Turn output rod end outward (coun
than 0.009 inch (0.229 mm). refer to terclockwise) until unit can no longer
step (b). be actuated in both directions with
input rod.
(a). If more than 0.010 inch (0.254 mm)
end play exists, remove nut (8) and (b). Turn output rod end inward (clock
shaft (21). Dress off end of piston wise), one castellation at a time, until
avoid excessive removal of material input rod can be moved inward.
and contamination of piston with Excessive resistance to inward
filings. Reinstall shaft and nut; movement will most likely be felt just
recheck shaft end play. before input rod becomes moveable.
This requires a turn of one more
(b). If less than 0.006 inch (0.152 mm) castellation at output end.
end play exists, replace parts in
following order until end play is (c). Check locking action of unit by
within tolerance: shaft; then piston. pulling outward at output end. There
must be no movement. If movement
is evident, turn output rod end
(9). Install jam nut (5) (if removed) on rod outward one castellation, allowing
end (6); install rod end assembly in ball check valve to seat and unit to
shaft. Use wrench on shaft end flats to lock. Install cotter pin (2, Figure 1).
prevent shaft rotation. Do not tighten
jam nut. NOTE: Final adjustment and relocking of rod
ends is accomplished during testing.
(10). Using extrusion gun or spatula, apply
0.1300.180 inch (3.3024.57 mm) bead (3). Apply and hold inward pressure on
of sealant (6, Table 902) to entire input rod end while operating unit
circumference between base of oil cup through several cycles to remove
and cup flange; dry sealant per man trapped air. Operation should be
ufacturers instructions. (Ref. smooth in both directions and there
Figure 301). should be no evidence of leakage.
(11). Apply Permacel sealant (7, Table 902) (4). Install oneway lock in test fixture (2,
to all but first two pipe threads on oil Table 901) as shown in Figure 1 and
cup (reservoir) (1, Figure 1); install oil check adjustment of limit switches.
cup in body assembly (28). Install oil
cup (reservoir) in body assembly. (5). Check that lock is filled with hydraulic
fluid and that system is free of en
(12). Perform test procedures described in trapped air.
(Ref. Test Preparation).
5. Testing
4. Test Preparation
Once preparation of the oneway lock has been
completed, perform the friction test, internal
Complete the following preparations before leak test and override test described in the
testing the oneway lock assembly. following paragraphs:
(1). Fill oneway lock reservoir 1/2 3/4 full NOTE: If the oneway lock does not pass a re
with hydraulic fluid (4, Table 902). quired test, and disassembly is required to
correct a fault, complete retesting, including
(2). Make preliminary output rod end (3, test preparation (Ref. Test Preparation)) is
Figure 1) adjustment as follows: (See required following reassembly.
Page 703
671010 Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
TO 110 VAC SOURCE
TIMING CLOCK
CLAMP
TRAVEL LIMIT
SWITCHES
POWER
SWITCH
TEST FIXTURE
ONEW AY LOCK
(REF)
WEIGHT
(PUSHING
POSITION)
SHORT BAR
WEIGHT (PULLING
POSITION)
H6710341A
Figure 702. One-Way Lock Test Fixture (Sheet 1 of 2)
Page 704
Revision 4 671010
P/N 369A7010
PISTON
ROD END
JAM NUT
BODY
NUT PROTECTIVE BOOT RE

TAINING GROOVE
SPRING CLIP
SPRING CLIP INSTALLATION
FORCE TABLE
FORCE WEIGHT
ARM
LB (N) LB (KG)
8 (36) 4 (1.814) SHORT ARM
10 (45) 1 (0.454) LONG ARM
15 (67) 7.5 (3.405) SHORT ARM
125 (556) 12.5 (1+4+ 7.5) (5.675 (0.454+1.814+3.405)) LONG ARM
175 (778) 17.5 (7.945) APPLIED LONG ARM

WITH SPRING SCALE
225 (1001) 25 (11.340) APPLIED LONG ARM

WITH SPRING SCALE
H6710342A
Figure 702. One-Way Lock Test Fixture (Sheet 2 of 2)
Page 705
671010 Revision 4
P/N 369A7010
A. Friction Test test fixture so that sudden release of
oneway lock will not damage indicator,
Complete a friction test of the oneway lock as measure extension of output end.
follows: (Ref. Figure 702). Extension must be less than 0.020 inch
(1). Using short bar and four pound weight, (0.508 mm) in a two minute period.
apply eight pounds (35.6 N) of pulling NOTE: If extension exceeds 0.020 inch (0.508
force to output end of oneway lock. mm) in two minutes, check valve is not seat
(2). Remove boot from groove in body and ing or is faulty. Adjust rod end outward one
install spring clip on input shaft as serration to ensure that input shaft is not
shown in Figure 702, to hold in output holding check valve ball off seat. Reinstall
end and keep check valve open. cotter pin and repeat test. Recheck unlock
ing functions of input shaft after outward
(3). With output end fully retracted, hold adjustment of output shaft. Any such ad
weight and press clock power switch. justment affects both locking and unlocking
Release weight and check time required functions. If extension continues to exceed
for output shaft to reach end of its allowable maximum, disassemble unit, re
stroke. Time must not exceed five place sleeve (23, Figure 1) and thoroughly
seconds. inspect or replace ball (20) and spring (19).
(4). Remove bar and weight and reinstall C. Override Test
180 degrees from original position so Perform override test as follows: (See
that eight pounds of pushing force is Figure 702).
applied to output end.
(1). Check that spring clip on input end
(5). With output end fully extended, hold shaft is removed and shaft is pulled out
weight and press clock power switch. so that check valve can close.
Release weight and check time required
for output shaft to fully retract. Time (2). With output end fully retracted, apply
must not exceed five seconds. 175 225 pounds (778 1001 N)
outward force using long bar and spring
(6). Using short bar and 7.5 pound (3.405 scale graduated from 0 50 pounds (0
Kg) weight, repeat timing test for full 22 N). Record force applied when
stroke in both directions as described in output end starts to move. Force must
steps (3). thru (5). be within 175 225 pounds (778
(7). Time must not exceed five seconds in 1001 N) range (17.5 to 22.5 pounds on
either direction. spring scale).
NOTE: If output end of stroke exceeds five sec NOTE: If force required to move output end
exceeds 225 pounds (1001 N), disassemble
onds during any part of friction test, disas
unit and remove shim (26, Figure 1); if less
semble unit, check for fault, seal, and per
than 175 pounds (778 N), install addition
form additional polishing of piston and body
al shim.
assembly sliding surfaces.
B. Internal Leak Test 6. Final Reassembly
When all tests have been successfully com
Perform internal leak test as follows: (See
pleted, perform final reassembly/preparation
Figure 702).
of the overhauled oneway lock as follows:
(1). Remove spring clip from input end (1). Remove oneway lock from test fixture.
shaft; pull shaft outward to allow check
valve to close. (2). Install protective boot (7, Figure 1) on
retainer (10) and shaft (21).
(2). With output end fully retracted, apply
125 pound (556 N) pulling force using (3). Adjust rod end (6) so that overall
long bar and all three weights. Using distance between rod end centers is
dial indicating micrometer clamped to 8.58 0.030 inch (21.793 cm 0.762 mm)
Page 706
Revision 4 671010
P/N 369A7010
(Figure 301). Tighten jam nut (5, 7. Packing and Storage
Figure 1) and safety with lockwire to
shaft (21).
If overhauled oneway lock is not to be used
(4). If assembly is to be shipped or stored, immediately, package and store the oneway
invert, holding reservoir open, and lock as follows:
drain hydraulic fluid.
NOTE: Film of hydraulic fluid remaining in (1). Apply a light layer of corrosion preven
unit is suitable preservative for interior sur tative (9, Table 902) and package or
faces. cover to keep dust off.

671010 Revision 5
P/N 369A7010
ONE-W AY LOCK
1. Reference Data special tools and equipment, and
(1). Reference is made throughout this required for overhaul and repair.
section of the Overhaul Manual to Torque values are contained in
CSPHMI2. This manual should be Table 903.
used as noted throughout the overhaul/
repair. The Illustrated Parts Catalog
CSPIPC4 should be used for ordering (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of the
any replacement parts. oneway lock assembly, with all parts
(2). Table 901 and Table 902 provide throughout the text with the part
specifications and when appropriate, nomenclature to make part identifica
procurement information, regarding tion easier.
Table 901. One-Way Lock Assembly Overhaul - Special Tools

Item
1 One-W ay Lock Seal Installation Tool 369H9915 (formerly T9025-114) MDHS
2 One-W ay Lock Test Fixture No Part No. (formerly TF870101) MDHS
3

Item
1 Cleaning solvent P-D-680, Type II (3)
2 Paper, abrasive silicon carbide P-P-101 (3)
(Grade 400 wet or dry)
4 Hydraulic fluid MIL-H-5606 (3)
5 Chemical film and chemical film MIL-C-5541 Iridite 14-2 A1-coat Richard Co.
material for aluminum and (Class 2, unless Allied-Kelite Products
aluminum alloys noted otherwise Div. 2400 E Devon
grade and type Ave.,
optional) Des Plaines, IL
6 Sealant No. 2216 PR1221 3M Co. Product
Research and
Chemical Corp.,
Glendale, CA
7 Sealant Permacel No. PR412
8 Sealing, locking and retaining Loctite (3) Loctite Corp.
compound. (Grade as noted) 705 N. Mountain
Road
Newington, CT 06111
Page 901
671010 Revision 5
P/N 369A7010
Item
Type II gies Corp.
NOTES:
Table 903. One-Way Lock Assembly Special Torques

Torque
Item Index No. (In.-Lb.) (Nm)
Piston Nut 8, Figure 1 20 - 40 (above running torque 2.26 - 4.52 (above running
of 15 - 30) torque of 1.69 - 3.39)
Retainer Screw 9, Figure 1 12 - 15 (above running torque 1.36 - 1.69 (above running
of approx. 4) torque of approx. 17.8)
Page 902
Revision 5 671010
P/N 369A7010
ONE WAY LOCK ASSEMBLY
one way lock assembly overhaul manual.
effectivities.
Page 1001
671010 Revision 14
P/N 369A7010
25
26
10
9
23
24
8 16
14
15 18
12 3
5
17 4
13
11
1 28
29 14
15
22
27
21
19 29
20
H671035A
Figure 1001. One Way Lock Assembly
Page 1002
Revision 16 671010
P/N 369A7010
Qty.
Fig. &
Index
Assy.
1001 369A7010501 Lock Assy, One Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . REF
1 369H70283 Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 AN381212 Pin, Cotter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
3 369H7018 End Assy, Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
4 369H7017 End, Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
5 369H7016 Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
6 5057N30475 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
7 NAS5094 Nut, Drilled Jam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
8 369H7029 Bearing, Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
9 369H7025 Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
10 369H7024 Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
11 LP12U82J7 Screw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
12 369H7027 Retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
13 MS28775021 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
14 369H7031 Ring, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
15 MS28775114 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
16 369H7019 Piston, UniLock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
17 MS28775116 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
18 369H7032 Ring, Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
19 369H7021 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
20 MS1906022 Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Intrch With 369H7026
20 369H7026 Ball . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
21 369H7020 Sleeve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
22 MS28775011 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
23 369H7022 Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
24 369H7033 Shim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AR
25 369H7023 Shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
26 MS28775006 ORing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
27 369D24024 Plate, Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
28 369H7015 Body Assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
29 369H7014 Bushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Page 1003
671010 Revision 16
P/N 369A7010
Page 1004
Revision 14 671010

CSP Com 5 - I0r17tr09002p

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

CSP Com 5 - I0r17tr09002p

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

MD Helicopters, Inc.

MDHI 369D/E/FF 500/600N HELICOPTERS

Issued: August 17, 1991

RECORD OF TEMPORARY REVISIONS

MANUAL TITLE: CSPCOM5 COMPONENT OVERHAUL MANUAL

REV. DATE REMOVED BY REV. DATE REMOVED BY

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

Cover/Title 715/(716 blank) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 12

502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3

709 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 3 501 thru 504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 13

1009 and 1010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 14 1002 thru 1005 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 15

902 and 903 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 10 701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revision 4

Page E/(F blank)

Technical Manual Recommended Change Report

Record of Temporary Revisions

List of Effective Pages

32-10-10 . . LANDING GEAR DAMPER (369D26300 / 369D26301)

32-10-15 . . LANDING GEAR DAMPER (600N6050)

62-30-10 . . MAIN ROTOR SWASHPLATE (FIVE-BLADED) (369D27609)

62-30-60 . . MAIN ROTOR SWASHPLATE (SIX-BLADED) (600N7632)

63-10-10 . . OVERRUNNING CLUTCH (369A5350-603)

63-10-15 . . OVERRUNNING CLUTCH (369F5450)

63-20-00 . . MAIN TRANSMISSION (369D25100)

63-20-01 . . LUBRICATION PUMP (369D25167)

63-20-02 . SCAVENGE PUMP (369A5266)

63-20-25 . . MAIN TRANSMISSION (369F5100)

63-20-26 . . LUBRICATION PUMP (369F5135)

63-20-27 . . SCAVENGE PUMP (369F5136)

63-25-10 . . TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION (369D25400)

63-25-20 . . TAIL ROTOR TRANSMISSION (369D25300)

63-25-30 . FAN TRANSMISSION (500N5400)

64-20-10 . . TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY (TWO-BLADED) (369D21600)

64-20-20 . . TAIL ROTOR ASSEMBLY (FOUR-BLADED) (369D21610)

64-30-00 . . PITCH CONTROL ASSEMBLY (TWO AND FOUR-BLADED) (369D21800 / 369D21820)

67-10-10 . . ONE-W AY LOCK (369A7010)

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Page a/(b blank)

010000 Page i/(ii blank)

5. MDHI Publications Changes and use of Notes, Cautions and Warnings

CHAPTER/SYSTEM LANDING SUBJECT/UNIT

Figure 1. ATA Numbering System

Page a/(b blank)

321010 Landing Gear Damper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . a

321010 Page iii

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

(4). Inspection/Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501 (3). Figure 1 shows an exploded view of a

Figure 1. Damper Assembly

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

A charged landing gear (1). For standard landing gear damper,

Figure 301. Use of Special Tools

Page 303/(304 blank)

(3). Using bristle brush, remove clinging

Keep upper and lower cap bear

Page 401/(402 blank)

Page 503/(504 blank)

Figure 601. Replating of Landing Gear Damper Piston

Figure 701. Damper Assembly - Cross-Section View

ONE PIECE GLAND SEAL

TFE SEAL RING

1.30 0.001 INCH

Figure 702. Damper Assembly - Barrel Seal Installation

Figure 703. Servicing Schrader Valve Damper

Table 712. Nitrogen Charge - Mid-Temp Extended Landing Gear Damper